This is a modern-English version of Ben-Hur: A tale of the Christ, originally written by Wallace, Lew.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Ben-Hur
A Tale of the Christ
by Lew Wallace
to
THE WIFE OF MY YOUTH
who
still abides with me
to
THE WIFE OF MY YOUTH
who
still stays with me
Contents
CHAPTER I
The Jebel es Zubleh is a mountain fifty miles and more in length, and so narrow that its tracery on the map gives it a likeness to a caterpillar crawling from the south to the north. Standing on its red-and-white cliffs, and looking off under the path of the rising sun, one sees only the Desert of Arabia, where the east winds, so hateful to vinegrowers of Jericho, have kept their playgrounds since the beginning. Its feet are well covered by sands tossed from the Euphrates, there to lie, for the mountain is a wall to the pasture-lands of Moab and Ammon on the west—lands which else had been of the desert a part.
The Jebel es Zubleh is a mountain that stretches over fifty miles and is so narrow that its shape on the map resembles a caterpillar crawling from south to north. Standing on its red-and-white cliffs and looking out towards the path of the rising sun, all one can see is the Arabian Desert, where the east winds, which are so dreaded by the viblackwers of Jericho, have played since the beginning of time. Its base is well covered by sands blown from the Euphrates, resting there, for the mountain acts as a barrier to the grazing lands of Moab and Ammon to the west—lands that would otherwise be part of the desert.
The Arab has impressed his language upon everything south and east of Judea, so, in his tongue, the old Jebel is the parent of numberless wadies which, intersecting the Roman road—now a dim suggestion of what once it was, a dusty path for Syrian pilgrims to and from Mecca—run their furrows, deepening as they go, to pass the torrents of the rainy season into the Jordan, or their last receptacle, the Dead Sea. Out of one of these wadies—or, more particularly, out of that one which rises at the extreme end of the Jebel, and, extending east of north, becomes at length the bed of the Jabbok River—a traveller passed, going to the table-lands of the desert. To this person the attention of the reader is first besought.
The Arab has left his mark on everything south and east of Judea, so in his language, the old Jebel is the source of countless wadies that, crossing the Roman road—now just a faint reminder of its former self, a dusty path for Syrian pilgrims traveling to and from Mecca—carve their way deeper as they flow, carrying the torrents of the rainy season into the Jordan or their final destination, the Dead Sea. From one of these wadies—or more specifically, from the one that starts at the far end of the Jebel and, extending northeast, eventually becomes the bed of the Jabbok River—a traveler passed by, heading towards the desert's tablelands. This person is the first focus of the reader's attention.
Judged by his appearance, he was quite forty-five years old. His beard, once of the deepest black, flowing broadly over his breast, was streaked with white. His face was brown as a parched coffee-berry, and so hidden by a red kufiyeh (as the kerchief of the head is at this day called by the children of the desert) as to be but in part visible. Now and then he raised his eyes, and they were large and dark. He was clad in the flowing garments so universal in the East; but their style may not be described more particularly, for he sat under a miniature tent, and rode a great white dromedary.
Judging by his looks, he was about forty-five years old. His beard, which used to be jet black and flowed down over his chest, was now flecked with white. His face was as brown as a dry coffee bean and mostly covered by a red kufiyeh (as the head scarf is currently called by the desert folk), making it only partially visible. Every now and then, he would lift his gaze, revealing his large dark eyes. He wore the loose-fitting clothes common in the East, but I can’t describe them in detail since he was sitting under a small tent and riding a big white dromedary.
It may be doubted if the people of the West ever overcome the impression made upon them by the first view of a camel equipped and loaded for the desert. Custom, so fatal to other novelties, affects this feeling but little. At the end of long journeys with caravans, after years of residence with the Bedawin, the Western-born, wherever they may be, will stop and wait the passing of the stately brute. The charm is not in the figure, which not even love can make beautiful; nor in the movement, the noiseless stepping, or the broad careen. As is the kindness of the sea to a ship, so that of the desert to its creature. It clothes him with all its mysteries; in such manner, too, that while we are looking at him we are thinking of them: therein is the wonder. The animal which now came out of the wady might well have claimed the customary homage. Its color and height; its breadth of foot; its bulk of body, not fat, but overlaid with muscle; its long, slender neck, of swanlike curvature; the head, wide between the eyes, and tapering to a muzzle which a lady’s bracelet might have almost clasped; its motion, step long and elastic, tread sure and soundless—all certified its Syrian blood, old as the days of Cyrus, and absolutely priceless. There was the usual bridle, covering the forehead with scarlet fringe, and garnishing the throat with pendent brazen chains, each ending with a tinkling silver bell; but to the bridle there was neither rein for the rider nor strap for a driver. The furniture perched on the back was an invention which with any other people than of the East would have made the inventor renowned. It consisted of two wooden boxes, scarce four feet in length, balanced so that one hung at each side; the inner space, softly lined and carpeted, was arranged to allow the master to sit or lie half reclined; over it all was stretched a green awning. Broad back and breast straps, and girths, secured with countless knots and ties, held the device in place. In such manner the ingenious sons of Cush had contrived to make comfortable the sunburnt ways of the wilderness, along which lay their duty as often as their pleasure.
It’s hard to say if the people of the West ever really get used to the first sight of a camel loaded up and ready for the desert. Habits, which usually dull our reactions to new things, don’t seem to change this impression much. After long journeys with caravans and years spent living with the Bedouins, Westerners, no matter where they are, will stop to let the majestic animal pass. The appeal isn’t in its looks, which even love can’t make beautiful, nor in its quiet movement or slow, steady pace. Just as the sea embraces a ship, the desert envelops its creature with all its mysteries. When we look at the camel, we can’t help but think about the desert itself; that’s where the wonder lies. The animal that came out of the wadi could easily demand the usual respect. Its color and height, broad feet, muscular body—not fat, but strong; its long, slender neck curving like a swan; its head wide between the eyes, tapering to a muzzle that a lady's bracelet could nearly encircle; its long and bouncy steps, silent and sure—these all confirmed its Syrian lineage, as old as the days of Cyrus and truly priceless. There was a typical bridle, adorned with a scarlet fringe on the forehead and dangling metal chains on the throat, each ending with a tinkling silver bell. However, there were no reins for a rider and no strap for a driver. The gear on its back would have made the inventor famous in any other culture besides the East. It was made up of two wooden boxes, barely four feet long, balanced so one hung on each side; the inner space, softly lined and carpeted, allowed the owner to sit or lie back comfortably, all covered by a green awning. Wide straps on the back and breast, along with countless knots and ties, kept everything secure. In this way, the clever descendants of Cush figured out how to make the harsh wilderness more comfortable, a place where duty and pleasure often intermixed.
When the dromedary lifted itself out of the last break of the wady, the traveller had passed the boundary of El Belka, the ancient Ammon. It was morning-time. Before him was the sun, half curtained in fleecy mist; before him also spread the desert; not the realm of drifting sands, which was farther on, but the region where the herbage began to dwarf; where the surface is strewn with boulders of granite, and gray and brown stones, interspersed with languishing acacias and tufts of camel-grass. The oak, bramble, and arbutus lay behind, as if they had come to a line, looked over into the well-less waste and crouched with fear.
When the dromedary climbed out of the last dip of the valley, the traveler had crossed into El Belka, the ancient Ammon. It was morning. In front of him was the sun, half hidden by fluffy mist; also before him stretched the desert— not the land of shifting sands, which lay further ahead, but the area where the vegetation began to shrink; where the ground was covered with granite boulders and gray and brown stones, scattered with wilting acacias and clumps of camel-grass. The oak, bramble, and arbutus were left behind, as if they had reached a boundary, peering into the barren wasteland and crouching in fear.
And now there was an end of path or road. More than ever the camel seemed insensibly driven; it lengthened and quickened its pace, its head pointed straight towards the horizon; through the wide nostrils it drank the wind in great draughts. The litter swayed, and rose and fell like a boat in the waves. Dried leaves in occasional beds rustled underfoot. Sometimes a perfume like absinthe sweetened all the air. Lark and chat and rock-swallow leaped to wing, and white partridges ran whistling and clucking out of the way. More rarely a fox or a hyena quickened his gallop, to study the intruders at a safe distance. Off to the right rose the hills of the Jebel, the pearl-gray veil resting upon them changing momentarily into a purple which the sun would make matchless a little later. Over their highest peaks a vulture sailed on broad wings into widening circles. But of all these things the tenant under the green tent saw nothing, or, at least, made no sign of recognition. His eyes were fixed and dreamy. The going of the man, like that of the animal, was as one being led.
And now there was no more path or road. More than ever, the camel seemed to be driven without thinking; it picked up speed, its head aimed straight at the horizon, taking in the wind in big gulps through its wide nostrils. The litter swayed, rising and falling like a boat on the waves. Dried leaves rustled underfoot in occasional patches. Sometimes, a scent like absinthe sweetened the air. Larks, chats, and rock swallows took flight, while white partridges scurried away, whistling and clucking. Less often, a fox or a hyena quickened its pace to observe the intruders from a safe distance. To the right, the Jebel hills rose, their pearl-gray veil shifting to a purple that the sun would soon transform into something stunning. A vulture soared over their highest peaks, gliding in widening circles. But the person beneath the green tent saw none of this, or at least showed no sign of recognizing it. His eyes were fixed and dreamy. The man's journey, like that of the animal, seemed as if he were being led.
For two hours the dromedary swung forward, keeping the trot steadily and the line due east. In that time the traveller never changed his position, nor looked to the right or left. On the desert, distance is not measured by miles or leagues, but by the saat, or hour, and the manzil, or halt: three and a half leagues fill the former, fifteen or twenty-five the latter; but they are the rates for the common camel. A carrier of the genuine Syrian stock can make three leagues easily. At full speed he overtakes the ordinary winds. As one of the results of the rapid advance, the face of the landscape underwent a change. The Jebel stretched along the western horizon, like a pale-blue ribbon. A tell, or hummock of clay and cemented sand, arose here and there. Now and then basaltic stones lifted their round crowns, outposts of the mountain against the forces of the plain; all else, however, was sand, sometimes smooth as the beaten beach, then heaped in rolling ridges; here chopped waves, there long swells. So, too, the condition of the atmosphere changed. The sun, high risen, had drunk his fill of dew and mist, and warmed the breeze that kissed the wanderer under the awning; far and near he was tinting the earth with faint milk-whiteness, and shimmering all the sky.
For two hours, the dromedary moved forward at a steady trot, heading due east. During that time, the traveler never shifted his position or looked to the right or left. In the desert, distance isn’t measured in miles or leagues, but in saat, or hours, and manzil, or stops: three and a half leagues make up an hour, and fifteen to twenty-five make up a stop; but these are for regular camels. A genuine Syrian camel can easily cover three leagues. At full speed, it can outpace the usual winds. As a result of this rapid pace, the landscape began to change. The Jebel stretched along the western horizon like a pale-blue ribbon. A tell, or mound of clay and cemented sand, appeared here and there. Occasionally, basaltic stones rose with their rounded tops, serving as outposts of the mountain against the flat forces of the plain; everything else was sand, sometimes as smooth as a well-trodden beach, and at other times heaped into rolling ridges; here it was like choppy waves, there like long swells. The state of the atmosphere shifted as well. The sun, high in the sky, had soaked up the dew and mist, warming the breeze that brushed against the traveler under the awning; far and near, it was tinting the earth with a faint milk-white glow and shimmering across the entire sky.
Two hours more passed without rest or deviation from the course. Vegetation entirely ceased. The sand, so crusted on the surface that it broke into rattling flakes at every step, held undisputed sway. The Jebel was out of view, and there was no landmark visible. The shadow that before followed had now shifted to the north, and was keeping even race with the objects which cast it; and as there was no sign of halting, the conduct of the traveller became each moment more strange.
Two more hours went by without a break or change in direction. The vegetation completely disappeared. The sand was so crusted on the surface that it cracked into rattling flakes with each step, dominating the landscape. The mountain was out of sight, and there were no landmarks visible. The shadow that used to follow had now shifted to the north, moving in sync with the objects casting it. With no signs of stopping, the traveler’s behavior became increasingly strange with each passing moment.
No one, be it remembered, seeks the desert for a pleasure-ground. Life and business traverse it by paths along which the bones of things dead are strewn as so many blazons. Such are the roads from well to well, from pasture to pasture. The heart of the most veteran sheik beats quicker when he finds himself alone in the pathless tracts. So the man with whom we are dealing could not have been in search of pleasure; neither was his manner that of a fugitive; not once did he look behind him. In such situations fear and curiosity are the most common sensations; he was not moved by them. When men are lonely, they stoop to any companionship; the dog becomes a comrade, the horse a friend, and it is no shame to shower them with caresses and speeches of love. The camel received no such token, not a touch, not a word.
No one, let’s remember, goes into the desert looking for fun. Life and business move through it along paths scattered with the remains of what’s long gone. These are the routes from one water source to another, from one grazing area to the next. Even the most experienced sheik’s heart races when he finds himself alone in the endless stretches of sand. So the man we're talking about couldn’t have been seeking pleasure; he didn’t act like someone on the run either; he never glanced back. In situations like this, fear and curiosity are the usual feelings, but he wasn’t affected by them. When people are alone, they’ll take any company they can get; a dog becomes a buddy, a horse a friend, and it’s not embarrassing to shower them with affection and sweet words. The camel didn’t get any of that—no touch, no words.
Exactly at noon the dromedary, of its own will, stopped, and uttered the cry or moan, peculiarly piteous, by which its kind always protest against an overload, and sometimes crave attention and rest. The master thereupon bestirred himself, waking, as it were, from sleep. He threw the curtains of the houdah up, looked at the sun, surveyed the country on every side long and carefully, as if to identify an appointed place. Satisfied with the inspection, he drew a deep breath and nodded, much as to say, “At last, at last!” A moment after, he crossed his hands upon his breast, bowed his head, and prayed silently. The pious duty done, he prepared to dismount. From his throat proceeded the sound heard doubtless by the favorite camels of Job—Ikh! ikh!—the signal to kneel. Slowly the animal obeyed, grunting the while. The rider then put his foot upon the slender neck, and stepped upon the sand.
Exactly at noon, the dromedary came to a stop on its own and let out a cry or moan, distinctly mournful, that its kind always makes when they're overloaded and sometimes to ask for attention and rest. The master then stirred, almost as if waking from a slumber. He threw back the curtains of the houdah, glanced at the sun, and carefully surveyed the landscape around him as if trying to recognize a specific spot. Satisfied with what he saw, he took a deep breath and nodded, as if to say, “Finally, finally!” A moment later, he crossed his hands over his chest, bowed his head, and prayed silently. Once his pious duty was fulfilled, he got ready to dismount. From his throat came the sound heard, no doubt, by Job's favorite camels—Ikh! ikh!—the signal for them to kneel. Slowly, the animal complied, grunting as it did. The rider then placed his foot on the slender neck and stepped onto the sand.
CHAPTER II
The man as now revealed was of admirable proportions, not so tall as powerful. Loosening the silken rope which held the kufiyeh on his head, he brushed the fringed folds back until his face was bare—a strong face, almost negro in color; yet the low, broad forehead, aquiline nose, the outer corners of the eyes turned slightly upward, the hair profuse, straight, harsh, of metallic lustre, and falling to the shoulder in many plaits, were signs of origin impossible to disguise. So looked the Pharaohs and the later Ptolemies; so looked Mizraim, father of the Egyptian race. He wore the kamis, a white cotton shirt tight-sleeved, open in front, extending to the ankles and embroidered down the collar and breast, over which was thrown a brown woollen cloak, now, as in all probability it was then, called the aba, an outer garment with long skirt and short sleeves, lined inside with stuff of mixed cotton and silk, edged all round with a margin of clouded yellow. His feet were protected by sandals, attached by thongs of soft leather. A sash held the kamis to his waist. What was very noticeable, considering he was alone, and that the desert was the haunt of leopards and lions, and men quite as wild, he carried no arms, not even the crooked stick used for guiding camels; wherefore we may at least infer his errand peaceful, and that he was either uncommonly bold or under extraordinary protection.
The man now revealed had an impressive build, not so much tall as strong. Loosening the silken rope that held the kufiyeh on his head, he brushed back the fringed folds until his face was fully visible—a strong, almost dark-skinned face; yet the low, broad forehead, hawk-like nose, and slightly upward-turning outer corners of his eyes, along with his thick, straight hair that had a metallic sheen and fell to his shoulders in multiple braids, were unmistakable signs of his heritage. He resembled the Pharaohs and later Ptolemies; he looked like Mizraim, the father of the Egyptian race. He wore a kamis, a white cotton shirt with tight sleeves, open in front, reaching his ankles and embroidered along the collar and chest, over which he draped a brown wool cloak, known as the aba, with a long skirt and short sleeves, lined with a blend of cotton and silk, and edged with a band of cloudy yellow. His feet were protected by sandals held on with soft leather thongs. A sash secured the kamis around his waist. Notably, considering he was alone in a desert known to be home to leopards, lions, and equally wild men, he carried no weapons, not even the crooked stick typically used for guiding camels; therefore, we can at least conclude his mission was peaceful, and he was either remarkably bold or under extraordinary protection.
The traveller’s limbs were numb, for the ride had been long and wearisome; so he rubbed his hands and stamped his feet, and walked round the faithful servant, whose lustrous eyes were closing in calm content with the cud he had already found. Often, while making the circuit, he paused, and, shading his eyes with his hands, examined the desert to the extremest verge of vision; and always, when the survey was ended, his face clouded with disappointment, slight, but enough to advise a shrewd spectator that he was there expecting company, if not by appointment; at the same time, the spectator would have been conscious of a sharpening of the curiosity to learn what the business could be that required transaction in a place so far from civilized abode.
The traveler’s limbs were numb from a long and exhausting ride, so he rubbed his hands and stamped his feet, walking around the loyal servant, whose shining eyes were closing in peaceful content with the cud he had already found. Often, while making the circle, he paused, shading his eyes with his hands to look out over the desert as far as he could see; and every time he finished his survey, his face would show a slight cloud of disappointment, enough for a sharp observer to realize he was expecting company, even if it wasn’t planned. At the same time, the observer would sense a growing curiosity about what business could possibly be happening so far from civilization.
However disappointed, there could be little doubt of the stranger’s confidence in the coming of the expected company. In token thereof, he went first to the litter, and, from the cot or box opposite the one he had occupied in coming, produced a sponge and a small gurglet of water, with which he washed the eyes, face, and nostrils of the camel; that done, from the same depository he drew a circular cloth, red-and white-striped, a bundle of rods, and a stout cane. The latter, after some manipulation, proved to be a cunning device of lesser joints, one within another, which, when united together, formed a centre pole higher than his head. When the pole was planted, and the rods set around it, he spread the cloth over them, and was literally at home—a home much smaller than the habitations of emir and sheik, yet their counterpart in all other respects. From the litter again he brought a carpet or square rug, and covered the floor of the tent on the side from the sun. That done, he went out, and once more, and with greater care and more eager eyes, swept the encircling country. Except a distant jackal, galloping across the plain, and an eagle flying towards the Gulf of Akaba, the waste below, like the blue above it, was lifeless.
However disappointed, there was no doubt about the stranger’s confidence in the arrival of the expected group. As a sign of this, he first went to the litter and, from the cot or box opposite the one he had used to travel, took out a sponge and a small bottle of water, with which he washed the camel’s eyes, face, and nostrils. After that, he pulled out a circular cloth, red-and-white striped, a bundle of rods, and a sturdy cane. The cane, after some manipulation, turned out to be a clever design of smaller sections that fit into one another, which, when all joined together, formed a center pole taller than he was. Once the pole was set up and the rods arranged around it, he spread the cloth over them and was literally at home—a home much smaller than the dwellings of emir and sheik, yet similar in every other way. From the litter again, he brought a carpet or square rug and covered the tent floor on the side away from the sun. After that, he stepped outside and once again, with more care and anticipation, scanned the surrounding area. Aside from a distant jackal running across the plain and an eagle flying toward the Gulf of Akaba, the barren landscape below, like the blue sky above it, was lifeless.
He turned to the camel, saying low, and in a tongue strange to the desert, “We are far from home, O racer with the swiftest winds—we are far from home, but God is with us. Let us be patient.”
He turned to the camel and said softly, in a language unfamiliar to the desert, “We are far from home, O racer with the swiftest winds—we are far from home, but God is with us. Let’s be patient.”
Then he took some beans from a pocket in the saddle, and put them in a bag made to hang below the animal’s nose; and when he saw the relish with which the good servant took to the food, he turned and again scanned the world of sand, dim with the glow of the vertical sun.
Then he took some beans from a pocket in the saddle and placed them in a bag designed to hang below the animal's nose; and when he saw how eagerly the good servant accepted the food, he turned and scanned the sandy landscape, hazy from the brightness of the overhead sun.
“They will come,” he said, calmly. “He that led me is leading them. I will make ready.”
"They'll come," he said, calmly. "The one who led me is leading them. I'll get ready."
From the pouches which lined the interior of the cot, and from a willow basket which was part of its furniture, he brought forth materials for a meal: platters close-woven of the fibres of palms; wine in small gurglets of skin; mutton dried and smoked; stoneless shami, or Syrian pomegranates; dates of El Shelebi, wondrous rich and grown in the nakhil, or palm orchards, of Central Arabia; cheese, like David’s “slices of milk;” and leavened bread from the city bakery—all which he carried and set upon the carpet under the tent. As the final preparation, about the provisions he laid three pieces of silk cloth, used among refined people of the East to cover the knees of guests while at table—a circumstance significant of the number of persons who were to partake of his entertainment—the number he was awaiting.
From the pouches lining the inside of the cot and from a willow basket that was part of its furnishings, he pulled out ingredients for a meal: platters woven closely from palm fibers; wine in small skin flasks; dried and smoked mutton; stoneless shami, or Syrian pomegranates; dates from El Shelebi, wonderfully rich and grown in the palm orchards of Central Arabia; cheese, like David’s “slices of milk;” and leavened bread from the city bakery—all of which he carried and laid out on the carpet under the tent. As a final touch, he placed three pieces of silk cloth around the provisions, used by refined people in the East to cover the knees of guests while dining—a detail that hinted at the number of people he was expecting for his gathering.
All was now ready. He stepped out: lo! in the east a dark speck on the face of the desert. He stood as if rooted to the ground; his eyes dilated; his flesh crept chilly, as if touched by something supernatural. The speck grew; became large as a hand; at length assumed defined proportions. A little later, full into view swung a duplication of his own dromedary, tall and white, and bearing a houdah, the travelling litter of Hindostan. Then the Egyptian crossed his hands upon his breast, and looked to heaven.
Everything was now ready. He stepped out: look! in the east, there was a dark spot on the face of the desert. He stood there as if planted to the ground; his eyes widened; his skin prickled, as if touched by something otherworldly. The spot grew; it became as large as a hand; eventually, it took on clear shapes. A little later, coming into full view was a duplicate of his own dromedary, tall and white, carrying a houdah, the travel seat from Hindostan. Then the Egyptian crossed his arms over his chest and looked up to the sky.
“God only is great!” he exclaimed, his eyes full of tears, his soul in awe.
“God alone is great!” he exclaimed, his eyes filled with tears, his soul in awe.
The stranger drew nigh—at last stopped. Then he, too, seemed just waking. He beheld the kneeling camel, the tent, and the man standing prayerfully at the door. He crossed his hands, bent his head, and prayed silently; after which, in a little while, he stepped from his camel’s neck to the sand, and advanced towards the Egyptian, as did the Egyptian towards him. A moment they looked at each other; then they embraced—that is, each threw his right arm over the other’s shoulder, and the left round the side, placing his chin first upon the left, then upon the right breast.
The stranger approached and finally stopped. He seemed to be just waking up. He saw the kneeling camel, the tent, and the man standing prayerfully at the door. He crossed his hands, lowered his head, and prayed silently. After a little while, he stepped down from the camel's neck onto the sand and walked toward the Egyptian, who was also moving towards him. For a moment, they looked at each other, then they embraced; each one threw his right arm over the other's shoulder and wrapped his left arm around the side, resting his chin first on the left, then on the right breast.
“Peace be with thee, O servant of the true God!” the stranger said.
“Peace be with you, O servant of the true God!” the stranger said.
“And to thee, O brother of the true faith!—to thee peace and welcome,” the Egyptian replied, with fervor.
“And to you, O brother of the true faith!—to you peace and welcome,” the Egyptian replied, with enthusiasm.
The new-comer was tall and gaunt, with lean face, sunken eyes, white hair and beard, and a complexion between the hue of cinnamon and bronze. He, too, was unarmed. His costume was Hindostani; over the skull-cap a shawl was wound in great folds, forming a turban; his body garments were in the style of the Egyptian’s, except that the aba was shorter, exposing wide flowing breeches gathered at the ankles. In place of sandals, his feet were clad in half-slippers of red leather, pointed at the toes. Save the slippers, the costume from head to foot was of white linen. The air of the man was high, stately, severe. Visvamitra, the greatest of the ascetic heroes of the Iliad of the East, had in him a perfect representative. He might have been called a Life drenched with the wisdom of Brahma—Devotion Incarnate. Only in his eyes was there proof of humanity; when he lifted his face from the Egyptian’s breast, they were glistening with tears.
The newcomer was tall and thin, with a lean face, deep-set eyes, white hair and beard, and a complexion that was a mix of cinnamon and bronze. He was also unarmed. He wore traditional Indian clothing; a shawl wrapped in large folds formed a turban over his skull-cap. His clothes were similar to the Egyptian style, except that the aba was shorter, exposing wide, flowing pants gathered at the ankles. Instead of sandals, he wore red leather half-slippers that were pointed at the toes. Aside from the slippers, his entire outfit was made of white linen. The man had a dignified, serious presence. Visvamitra, the greatest of the ascetic heroes from the Eastern Iliad, was perfectly represented in him. He could have been described as a Life filled with the wisdom of Brahma—Devotion Incarnate. Only in his eyes was there evidence of humanity; when he lifted his face from the Egyptian's chest, they shimmered with tears.
“God only is great!” he exclaimed, when the embrace was finished.
“God alone is great!” he exclaimed when the embrace was done.
“And blessed are they that serve him!” the Egyptian answered, wondering at the paraphrase of his own exclamation. “But let us wait,” he added, “let us wait; for see, the other comes yonder!”
“And blessed are they that serve him!” the Egyptian replied, surprised by the restatement of his own exclamation. “But let’s wait,” he continued, “let’s wait; for look, the other is coming over there!”
They looked to the north, where, already plain to view, a third camel, of the whiteness of the others, came careening like a ship. They waited, standing together—waited until the new-comer arrived, dismounted, and advanced towards them.
They looked to the north, where a third camel, just as white as the others, came rushing in like a ship. They stood together, waiting until the newcomer arrived, got off, and walked towards them.
“Peace to you, O my brother!” he said, while embracing the Hindoo.
“Peace to you, my brother!” he said, as he hugged the Hindu.
And the Hindoo answered, “God’s will be done!”
And the Hindu replied, "God's will be done!"
The last comer was all unlike his friends: his frame was slighter; his complexion white; a mass of waving light hair was a perfect crown for his small but beautiful head; the warmth of his dark-blue eyes certified a delicate mind, and a cordial, brave nature. He was bareheaded and unarmed. Under the folds of the Tyrian blanket which he wore with unconscious grace appeared a tunic, short-sleeved and low-necked, gathered to the waist by a band, and reaching nearly to the knee; leaving the neck, arms, and legs bare. Sandals guarded his feet. Fifty years, probably more, had spent themselves upon him, with no other effect, apparently, than to tinge his demeanor with gravity and temper his words with forethought. The physical organization and the brightness of soul were untouched. No need to tell the student from what kindred he was sprung; if he came not himself from the groves of Athene’, his ancestry did.
The last arrival was completely different from his companions: he was slimmer, his skin was pale, and a mass of wavy light hair formed a perfect crown on his small but lovely head. The warmth of his deep blue eyes hinted at a delicate mind and a warm, courageous spirit. He was bareheaded and unarmed. Beneath the folds of the purple blanket he wore effortlessly was a short-sleeved, low-necked tunic, cinched at the waist with a band and reaching close to his knees, leaving his neck, arms, and legs exposed. Sandals protected his feet. Probably more than fifty years had passed on him, but seemingly only managed to add a touch of seriousness to his demeanor and make his words more thoughtful. His physical presence and vibrant spirit remained intact. There was no need to tell the student where he came from; even if he didn’t originate from the groves of Athena himself, his lineage surely did.
When his arms fell from the Egyptian, the latter said, with a tremulous voice, “The Spirit brought me first; wherefore I know myself chosen to be the servant of my brethren. The tent is set, and the bread is ready for the breaking. Let me perform my office.”
When his arms dropped from the Egyptian, the latter said in a shaky voice, “The Spirit brought me here first; that’s why I know I’m chosen to be the servant of my people. The tent is set up, and the bread is ready to be broken. Let me do my duty.”
Taking each by the hand, he led them within, and removed their sandals and washed their feet, and he poured water upon their hands, and dried them with napkins.
Taking each by the hand, he brought them inside, took off their sandals and washed their feet, poured water over their hands, and dried them with towels.
Then, when he had laved his own hands, he said, “Let us take care of ourselves, brethren, as our service requires, and eat, that we may be strong for what remains of the day’s duty. While we eat, we will each learn who the others are, and whence they come, and how they are called.”
Then, after washing his hands, he said, “Let’s take care of ourselves, brothers, as our work demands, and eat so we can be strong for the rest of the day’s tasks. While we eat, we’ll each find out who the others are, where they come from, and what they’re called.”
He took them to the repast, and seated them so that they faced each other. Simultaneously their heads bent forward, their hands crossed upon their breasts, and, speaking together, they said aloud this simple grace:
He brought them to the meal and arranged their seats so they were facing each other. At the same time, they leaned forward, their hands crossed over their chests, and together they said this simple grace aloud:
“Father of all—God!—what we have here is of thee; take our thanks and bless us, that we may continue to do thy will.”
“Father of all—God!—what we have here is from you; take our thanks and bless us so we can keep doing your will.”
With the last word they raised their eyes, and looked at each other in wonder. Each had spoken in a language never before heard by the others; yet each understood perfectly what was said. Their souls thrilled with divine emotion; for by the miracle they recognized the Divine Presence.
With the final word, they looked up and stared at each other in amazement. Each had spoken in a language that the others had never heard before, yet they all understood perfectly what was being said. Their souls were filled with a profound sense of emotion because, through this miracle, they recognized the Divine Presence.
CHAPTER III
To speak in the style of the period, the meeting just described took place in the year of Rome 747. The month was December, and winter reigned over all the regions east of the Mediterranean. Such as ride upon the desert in this season go not far until smitten with a keen appetite. The company under the little tent were not exceptions to the rule. They were hungry, and ate heartily; and, after the wine, they talked.
To speak in the language of the time, the meeting just described happened in the year 747 A.U.C. It was December, and winter dominated all the areas east of the Mediterranean. Anyone traveling through the desert during this season doesn’t get very far before feeling a strong hunger. The group under the small tent was no exception. They were hungry and ate well; and after the wine, they started to talk.
“To a wayfarer in a strange land nothing is so sweet as to hear his name on the tongue of a friend,” said the Egyptian, who assumed to be president of the repast. “Before us lie many days of companionship. It is time we knew each other. So, if it be agreeable, he who came last shall be first to speak.”
“To a traveler in an unfamiliar place, nothing is sweeter than hearing his name from a friend,” said the Egyptian, who took it upon himself to lead the meal. “We have many days of companionship ahead of us. It’s time we got to know each other. So, if that works for everyone, let the one who arrived last be the first to speak.”
Then, slowly at first, like one watchful of himself, the Greek began:
Then, at first slowly, like someone being careful of themselves, the Greek began:
“What I have to tell, my brethren, is so strange that I hardly know where to begin or what I may with propriety speak. I do not yet understand myself. The most I am sure of is that I am doing a Master’s will, and that the service is a constant ecstasy. When I think of the purpose I am sent to fulfil, there is in me a joy so inexpressible that I know the will is God’s.”
“What I have to share, my friends, is so unusual that I hardly know where to start or what I can appropriately say. I don’t fully understand myself yet. The only thing I’m certain of is that I am following a higher purpose, and that the experience is a constant thrill. When I reflect on the mission I’m meant to achieve, there’s a joy within me that’s so indescribable that I know this purpose is God’s.”
The good man paused, unable to proceed, while the others, in sympathy with his feelings, dropped their gaze.
The good man hesitated, unable to continue, while the others, understanding his emotions, looked away.
“Far to the west of this,” he began again, “there is a land which may never be forgotten; if only because the world is too much its debtor, and because the indebtedness is for things that bring to men their purest pleasures. I will say nothing of the arts, nothing of philosophy, of eloquence, of poetry, of war: O my brethren, hers is the glory which must shine forever in perfected letters, by which He we go to find and proclaim will be made known to all the earth. The land I speak of is Greece. I am Gaspar, son of Cleanthes the Athenian.
“Far to the west of this,” he began again, “there’s a land that should never be forgotten; if only because the world owes so much to it, and this debt is for things that give people their greatest joys. I won’t mention the arts, or philosophy, or rhetoric, or poetry, or war: O my brothers, hers is the glory that will shine forever in perfected letters, by which He we seek to find and proclaim will be known to all the earth. The land I’m talking about is Greece. I am Gaspar, son of Cleanthes the Athenian.”
“My people,” he continued, “were given wholly to study, and from them I derived the same passion. It happens that two of our philosophers, the very greatest of the many, teach, one the doctrine of a Soul in every man, and its Immortality; the other the doctrine of One God, infinitely just. From the multitude of subjects about which the schools were disputing, I separated them, as alone worth the labor of solution; for I thought there was a relation between God and the soul as yet unknown. On this theme the mind can reason to a point, a dead, impassable wall; arrived there, all that remains is to stand and cry aloud for help. So I did; but no voice came to me over the wall. In despair, I tore myself from the cities and the schools.”
“My people,” he continued, “were completely devoted to study, and I inherited that same passion from them. Two of our philosophers, the greatest among many, teach one about the existence of a Soul in every person and its Immortality; the other teaches about One God, who is infinitely just. From the wide array of topics being debated in the schools, I focused on these two, believing there was a connection between God and the soul that had yet to be discovered. On this subject, the mind can reason up to a point—a dead end, an impassable wall; once you reach that point, all you can do is stand there and cry out for help. And that’s what I did, but no voice answered me over the wall. In despair, I pulled myself away from the cities and the schools.”
At these words a grave smile of approval lighted the gaunt face of the Hindoo.
At these words, a serious smile of approval lit up the thin face of the Hindu.
“In the northern part of my country—in Thessaly,” the Greek proceeded to say, “there is a mountain famous as the home of the gods, where Theus, whom my countrymen believe supreme, has his abode; Olympus is its name. Thither I betook myself. I found a cave in a hill where the mountain, coming from the west, bends to the southeast; there I dwelt, giving myself up to meditation—no, I gave myself up to waiting for what every breath was a prayer—for revelation. Believing in God, invisible yet supreme, I also believed it possible so to yearn for him with all my soul that he would take compassion and give me answer.”
“In the northern part of my country—in Thessaly,” the Greek continued, “there’s a mountain known as the home of the gods, where Theus, whom my fellow countrymen consider the highest, resides; it’s called Olympus. I went there. I found a cave in a hill where the mountain, coming from the west, curves to the southeast; there I lived, dedicating myself to meditation—no, I dedicated myself to waiting for what felt like every breath being a prayer—for revelation. Believing in God, invisible yet supreme, I also believed it was possible to long for him with all my soul so intensely that he would have compassion and respond to me.”
“And he did—he did!” exclaimed the Hindoo, lifting his hands from the silken cloth upon his lap.
“And he did—he really did!” exclaimed the Hindu, lifting his hands from the silky fabric on his lap.
“Hear me, brethren,” said the Greek, calming himself with an effort. “The door of my hermitage looks over an arm of the sea, over the Thermaic Gulf. One day I saw a man flung overboard from a ship sailing by. He swam ashore. I received and took care of him. He was a Jew, learned in the history and laws of his people; and from him I came to know that the God of my prayers did indeed exist; and had been for ages their lawmaker, ruler, and king. What was that but the Revelation I dreamed of? My faith had not been fruitless; God answered me!”
“Hear me, friends,” said the Greek, taking a deep breath to steady himself. “The door of my hermitage overlooks an arm of the sea, facing the Thermaic Gulf. One day, I witnessed a man being thrown overboard from a passing ship. He swam to shore. I welcomed him and took care of him. He was a Jew, knowledgeable about the history and laws of his people; and from him, I learned that the God I prayed to truly exists and has been their lawmaker, ruler, and king for ages. Was that not the revelation I had hoped for? My faith was not in vain; God responded to me!”
“As he does all who cry to him with such faith,” said the Hindoo.
“As he does for everyone who calls out to him with such faith,” said the Hindu.
“But, alas!” the Egyptian added, “how few are there wise enough to know when he answers them!”
“But, sadly!” the Egyptian added, “how few are wise enough to realize when he responds to them!”
“That was not all,” the Greek continued. “The man so sent to me told me more. He said the prophets who, in the ages which followed the first revelation, walked and talked with God, declared he would come again. He gave me the names of the prophets, and from the sacred books quoted their very language. He told me, further, that the second coming was at hand—was looked for momentarily in Jerusalem.”
“That wasn’t everything,” the Greek continued. “The man who was sent to me told me more. He said that the prophets who, in the ages following the first revelation, walked and talked with God, declared that he would come again. He gave me the names of the prophets and quoted their exact words from the sacred books. He also told me that the second coming was near—expected at any moment in Jerusalem.”
The Greek paused, and the brightness of his countenance faded.
The Greek paused, and the brightness of his expression dimmed.
“It is true,” he said, after a little—“it is true the man told me that as God and the revelation of which he spoke had been for the Jews alone, so it would be again. He that was to come should be King of the Jews. ‘Had he nothing for the rest of the world?’ I asked. ‘No,’ was the answer, given in a proud voice—‘No, we are his chosen people.’ The answer did not crush my hope. Why should such a God limit his love and benefaction to one land, and, as it were, to one family? I set my heart upon knowing. At last I broke through the man’s pride, and found that his fathers had been merely chosen servants to keep the Truth alive, that the world might at last know it and be saved. When the Jew was gone, and I was alone again, I chastened my soul with a new prayer—that I might be permitted to see the King when he was come, and worship him. One night I sat by the door of my cave trying to get nearer the mysteries of my existence, knowing which is to know God; suddenly, on the sea below me, or rather in the darkness that covered its face, I saw a star begin to burn; slowly it arose and drew nigh, and stood over the hill and above my door, so that its light shone full upon me. I fell down, and slept, and in my dream I heard a voice say:
“It’s true,” he said after a moment, “it’s true the man told me that just as God and the revelation he spoke of were only for the Jews, so it would be again. He who is to come will be King of the Jews. ‘Does he have nothing for the rest of the world?’ I asked. ‘No,’ he replied proudly—‘No, we are his chosen people.’ The answer didn’t crush my hope. Why would such a God limit his love and blessings to one land, and basically to one family? I was determined to find out more. Eventually, I broke through the man’s pride and discovered that his ancestors were merely chosen servants to keep the Truth alive, so the world could finally know it and be saved. When the Jew left, and I was on my own again, I took it upon myself to pray a new prayer—that I might be allowed to see the King when he came and worship him. One night, I sat by the door of my cave, trying to get closer to the mysteries of my existence, knowing that knowing is to know God; suddenly, over the sea below me, or rather in the darkness covering its surface, I saw a star begin to shine; slowly, it rose and drew closer, standing over the hill and above my door, its light shining directly on me. I fell down, slept, and in my dream, I heard a voice say:
“‘O Gaspar! Thy faith hath conquered! Blessed art thou! With two others, come from the uttermost parts of the earth, thou shalt see Him that is promised, and be a witness for him, and the occasion of testimony in his behalf. In the morning arise, and go meet them, and keep trust in the Spirit that shall guide thee.’
“‘O Gaspar! Your faith has triumphed! Blessed are you! Along with two others, coming from the farthest corners of the earth, you shall see Him who is promised, and be a witness for Him, serving as a reason to testify on His behalf. In the morning, get up and go meet them, and trust in the Spirit that will guide you.’”
“And in the morning I awoke with the Spirit as a light within me surpassing that of the sun. I put off my hermit’s garb, and dressed myself as of old. From a hiding-place I took the treasure which I had brought from the city. A ship went sailing past. I hailed it, was taken aboard, and landed at Antioch. There I bought the camel and his furniture. Through the gardens and orchards that enamel the banks of the Orontes, I journeyed to Emesa, Damascus, Bostra, and Philadelphia; thence hither. And so, O brethren, you have my story. Let me now listen to you.”
“And in the morning, I woke up with a light inside me that was brighter than the sun. I took off my hermit's clothing and dressed like I used to. From my hiding spot, I took the treasure I had brought from the city. A ship passed by, and I called out to it, was taken aboard, and landed in Antioch. There, I purchased a camel and its gear. I traveled through the gardens and orchards along the banks of the Orontes to Emesa, Damascus, Bostra, and Philadelphia; and then I came here. So, my friends, that's my story. Now I’d like to hear yours.”
CHAPTER IV
The Egyptian and the Hindoo looked at each other; the former waved his hand; the latter bowed, and began:
The Egyptian and the Hindu glanced at each other; the former waved his hand; the latter bowed and started:
“Our brother has spoken well. May my words be as wise.”
“Our brother has spoken wisely. I hope my words are just as wise.”
He broke off, reflected a moment, then resumed:
He paused, thought for a moment, then continued:
“You may know me, brethren, by the name of Melchior. I speak to you in a language which, if not the oldest in the world, was at least the soonest to be reduced to letters—I mean the Sanscrit of India. I am a Hindoo by birth. My people were the first to walk in the fields of knowledge, first to divide them, first to make them beautiful. Whatever may hereafter befall, the four Vedas must live, for they are the primal fountains of religion and useful intelligence. From them were derived the Upa-Vedas, which, delivered by Brahma, treat of medicine, archery, architecture, music, and the four-and-sixty mechanical arts; the Ved-Angas, revealed by inspired saints, and devoted to astronomy, grammar, prosody, pronunciation, charms and incantations, religious rites and ceremonies; the Up-Angas, written by the sage Vyasa, and given to cosmogony, chronology, and geography; therein also are the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, heroic poems, designed for the perpetuation of our gods and demi-gods. Such, O brethren, are the Great Shastras, or books of sacred ordinances. They are dead to me now; yet through all time they will serve to illustrate the budding genius of my race. They were promises of quick perfection. Ask you why the promises failed? Alas! the books themselves closed all the gates of progress. Under pretext of care for the creature, their authors imposed the fatal principle that a man must not address himself to discovery or invention, as Heaven had provided him all things needful. When that condition became a sacred law, the lamp of Hindoo genius was let down a well, where ever since it has lighted narrow walls and bitter waters.
“You may know me, friends, by the name of Melchior. I’m speaking to you in a language that, if it’s not the oldest in the world, was definitely one of the first to be written down—I’m talking about Sanskrit from India. I was born a Hindu. My people were the first to explore knowledge, the first to categorize it, and the first to beautify it. No matter what happens in the future, the four Vedas must endure, as they are the original sources of religion and valuable wisdom. From them came the Upavedas, which were taught by Brahma and cover medicine, archery, architecture, music, and the 64 mechanical arts; the Vedangas, revealed by inspired saints, focus on astronomy, grammar, prosody, pronunciation, charms and incantations, and religious rites and ceremonies; the Upangas, written by the sage Vyasa, delve into cosmogony, chronology, and geography; they also contain the Ramayana and the Mahabharata, epic poems created to preserve the tales of our gods and demi-gods. Such, dear friends, are the Great Shastras, or books of sacred laws. They feel dead to me now; yet through all time, they will reflect the emerging brilliance of my people. They held promises of rapid advancement. If you ask why those promises fell short, sadly, the books themselves shut all the doors to progress. Under the guise of caring for people, their authors imposed the harmful idea that a person shouldn’t seek discovery or invention since Heaven had already provided everything necessary. Once that idea became a sacred law, the light of Hindu creativity was dropped into a well, where it has since illuminated only narrow walls and bitter waters.”
“These allusions, brethren, are not from pride, as you will understand when I tell you that the Shastras teach a Supreme God called Brahm; also, that the Puranas, or sacred poems of the Up-Angas, tell us of Virtue and Good Works, and of the Soul. So, if my brother will permit the saying”—the speaker bowed deferentially to the Greek—“ages before his people were known, the two great ideas, God and the Soul, had absorbed all the forces of the Hindoo mind. In further explanation let me say that Brahm is taught, by the same sacred books, as a Triad—Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva. Of these, Brahma is said to have been the author of our race; which, in course of creation, he divided into four castes. First, he peopled the worlds below and the heavens above; next, he made the earth ready for terrestrial spirits; then from his mouth proceeded the Brahman caste, nearest in likeness to himself, highest and noblest, sole teachers of the Vedas, which at the same time flowed from his lips in finished state, perfect in all useful knowledge. From his arms next issued the Kshatriya, or warriors; from his breast, the seat of life, came the Vaisya, or producers—shepherds, farmers, merchants; from his foot, in sign of degradation, sprang the Sudra, or serviles, doomed to menial duties for the other classes—serfs, domestics, laborers, artisans. Take notice, further, that the law, so born with them, forbade a man of one caste becoming a member of another; the Brahman could not enter a lower order; if he violated the laws of his own grade, he became an outcast, lost to all but outcasts like himself.”
“These references, my friends, come not from arrogance, as you will see when I mention that the Shastras teach about a Supreme God named Brahm; also, the Puranas, or sacred poems of the Up-Angas, speak of Virtue and Good Deeds, and of the Soul. So, if my brother will allow me to say”—the speaker bowed respectfully to the Greek—“long before his people were known, the two major ideas, God and the Soul, had absorbed all the energy of the Hindu mind. To explain further, let me say that Brahm is described, in the same sacred texts, as a Triad—Brahma, Vishnu, and Shiva. Of these, Brahma is said to have been the creator of our race; which, as part of creation, he divided into four castes. First, he populated the worlds below and the heavens above; next, he prepared the earth for earthly beings; then from his mouth emerged the Brahman caste, the closest in likeness to himself, the highest and noblest, the sole teachers of the Vedas, which at the same time flowed from his lips in their complete form, perfect in all useful knowledge. From his arms came the Kshatriya, or warriors; from his chest, the source of life, emerged the Vaisya, or producers—shepherds, farmers, merchants; from his foot, a sign of degradation, came the Sudra, or laborers, destined for menial tasks for the other classes—serfs, domestics, workers, artisans. Furthermore, note that the law, which was ordained with them, prohibited a person of one caste from becoming a member of another; the Brahman could not join a lower order; if he broke the laws of his own class, he became an outcast, lost to all except for other outcasts like himself.”
At this point, the imagination of the Greek, flashing forward upon all the consequences of such a degradation, overcame his eager attention, and he exclaimed, “In such a state, O brethren, what mighty need of a loving God!”
At this moment, the Greek's imagination raced ahead, considering all the consequences of such a decline, and he exclaimed, “In such a situation, O brothers, how greatly we need a loving God!”
“Yes,” added the Egyptian, “of a loving God like ours.”
“Yes,” added the Egyptian, “of a loving God like ours.”
The brows of the Hindoo knit painfully; when the emotion was spent, he proceeded, in a softened voice.
The Hindu's brow furrowed in pain; once the emotion faded, he continued in a gentler voice.
“I was born a Brahman. My life, consequently, was ordered down to its least act, its last hour. My first draught of nourishment; the giving me my compound name; taking me out the first time to see the sun; investing me with the triple thread by which I became one of the twice-born; my induction into the first order—were all celebrated with sacred texts and rigid ceremonies. I might not walk, eat, drink, or sleep without danger of violating a rule. And the penalty, O brethren, the penalty was to my soul! According to the degrees of omission, my soul went to one of the heavens—Indra’s the lowest, Brahma’s the highest; or it was driven back to become the life of a worm, a fly, a fish, or a brute. The reward for perfect observance was Beatitude, or absorption into the being of Brahm, which was not existence as much as absolute rest.”
“I was born a Brahman. My life was, therefore, meticulously structured down to its smallest action and final moments. My first taste of food; the giving of my compound name; my first outing to see the sun; the investiture with the sacred thread that made me one of the twice-born; my initiation into the first order—each of these events was marked by sacred texts and strict rituals. I couldn’t walk, eat, drink, or sleep without risking breaking a rule. And the consequence, oh my friends, the consequence weighed heavily on my soul! Depending on the severity of my mistakes, my soul could ascend to one of the heavens—Indra’s being the lowest, Brahma’s the highest; or it could be condemned to live as a worm, a fly, a fish, or a beast. The reward for perfect adherence was Beatitude, or merging into the essence of Brahm, which was less about existence and more about complete rest.”
The Hindoo gave himself a moment’s thought; proceeding, he said: “The part of a Brahman’s life called the first order is his student life. When I was ready to enter the second order—that is to say, when I was ready to marry and become a householder—I questioned everything, even Brahm; I was a heretic. From the depths of the well I had discovered a light above, and yearned to go up and see what all it shone upon. At last—ah, with what years of toil!—I stood in the perfect day, and beheld the principle of life, the element of religion, the link between the soul and God—Love!”
The Hindu paused for a moment, then said: "The first stage of a Brahman's life is his student life. When I was about to enter the second stage—that is, when I was ready to marry and become a householder—I questioned everything, even Brahm; I was a heretic. From the depths of the well, I saw a light above and longed to rise and see what all it illuminated. Finally—oh, after so many years of hard work!—I found myself in the full light of day, and I understood the essence of life, the core of religion, the connection between the soul and God—Love!"
The shrunken face of the good man kindled visibly, and he clasped his hands with force. A silence ensued, during which the others looked at him, the Greek through tears. At length he resumed:
The tired face of the good man lit up, and he tightly clasped his hands. A silence followed, during which the others watched him, the Greek's eyes filled with tears. Finally, he spoke again:
“The happiness of love is in action; its test is what one is willing to do for others. I could not rest. Brahm had filled the world with so much wretchedness. The Sudra appealed to me, so did the countless devotees and victims. The island of Ganga Lagor lies where the sacred waters of the Ganges disappear in the Indian Ocean. Thither I betook myself. In the shade of the temple built there to the sage Kapila, in a union of prayers with the disciples whom the sanctified memory of the holy man keeps around his house, I thought to find rest. But twice every year came pilgrimages of Hindoos seeking the purification of the waters. Their misery strengthened my love. Against its impulse to speak I clenched my jaws; for one word against Brahm or the Triad or the Shastras would doom me; one act of kindness to the outcast Brahmans who now and then dragged themselves to die on the burning sands—a blessing said, a cup of water given—and I became one of them, lost to family, country, privileges, caste. The love conquered! I spoke to the disciples in the temple; they drove me out. I spoke to the pilgrims; they stoned me from the island. On the highways I attempted to preach; my hearers fled from me, or sought my life. In all India, finally, there was not a place in which I could find peace or safety—not even among the outcasts, for, though fallen, they were still believers in Brahm. In my extremity, I looked for a solitude in which to hide from all but God. I followed the Ganges to its source, far up in the Himalayas. When I entered the pass at Hurdwar, where the river, in unstained purity, leaps to its course through the muddy lowlands, I prayed for my race, and thought myself lost to them forever. Through gorges, over cliffs, across glaciers, by peaks that seemed star-high, I made my way to the Lang Tso, a lake of marvellous beauty, asleep at the feet of the Tise Gangri, the Gurla, and the Kailas Parbot, giants which flaunt their crowns of snow everlastingly in the face of the sun. There, in the centre of the earth, where the Indus, Ganges, and Brahmapootra rise to run their different courses; where mankind took up their first abode, and separated to replete the world, leaving Balk, the mother of cities, to attest the great fact; where Nature, gone back to its primeval condition, and secure in its immensities, invites the sage and the exile, with promise of safety to the one and solitude to the other—there I went to abide alone with God, praying, fasting, waiting for death.”
"The joy of love lies in action; its true measure is what someone is willing to do for others. I couldn’t find peace. Brahm had filled the world with so much suffering. The Sudra called to me, as did countless devotees and victims. The island of Ganga Lagor is where the sacred waters of the Ganges flow into the Indian Ocean. That’s where I went. In the shade of the temple built for the sage Kapila, surrounded by the disciples who honored the memory of this holy man, I hoped to find rest. But twice a year, Hindu pilgrims came seeking the cleansing waters. Their misery fueled my love. I clenched my teeth against the urge to speak; one word against Brahm, the Triad, or the Shastras would condemn me; even a small act of kindness to the outcast Brahmans, who sometimes crawled to die on the burning sands—a blessing said, a cup of water offered—and I would become one of them, cut off from family, country, privilege, and caste. Love won! I talked to the disciples in the temple; they drove me away. I spoke to the pilgrims; they chased me off the island with stones. I tried to preach on the highways; my audience either ran from me or sought to kill me. In all of India, I finally found no place where I could find peace or safety—not even among the outcasts, for, despite their situation, they still believed in Brahm. In my desperation, I sought solitude to hide from everyone but God. I followed the Ganges to its source in the Himalayas. When I entered the pass at Hurdwar, where the river, pure and untainted, begins its journey through the muddy lowlands, I prayed for my people, thinking I was lost to them forever. Through gorges, over cliffs, across glaciers, by peaks that seemed to touch the stars, I made my way to Lang Tso, a stunning lake resting at the feet of Tise Gangri, Gurla, and Kailas Parbot, giants that proudly display their crowns of snow against the sun. There, in the heart of the earth, where the Indus, Ganges, and Brahmaputra rise to flow their separate paths; where humanity first settled and branched out to populate the world, leaving Balk, the mother of cities, as proof of this great fact; where Nature, returned to its primeval state and secure in its vastness, invites the sage and the exile, offering safety to one and solitude to the other—there I went to be alone with God, praying, fasting, and waiting for death."
Again the voice fell, and the bony hands met in a fervent clasp.
Again the voice faded, and the thin hands joined in an intense grip.
“One night I walked by the shores of the lake, and spoke to the listening silence, ‘When will God come and claim his own? Is there to be no redemption?’ Suddenly a light began to glow tremulously out on the water; soon a star arose, and moved towards me, and stood overhead. The brightness stunned me. While I lay upon the ground, I heard a voice of infinite sweetness say, ‘Thy love hath conquered. Blessed art thou, O son of India! The redemption is at hand. With two others, from far quarters of the earth, thou shalt see the Redeemer, and be a witness that he hath come. In the morning arise, and go meet them; and put all thy trust in the Spirit which shall guide thee.’
“One night I walked along the shore of the lake and spoke to the stillness, ‘When will God come and claim what is His? Is there to be no redemption?’ Suddenly, a light started to glow gently on the water; soon a star appeared, moving towards me and standing above. The brightness overwhelmed me. As I lay on the ground, I heard a voice of infinite sweetness say, ‘Your love has triumphed. Blessed are you, O son of India! The redemption is near. With two others, from distant corners of the earth, you shall see the Redeemer and witness His coming. In the morning, rise and go meet them; and place all your trust in the Spirit that will guide you.’”
“And from that time the light has stayed with me; so I knew it was the visible presence of the Spirit. In the morning I started to the world by the way I had come. In a cleft of the mountain I found a stone of vast worth, which I sold in Hurdwar. By Lahore, and Cabool, and Yezd, I came to Ispahan. There I bought the camel, and thence was led to Bagdad, not waiting for caravans. Alone I traveled, fearless, for the Spirit was with me, and is with me yet. What glory is ours, O brethren! We are to see the Redeemer—to speak to him—to worship him! I am done.”
“And from that time, the light has stayed with me; so I knew it was the visible presence of the Spirit. In the morning, I set out into the world by the same route I had taken. In a crack in the mountain, I found a stone of great value, which I sold in Hurdwar. I traveled through Lahore, Cabool, and Yezd, eventually reaching Ispahan. There, I bought a camel, and then made my way to Bagdad without waiting for caravans. Alone I traveled, unafraid, for the Spirit was with me, and is still with me. What glory is ours, O brethren! We are to see the Redeemer—to speak to him—to worship him! I am done.”
CHAPTER V
The vivacious Greek broke forth in expressions of joy and congratulations; after which the Egyptian said, with characteristic gravity:
The lively Greek burst out with joy and congratulations; then the Egyptian said, with his typical seriousness:
“I salute you, my brother. You have suffered much, and I rejoice in your triumph. If you are both pleased to hear me, I will now tell you who I am, and how I came to be called. Wait for me a moment.”
“I salute you, my brother. You have endured a lot, and I celebrate your victory. If you’re both happy to listen, I will now share who I am and how I got my name. Please hold on for a moment.”
He went out and tended the camels; coming back, he resumed his seat.
He went outside to take care of the camels; when he returned, he sat down again.
“Your words, brethren, were of the Spirit,” he said, in commencement; “and the Spirit gives me to understand them. You each spoke particularly of your countries; in that there was a great object, which I will explain; but to make the interpretation complete, let me first speak of myself and my people. I am Balthasar the Egyptian.”
“Your words, everyone, were inspired,” he said to start. “And the Spirit helps me understand them. You each talked specifically about your countries; in that, there was a significant point, which I will explain. But to make the interpretation clear, let me first talk about myself and my people. I am Balthasar the Egyptian.”
The last words were spoken quietly, but with so much dignity that both listeners bowed to the speaker.
The final words were said softly, but with such dignity that both listeners bowed to the speaker.
“There are many distinctions I might claim for my race,” he continued; “but I will content myself with one. History began with us. We were the first to perpetuate events by records kept. So we have no traditions; and instead of poetry, we offer you certainty. On the facades of palaces and temples, on obelisks, on the inner walls of tombs, we wrote the names of our kings, and what they did; and to the delicate papyri we intrusted the wisdom of our philosophers and the secrets of our religion—all the secrets but one, whereof I will presently speak. Older than the Vedas of Para-Brahm or the Up-Angas of Vyasa, O Melchior; older than the songs of Homer or the metaphysics of Plato, O my Gaspar; older than the sacred books or kings of the people of China, or those of Siddartha, son of the beautiful Maya; older than the Genesis of Mosche the Hebrew—oldest of human records are the writings of Menes, our first king.” Pausing an instant, he fixed his large eves kindly upon the Greek, saying, “In the youth of Hellas, who, O Gaspar, were the teachers of her teachers?”
"There are many claims I could make about my race," he continued, "but I'll stick with just one. History started with us. We were the first to document events in writing. So, we don't have traditions; instead of poetry, we offer you certainty. On the facades of palaces and temples, on obelisks, and on the inner walls of tombs, we inscribed the names of our kings and their deeds. We entrusted the delicate papyrus with the wisdom of our philosophers and the secrets of our religion—all except one secret, which I will mention shortly. Older than the Vedas of Para-Brahm or the Up-Angas of Vyasa, O Melchior; older than the songs of Homer or the philosophy of Plato, O my Gaspar; older than the sacred texts or kings of the people of China, or those of Siddartha, son of the beautiful Maya; older than the Genesis of Mosche the Hebrew—our oldest human records are the writings of Menes, our first king." He paused for a moment and looked kindly at the Greek, saying, "In the early days of Hellas, who, O Gaspar, were the teachers of her teachers?"
The Greek bowed, smiling.
The Greek smiled and bowed.
“By those records,” Balthasar continued, “we know that when the fathers came from the far East, from the region of the birth of the three sacred rivers, from the centre of the earth—the Old Iran of which you spoke, O Melchior—came bringing with them the history of the world before the Flood, and of the Flood itself, as given to the Aryans by the sons of Noah, they taught God, the Creator and the Beginning, and the Soul, deathless as God. When the duty which calls us now is happily done, if you choose to go with me, I will show you the sacred library of our priesthood; among others, the Book of the Dead, in which is the ritual to be observed by the soul after Death has despatched it on its journey to judgment. The ideas—God and the Immortal Soul—were borne to Mizraim over the desert, and by him to the banks of the Nile. They were then in their purity, easy of understanding, as what God intends for our happiness always is; so, also, was the first worship—a song and a prayer natural to a soul joyous, hopeful, and in love with its Maker.”
“According to those records,” Balthasar continued, “we know that when the fathers came from the far East, from the land where the three sacred rivers are born, from the center of the earth—the Old Iran you mentioned, O Melchior—they brought with them the history of the world before the Flood and of the Flood itself, passed down to the Aryans by the sons of Noah. They taught about God, the Creator and the Beginning, and the Soul, which is as eternal as God. When the duty that calls us now is successfully completed, if you choose to come with me, I will show you the sacred library of our priesthood; among other things, the Book of the Dead, which contains the rituals to be followed by the soul after Death sends it on its journey to judgment. The concepts—God and the Immortal Soul—were carried to Mizraim across the desert, and then brought to the banks of the Nile by him. They were pure then, easy to understand, just like what God intends for our happiness always is; likewise, the first worship was a song and a prayer that naturally arose from a soul that is joyful, hopeful, and in love with its Creator.”
Here the Greek threw up his hands, exclaiming, “Oh! the light deepens within me!”
Here the Greek threw up his hands, exclaiming, “Oh! the light grows stronger inside me!”
“And in me!” said the Hindoo, with equal fervor.
“And in me!” said the Hindu, with the same intensity.
The Egyptian regarded them benignantly, then went on, saying, “Religion is merely the law which binds man to his Creator: in purity it has but these elements—God, the Soul, and their Mutual Recognition; out of which, when put in practise, spring Worship, Love, and Reward. This law, like all others of divine origin—like that, for instance, which binds the earth to the sun—was perfected in the beginning by its Author. Such, my brothers, was the religion of the first family; such was the religion of our father Mizraim, who could not have been blind to the formula of creation, nowhere so discernible as in the first faith and the earliest worship. Perfection is God; simplicity is perfection. The curse of curses is that men will not let truths like these alone.”
The Egyptian looked at them kindly and then said, “Religion is simply the rule that connects humans to their Creator: in its pure form, it consists of just these elements—God, the Soul, and their Mutual Recognition; from which, when practiced, arise Worship, Love, and Reward. This law, like all others that come from divine origin—like the one that connects the earth to the sun, for example—was perfected at the beginning by its Creator. Such was the religion of the first family; such was the religion of our father Mizraim, who could not have missed the formula of creation, which is most evident in the first faith and earliest worship. Perfection is God; simplicity is perfection. The greatest curse is that people won’t leave truths like these alone.”
He stopped, as if considering in what manner to continue.
He paused, as if thinking about how to move forward.
“Many nations have loved the sweet waters of the Nile,” he said next; “the Ethiopian, the Pali-Putra, the Hebrew, the Assyrian, the Persian, the Macedonian, the Roman—of whom all, except the Hebrew, have at one time or another been its masters. So much coming and going of peoples corrupted the old Mizraimic faith. The Valley of Palms became a Valley of Gods. The Supreme One was divided into eight, each personating a creative principle in nature, with Ammon-Re at the head. Then Isis and Osiris, and their circle, representing water, fire, air, and other forces, were invented. Still the multiplication went on until we had another order, suggested by human qualities, such as strength, knowledge, love, and the like.”
“Many nations have cherished the sweet waters of the Nile,” he continued, “the Ethiopians, the Pali-Putra, the Hebrews, the Assyrians, the Persians, the Macedonians, the Romans—except for the Hebrews, all of them have at some point ruled over it. This constant movement of people led to the corruption of the ancient Mizraimic faith. The Valley of Palms turned into a Valley of Gods. The Supreme One became divided into eight, each representing a creative principle in nature, with Ammon-Re as the leader. Then Isis and Osiris, along with their followers, were created to represent water, fire, air, and other forces. The expansion continued until we had another set of deities based on human traits like strength, knowledge, love, and so on.”
“In all which there was the old folly!” cried the Greek, impulsively. “Only the things out of reach remain as they came to us.”
“In all of that, there was the old foolishness!” shouted the Greek, impulsively. “Only the things we can’t have stay the way they came to us.”
The Egyptian bowed, and proceeded:
The Egyptian bowed and continued:
“Yet a little further, O my brethren, a little further, before I come to myself. What we go to will seem all the holier of comparison with what is and has been. The records show that Mizraim found the Nile in possession of the Ethiopians, who were spread thence through the African desert; a people of rich, fantastic genius, wholly given to the worship of nature. The Poetic Persian sacrificed to the sun, as the completest image of Ormuzd, his God; the devout children of the far East carved their deities out of wood and ivory; but the Ethiopian, without writing, without books, without mechanical faculty of any kind, quieted his soul by the worship of animals, birds, and insects, holding the cat sacred to Re, the bull to Isis, the beetle to Pthah. A long struggle against their rude faith ended in its adoption as the religion of the new empire. Then rose the mighty monuments that cumber the river-bank and the desert—obelisk, labyrinth, pyramid, and tomb of king, blent with tomb of crocodile. Into such deep debasement, O brethren, the sons of the Aryan fell!”
“Just a little further, my friends, just a little further, before I come to my senses. What we’re heading toward will seem so much more sacred compared to what is and what has been. The records show that Mizraim found the Nile occupied by the Ethiopians, who had spread out through the African desert; a people of rich, imaginative genius, fully devoted to the worship of nature. The poetic Persians sacrificed to the sun, seeing it as the most complete image of their god, Ormuzd; the devout children of the far East carved their deities from wood and ivory; but the Ethiopian, lacking writing, books, or any mechanical skills, found peace for his soul by worshiping animals, birds, and insects, holding the cat sacred to Re, the bull to Isis, the beetle to Pthah. A long struggle against their primitive beliefs ended with its acceptance as the religion of the new empire. Then arose the great monuments that line the riverbank and the desert—obelisk, labyrinth, pyramid, and tomb of kings, mingling with the tomb of crocodiles. Into such deep degradation, my friends, had the sons of the Aryan fallen!”
Here, for the first time, the calmness of the Egyptian forsook him: though his countenance remained impassive, his voice gave way.
Here, for the first time, the calmness of the Egyptian left him: even though his face stayed neutral, his voice faltered.
“Do not too much despise my countrymen,” he began again. “They did not all forget God. I said awhile ago, you may remember, that to papyri we intrusted all the secrets of our religion except one; of that I will now tell you. We had as king once a certain Pharaoh, who lent himself to all manner of changes and additions. To establish the new system, he strove to drive the old entirely out of mind. The Hebrews then dwelt with us as slaves. They clung to their God; and when the persecution became intolerable, they were delivered in a manner never to be forgotten. I speak from the records now. Mosche, himself a Hebrew, came to the palace, and demanded permission for the slaves, then millions in number, to leave the country. The demand was in the name of the Lord God of Israel. Pharaoh refused. Hear what followed. First, all the water, that in the lakes and rivers, like that in the wells and vessels, turned to blood. Yet the monarch refused. Then frogs came up and covered all the land. Still he was firm. Then Mosche threw ashes in the air, and a plague attacked the Egyptians. Next, all the cattle, except of the Hebrews, were struck dead. Locusts devoured the green things of the valley. At noon the day was turned into a darkness so thick that lamps would not burn. Finally, in the night all the first-born of the Egyptians died; not even Pharaoh’s escaped. Then he yielded. But when the Hebrews were gone he followed them with his army. At the last moment the sea was divided, so that the fugitives passed it dry-shod. When the pursuers drove in after them, the waves rushed back and drowned horse, foot, charioteers, and king. You spoke of revelation, my Gaspar—”
“Don’t think too badly of my fellow countrymen,” he started again. “Not all of them have forgotten God. I mentioned earlier, and I hope you remember, that we entrusted all the secrets of our religion to papyri except for one; I will tell you about that now. We once had a king named Pharaoh, who was open to all kinds of changes and additions. To establish a new system, he tried to erase the old one from memory completely. At that time, the Hebrews lived among us as slaves. They held on to their God, and when the persecution became unbearable, they were set free in a way that is unforgettable. I’m speaking from the records now. Mosche, who was a Hebrew himself, came to the palace and asked for permission for the million slaves to leave the country. He made the request in the name of the Lord God of Israel. Pharaoh refused. Here’s what happened next. First, all the water in the lakes and rivers, as well as in the wells and containers, turned to blood. Still, the king refused. Then frogs appeared and covered the entire land. He remained firm. Then Mosche threw ashes in the air, and a plague struck the Egyptians. Next, all the cattle, except for those of the Hebrews, died. Locusts consumed all the greenery in the fields. At noon, the day turned to darkness so thick that lamps wouldn’t light. Finally, in the night, all the first-born of the Egyptians died; not even Pharaoh’s escaped. Then he gave in. But after the Hebrews left, he pursued them with his army. At the last moment, the sea parted, allowing the escapees to walk through on dry land. When the pursuers followed them, the waves crashed down, drowning horses, foot soldiers, charioteers, and the king. You mentioned revelation, my Gaspar—”
The blue eyes of the Greek sparkled.
The Greek's blue eyes shone.
“I had the story from the Jew,” he cried. “You confirm it, O Balthasar!”
“I got the story from the Jew,” he shouted. “You can confirm it, right, Balthasar?”
“Yes, but through me Egypt speaks, not Mosche. I interpret the marbles. The priests of that time wrote in their way what they witnessed, and the revelation has lived. So I come to the one unrecorded secret. In my country, brethren, we have, from the day of the unfortunate Pharaoh, always had two religions—one private, the other public; one of many gods, practised by the people; the other of one God, cherished only by the priesthood. Rejoice with me, O brothers! All the trampling by the many nations, all the harrowing by kings, all the inventions of enemies, all the changes of time, have been in vain. Like a seed under the mountains waiting its hour, the glorious Truth has lived; and this—this is its day!”
“Yes, but it’s Egypt that speaks through me, not Mosche. I interpret the marbles. The priests from that time documented what they saw in their own way, and that revelation has endured. So here I reveal the one undisclosed secret. In my country, my brothers, since the era of the unfortunate Pharaoh, we have always had two religions—one private, the other public; one of many gods, practiced by the people; the other of one God, cherished solely by the priesthood. Rejoice with me, O brothers! All the trampling by various nations, all the suffering imposed by kings, all the schemes of enemies, all the changes with time have been in vain. Like a seed buried beneath the mountains waiting for its moment, the glorious Truth has survived; and this—this is its day!”
The wasted frame of the Hindoo trembled with delight, and the Greek cried aloud,
The wasted body of the Hindu shook with joy, and the Greek shouted out,
“It seems to me the very desert is singing.”
“It feels like the desert is singing.”
From a gurglet of water near-by the Egyptian took a draught, and proceeded:
From a nearby stream, the Egyptian took a drink and continued:
“I was born at Alexandria, a prince and a priest, and had the education usual to my class. But very early I became discontented. Part of the faith imposed was that after death upon the destruction of the body, the soul at once began its former progression from the lowest up to humanity, the highest and last existence; and that without reference to conduct in the mortal life. When I heard of the Persian’s Realm of Light, his Paradise across the bridge Chinevat, where only the good go, the thought haunted me; insomuch that in the day, as in the night, I brooded over the comparative ideas Eternal Transmigration and Eternal Life in Heaven. If, as my teacher taught, God was just, why was there no distinction between the good and the bad? At length it became clear to me, a certainty, a corollary of the law to which I reduced pure religion, that death was only the point of separation at which the wicked are left or lost, and the faithful rise to a higher life; not the nirvana of Buddha, or the negative rest of Brahma, O Melchior; nor the better condition in hell, which is all of Heaven allowed by the Olympic faith, O Gaspar; but life—life active, joyous, everlasting—LIFE WITH GOD! The discovery led to another inquiry. Why should the Truth be longer kept a secret for the selfish solace of the priesthood? The reason for the suppression was gone. Philosophy had at least brought us toleration. In Egypt we had Rome instead of Rameses. One day, in the Brucheium, the most splendid and crowded quarter of Alexandria, I arose and preached. The East and West contributed to my audience. Students going to the Library, priests from the Serapeion, idlers from the Museum, patrons of the race-course, countrymen from the Rhacotis—a multitude—stopped to hear me. I preached God, the Soul, Right and Wrong, and Heaven, the reward of a virtuous life. You, O Melchior, were stoned; my auditors first wondered, then laughed. I tried again; they pelted me with epigrams, covered my God with ridicule, and darkened my Heaven with mockery. Not to linger needlessly, I fell before them.”
“I was born in Alexandria, a prince and a priest, and had the education typical for my background. But I quickly became restless. Part of the belief I was taught was that after death, when the body was destroyed, the soul immediately began its journey again from the lowest form up to humanity, the highest existence; and this happened without considering how one lived their life. When I heard about the Persian's Realm of Light, his Paradise across the bridge Chinevat, where only the good go, it troubled me; so much so that I reflected on the ideas of Eternal Transmigration and Eternal Life in Heaven both day and night. If, as my teacher said, God was just, why was there no distinction between the good and the bad? Eventually, it became clear to me, as an undeniable truth derived from pure religion, that death was merely the point of separation where the wicked are left behind or lost, and the faithful ascend to a higher life; not the nirvana of Buddha, or the negative rest of Brahma, O Melchior; nor the improved condition in hell, which is all the Heaven allowed by the Olympic faith, O Gaspar; but life—active, joyful, everlasting life—with God! This realization led to another question. Why should the Truth remain a secret for the self-serving comfort of the priesthood? The reason for hiding it was gone. Philosophy had at least given us tolerance. In Egypt, we had Rome instead of Rameses. One day, in the Brucheium, the most magnificent and crowded area of Alexandria, I stood up and preached. People from the East and West gathered to listen. Students heading to the Library, priests from the Serapeion, onlookers from the Museum, fans of the racecourse, villagers from the Rhacotis—a crowd—stopped to hear me. I preached about God, the Soul, Right and Wrong, and Heaven, the reward for a virtuous life. You, O Melchior, faced stoning; my listeners first reacted with surprise, then laughter. I tried again; they threw clever sayings at me, mocked my God, and ridiculed my Heaven. To keep this brief, I fell before them.”
The Hindoo here drew a long sigh, as he said, “The enemy of man is man, my brother.”
The Hindu here let out a long sigh and said, “The enemy of man is man, my brother.”
Balthasar lapsed into silence.
Balthasar fell silent.
“I gave much thought to finding the cause of my failure, and at last succeeded,” he said, upon beginning again. “Up the river, a day’s journey from the city, there is a village of herdsmen and gardeners. I took a boat and went there. In the evening I called the people together, men and women, the poorest of the poor. I preached to them exactly as I had preached in the Brucheium. They did not laugh. Next evening I spoke again, and they believed and rejoiced, and carried the news abroad. At the third meeting a society was formed for prayer. I returned to the city then. Drifting down the river, under the stars, which never seemed so bright and so near, I evolved this lesson: To begin a reform, go not into the places of the great and rich; go rather to those whose cups of happiness are empty—to the poor and humble. And then I laid a plan and devoted my life. As a first step, I secured my vast property, so that the income would be certain, and always at call for the relief of the suffering. From that day, O brethren, I travelled up and down the Nile, in the villages, and to all the tribes, preaching One God, a righteous life, and reward in Heaven. I have done good—it does not become me to say how much. I also know that part of the world to be ripe for the reception of Him we go to find.”
“I thought a lot about what caused my failure, and finally figured it out,” he said as he started again. “Up the river, a day’s journey from the city, there’s a village of herders and gardeners. I took a boat and went there. In the evening, I gathered the people, men and women, the poorest of the poor. I spoke to them just like I had in the Brucheium. They didn’t laugh. The next evening I spoke again, and they believed and rejoiced, spreading the news. By the third meeting, a prayer society was formed. Then I returned to the city. As I drifted down the river under the stars, which had never seemed so bright and so close, I came up with this lesson: To start a reform, don’t go to the places of the great and rich; go instead to those whose cups of happiness are empty—to the poor and humble. And then I made a plan and dedicated my life to it. As a first step, I secured my vast property to ensure that the income would always be available to help those in need. From that day, my friends, I traveled up and down the Nile, visiting villages and all the tribes, preaching One God, a righteous life, and a reward in Heaven. I have done good—it doesn’t seem right for me to say how much. I also know that part of the world is ready to receive Him we go to find.”
A flush suffused the swarthy cheek of the speaker; but he overcame the feeling, and continued:
A flush spread across the dark cheek of the speaker; but he pushed through the emotion and continued:
“The years so given, O my brothers, were troubled by one thought—When I was gone, what would become of the cause I had started? Was it to end with me? I had dreamed many times of organization as a fitting crown for my work. To hide nothing from you, I had tried to effect it, and failed. Brethren, the world is now in the condition that, to restore the old Mizraimic faith, the reformer must have a more than human sanction; he must not merely come in God’s name, he must have the proofs subject to his word; he must demonstrate all he says, even God. So preoccupied is the mind with myths and systems; so much do false deities crowd every place—earth, air, sky; so have they become of everything a part, that return to the first religion can only be along bloody paths, through fields of persecution; that is to say, the converts must be willing to die rather than recant. And who in this age can carry the faith of men to such a point but God himself? To redeem the race—I do not mean to destroy it—to REDEEM the race, he must make himself once more manifest; HE MUST COME IN PERSON.”
"The years I spent, my brothers, were troubled by one thought—what would happen to the cause I started when I was gone? Would it end with me? I often dreamed of organization as the perfect conclusion to my work. To be honest, I tried to make it happen and failed. Brothers, the world is now in a state that to restore the old Mizraimic faith, the reformer needs more than just a human endorsement; he must not only come in God’s name, but must also provide evidence to support his claims; he must prove everything he says, even God. The mind is so consumed with myths and systems; there are so many false gods present everywhere—earth, air, sky; they’ve become part of everything that returning to the first religion will only be through bloody paths, through fields of persecution; in other words, the converts must be ready to die rather than deny their beliefs. And who in this age can instill such faith in people but God himself? To save humanity—I don’t mean to destroy it—to REDEEM humanity, He must reveal Himself once again; HE MUST COME IN PERSON."
Intense emotion seized the three.
Strong feelings overwhelmed the three.
“Are we not going to find him?” exclaimed the Greek.
“Are we not going to find him?” shouted the Greek.
“You understand why I failed in the attempt to organize,” said the Egyptian, when the spell was past. “I had not the sanction. To know that my work must be lost made me intolerably wretched. I believed in prayer, and to make my appeals pure and strong, like you, my brethren, I went out of the beaten ways, I went where man had not been, where only God was. Above the fifth cataract, above the meeting of rivers in Sennar, up the Bahr el Abiad, into the far unknown of Africa, I went. There, in the morning, a mountain blue as the sky flings a cooling shadow wide over the western desert, and, with its cascades of melted snow, feeds a broad lake nestling at its base on the east. The lake is the mother of the great river. For a year and more the mountain gave me a home. The fruit of the palm fed my body, prayer my spirit. One night I walked in the orchard close by the little sea. ‘The world is dying. When wilt thou come? Why may I not see the redemption, O God?’ So I prayed. The glassy water was sparkling with stars. One of them seemed to leave its place, and rise to the surface, where it became a brilliancy burning to the eyes. Then it moved towards me, and stood over my head, apparently in hand’s reach. I fell down and hid my face. A voice, not of the earth, said, ‘Thy good works have conquered. Blessed art thou, O son of Mizraim! The redemption cometh. With two others, from the remotenesses of the world, thou shalt see the Saviour, and testify for him. In the morning arise, and go meet them. And when ye have all come to the holy city of Jerusalem, ask of the people, Where is he that is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the East and are sent to worship him. Put all thy trust in the Spirit which will guide thee.’
“You see why I failed in trying to organize,” said the Egyptian when the moment passed. “I didn't have the approval. Knowing that my efforts would be in vain made me incredibly miserable. I believed in prayer, and to make my appeals pure and strong, like you, my brothers, I ventured off the beaten path, going where no one had been, where only God existed. Above the fifth cataract, at the meeting of rivers in Sennar, up the Bahr el Abiad, into the far reaches of Africa, I traveled. There, in the morning, a mountain as blue as the sky casts a cooling shadow wide over the western desert, and with its cascades of melted snow, it feeds a large lake nestled at its eastern base. The lake is the source of the great river. For over a year, the mountain provided me with a home. The fruit of the palm nourished my body, and prayer nourished my spirit. One night, I walked in the orchard close to the little sea. ‘The world is dying. When will you come? Why can I not see the redemption, O God?’ So I prayed. The smooth water sparkled with stars. One of them seemed to leave its place and rise to the surface, becoming a brilliance that burned my eyes. Then it moved toward me, hovering over my head, seemingly within reach. I fell down and hid my face. A voice, not of this earth, said, ‘Your good works have triumphed. Blessed are you, O son of Mizraim! The redemption is coming. With two others, from the far corners of the earth, you shall see the Savior and testify for him. In the morning, arise and go meet them. And when you have all arrived in the holy city of Jerusalem, ask the people, Where is he who is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the East and have come to worship him. Put all your trust in the Spirit that will guide you.’
“And the light became an inward illumination not to be doubted, and has stayed with me, a governor and a guide. It led me down the river to Memphis, where I made ready for the desert. I bought my camel, and came hither without rest, by way of Suez and Kufileh, and up through the lands of Moab and Ammon. God is with us, O my brethren!”
“And the light became a clear understanding I couldn’t question, and it has remained with me, like a leader and a mentor. It guided me down the river to Memphis, where I prepared for the desert. I bought my camel and traveled here without stopping, through Suez and Kufileh, and up through the lands of Moab and Ammon. God is with us, oh my brothers!”
He paused, and thereupon, with a prompting not their own, they all arose, and looked at each other.
He paused, and then, as if urged by something beyond themselves, they all stood up and looked at each other.
“I said there was a purpose in the particularity with which we described our people and their histories,” so the Egyptian proceeded. “He we go to find was called ‘King of the Jews;’ by that name we are bidden to ask for him. But, now that we have met, and heard from each other, we may know him to be the Redeemer, not of the Jews alone, but of all the nations of the earth. The patriarch who survived the Flood had with him three sons, and their families, by whom the world was repeopled. From the old Aryana-Vaejo, the well-remembered Region of Delight in the heart of Asia, they parted. India and the far East received the children of the first; the descendant of the youngest, through the North, streamed into Europe; those of the second overflowed the deserts about the Red Sea, passing into Africa; and though most of the latter are yet dwellers in shifting tents, some of them became builders along the Nile.”
“I said there was a reason behind the specific way we talked about our people and their histories,” the Egyptian continued. “The one we seek was called ‘King of the Jews;’ by that name we are instructed to ask for him. But now that we’ve met and shared our thoughts, we can understand him to be the Redeemer, not just for the Jews, but for all nations on earth. The patriarch who survived the Flood had three sons with him, and their families repopulated the world. They separated from the old Aryana-Vaejo, the well-remembered Region of Delight in the heart of Asia. India and the far East received the children of the first son; the descendants of the youngest streamed into Europe through the North; those of the second overflowed the deserts around the Red Sea and moved into Africa; and while most of them still live in tents, some have become builders along the Nile.”
By a simultaneous impulse the three joined hands.
By a simultaneous urge, the three joined hands.
“Could anything be more divinely ordered?” Balthasar continued. “When we have found the Lord, the brothers, and all the generations that have succeeded them, will kneel to him in homage with us. And when we part to go our separate ways, the world will have learned a new lesson—that Heaven may be won, not by the sword, not by human wisdom, but by Faith, Love, and Good Works.”
“Could anything be more perfectly arranged?” Balthasar continued. “When we find the Lord, the brothers, and all the generations that follow will kneel to Him in respect along with us. And when we part to go our separate ways, the world will have learned a new lesson—that Heaven can be attained, not by the sword, not by human intellect, but by Faith, Love, and Good Deeds.”
There was silence, broken by sighs and sanctified with tears; for the joy that filled them might not be stayed. It was the unspeakable joy of souls on the shores of the River of Life, resting with the Redeemed in God’s presence.
There was silence, interrupted by sighs and made sacred by tears; for the joy that filled them couldn’t be contained. It was the indescribable joy of souls on the banks of the River of Life, resting with the Redeemed in God’s presence.
Presently their hands fell apart, and together they went out of the tent. The desert was still as the sky. The sun was sinking fast. The camels slept.
Currently, their hands released, and together they exited the tent. The desert was as calm as the sky. The sun was quickly setting. The camels were asleep.
A little while after, the tent was struck, and, with the remains of the repast, restored to the cot; then the friends mounted, and set out single file, led by the Egyptian. Their course was due west, into the chilly night. The camels swung forward in steady trot, keeping the line and the intervals so exactly that those following seemed to tread in the tracks of the leader. The riders spoke not once.
A little while later, the tent was taken down, and the leftovers from the meal were returned to the tent. Then the friends got on their camels and started out in a single line, led by the Egyptian. They headed directly west into the cool night. The camels moved forward at a steady trot, perfectly maintaining the line and spacing so that those following seemed to be stepping in the leader's footprints. The riders didn’t say a word.
By-and-by the moon came up. And as the three tall white figures sped, with soundless tread, through the opalescent light, they appeared like specters flying from hateful shadows. Suddenly, in the air before them, not farther up than a low hill-top flared a lambent flame; as they looked at it, the apparition contracted into a focus of dazzling lustre. Their hearts beat fast; their souls thrilled; and they shouted as with one voice, “The Star! the Star! God is with us!”
By and by, the moon rose. As the three tall white figures moved silently through the shimmering light, they seemed like ghosts fleeing from dark shadows. Suddenly, in the air ahead of them, no higher than the top of a low hill, a soft flame flickered; as they stared at it, the vision condensed into a bright, dazzling glow. Their hearts raced; their souls soared; and they shouted together, “The Star! The Star! God is with us!”
CHAPTER VI
In an aperture of the western wall of Jerusalem hang the “oaken valves” called the Bethlehem or Joppa Gate. The area outside of them is one of the notable places of the city. Long before David coveted Zion there was a citadel there. When at last the son of Jesse ousted the Jebusite, and began to build, the site of the citadel became the northwest corner of the new wall, defended by a tower much more imposing than the old one. The location of the gate, however, was not disturbed, for the reasons, most likely, that the roads which met and merged in front of it could not well be transferred to any other point, while the area outside had become a recognized market-place. In Solomon’s day there was great traffic at the locality, shared in by traders from Egypt and the rich dealers from Tyre and Sidon. Nearly three thousand years have passed, and yet a kind of commerce clings to the spot. A pilgrim wanting a pin or a pistol, a cucumber or a camel, a house or a horse, a loan or a lentil, a date or a dragoman, a melon or a man, a dove or a donkey, has only to inquire for the article at the Joppa Gate. Sometimes the scene is quite animated, and then it suggests, What a place the old market must have been in the days of Herod the Builder! And to that period and that market the reader is now to be transferred.
In an opening in the western wall of Jerusalem hang the "wooden doors" known as the Bethlehem or Joppa Gate. The area outside these gates is one of the city's key spots. Long before David desired Zion, there was a fortress there. When the son of Jesse finally removed the Jebusites and began construction, the site of the fortress became the northwest corner of the new wall, supported by a tower much grander than the old one. However, the location of the gate remained unchanged, likely because the roads that converged in front of it couldn't easily be moved to another location, and the area outside had evolved into an established marketplace. During Solomon's era, there was a lot of activity in that area, involving traders from Egypt and wealthy merchants from Tyre and Sidon. Nearly three thousand years have gone by, and yet a kind of trade still persists in the spot. A traveler looking for a pin or a pistol, a cucumber or a camel, a house or a horse, a loan or a lentil, a date or a guide, a melon or a man, a dove or a donkey, just needs to ask for what they want at the Joppa Gate. Sometimes the scene is quite lively, making one think about what the old market must have been like in the days of Herod the Builder! And now, the reader is to be taken back to that time and that market.
Following the Hebrew system, the meeting of the wise men described in the preceding chapters took place in the afternoon of the twenty-fifth day of the third month of the year; that is to say, on the twenty-fifth day of December. The year was the second of the 193d Olympiad, or the 747th of Rome; the sixty-seventh of Herod the Great, and the thirty-fifth of his reign; the fourth before the beginning of the Christian era. The hours of the day, by Judean custom, begin with the sun, the first hour being the first after sunrise; so, to be precise; the market at the Joppa Gate during the first hour of the day stated was in full session, and very lively. The massive valves had been wide open since dawn. Business, always aggressive, had pushed through the arched entrance into a narrow lane and court, which, passing by the walls of the great tower, conducted on into the city. As Jerusalem is in the hill country, the morning air on this occasion was not a little crisp. The rays of the sun, with their promise of warmth, lingered provokingly far up on the battlements and turrets of the great piles about, down from which fell the crooning of pigeons and the whir of the flocks coming and going.
Following the Hebrew system, the meeting of the wise men mentioned in the previous chapters happened in the afternoon of the twenty-fifth day of the third month of the year; that is to say, on December 25th. The year was the second of the 193rd Olympiad, or the 747th year of Rome; the sixty-seventh year of Herod the Great and the thirty-fifth of his reign; four years before the start of the Christian era. By Judean tradition, the hours of the day begin with sunrise, making the first hour the hour right after dawn; so, to be precise, the market at the Joppa Gate was bustling and very lively during the first hour of that day. The massive gates had been wide open since dawn. Business, always energetic, had spilled through the arched entrance into a narrow lane and courtyard, which passed by the walls of the great tower and led into the city. Since Jerusalem is in the hills, the morning air on this day was quite crisp. The sunlight, hinting at warmth, lingered enticingly high on the battlements and turrets of the surrounding buildings, from which the soft coos of pigeons and the fluttering of flocks came and went.
As a passing acquaintance with the people of the Holy City, strangers as well as residents, will be necessary to an understanding of some of the pages which follow, it will be well to stop at the gate and pass the scene in review. Better opportunity will not offer to get sight of the populace who will afterwhile go forward in a mood very different from that which now possesses them.
As a brief interaction with the people of the Holy City—both locals and visitors—will be important for understanding some of the upcoming sections, it’s a good idea to pause at the gate and take in the scene. There won’t be a better chance to observe the crowd, who will soon move on with a very different mindset than the one they have now.
The scene is at first one of utter confusion—confusion of action, sounds, colors, and things. It is especially so in the lane and court. The ground there is paved with broad unshaped flags, from which each cry and jar and hoof-stamp arises to swell the medley that rings and roars up between the solid impending walls. A little mixing with the throng, however, a little familiarity with the business going on, will make analysis possible.
The scene starts off as complete chaos—chaos of movement, sounds, colors, and objects. It's particularly intense in the lane and courtyard. The ground is covered with large, uneven stones, from which every shout, thud, and hoofbeat adds to the cacophony echoing between the solid walls surrounding it. However, a bit of mingling with the crowd and getting used to the activities happening will make it easier to make sense of it all.
Here stands a donkey, dozing under panniers full of lentils, beans, onions, and cucumbers, brought fresh from the gardens and terraces of Galilee. When not engaged in serving customers, the master, in a voice which only the initiated can understand, cries his stock. Nothing can be simpler than his costume—sandals, and an unbleached, undyed blanket, crossed over one shoulder and girt round the waist. Near-by, and far more imposing and grotesque, though scarcely as patient as the donkey, kneels a camel, raw-boned, rough, and gray, with long shaggy tufts of fox-colored hair under its throat, neck, and body, and a load of boxes and baskets curiously arranged upon an enormous saddle. The owner is an Egyptian, small, lithe, and of a complexion which has borrowed a good deal from the dust of the roads and the sands of the desert. He wears a faded tarbooshe, a loose gown, sleeveless, unbelted, and dropping from the neck to the knee. His feet are bare. The camel, restless under the load, groans and occasionally shows his teeth; but the man paces indifferently to and fro, holding the driving-strap, and all the time advertising his fruits fresh from the orchards of the Kedron—grapes, dates, figs, apples, and pomegranates.
Here is a donkey, napping under bags filled with lentils, beans, onions, and cucumbers, freshly brought from the gardens and terraces of Galilee. When not busy serving customers, the owner, speaking in a way only those in the know can understand, calls out his goods. His outfit is simple—sandals and an unbleached, undyed blanket draped over one shoulder and tied around his waist. Nearby, and more impressive yet jagged, though not as patient as the donkey, is a camel, bony, rough, and gray, with long shaggy patches of reddish-brown hair under its throat, neck, and body, and a load of boxes and baskets arranged on a huge saddle. The owner is an Egyptian, small, slim, and with a complexion that has taken on a lot from the dust of the roads and desert sands. He wears a faded tarbooshe, a loose, sleeveless gown that hangs from his neck to his knees. His feet are bare. The camel, uneasy under the weight, groans and shows its teeth now and then; but the man walks back and forth indifferently, holding the reins, all the while advertising his fruits fresh from the orchards of the Kedron—grapes, dates, figs, apples, and pomegranates.
At the corner where the lane opens out into the court, some women sit with their backs against the gray stones of the wall. Their dress is that common to the humbler classes of the country—a linen frock extending the full length of the person, loosely gathered at the waist, and a veil or wimple broad enough, after covering the head, to wrap the shoulders. Their merchandise is contained in a number of earthen jars, such as are still used in the East for bringing water from the wells, and some leathern bottles. Among the jars and bottles, rolling upon the stony floor, regardless of the crowd and cold, often in danger but never hurt, play half a dozen half-naked children, their brown bodies, jetty eyes, and thick black hair attesting the blood of Israel. Sometimes, from under the wimples, the mothers look up, and in the vernacular modestly bespeak their trade: in the bottles “honey of grapes,” in the jars “strong drink.” Their entreaties are usually lost in the general uproar, and they fare illy against the many competitors: brawny fellows with bare legs, dirty tunics, and long beards, going about with bottles lashed to their backs, and shouting “Honey of wine! Grapes of En-Gedi!” When a customer halts one of them, round comes the bottle, and, upon lifting the thumb from the nozzle, out into the ready cup gushes the deep-red blood of the luscious berry.
At the corner where the lane opens up into the courtyard, some women sit with their backs against the gray stones of the wall. They wear the typical dresses of the lower classes—linen frocks that reach down to the ground, loosely gathered at the waist, and veils or wimples wide enough to cover their heads and wrap around their shoulders. Their goods are stored in several clay jars, still used in the East for fetching water from wells, along with some leather bottles. Among the jars and bottles, a handful of half-naked children play on the stony floor, completely unconcerned with the crowd and the cold, often in danger yet never harmed, their brown bodies, dark eyes, and thick black hair showing their Israeli heritage. Occasionally, the mothers peek out from under their wimples and modestly call out their offers in the local language: “honey of grapes” in the bottles, and “strong drink” in the jars. Their pleas often get drowned out in the general noise, and they struggle against the many competitors: muscular guys with bare legs, dirty tunics, and long beards, walking around with bottles strapped to their backs, shouting “Honey of wine! Grapes of En-Gedi!” When a customer stops one of them, the bottle comes around, and upon lifting a thumb from the nozzle, the rich, deep-red juice of the sweet berry pours into the waiting cup.
Scarcely less blatant are the dealers in birds—doves, ducks, and frequently the singing bulbul, or nightingale, most frequently pigeons; and buyers, receiving them from the nets, seldom fail to think of the perilous life of the catchers, bold climbers of the cliffs; now hanging with hand and foot to the face of the crag, now swinging in a basket far down the mountain fissure.
Scarcely less obvious are the people selling birds—doves, ducks, and often the singing bulbul or nightingale, but most commonly pigeons. Buyers, receiving them from the nets, rarely forget the dangerous lives of the catchers, who are brave climbers of the cliffs; sometimes hanging on by hand and foot to the side of the rock, and at other times swinging in a basket deep down the mountain crack.
Blent with peddlers of jewelry—sharp men cloaked in scarlet and blue, top-heavy under prodigious white turbans, and fully conscious of the power there is in the lustre of a ribbon and the incisive gleam of gold, whether in bracelet or necklace, or in rings for the finger or the nose—and with peddlers of household utensils, and with dealers in wearing-apparel, and with retailers of unguents for anointing the person, and with hucksters of all articles, fanciful as well as of need, hither and thither, tugging at halters and ropes, now screaming, now coaxing, toil the venders of animals—donkeys, horses, calves, sheep, bleating kids, and awkward camels; animals of every kind except the outlawed swine. All these are there; not singly, as described, but many times repeated; not in one place, but everywhere in the market.
Mixed in with jewelry sellers—sharp-eyed men dressed in red and blue, overloaded under large white turbans, fully aware of the allure of a ribbon and the sharp shine of gold, whether in bracelets, necklaces, or rings for fingers or noses—and with vendors of household goods, and sellers of clothing, and retailers of perfumes for personal use, and hawkers of all sorts of items, both fancy and essential, bustling about, tugging at ropes and leashes, some yelling while others are persuading, are the sellers of animals—donkeys, horses, calves, sheep, bleating kids, and clumsy camels; animals of every kind except for the forbidden pigs. All these are present; not as individuals, as described, but many times over; not in one spot, but everywhere in the market.
Turning from this scene in the lane and court, this glance at the sellers and their commodities, the reader has need to give attention, in the next place, to visitors and buyers, for which the best studies will be found outside the gates, where the spectacle is quite as varied and animated; indeed, it may be more so, for there are superadded the effects of tent, booth, and sook, greater space, larger crowd, more unqualified freedom, and the glory of the Eastern sunshine.
Turning away from the scene in the lane and courtyard, and after observing the vendors and their goods, it's important for the reader to focus next on the visitors and buyers. The best insights can be found outside the gates, where the atmosphere is just as diverse and lively; in fact, it might be even more so, thanks to the presence of tents, booths, and markets, more space, larger crowds, unrestricted freedom, and the brilliance of the Eastern sunshine.
CHAPTER VII
Let us take our stand by the gate, just out of the edge of the currents—one flowing in, the other out—and use our eyes and ears awhile.
Let's position ourselves by the gate, just on the edge of the currents—one coming in, the other going out—and take a moment to observe with our eyes and ears.
In good time! Here come two men of a most noteworthy class.
In good time! Here come two men of a very impressive kind.
“Gods! How cold it is!” says one of them, a powerful figure in armor; on his head a brazen helmet, on his body a shining breastplate and skirts of mail. “How cold it is! Dost thou remember, my Caius, that vault in the Comitium at home which the flamens say is the entrance to the lower world? By Pluto! I could stand there this morning, long enough at least to get warm again!”
“Wow! It's so cold!” says one of them, a strong figure in armor; wearing a shiny helmet and a bright breastplate with chainmail skirts. “It's so cold! Do you remember, my Caius, that vault in the Comitium at home that the flamens say leads to the underworld? By Pluto! I could stand there this morning long enough to warm up again!”
The party addressed drops the hood of his military cloak, leaving bare his head and face, and replies, with an ironic smile, “The helmets of the legions which conquered Mark Antony were full of Gallic snow; but thou—ah, my poor friend!—thou hast just come from Egypt, bringing its summer in thy blood.”
The person being spoken to pulls back the hood of his military cloak, exposing his head and face, and responds with a wry smile, “The helmets of the legions that defeated Mark Antony were filled with Gallic snow; but you—oh, my poor friend!—you’ve just come from Egypt, carrying its summer in your veins.”
And with the last word they disappear through the entrance. Though they had been silent, the armor and the sturdy step would have published them Roman soldiers.
And with the last word, they step through the entrance. Even though they were quiet, the sound of the armor and their strong footsteps would have given them away as Roman soldiers.
From the throng a Jew comes next, meager of frame, round-shouldered, and wearing a coarse brown robe; over his eyes and face, and down his back, hangs a mat of long, uncombed hair. He is alone. Those who meet him laugh, if they do not worse; for he is a Nazarite, one of a despised sect which rejects the books of Moses, devotes itself to abhorred vows, and goes unshorn while the vows endure.
From the crowd, a Jewish man approaches, thin and hunched, wearing a rough brown robe. A mat of long, unkempt hair hangs over his eyes and face, and falls down his back. He is by himself. People who encounter him laugh, if not worse; he is a Nazarite, part of a hated group that rejects the books of Moses, commits to vows that others despise, and stays unshorn for the duration of those vows.
As we watch his retiring figure, suddenly there is a commotion in the crowd, a parting quickly to the right and left, with exclamations sharp and decisive. Then the cause comes—a man, Hebrew in feature and dress. The mantle of snow-white linen, held to his head by cords of yellow silk, flows free over his shoulders; his robe is richly embroidered, a red sash with fringes of gold wraps his waist several times. His demeanor is calm; he even smiles upon those who, with such rude haste, make room for him. A leper? No, he is only a Samaritan. The shrinking crowd, if asked, would say he is a mongrel—an Assyrian—whose touch of the robe is pollution; from whom, consequently, an Israelite, though dying, might not accept life. In fact, the feud is not of blood. When David set his throne here on Mount Zion, with only Judah to support him, the ten tribes betook themselves to Shechem, a city much older, and, at that date, infinitely richer in holy memories. The final union of the tribes did not settle the dispute thus begun. The Samaritans clung to their tabernacle on Gerizim, and, while maintaining its superior sanctity, laughed at the irate doctors in Jerusalem. Time brought no assuagement of the hate. Under Herod, conversion to the faith was open to all the world except the Samaritans; they alone were absolutely and forever shut out from communion with Jews.
As we watch his retreating figure, suddenly there's a stir in the crowd, parting quickly to the right and left, with sharp and decisive exclamations. Then we see the reason – a man, clearly of Hebrew descent. The snow-white linen mantle, held on his head by yellow silk cords, flows freely over his shoulders; his robe is richly embroidered, and a red sash with gold fringes wraps around his waist several times. He appears calm; he even smiles at those who hastily make way for him. A leper? No, he's just a Samaritan. The shrinking crowd, if asked, would label him a mutt—an Assyrian—whose touch could defile; hence, an Israelite, even one who is dying, would refuse to accept help from him. In truth, this conflict isn't about blood. When David established his throne here on Mount Zion, only receiving support from Judah, the ten tribes retreated to Shechem, a much older city that, at that time, held infinitely richer sacred memories. The final joining of the tribes did not resolve the dispute that had begun. The Samaritans held on to their tabernacle on Gerizim, and while asserting its greater sanctity, mocked the furious scholars in Jerusalem. Time did not soften the hatred. Under Herod, conversion to the faith was available to all nations except the Samaritans; they alone were completely and forever excluded from fellowship with Jews.
As the Samaritan goes in under the arch of the gate, out come three men so unlike all whom we have yet seen that they fix our gaze, whether we will or not. They are of unusual stature and immense brawn; their eyes are blue, and so fair is their complexion that the blood shines through the skin like blue pencilling; their hair is light and short; their heads, small and round, rest squarely upon necks columnar as the trunks of trees. Woollen tunics, open at the breast, sleeveless and loosely girt, drape their bodies, leaving bare arms and legs of such development that they at once suggest the arena; and when thereto we add their careless, confident, insolent manner, we cease to wonder that the people give them way, and stop after they have passed to look at them again. They are gladiators—wrestlers, runners, boxers, swordsmen; professionals unknown in Judea before the coming of the Roman; fellows who, what time they are not in training, may be seen strolling through the king’s gardens or sitting with the guards at the palace gates; or possibly they are visitors from Cæsarea, Sebaste, or Jericho; in which Herod, more Greek than Jew, and with all a Roman’s love of games and bloody spectacles, has built vast theaters, and now keeps schools of fighting-men, drawn, as is the custom, from the Gallic provinces or the Slavic tribes on the Danube.
As the Samaritan walks in under the gate, three men emerge who are so different from everyone we've seen so far that they instantly grab our attention, whether we want to look or not. They have an unusual height and impressive muscles; their eyes are blue, and their skin is so fair that the blood shows through like blue ink; their hair is light and short; their small, round heads sit firmly on necks that are as thick as tree trunks. They wear wool tunics that are open at the chest, sleeveless, and loosely tied, leaving their well-developed arms and legs exposed, which immediately brings to mind the arena. Their relaxed, confident, and somewhat arrogant demeanor makes it clear why people step aside for them and stop to stare after they’ve passed. They are gladiators—wrestlers, runners, boxers, swordsmen; professionals that weren't known in Judea before the Romans arrived; guys who, when not training, can be seen wandering through the king's gardens or hanging out with the guards at the palace gates; or maybe they’re visitors from Cæsarea, Sebaste, or Jericho, where Herod, more Greek than Jew and with a Roman's love for games and bloody spectacles, has built massive theaters and now runs schools for fighters, often bringing in recruits from the Gallic provinces or the Slavic tribes along the Danube.
“By Bacchus!” says one of them, drawing his clenched hand to his shoulder, “their skulls are not thicker than eggshells.”
“By Bacchus!” says one of them, bringing his fist up to his shoulder, “their skulls are no thicker than eggshells.”
The brutal look which goes with the gesture disgusts us, and we turn happily to something more pleasant.
The harsh expression that accompanies the gesture repulses us, and we gladly shift our attention to something more enjoyable.
Opposite us is a fruit-stand. The proprietor has a bald head, a long face, and a nose like the beak of a hawk. He sits upon a carpet spread upon the dust; the wall is at his back; overhead hangs a scant curtain, around him, within hand’s reach and arranged upon little stools, lie osier boxes full of almonds, grapes, figs, and pomegranates. To him now comes one at whom we cannot help looking, though for another reason than that which fixed our eyes upon the gladiators; he is really beautiful—a beautiful Greek. Around his temples, holding the waving hair, is a crown of myrtle, to which still cling the pale flowers and half ripe berries. His tunic, scarlet in color, is of the softest woollen fabric; below the girdle of buff leather, which is clasped in front by a fantastic device of shining gold, the skirt drops to the knee in folds heavy with embroidery of the same royal metal; a scarf, also woollen, and of mixed white and yellow, crosses his throat and falls trailing at his back; his arms and legs, where exposed, are white as ivory, and of the polish impossible except by perfect treatment with bath, oil, brushes, and pincers.
In front of us is a fruit stand. The owner has a bald head, a long face, and a nose that looks like a hawk's beak. He sits on a carpet laid out on the dirt; a wall is behind him; a thin curtain hangs overhead, and around him, within reach and arranged on small stools, are wicker baskets filled with almonds, grapes, figs, and pomegranates. Now, a person approaches him, and we can’t help but stare, but for a different reason than the one that drew our attention to the gladiators; he is genuinely striking—a handsome Greek. He wears a myrtle crown around his temples, with pale flowers and unripe berries still attached. His tunic is scarlet and made of the softest wool; below the buff leather belt, fastened in front by a quirky gold clasp, the skirt falls to his knees in heavy folds adorned with the same royal metal embroidery; a woolen scarf, in white and yellow, crosses his neck and trails behind him; his arms and legs, where visible, are as white as ivory, with a sheen that seems impossible without careful treatment through baths, oil, brushes, and tweezers.
The dealer, keeping his seat, bends forward, and throws his hands up until they meet in front of him, palm downwards and fingers extended.
The dealer, staying in his seat, leans forward and raises his hands until they come together in front of him, palms down and fingers extended.
“What hast thou, this morning, O son of Paphos?” says the young Greek, looking at the boxes rather than at the Cypriote. “I am hungry. What hast thou for breakfast?”
“What do you have this morning, O son of Paphos?” says the young Greek, looking at the boxes instead of at the Cypriote. “I’m hungry. What do you have for breakfast?”
“Fruits from the Pedius—genuine—such as the singers of Antioch take of mornings to restore the waste of their voices,” the dealer answers, in a querulous nasal tone.
“Real fruits from the Pedius—like the ones the singers of Antioch have in the mornings to refresh their voices,” the dealer replies, in a complaining, nasal voice.
“A fig, but not one of thy best, for the singers of Antioch!” says the Greek. “Thou art a worshiper of Aphrodite, and so am I, as the myrtle I wear proves; therefore I tell thee their voices have the chill of a Caspian wind. Seest thou this girdle?—a gift of the mighty Salome—”
“A fig, but not one of your best, for the singers of Antioch!” says the Greek. “You worship Aphrodite, and so do I, as the myrtle I wear shows; that's why I’m telling you their voices have the chill of a Caspian wind. Do you see this belt?—a gift from the powerful Salome—”
“The king’s sister!” exclaims the Cypriote, with another salaam.
“The king’s sister!” exclaims the Cypriot, with another bow.
“And of royal taste and divine judgment. And why not? She is more Greek than the king. But—my breakfast! Here is thy money—red coppers of Cyprus. Give me grapes, and—”
“And with royal taste and divine judgment. And why not? She’s more Greek than the king. But—my breakfast! Here’s your money—red coins from Cyprus. Give me grapes, and—”
“Wilt thou not take the dates also?”
“Will you not take the dates too?”
“No, I am not an Arab.”
“No, I'm not Arab.”
“Nor figs?”
"Not even figs?"
“That would be to make me a Jew. No, nothing but the grapes. Never waters mixed so sweetly as the blood of the Greek and the blood of the grape.”
“That would mean making me a Jew. No, just the grapes. No water has ever mixed as sweetly as the blood of the Greek and the juice of the grape.”
The singer in the grimed and seething market, with all his airs of the court, is a vision not easily shut out of mind by such as see him; as if for the purpose, however, a person follows him challenging all our wonder. He comes up the road slowly, his face towards the ground; at intervals he stops, crosses his hands upon his breast, lengthens his countenance, and turns his eyes towards heaven, as if about to break into prayer. Nowhere, except in Jerusalem, can such a character be found. On his forehead, attached to the band which keeps the mantle in place, projects a leathern case, square in form; another similar case is tied by a thong to the left arm; the borders of his robe are decorated with deep fringe; and by such signs—the phylacteries, the enlarged borders of the garment, and the savor of intense holiness pervading the whole man—we know him to be a Pharisee, one of an organization (in religion a sect, in politics a party) whose bigotry and power will shortly bring the world to grief.
The singer in the dirty and bustling market, with all his airs of a royal court, is a sight that’s hard to forget for those who see him; as if just for this reason, someone follows him, questioning all our curiosity. He walks up the road slowly, his eyes cast down; every so often he stops, crosses his arms over his chest, stretches his face, and looks up to the sky, as if about to start praying. Nowhere, except in Jerusalem, can you find someone like this. On his forehead, attached to the band that holds his mantle, there’s a square leather case; another similar case is tied to his left arm; the edges of his robe are adorned with thick fringes; and with these signs—the phylacteries, the extra fringes on his garment, and the overwhelming sense of holiness that surrounds him—we recognize him as a Pharisee, a member of a group (in religion a sect, in politics a party) whose intolerance and influence will soon lead to the world’s downfall.
The densest of the throng outside the gate covers the road leading off to Joppa. Turning from the Pharisee, we are attracted by some parties who, as subjects of study, opportunely separate themselves from the motley crowd. First among them a man of very noble appearance—clear, healthful complexion; bright black eyes; beard long and flowing, and rich with unguents; apparel well-fitting, costly, and suitable for the season. He carries a staff, and wears, suspended by a cord from his neck, a large golden seal. Several servants attend him, some of them with short swords stuck through their sashes; when they address him, it is with the utmost deference. The rest of the party consists of two Arabs of the pure desert stock; thin, wiry men, deeply bronzed, and with hollow cheeks, and eyes of almost evil brightness; on their heads red tarbooshes; over their abas, and wrapping the left shoulder and the body so as to leave the right arm free, brown woollen haicks, or blankets. There is loud chaffering, for the Arabs are leading horses and trying to sell them; and, in their eagerness, they speak in high, shrill voices. The courtly person leaves the talking mostly to his servants; occasionally he answers with much dignity; directly, seeing the Cypriote, he stops and buys some figs. And when the whole party has passed the portal, close after the Pharisee, if we betake ourselves to the dealer in fruits, he will tell, with a wonderful salaam, that the stranger is a Jew, one of the princes of the city, who has travelled, and learned the difference between the common grapes of Syria and those of Cyprus, so surpassingly rich with the dews of the sea.
The thickest part of the crowd outside the gate blocks the road leading to Joppa. Turning away from the Pharisee, we notice a group that stands out from the colorful crowd, making them interesting subjects for observation. At the front is a man who looks very distinguished—his complexion is clear and healthy; he has bright black eyes; his beard is long, flowing, and well-groomed; and his clothes are well-tailored, expensive, and appropriate for the season. He carries a staff and wears a large golden seal hanging from his neck by a cord. Several servants accompany him, some with short swords tucked into their sashes, addressing him with utmost respect. The rest of the group includes two Arab men, lean and wiry, deeply tanned, with hollow cheeks and eyes that almost glint with mischief; they wear red tarbooshes on their heads and brown woolen cloaks draped over one shoulder, leaving their right arms free. There is loud bargaining happening because the Arabs are trying to sell horses, speaking in high, excited voices. The distinguished man mostly lets his servants do the talking, interjecting with dignity from time to time; upon seeing a vendor from Cyprus, he stops to buy some figs. After the whole group passes through the gate, closely following the Pharisee, if we head to the fruit seller, he will greet us with a respectful salaam and inform us that the stranger is a Jew, one of the city's noblemen, who has traveled and learned the difference between the ordinary grapes of Syria and the exceptionally rich ones from Cyprus, soaked in the sea's dew.
And so, till towards noon, sometimes later, the steady currents of business habitually flow in and out of the Joppa Gate, carrying with them every variety of character; including representatives of all the tribes of Israel, all the sects among whom the ancient faith has been parcelled and refined away, all the religious and social divisions, all the adventurous rabble who, as children of art and ministers of pleasure, riot in the prodigalities of Herod, and all the peoples of note at any time compassed by the Cæsars and their predecessors, especially those dwelling within the circuit of the Mediterranean.
And so, until around noon, sometimes even later, the steady flow of business regularly goes in and out of the Joppa Gate, bringing along all kinds of people; including representatives from all the tribes of Israel, all the different groups that have emerged from the ancient faith, all the religious and social divides, all the daring crowd who, as artists and purveyors of enjoyment, indulge in the excesses of Herod, and all the notable peoples at any time included by the Caesars and their predecessors, especially those living around the Mediterranean.
In other words, Jerusalem, rich in sacred history, richer in connection with sacred prophecies—the Jerusalem of Solomon, in which silver was as stones, and cedars as the sycamores of the vale—had come to be but a copy of Rome, a center of unholy practises, a seat of pagan power. A Jewish king one day put on priestly garments, and went into the Holy of Holies of the first temple to offer incense, and he came out a leper; but in the time of which we are reading, Pompey entered Herod’s temple and the same Holy of Holies, and came out without harm, finding but an empty chamber, and of God not a sign.
In other words, Jerusalem, filled with sacred history and even more connected to sacred prophecies—Jerusalem during Solomon's reign, where silver was as abundant as stones and cedars were like the sycamores in the valley—had become just a replica of Rome, a hub of unholy practices and a stronghold of pagan power. One day, a Jewish king put on priestly clothes and went into the Holy of Holies of the first temple to offer incense, and he emerged as a leper; but during the time we’re reading about, Pompey entered Herod’s temple and the same Holy of Holies, and came out unscathed, finding only an empty chamber, without a sign of God.
CHAPTER VIII
The reader is now besought to return to the court described as part of the market at the Joppa Gate. It was the third hour of the day, and many of the people had gone away; yet the press continued without apparent abatement. Of the new-comers, there was a group over by the south wall, consisting of a man, a woman, and a donkey, which requires extended notice.
The reader is now asked to return to the court mentioned as part of the market at the Joppa Gate. It was the third hour of the day, and many people had left; yet the crowd still showed no signs of thinning out. Among the newcomers, there was a group by the south wall, made up of a man, a woman, and a donkey, which needs further attention.
The man stood by the animal’s head, holding a leading-strap, and leaning upon a stick which seemed to have been chosen for the double purpose of goad and staff. His dress was like that of the ordinary Jews around him, except that it had an appearance of newness. The mantle dropping from his head, and the robe or frock which clothed his person from neck to heel, were probably the garments he was accustomed to wear to the synagogue on Sabbath days. His features were exposed, and they told of fifty years of life, a surmise confirmed by the gray that streaked his otherwise black beard. He looked around him with the half-curious, half-vacant stare of a stranger and provincial.
The man stood beside the animal's head, holding a lead rope and leaning on a stick that seemed to serve as both a goad and a walking staff. His clothing resembled that of the other ordinary Jews around him, but it looked relatively new. The mantle draped over his head and the robe that covered him from neck to heel were likely the outfits he usually wore to synagogue on the Sabbath. His face was visible, showing the marks of fifty years, a fact supported by the gray streaks in his otherwise black beard. He looked around with a mix of curiosity and emptiness, the expression of a stranger and outsider.
The donkey ate leisurely from an armful of green grass, of which there was an abundance in the market. In its sleepy content, the brute did not admit of disturbance from the bustle and clamor about; no more was it mindful of the woman sitting upon its back in a cushioned pillion. An outer robe of dull woollen stuff completely covered her person, while a white wimple veiled her head and neck. Once in a while, impelled by curiosity to see or hear something passing, she drew the wimple aside, but so slightly that the face remained invisible.
The donkey munched happily on a bunch of green grass, which was plentiful at the market. In its relaxed state, it didn't pay any attention to the hustle and noise around it; it was also indifferent to the woman sitting on its back in a cushioned seat. She was completely covered in a long, drab woolen robe, with a white wimple covering her head and neck. Occasionally, driven by curiosity to see or hear something going by, she pulled the wimple aside just a bit, but not enough for her face to be seen.
At length the man was accosted.
At last, the man was approached.
“Are you not Joseph of Nazareth?”
“Are you Joseph of Nazareth?”
The speaker was standing close by.
The speaker was standing close.
“I am so called,” answered Joseph, turning gravely around; “And you—ah, peace be unto you! my friend, Rabbi Samuel!”
“I am indeed,” replied Joseph, turning seriously around; “And you—ah, may peace be with you! my friend, Rabbi Samuel!”
“The same give I back to you.” The Rabbi paused, looking at the woman, then added, “To you, and unto your house and all your helpers, be peace.”
“The same I give back to you.” The Rabbi paused, looking at the woman, then added, “To you, and to your home and all your helpers, be at peace.”
With the last word, he placed one hand upon his breast, and inclined his head to the woman, who, to see him, had by this time withdrawn the wimple enough to show the face of one but a short time out of girlhood. Thereupon the acquaintances grasped right hands, as if to carry them to their lips; at the last moment, however, the clasp was let go, and each kissed his own hand, then put its palm upon his forehead.
With the final word, he put one hand on his chest and bowed his head to the woman, who, by then, had pulled back her wimple enough to reveal a face that was only a short time away from girlhood. Then, the acquaintances clasped right hands, as if to bring them to their lips; at the last moment, though, they released the clasp, each kissed their own hand, and then placed their palm on their forehead.
“There is so little dust upon your garments,” the Rabbi said, familiarly, “that I infer you passed the night in this city of our fathers.”
“There’s hardly any dust on your clothes,” the Rabbi said in a friendly way, “so I take it you spent the night in this city of our ancestors.”
“No,” Joseph replied, “as we could only make Bethany before the night came, we stayed in the khan there, and took the road again at daybreak.”
“No,” Joseph replied, “since we could only reach Bethany before nightfall, we stayed at the inn there and set out again at dawn.”
“The journey before you is long, then—not to Joppa, I hope.”
“The journey ahead of you is long, then—not to Joppa, I hope.”
“Only to Bethlehem.”
"Just to Bethlehem."
The countenance of the Rabbi, theretofore open and friendly, became lowering and sinister, and he cleared his throat with a growl instead of a cough.
The Rabbi's once open and friendly expression turned dark and menacing, and he cleared his throat with a growl instead of a cough.
“Yes, yes—I see,” he said. “You were born in Bethlehem, and wend thither now, with your daughter, to be counted for taxation, as ordered by Cæsar. The children of Jacob are as the tribes in Egypt were—only they have neither a Moses nor a Joshua. How are the mighty fallen!”
“Yes, yes—I understand,” he said. “You were born in Bethlehem, and you’re heading there now with your daughter to be counted for taxation, as ordered by Caesar. The children of Jacob are like the tribes in Egypt—yet they have neither a Moses nor a Joshua. How the mighty have fallen!”
Joseph answered, without change of posture or countenance,
Joseph replied, without altering his posture or expression,
“The woman is not my daughter.”
“The woman isn't my kid.”
But the Rabbi clung to the political idea; and he went on, without noticing the explanation, “What are the Zealots doing down in Galilee?”
But the Rabbi held onto the political idea and continued, without acknowledging the explanation, “What are the Zealots doing down in Galilee?”
“I am a carpenter, and Nazareth is a village,” said Joseph, cautiously. “The street on which my bench stands is not a road leading to any city. Hewing wood and sawing plank leave me no time to take part in the disputes of parties.”
“I’m a carpenter, and Nazareth is a village,” Joseph said carefully. “The street where my bench is located isn’t a road to any city. Cutting wood and sawing planks don’t leave me any time to get involved in the arguments of groups.”
“But you are a Jew,” said the Rabbi, earnestly. “You are a Jew, and of the line of David. It is not possible you can find pleasure in the payment of any tax except the shekel given by ancient custom to Jehovah.”
“But you are a Jew,” the Rabbi said sincerely. “You’re a Jew, and from the line of David. There’s no way you can take pleasure in paying any tax except the shekel traditionally given to Jehovah.”
Joseph held his peace.
Joseph stayed silent.
“I do not complain,” his friend continued, “of the amount of the tax—a denarius is a trifle. Oh no! The imposition of the tax is the offense. And, besides, what is paying it but submission to tyranny? Tell me, is it true that Judas claims to be the Messiah? You live in the midst of his followers.”
“I’m not complaining,” his friend kept going, “about how much the tax is—a denarius is just a small amount. Oh no! It's the fact that the tax exists that’s the problem. And really, paying it is just giving in to tyranny, right? Tell me, is it true that Judas says he’s the Messiah? You’re surrounded by his followers.”
“I have heard his followers say he was the Messiah,” Joseph replied.
“I've heard his followers say he was the Messiah,” Joseph replied.
At this point the wimple was drawn aside, and for an instant the whole face of the woman was exposed. The eyes of the Rabbi wandered that way, and he had time to see a countenance of rare beauty, kindled by a look of intense interest; then a blush overspread her cheeks and brow, and the veil was returned to its place.
At that moment, the wimple was pulled back, and for a brief second, the woman's entire face was revealed. The Rabbi's gaze drifted in that direction, and he caught a glimpse of a face with stunning beauty, lit up by an expression of deep curiosity; then a flush spread across her cheeks and forehead, and the veil was put back in place.
The politician forgot his subject.
The politician forgot his topic.
“Your daughter is comely,” he said, speaking lower.
"Your daughter is beautiful," he said, speaking softly.
“She is not my daughter,” Joseph repeated.
“She’s not my daughter,” Joseph repeated.
The curiosity of the Rabbi was aroused; seeing which, the Nazarene hastened to say further, “She is the child of Joachim and Anna of Bethlehem, of whom you have at least heard, for they were of great repute—”
The Rabbi's curiosity was piqued; noticing this, the Nazarene quickly added, “She is the daughter of Joachim and Anna from Bethlehem, of whom you’ve probably heard, because they were well-known—”
“Yes,” remarked the Rabbi, deferentially, “I know them. They were lineally descended from David. I knew them well.”
“Yes,” said the Rabbi respectfully, “I know them. They are direct descendants of David. I knew them well.”
“Well, they are dead now,” the Nazarene proceeded. “They died in Nazareth. Joachim was not rich, yet he left a house and garden to be divided between his daughters Marian and Mary. This is one of them; and to save her portion of the property, the law required her to marry her next of kin. She is now my wife.”
“Well, they are dead now,” the Nazarene continued. “They died in Nazareth. Joachim wasn’t wealthy, but he left a house and garden to be shared between his daughters Marian and Mary. This is one of them; and to protect her share of the property, the law required her to marry her closest relative. She is now my wife.”
“And you were—”
"And you were—"
“Her uncle.”
“Her uncle.”
“Yes, yes! And as you were both born in Bethlehem, the Roman compels you to take her there with you to be also counted.”
“Yes, yes! And since you were both born in Bethlehem, the Romans require you to take her there with you to be counted too.”
The Rabbi clasped his hands, and looked indignantly to heaven, exclaiming, “The God of Israel still lives! The vengeance is his!”
The Rabbi clasped his hands and looked up to the heavens in disbelief, exclaiming, "The God of Israel is still alive! The vengeance belongs to Him!"
With that he turned and abruptly departed. A stranger near by, observing Joseph’s amazement, said, quietly, “Rabbi Samuel is a zealot. Judas himself is not more fierce.”
With that, he turned and left suddenly. A nearby stranger, noticing Joseph's astonishment, said quietly, “Rabbi Samuel is a zealot. Judas himself isn't any more fierce.”
Joseph, not wishing to talk with the man, appeared not to hear, and busied himself gathering in a little heap the grass which the donkey had tossed abroad; after which he leaned upon his staff again, and waited.
Joseph, not wanting to talk to the man, pretended not to hear and focused on collecting the grass the donkey had scattered. After that, he leaned on his staff again and waited.
In another hour the party passed out the gate, and, turning to the left, took the road into Bethlehem. The descent into the valley of Hinnom was quite broken, garnished here and there with straggling wild olive-trees. Carefully, tenderly, the Nazarene walked by the woman’s side, leading-strap in hand. On their left, reaching to the south and east round Mount Zion, rose the city wall, and on their right the steep prominences which form the western boundary of the valley.
In about an hour, the group exited through the gate and, turning left, headed toward Bethlehem. The downhill path into the Hinnom Valley was uneven, dotted here and there with wild olive trees. Slowly and gently, the Nazarene walked next to the woman, holding the lead strap. To their left, the city wall stretched south and east around Mount Zion, while to their right were the steep heights that form the western edge of the valley.
Slowly they passed the Lower Pool of Gihon, out of which the sun was fast driving the lessening shadow of the royal hill; slowly they proceeded, keeping parallel with the aqueduct from the Pools of Solomon, until near the site of the country-house on what is now called the Hill of Evil Counsel; there they began to ascend to the plain of Rephaim. The sun streamed garishly over the stony face of the famous locality, and under its influence Mary, the daughter of Joachim, dropped the wimple entirely, and bared her head. Joseph told the story of the Philistines surprised in their camp there by David. He was tedious in the narrative, speaking with the solemn countenance and lifeless manner of a dull man. She did not always hear him.
Slowly they passed the Lower Pool of Gihon, where the sun was quickly driving away the fading shadow of the royal hill; they moved slowly, keeping parallel with the aqueduct from the Pools of Solomon, until they reached the area of the country house at what is now known as the Hill of Evil Counsel; there, they started to climb up to the plain of Rephaim. The sun brightly lit up the stony landscape of the renowned area, and in its heat, Mary, the daughter of Joachim, removed her wimple completely and uncovered her head. Joseph recounted the story of the Philistines who were caught off guard in their camp there by David. His storytelling was tedious, delivered with the serious expression and dull manner of a boring man. She didn’t always pay attention to him.
Wherever on the land men go, and on the sea ships, the face and figure of the Jew are familiar. The physical type of the race has always been the same; yet there have been some individual variations. “Now he was ruddy, and withal of a beautiful countenance, and goodly to look to.” Such was the son of Jesse when brought before Samuel. The fancies of men have been ever since ruled by the description. Poetic license has extended the peculiarities of the ancestor to his notable descendants. So all our ideal Solomons have fair faces, and hair and beard chestnut in the shade, and of the tint of gold in the sun. Such, we are also made believe, were the locks of Absalom the beloved. And, in the absence of authentic history, tradition has dealt no less lovingly by her whom we are now following down to the native city of the ruddy king.
Wherever people go on land or ships at sea, the appearance of Jews is well known. The physical characteristics of the group have remained consistent, though there have been some individual differences. “Now he was ruddy, and also had a beautiful face, and was good to look at.” Such was Jesse’s son when he stood before Samuel. Since then, people have been influenced by this description. Poetic imagination has adapted the traits of the ancestor to his famous descendants. So, all our ideal Solomons have fair faces, and their hair and beards are chestnut in the shade and golden in the sunlight. We are also led to believe that Absalom, the beloved, had similar locks. And, in the lack of verified history, tradition has treated her we are now following to the native city of the ruddy king with equal affection.
She was not more than fifteen. Her form, voice, and manner belonged to the period of transition from girlhood. Her face was perfectly oval, her complexion more pale than fair. The nose was faultless; the lips, slightly parted, were full and ripe, giving to the lines of the mouth warmth, tenderness, and trust; the eyes were blue and large, and shaded by drooping lids and long lashes; and, in harmony with all, a flood of golden hair, in the style permitted to Jewish brides, fell unconfined down her back to the pillion on which she sat. The throat and neck had the downy softness sometimes seen which leaves the artist in doubt whether it is an effect of contour or color. To these charms of feature and person were added others more indefinable—an air of purity which only the soul can impart, and of abstraction natural to such as think much of things impalpable. Often, with trembling lips, she raised her eyes to heaven, itself not more deeply blue; often she crossed her hands upon her breast, as in adoration and prayer; often she raised her head like one listening eagerly for a calling voice. Now and then, midst his slow utterances, Joseph turned to look at her, and, catching the expression kindling her face as with light, forgot his theme, and with bowed head, wondering, plodded on.
She was no more than fifteen. Her shape, voice, and demeanor were in that awkward phase between girlhood and womanhood. Her face was perfectly oval, and her complexion was more pale than fair. She had a flawless nose; her lips, slightly parted, were full and inviting, adding warmth, tenderness, and trust to her smile. Her large blue eyes were framed by drooping eyelids and long lashes, and, in keeping with everything else, a cascade of golden hair, styled as Jewish brides traditionally wear, flowed freely down her back to the seat behind her. Her throat and neck had a soft, delicate quality that left artists unsure if it was due to shape or color. Along with her physical beauty, she exuded a more indescribable quality—an air of purity that only the soul can convey, and a dreamy demeanor typical of those who ponder abstract concepts. Frequently, with quivering lips, she looked up to the sky, which was just as blue; she often crossed her hands over her heart, as if in worship or prayer; and she would lift her head as if straining to hear a calling voice. Occasionally, during his slow speech, Joseph would look at her and, seeing the light in her expression, would forget what he was saying, continuing on with his head down, lost in thought.
So they skirted the great plain, and at length reached the elevation Mar Elias; from which, across a valley, they beheld Bethlehem, the old, old House of Bread, its white walls crowning a ridge, and shining above the brown scumbling of leafless orchards. They paused there, and rested, while Joseph pointed out the places of sacred renown; then they went down into the valley to the well which was the scene of one of the marvellous exploits of David’s strong men. The narrow space was crowded with people and animals. A fear came upon Joseph—a fear lest, if the town were so thronged, there might not be house-room for the gentle Mary. Without delay, he hurried on, past the pillar of stone marking the tomb of Rachel, up the gardened slope, saluting none of the many persons he met on the way, until he stopped before the portal of the khan that then stood outside the village gates, near a junction of roads.
So they made their way around the vast plain and finally reached the height of Mar Elias; from there, across a valley, they saw Bethlehem, the ancient House of Bread, its white walls topping a ridge and gleaming above the bare, brown remnants of leafless orchards. They paused to take a break while Joseph pointed out the notable sacred sites; then they descended into the valley to the well where one of David's mighty men's legendary feats took place. The narrow area was packed with people and animals. A wave of anxiety washed over Joseph—a fear that if the town was so crowded, there might not be enough room for the gentle Mary. Without waiting, he rushed on, passing the stone pillar marking Rachel's tomb, up the flower-filled slope, not greeting any of the many people he encountered until he stopped in front of the khan that stood just outside the village gates, near where the roads met.
CHAPTER IX
To understand thoroughly what happened to the Nazarene at the khan, the reader must be reminded that Eastern inns were different from the inns of the Western world. They were called khans, from the Persian, and, in simplest form, were fenced enclosures, without house or shed, often without a gate or entrance. Their sites were chosen with reference to shade, defence, or water. Such were the inns that sheltered Jacob when he went to seek a wife in Padan-Aram. Their like may been seen at this day in the stopping-places of the desert. On the other hand, some of them, especially those on the roads between great cities, like Jerusalem and Alexandria, were princely establishments, monuments to the piety of the kings who built them. In ordinary, however, they were no more than the house or possession of a sheik, in which, as in headquarters, he swayed his tribe. Lodging the traveller was the least of their uses; they were markets, factories, forts; places of assemblage and residence for merchants and artisans quite as much as places of shelter for belated and wandering wayfarers. Within their walls, all the year round, occurred the multiplied daily transactions of a town.
To fully grasp what happened to the Nazarene at the khan, it's important to remember that Eastern inns were quite different from those in the Western world. They were called khans, a term derived from Persian, and essentially were enclosed spaces, usually without any buildings, and often lacking a gate or entrance. Their locations were chosen for shade, safety, or access to water. These inns were similar to the ones where Jacob stayed while seeking a wife in Padan-Aram. You can still see such places today in the desert stopping points. However, some khans, especially those on the routes between major cities like Jerusalem and Alexandria, were grand establishments, testaments to the piety of the kings who built them. Generally, though, they were no more than the house or property of a sheik, where he ruled over his tribe. Providing lodging for travelers was only one of their purposes; they also served as markets, workshops, and forts; gathering and living spaces for merchants and artisans as much as for tired and wandering travelers. Inside their walls, year-round, you could find the regular hustle and bustle of a town.
The singular management of these hostelries was the feature likely to strike a Western mind with most force. There was no host or hostess; no clerk, cook, or kitchen; a steward at the gate was all the assertion of government or proprietorship anywhere visible. Strangers arriving stayed at will without rendering account. A consequence of the system was that whoever came had to bring his food and culinary outfit with him, or buy them of dealers in the khan. The same rule held good as to his bed and bedding, and forage for his beasts. Water, rest, shelter, and protection were all he looked for from the proprietor, and they were gratuities. The peace of synagogues was sometimes broken by brawling disputants, but that of the khans never. The houses and all their appurtenances were sacred: a well was not more so.
The unique management of these inns was probably the most striking feature for a Western mind. There was no host or hostess; no clerk, cook, or kitchen; just a steward at the entrance, which was the only visible sign of management or ownership. Strangers could stay as they pleased without having to check in. As a result, anyone arriving had to bring their own food and cooking supplies or buy them from sellers at the inn. The same applied to their bedding and feed for their animals. All they expected from the owner was water, rest, shelter, and security, which were all free. While arguments occasionally disrupted the peace of synagogues, the tranquility of the inns was never disturbed. The buildings and all their facilities were considered sacred: no more so than a well.
The khan at Bethlehem, before which Joseph and his wife stopped, was a good specimen of its class, being neither very primitive nor very princely. The building was purely Oriental; that is to say, a quadrangular block of rough stones, one story high, flat-roofed, externally unbroken by a window, and with but one principal entrance—a doorway, which was also a gateway, on the eastern side, or front. The road ran by the door so near that the chalk dust half covered the lintel. A fence of flat rocks, beginning at the northeastern corner of the pile, extended many yards down the slope to a point from whence it swept westwardly to a limestone bluff; making what was in the highest degree essential to a respectable khan—a safe enclosure for animals.
The inn in Bethlehem, where Joseph and his wife stayed, was a solid example of its kind, not too basic but not luxurious either. The building had a distinctly Eastern style; it was a rectangular structure made of rough stones, one story tall, with a flat roof, no windows on the outside, and just one main entrance—a doorway that also served as a gateway on the eastern side. The road ran right by the door, close enough that the chalk dust nearly covered the top of it. A fence made of flat stones started at the northeastern corner of the building and extended many yards down the slope, curving westward to a limestone bluff, creating a crucial element for a respectable inn—a secure area to keep animals.
In a village like Bethlehem, as there was but one sheik, there could not well be more than one khan; and, though born in the place, the Nazarene, from long residence elsewhere, had no claim to hospitality in the town. Moreover, the enumeration for which he was coming might be the work of weeks or months; Roman deputies in the provinces were proverbially slow; and to impose himself and wife for a period so uncertain upon acquaintances or relations was out of the question. So, before he drew nigh the great house, while he was yet climbing the slope, in the steep places toiling to hasten the donkey, the fear that he might not find accommodations in the khan became a painful anxiety; for he found the road thronged with men and boys who, with great ado, were taking their cattle, horses, and camels to and from the valley, some to water, some to the neighboring caves. And when he was come close by, his alarm was not allayed by the discovery of a crowd investing the door of the establishment, while the enclosure adjoining, broad as it was, seemed already full.
In a village like Bethlehem, since there was only one sheik, there couldn't be more than one khan. Although the Nazarene was born there, his long absence meant he had no right to expect hospitality in the town. Additionally, the census he was coming for could take weeks or even months; Roman officials in the provinces were notoriously slow, and it was impossible to impose himself and his wife for such an uncertain duration on acquaintances or relatives. So, as he approached the large house, still working to get the donkey up the steep path, he felt a painful anxiety about not finding a place to stay at the khan. The road was crowded with men and boys busily moving their cattle, horses, and camels to and from the valley—some going for water, others heading to nearby caves. When he got closer, his worry only increased when he saw a crowd gathered at the door of the establishment, and the adjacent area, as wide as it was, seemed already packed.
“We cannot reach the door,” Joseph said, in his slow way. “Let us stop here, and learn, if we can, what has happened.”
“We can’t reach the door,” Joseph said slowly. “Let’s stop here and see if we can figure out what’s happened.”
The wife, without answering, quietly drew the wimple aside. The look of fatigue at first upon her face changed to one of interest. She found herself at the edge of an assemblage that could not be other than a matter of curiosity to her, although it was common enough at the khans on any of the highways which the great caravans were accustomed to traverse. There were men on foot, running hither and thither, talking shrilly and in all the tongues of Syria; men on horseback screaming to men on camels; men struggling doubtfully with fractious cows and frightened sheep; men peddling bread and wine; and among the mass a herd of boys apparently in chase of a herd of dogs. Everybody and everything seemed to be in motion at the same time. Possibly the fair spectator was too weary to be long attracted by the scene; in a little while she sighed, and settled down on the pillion, and, as if in search of peace and rest, or in expectation of some one, looked off to the south, and up to the tall cliffs of the Mount of Paradise, then faintly reddening under the setting sun.
The wife, without saying anything, quietly pulled her wimple aside. The look of exhaustion on her face shifted to one of curiosity. She found herself at the edge of a gathering that was undoubtedly interesting to her, even though it was quite common at the inns along the highways frequented by the great caravans. There were men on foot, running back and forth, talking loudly in all the dialects of Syria; men on horseback shouting to men on camels; men wrestling with stubborn cows and frightened sheep; men selling bread and wine; and among the crowd, a group of boys seemingly chasing after a pack of dogs. Everyone and everything appeared to be moving all at once. Maybe the lovely observer was too tired to stay captivated by the scene for long; after a while, she sighed, settled back on the pillion, and, as if searching for peace and rest or waiting for someone, gazed southward, up at the tall cliffs of the Mount of Paradise, which were beginning to glow faintly under the setting sun.
While she was thus looking, a man pushed his way out of the press, and, stopping close by the donkey, faced about with an angry brow. The Nazarene spoke to him.
While she was looking, a man forced his way through the crowd and, stopping near the donkey, turned with an angry expression. The Nazarene spoke to him.
“As I am what I take you to be, good friend—a son of Judah—may I ask the cause of this multitude?”
“As I see you, good friend—a son of Judah—can I ask what’s behind this crowd?”
The stranger turned fiercely; but, seeing the solemn countenance of Joseph, so in keeping with his deep, slow voice and speech, he raised his hand in half-salutation, and replied,
The stranger turned sharply; but, noticing the serious expression on Joseph's face, which matched his deep, slow voice and way of speaking, he raised his hand in a half-wave and responded,
“Peace be to you, Rabbi! I am a son of Judah, and will answer you. I dwell in Beth-Dagon, which, you know, is in what used to be the land of the tribe of Dan.”
“Peace to you, Rabbi! I am a son of Judah, and I will respond to you. I live in Beth-Dagon, which, as you know, is in what used to be the land of the tribe of Dan.”
“On the road to Joppa from Modin,” said Joseph.
“On the road to Joppa from Modin,” Joseph said.
“Ah, you have been in Beth-Dagon,” the man said, his face softening yet more. “What wanderers we of Judah are! I have been away from the ridge—old Ephrath, as our father Jacob called it—for many years. When the proclamation went abroad requiring all Hebrews to be numbered at the cities of their birth— That is my business here, Rabbi.”
“Ah, you’ve been to Beth-Dagon,” the man said, his expression becoming even softer. “What wanderers we from Judah are! I’ve been away from the ridge—old Ephrath, as our father Jacob called it—for many years. When the announcement came out requiring all Hebrews to register in the cities where they were born— That’s why I’m here, Rabbi.”
Joseph’s face remained stolid as a mask, while he remarked, “I have come for that also—I and my wife.”
Joseph's face stayed as expressionless as a mask as he said, “I’ve come for that too—my wife and I.”
The stranger glanced at Mary and kept silence. She was looking up at the bald top of Gedor. The sun touched her upturned face, and filled the violet depths of her eyes, and upon her parted lips trembled an aspiration which could not have been to a mortal. For the moment, all the humanity of her beauty seemed refined away: she was as we fancy they are who sit close by the gate in the transfiguring light of Heaven. The Beth-Dagonite saw the original of what, centuries after, came as a vision of genius to Sanzio the divine, and left him immortal.
The stranger looked at Mary but said nothing. She was gazing up at the bald top of Gedor. The sun warmed her upturned face and illuminated the violet depths of her eyes, and on her slightly parted lips was a yearning that could not be for a mere mortal. For that moment, the humanity of her beauty seemed to fade away: she resembled those we imagine sitting near the gate in the transformative light of Heaven. The Beth-Dagonite saw the inspiration that, centuries later, became a vision of brilliance for Sanzio the divine, making him immortal.
“Of what was I speaking? Ah! I remember. I was about to say that when I heard of the order to come here, I was angry. Then I thought of the old hill, and the town, and the valley falling away into the depths of Cedron; of the vines and orchards, and fields of grain, unfailing since the days of Boaz and Ruth, of the familiar mountains—Gedor here, Gibeah yonder, Mar Elias there—which, when I was a boy, were the walls of the world to me; and I forgave the tyrants and came—I, and Rachel, my wife, and Deborah and Michal, our roses of Sharon.”
“Wait, what was I talking about? Oh right! I was going to say that when I heard about the order to come here, I was really angry. Then I thought about the old hill, the town, and the valley dropping down into the depths of Cedron; about the vineyards, orchards, and fields of grain that have thrived since the days of Boaz and Ruth; about the familiar mountains—Gedor here, Gibeah over there, Mar Elias over there—which, when I was a kid, felt like the boundaries of my world; and I forgave the tyrants and came here—I, along with my wife Rachel, and our daughters Deborah and Michal, our beautiful roses of Sharon.”
The man paused again, looking abruptly at Mary, who was now looking at him and listening. Then he said, “Rabbi, will not your wife go to mine? You may see her yonder with the children, under the leaning olive-tree at the bend of the road. I tell you”—he turned to Joseph and spoke positively—“I tell you the khan is full. It is useless to ask at the gate.”
The man paused again, suddenly looking at Mary, who was now watching him and listening. Then he said, “Rabbi, won’t your wife join mine? You can see her over there with the kids, under the leaning olive tree at the curve in the road. I’m telling you”—he turned to Joseph and spoke firmly—“I’m telling you the inn is full. It’s pointless to ask at the gate.”
Joseph’s will was slow, like his mind; he hesitated, but at length replied, “The offer is kind. Whether there be room for us or not in the house, we will go see your people. Let me speak to the gate-keeper myself. I will return quickly.”
Joseph’s response was slow, just like his thoughts; he paused for a moment, but finally said, “That’s a generous offer. Even if there isn’t space for us in the house, we will go meet your family. Let me talk to the gatekeeper myself. I’ll be back soon.”
And, putting the leading-strap in the stranger’s hand, he pushed into the stirring crowd.
And, handing the leading strap to the stranger, he moved into the bustling crowd.
The keeper sat on a great cedar block outside the gate. Against the wall behind him leaned a javelin. A dog squatted on the block by his side.
The keeper sat on a large cedar block outside the gate. A javelin rested against the wall behind him. A dog sat on the block next to him.
“The peace of Jehovah be with you,” said Joseph, at last confronting the keeper.
“May the peace of the Lord be with you,” said Joseph, finally facing the keeper.
“What you give, may you find again; and, when found, be it many times multiplied to you and yours,” returned the watchman, gravely, though without moving.
“What you give, may you find again; and when you find it, may it return to you many times over,” replied the watchman, seriously, though he remained still.
“I am a Bethlehemite,” said Joseph, in his most deliberate way. “Is there not room for—”
“I’m from Bethlehem,” Joseph said, in a very intentional manner. “Is there no room for—”
“There is not.”
"There's not."
“You may have heard of me—Joseph of Nazareth. This is the house of my fathers. I am of the line of David.”
“You might have heard of me—Joseph of Nazareth. This is my family's home. I come from the line of David.”
These words held the Nazarene’s hope. If they failed him, further appeal was idle, even that of the offer of many shekels. To be a son of Judah was one thing—in the tribal opinion a great thing; to be of the house of David was yet another; on the tongue of a Hebrew there could be no higher boast. A thousand years and more had passed since the boyish shepherd became the successor of Saul and founded a royal family. Wars, calamities, other kings, and the countless obscuring processes of time had, as respects fortune, lowered his descendants to the common Jewish level; the bread they ate came to them of toil never more humble; yet they had the benefit of history sacredly kept, of which genealogy was the first chapter and the last; they could not become unknown, while, wherever they went In Israel, acquaintance drew after it a respect amounting to reverence.
These words represented the Nazarene's hope. If they let him down, there would be no point in seeking further help, even with the promise of many shekels. Being a son of Judah was one thing—in the eyes of the tribe, a significant thing; being from the house of David was something else entirely; for a Hebrew, there could be no greater claim. More than a thousand years had passed since the young shepherd became Saul’s successor and established a royal lineage. Wars, disasters, other kings, and the countless ways time obscured their fortunes had brought his descendants down to a more common status; the bread they ate came from humble labor. Yet they benefited from a preserved history, where genealogy was the first and last chapter; they could never fade into obscurity, and wherever they went in Israel, familiarity brought a level of respect that bordered on reverence.
If this were so in Jerusalem and elsewhere, certainly one of the sacred line might reasonably rely upon it at the door of the khan of Bethlehem. To say, as Joseph said, “This is the house of my fathers,” was to say the truth most simply and literally; for it was the very house Ruth ruled as the wife of Boaz, the very house in which Jesse and his ten sons, David the youngest, were born, the very house in which Samuel came seeking a king, and found him; the very house which David gave to the son of Barzillai, the friendly Gileadite; the very house in which Jeremiah, by prayer, rescued the remnant of his race flying before the Babylonians.
If this were true in Jerusalem and elsewhere, then certainly one of the holy lineage could rightly feel connected to it at the entrance of the Bethlehem inn. To say, as Joseph did, "This is my family's home," was to express the truth quite simply and literally; for it was the very house where Ruth lived as Boaz's wife, the very house in which Jesse and his ten sons, including the youngest, David, were born, the very house where Samuel came looking for a king and found him; the very house that David gifted to the son of Barzillai, the kind Gileadite; and the very house where Jeremiah, through prayer, saved the remnants of his people fleeing from the Babylonians.
The appeal was not without effect. The keeper of the gate slid down from the cedar block, and, laying his hand upon his beard, said, respectfully, “Rabbi, I cannot tell you when this door first opened in welcome to the traveller, but it was more than a thousand years ago; and in all that time there is no known instance of a good man turned away, save when there was no room to rest him in. If it has been so with the stranger, just cause must the steward have who says no to one of the line of David. Wherefore, I salute you again; and, if you care to go with me, I will show you that there is not a lodging-place left in the house; neither in the chambers, nor in the lewens, nor in the court—not even on the roof. May I ask when you came?”
The appeal had an impact. The gatekeeper came down from the cedar block and, placing his hand on his beard, said respectfully, “Rabbi, I can’t tell you when this door first opened to welcome travelers, but it was over a thousand years ago; and in all that time, there's no record of a good person being turned away, unless there was simply no room to accommodate them. If this has been true for the stranger, then the steward must have a valid reason for saying no to someone from the line of David. So, I greet you again; and if you’d like to come with me, I can show you that there isn’t a single place to stay left in the house—neither in the chambers, nor in the lewens, nor in the courtyard—not even on the roof. May I ask when you arrived?”
“But now.”
“But now.”
The keeper smiled.
The caretaker smiled.
“‘The stranger that dwelleth with you shall be as one born among you, and thou shalt love him as thyself.’ Is not that the law, Rabbi?”
“‘The stranger who lives with you should be treated as if he were one of your own, and you must love him as yourself.’ Isn’t that the law, Rabbi?”
Joseph was silent.
Joseph was quiet.
“If it be the law, can I say to one a long time come, ‘Go thy way; another is here to take thy place?’”
“If it's the law, can I say to someone who's been here a long time, ‘You can go; someone else is here to take your spot?’”
Yet Joseph held his peace.
Yet Joseph stayed silent.
“And, if I said so, to whom would the place belong? See the many that have been waiting, some of them since noon.”
“And if I said that, who would the place belong to? Look at all the people waiting, some of them since noon.”
“Who are all these people?” asked Joseph, turning to the crowd. “And why are they here at this time?”
“Who are all these people?” Joseph asked, turning to the crowd. “And why are they here right now?”
“That which doubtless brought you, Rabbi—the decree of the Cæsar”—the keeper threw an interrogative glance at the Nazarene, then continued—“brought most of those who have lodging in the house. And yesterday the caravan passing from Damascus to Arabia and Lower Egypt arrived. These you see here belong to it—men and camels.”
“That which surely brought you here, Rabbi—the order from the emperor,” the keeper glanced curiously at the Nazarene and continued, “brought most of those staying in the house. And yesterday, the caravan traveling from Damascus to Arabia and Lower Egypt arrived. Those you see here are part of it—men and camels.”
Still Joseph persisted.
Still, Joseph kept going.
“The court is large,” he said.
“The court is huge,” he said.
“Yes, but it is heaped with cargoes—with bales of silk, and pockets of spices, and goods of every kind.”
“Yes, but it's loaded with cargo—bales of silk, pouches of spices, and all sorts of goods.”
Then for a moment the face of the applicant lost its stolidity; the lustreless, staring eyes dropped. With some warmth he next said, “I do not care for myself, but I have with me my wife, and the night is cold—colder on these heights than in Nazareth. She cannot live in the open air. Is there not room in the town?”
Then for a moment, the applicant's face lost its stiffness; his dull, wide-open eyes lowered. With some emotion, he said, “I don't care about myself, but I have my wife with me, and the night is cold—colder up here than in Nazareth. She can't survive out in the open. Is there no room in the town?”
“These people”—the keeper waved his hand to the throng before the door—“have all besought the town, and they report its accommodations all engaged.”
“These people”—the keeper waved his hand toward the crowd in front of the door—“have all asked the town for a place to stay, and they say all the accommodations are booked.”
Again Joseph studied the ground, saying, half to himself, “She is so young! if I make her bed on the hill, the frosts will kill her.”
Again Joseph looked at the ground, saying, half to himself, “She’s so young! If I set her up on the hill, the frost will kill her.”
Then he spoke to the keeper again.
Then he talked to the keeper again.
“It may be you knew her parents, Joachim and Anna, once of Bethlehem, and, like myself, of the line of David.”
"It’s possible you knew her parents, Joachim and Anna, who were from Bethlehem, and, like me, part of the line of David."
“Yes, I knew them. They were good people. That was in my youth.”
“Yes, I knew them. They were good people. That was when I was younger.”
This time the keeper’s eyes sought the ground in thought. Suddenly he raised his head.
This time, the keeper looked down in thought. Suddenly, he lifted his head.
“If I cannot make room for you,” he said, “I cannot turn you away. Rabbi, I will do the best I can for you. How many are of your party?”
“If I can’t make room for you,” he said, “I can’t turn you away. Rabbi, I’ll do my best for you. How many are in your group?”
Joseph reflected, then replied, “My wife and a friend with his family, from Beth-Dagon, a little town over by Joppa; in all, six of us.”
Joseph thought for a moment and then said, “My wife and a friend along with his family, from Beth-Dagon, a small town near Joppa; so, there are six of us in total.”
“Very well. You shall not lie out on the ridge. Bring your people, and hasten; for, when the sun goes down behind the mountain, you know the night comes quickly, and it is nearly there now.”
“Alright. You shouldn’t stay out on the ridge. Gather your people and hurry; when the sun sets behind the mountain, the night comes fast, and it’s almost here now.”
“I give you the blessing of the houseless traveller; that of the sojourner will follow.”
“I give you the blessing of the homeless traveler; the blessing of the wanderer will come next.”
So saying, the Nazarene went back joyfully to Mary and the Beth-Dagonite. In a little while the latter brought up his family, the women mounted on donkeys. The wife was matronly, the daughters were images of what she must have been in youth; and as they drew nigh the door, the keeper knew them to be of the humble class.
So saying, the Nazarene went back happily to Mary and the Beth-Dagonite. After a short while, the latter brought his family, with the women riding on donkeys. The wife was motherly, and the daughters looked just like what she must have been in her youth; as they approached the door, the keeper recognized them as part of the humble class.
“This is she of whom I spoke,” said the Nazarene; “and these are our friends.”
“This is the person I was talking about,” said the Nazarene; “and these are our friends.”
Mary’s veil was raised.
Mary's veil was lifted.
“Blue eyes and hair of gold,” muttered the steward to himself, seeing but her. “So looked the young king when he went to sing before Saul.”
“Blue eyes and golden hair,” the steward muttered to himself, seeing only her. “That’s how the young king looked when he went to sing before Saul.”
Then he took the leading-strap from Joseph, and said to Mary, “Peace to you, O daughter of David!” Then to the others, “Peace to you all!” Then to Joseph, “Rabbi, follow me.”
Then he took the leading strap from Joseph and said to Mary, “Peace to you, daughter of David!” Then to the others, “Peace to you all!” Then to Joseph, “Rabbi, follow me.”
The party were conducted into a wide passage paved with stone, from which they entered the court of the khan. To a stranger the scene would have been curious; but they noticed the lewens that yawned darkly upon them from all sides, and the court itself, only to remark how crowded they were. By a lane reserved in the stowage of the cargoes, and thence by a passage similar to the one at the entrance, they emerged into the enclosure adjoining the house, and came upon camels, horses, and donkeys, tethered and dozing in close groups; among them were the keepers, men of many lands; and they, too, slept or kept silent watch. They went down the slope of the crowded yard slowly, for the dull carriers of the women had wills of their own. At length they turned into a path running towards the gray limestone bluff overlooking the khan on the west.
The group was led into a wide stone-paved passage, from which they entered the khan's courtyard. To an outsider, the scene would have been interesting; however, they noticed the dark openings surrounding them and how crowded the court was. They navigated through an area set aside for cargo and then through a passage similar to the entrance, emerging into the space next to the house, where they found camels, horses, and donkeys tied up and dozing in clusters; among them were their keepers, men from various lands, who were either sleeping or silently watching. They slowly made their way down the slope of the busy yard, as the heavy animals carrying the women had minds of their own. Finally, they turned onto a path leading toward the gray limestone cliff that looked out over the khan to the west.
“We are going to the cave,” said Joseph, laconically.
“We're heading to the cave,” Joseph said briefly.
The guide lingered till Mary came to his side.
The guide waited until Mary joined him.
“The cave to which we are going,” he said to her, “must have been a resort of your ancestor David. From the field below us, and from the well down in the valley, he used to drive his flocks to it for safety; and afterwards, when he was king, he came back to the old house here for rest and health, bringing great trains of animals. The mangers yet remain as they were in his day. Better a bed on the floor where he has slept than one in the court-yard or out by the roadside. Ah, here is the house before the cave!”
“The cave we’re heading to,” he said to her, “must have been a retreat for your ancestor David. From the field below us, and from the well down in the valley, he used to bring his flocks here for safety; and later, when he became king, he would return to this old house for rest and healing, bringing along large groups of animals. The mangers are still in the same condition as they were in his time. It's better to sleep on the floor where he rested than in the courtyard or by the roadside. Ah, here’s the house in front of the cave!”
This speech must not be taken as an apology for the lodging offered. There was no need of apology. The place was the best then at disposal. The guests were simple folks, by habits of life easily satisfied. To the Jew of that period, moreover, abode in caverns was a familiar idea, made so by every-day occurrences, and by what he heard of Sabbaths in the synagogues. How much of Jewish history, how many of the many exciting incidents in that history, had transpired in caves! Yet further, these people were Jews of Bethlehem, with whom the idea was especially commonplace; for their locality abounded with caves great and small, some of which had been dwelling-places from the time of the Emim and Horites. No more was there offence to them in the fact that the cavern to which they were being taken had been, or was, a stable. They were the descendants of a race of herdsmen, whose flocks habitually shared both their habitations and wanderings. In keeping with a custom derived from Abraham, the tent of the Bedawin yet shelters his horses and children alike. So they obeyed the keeper cheerfully, and gazed at the house, feeling only a natural curiosity. Everything associated with the history of David was interesting to them.
This speech shouldn’t be seen as an apology for the accommodations provided. There was no need for one. The place was the best available at the time. The guests were simple people, easily satisfied with their way of life. For Jews of that time, living in caves was a familiar concept, influenced by daily life and what they heard about Sabbaths in the synagogues. So much of Jewish history and many exciting events had taken place in caves! Furthermore, these people were Jews from Bethlehem, where the idea of caves was particularly common since their region was filled with large and small caves, some of which had been homes since the time of the Emim and Horites. They were not offended by the fact that the cave they were led to had been, or was, a stable. They were descendants of a herdsman society, where their flocks often shared their living spaces and travels. Following a custom that goes back to Abraham, the Bedouin’s tent still shelters his horses and children together. So, they followed the keeper happily and looked around the house, feeling nothing but a natural curiosity. Everything related to the history of David intrigued them.
The building was low and narrow, projecting but a little from the rock to which it was joined at the rear, and wholly without a window. In its blank front there was a door, swung on enormous hinges, and thickly daubed with ochreous clay. While the wooden bolt of the lock was being pushed back, the women were assisted from their pillions. Upon the opening of the door, the keeper called out,
The building was small and narrow, jutting out only slightly from the rock it was attached to at the back, and it had no windows at all. On its blank front, there was a door, mounted on huge hinges, and coated thickly with yellowish clay. While the wooden bolt of the lock was being slid back, the women were helped down from their saddles. When the door opened, the keeper called out,
“Come in!”
“Come on in!”
The guests entered, and stared about them. It became apparent immediately that the house was but a mask or covering for the mouth of a natural cave or grotto, probably forty feet long, nine or ten high, and twelve or fifteen in width. The light streamed through the doorway, over an uneven floor, falling upon piles of grain and fodder, and earthenware and household property, occupying the centre of the chamber. Along the sides were mangers, low enough for sheep, and built of stones laid in cement. There were no stalls or partitions of any kind. Dust and chaff yellowed the floor, filled all the crevices and hollows, and thickened the spider-webs, which dropped from the ceiling like bits of dirty linen; otherwise the place was cleanly, and, to appearance, as comfortable as any of the arched lewens of the khan proper. In fact, a cave was the model and first suggestion of the lewen.
The guests walked in and looked around. It quickly became clear that the house was just a facade for the entrance of a natural cave or grotto, likely about forty feet long, nine or ten feet high, and twelve or fifteen feet wide. Light streamed in through the doorway, illuminating the uneven floor, which held piles of grain, fodder, and various household items in the center of the room. Along the sides were mangers, low enough for sheep, made of stones set in cement. There were no stalls or partitions at all. Dust and chaff covered the floor, filling every crack and crevice, thickening the spider webs that hung from the ceiling like scraps of dirty cloth; otherwise, the place was tidy and seemed as comfortable as any of the arched spaces of the proper khan. In fact, a cave was the inspiration and original idea for the lewen.
“Come in!” said the guide. “These piles upon the floor are for travellers like yourselves. Take what of them you need.”
“Come in!” said the guide. “These piles on the floor are for travelers like you. Take whatever you need.”
Then he spoke to Mary.
Then he talked to Mary.
“Can you rest here?”
"Can you chill here?"
“The place is sanctified,” she answered.
"The place is sacred," she replied.
“I leave you then. Peace be with you all!”
“I’m leaving you now. Peace be with you all!”
When he was gone, they busied themselves making the cave habitable.
When he left, they focused on making the cave comfortable to live in.
CHAPTER X.
At a certain hour in the evening the shouting and stir of the people in and about the khan ceased; at the same time, every Israelite, if not already upon his feet, arose, solemnized his face, looked towards Jerusalem, crossed his hands upon his breast, and prayed; for it was the sacred ninth hour, when sacrifices were offered in the temple on Moriah, and God was supposed to be there. When the hands of the worshippers fell down, the commotion broke forth again; everybody hastened to bread, or to make his pallet. A little later, the lights were put out, and there was silence, and then sleep.
At a certain time in the evening, the shouting and activity of the people in and around the inn quieted down; at that moment, every Jew, if not already on their feet, stood up, solemnly faced Jerusalem, crossed their arms over their chest, and prayed; because it was the sacred ninth hour, when sacrifices were made in the temple on Moriah, and God was believed to be present. Once the worshippers finished their prayers, the noise started up again; everyone rushed to get bread or to set up their sleeping area. A little later, the lights were turned off, and there was silence, followed by sleep.
About midnight some one on the roof cried out, “What light is that in the sky? Awake, brethren, awake and see!”
About midnight, someone on the roof shouted, “What light is that in the sky? Wake up, everyone, wake up and see!”
The people, half asleep, sat up and looked; then they became wide-awake, though wonder-struck. And the stir spread to the court below, and into the lewens; soon the entire tenantry of the house and court and enclosure were out gazing at the sky.
The people, half asleep, sat up and looked; then they became fully awake, though amazed. The commotion spread to the courtyard below and into the gardens; soon the entire group of tenants from the house, courtyard, and grounds were out staring at the sky.
And this was what they saw. A ray of light, beginning at a height immeasurably beyond the nearest stars, and dropping obliquely to the earth; at its top, a diminishing point; at its base, many furlongs in width; its sides blending softly with the darkness of the night, its core a roseate electrical splendor. The apparition seemed to rest on the nearest mountain southeast of the town, making a pale corona along the line of the summit. The khan was touched luminously, so that those upon the roof saw each other’s faces, all filled with wonder.
And this is what they saw. A beam of light, starting from a height far beyond the closest stars, and angled down toward the earth; at its peak, a narrowing point; at its base, several miles wide; its edges softly merging with the darkness of the night, its center a glowing pink brilliance. The sight appeared to hover over the nearest mountain to the southeast of the town, creating a faint halo along the top. The inn was illuminated, so those on the roof could see each other’s faces, all filled with awe.
Steadily, through minutes, the ray lingered, and then the wonder changed to awe and fear; the timid trembled; the boldest spoke in whispers.
Steadily, as the minutes passed, the light lingered, shifting from wonder to awe and fear; the timid shook with anxiety; even the boldest spoke in hushed tones.
“Saw you ever the like?” asked one.
“Have you ever seen anything like that?” asked one.
“It seems just over the mountain there. I cannot tell what it is, nor did I ever see anything like it,” was the answer.
“It looks like it's just over the mountain there. I can't tell what it is, and I've never seen anything like it,” was the response.
“Can it be that a star has burst and fallen?” asked another, his tongue faltering.
"Could it be that a star has exploded and fallen?" asked another, his tongue stumbling.
“When a star falls, its light goes out.”
“When a star falls, its light disappears.”
“I have it!” cried one, confidently. “The shepherds have seen a lion, and made fires to keep him from the flocks.”
“I've got it!” exclaimed one, confidently. “The shepherds have spotted a lion and lit fires to protect the flocks.”
The men next the speaker drew a breath of relief, and said, “Yes, that is it! The flocks were grazing in the valley over there to-day.”
The men next to the speaker let out a breath of relief and said, “Yes, that’s it! The flocks were grazing in the valley over there today.”
A bystander dispelled the comfort.
A bystander ruined the comfort.
“No, no! Though all the wood in all the valleys of Judah was brought together in one pile and fired, the blaze would not throw a light so strong and high.”
“No, no! Even if all the wood in all the valleys of Judah were gathered into one huge pile and set on fire, the flame wouldn't produce a light as bright and tall.”
After that there was silence on the house-top, broken but once again while the mystery continued.
After that, there was silence on the rooftop, interrupted only once more while the mystery lingered.
“Brethren!” exclaimed a Jew of venerable mien, “what we see is the ladder our father Jacob saw in his dream. Blessed be the Lord God of our fathers!”
“Brothers!” exclaimed a wise-looking Jewish man, “what we see is the ladder that our father Jacob saw in his dream. Blessed be the Lord God of our ancestors!”
CHAPTER XI
A mile and a half, it may be two miles, southeast of Bethlehem, there is a plain separated from the town by an intervening swell of the mountain. Besides being well sheltered from the north winds, the vale was covered with a growth of sycamore, dwarf-oak, and pine trees, while in the glens and ravines adjoining there were thickets of olive and mulberry; all at this season of the year invaluable for the support of sheep, goats, and cattle, of which the wandering flocks consisted.
A mile and a half, maybe two miles, southeast of Bethlehem, there's a plain that's separated from the town by a rise in the mountain. Besides being well protected from the north winds, the valley was filled with sycamore, dwarf-oak, and pine trees, while in the nearby glens and ravines there were thickets of olives and mulberries; all of which were essential at this time of year for the support of the wandering flocks of sheep, goats, and cattle.
At the side farthest from the town, close under a bluff, there was an extensive marah, or sheepcot, ages old. In some long-forgotten foray, the building had been unroofed and almost demolished. The enclosure attached to it remained intact, however, and that was of more importance to the shepherds who drove their charges thither than the house itself. The stone wall around the lot was high as a man’s head, yet not so high but that sometimes a panther or a lion, hungering from the wilderness, leaped boldly in. On the inner side of the wall, and as an additional security against the constant danger, a hedge of the rhamnus had been planted, an invention so successful that now a sparrow could hardly penetrate the overtopping branches, armed as they were with great clusters of thorns hard as spikes.
At the far side from the town, right under a bluff, there was an old sheepfold, or marah, that had been around for ages. During some long-forgotten raid, the building had been stripped of its roof and nearly destroyed. However, the enclosure attached to it remained intact, which was more important to the shepherds who brought their flocks there than the actual house. The stone wall surrounding the area was as high as a man's head, but it wasn't so tall that sometimes a hungry panther or lion from the wilderness could leap over it. On the inside of the wall, an additional layer of security against ongoing danger had been created with a hedge of rhamnus, designed so effectively that now even a sparrow could hardly get through the towering branches, which were armed with large clusters of thorns as hard as spikes.
The day of the occurrences which occupy the preceding chapters, a number of shepherds, seeking fresh walks for their flocks, led them up to this plain; and from early morning the groves had been made ring with calls, and the blows of axes, the bleating of sheep and goats, the tinkling of bells, the lowing of cattle, and the barking of dogs. When the sun went down, they led the way to the marah, and by nightfall had everything safe in the field; then they kindled a fire down by the gate, partook of their humble supper, and sat down to rest and talk, leaving one on watch.
On the day of the events described in the previous chapters, several shepherds, looking for new pastures for their flocks, brought them up to this plain. From early morning, the groves echoed with voices, the sound of axes chopping, the bleating of sheep and goats, the jingling of bells, the mooing of cattle, and the barking of dogs. As the sun set, they made their way to the marah, and by nightfall, they had everything secured in the field. Then they lit a fire by the gate, shared a simple supper, and settled down to relax and chat, leaving one person on watch.
There were six of these men, omitting the watchman; and afterwhile they assembled in a group near the fire, some sitting, some lying prone. As they went bareheaded habitually, their hair stood out in thick, coarse, sunburnt shocks; their beard covered their throats, and fell in mats down the breast; mantles of the skin of kids and lambs, with the fleece on, wrapped them from neck to knee, leaving the arms exposed; broad belts girthed the rude garments to their waists; their sandals were of the coarsest quality; from their right shoulders hung scrips containing food and selected stones for slings, with which they were armed; on the ground near each one lay his crook, a symbol of his calling and a weapon of offence.
There were six of these men, not counting the watchman; and after a while, they gathered in a group near the fire, some sitting and some lying down. Since they usually went without hats, their hair stuck out in thick, coarse, sunburned clumps; their beards covered their throats and fell in mats down their chests. They were wrapped in mantles made from the skin of kids and lambs, with the fleece still on, covering them from neck to knee and leaving their arms bare. Broad belts held the rough garments around their waists; their sandals were made of the most basic materials. From their right shoulders hung bags containing food and selected stones for slings, with which they were armed. On the ground near each one lay his crook, a symbol of his trade and a weapon for defense.
Such were the shepherds of Judea! In appearance, rough and savage as the gaunt dogs sitting with them around the blaze; in fact, simple-minded, tender-hearted; effects due, in part, to the primitive life they led, but chiefly to their constant care of things lovable and helpless.
Such were the shepherds of Judea! They looked tough and wild, like the skinny dogs sitting with them around the fire; but in reality, they were simple-minded and kind-hearted, which was partly because of the primitive life they lived but mostly due to their constant care for things that were lovable and defenseless.
They rested and talked, and their talk was all about their flocks, a dull theme to the world, yet a theme which was all the world to them. If in narrative they dwelt long upon affairs of trifling moment; if one of them omitted nothing of detail in recounting the loss of a lamb, the relation between him and the unfortunate should be remembered: at birth it became his charge, his to keep all its days, to help over the floods, to carry down the hollows, to name and train; it was to be his companion, his object of thought and interest, the subject of his will; it was to enliven and share his wanderings; in its defense he might be called on to face the lion or robber—to die.
They took a break and chatted, and their conversation was all about their sheep, a boring topic to the world, but everything to them. If they spent a long time discussing things that seemed insignificant, or if one of them went into detail about losing a lamb, it’s important to remember the connection between him and the lost lamb: from the moment it was born, it was his responsibility, something he was meant to care for all its life, to help navigate streams, to guide through valleys, to name and train; it was meant to be his companion, his focus and interest, the subject of his plans; it was there to bring joy and share his adventures; he might even have to face a lion or a thief to protect it—possibly even give his life.
The great events, such as blotted out nations and changed the mastery of the world, were trifles to them, if perchance they came to their knowledge. Of what Herod was doing in this city or that, building palaces and gymnasia, and indulging forbidden practises, they occasionally heard. As was her habit in those days, Rome did not wait for people slow to inquire about her; she came to them. Over the hills along which he was leading his lagging herd, or in the fastnesses in which he was hiding them, not unfrequently the shepherd was startled by the blare of trumpets, and, peering out, beheld a cohort, sometimes a legion, in march; and when the glittering crests were gone, and the excitement incident to the intrusion over, he bent himself to evolve the meaning of the eagles and gilded globes of the soldiery, and the charm of a life so the opposite of his own.
The major events that wiped out nations and shifted the balance of power in the world seemed trivial to them, if they even heard about them at all. They occasionally caught wind of what Herod was up to in various cities, building palaces and gymnasiums, and indulging in forbidden activities. As was her custom back then, Rome didn’t wait for people to come looking for her; she moved toward them. Often, while leading his slow-moving herd over the hills or hiding them in rugged areas, the shepherd would be startled by the sound of trumpets. Looking out, he would see a cohort, sometimes a whole legion, marching by. Once the gleaming helmets had passed and the excitement of the intrusion faded, he would find himself trying to make sense of the eagles and gilded globes of the soldiers, and the allure of a life so different from his own.
Yet these men, rude and simple as they were, had a knowledge and a wisdom of their own. On Sabbaths they were accustomed to purify themselves, and go up into the synagogues, and sit on the benches farthest from the ark. When the chazzan bore the Torah round, none kissed it with greater zest; when the sheliach read the text, none listened to the interpreter with more absolute faith; and none took away with them more of the elder’s sermon, or gave it more thought afterwards. In a verse of the Shema they found all the learning and all the law of their simple lives—that their Lord was One God, and that they must love him with all their souls. And they loved him, and such was their wisdom, surpassing that of kings.
Yet these men, as rough and simple as they were, had their own knowledge and wisdom. On Sabbaths, they would purify themselves, go to the synagogues, and sit on the benches farthest from the ark. When the chazzan carried the Torah around, no one kissed it with more enthusiasm; when the sheliach read the text, no one listened to the interpreter with more complete faith; and no one took more of the elder's sermon with them or reflected on it more afterward. In a verse of the Shema, they found all the learning and the law that shaped their simple lives—that their Lord was One God and that they should love Him with all their souls. And they loved Him, and their wisdom exceeded that of kings.
While they talked, and before the first watch was over, one by one the shepherds went to sleep, each lying where he had sat.
While they talked, and before the first watch was over, one by one the shepherds fell asleep, each lying down where he had been sitting.
The night, like most nights of the winter season in the hill country, was clear, crisp, and sparkling with stars. There was no wind. The atmosphere seemed never so pure, and the stillness was more than silence; it was a holy hush, a warning that heaven was stooping low to whisper some good thing to the listening earth.
The night, like most winter nights in the hills, was clear, crisp, and filled with stars. There was no wind. The air felt incredibly pure, and the stillness was more than just silence; it was a sacred quiet, a sign that heaven was coming down to share something good with the attentive earth.
By the gate, hugging his mantle close, the watchman walked; at times he stopped, attracted by a stir among the sleeping herds, or by a jackal’s cry off on the mountain-side. The midnight was slow coming to him; but at last it came. His task was done; now for the dreamless sleep with which labor blesses its wearied children! He moved towards the fire, but paused; a light was breaking around him, soft and white, like the moon’s. He waited breathlessly. The light deepened; things before invisible came to view; he saw the whole field, and all it sheltered. A chill sharper than that of the frosty air—a chill of fear—smote him. He looked up; the stars were gone; the light was dropping as from a window in the sky; as he looked, it became a splendor; then, in terror, he cried,
By the gate, pulling his cloak tight around him, the watchman walked. Sometimes he stopped, drawn by noise from the sleeping herds or the distant cry of a jackal on the mountainside. Midnight was taking its time getting to him; but finally, it arrived. His work was finished; now it was time for the deep, restful sleep that work brings to its tired workers! He started to move toward the fire but hesitated; a soft, white light was shining around him, like the moon. He waited, breathless. The light grew brighter; things that were hidden became visible; he saw the entire field and everything it held. A chill, sharper than the cold night air—a fear—gripped him. He looked up; the stars were gone; the light was streaming down like it was coming from a window in the sky; as he watched, it transformed into a brilliance; then, filled with terror, he cried,
“Awake, awake!”
"Wake up, wake up!"
Up sprang the dogs, and, howling, ran away.
Up jumped the dogs, and, howling, ran off.
The herds rushed together bewildered.
The herds rushed together confused.
The men clambered to their feet, weapons in hand.
The men scrambled to their feet, weapons in hand.
“What is it?” they asked, in one voice.
“What is it?” they asked, together.
“See!” cried the watchman, “the sky is on fire!”
“Look!” shouted the watchman, “the sky is on fire!”
Suddenly the light became intolerably bright, and they covered their eyes, and dropped upon their knees; then, as their souls shrank with fear, they fell upon their faces blind and fainting, and would have died had not a voice said to them,
Suddenly, the light became overwhelmingly bright, and they covered their eyes and dropped to their knees; then, as their souls filled with fear, they fell face down, blind and faint, and would have died if a voice hadn't spoken to them,
“Fear not!”
"Don't be afraid!"
And they listened.
And they heard.
“Fear not: for behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people.”
"Don't be afraid; because look, I have good news that will bring great joy to everyone."
The voice, in sweetness and soothing more than human, and low and clear, penetrated all their being, and filled them with assurance. They rose upon their knees, and, looking worshipfully, beheld in the centre of a great glory the appearance of a man, clad in a robe intensely white; above its shoulders towered the tops of wings shining and folded; a star over its forehead glowed with steady lustre, brilliant as Hesperus; its hands were stretched towards them in blessing; its face was serene and divinely beautiful.
The voice, sweeter and more soothing than any human's, low and clear, reached deep into their being and filled them with confidence. They got down on their knees and, looking with admiration, saw in the center of a brilliant light the figure of a man dressed in a pure white robe; above his shoulders were shining wings, lifted and folded; a star shone above his forehead, glowing steadily, as bright as Venus; his hands were extended toward them in a blessing; his face was calm and incredibly beautiful.
They had often heard, and, in their simple way, talked, of angels; and they doubted not now, but said, in their hearts, The glory of God is about us, and this is he who of old came to the prophet by the river of Ulai.
They had often heard about angels and, in their simple way, discussed them; and they had no doubt now, but said to themselves, The glory of God is around us, and this is the one who long ago came to the prophet by the river of Ulai.
Directly the angel continued:
The angel continued directly:
“For unto you is born this day, in the city of David, a Savior, which is Christ the Lord!”
“For today, in the city of David, a Savior has been born to you—He is Christ the Lord!”
Again there was a rest, while the words sank into their minds.
Again there was a pause as the words settled in their minds.
“And this shall be a sign unto you,” the annunciator said next. “Ye shall find the babe, wrapped in swaddling-clothes, lying in a manger.”
“And this will be a sign for you,” the announcer said next. “You will find the baby, wrapped in swaddling clothes, lying in a manger.”
The herald spoke not again; his good tidings were told; yet he stayed awhile. Suddenly the light, of which he seemed the centre, turned roseate and began to tremble; then up, far as the men could see, there was flashing of white wings, and coming and going of radiant forms, and voices as of a multitude chanting in unison,
The herald didn’t speak again; he had shared the good news, but he lingered for a moment. Suddenly, the light that seemed to surround him turned pink and started to flicker; then, as far as the eye could see, there was a dazzling display of white wings, radiant figures moving back and forth, and the sound of a crowd singing together in harmony.
“Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good-will towards men!”
“Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, goodwill toward people!”
Not once the praise, but many times.
Not just once, but many times.
Then the herald raised his eyes as seeking approval of one far off; his wings stirred, and spread slowly and majestically, on their upper side white as snow, in the shadow vari-tinted, like mother-of-pearl; when they were expanded many cubits beyond his stature, he arose lightly, and, without effort, floated out of view, taking the light up with him. Long after he was gone, down from the sky fell the refrain in measure mellowed by distance, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good-will towards men.”
Then the herald looked up as if seeking approval from someone far away; his wings stirred and spread slowly and majestically, their tops as white as snow, and their undersides shimmering with shades like mother-of-pearl. Once fully expanded, they extended far beyond his height, and he gently floated out of sight, taking the light with him. Long after he disappeared, a refrain drifted down from the sky, softened by distance: “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.”
When the shepherds came fully to their senses, they stared at each other stupidly, until one of them said, “It was Gabriel, the Lord’s messenger unto men.”
When the shepherds finally came to their senses, they looked at each other blankly until one of them said, “It was Gabriel, the Lord’s messenger to humanity.”
None answered.
No one replied.
“Christ the Lord is born; said he not so?”
“Christ the Lord is born; didn’t he say that?”
Then another recovered his voice, and replied, “That is what he said.”
Then another found his voice and responded, “That’s what he said.”
“And did he not also say, in the city of David, which is our Bethlehem yonder. And that we should find him a babe in swaddling-clothes?”
“And didn’t he also say, in the city of David, which is our Bethlehem over there? And that we would find him as a baby wrapped in swaddling clothes?”
“And lying in a manger.”
"And lying in a crib."
The first speaker gazed into the fire thoughtfully, but at length said, like one possessed of a sudden resolve, “There is but one place in Bethlehem where there are mangers; but one, and that is in the cave near the old khan. Brethren, let us go see this thing which has come to pass. The priests and doctors have been a long time looking for the Christ. Now he is born, and the Lord has given us a sign by which to know him. Let us go up and worship him.”
The first speaker stared into the fire for a while, deep in thought, then suddenly said with determination, “There’s only one place in Bethlehem with mangers; just one, and it’s in the cave near the old inn. Friends, let’s go see what has happened. The priests and scholars have been searching for the Christ for a long time. Now he’s been born, and the Lord has given us a sign to recognize him. Let’s go and worship him.”
“But the flocks!”
“But the herds!”
“The Lord will take care of them. Let us make haste.”
"The Lord will take care of them. Let's hurry."
Then they all arose and left the marah.
Then they all got up and left the marah.
Around the mountain and through the town they passed, and came to the gate of the khan, where there was a man on watch.
Around the mountain and through the town they went, and arrived at the gate of the inn, where there was a man on guard.
“What would you have?” he asked.
“What do you want?” he asked.
“We have seen and heard great things to-night,” they replied.
“We’ve seen and heard amazing things tonight,” they replied.
“Well, we, too, have seen great things, but heard nothing. What did you hear?”
"Well, we've seen amazing things too, but we haven't heard anything. What did you hear?"
“Let us go down to the cave in the enclosure, that we may be sure; then we will tell you all. Come with us, and see for yourself.”
“Let’s go down to the cave in the enclosure so we can be sure; then we’ll tell you everything. Come with us and see for yourself.”
“It is a fool’s errand.”
"That's a fool's errand."
“No, the Christ is born.”
“No, Christ is born.”
“The Christ! How do you know?”
“The Christ! How do you know?”
“Let us go and see first.”
“Let’s go check it out first.”
The man laughed scornfully.
The man laughed mockingly.
“The Christ indeed! How are you to know him?”
“The Christ, really! How are you supposed to know him?”
“He was born this night, and is now lying in a manger, so we were told; and there is but one place in Bethlehem with mangers.”
“He was born tonight and is now lying in a manger, or so we were told; and there’s only one place in Bethlehem with mangers.”
“The cave?”
“The cave?”
“Yes. Come with us.”
“Yeah. Join us.”
They went through the court-yard without notice, although there were some up even then talking about the wonderful light. The door of the cavern was open. A lantern was burning within, and they entered unceremoniously.
They walked through the courtyard without anyone noticing, even though there were a few people talking about the amazing light. The cave door was open. A lantern was lit inside, and they walked in casually.
“I give you peace,” the watchman said to Joseph and the Beth Dagonite. “Here are people looking for a child born this night, whom they are to know by finding him in swaddling-clothes and lying in a manger.”
“I give you peace,” the watchman said to Joseph and the Beth Dagonite. “Here are people looking for a child born tonight, whom they will recognize by finding him wrapped in swaddling clothes and lying in a manger.”
For a moment the face of the stolid Nazarene was moved; turning away, he said, “The child is here.”
For a moment, the expressionless Nazarene changed; looking away, he said, "The child is here."
They were led to one of the mangers, and there the child was. The lantern was brought, and the shepherds stood by mute. The little one made no sign; it was as others just born.
They were taken to one of the mangers, and there was the baby. A lantern was brought in, and the shepherds stood silently. The infant didn’t move; it was just like any other newborn.
“Where is the mother?” asked the watchman.
“Where is the mom?” asked the watchman.
One of the women took the baby, and went to Mary, lying near, and put it in her arms. Then the bystanders collected about the two.
One of the women picked up the baby and walked over to Mary, who was lying nearby, and placed it in her arms. Then the people around gathered close to the two of them.
“It is the Christ!” said a shepherd, at last.
“It’s Christ!” said a shepherd, finally.
“The Christ!” they all repeated, falling upon their knees in worship. One of them repeated several times over,
“The Christ!” they all said, dropping to their knees in worship. One of them said it several times,
“It is the Lord, and his glory is above the earth and heaven.”
“It is the Lord, and his glory is above the earth and heaven.”
And the simple men, never doubting, kissed the hem of the mother’s robe, and with joyful faces departed. In the khan, to all the people aroused and pressing about them, they told their story; and through the town, and all the way back to the marah, they chanted the refrain of the angels, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good-will towards men!”
And the simple men, without a doubt, kissed the edge of the mother’s robe, and left with happy faces. In the inn, to all the people gathered around them, they shared their story; and throughout the town, all the way back to the marah, they sang the angels' message, “Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, goodwill toward men!”
The story went abroad, confirmed by the light so generally seen; and the next day, and for days thereafter, the cave was visited by curious crowds, of whom some believed, though the greater part laughed and mocked.
The story spread quickly, supported by the widespread reports; and the next day, and for several days after that, the cave was filled with curious crowds—some of whom believed, while most just laughed and made fun.
CHAPTER XII
The eleventh day after the birth of the child in the cave, about mid-afternoon, the three wise men approached Jerusalem by the road from Shechem. After crossing Brook Cedron, they met many people, of whom none failed to stop and look after them curiously.
The eleventh day after the child's birth in the cave, around mid-afternoon, the three wise men made their way to Jerusalem from Shechem. After crossing the Cedron River, they encountered many people, all of whom stopped to curiously glance at them.
Judea was of necessity an international thoroughfare; a narrow ridge, raised, apparently, by the pressure of the desert on the east, and the sea on the west, was all she could claim to be; over the ridge, however, nature had stretched the line of trade between the east and the south; and that was her wealth. In other words, the riches of Jerusalem were the tolls she levied on passing commerce. Nowhere else, consequently, unless in Rome, was there such constant assemblage of so many people of so many different nations; in no other city was a stranger less strange to the residents than within her walls and purlieus. And yet these three men excited the wonder of all whom they met on the way to the gates.
Judea was naturally an international crossroads; a narrow ridge, seemingly pushed up by the pressure from the desert to the east and the sea to the west, was all it could claim to be. However, over this ridge, nature had created a trade route connecting the east and the south, which was its wealth. In other words, the riches of Jerusalem came from the tolls it charged on passing trade. Therefore, nowhere else, except in Rome, was there such a constant gathering of so many people from such diverse nations; in no other city was a stranger less strange to the locals than within her walls and surroundings. And yet, these three men intrigued everyone they encountered on their way to the gates.
A child belonging to some women sitting by the roadside opposite the Tombs of the Kings saw the party coming; immediately it clapped its hands, and cried, “Look, look! What pretty bells! What big camels!”
A child of some women sitting by the roadside opposite the Tombs of the Kings saw the group approaching; right away, it clapped its hands and shouted, “Look, look! What beautiful bells! What big camels!”
The bells were silver; the camels, as we have seen, were of unusual size and whiteness, and moved with singular stateliness; the trappings told of the desert and of long journeys thereon, and also of ample means in possession of the owners, who sat under the little canopies exactly as they appeared at the rendezvous beyond the Jebel. Yet it was not the bells or the camels, or their furniture, or the demeanor of the riders, that were so wonderful; it was the question put by the man who rode foremost of the three.
The bells were silver; the camels, as we've seen, were unusually large and white, and moved with a unique grace; the decorations indicated journeys through the desert and hinted at the wealth of their owners, who sat under the small canopies just like they did at the meeting place beyond the Jebel. But it wasn't the bells, the camels, their gear, or the way the riders carried themselves that was so remarkable; it was the question asked by the man riding at the front of the three.
The approach to Jerusalem from the north is across a plain which dips southward, leaving the Damascus Gate in a vale or hollow. The road is narrow, but deeply cut by long use, and in places difficult on account of the cobbles left loose and dry by the washing of the rains. On either side, however, there stretched, in the old time, rich fields and handsome olive-groves, which must, in luxurious growth, have been beautiful, especially to travellers fresh from the wastes of the desert. In this road, the three stopped before the party in front of the Tombs.
The approach to Jerusalem from the north is across a plain that slopes down to the south, placing the Damascus Gate in a dip. The road is narrow but has been deeply worn over time, making it challenging in spots due to the loose, dry cobblestones left behind by the rain. However, on either side, there used to be lush fields and beautiful olive groves, which must have been stunning, particularly for travelers coming from the barren desert. On this road, the three paused before the group in front of the Tombs.
“Good people,” said Balthasar, stroking his plaited beard, and bending from his cot, “is not Jerusalem close by?”
“Good people,” said Balthasar, stroking his braided beard and leaning from his bed, “isn't Jerusalem nearby?”
“Yes,” answered the woman into whose arms the child had shrunk. “If the trees on yon swell were a little lower you could see the towers on the market-place.”
“Yes,” replied the woman into whose arms the child had nestled. “If the trees on that hill were a bit shorter, you could see the towers in the marketplace.”
Balthasar gave the Greek and the Hindoo a look, then asked,
Balthasar glanced at the Greek and the Hindoo, then asked,
“Where is he that is born King of the Jews?”
“Where is the one who is born King of the Jews?”
The women gazed at each other without reply.
The women looked at each other without saying a word.
“You have not heard of him?”
"You don't know him?"
“No.”
“No.”
“Well, tell everybody that we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him.”
“Well, tell everyone that we have seen his star in the east and have come to worship him.”
Thereupon the friends rode on. Of others they asked the same question, with like result. A large company whom they met going to the Grotto of Jeremiah were so astonished by the inquiry and the appearance of the travellers that they turned about and followed them into the city.
The friends continued their ride. They asked others the same question, and got similar responses. A large group they encountered on their way to the Grotto of Jeremiah were so surprised by the question and the sight of the travelers that they turned around and followed them into the city.
So much were the three occupied with the idea of their mission that they did not care for the view which presently rose before them in the utmost magnificence: for the village first to receive them on Bezetha; for Mizpah and Olivet, over on their left; for the wall behind the village, with its forty tall and solid towers, superadded partly for strength, partly to gratify the critical taste of the kingly builder; for the same towered wall bending off to the right, with many an angle, and here and there an embattled gate, up to the three great white piles Phasaelus, Mariamne, and Hippicus; for Zion, tallest of the hills, crowned with marble palaces, and never so beautiful; for the glittering terraces of the temple on Moriah, admittedly one of the wonders of the earth; for the regal mountains rimming the sacred city round about until it seemed in the hollow of a mighty bowl.
The three were so focused on their mission that they didn’t pay attention to the stunning view unfolding before them. They missed the village welcoming them in Bezetha, Mizpah and Olivet to their left, and the impressive wall behind the village, with its forty tall, solid towers built for both strength and the aesthetic standards of the royal builder. They overlooked the way the wall curved to the right, showcasing many angles and a few fortified gates, leading up to the three grand white structures: Phasaelus, Mariamne, and Hippicus. They didn’t notice Zion, the highest of the hills, adorned with marble palaces more beautiful than ever before; nor the shining terraces of the temple on Moriah, rightly regarded as one of the wonders of the world; and the majestic mountains encircling the sacred city as if it were cradled in a giant bowl.
They came, at length, to a tower of great height and strength, overlooking the gate which, at that time, answered to the present Damascus Gate, and marked the meeting-place of the three roads from Shechem, Jericho, and Gibeon. A Roman guard kept the passage-way. By this time the people following the camels formed a train sufficient to draw the idlers hanging about the portal; so that when Balthasar stopped to speak to the sentinel, the three became instantly the centre of a close circle eager to hear all that passed.
They eventually arrived at a tall, strong tower that overlooked the gate now known as the Damascus Gate, which marked the intersection of the three roads from Shechem, Jericho, and Gibeon. A Roman guard was stationed at the passageway. By this point, the crowd following the camels had gathered enough to attract the onlookers lingering at the entrance; so when Balthasar paused to talk to the guard, the three of them quickly became the center of a tight circle eager to hear what was happening.
“I give you peace,” the Egyptian said, in a clear voice.
“I give you peace,” the Egyptian said, clearly.
The sentinel made no reply.
The guard didn't respond.
“We have come great distances in search of one who is born King of the Jews. Can you tell us where he is?”
“We’ve traveled far to find the one who is born King of the Jews. Can you tell us where he is?”
The soldier raised the visor of his helmet, and called loudly. From an apartment at the right of the passage an officer appeared.
The soldier lifted the visor of his helmet and shouted out. An officer appeared from an apartment to the right of the hallway.
“Give way,” he cried, to the crowd which now pressed closer in; and as they seemed slow to obey, he advanced twirling his javelin vigorously, now right, now left; and so he gained room.
“Make way,” he shouted to the crowd that was now pressing in closer; and as they seemed slow to respond, he moved forward, vigorously twirling his javelin, first to the right, then to the left; and in doing so, he created space.
“What would you?” he asked of Balthasar, speaking in the idiom of the city.
“What about you?” he asked Balthasar, speaking in the local slang.
And Balthasar answered in the same,
And Balthasar replied in the same way,
“Where is he that is born King of the Jews?”
“Where is the one who was born King of the Jews?”
“Herod?” asked the officer, confounded.
"Herod?" the officer asked, confused.
“Herod’s kingship is from Cæsar; not Herod.”
“Herod’s kingship comes from Caesar, not from Herod.”
“There is no other King of the Jews.”
“There is no other King of the Jews.”
“But we have seen the star of him we seek, and come to worship him.”
“But we have seen the star of the one we’re looking for, and we’ve come to worship him.”
The Roman was perplexed.
The Roman was confused.
“Go farther,” he said, at last. “Go farther. I am not a Jew. Carry the question to the doctors in the Temple, or to Hannas the priest, or, better still, to Herod himself. If there be another King of the Jews, he will find him.”
“Go further,” he finally said. “Go further. I am not a Jew. Take the question to the doctors in the Temple, or to Hannas the priest, or, even better, to Herod himself. If there is another King of the Jews, he will find him.”
Thereupon he made way for the strangers, and they passed the gate. But, before entering the narrow street, Balthasar lingered to say to his friends, “We are sufficiently proclaimed. By midnight the whole city will have heard of us and of our mission. Let us to the khan now.”
He stepped aside to let the strangers through, and they went past the gate. But before entering the narrow street, Balthasar paused to tell his friends, “We’re already well known. By midnight, everyone in the city will know about us and our mission. Let’s go to the khan now.”
CHAPTER XIII
That evening, before sunset, some women were washing clothes on the upper step of the flight that led down into the basin of the Pool of Siloam. They knelt each before a broad bowl of earthenware. A girl at the foot of the steps kept them supplied with water, and sang while she filled the jar. The song was cheerful, and no doubt lightened their labor. Occasionally they would sit upon their heels, and look up the slope of Ophel, and round to the summit of what is now the Mount of Offence, then faintly glorified by the dying sun.
That evening, just before sunset, some women were washing clothes on the upper step of the flight that led down to the Pool of Siloam. They knelt in front of wide earthenware bowls. A girl at the bottom of the steps kept bringing them water and sang while she filled the jar. The song was bright and likely made their work easier. Occasionally, they would sit back on their heels and look up the slope of Ophel and around to the peak of what is now called the Mount of Offence, faintly lit by the setting sun.
While they plied their hands, rubbing and wringing the clothes in the bowls, two other women came to them, each with an empty jar upon her shoulder.
While they were working hard, scrubbing and wringing out the clothes in the bowls, two other women approached them, each carrying an empty jar on her shoulder.
“Peace to you,” one of the new-comers said.
"Peace to you," one of the newcomers said.
The laborers paused, sat up, wrung the water from their hands, and returned the salutation.
The workers stopped, sat up, squeezed the water from their hands, and returned the greeting.
“It is nearly night—time to quit.”
“It’s almost night—time to quit.”
“There is no end to work,” was the reply.
“There’s no end to work,” was the reply.
“But there is a time to rest, and—”
“But there is a time to rest, and—”
“To hear what may be passing,” interposed another.
“To find out what might be happening,” another one chimed in.
“What news have you?”
"What's the news?"
“Then you have not heard?”
"Then you haven't heard?"
“No.”
“No.”
“They say the Christ is born,” said the newsmonger, plunging into her story.
“They say Christ has been born,” said the newsmonger, diving into her story.
It was curious to see the faces of the laborers brighten with interest; on the other side down came the jars, which, in a moment, were turned into seats for their owners.
It was interesting to see the laborers' faces light up with interest; on the other side, the jars came down, which quickly became seats for their owners.
“The Christ!” the listeners cried.
“Jesus!” the listeners cried.
“So they say.”
"That's what they say."
“Who?”
“Who is it?”
“Everybody; it is common talk.”
“Everyone; it’s common gossip.”
“Does anybody believe it?”
“Does anyone believe it?”
“This afternoon three men came across Brook Cedron on the road from Shechem,” the speaker replied, circumstantially, intending to smother doubt. “Each one of them rode a camel spotless white, and larger than any ever before seen in Jerusalem.”
“This afternoon, three men came across Brook Cedron on the road from Shechem,” the speaker replied, providing details to dispel any doubts. “Each one of them rode a perfectly white camel, larger than any that had ever been seen in Jerusalem.”
The eyes and mouths of the auditors opened wide.
The auditors' eyes and mouths went wide.
“To prove how great and rich the men were,” the narrator continued, “they sat under awnings of silk; the buckles of their saddles were of gold, as was the fringe of their bridles; the bells were of silver, and made real music. Nobody knew them; they looked as if they had come from the ends of the world. Only one of them spoke, and of everybody on the road, even the women and children, he asked this question—‘Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’ No one gave them answer—no one understood what they meant; so they passed on, leaving behind them this saying: ‘For we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him.’ They put the question to the Roman at the gate; and he, no wiser than the simple people on the road, sent them up to Herod.”
“To show how wealthy and important the men were,” the narrator continued, “they sat under silk awnings; their saddle buckles were made of gold, as was the fringe on their bridles; their bells were silver and sounded harmonious. Nobody recognized them; they seemed like they had come from the farthest corners of the earth. Only one of them spoke, and to everyone on the road, even the women and children, he asked, ‘Where is the one born King of the Jews?’ No one answered—no one understood what they were talking about; so they moved on, leaving behind this statement: ‘For we have seen his star in the east, and have come to worship him.’ They asked the Roman at the gate; and he, as clueless as the simple folks on the road, sent them to Herod.”
“Where are they now?”
"Where are they now?"
“At the khan. Hundreds have been to look at them already, and hundreds more are going.”
“At the khan. Hundreds have already come to see them, and hundreds more are on their way.”
“Who are they?”
"Who are they?"
“Nobody knows. They are said to be Persians—wise men who talk with the stars—prophets, it may be, like Elijah and Jeremiah.”
“Nobody knows. They're said to be Persians—wise people who communicate with the stars—maybe prophets, like Elijah and Jeremiah.”
“What do they mean by King of the Jews?”
“What do they mean by King of the Jews?”
“The Christ, and that he is just born.”
“The Christ, and that he has just been born.”
One of the women laughed, and resumed her work, saying, “Well, when I see him I will believe.”
One of the women laughed and went back to her work, saying, “Well, when I see him, I’ll believe.”
Another followed her example: “And I—well, when I see him raise the dead, I will believe.”
Another person followed her lead: “And I—well, when I see him bring the dead back to life, I will believe.”
A third said, quietly, “He has been a long time promised. It will be enough for me to see him heal one leper.”
A third person said softly, “He’s been promised for a long time. It will be enough for me to see him heal just one leper.”
And the party sat talking until the night came, and, with the help of the frosty air, drove them home.
And the group chatted until night fell, and the chilly air urged them to head home.
Later in the evening, about the beginning of the first watch, there was an assemblage in the palace on Mount Zion, of probably fifty persons, who never came together except by order of Herod, and then only when he had demanded to know some one or more of the deeper mysteries of the Jewish law and history. It was, in short, a meeting of the teachers of the colleges, of the chief priests, and of the doctors most noted in the city for learning—the leaders of opinion, expounders of the different creeds; princes of the Sadducees; Pharisaic debaters; calm, soft-spoken, stoical philosophers of the Essene socialists.
Later in the evening, around the start of the first watch, there was a gathering in the palace on Mount Zion of about fifty people. They only came together at Herod's request, usually when he wanted to learn more about the deeper mysteries of Jewish law and history. It was essentially a meeting of the college teachers, chief priests, and the city's most respected scholars—leaders of opinion, interpreters of various beliefs; dignitaries of the Sadducees; Pharisaic debaters; and calm, soft-spoken, stoic philosophers from the Essene socialists.
The chamber in which the session was held belonged to one of the interior court-yards of the palace, and was quite large and Romanesque. The floor was tessellated with marble blocks; the walls, unbroken by a window, were frescoed in panels of saffron yellow; a divan occupied the centre of the apartment, covered with cushions of bright-yellow cloth, and fashioned in form of the letter U, the opening towards the doorway; in the arch of the divan, or, as it were, in the bend of the letter, there was an immense bronze tripod, curiously inlaid with gold and silver, over which a chandelier dropped from the ceiling, having seven arms, each holding a lighted lamp. The divan and the lamp were purely Jewish.
The room where the meeting took place was part of one of the palace's inner courtyards, and it was quite large and Romanesque in style. The floor was laid with marble tiles, and the walls, without any windows, were painted in panels of saffron yellow. A U-shaped divan filled the center of the room, covered with bright-yellow cushions and facing the doorway. In the curve of the divan, there was a massive bronze tripod, intricately inlaid with gold and silver, from which a chandelier hung from the ceiling. The chandelier had seven arms, each holding a lit lamp. Both the divan and the lamp were distinctly Jewish.
The company sat upon the divan after the style of Orientals, in costume singularly uniform, except as to color. They were mostly men advanced in years; immense beards covered their faces; to their large noses were added the effects of large black eyes, deeply shaded by bold brows; their demeanor was grave, dignified, even patriarchal. In brief, their session was that of the Sanhedrim.
The group sat on the couch in an Eastern style, dressed in matching outfits, except for the colors. Most of them were older men; thick beards covered their faces, and their prominent noses were paired with large black eyes, which were accentuated by strong brows. Their attitude was serious, dignified, and even somewhat fatherly. In short, their gathering resembled that of the Sanhedrin.
He who sat before the tripod, however, in the place which may be called the head of the divan, having all the rest of his associates on his right and left, and, at the same time, before him, evidently president of the meeting, would have instantly absorbed the attention of a spectator. He had been cast in large mould, but was now shrunken and stooped to ghastliness; his white robe dropped from his shoulders in folds that gave no hint of muscle or anything but an angular skeleton. His hands, half concealed by sleeves of silk, white and crimson striped, were clasped upon his knees. When he spoke, sometimes the first finger of the right hand extended tremulously; he seemed incapable of other gesture. But his head was a splendid dome. A few hairs, whiter than fine-drawn silver, fringed the base; over a broad, full-sphered skull the skin was drawn close, and shone in the light with positive brilliance; the temples were deep hollows, from which the forehead beetled like a wrinkled crag; the eyes were wan and dim; the nose was pinched; and all the lower face was muffed in a beard flowing and venerable as Aaron’s. Such was Hillel the Babylonian! The line of prophets, long extinct in Israel, was now succeeded by a line of scholars, of whom he was first in learning—a prophet in all but the divine inspiration! At the age of one hundred and six, he was still Rector of the Great College.
The person sitting in front of the tripod, in what could be called the head of the divan, with all his associates on either side, and clearly the leader of the meeting, would have immediately captured the attention of any observer. He had once had a robust physique but was now shriveled and hunched to a ghastly degree; his white robe hung from his shoulders in folds that showed nothing but an angular skeleton. His hands, partly hidden by his white and crimson-striped silk sleeves, were clasped over his knees. When he spoke, sometimes his right index finger trembled as it extended; he seemed unable to make any other gestures. Yet his head was a magnificent dome. A few hairs, whiter than polished silver, fringed the base; the skin was drawn tightly over a broad, round skull, gleaming brilliantly in the light; his temples were deep hollows, and his forehead jutted out like a wrinkled cliff; his eyes were pale and dim; his nose was thin; and his entire lower face was covered by a beard that flowed and looked as venerable as Aaron’s. That was Hillel the Babylonian! The line of prophets, long gone in Israel, had been replaced by a line of scholars, of whom he was the foremost— a prophet in every way but divine inspiration! At the age of one hundred and six, he was still the head of the Great College.
On the table before him lay outspread a roll or volume of parchment inscribed with Hebrew characters; behind him, in waiting, stood a page richly habited.
On the table in front of him was a rolled-up parchment covered with Hebrew writing; behind him stood a richly dressed page waiting.
There had been discussion, but at this moment of introduction the company had reached a conclusion; each one was in an attitude of rest, and the venerable Hillel, without moving, called the page.
There had been discussion, but at this moment of introduction, the group had come to a conclusion; everyone was relaxed, and the respected Hillel, without moving, summoned the page.
“Hist!”
“Shh!”
The youth advanced respectfully.
The youth approached respectfully.
“Go tell the king we are ready to give him answer.”
“Go tell the king we're ready to give him an answer.”
The boy hurried away.
The boy rushed away.
After a time two officers entered and stopped, one on each side the door; after them slowly followed a most striking personage—an old man clad in a purple robe bordered with scarlet, and girt to his waist by a band of gold linked so fine that it was pliable as leather; the latchets of his shoes sparkled with precious stones; a narrow crown wrought in filigree shone outside a tarbooshe of softest crimson plush, which, encasing his head, fell down the neck and shoulders, leaving the throat and neck exposed. Instead of a seal, a dagger dangled from his belt. He walked with a halting step, leaning heavily upon a staff. Not until he reached the opening of the divan, did he pause or look up from the floor; then, as for the first time conscious of the company, and roused by their presence, he raised himself, and looked haughtily round, like one startled and searching for an enemy—so dark, suspicious, and threatening was the glance. Such was Herod the Great—a body broken by diseases, a conscience seared with crimes, a mind magnificently capable, a soul fit for brotherhood with the Cæsars; now seven-and-sixty years old, but guarding his throne with a jealousy never so vigilant, a power never so despotic, and a cruelty never so inexorable.
After a while, two officers walked in and stood on either side of the door; then, slowly following them was a very impressive figure—an old man dressed in a purple robe trimmed with red, secured at his waist by a gold belt so finely linked that it was as flexible as leather; the straps of his shoes sparkled with gemstones; a narrow crown made of delicate filigree shone outside a soft crimson hat, which wrapped around his head and draped down his neck and shoulders, leaving his throat exposed. Instead of a seal, a dagger hung from his belt. He walked with a shaky step, leaning heavily on a staff. It wasn’t until he reached the opening of the divan that he paused or looked up from the floor; then, as if suddenly aware of the people around him and stirred by their presence, he lifted himself and glanced around arrogantly, like someone startled and on the lookout for an enemy—his gaze was dark, suspicious, and threatening. Such was Herod the Great—a body weakened by illness, a conscience burdened with crimes, a remarkably capable mind, a soul worthy of camaraderie with the Emperors; now seventy-six years old, yet guarding his throne with a jealousy never before so vigilant, a power never before so oppressive, and a cruelty never before so relentless.
There was a general movement on the part of the assemblage—a bending forward in salaam by the more aged, a rising-up by the more courtierly, followed by low genuflections, hands upon the beard or breast.
There was a collective motion from the gathering—an elderly bowing forward in respect, a rise from the more formal ones, followed by subtle kneeling, hands placed on their beards or chests.
His observations taken, Herod moved on until at the tripod opposite the venerable Hillel, who met his cold glance with an inclination of the head, and a slight lifting of the hands.
His observations noted, Herod moved on until he reached the tripod opposite the respected Hillel, who responded to his icy gaze with a nod of his head and a slight raising of his hands.
“The answer!” said the king, with imperious simplicity, addressing Hillel, and planting his staff before him with both hands. “The answer!”
“The answer!” said the king, with commanding simplicity, addressing Hillel and planting his staff before him with both hands. “The answer!”
The eyes of the patriarch glowed mildly, and, raising his head, and looking the inquisitor full in the face, he answered, his associates giving him closest attention,
The patriarch's eyes shone softly, and, lifting his head and meeting the inquisitor's gaze, he replied, while his companions listened intently.
“With thee, O king, be the peace of God, of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob!”
“With you, O king, may there be the peace of God, of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob!”
His manner was that of invocation; changing it, he resumed:
His tone was like a call to attention; shifting gears, he continued:
“Thou hast demanded of us where the Christ should be born.”
“You have asked us where Christ is supposed to be born.”
The king bowed, though the evil eyes remained fixed upon the sage’s face.
The king bowed, but the menacing eyes stayed locked on the sage’s face.
“That is the question.”
"That's the question."
“Then, O king, speaking for myself, and all my brethren here, not one dissenting, I say, in Bethlehem of Judea.”
“Then, O king, speaking for myself and all my brothers here, without any disagreement, I say, in Bethlehem of Judea.”
Hillel glanced at the parchment on the tripod; and, pointing with his tremulous finger, continued, “In Bethlehem of Judea, for thus it is written by the prophet, ‘And thou, Bethlehem, in the land of Judea, art not the least among the princes of Judah; for out of thee shall come a governor that shall rule my people Israel.’”
Hillel looked at the scroll on the tripod and, pointing with his shaking finger, said, “In Bethlehem of Judea, as it is written by the prophet, ‘And you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judea, are not the least among the leaders of Judah; for out of you will come a ruler who will lead my people Israel.’”
Herod’s face was troubled, and his eyes fell upon the parchment while he thought. Those beholding him scarcely breathed; they spoke not, nor did he. At length he turned about and left the chamber.
Herod's face was troubled, and his eyes landed on the parchment as he pondered. Those watching him barely breathed; neither did they speak, nor did he. Eventually, he turned and left the room.
“Brethren,” said Hillel, “we are dismissed.”
“Brothers,” said Hillel, “we are done.”
The company then arose, and in groups departed.
The company then got up and left in groups.
“Simeon,” said Hillel again.
"Simeon," Hillel said again.
A man, quite fifty years old, but in the hearty prime of life, answered and came to him.
A man, around fifty years old but in the prime of his life, replied and approached him.
“Take up the sacred parchment, my son; roll it tenderly.”
“Pick up the sacred scroll, my son; roll it gently.”
The order was obeyed.
The order was followed.
“Now lend me thy arm; I will to the litter.”
“Now lend me your arm; I will go to the stretcher.”
The strong man stooped; with his withered hands the old one took the offered support, and, rising, moved feebly to the door.
The strong man bent down; with his thin, frail hands, the old man took the support that was offered, and, getting up, shuffled weakly toward the door.
So departed the famous Rector, and Simeon, his son, who was to be his successor in wisdom, learning, and office.
So left the renowned Rector, along with Simeon, his son, who was set to follow in his footsteps in wisdom, knowledge, and position.
Yet later in the evening the wise men were lying in a lewen of the khan awake. The stones which served them as pillows raised their heads so they could look out of the open arch into the depths of the sky; and as they watched the twinkling of the stars, they thought of the next manifestation. How would it come? What would it be? They were in Jerusalem at last; they had asked at the gate for Him they sought; they had borne witness of his birth; it remained only to find him; and as to that, they placed all trust in the Spirit. Men listening for the voice of God, or waiting a sign from Heaven, cannot sleep.
Yet later in the evening, the wise men were lying in a lewen of the khan, wide awake. The stones they used as pillows lifted their heads so they could gaze out of the open arch into the vastness of the sky; and as they watched the stars twinkling, they thought about the next revelation. How would it occur? What would it be? They were finally in Jerusalem; they had asked at the gate for the one they were seeking; they had witnessed his birth; all that remained was to find him; and for that, they placed their complete trust in the Spirit. People waiting for the voice of God or looking for a sign from Heaven cannot sleep.
While they were in this condition, a man stepped in under the arch, darkening the lewen.
While they were in this situation, a man walked in under the arch, casting a shadow over the area.
“Awake!” he said to them; “I bring you a message which will not be put off.”
“Wake up!” he said to them; “I have a message for you that can't be delayed.”
They all sat up.
They all sat up.
“From whom?” asked the Egyptian.
"From whom?" asked the Egyptian.
“Herod the king.”
"King Herod."
Each one felt his spirit thrill.
Each person felt their spirit lift.
“Are you not the steward of the khan?” Balthasar asked next.
“Are you not the steward of the khan?” Balthasar asked next.
“I am.”
"I'm here."
“What would the king with us?”
“What does the king want with us?”
“His messenger is without; let him answer.”
“His messenger is outside; let him respond.”
“Tell him, then, to abide our coming.”
“Tell him to wait for us.”
“You were right, O my brother!” said the Greek, when the steward was gone. “The question put to the people on the road, and to the guard at the gate, has given us quick notoriety. I am impatient; let us up quickly.”
“You were right, my brother!” said the Greek when the steward left. “The question asked to the people on the road and to the guard at the gate has made us well-known fast. I’m eager; let’s hurry up.”
They arose, put on their sandals, girt their mantles about them, and went out.
They got up, put on their sandals, tied their cloaks around them, and went outside.
“I salute you, and give you peace, and pray your pardon; but my master, the king, has sent me to invite you to the palace, where he would have speech with you privately.”
“I greet you, offer you peace, and ask for your forgiveness; but my master, the king, has sent me to invite you to the palace, where he would like to speak with you privately.”
Thus the messenger discharged his duty.
Thus, the messenger fulfilled his duty.
A lamp hung in the entrance, and by its light they looked at each other, and knew the Spirit was upon them. Then the Egyptian stepped to the steward, and said, so as not to be heard by the others, “You know where our goods are stored in the court, and where our camels are resting. While we are gone, make all things ready for our departure, if it should be needful.”
A lamp hung in the entrance, and by its light they looked at each other and knew the Spirit was with them. Then the Egyptian stepped up to the steward and said quietly so the others wouldn’t hear, “You know where our stuff is stored in the courtyard and where our camels are resting. While we’re away, get everything ready for our departure if it becomes necessary.”
“Go your way assured; trust me,” the steward replied.
“Go on your way with confidence; trust me,” the steward replied.
“The king’s will is our will,” said Balthasar to the messenger. “We will follow you.”
“The king’s wishes are our wishes,” Balthasar told the messenger. “We will follow you.”
The streets of the Holy City were narrow then as now, but not so rough and foul; for the great builder, not content with beauty, enforced cleanliness and convenience also. Following their guide, the brethren proceeded without a word. Through the dim starlight, made dimmer by the walls on both sides, sometimes almost lost under bridges connecting the house-tops, out of a low ground they ascended a hill. At last they came to a portal reared across the way. In the light of fires blazing before it in two great braziers, they caught a glimpse of the structure, and also of some guards leaning motionlessly upon their arms. They passed into a building unchallenged. Then by passages and arched halls; through courts, and under colonnades not always lighted; up long flights of stairs, past innumerable cloisters and chambers, they were conducted into a tower of great height. Suddenly the guide halted, and, pointing through an open door, said to them,
The streets of the Holy City were narrow then, just like now, but they weren’t as rough and dirty; the great builder, not satisfied with just beauty, also insisted on cleanliness and convenience. Following their guide, the brothers moved silently. Through the faint starlight, which was dimmed by the walls on either side and sometimes almost completely obscured under bridges connecting the rooftops, they climbed a hill from a low area. Finally, they reached a portal that stood in their path. In the light of fires blazing in two large braziers before it, they got a glimpse of the structure and saw some guards standing still with their arms crossed. They entered a building without challenge. Then, through winding passages and arched halls; across courtyards, and beneath colonnades that weren’t always lit; up long flights of stairs, past countless cloisters and rooms, they were led into a tall tower. Suddenly, the guide stopped, and, gesturing through an open door, said to them,
“Enter. The king is there.”
“Come in. The king's inside.”
The air of the chamber was heavy with the perfume of sandal-wood, and all the appointments within were effeminately rich. Upon the floor, covering the central space, a tufted rug was spread, and upon that a throne was set. The visitors had but time, however, to catch a confused idea of the place—of carved and gilt ottomans and couches; of fans and jars and musical instruments; of golden candlesticks glittering in their own lights; of walls painted in the style of the voluptuous Grecian school, one look at which had made a Pharisee hide his head with holy horror. Herod, sitting upon the throne to receive them, clad as when at the conference with the doctors and lawyers, claimed all their minds.
The air in the room was thick with the scent of sandalwood, and everything inside was extravagantly luxurious. A plush rug covered the central area, with a throne placed on it. The visitors had just enough time to get a vague sense of the place—carved and gilt ottomans and couches, fans, jars, musical instruments, and golden candlesticks sparkling in their own light; walls painted in the sensuous style of the Grecian school, which had caused a Pharisee to hide his face in horror. Herod, sitting on the throne to welcome them, dressed just as he had been during the conference with the doctors and lawyers, captivated all their attention.
At the edge of the rug, to which they advanced uninvited, they prostrated themselves. The king touched a bell. An attendant came in, and placed three stools before the throne.
At the edge of the rug, where they approached uninvited, they bowed down. The king rang a bell. An attendant entered and set three stools in front of the throne.
“Seat yourselves,” said the monarch, graciously.
“Please take your seats,” said the king, graciously.
“From the North Gate,” he continued, when they were at rest, “I had this afternoon report of the arrival of three strangers, curiously mounted, and appearing as if from far countries. Are you the men?”
“From the North Gate,” he continued, once they were settled, “I heard this afternoon that three strangers arrived, riding unusual horses and looking like they came from distant lands. Are you those men?”
The Egyptian took the sign from the Greek and the Hindoo, and answered, with the profoundest salaam, “Were we other than we are, the mighty Herod, whose fame is as incense to the whole world, would not have sent for us. We may not doubt that we are the strangers.”
The Egyptian took the signal from the Greek and the Hindu and replied with the deepest bow, “If we were anything different from who we are, the great Herod, whose reputation is known worldwide, wouldn’t have called for us. We can't deny that we are the outsiders.”
Herod acknowledged the speech with a wave of the hand.
Herod responded to the speech with a wave of his hand.
“Who are you? Whence do you come?” he asked, adding significantly, “Let each speak for himself.”
“Who are you? Where do you come from?” he asked, emphasizing, “Let everyone speak for themselves.”
In turn they gave him account, referring simply to the cities and lands of their birth, and the routes by which they came to Jerusalem. Somewhat disappointed, Herod plied them more directly.
In response, they told him about the cities and lands where they were born and the paths they took to get to Jerusalem. A bit disappointed, Herod pressed them more directly.
“What was the question you put to the officer at the gate?”
“What was the question you asked the officer at the gate?”
“We asked him, Where is he that is born King of the Jews.”
“We asked him, Where is he who is born King of the Jews?”
“I see now why the people were so curious. You excite me no less. Is there another King of the Jews?”
“I understand now why people were so intrigued. You interest me just as much. Is there another King of the Jews?”
The Egyptian did not blanch.
The Egyptian didn't flinch.
“There is one newly born.”
"There's one newborn."
An expression of pain knit the dark face of the monarch, as if his mind were swept by a harrowing recollection.
An expression of pain crossed the monarch's dark face, as if his mind were overwhelmed by a haunting memory.
“Not to me, not to me!” he exclaimed.
“Not to me, not to me!” he shouted.
Possibly the accusing images of his murdered children flitted before him; recovering from the emotion, whatever it was, he asked, steadily, “Where is the new king?”
Possibly the haunting images of his murdered children flashed in his mind; once he collected himself, whatever the emotion was, he asked calmly, “Where is the new king?”
“That, O king, is what we would ask.”
"That's what we would like to ask, Your Majesty."
“You bring me a wonder—a riddle surpassing any of Solomon’s,” the inquisitor said next. “As you see, I am in the time of life when curiosity is as ungovernable as it was in childhood, when to trifle with it is cruelty. Tell me further, and I will honor you as kings honor each other. Give me all you know about the newly born, and I will join you in the search for him; and when we have found him, I will do what you wish; I will bring him to Jerusalem, and train him in kingcraft; I will use my grace with Cæsar for his promotion and glory. Jealousy shall not come between us, so I swear. But tell me first how, so widely separated by seas and deserts, you all came to hear of him.”
“You present me with a wonder—a riddle greater than any of Solomon’s,” the inquisitor said next. “As you can see, I’m at that stage in life where curiosity is as uncontrollable as it was in childhood, and to ignore it would be cruel. Tell me more, and I will honor you like kings honor one another. Share everything you know about the newborn, and I will join you in the search for him; once we find him, I will do what you desire; I will take him to Jerusalem and educate him in the ways of kings; I will use my influence with Caesar for his advancement and reputation. Jealousy will not come between us, I swear. But first, tell me how, despite being so far apart by seas and deserts, you all came to hear of him.”
“I will tell you truly, O king.”
“I will tell you the truth, O king.”
“Speak on,” said Herod.
“Go ahead,” said Herod.
Balthasar raised himself erect, and said, solemnly,
Balthasar stood up straight and said, seriously,
“There is an Almighty God.”
"There's an Almighty God."
Herod was visibly startled.
Herod seemed genuinely startled.
“He bade us come hither, promising that we should find the Redeemer of the World; that we should see and worship him, and bear witness that he was come; and, as a sign, we were each given to see a star. His Spirit stayed with us. O king, his Spirit is with us now!”
“He invited us to come here, promising that we would find the Redeemer of the World; that we would see and worship him, and bear witness that he has come; and, as a sign, we were each shown a star. His Spirit stayed with us. O king, his Spirit is with us now!”
An overpowering feeling seized the three. The Greek with difficulty restrained an outcry. Herod’s gaze darted quickly from one to the other; he was more suspicious and dissatisfied than before.
An overwhelming feeling gripped the three. The Greek struggled to hold back a shout. Herod's gaze flitted quickly from one to the other; he felt more suspicious and dissatisfied than ever.
“You are mocking me,” he said. “If not, tell me more. What is to follow the coming of the new king?”
“You're teasing me,” he said. “If you’re not, tell me more. What happens after the new king arrives?”
“The salvation of men.”
"Saving humanity."
“From what?”
"From what?"
“Their wickedness.”
"Their wrongdoing."
“How?”
“How?”
“By the divine agencies—Faith, Love, and Good Works.”
“Through the divine forces—Faith, Love, and Good Deeds.”
“Then”—Herod paused, and from his look no man could have said with what feeling he continued—“you are the heralds of the Christ. Is that all?”
“Then”—Herod paused, and from his look no one could tell what he felt as he continued—“you are the messengers of the Christ. Is that all?”
Balthasar bowed low.
Balthasar bowed deeply.
“We are your servants, O king.”
“We are your servants, oh king.”
The monarch touched a bell, and the attendant appeared.
The king rang a bell, and the servant showed up.
“Bring the gifts,” the master said.
“Bring the gifts,” the master said.
The attendant went out, but in a little while returned, and, kneeling before the guests, gave to each one an outer robe or mantle of scarlet and blue, and a girdle of gold. They acknowledged the honors with Eastern prostrations.
The attendant left but soon returned, kneeling before the guests and handing each of them a scarlet and blue outer robe or mantle, along with a gold belt. They acknowledged the honors with deep bows.
“A word further,” said Herod, when the ceremony was ended. “To the officer of the gate, and but now to me, you spoke of seeing a star in the east.”
“A word more,” said Herod, after the ceremony was over. “You mentioned to the officer at the gate, and just now to me, that you saw a star in the east.”
“Yes,” said Balthasar, “his star, the star of the newly born.”
“Yes,” said Balthasar, “his star, the star of the newborn.”
“What time did it appear?”
“When did it show up?”
“When we were bidden come hither.”
“When we were invited to come here.”
Herod arose, signifying the audience was over. Stepping from the throne towards them, he said, with all graciousness,
Herod stood up, indicating that the audience was over. As he stepped down from the throne towards them, he said, with all kindness,
“If, as I believe, O illustrious men, you are indeed the heralds of the Christ just born, know that I have this night consulted those wisest in things Jewish, and they say with one voice he should be born in Bethlehem of Judea. I say to you, go thither; go and search diligently for the young child; and when you have found him bring me word again, that I may come and worship him. To your going there shall be no let or hindrance. Peace be with you!”
“If, as I believe, you great men are truly the messengers of the newborn Christ, know that tonight I consulted the wisest in Jewish matters, and they all agree that he should be born in Bethlehem of Judea. I urge you to go there; search thoroughly for the young child; and once you find him, let me know, so that I may come and worship him. You will face no obstacles on your journey. Peace be with you!”
And, folding his robe about him, he left the chamber.
And, wrapping his robe around him, he left the room.
Directly the guide came, and led them back to the street, and thence to the khan, at the portal of which the Greek said, impulsively, “Let us to Bethlehem, O brethren, as the king has advised.”
As soon as the guide arrived, he led them back to the street and then to the inn, where the Greek said excitedly, “Let’s go to Bethlehem, brothers, as the king suggested.”
“Yes,” cried the Hindoo. “The Spirit burns within me.”
“Yes,” shouted the Hindu. “The Spirit burns inside me.”
“Be it so,” said Balthasar, with equal warmth. “The camels are ready.”
“Okay,” said Balthasar, just as warmly. “The camels are ready.”
They gave gifts to the steward, mounted into their saddles, received directions to the Joppa Gate, and departed. At their approach the great valves were unbarred, and they passed out into the open country, taking the road so lately travelled by Joseph and Mary. As they came up out of Hinnom, on the plain of Rephaim, a light appeared, at first wide-spread and faint. Their pulses fluttered fast. The light intensified rapidly; they closed their eyes against its burning brilliance: when they dared look again, lo! the star, perfect as any in the heavens, but low down and moving slowly before them. And they folded their hands, and shouted, and rejoiced with exceeding great joy.
They gave gifts to the steward, got on their horses, received directions to the Joppa Gate, and set off. As they approached, the large gates were unlocked, and they went out into the open countryside, taking the road recently traveled by Joseph and Mary. As they came up out of Hinnom, on the plain of Rephaim, a light appeared, initially broad and faint. Their hearts raced. The light quickly grew brighter; they shut their eyes against its intense brightness. When they dared to look again, there was the star, perfect like any in the sky, but low and moving slowly in front of them. They clasped their hands and shouted, filled with overwhelming joy.
“God is with us! God is with us!” they repeated, in frequent cheer, all the way, until the star, rising out of the valley beyond Mar Elias, stood still over a house up on the slope of the hill near the town.
“God is with us! God is with us!” they kept saying, full of joy, all the way, until the star, rising from the valley beyond Mar Elias, stopped over a house on the slope of the hill near the town.
CHAPTER XIV
It was now the beginning of the third watch, and at Bethlehem the morning was breaking over the mountains in the east, but so feebly that it was yet night in the valley. The watchman on the roof of the old khan, shivering in the chilly air, was listening for the first distinguishable sounds with which life, awakening, greets the dawn, when a light came moving up the hill towards the house. He thought it a torch in some one’s hand; next moment he thought it a meteor; the brilliance grew, however, until it became a star. Sore afraid, he cried out, and brought everybody within the walls to the roof. The phenomenon, in eccentric motion, continued to approach; the rocks, trees, and roadway under it shone as in a glare of lightning; directly its brightness became blinding. The more timid of the beholders fell upon their knees, and prayed, with their faces hidden; the boldest, covering their eyes, crouched, and now and then snatched glances fearfully. Afterwhile the khan and everything thereabout lay under the intolerable radiance. Such as dared look beheld the star standing still directly over the house in front of the cave where the Child had been born.
It was now the start of the third watch, and at Bethlehem, the morning was rising over the mountains in the east, but it was still weak enough that it felt like night in the valley. The watchman on the roof of the old inn, shivering in the chilly air, was listening for the first distinct sounds that life, waking up, brings with dawn, when a light began moving up the hill towards the house. At first, he thought it was a torch in someone’s hand; the next moment, he considered it a meteor. However, the brightness grew until it became a star. Terrified, he cried out and called everyone inside the walls to the roof. The strange light, moving erratically, continued to approach; the rocks, trees, and road beneath it shone as if lit by lightning; soon, its brightness became blinding. The more fearful onlookers fell to their knees, praying with their faces hidden; the bravest covered their eyes and crouched down, occasionally stealing frightened glances. After a while, the inn and everything around it was bathed in the unbearable light. Those who dared to look saw the star hovering directly above the house in front of the cave where the Child had been born.
In the height of this scene, the wise men came up, and at the gate dismounted from their camels, and shouted for admission. When the steward so far mastered his terror as to give them heed, he drew the bars and opened to them. The camels looked spectral in the unnatural light, and, besides their outlandishness, there were in the faces and manner of the three visitors an eagerness and exaltation which still further excited the keeper’s fears and fancy; he fell back, and for a time could not answer the question they put to him.
At the peak of this moment, the wise men arrived, got off their camels at the gate, and called out for entry. When the steward managed to overcome his fear enough to pay attention to them, he pulled back the bars and let them in. The camels appeared ghostly in the strange light, and in addition to their unusual looks, the faces and demeanor of the three visitors showed an eagerness and excitement that heightened the keeper’s anxiety and imagination; he stepped back and for a moment couldn’t respond to their question.
“Is not this Bethlehem of Judea?”
"Isn't this Bethlehem in Judea?"
But others came, and by their presence gave him assurance.
But others arrived, and their presence gave him reassurance.
“No, this is but the khan; the town lies farther on.”
“No, this is just the khan; the town is further ahead.”
“Is there not here a child newly born?”
“Is there not a newborn baby here?”
The bystanders turned to each other marvelling, though some of them answered, “Yes, yes.”
The onlookers exchanged glances in amazement, though some of them responded, “Yes, yes.”
“Show us to him!” said the Greek, impatiently.
"Take us to him!" the Greek said, impatiently.
“Show us to him!” cried Balthasar, breaking through his gravity; “for we have seen his star, even that which ye behold over the house, and are come to worship him.”
“Show us where he is!” shouted Balthasar, losing his seriousness; “for we have seen his star, the same one you see over the house, and we have come to worship him.”
The Hindoo clasped his hands, exclaiming, “God indeed lives! Make haste, make haste! The Savior is found. Blessed, blessed are we above men!”
The Hindu clasped his hands, exclaiming, “God truly lives! Hurry, hurry! The Savior has been found. Blessed, blessed are we above all others!”
The people from the roof came down and followed the strangers as they were taken through the court and out into the enclosure; at sight of the star yet above the cave, though less candescent than before, some turned back afraid; the greater part went on. As the strangers neared the house, the orb arose; when they were at the door, it was high up overhead vanishing; when they entered, it went out lost to sight. And to the witnesses of what then took place came a conviction that there was a divine relation between the star and the strangers, which extended also to at least some of the occupants of the cave. When the door was opened, they crowded in.
The people from the roof came down and followed the strangers as they were led through the courtyard and out into the open area; at the sight of the star still visible above the cave, although not as bright as before, some turned back in fear; most continued on. As the strangers approached the house, the orb rose higher; when they reached the door, it was high overhead and disappearing; when they entered, it went out of sight. Those who witnessed what happened next felt a strong sense that there was a divine connection between the star and the strangers, which also involved at least some of the people in the cave. When the door was opened, they rushed in.
The apartment was lighted by a lantern enough to enable the strangers to find the mother, and the child awake in her lap.
The apartment was lit by a lantern just enough for the strangers to find the mother and the child awake in her lap.
“Is the child thine?” asked Balthasar of Mary.
“Is the child yours?” asked Balthasar of Mary.
And she who had kept all the things in the least affecting the little one, and pondered them in her heart, held it up in the light, saying,
And she who had kept everything that concerned the little one close to her heart and thought about them, held it up in the light, saying,
“He is my son!”
“He's my son!”
And they fell down and worshipped him.
And they fell down and worshipped him.
They saw the child was as other children: about its head was neither nimbus nor material crown; its lips opened not in speech; if it heard their expressions of joy, their invocations, their prayers, it made no sign whatever, but, baby-like, looked longer at the flame in the lantern than at them.
They saw that the child was like other children: it had no halo or physical crown around its head; its lips didn’t move to speak; if it heard their joyful expressions, their calls, their prayers, it showed no response whatsoever but, like a baby, stared longer at the flame in the lantern than at them.
In a little while they arose, and, returning to the camels, brought gifts of gold, frankincense, and myrrh, and laid them before the child, abating nothing of their worshipful speeches; of which no part is given, for the thoughtful know that the pure worship of the pure heart was then what it is now, and has always been, an inspired song.
In a little while, they got up and went back to the camels, bringing gifts of gold, frankincense, and myrrh, and placed them before the child, not holding back any of their worshipful words; none of which are provided, because those who reflect understand that the genuine worship of a pure heart was then what it is now, and has always been, an inspired song.
And this was the Savior they had come so far to find!
And this was the Savior they had traveled so far to find!
Yet they worshipped without a doubt.
Yet they worshipped without doubt.
Why?
Why?
Their faith rested upon the signs sent them by him whom we have since come to know as the Father; and they were of the kind to whom his promises were so all-sufficient that they asked nothing about his ways. Few there were who had seen the signs and heard the promises—the Mother and Joseph, the shepherds, and the Three—yet they all believed alike; that is to say, in this period of the plan of salvation, God was all and the Child nothing. But look forward, O reader! A time will come when the signs will all proceed from the Son. Happy they who then believe in him!
Their faith was based on the signs sent by the one we now know as the Father; they were the kind of people whose trust in his promises was so strong that they didn't question his ways. There were only a few who had seen the signs and heard the promises—the Mother, Joseph, the shepherds, and the Three—yet they all shared the same belief; that is, in this phase of the salvation plan, God was everything and the Child was nothing. But look ahead, dear reader! A time will come when all signs will come from the Son. Blessed are those who believe in him then!
Let us wait that period.
Let's wait that period.
BOOK SECOND
“There is a fire
And motion of the soul which will not dwell
In its own narrow being, but aspire
Beyond the fitting medium of desire;
And, but once kindled, quenchless evermore,
Preys upon high adventure, nor can tire
Of aught but rest.”
Childe Harold.
“There is a fire
And movement of the soul that cannot stay
Within its own limited self, but reaches
Beyond the appropriate bounds of desire;
And once ignited, it is unquenchable forever,
Feeding on great adventures, and cannot grow tired
Of anything except rest.”
Childe Harold.
CHAPTER I
It is necessary now to carry the reader forward twenty-one years, to the beginning of the administration of Valerius Gratus, the fourth imperial governor of Judea—a period which will be remembered as rent by political agitations in Jerusalem, if, indeed, it be not the precise time of the opening of the final quarrel between the Jew and the Roman.
It’s time to move the reader ahead twenty-one years, to the start of Valerius Gratus's rule, the fourth imperial governor of Judea—a time that will be remembered for the political unrest in Jerusalem, if it’s not the exact moment when the final conflict between the Jews and the Romans began.
In the interval Judea had been subjected to changes affecting her in many ways, but in nothing so much as her political status. Herod the Great died within one year after the birth of the Child—died so miserably that the Christian world had reason to believe him overtaken by the Divine wrath. Like all great rulers who spend their lives in perfecting the power they create, he dreamed of transmitting his throne and crown—of being the founder of a dynasty. With that intent, he left a will dividing his territories between his three sons, Antipas, Philip, and Archelaus, of whom the last was appointed to succeed to the title. The testament was necessarily referred to Augustus, the emperor, who ratified all its provisions with one exception: he withheld from Archelaus the title of king until he proved his capacity and loyalty; in lieu thereof, he created him ethnarch, and as such permitted him to govern nine years, when, for misconduct and inability to stay the turbulent elements that grew and strengthened around him, he was sent into Gaul as an exile.
In the meantime, Judea had gone through significant changes that impacted her in many ways, especially regarding her political status. Herod the Great died just a year after the birth of the Child—he died so wretchedly that the Christian world believed he was struck by divine judgment. Like many powerful leaders who work their whole lives to strengthen their rule, he hoped to pass on his throne and crown, aiming to establish a dynasty. To this end, he left a will that divided his lands among his three sons, Antipas, Philip, and Archelaus, with the last named as his successor. The will was submitted to Augustus, the emperor, who approved all its terms except one: he denied Archelaus the title of king until he could prove his ability and loyalty; instead, he made him ethnarch and allowed him to govern for nine years. However, due to his misconduct and his failure to control the growing turmoil around him, he was sent into exile in Gaul.
Cæsar was not content with deposing Archelaus; he struck the people of Jerusalem in a manner that touched their pride, and keenly wounded the sensibilities of the haughty habitues of the Temple. He reduced Judea to a Roman province, and annexed it to the prefecture of Syria. So, instead of a king ruling royally from the palace left by Herod on Mount Zion, the city fell into the hands of an officer of the second grade, an appointee called procurator, who communicated with the court in Rome through the Legate of Syria, residing in Antioch. To make the hurt more painful, the procurator was not permitted to establish himself in Jerusalem; Cæsarea was his seat of government. Most humiliating, however, most exasperating, most studied, Samaria, of all the world the most despised—Samaria was joined to Judea as a part of the same province! What ineffable misery the bigoted Separatists or Pharisees endured at finding themselves elbowed and laughed at in the procurator’s presence in Cæsarea by the devotees of Gerizim!
César wasn't satisfied with just deposing Archelaus; he insulted the people of Jerusalem in a way that hurt their pride and deeply offended the proud residents of the Temple. He converted Judea into a Roman province and connected it to the prefecture of Syria. So, instead of a king ruling grandly from the palace left by Herod on Mount Zion, the city came under the control of a lower-ranking officer called a procurator, who communicated with the court in Rome through the Legate of Syria, based in Antioch. To add to the pain, the procurator couldn't set up his official residence in Jerusalem; Cæsarea became his seat of government. Most humiliating, and most frustrating, was the fact that Samaria—the most despised place in the world—was merged with Judea as part of the same province! What indescribable misery the bigoted Separatists and Pharisees felt being pushed aside and mocked in the procurator’s presence in Cæsarea by the followers of Gerizim!
In this rain of sorrows, one consolation, and one only, remained to the fallen people: the high-priest occupied the Herodian palace in the market-place, and kept the semblance of a court there. What his authority really was is a matter of easy estimate. Judgment of life and death was retained by the procurator. Justice was administered in the name and according to the decretals of Rome. Yet more significant, the royal house was jointly occupied by the imperial exciseman, and all his corps of assistants, registrars, collectors, publicans, informers, and spies. Still, to the dreamers of liberty to come, there was a certain satisfaction in the fact that the chief ruler in the palace was a Jew. His mere presence there day after day kept them reminded of the covenants and promises of the prophets, and the ages when Jehovah governed the tribes through the sons of Aaron; it was to them a certain sign that he had not abandoned them: so their hopes lived, and served their patience, and helped them wait grimly the son of Judah who was to rule Israel.
In this downpour of sorrows, one consolation, and only one, remained for the fallen people: the high priest occupied the Herodian palace in the marketplace and maintained the appearance of a court there. What his authority truly was is easy to gauge. The power of life and death was held by the procurator. Justice was administered in the name and according to the decrees of Rome. Even more telling, the royal house was jointly occupied by the imperial tax collector and all his assistants, registrars, collectors, publicans, informers, and spies. Still, for those dreaming of freedom to come, there was a certain satisfaction in the fact that the chief ruler in the palace was a Jew. His mere presence there day after day reminded them of the covenants and promises of the prophets, and the times when Jehovah governed the tribes through the sons of Aaron; it was for them a sign that he had not abandoned them: thus their hopes lived on, sustaining their patience, and helping them grimly await the son of Judah who was to rule Israel.
Judea had been a Roman province eighty years and more—ample time for the Cæsars to study the idiosyncrasies of the people—time enough, at least, to learn that the Jew, with all his pride, could be quietly governed if his religion were respected. Proceeding upon that policy, the predecessors of Gratus had carefully abstained from interfering with any of the sacred observances of their subjects. But he chose a different course: almost his first official act was to expel Hannas from the high-priesthood, and give the place to Ishmael, son of Fabus.
Judea had been a Roman province for over eighty years—a long enough period for the Cæsars to understand the quirks of the people—certainly enough time to realize that the Jew, despite his pride, could be governed peacefully if his religion was respected. Following that strategy, Gratus's predecessors had carefully avoided interfering with any of the sacred practices of their subjects. But he took a different approach: his very first official act was to remove Hannas from the high-priesthood and appoint Ishmael, son of Fabus, instead.
Whether the act was directed by Augustus, or proceeded from Gratus himself, its impolicy became speedily apparent. The reader shall be spared a chapter on Jewish politics; a few words upon the subject, however, are essential to such as may follow the succeeding narration critically. At this time, leaving origin out of view, there were in Judea the party of the nobles and the Separatist or popular party. Upon Herod’s death, the two united against Archelaus; from temple to palace, from Jerusalem to Rome, they fought him; sometimes with intrigue, sometimes with the actual weapons of war. More than once the holy cloisters on Moriah resounded with the cries of fighting-men. Finally, they drove him into exile. Meantime throughout this struggle the allies had their diverse objects in view. The nobles hated Joazar, the high-priest; the Separatists, on the other hand, were his zealous adherents. When Herod’s settlement went down with Archelaus, Joazar shared the fall. Hannas, the son of Seth, was selected by the nobles to fill the great office; thereupon the allies divided. The induction of the Sethian brought them face to face in fierce hostility.
Whether Augustus directed the act, or it came from Gratus himself, its foolishness became clear quickly. The reader will be spared a chapter on Jewish politics; however, a few words on the subject are necessary for those who may want to follow the upcoming story closely. At this time, ignoring its origins, there were two groups in Judea: the nobility and the Separatist or popular party. After Herod’s death, the two united against Archelaus; from the temple to the palace, from Jerusalem to Rome, they fought him—sometimes through intrigue, other times with actual weapons. More than once, the sacred precincts on Moriah echoed with the shouts of fighting men. In the end, they forced him into exile. Meanwhile, throughout this conflict, the allies had different objectives. The nobles despised Joazar, the high priest, while the Separatists were his enthusiastic supporters. When Herod’s arrangement collapsed with Archelaus, Joazar went down with it. Hannas, the son of Seth, was chosen by the nobles to take the prominent position; after that, the allies split. The induction of the Sethian drove them into fierce opposition.
In the course of the struggle with the unfortunate ethnarch, the nobles had found it expedient to attach themselves to Rome. Discerning that when the existing settlement was broken up some form of government must needs follow, they suggested the conversion of Judea into a province. The fact furnished the Separatists an additional cause for attack; and, when Samaria was made part of the province, the nobles sank into a minority, with nothing to support them but the imperial court and the prestige of their rank and wealth; yet for fifteen years—down, indeed, to the coming of Valerius Gratus—they managed to maintain themselves in both palace and Temple.
During the struggle with the unfortunate leader, the nobles found it wise to align themselves with Rome. Recognizing that when the current arrangement collapsed, some form of government would need to be established, they proposed turning Judea into a province. This gave the Separatists another reason to attack; and when Samaria was included in the province, the nobles became a minority, relying only on the imperial court and their status and wealth for support. Still, for fifteen years—right up until the arrival of Valerius Gratus—they managed to hold their positions in both the palace and the Temple.
Hannas, the idol of his party, had used his power faithfully in the interest of his imperial patron. A Roman garrison held the Tower of Antonia; a Roman guard kept the gates of the palace; a Roman judge dispensed justice civil and criminal; a Roman system of taxation, mercilessly executed, crushed both city and country; daily, hourly, and in a thousand ways, the people were bruised and galled, and taught the difference between a life of independence and a life of subjection; yet Hannas kept them in comparative quiet. Rome had no truer friend; and he made his loss instantly felt. Delivering his vestments to Ishmael, the new appointee, he walked from the courts of the Temple into the councils of the Separatists, and became the head of a new combination, Bethusian and Sethian.
Hannas, the hero of his party, had used his power faithfully for the benefit of his imperial patron. A Roman garrison occupied the Tower of Antonia; a Roman guard manned the palace gates; a Roman judge handled both civil and criminal justice; a brutal Roman tax system crushed both the city and the countryside; day after day, in countless ways, the people were hurt and burdened, learning the difference between a life of freedom and one of oppression; yet Hannas managed to keep them relatively calm. Rome had no truer ally, and he made sure his absence was quickly felt. After handing over his garments to Ishmael, the newly appointed official, he walked from the Temple courts into the ranks of the Separatists and became the leader of a new alliance, Bethusian and Sethian.
Gratus, the procurator, left thus without a party, saw the fires which, in the fifteen years, had sunk into sodden smoke begin to glow with returning life. A month after Ishmael took the office, the Roman found it necessary to visit him in Jerusalem. When from the walls, hooting and hissing him, the Jews beheld his guard enter the north gate of the city and march to the Tower of Antonia, they understood the real purpose of the visit—a full cohort of legionaries was added to the former garrison, and the keys of their yoke could now be tightened with impunity. If the procurator deemed it important to make an example, alas for the first offender!
Gratus, the procurator, left without any followers and saw the fires that had turned to damp smoke over the past fifteen years begin to flicker back to life. A month after Ishmael took office, the Roman found it necessary to pay him a visit in Jerusalem. When the Jews saw his guard enter the north gate of the city and march to the Tower of Antonia, while hooting and hissing at him from the walls, they realized the true purpose of his visit—a full cohort of soldiers was added to the previous garrison, allowing them to tighten their control without hesitation. If the procurator felt it was important to make an example, woe to the first person to offend!
CHAPTER II
With the foregoing explanation in mind, the reader is invited to look into one of the gardens of the palace on Mount Zion. The time was noonday in the middle of July, when the heat of summer was at its highest.
With the previous explanation in mind, the reader is invited to explore one of the gardens of the palace on Mount Zion. It was noon in the middle of July, when the summer heat was at its peak.
The garden was bounded on every side by buildings, which in places arose two stories, with verandas shading the doors and windows of the lower story, while retreating galleries, guarded by strong balustrades, adorned and protected the upper. Here and there, moreover, the structures fell into what appeared low colonnades, permitting the passage of such winds as chanced to blow, and allowing other parts of the house to be seen, the better to realize its magnitude and beauty. The arrangement of the ground was equally pleasant to the eye. There were walks, and patches of grass and shrubbery, and a few large trees, rare specimens of the palm, grouped with the carob, apricot, and walnut. In all directions the grade sloped gently from the centre, where there was a reservoir, or deep marble basin, broken at intervals by little gates which, when raised, emptied the water into sluices bordering the walks—a cunning device for the rescue of the place from the aridity too prevalent elsewhere in the region.
The garden was surrounded on all sides by buildings, some of which rose two stories, with verandas shading the doors and windows of the lower level, while covered galleries, protected by sturdy railings, decorated and sheltered the upper level. Here and there, the buildings featured what looked like low colonnades, allowing breezes that happened to blow through and giving views of other parts of the house, enhancing its size and beauty. The layout of the grounds was also visually appealing. There were paths, patches of grass and shrubbery, and a few large trees, including rare palm species grouped with carob, apricot, and walnut trees. In every direction, the land sloped gently from the center, where there was a reservoir, or deep marble basin, interrupted at intervals by small gates that, when opened, released water into channels alongside the paths—a clever solution to prevent the area from suffering the dryness common in the region.
Not far from the fountain, there was a small pool of clear water nourishing a clump of cane and oleander, such as grow on the Jordan and down by the Dead Sea. Between the clump and the pool, unmindful of the sun shining full upon them in the breathless air, two boys, one about nineteen, the other seventeen, sat engaged in earnest conversation.
Not far from the fountain, there was a small pool of clear water feeding a cluster of reeds and oleander, similar to those found along the Jordan and near the Dead Sea. Between the cluster and the pool, oblivious to the sun blazing down on them in the still air, two boys, one around nineteen and the other seventeen, sat deep in conversation.
They were both handsome, and, at first glance, would have been pronounced brothers. Both had hair and eyes black; their faces were deeply browned; and, sitting, they seemed of a size proper for the difference in their ages.
They were both good-looking, and at first glance, they would be considered brothers. Both had black hair and eyes; their faces were deeply tanned; and sitting down, they appeared to have a size that matched their age difference.
The elder was bareheaded. A loose tunic, dropping to the knees, was his attire complete, except sandals and a light-blue mantle spread under him on the seat. The costume left his arms and legs exposed, and they were brown as the face; nevertheless, a certain grace of manner, refinement of features, and culture of voice decided his rank. The tunic, of softest woollen, gray-tinted, at the neck, sleeves, and edge of the skirt bordered with red, and bound to the waist by a tasselled silken cord, certified him the Roman he was. And if in speech he now and then gazed haughtily at his companion and addressed him as an inferior, he might almost be excused, for he was of a family noble even in Rome—a circumstance which in that age justified any assumption. In the terrible wars between the first Cæsar and his great enemies, a Messala had been the friend of Brutus. After Philippi, without sacrifice of his honor, he and the conqueror became reconciled. Yet later, when Octavius disputed for the empire, Messala supported him. Octavius, as the Emperor Augustus, remembered the service, and showered the family with honors. Among other things, Judea being reduced to a province, he sent the son of his old client or retainer to Jerusalem, charged with the receipt and management of the taxes levied in that region; and in that service the son had since remained, sharing the palace with the high-priest. The youth just described was his son, whose habit it was to carry about with him all too faithfully a remembrance of the relation between his grandfather and the great Romans of his day.
The elder was bareheaded. He wore a loose tunic that reached his knees, along with sandals and a light-blue mantle spread out on the seat beneath him. The outfit left his arms and legs bare, revealing skin that was as brown as his face; however, a certain grace in his demeanor, refined features, and sophisticated voice indicated his status. The tunic, made of soft grayish wool, was trimmed with red at the neck, sleeves, and hem, and was cinched at the waist with a tasselled silk cord, confirming his Roman heritage. And while he occasionally looked down on his companion and spoke to him as if he were inferior, this arrogance could almost be forgiven, as he came from a noble family even in Rome—a fact that in that era justified any airs he chose to put on. During the brutal wars between the first Caesar and his formidable foes, one of the Messalas had been a friend of Brutus. After Philippi, without compromising his honor, he reconciled with the conqueror. Later, when Octavius vied for control of the empire, Messala supported him. Octavius, now Emperor Augustus, remembered this loyalty and honored the family generously. Among other things, after Judea was made a province, he sent the son of his old ally to Jerusalem to manage the taxes imposed in that area; the son had been in that role ever since, sharing the palace with the high priest. The young man described was his son, who always carried with him a deep sense of the connection between his grandfather and the influential Romans of his time.
The associate of the Messala was slighter in form, and his garments were of fine white linen and of the prevalent style in Jerusalem; a cloth covered his head, held by a yellow cord, and arranged so as to fall away from the forehead down low over the back of the neck. An observer skilled in the distinctions of race, and studying his features more than his costume, would have soon discovered him to be of Jewish descent. The forehead of the Roman was high and narrow, his nose sharp and aquiline, while his lips were thin and straight, and his eyes cold and close under the brows. The front of the Israelite, on the other hand, was low and broad; his nose long, with expanded nostrils; his upper lip, slightly shading the lower one, short and curving to the dimpled corners, like a Cupid’s bow; points which, in connection with the round chin, full eyes, and oval cheeks reddened with a wine-like glow, gave his face the softness, strength, and beauty peculiar to his race. The comeliness of the Roman was severe and chaste, that of the Jew rich and voluptuous.
The associate of Messala was smaller in build, dressed in fine white linen typical of Jerusalem fashion; a cloth covered his head, secured by a yellow cord, and arranged to drape down from his forehead to the back of his neck. A keen observer of racial distinctions, focusing on his features rather than his clothing, would quickly identify him as being of Jewish descent. The Roman had a high, narrow forehead, a sharp, hooked nose, thin, straight lips, and cold, deep-set eyes. In contrast, the Israelite had a low, broad forehead, a long nose with flared nostrils, a short upper lip that slightly overhung the lower one, curving to dimpled corners like Cupid's bow; combined with his rounded chin, full eyes, and oval cheeks flushed with a wine-like glow, his face exuded the softness, strength, and beauty characteristic of his heritage. The Roman's attractiveness was strict and dignified, while the Jew's was rich and sensual.
“Did you not say the new procurator is to arrive to-morrow?”
“Did you not say the new prosecutor is arriving tomorrow?”
The question proceeded from the younger of the friends, and was couched in Greek, at the time, singularly enough, the language everywhere prevalent in the politer circles of Judea; having passed from the palace into the camp and college; thence, nobody knew exactly when or how, into the Temple itself, and, for that matter, into precincts of the Temple far beyond the gates and cloisters—precincts of a sanctity intolerable for a Gentile.
The question came from the younger of the friends and was asked in Greek, which, interestingly enough, was the language commonly spoken in the more refined circles of Judea at the time. It had moved from the palace to the camp and universities, and somehow, no one really knew when or how, it made its way into the Temple itself, and even into areas of the Temple far beyond the gates and cloisters—areas that were considered too sacred for a Gentile.
“Yes, to-morrow,” Messala answered.
“Yes, tomorrow,” Messala answered.
“Who told you?”
"Who said that?"
“I heard Ishmael, the new governor in the palace—you call him high priest—tell my father so last night. The news had been more credible, I grant you, coming from an Egyptian, who is of a race that has forgotten what truth is, or even from an Idumaean, whose people never knew what truth was; but, to make quite certain, I saw a centurion from the Tower this morning, and he told me preparations were going on for the reception; that the armorers were furbishing the helmets and shields, and regilding the eagles and globes; and that apartments long unused were being cleansed and aired as if for an addition to the garrison—the body-guard, probably, of the great man.”
“I heard Ishmael, the new governor at the palace—you call him high priest—tell my dad that last night. It would have sounded more believable coming from an Egyptian, a people who have forgotten what truth is, or even from an Idumaean, whose folks never really knew what truth was; but to be sure, I saw a centurion from the Tower this morning, and he told me they were getting ready for the reception; that the armorers were polishing the helmets and shields, and regilding the eagles and globes; and that rooms that hadn’t been used in a long time were being cleaned and aired out as if for an addition to the garrison—the bodyguard, probably, of the important man.”
A perfect idea of the manner in which the answer was given cannot be conveyed, as its fine points continually escape the power behind the pen. The reader’s fancy must come to his aid; and for that he must be reminded that reverence as a quality of the Roman mind was fast breaking down, or, rather, it was becoming unfashionable. The old religion had nearly ceased to be a faith; at most it was a mere habit of thought and expression, cherished principally by the priests who found service in the Temple profitable, and the poets who, in the turn of their verses, could not dispense with the familiar deities: there are singers of this age who are similarly given. As philosophy was taking the place of religion, satire was fast substituting reverence; insomuch that in Latin opinion it was to every speech, even to the little diatribes of conversation, as salt to viands, and aroma to wine. The young Messala, educated in Rome, but lately returned, had caught the habit and manner; the scarce perceptible movement of the outer corner of the lower eyelid, the decided curl of the corresponding nostril, and a languid utterance affected as the best vehicle to convey the idea of general indifference, but more particularly because of the opportunities it afforded for certain rhetorical pauses thought to be of prime importance to enable the listener to take the happy conceit or receive the virus of the stinging epigram. Such a stop occurred in the answer just given, at the end of the allusion to the Egyptian and Idumaean. The color in the Jewish lad’s cheeks deepened, and he may not have heard the rest of the speech, for he remained silent, looking absently into the depths of the pool.
A perfect sense of how the answer was given can't be captured, as its subtleties continually elude the writer's ability to express them. The reader's imagination must step in; and for that, it's important to remember that reverence as a quality of the Roman mind was quickly fading or, rather, becoming out of style. The old religion had almost stopped being a true faith; at best, it was just a habitual way of thinking and expressing things, mostly maintained by priests who found service in the Temple lucrative and by poets who couldn’t avoid the familiar deities in their verses. There are singers today who are similarly inclined. As philosophy began to replace religion, satire was rapidly taking the place of reverence, becoming as essential to speech, even to casual conversations, as salt is to food and aroma is to wine. The young Messala, educated in Rome but recently back, had adopted this manner and style; a barely noticeable twitch of the outer corner of his lower eyelid, a distinct curl of the corresponding nostril, and a relaxed tone that was affected as the best way to convey general indifference, but more importantly because it allowed for certain rhetorical pauses thought to be crucial for letting the listener appreciate the clever remark or catch the sting of the biting epigram. A pause like that happened in the answer just given, right after mentioning the Egyptian and Idumaean. The color in the Jewish boy’s cheeks deepened, and he might not have heard the rest of the speech, as he remained silent, staring blankly into the depths of the pool.
“Our farewell took place in this garden. ‘The peace of the Lord go with you!’—your last words. ‘The gods keep you!’ I said. Do you remember? How many years have passed since then?”
“Our goodbye happened in this garden. ‘May the peace of the Lord be with you!’—your last words. ‘May the gods protect you!’ I said. Do you remember? How many years have gone by since then?”
“Five,” answered the Jew, gazing into the water.
“Five,” answered the man, staring into the water.
“Well, you have reason to be thankful to—whom shall I say? The gods? No matter. You have grown handsome; the Greeks would call you beautiful—happy achievement of the years! If Jupiter would stay content with one Ganymede, what a cup-bearer you would make for the emperor! Tell me, my Judah, how the coming of the procurator is of such interest to you.”
“Well, you have every reason to be thankful to—who should I say? The gods? It doesn't matter. You've grown up handsome; the Greeks would call you beautiful—what a happy achievement over the years! If Jupiter were satisfied with just one Ganymede, what an amazing cup-bearer you would be for the emperor! Tell me, my Judah, why is the arrival of the procurator so interesting to you?”
Judah bent his large eyes upon the questioner; the gaze was grave and thoughtful, and caught the Roman’s, and held it while he replied, “Yes, five years. I remember the parting; you went to Rome; I saw you start, and cried, for I love you. The years are gone, and you have come back to me accomplished and princely—I do not jest; and yet—yet—I do wish you were the Messala you went away.”
Judah fixed his intense gaze on the person asking the question; his expression was serious and contemplative, locking eyes with the Roman as he answered, “Yes, five years. I remember the goodbye; you went to Rome; I saw you leave and cried because I love you. Those years have passed, and you’ve returned to me accomplished and royal—I’m not joking; and yet—still—I wish you were the Messala you were when you left.”
The fine nostril of the satirist stirred, and he put on a longer drawl as he said, “No, no; not a Ganymede—an oracle, my Judah. A few lessons from my teacher of rhetoric hard by the Forum—I will give you a letter to him when you become wise enough to accept a suggestion which I am reminded to make you—a little practise of the art of mystery, and Delphi will receive you as Apollo himself. At the sound of your solemn voice, the Pythia will come down to you with her crown. Seriously, O my friend, in what am I not the Messala I went away? I once heard the greatest logician in the world. His subject was Disputation. One saying I remember—‘Understand your antagonist before you answer him.’ Let me understand you.”
The satirist’s keen senses activated, and he adopted a longer drawl as he said, “No, no; not a Ganymede—an oracle, my Judah. A few lessons from my rhetoric teacher near the Forum—I’ll give you a letter to him when you're wise enough to take my suggestion—a little practice in the art of mystery, and Delphi will welcome you like Apollo himself. When you speak with that serious tone, the Pythia will come down to you with her crown. Seriously, my friend, what haven’t I become since I left? I once heard the greatest logician in the world. His topic was Disputation. One thing I remember—‘Understand your opponent before you respond to him.’ Let me understand you.”
The lad reddened under the cynical look to which he was subjected; yet he replied, firmly, “You have availed yourself, I see, of your opportunities; from your teachers you have brought away much knowledge and many graces. You talk with the ease of a master, yet your speech carries a sting. My Messala, when he went away, had no poison in his nature; not for the world would he have hurt the feelings of a friend.”
The guy blushed under the cynical gaze he received; still, he answered firmly, “I see you've taken full advantage of your opportunities; from your teachers, you've gained a lot of knowledge and skills. You speak with the confidence of an expert, but your words have a bite. My Messala, when he left, didn’t have an unkind bone in his body; he would never intentionally hurt a friend’s feelings.”
The Roman smiled as if complimented, and raised his patrician head a toss higher.
The Roman smiled like he had just received a compliment and lifted his noble head a bit higher.
“O my solemn Judah, we are not at Dodona or Pytho. Drop the oracular, and be plain. Wherein have I hurt you?”
“O my serious Judah, we are not at Dodona or Pytho. Stop with the riddles and be straightforward. How have I offended you?”
The other drew a long breath, and said, pulling at the cord about his waist, “In the five years, I, too, have learned somewhat. Hillel may not be the equal of the logician you heard, and Simeon and Shammai are, no doubt, inferior to your master hard by the Forum. Their learning goes not out into forbidden paths; those who sit at their feet arise enriched simply with knowledge of God, the law, and Israel; and the effect is love and reverence for everything that pertains to them. Attendance at the Great College, and study of what I heard there, have taught me that Judea is not as she used to be. I know the space that lies between an independent kingdom and the petty province Judea is. I were meaner, viler, than a Samaritan not to resent the degradation of my country. Ishmael is not lawfully high-priest, and he cannot be while the noble Hannas lives; yet he is a Levite; one of the devoted who for thousands of years have acceptably served the Lord God of our faith and worship. His—”
The other took a deep breath and said, tugging at the cord around his waist, “In the five years, I’ve learned a bit as well. Hillel may not match the logician you heard about, and Simeon and Shammai are probably not as good as your master near the Forum. Their teachings don't lead down forbidden paths; those who learn from them leave with a deeper understanding of God, the law, and Israel, which fosters love and respect for everything related to them. My time at the Great College and what I’ve learned there have shown me that Judea isn’t what it once was. I understand the difference between an independent kingdom and the small province that Judea has become. I would be lesser, more contemptible than a Samaritan if I didn’t feel anger about my country’s decline. Ishmael isn’t the rightful high priest, and he can’t be while the noble Hannas is alive; still, he is a Levite, one of those who have faithfully served the Lord God of our faith and worship for thousands of years. His—”
Messala broke in upon him with a biting laugh.
Messala interrupted him with a sharp laugh.
“Oh, I understand you now. Ishmael, you say, is a usurper, yet to believe an Idumaean sooner than Ishmael is to sting like an adder. By the drunken son of Semele, what it is to be a Jew! All men and things, even heaven and earth, change; but a Jew never. To him there is no backward, no forward; he is what his ancestor was in the beginning. In this sand I draw you a circle—there! Now tell me what more a Jew’s life is? Round and round, Abraham here, Isaac and Jacob yonder, God in the middle. And the circle—by the master of all thunders! the circle is too large. I draw it again—” He stopped, put his thumb upon the ground, and swept the fingers about it. “See, the thumb spot is the Temple, the finger-lines Judea. Outside the little space is there nothing of value? The arts! Herod was a builder; therefore he is accursed. Painting, sculpture! to look upon them is sin. Poetry you make fast to your altars. Except in the synagogue, who of you attempts eloquence? In war all you conquer in the six days you lose on the seventh. Such your life and limit; who shall say no if I laugh at you? Satisfied with the worship of such a people, what is your God to our Roman Jove, who lends us his eagles that we may compass the universe with our arms? Hillel, Simeon, Shammai, Abtalion—what are they to the masters who teach that everything is worth knowing that can be known?”
“Oh, I get you now. You say Ishmael is a usurper, but believing an Idumaean over Ishmael is like hurting yourself. By the drunk son of Semele, what it means to be a Jew! Everything and everyone, even heaven and earth, changes; but a Jew never does. To him, there’s no past, no future; he is exactly what his ancestor was from the start. In this sand, I draw you a circle—there! Now tell me, what more is a Jew’s life? Round and round, Abraham here, Isaac and Jacob over there, God in the center. And the circle—by the master of all thunders! the circle is too big. I draw it again—” He paused, placed his thumb on the ground, and swept his fingers around it. “Look, the thumb spot is the Temple, the finger lines represent Judea. Outside this little space, is there anything of value? The arts! Herod was a builder; therefore, he is cursed. Painting, sculpture! Just looking at them is a sin. You hold poetry close to your altars. Except in the synagogue, who of you tries to be eloquent? In war, everything you conquer in six days, you lose on the seventh. Such is your life and your limits; who can say otherwise if I laugh at you? Happy with the worship of such a people, what is your God compared to our Roman Jove, who grants us his eagles so we can take on the universe? Hillel, Simeon, Shammai, Abtalion—what are they compared to the masters who teach that everything worth knowing should be known?”
The Jew arose, his face much flushed.
The Jew got up, his face very red.
“No, no; keep your place, my Judah, keep your place,” Messala cried, extending his hand.
“No, no; stay where you are, my Judah, stay where you are,” Messala shouted, reaching out his hand.
“You mock me.”
"You’re mocking me."
“Listen a little further. Directly”—the Roman smiled derisively—“directly Jupiter and his whole family, Greek and Latin, will come to me, as is their habit, and make an end of serious speech. I am mindful of your goodness in walking from the old house of your fathers to welcome me back and renew the love of our childhood—if we can. ‘Go,’ said my teacher, in his last lecture—‘Go, and, to make your lives great, remember Mars reigns and Eros has found his eyes.’ He meant love is nothing, war everything. It is so in Rome. Marriage is the first step to divorce. Virtue is a tradesman’s jewel. Cleopatra, dying, bequeathed her arts, and is avenged; she has a successor in every Roman’s house. The world is going the same way; so, as to our future, down Eros, up Mars! I am to be a soldier; and you, O my Judah, I pity you; what can you be?”
“Listen a little more. Directly”—the Roman smirked, mocking—“Jupiter and his whole family, Greek and Latin, will come to me, as they often do, and put an end to serious talk. I appreciate you coming all the way from your family’s old home to welcome me back and try to rekindle the love of our childhood—if that’s even possible. ‘Go,’ my teacher said in his last lecture—‘Go, and to make your lives meaningful, remember Mars rules and Eros has opened his eyes.’ He meant love is worthless, and war is everything. That’s how it is in Rome. Marriage is just the first step to divorce. Virtue is a trinket for traders. Cleopatra, in her final moments, passed on her skills and is avenged; she has a successor in every Roman household. The world is heading in the same direction; so, regarding our future, down with Eros, up with Mars! I am to be a soldier; and you, oh my Judah, I feel sorry for you; what can you become?”
The Jew moved nearer the pool; Messala’s drawl deepened.
The Jew stepped closer to the pool; Messala's voice became more drawn out.
“Yes, I pity you, my fine Judah. From the college to the synagogue; then to the Temple; then—oh, a crowning glory!—the seat in the Sanhedrim. A life without opportunities; the gods help you! But I—”
“Yes, I feel sorry for you, my dear Judah. From college to the synagogue; then to the Temple; then—oh, what a great achievement!—a seat in the Sanhedrim. A life without opportunities; may the gods help you! But I—”
Judah looked at him in time to see the flush of pride that kindled in his haughty face as he went on.
Judah caught a glimpse of the pride that lit up his arrogant face as he continued speaking.
“But I—ah, the world is not all conquered. The sea has islands unseen. In the north there are nations yet unvisited. The glory of completing Alexander’s march to the Far East remains to some one. See what possibilities lie before a Roman.”
“But I—ah, the world isn’t fully explored. The sea has hidden islands. In the north, there are nations still untouched. The honor of finishing Alexander’s journey to the Far East is still up for grabs. Just look at the possibilities waiting for a Roman.”
Next instant he resumed his drawl.
Next moment he went back to his drawl.
“A campaign into Africa; another after the Scythian; then—a legion! Most careers end there; but not mine. I—by Jupiter! what a conception!—I will give up my legion for a prefecture. Think of life in Rome with money—money, wine, women, games—poets at the banquet, intrigues in the court, dice all the year round. Such a rounding of life may be—a fat prefecture, and it is mine. O my Judah, here is Syria! Judea is rich; Antioch a capital for the gods. I will succeed Cyrenius, and you—shall share my fortune.”
“A campaign in Africa; another after the Scythians; then—a legion! Most careers end there; but not mine. I—by Jupiter! what an idea!—I will trade my legion for a prefecture. Imagine life in Rome with money—money, wine, women, games—poets at the feast, intrigue at court, dice all year round. Such an enriching life could be—a comfortable prefecture, and it will be mine. Oh my Judah, here is Syria! Judea is wealthy; Antioch a capital fit for the gods. I will take over from Cyrenius, and you—will share in my fortune.”
The sophists and rhetoricians who thronged the public resorts of Rome, almost monopolizing the business of teaching her patrician youth, might have approved these sayings of Messala, for they were all in the popular vein; to the young Jew, however, they were new, and unlike the solemn style of discourse and conversation to which he was accustomed. He belonged, moreover, to a race whose laws, modes, and habits of thought forbade satire and humor; very naturally, therefore, he listened to his friend with varying feelings; one moment indignant, then uncertain how to take him. The superior airs assumed had been offensive to him in the beginning; soon they became irritating, and at last an acute smart. Anger lies close by this point in all of us; and that the satirist evoked in another way. To the Jew of the Herodian period patriotism was a savage passion scarcely hidden under his common humor, and so related to his history, religion, and God that it responded instantly to derision of them. Wherefore it is not speaking too strongly to say that Messala’s progress down to the last pause was exquisite torture to his hearer; at that point the latter said, with a forced smile,
The sophists and rhetoricians who crowded the public spaces of Rome, nearly taking over the teaching business for the city’s elite youth, might have appreciated Messala's words, as they were quite in line with popular sentiment. However, for the young Jew, these sayings were fresh and very different from the serious style of speech and conversation he was used to. Additionally, he belonged to a culture whose laws, customs, and ways of thinking discouraged satire and humor; naturally, he listened to his friend with mixed emotions—sometimes feeling angry, and other times unsure of how to interpret him. The pretentious attitude he adopted was offensive at first; soon, it became annoying, and ultimately, it caused him sharp pain. Anger is always lurking close to the surface in all of us, and the satirist triggered that in a different way. For the Jew during Herod's time, patriotism was an intense passion barely concealed beneath his everyday humor, deeply connected to his history, religion, and God, and it reacted immediately to mockery of them. Therefore, it's not an exaggeration to say that Messala's speech right up to that last pause was exquisite torture for his listener; at that point, the latter forced a smile and said,
“There are a few, I have heard, who can afford to make a jest of their future; you convince me, O my Messala, that I am not one of them.”
“There are a few, I’ve heard, who can joke about their future; you make me realize, O my Messala, that I’m not one of them.”
The Roman studied him; then replied, “Why not the truth in a jest as well as a parable? The great Fulvia went fishing the other day; she caught more than all the company besides. They said it was because the barb of her hook was covered with gold.”
The Roman looked him over and said, “Why can't the truth come out in a joke as well as in a story? The great Fulvia went fishing the other day; she caught more than everyone else combined. They said it was because the hook on her line was made of gold.”
“Then you were not merely jesting?”
“Then you weren't serious?”
“My Judah, I see I did not offer you enough,” the Roman answered, quickly, his eyes sparkling. “When I am prefect, with Judea to enrich me, I—will make you high-priest.”
“My Judah, I see I didn’t give you enough,” the Roman replied quickly, his eyes shining. “When I become prefect and Judea makes me wealthy, I—will make you high priest.”
The Jew turned off angrily.
The person turned off angrily.
“Do not leave me,” said Messala.
"Don't leave me," Messala said.
The other stopped irresolute.
The other stopped uncertainly.
“Gods, Judah, how hot the sun shines!” cried the patrician, observing his perplexity. “Let us seek a shade.”
“Wow, Judah, the sun is blazing!” exclaimed the patrician, noticing his confusion. “Let’s find some shade.”
Judah answered, coldly,
Judah replied, coldly,
“We had better part. I wish I had not come. I sought a friend and find a—”
“We should probably say goodbye. I wish I hadn’t come. I was looking for a friend and ended up finding a—”
“Roman,” said Messala, quickly.
"Roman," Messala said quickly.
The hands of the Jew clenched, but controlling himself again, he started off. Messala arose, and, taking the mantle from the bench, flung it over his shoulder, and followed after; when he gained his side, he put his hand upon his shoulder and walked with him.
The Jew's hands clenched, but he steadied himself and started to leave. Messala got up, grabbed the cloak from the bench, threw it over his shoulder, and followed him. When he reached his side, he placed a hand on his shoulder and walked alongside him.
“This is the way—my hand thus—we used to walk when we were children. Let us keep it as far as the gate.”
“This is how we used to walk when we were kids—my hand like this. Let’s keep it all the way to the gate.”
Apparently Messala was trying to be serious and kind, though he could not rid his countenance of the habitual satirical expression. Judah permitted the familiarity.
Apparently, Messala was trying to be genuine and kind, but he couldn’t shake off his usual sarcastic expression. Judah accepted the familiarity.
“You are a boy; I am a man; let me talk like one.”
“You're a boy; I'm a man; let me speak like one.”
The complacency of the Roman was superb. Mentor lecturing the young Telemachus could not have been more at ease.
The Roman's complacency was remarkable. Mentor lecturing the young Telemachus couldn’t have been more relaxed.
“Do you believe in the Parcae? Ah, I forgot, you are a Sadducee: the Essenes are your sensible people; they believe in the sisters. So do I. How everlastingly the three are in the way of our doing what we please! I sit down scheming. I run paths here and there. Perpol! Just when I am reaching to take the world in hand, I hear behind me the grinding of scissors. I look, and there she is, the accursed Atropos! But, my Judah, why did you get mad when I spoke of succeeding old Cyrenius? You thought I meant to enrich myself plundering your Judea. Suppose so; it is what some Roman will do. Why not I?”
“Do you believe in the Fates? Oh right, I forgot, you’re a Sadducee: the Essenes are your rational crowd; they believe in the sisters. So do I. The three of them are always getting in the way of us doing what we want! I sit down making plans. I’m mapping out paths here and there. Seriously! Just when I’m about to take hold of the world, I hear the snipping of scissors behind me. I turn around, and there she is, that cursed Atropos! But, my Judah, why did you get upset when I mentioned succeeding old Cyrenius? You thought I meant to get rich by plundering your Judea. Maybe that’s what some Roman will do. Why can’t I?”
Judah shortened his step.
Judah took smaller steps.
“There have been strangers in mastery of Judea before the Roman,” he said, with lifted hand. “Where are they, Messala? She has outlived them all. What has been will be again.”
“There have been outsiders in control of Judea before the Romans,” he said, raising his hand. “Where are they, Messala? She has outlasted them all. What has happened will happen again.”
Messala put on his drawl.
Messala used his drawl.
“The Parcae have believers outside the Essenes. Welcome, Judah, welcome to the faith!”
“The Fates have followers beyond the Essenes. Welcome, Judah, welcome to the faith!”
“No, Messala, count me not with them. My faith rests on the rock which was the foundation of the faith of my fathers back further than Abraham; on the covenants of the Lord God of Israel.”
“No, Messala, don't include me with them. My belief is built on the rock that was the foundation of my ancestors' faith going back further than Abraham; on the promises of the Lord God of Israel.”
“Too much passion, my Judah. How my master would have been shocked had I been guilty of so much heat in his presence! There were other things I had to tell you, but I fear to now.”
“Too much passion, my Judah. How shocked my master would have been if I had shown so much intensity in front of him! There were other things I wanted to tell you, but now I’m afraid to.”
When they had gone a few yards, the Roman spoke again.
When they had walked a few yards, the Roman spoke again.
“I think you can hear me now, especially as what I have to say concerns yourself. I would serve you, O handsome as Ganymede; I would serve you with real good-will. I love you—all I can. I told you I meant to be a soldier. Why not you also? Why not you step out of the narrow circle which, as I have shown, is all of noble life your laws and customs allow?”
“I think you can hear me now, especially since what I have to say is about you. I would serve you, O beautiful like Ganymede; I would serve you with genuine willingness. I love you—all that I can. I told you I wanted to be a soldier. Why not you too? Why not step out of the limited circle that, as I've shown, is all that noble life allows according to your laws and customs?”
Judah made no reply.
Judah didn’t respond.
“Who are the wise men of our day?” Messala continued. “Not they who exhaust their years quarrelling about dead things; about Baals, Joves, and Jehovahs; about philosophies and religions. Give me one great name, O Judah; I care not where you go to find it—to Rome, Egypt, the East, or here in Jerusalem—Pluto take me if it belong not to a man who wrought his fame out of the material furnished him by the present; holding nothing sacred that did not contribute to the end, scorning nothing that did! How was it with Herod? How with the Maccabees? How with the first and second Cæsars? Imitate them. Begin now. At hand see—Rome, as ready to help you as she was the Idumaean Antipater.”
“Who are the wise people of our time?” Messala continued. “Not those who waste their lives arguing about things that are long gone; about Baals, Joves, and Jehovahs; about philosophies and religions. Give me one great name, O Judah; I don’t care where you find it—whether it’s in Rome, Egypt, the East, or right here in Jerusalem—Pluto take me if it doesn’t belong to someone who built his reputation using what the present offers; valuing nothing that didn’t help achieve that goal, dismissing nothing that did! What about Herod? What about the Maccabees? What about the first and second Caesars? Be like them. Start now. Look—Rome is just as ready to help you as she was the Idumaean Antipater.”
The Jewish lad trembled with rage; and, as the garden gate was close by, he quickened his steps, eager to escape.
The Jewish boy shook with anger; and, since the garden gate was nearby, he quickened his pace, eager to get away.
“O Rome, Rome!” he muttered.
"O Rome, Rome!" he murmured.
“Be wise,” continued Messala. “Give up the follies of Moses and the traditions; see the situation as it is. Dare look the Parcae in the face, and they will tell you, Rome is the world. Ask them of Judea, and they will answer, She is what Rome wills.”
“Be smart,” Messala went on. “Let go of the foolishness of Moses and the traditions; see the situation for what it really is. Have the courage to face the Fates, and they will tell you that Rome is everything. Ask them about Judea, and they will say, She is whatever Rome decides.”
They were now at the gate. Judah stopped, and took the hand gently from his shoulder, and confronted Messala, tears trembling in his eyes.
They were now at the gate. Judah stopped, gently removed the hand from his shoulder, and faced Messala, tears welling up in his eyes.
“I understand you, because you are a Roman; you cannot understand me—I am an Israelite. You have given me suffering to-day by convincing me that we can never be the friends we have been—never! Here we part. The peace of the God of my fathers abide with you!”
“I get you, because you’re a Roman; you can’t get me—I’m an Israelite. You’ve caused me pain today by making me realize that we can never be the friends we once were—never! This is where we say goodbye. May the peace of the God of my ancestors be with you!”
Messala offered him his hand; the Jew walked on through the gateway. When he was gone, the Roman was silent awhile; then he, too, passed through, saying to himself, with a toss of the head,
Messala extended his hand; the Jew walked through the gateway. Once he left, the Roman was quiet for a moment; then he followed, muttering to himself with a flick of his head,
“Be it so. Eros is dead, Mars reigns!”
“Fine. Love is dead, War rules!”
CHAPTER III
From the entrance to the Holy City, equivalent to what is now called St. Stephen’s Gate, a street extended westwardly, on a line parallel with the northern front of the Tower of Antonia, though a square from that famous castle. Keeping the course as far as the Tyropoeon Valley, which it followed a little way south, it turned and again ran west until a short distance beyond what tradition tells us was the Judgment Gate, from whence it broke abruptly south. The traveller or the student familiar with the sacred locality will recognize the thoroughfare described as part of the Via Dolorosa—with Christians of more interest, though of a melancholy kind, than any street in the world. As the purpose in view does not at present require dealing with the whole street, it will be sufficient to point out a house standing in the angle last mentioned as marking the change of direction south, and which, as an important centre of interest, needs somewhat particular description.
From the entrance to the Holy City, which is now known as St. Stephen’s Gate, a street extended westward, parallel to the northern front of the Tower of Antonia, though a square away from that famous castle. It continued toward the Tyropoeon Valley, following it a little way south before turning west again until it was just beyond what tradition says was the Judgment Gate, where it turned sharply south. Anyone familiar with this sacred area will recognize this road as part of the Via Dolorosa—a route that holds more significance for Christians, though it carries a somber tone, than any other street in the world. Since the focus right now doesn’t require exploring the whole street, it’s enough to point out a house at the angle where the street changes direction south, which serves as an important point of interest and deserves a more detailed description.
The building fronted north and west, probably four hundred feet each way, and, like most pretentious Eastern structures, was two stories in height, and perfectly quadrangular. The street on the west side was about twelve feet wide, that on the north not more than ten; so that one walking close to the walls, and looking up at them, would have been struck by the rude, unfinished, uninviting, but strong and imposing, appearance they presented; for they were of stone laid in large blocks, undressed—on the outer side, in fact, just as they were taken from the quarry. A critic of this age would have pronounced the house fortelesque in style, except for the windows, with which it was unusually garnished, and the ornate finish of the doorways or gates. The western windows were four in number, the northern only two, all set on the line of the second story in such manner as to overhang the thoroughfares below. The gates were the only breaks of wall externally visible in the first story; and, besides being so thickly riven with iron bolts as to suggest resistance to battering-rams, they were protected by cornices of marble, handsomely executed, and of such bold projection as to assure visitors well informed of the people that the rich man who resided there was a Sadducee in politics and creed.
The building faced north and west, probably about four hundred feet in each direction, and, like many grand eastern structures, was two stories tall and perfectly square. The street on the west side was about twelve feet wide, while the one on the north was no more than ten; so, if someone walked close to the walls and looked up at them, they would have noticed the rough, unfinished, uninviting, yet strong and impressive look they had; as they were made of large, unrefined stone blocks, just taken from the quarry. A critic today would likely describe the house as fortress-like in style, except for the unusually decorated windows and the elaborate finish of the doorways. There were four windows on the west and only two on the north, all positioned on the second story in a way that they overhung the streets below. The doors were the only visible openings in the first story; they were heavily reinforced with iron bolts, suggesting they could withstand battering rams, and were adorned with beautifully crafted marble cornices that projected boldly, indicating to well-informed visitors that the wealthy resident was a Sadducee both in politics and beliefs.
Not long after the young Jew parted from the Roman at the palace up on the Market-place, he stopped before the western gate of the house described, and knocked. The wicket (a door hung in one of the valves of the gate) was opened to admit him. He stepped in hastily, and failed to acknowledge the low salaam of the porter.
Not long after the young Jew left the Roman at the palace by the Market-place, he stopped in front of the western gate of the house mentioned and knocked. The wicket (a door set in one of the panels of the gate) was opened to let him in. He hurried inside and didn’t acknowledge the porter’s polite greeting.
To get an idea of the interior arrangement of the structure, as well as to see what more befell the youth, we will follow him.
To understand the interior layout of the building and see what else happened to the young man, we'll follow his journey.
The passage into which he was admitted appeared not unlike a narrow tunnel with panelled walls and pitted ceiling. There were benches of stone on both sides, stained and polished by long use. Twelve or fifteen steps carried him into a court-yard, oblong north and south, and in every quarter, except the east, bounded by what seemed the fronts of two-story houses; of which the lower floor was divided into lewens, while the upper was terraced and defended by strong balustrading. The servants coming and going along the terraces; the noise of millstones grinding; the garments fluttering from ropes stretched from point to point; the chickens and pigeons in full enjoyment of the place; the goats, cows, donkeys, and horses stabled in the lewens; a massive trough of water, apparently for the common use, declared this court appurtenant to the domestic management of the owner. Eastwardly there was a division wall broken by another passage-way in all respects like the first one.
The entrance he walked into looked a lot like a narrow tunnel with paneled walls and a rough ceiling. There were stone benches on both sides, worn smooth from years of use. Twelve or fifteen steps led him into a courtyard that was rectangular, running north to south, and surrounded on all sides, except the east, by what seemed like two-story houses. The ground floor was divided into living spaces, while the upper floors had terraces protected by strong railings. Servants moved around on the terraces, there was the sound of millstones grinding, clothes flapped on lines strung between posts, and chickens and pigeons roamed freely. Goats, cows, donkeys, and horses were stabled in the living spaces. A large water trough, likely for communal use, indicated that this courtyard was part of the homeowner's domestic setup. To the east, there was a dividing wall with another passageway that was just like the first one.
Clearing the second passage, the young man entered a second court, spacious, square, and set with shrubbery and vines, kept fresh and beautiful by water from a basin erected near a porch on the north side. The lewens here were high, airy, and shaded by curtains striped alternate white and red. The arches of the lewens rested on clustered columns. A flight of steps on the south ascended to the terraces of the upper story, over which great awnings were stretched as a defence against the sun. Another stairway reached from the terraces to the roof, the edge of which, all around the square, was defined by a sculptured cornice, and a parapet of burned-clay tiling, sexangular and bright red. In this quarter, moreover, there was everywhere observable a scrupulous neatness, which, allowing no dust in the angles, not even a yellow leaf upon a shrub, contributed quite as much as anything else to the delightful general effect; insomuch that a visitor, breathing the sweet air, knew, in advance of introduction, the refinement of the family he was about calling upon.
Clearing the second passage, the young man entered a second courtyard, spacious, squared, and filled with shrubs and vines, kept fresh and beautiful by water from a basin set up near a porch on the north side. The awnings here were high, airy, and shaded by curtains striped in alternating white and red. The arches of the awnings rested on clustered columns. A flight of steps on the south led up to the terraces of the upper story, over which large awnings were stretched as protection against the sun. Another stairway connected the terraces to the roof, the edge of which, all around the square, was defined by a sculptured cornice and a parapet of burned-clay tiling, hexagonal and bright red. In this area, there was also a remarkable neatness, with no dust in the corners, not even a yellow leaf on a shrub, which contributed just as much as anything else to the delightful overall effect; so much so that a visitor, breathing the sweet air, could sense, even before being introduced, the refinement of the family he was about to visit.
A few steps within the second court, the lad turned to the right, and, choosing a walk through the shrubbery, part of which was in flower, passed to the stairway, and ascended to the terrace—a broad pavement of white and brown flags closely laid, and much worn. Making way under the awning to a doorway on the north side, he entered an apartment which the dropping of the screen behind him returned to darkness. Nevertheless, he proceeded, moving over a tiled floor to a divan, upon which he flung himself, face downwards, and lay at rest, his forehead upon his crossed arms.
A few steps into the second courtyard, the young man turned right and took a path through the bushes, some of which were in bloom. He made his way to the staircase and climbed up to the terrace—a wide pavement of white and brown tiles that were closely laid and quite worn. Passing under the awning to a doorway on the north side, he entered a room, and the falling screen behind him plunged it back into darkness. Still, he moved forward across the tiled floor to a couch, where he threw himself down, face first, and rested with his forehead on his crossed arms.
About nightfall a woman came to the door and called; he answered, and she went in.
About nightfall, a woman came to the door and called; he answered, and she walked in.
“Supper is over, and it is night. Is not my son hungry?” she asked.
“Supper is done, and it’s night. Isn’t my son hungry?” she asked.
“No,” he replied.
“No,” he said.
“Are you sick?”
"Are you unwell?"
“I am sleepy.”
"I'm tired."
“Your mother has asked for you.”
“Your mom is looking for you.”
“Where is she?”
“Where's she?”
“In the summer-house on the roof.”
“In the summer house on the roof.”
He stirred himself, and sat up.
He got up and sat up.
“Very well. Bring me something to eat.”
“Alright. Bring me something to eat.”
“What do you want?”
"What do you want?"
“What you please, Amrah. I am not sick, but indifferent. Life does not seem as pleasant as it did this morning. A new ailment, O my Amrah; and you who know me so well, who never failed me, may think of the things now that answer for food and medicine. Bring me what you choose.”
“What you want, Amrah. I’m not sick, just indifferent. Life doesn’t seem as enjoyable as it did this morning. A new issue, oh my Amrah; and you, who know me so well and have never let me down, can think of the things that can substitute for food and medicine. Bring me whatever you think is best.”
Amrah’s questions, and the voice in which she put them—low, sympathetic, and solicitous—were significant of an endeared relation between the two. She laid her hand upon his forehead; then, as satisfied, went out, saying, “I will see.”
Amrah’s questions, along with the tone she used—soft, caring, and concerned—were a sign of a close bond between them. She placed her hand on his forehead; then, feeling reassured, she stepped out, saying, “I’ll check.”
After a while she returned, bearing on a wooden platter a bowl of milk, some thin cakes of white bread broken, a delicate paste of brayed wheat, a bird broiled, and honey and salt. On one end of the platter there was a silver goblet full of wine, on the other a brazen hand-lamp lighted.
After a bit, she came back, carrying a wooden platter with a bowl of milk, some broken pieces of white bread, a fine paste made from ground wheat, a roasted bird, and honey and salt. On one side of the platter, there was a silver goblet filled with wine, and on the other side, a lit brass lamp.
The room was then revealed: its walls smoothly plastered; the ceiling broken by great oaken rafters, brown with rain stains and time; the floor of small diamond-shaped white and blue tiles, very firm and enduring; a few stools with legs carved in imitation of the legs of lions; a divan raised a little above the floor, trimmed with blue cloth, and partially covered by an immense striped woollen blanket or shawl—in brief, a Hebrew bedroom.
The room was then revealed: its walls smoothly plastered; the ceiling interrupted by large oak beams, darkened with rain stains and age; the floor covered with small diamond-shaped white and blue tiles, very solid and durable; a few stools with legs carved to look like lion's legs; a divan slightly elevated from the floor, trimmed with blue fabric, and partially draped with a huge striped wool blanket or shawl—in short, a Hebrew bedroom.
The same light also gave the woman to view. Drawing a stool to the divan, she placed the platter upon it, then knelt close by ready to serve him. Her face was that of a woman of fifty, dark-skinned, dark-eyed, and at the moment softened by a look of tenderness almost maternal. A white turban covered her head, leaving the lobes of the ear exposed, and in them the sign that settled her condition—an orifice bored by a thick awl. She was a slave, of Egyptian origin, to whom not even the sacred fiftieth year could have brought freedom; nor would she have accepted it, for the boy she was attending was her life. She had nursed him through babyhood, tended him as a child, and could not break the service. To her love he could never be a man.
The same light also illuminated the woman. She pulled up a stool to the divan, placed the platter on it, then knelt nearby, ready to serve him. Her face belonged to a woman in her fifties, with dark skin and dark eyes, softened at that moment by a look of almost maternal tenderness. A white turban covered her head, leaving her ear lobes exposed, and in them was the mark of her condition—a hole made by a thick awl. She was a slave of Egyptian descent, for whom even the sacred fiftieth year could never mean freedom; nor would she have accepted it, because the boy she cared for was her whole life. She had nursed him as a baby, looked after him as a child, and couldn’t break that bond. To her, he could never be just a man.
He spoke but once during the meal.
He only spoke once during the meal.
“You remember, O my Amrah,” he said, “the Messala who used to visit me here days at a time.”
“You remember, my Amrah,” he said, “the Messala who used to visit me here for days at a time.”
“I remember him.”
“I remember him.”
“He went to Rome some years ago, and is now back. I called upon him to-day.”
“He went to Rome a few years ago and is back now. I visited him today.”
A shudder of disgust seized the lad.
A wave of disgust hit the boy.
“I knew something had happened,” she said, deeply interested. “I never liked the Messala. Tell me all.”
“I knew something went down,” she said, really curious. “I never liked Messala. Spill the details.”
But he fell into musing, and to her repeated inquiries only said, “He is much changed, and I shall have nothing more to do with him.”
But he fell into thought, and in response to her repeated questions, he simply said, “He’s really changed, and I’m not dealing with him anymore.”
When Amrah took the platter away, he also went out, and up from the terrace to the roof.
When Amrah took the platter away, he also left and went up from the terrace to the roof.
The reader is presumed to know somewhat of the uses of the house-top in the East. In the matter of customs, climate is a lawgiver everywhere. The Syrian summer day drives the seeker of comfort into the darkened lewen; night, however, calls him forth early, and the shadows deepening over the mountain-sides seem veils dimly covering Circean singers; but they are far off, while the roof is close by, and raised above the level of the shimmering plain enough for the visitation of cool airs, and sufficiently above the trees to allure the stars down closer, down at least into brighter shining. So the roof became a resort—became playground, sleeping-chamber, boudoir, rendezvous for the family, place of music, dance, conversation, reverie, and prayer.
The reader is expected to be somewhat familiar with the uses of rooftops in the East. Customs are shaped by climate everywhere. The scorching summer day in Syria drives those seeking comfort into the shaded spaces; however, the night encourages them to come out early, and the deepening shadows over the mountains seem like veils faintly hiding enchanting singers; yet they are far off, while the roof is nearby, elevated enough above the shimmering plain for a refreshing breeze and high enough above the trees to draw the stars closer, at least making them shine brighter. Thus, the roof became a favorite spot—serving as a playground, bedroom, private retreat, meeting place for the family, and a venue for music, dance, conversation, daydreaming, and prayer.
The motive that prompts the decoration, at whatever cost, of interiors in colder climes suggested to the Oriental the embellishment of his house-top. The parapet ordered by Moses became a potter’s triumph; above that, later, arose towers, plain and fantastic; still later, kings and princes crowned their roofs with summer-houses of marble and gold. When the Babylonian hung gardens in the air, extravagance could push the idea no further.
The reason people go to great lengths to decorate interiors in colder areas inspired those in the East to beautify their rooftops. The parapet mandated by Moses turned into a potter’s achievement; later on, towers, both simple and elaborate, were built on top of that; even later, kings and princes topped their roofs with summer houses made of marble and gold. When the Hanging Gardens of Babylon were created in the sky, extravagance couldn't take the idea any further.
The lad whom we are following walked slowly across the house-top to a tower built over the northwest corner of the palace. Had he been a stranger, he might have bestowed a glance upon the structure as he drew nigh it, and seen all the dimness permitted—a darkened mass, low, latticed, pillared, and domed. He entered, passing under a half-raised curtain. The interior was all darkness, except that on four sides there were arched openings like doorways, through which the sky, lighted with stars, was visible. In one of the openings, reclining against a cushion from a divan, he saw the figure of a woman, indistinct even in white floating drapery. At the sound of his steps upon the floor, the fan in her hand stopped, glistening where the starlight struck the jewels with which it was sprinkled, and she sat up, and called his name.
The young man we are following walked slowly across the rooftop to a tower positioned at the northwest corner of the palace. If he had been a stranger, he might have taken a moment to look at the building as he approached, noticing all the shadows allowed—a dark, low structure with latticed windows, pillars, and a dome. He entered by passing under a half-raised curtain. The inside was completely dark, except for four arched openings like doorways, through which the starry sky was visible. In one of the openings, leaning against a cushion from a couch, he saw the outline of a woman, vague even in her flowing white fabric. When she heard his footsteps on the floor, the fan in her hand stopped, sparkling where the starlight hit the jewels adorning it, and she sat up and called his name.
“Judah, my son!”
"Judah, my son!"
“It is I, mother,” he answered, quickening his approach.
“It’s me, mom,” he replied, speeding up as he got closer.
Going to her, he knelt, and she put her arms around him, and with kisses pressed him to her bosom.
Going to her, he knelt, and she wrapped her arms around him, kissing him and pulling him close to her chest.
CHAPTER IV
The mother resumed her easy position against the cushion, while the son took place on the divan, his head in her lap. Both of them, looking out of the opening, could see a stretch of lower house-tops in the vicinity, a bank of blue-blackness over in the west which they knew to be mountains, and the sky, its shadowy depths brilliant with stars. The city was still. Only the winds stirred.
The mother settled back comfortably against the cushion, while the son positioned himself on the couch, resting his head in her lap. Both gazed out of the opening, taking in the nearby rooftops, a dark blue expanse to the west that they recognized as mountains, and the sky, its deep shadows glowing with stars. The city was quiet. Only the winds moved.
“Amrah tells me something has happened to you,” she said, caressing his cheek. “When my Judah was a child, I allowed small things to trouble him, but he is now a man. He must not forget”—her voice became very soft—“that one day he is to be my hero.”
“Amrah tells me something has happened to you,” she said, gently stroking his cheek. “When my Judah was a child, I let little things bother him, but he’s a man now. He must not forget”—her voice dropped to a whisper—“that one day he is meant to be my hero.”
She spoke in the language almost lost in the land, but which a few—and they were always as rich in blood as in possessions—cherished in its purity, that they might be more certainly distinguished from Gentile peoples—the language in which the loved Rebekah and Rachel sang to Benjamin.
She spoke a language that was nearly forgotten in the land, but a few—who were always as wealthy in heritage as in possessions—held onto it in its purest form, so they could be clearly distinguished from non-Jewish people—the language in which the beloved Rebekah and Rachel sang to Benjamin.
The words appeared to set him thinking anew; after a while, however, he caught the hand with which she fanned him, and said, “Today, O my mother, I have been made to think of many things that never had place in my mind before. Tell me, first, what am I to be?”
The words seemed to make him think differently; after a bit, though, he took the hand with which she fanned him and said, “Today, Mom, I’ve been made to think about many things that never crossed my mind before. First, tell me, what am I meant to be?”
“Have I not told you? You are to be my hero.”
“Didn’t I tell you? You’re going to be my hero.”
He could not see her face, yet he knew she was in play. He became more serious.
He couldn't see her face, but he knew she was involved. He became more serious.
“You are very good, very kind, O my mother. No one will ever love me as you do.”
“You’re so good and so kind, my mom. No one will ever love me the way you do.”
He kissed the hand over and over again.
He kept kissing her hand again and again.
“I think I understand why you would have me put off the question,” he continued. “Thus far my life has belonged to you. How gentle, how sweet your control has been! I wish it could last forever. But that may not be. It is the Lord’s will that I shall one day become owner of myself—a day of separation, and therefore a dreadful day to you. Let us be brave and serious. I will be your hero, but you must put me in the way. You know the law—every son of Israel must have some occupation. I am not exempt, and ask now, shall I tend the herds? or till the soil? or drive the saw? or be a clerk or lawyer? What shall I be? Dear, good mother, help me to an answer.”
“I think I get why you want me to hold off on the question,” he continued. “Up until now, my life has been yours. Your control has been so gentle and sweet! I wish it could last forever. But that might not be possible. It's the Lord’s will that one day I’ll have to take ownership of myself—a day of parting, which will be a hard day for you. Let’s be brave and serious. I will be your hero, but you need to guide me. You know the law—every son of Israel has to have some job. I'm not exempt, so I ask now, should I tend the herds? Or farm the land? Or work with the saw? Or be a clerk or a lawyer? What should I be? Dear, wonderful mother, help me find an answer.”
“Gamaliel has been lecturing today,” she said, thoughtfully.
“Gamaliel has been giving a lecture today,” she said, thoughtfully.
“If so, I did not hear him.”
“If that’s the case, I didn’t hear him.”
“Then you have been walking with Simeon, who, they tell me, inherits the genius of his family.”
“Then you’ve been hanging out with Simeon, who, I hear, has the talent of his family.”
“No, I have not seen him. I have been up on the Market-place, not to the Temple. I visited the young Messala.”
“No, I haven’t seen him. I was up at the Marketplace, not at the Temple. I visited the young Messala.”
A certain change in his voice attracted the mother’s attention. A presentiment quickened the beating of her heart; the fan became motionless again.
A certain shift in his voice caught the mother’s attention. A feeling of unease quickened her heartbeat; the fan stopped moving once more.
“The Messala!” she said. “What could he say to so trouble you?”
“The Messala!” she said. “What could he say to upset you like this?”
“He is very much changed.”
"He's really changed a lot."
“You mean he has come back a Roman.”
"You mean he has returned as a Roman."
“Yes.”
"Yep."
“Roman!” she continued, half to herself. “To all the world the word means master. How long has he been away?”
“Roman!” she went on, partly to herself. “To everyone, that word means master. How long has he been gone?”
“Five years.”
"5 years."
She raised her head, and looked off into the night.
She lifted her head and gazed into the night.
“The airs of the Via Sacra are well enough in the streets of the Egyptian and in Babylon; but in Jerusalem—our Jerusalem—the covenant abides.”
“The vibes of the Via Sacra are nice enough in the streets of Egypt and in Babylon; but in Jerusalem—our Jerusalem—the covenant remains.”
And, full of the thought, she settled back into her easy place. He was first to speak.
And, lost in her thoughts, she settled back into her comfortable spot. He was the first to speak.
“What Messala said, my mother, was sharp enough in itself; but, taken with the manner, some of the sayings were intolerable.”
“What Messala said, my mother, was cutting enough on its own; but combined with the way it was said, some of those remarks were unbearable.”
“I think I understand you. Rome, her poets, orators, senators, courtiers, are mad with affectation of what they call satire.”
“I think I get you. Rome, her poets, speakers, senators, and courtiers are obsessed with the pretentiousness of what they call satire.”
“I suppose all great peoples are proud,” he went on, scarcely noticing the interruption; “but the pride of that people is unlike all others; in these latter days it is so grown the gods barely escape it.”
“I guess all great nations are proud,” he continued, hardly noticing the interruption; “but the pride of that nation is different from any others; these days it has grown so much that even the gods can barely avoid it.”
“The gods escape!” said the mother, quickly. “More than one Roman has accepted worship as his divine right.”
“The gods are escaping!” said the mother hastily. “More than one Roman has taken worship as his divine right.”
“Well, Messala always had his share of the disagreeable quality. When he was a child, I have seen him mock strangers whom even Herod condescended to receive with honors; yet he always spared Judea. For the first time, in conversation with me to-day, he trifled with our customs and God. As you would have had me do, I parted with him finally. And now, O my dear mother, I would know with more certainty if there be just ground for the Roman’s contempt. In what am I his inferior? Is ours a lower order of people? Why should I, even in Cæsar’s presence; feel the shrinking of a slave? Tell me especially why, if I have the soul, and so choose, I may not hunt the honors of the world in all its fields? Why may not I take sword and indulge the passion of war? As a poet, why may not I sing of all themes? I can be a worker in metals, a keeper of flocks, a merchant, why not an artist like the Greek? Tell me, O my mother—and this is the sum of my trouble—why may not a son of Israel do all a Roman may?”
“Well, Messala has always had his share of unpleasant traits. When he was a child, I saw him mock strangers whom even Herod treated with respect; yet he always spared Judea. For the first time, in conversation with me today, he made light of our customs and God. As you suggested, I finally parted ways with him. And now, dear mother, I want to know more clearly if there’s any real reason for the Roman's disdain. In what way am I inferior to him? Are we a lower class of people? Why should I, even in Caesar's presence, feel like a slave? Tell me especially why, if I have the spirit, and so choose, I cannot pursue the honors of the world in all its fields? Why can't I take up arms and indulge in the passion of war? As a poet, why can't I write about all subjects? I can work with metal, tend flocks, or be a merchant—why not be an artist like the Greeks? Tell me, dear mother—and this is the crux of my concern—why can't a son of Israel do everything a Roman can?”
The reader will refer these questions back to the conversation in the Market-place; the mother, listening with all her faculties awake, from something which would have been lost upon one less interested in him—from the connections of the subject, the pointing of the questions, possibly his accent and tone—was not less swift in making the same reference. She sat up, and in a voice quick and sharp as his own, replied, “I see, I see! From association Messala, in boyhood, was almost a Jew; had he remained here, he might have become a proselyte, so much do we all borrow from the influences that ripen our lives; but the years in Rome have been too much for him. I do not wonder at the change; yet”—her voice fell—“he might have dealt tenderly at least with you. It is a hard, cruel nature which in youth can forget its first loves.”
The reader will refer these questions back to the conversation in the marketplace; the mother, fully alert and engaged, grasped something that would have been missed by someone less invested in him—from the connections to the topic, the way the questions were framed, possibly his accent and tone—was just as quick to make the same connection. She sat up, and in a voice as quick and sharp as his own, replied, “I see, I see! Because of his background, Messala was almost a Jew when he was a boy; if he had stayed here, he might have converted, since we all take from the influences that shape our lives; but the years in Rome have changed him too much. I’m not surprised by the change; yet”—her voice dropped—“he could have at least been kind to you. It’s a harsh, cruel nature that, in youth, can forget its first loves.”
Her hand dropped lightly upon his forehead, and the fingers caught in his hair and lingered there lovingly, while her eyes sought the highest stars in view. Her pride responded to his, not merely in echo, but in the unison of perfect sympathy. She would answer him; at the same time, not for the world would she have had the answer unsatisfactory: an admission of inferiority might weaken his spirit for life. She faltered with misgivings of her own powers.
Her hand gently rested on his forehead, her fingers tangling in his hair and lingering there affectionately, while her eyes searched for the brightest stars in the sky. Her pride matched his, not just as a reflection, but in the harmony of true understanding. She would respond to him; yet, at the same time, she wouldn't want the response to be disappointing for anything: admitting weakness could dampen his spirit for life. She hesitated, unsure of her own abilities.
“What you propose, O my Judah, is not a subject for treatment by a woman. Let me put its consideration off till to-morrow, and I will have the wise Simeon—”
“What you’re suggesting, my Judah, isn’t something for a woman to handle. Let’s postpone this discussion until tomorrow, and I’ll bring in the wise Simeon—”
“Do not send me to the Rector,” he said, abruptly.
“Don’t send me to the Rector,” he said, abruptly.
“I will have him come to us.”
“I'll have him come to us.”
“No, I seek more than information; while he might give me that better than you, O my mother, you can do better by giving me what he cannot—the resolution which is the soul of a man’s soul.”
“No, I want more than just information; even though he might provide that better than you, oh my mother, you can offer me something he can't—the resolve that is the essence of a man's spirit.”
She swept the heavens with a rapid glance, trying to compass all the meaning of his questions.
She quickly scanned the sky, trying to grasp all the meaning behind his questions.
“While craving justice for ourselves, it is never wise to be unjust to others. To deny valor in the enemy we have conquered is to underrate our victory; and if the enemy be strong enough to hold us at bay, much more to conquer us”—she hesitated—“self-respect bids us seek some other explanation of our misfortunes than accusing him of qualities inferior to our own.”
“While seeking justice for ourselves, it's never smart to be unfair to others. To deny the bravery in the enemy we've defeated is to underestimate our victory; and if the enemy is strong enough to hold us off, they are even more capable of defeating us”—she paused—“self-respect urges us to find another explanation for our misfortunes rather than blaming him for having qualities that are less than our own.”
Thus, speaking to herself rather than to him, she began:
Thus, talking to herself instead of to him, she started:
“Take heart, O my son. The Messala is nobly descended; his family has been illustrious through many generations. In the days of Republican Rome—how far back I cannot tell—they were famous, some as soldiers, some as civilians. I can recall but one consul of the name; their rank was senatorial, and their patronage always sought because they were always rich. Yet if to-day your friend boasted of his ancestry, you might have shamed him by recounting yours. If he referred to the ages through which the line is traceable, or to deeds, rank, or wealth—such allusions, except when great occasion demands them, are tokens of small minds—if he mentioned them in proof of his superiority, then without dread, and standing on each particular, you might have challenged him to a comparison of records.”
“Take heart, my son. Messala comes from a noble family; they have been well-known for many generations. Back in the days of Republican Rome—how far back, I can’t say—they were famous, some as soldiers and some as civilians. I can only think of one consul with that name; they held a senatorial rank and were always in demand because they were wealthy. But if your friend today bragged about his ancestry, you could easily make him feel embarrassed by sharing yours. If he talked about how far back his lineage stretches or mentioned his achievements, status, or wealth—such comments, unless absolutely necessary, show small-mindedness—if he brought these up to prove he was better, then fearlessly, and based on every single detail, you could have challenged him to compare your family histories.”
Taking a moment’s thought, the mother proceeded:
Taking a moment to think, the mother continued:
“One of the ideas of fast hold now is that time has much to do with the nobility of races and families. A Roman boasting his superiority on that account over a son of Israel will always fail when put to the proof. The founding of Rome was his beginning; the very best of them cannot trace their descent beyond that period; few of them pretend to do so; and of such as do, I say not one could make good his claim except by resort to tradition. Messala certainly could not. Let us look now to ourselves. Could we better?”
“One of the current ideas around ‘fast hold’ is that time has a lot to do with the nobility of races and families. A Roman who claims superiority over a son of Israel will always fall short when challenged. The founding of Rome marks their beginning; even the best of them can’t trace their lineage past that time; very few even try; and among those who do, I can say not one can prove their claim without relying on tradition. Messala definitely couldn’t. Now let’s focus on ourselves. Could we do any better?”
A little more light would have enabled him to see the pride that diffused itself over her face.
A bit more light would have let him see the pride spreading across her face.
“Let us imagine the Roman putting us to the challenge. I would answer him, neither doubting nor boastful.”
"Let’s picture the Roman challenging us. I would respond to him, neither with doubt nor arrogance."
Her voice faltered; a tender thought changed the form of the argument.
Her voice wavered; a gentle thought shifted the direction of the discussion.
“Your father, O my Judah, is at rest with his fathers; yet I remember, as though it were this evening, the day he and I, with many rejoicing friends, went up into the Temple to present you to the Lord. We sacrificed the doves, and to the priest I gave your name, which he wrote in my presence—‘Judah, son of Ithamar, of the House of Hur.’ The name was then carried away, and written in a book of the division of records devoted to the saintly family.
“Your father, oh my Judah, is at peace with his ancestors; yet I remember, as if it were just this evening, the day he and I, along with many joyful friends, went up to the Temple to dedicate you to the Lord. We sacrificed the doves, and I gave your name to the priest, who wrote it down in front of me—‘Judah, son of Ithamar, of the House of Hur.’ That name was then taken away and written in a record book dedicated to the holy family.
“I cannot tell you when the custom of registration in this mode began. We know it prevailed before the flight from Egypt. I have heard Hillel say Abraham caused the record to be first opened with his own name, and the names of his sons, moved by the promises of the Lord which separated him and them from all other races, and made them the highest and noblest, the very chosen of the earth. The covenant with Jacob was of like effect. ‘In thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed’—so said the angel to Abraham in the place Jehovah-jireh. ‘And the land whereon thou liest, to thee will I give it, and to thy seed’—so the Lord himself said to Jacob asleep at Bethel on the way to Haran. Afterwards the wise men looked forward to a just division of the land of promise; and, that it might be known in the day of partition who were entitled to portions, the Book of Generations was begun. But not for that alone. The promise of a blessing to all the earth through the patriarch reached far into the future. One name was mentioned in connection with the blessing—the benefactor might be the humblest of the chosen family, for the Lord our God knows no distinctions of rank or riches. So, to make the performance clear to men of the generation who were to witness it, and that they might give the glory to whom it belonged, the record was required to be kept with absolute certainty. Has it been so kept?”
“I can’t tell you when the practice of registration in this way started. We know it existed before the Exodus. I’ve heard Hillel say that Abraham was the first to have his name recorded, along with the names of his sons, inspired by the promises of the Lord that set them apart from all other nations, making them the greatest and noblest, the very chosen ones of the earth. The covenant with Jacob had a similar significance. ‘In your seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed’—that’s what the angel told Abraham at Jehovah-jireh. ‘And the land where you lie, I will give it to you and to your descendants’—that’s what the Lord himself said to Jacob while he was sleeping at Bethel on his way to Haran. Later, wise men looked forward to a fair distribution of the promised land; and, to make sure that everyone knew who was entitled to portions on the day of division, the Book of Generations was initiated. But it wasn’t just for that. The promise of blessing for all the earth through the patriarch extended far into the future. One name was mentioned in connection with this blessing—the benefactor could be the least of the chosen family, for the Lord our God sees no distinctions of status or wealth. So, to make the fulfillment clear to the people of that generation who were to witness it, and so they could give glory to whom it was due, it was necessary to keep the record with absolute accuracy. Has it been maintained?”
The fan played to and fro, until, becoming impatient, he repeated the question, “Is the record absolutely true?”
The fan moved back and forth until, growing impatient, he asked again, “Is the record absolutely true?”
“Hillel said it was, and of all who have lived no one was so well-informed upon the subject. Our people have at times been heedless of some parts of the law, but never of this part. The good rector himself has followed the Books of Generations through three periods—from the promises to the opening of the Temple; thence to the Captivity; thence, again, to the present. Once only were the records disturbed, and that was at the end of the second period; but when the nation returned from the long exile, as a first duty to God, Zerubbabel restored the Books, enabling us once more to carry the lines of Jewish descent back unbroken fully two thousand years. And now—”
“Hillel said it was, and no one has ever been as knowledgeable about it as he was. Our people have sometimes overlooked certain parts of the law, but never this part. The good rector himself has studied the Books of Generations through three periods—from the promises to the opening of the Temple; then to the Captivity; and then, once again, to the present. The records were disturbed only once, at the end of the second period; but when the nation returned from the long exile, Zerubbabel made it a priority to restore the Books as a first duty to God, allowing us to trace Jewish descent back without interruption for nearly two thousand years. And now—”
She paused as if to allow the hearer to measure the time comprehended in the statement.
She paused as if to let the listener grasp the time involved in the statement.
“And now,” she continued, “what becomes of the Roman boast of blood enriched by ages? By that test, the sons of Israel watching the herds on old Rephaim yonder are nobler than the noblest of the Marcii.”
“And now,” she continued, “what happens to the Roman claim of being strengthened by generations? By that standard, the sons of Israel watching the flocks over there on old Rephaim are greater than the greatest of the Marcii.”
“And I, mother—by the Books, who am I?”
“And I, Mom—by the Books, who am I?”
“What I have said thus far, my son, had reference to your question. I will answer you. If Messala were here, he might say, as others have said, that the exact trace of your lineage stopped when the Assyrian took Jerusalem, and razed the Temple, with all its precious stores; but you might plead the pious action of Zerubbabel, and retort that all verity in Roman genealogy ended when the barbarians from the West took Rome, and camped six months upon her desolated site. Did the government keep family histories? If so, what became of them in those dreadful days? No, no; there is verity in our Books of Generations; and, following them back to the Captivity, back to the foundation of the first Temple, back to the march from Egypt, we have absolute assurance that you are lineally sprung from Hur, the associate of Joshua. In the matter of descent sanctified by time, is not the honor perfect? Do you care to pursue further? if so, take the Torah, and search the Book of Numbers, and of the seventy-two generations after Adam, you can find the very progenitor of your house.”
“What I’ve said so far, my son, relates to your question. I’ll answer you. If Messala were here, he might argue, like others have, that your exact lineage ended when the Assyrian conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the Temple along with its treasures; but you could point to the righteous act of Zerubbabel and counter that all truth in Roman genealogy vanished when the barbarians from the West seized Rome and set up camp on its ruined ground for six months. Did the government keep records of family histories? If so, what happened to them during those terrible times? No, no; there is truth in our Books of Generations; and by tracing them back to the Captivity, back to the foundation of the first Temple, back to the Exodus from Egypt, we have complete assurance that you are directly descended from Hur, who was close to Joshua. In terms of a lineage honored by time, is that not perfect? Do you wish to dig deeper? If so, take the Torah and look in the Book of Numbers; from the seventy-two generations after Adam, you can find the very ancestor of your family.”
There was silence for a time in the chamber on the roof.
There was silence for a while in the room on the roof.
“I thank you, O my mother,” Judah next said, clasping both her hands in his; “I thank you with all my heart. I was right in not having the good rector called in; he could not have satisfied me more than you have. Yet to make a family truly noble, is time alone sufficient?”
“I thank you, Mom,” Judah said next, holding her hands in his; “I thank you with all my heart. I was right not to call in the good rector; he couldn't have satisfied me more than you have. But is time alone enough to make a family truly noble?”
“Ah, you forget, you forget; our claim rests not merely upon time; the Lord’s preference is our especial glory.”
“Ah, you forget, you forget; our claim is not just based on time; the Lord’s preference is our greatest honor.”
“You are speaking of the race, and I, mother, of the family—our family. In the years since Father Abraham, what have they achieved? What have they done? What great things to lift them above the level of their fellows?”
“You're talking about the race, and I, mom, am talking about the family—our family. In the years since Father Abraham, what have they accomplished? What have they done? What great things have they done to raise them above their peers?”
She hesitated, thinking she might all this time have mistaken his object. The information he sought might have been for more than satisfaction of wounded vanity. Youth is but the painted shell within which, continually growing, lives that wondrous thing the spirit of man, biding its moment of apparition, earlier in some than in others. She trembled under a perception that this might be the supreme moment come to him; that as children at birth reach out their untried hands grasping for shadows, and crying the while, so his spirit might, in temporary blindness, be struggling to take hold of its impalpable future. They to whom a boy comes asking, Who am I, and what am I to be? have need of ever so much care. Each word in answer may prove to the after-life what each finger-touch of the artist is to the clay he is modelling.
She hesitated, thinking she might have mistaken his intentions all along. The information he was after could have meant more than just satisfying his wounded pride. Youth is like the painted shell of a seed, where the amazing spirit of a person continually grows, waiting for its moment to emerge, sooner in some than in others. She felt a shiver at the idea that this could be his defining moment; that just as newborns reach out with their untested hands to grasp at shadows while crying, his spirit might be struggling to grasp its uncertain future in a moment of confusion. Those who are approached by a boy asking, “Who am I, and what am I meant to be?” need to tread carefully. Every word in response could shape his future, just as every touch from the artist molds the clay he’s working with.
“I have a feeling, O my Judah,” she said, patting his cheek with the hand he had been caressing—“I have the feeling that all I have said has been in strife with an antagonist more real than imaginary. If Messala is the enemy, do not leave me to fight him in the dark. Tell me all he said.”
“I have a feeling, my Judah,” she said, patting his cheek with the hand he had been caressing—“I feel like everything I’ve said has been in conflict with an opponent more real than made up. If Messala is the enemy, don’t leave me to face him alone. Tell me everything he said.”
CHAPTER V
The young Israelite proceeded then, and rehearsed his conversation with Messala, dwelling with particularity upon the latter’s speeches in contempt of the Jews, their customs, and much pent round of life.
The young Israelite continued on, going over his conversation with Messala, focusing especially on Messala's comments that looked down on the Jews, their traditions, and their way of life.
Afraid to speak the while, the mother listened, discerning the matter plainly. Judah had gone to the palace on the Market-place, allured by love of a playmate whom he thought to find exactly as he had been at the parting years before; a man met him, and, in place of laughter and references to the sports of the past, the man had been full of the future, and talked of glory to be won, and of riches and power. Unconscious of the effect, the visitor had come away hurt in pride, yet touched with a natural ambition; but she, the jealous mother, saw it, and, not knowing the turn the aspiration might take, became at once Jewish in her fear. What if it lured him away from the patriarchal faith? In her view, that consequence was more dreadful than any or all others. She could discover but one way to avert it, and she set about the task, her native power reinforced by love to such degree that her speech took a masculine strength and at times a poet’s fervor.
Afraid to speak the whole time, the mother listened, clearly understanding the situation. Judah had gone to the palace in the Market-place, drawn in by the love of a playmate he expected to find just as he had at their parting years ago; a man met him, and instead of laughter and reminders of past games, the man was full of future talk, discussing glory to be gained, along with wealth and power. Unaware of the impact he had made, the visitor left feeling hurt pride but also stirred with natural ambition; however, she, the jealous mother, noticed it and, not knowing where this aspiration might lead, became fearful in a way only a Jewish mother could. What if it drew him away from the patriarchal faith? To her, that outcome was more terrifying than anything else. She could see only one way to prevent it, and she got to work, her natural strength bolstered by love to the point where her words took on a manly force and sometimes even a poet's passion.
“There never has been a people,” she began, “who did not think themselves at least equal to any other; never a great nation, my son, that did not believe itself the very superior. When the Roman looks down upon Israel and laughs, he merely repeats the folly of the Egyptian, the Assyrian, and the Macedonian; and as the laugh is against God, the result will be the same.”
“There has never been a people,” she started, “who didn’t consider themselves at least equal to any other; never a great nation, my son, that didn’t believe it was truly superior. When the Roman looks down on Israel and laughs, he’s just echoing the foolishness of the Egyptian, the Assyrian, and the Macedonian; and since the laugh is against God, the outcome will be the same.”
Her voice became firmer.
Her voice grew stronger.
“There is no law by which to determine the superiority of nations; hence the vanity of the claim, and the idleness of disputes about it. A people risen, run their race, and die either of themselves or at the hands of another, who, succeeding to their power, take possession of their place, and upon their monuments write new names; such is history. If I were called upon to symbolize God and man in the simplest form, I would draw a straight line and a circle, and of the line I would say, ‘This is God, for he alone moves forever straightforward,’ and of the circle, ‘This is man—such is his progress.’ I do not mean that there is no difference between the careers of nations; no two are alike. The difference, however, is not, as some say, in the extent of the circle they describe or the space of earth they cover, but in the sphere of their movement, the highest being nearest God.
“There’s no law to determine which nations are superior, so the claim is vain and discussions about it are pointless. A people rise, run their course, and either die out or are taken over by another group who then claim their place and write new names on their monuments; that’s history. If I had to represent God and man in the simplest way, I would draw a straight line and a circle. I’d say of the line, ‘This is God, because He moves straight ahead forever,’ and of the circle, ‘This is man—this is his progress.’ I don’t mean to suggest there aren’t differences between nations; no two are the same. However, the difference isn’t about the size of the circle they describe or the land they occupy, but in the nature of their movement, with the highest being closest to God.”
“To stop here, my son, would be to leave the subject where we began. Let us go on. There are signs by which to measure the height of the circle each nation runs while in its course. By them let us compare the Hebrew and the Roman.
“To stop here, my son, would mean leaving the topic where we started. Let’s continue. There are indicators we can use to gauge the extent of the circle each nation travels during its journey. With these, let’s compare the Hebrew and the Roman.”
“The simplest of all the signs is the daily life of the people. Of this I will only say, Israel has at times forgotten God, while the Roman never knew him; consequently comparison is not possible.
“The simplest of all the signs is the everyday life of the people. All I can say is that Israel has sometimes forgotten God, while the Romans never knew Him; therefore, a comparison isn't possible."
“Your friend—or your former friend—charged, if I understood you rightly, that we have had no poets, artists, or warriors; by which he meant, I suppose, to deny that we have had great men, the next most certain of the signs. A just consideration of this charge requires a definition at the commencement. A great man, O my boy, is one whose life proves him to have been recognized, if not called, by God. A Persian was used to punish our recreant fathers, and he carried them into captivity; another Persian was selected to restore their children to the Holy Land; greater than either of them, however, was the Macedonian through whom the desolation of Judea and the Temple was avenged. The special distinction of the men was that they were chosen by the Lord, each for a divine purpose; and that they were Gentiles does not lessen their glory. Do not lose sight of this definition while I proceed.
“Your friend—or your former friend—claimed, if I understood you correctly, that we have had no poets, artists, or warriors; by which I assume he meant to argue that we haven’t had great individuals, which is another clear sign of greatness. To fairly examine this claim, we need to start with a definition. A great person, my boy, is someone whose life shows they were recognized, if not specifically called, by God. One Persian was sent to punish our wayward ancestors, and he took them into captivity; another Persian was chosen to bring their children back to the Holy Land; but greater than either of them was the Macedonian who avenged the destruction of Judea and the Temple. What sets these men apart is that they were chosen by the Lord, each for a divine purpose; and their status as Gentiles doesn’t diminish their honor. Keep this definition in mind as I continue.”
“There is an idea that war is the most noble occupation of men, and that the most exalted greatness is the growth of battle-fields. Because the world has adopted the idea, be not you deceived. That we must worship something is a law which will continue as long as there is anything we cannot understand. The prayer of the barbarian is a wail of fear addressed to Strength, the only divine quality he can clearly conceive; hence his faith in heroes. What is Jove but a Roman hero? The Greeks have their great glory because they were the first to set Mind above Strength. In Athens the orator and philosopher were more revered than the warrior. The charioteer and the swiftest runner are still idols of the arena; yet the immortelles are reserved for the sweetest singer. The birthplace of one poet was contested by seven cities. But was the Hellene the first to deny the old barbaric faith? No. My son, that glory is ours; against brutalism our fathers erected God; in our worship, the wail of fear gave place to the Hosanna and the Psalm. So the Hebrew and the Greek would have carried all humanity forward and upward. But, alas! the government of the world presumes war as an eternal condition; wherefore, over Mind and above God, the Roman has enthroned his Cæsar, the absorbent of all attainable power, the prohibition of any other greatness.
“There’s a belief that war is the most honorable profession for men, and that the highest form of greatness comes from battlefields. Just because the world has embraced this idea, don’t be fooled. The need to worship something is a truth that will persist as long as there are things we can’t understand. The barbarian’s prayer is a cry of fear directed at Strength, the only divine trait he can clearly grasp; this is why he believes in heroes. What is Jove but a Roman hero? The Greeks gained their true glory because they were the first to prioritize Mind over Strength. In Athens, orators and philosophers were more respected than warriors. The charioteer and the fastest runner are still admired in the arena; yet, the everlasting accolades go to the sweetest singer. Seven cities fought over the birthplace of a single poet. But was the Greek the first to reject the old barbaric faith? No. My son, that glory belongs to us; against brutality, our ancestors established God; in our worship, the cry of fear was replaced by the Hosanna and the Psalm. Thus, the Hebrew and the Greek would have lifted all humanity forward and upward. But, unfortunately, the world's governance assumes war as a permanent state; therefore, over Mind and above God, the Roman has elevated Cæsar, who absorbs all attainable power and prohibits any other greatness.”
“The sway of the Greek was a flowering time for genius. In return for the liberty it then enjoyed, what a company of thinkers the Mind led forth? There was a glory for every excellence, and a perfection so absolute that in everything but war even the Roman has stooped to imitation. A Greek is now the model of the orators in the Forum; listen, and in every Roman song you will hear the rhythm of the Greek; if a Roman opens his mouth speaking wisely of moralities, or abstractions, or of the mysteries of nature, he is either a plagiarist or the disciple of some school which had a Greek for its founder. In nothing but war, I say again, has Rome a claim to originality. Her games and spectacles are Greek inventions, dashed with blood to gratify the ferocity of her rabble; her religion, if such it may be called, is made up of contributions from the faiths of all other peoples; her most venerated gods are from Olympus—even her Mars, and, for that matter, the Jove she much magnifies. So it happens, O my son, that of the whole world our Israel alone can dispute the superiority of the Greek, and with him contest the palm of original genius.
“The influence of the Greeks was a golden age for creativity. In exchange for the freedom they had, what a remarkable group of thinkers emerged! There was honor for every achievement, and such perfection that in everything except war, even the Romans have turned to imitation. A Greek is now the standard for orators in the Forum; listen closely, and in every Roman song, you will find the rhythm of the Greeks; if a Roman speaks wisely about morals, ideas, or the mysteries of nature, he is either copying someone or following a school that was founded by a Greek. Again, I say, only in war does Rome claim originality. Her games and spectacles are Greek inventions, stained with blood to satisfy the brutality of her crowd; her religion, if it can be called that, is a mix of beliefs from other cultures; her most revered gods come from Olympus—even her Mars, and, for that matter, the Jove she greatly praises. So it seems, my son, that only our Israel can challenge the Greeks for superiority and compete for the title of original genius.”
“To the excellences of other peoples the egotism of a Roman is a blindfold, impenetrable as his breastplate. Oh, the ruthless robbers! Under their trampling the earth trembles like a floor beaten with flails. Along with the rest we are fallen—alas that I should say it to you, my son! They have our highest places, and the holiest, and the end no man can tell; but this I know—they may reduce Judea as an almond broken with hammers, and devour Jerusalem, which is the oil and sweetness thereof; yet the glory of the men of Israel will remain a light in the heavens overhead out of reach: for their history is the history of God, who wrote with their hands, spake with their tongues, and was himself in all the good they did, even the least; who dwelt with them, a Lawgiver on Sinai, a Guide in the wilderness, in war a Captain, in government a King; who once and again pushed back the curtains of the pavilion which is his resting-place, intolerably bright, and, as a man speaking to men, showed them the right, and the way to happiness, and how they should live, and made them promises binding the strength of his Almightiness with covenants sworn to everlastingly. O my son, could it be that they with whom Jehovah thus dwelt, an awful familiar, derived nothing from him?—that in their lives and deeds the common human qualities should not in some degree have been mixed and colored with the divine? that their genius should not have in it, even after the lapse of ages, some little of heaven?”
“To the achievements of other nations, a Roman’s arrogance is like a blindfold, as impenetrable as his armor. Oh, the merciless thieves! Under their weight, the earth shakes like a floor thrashed with flails. Along with everyone else, we've fallen—alas, I must say this to you, my son! They occupy our most sacred and highest places, and no one knows the end of this; but I know this—they can crush Judea like an almond smashed with hammers, and consume Jerusalem, which is its oil and sweetness; yet the glory of the people of Israel will remain a shining light in the sky, out of reach: for their history is the history of God, who wrote with their hands, spoke with their tongues, and was present in all the good they did, even the smallest acts; who was with them, a Lawgiver on Sinai, a Guide in the wilderness, a Captain in war, and a King in governance; who time and again drew back the curtains of his heavenly dwelling, intolerably bright, and, as a man speaks to men, showed them what is right, the path to happiness, how they should live, and made promises binding his infinite power with everlasting covenants. O my son, could it be that those with whom Jehovah was so intimately involved gained nothing from him?—that in their lives and actions, the ordinary human qualities were not in some way mixed and colored with the divine? That their genius did not still hold, even after ages have passed, a touch of heaven?”
For a time the rustling of the fan was all the sound heard in the chamber.
For a while, the only sound in the room was the rustling of the fan.
“In the sense which limits art to sculpture and painting, it is true,” she next said, “Israel has had no artists.”
"In the way that defines art as only sculpture and painting, it's true," she continued, "Israel has had no artists."
The admission was made regretfully, for it must be remembered she was a Sadducee, whose faith, unlike that of the Pharisees, permitted a love of the beautiful in every form, and without reference to its origin.
The admission was made with regret, for it should be remembered she was a Sadducee, whose beliefs, unlike those of the Pharisees, allowed for a love of beauty in all its forms, regardless of its source.
“Still he who would do justice,” she proceeded, “will not forget that the cunning of our hands was bound by the prohibition, ‘Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything;’ which the Sopherim wickedly extended beyond its purpose and time. Nor should it be forgotten that long before Dædalus appeared in Attica and with his wooden statues so transformed sculpture as to make possible the schools of Corinth and Ægina, and their ultimate triumphs the Poecile and Capitolium—long before the age of Dædalus, I say, two Israelites, Bezaleel and Aholiab, the master-builders of the first tabernacle, said to have been skilled ‘in all manner of workmanship,’ wrought the cherubim of the mercy-seat above the ark. Of gold beaten, not chiseled, were they; and they were statues in form both human and divine. ‘And they shall stretch forth their wings on high, .... and their faces shall look one to another.’ Who will say they were not beautiful? or that they were not the first statues?”
“Still, he who seeks to do what’s right,” she continued, “won’t forget that our hands were restricted by the command, ‘You shall not make for yourself any graven image or any likeness of anything;’ which the Sopherim wrongly expanded beyond its intent and time. We should also remember that long before Dædalus arrived in Attica and transformed sculpture with his wooden statues, leading to the schools of Corinth and Ægina and their eventual successes like the Poecile and Capitolium—long before Dædalus, I say, two Israelites, Bezaleel and Aholiab, the master builders of the first tabernacle, thought to be skilled ‘in all manner of workmanship,’ created the cherubim of the mercy seat above the ark. They were made of gold beaten, not chiseled; and they were statues that had both human and divine forms. ‘And they shall stretch forth their wings on high, .... and their faces shall look one to another.’ Who would say they weren’t beautiful? Or that they weren’t the first statues?”
“Oh, I see now why the Greek outstripped us,” said Judah, intensely interested. “And the ark; accursed be the Babylonians who destroyed it!”
“Oh, I get it now why the Greeks surpassed us,” said Judah, deeply interested. “And the ark; curse the Babylonians who destroyed it!”
“Nay, Judah, be of faith. It was not destroyed, only lost, hidden away too safely in some cavern of the mountains. One day—Hillel and Shammai both say so—one day, in the Lord’s good time, it will be found and brought forth, and Israel dance before it, singing as of old. And they who look upon the faces of the cherubim then, though they have seen the face of the ivory Minerva, will be ready to kiss the hand of the Jew from love of his genius, asleep through all the thousands of years.”
“Nah, Judah, have faith. It wasn’t destroyed, just lost, hidden away too safely in some mountain cave. One day—Hillel and Shammai both say so—one day, in the Lord’s good time, it will be found and brought forward, and Israel will dance before it, singing like they used to. And those who see the faces of the cherubim then, even though they have seen the face of the ivory Minerva, will be ready to kiss the hand of the Jew out of love for his genius, which has been asleep for all these thousands of years.”
The mother, in her eagerness, had risen into something like the rapidity and vehemence of a speech-maker; but now, to recover herself, or to pick up the thread of her thought, she rested awhile.
The mother, in her eagerness, had become somewhat like a passionate speaker; but now, to regain her composure or to gather her thoughts, she paused for a moment.
“You are so good, my mother,” he said, in a grateful way. “And I will never be done saying so. Shammai could not have talked better, nor Hillel. I am a true son of Israel again.”
“You're so amazing, Mom,” he said, feeling grateful. “And I’ll never stop saying it. Shammai couldn’t have said it better, and neither could Hillel. I’m a true son of Israel again.”
“Flatterer!” she said. “You do not know that I am but repeating what I heard Hillel say in an argument he had one day in my presence with a sophist from Rome.”
“Flatterer!” she said. “You don’t realize that I’m just repeating what I heard Hillel say during an argument he had one day in front of me with a sophist from Rome.”
“Well, the hearty words are yours.”
“Well, those encouraging words are yours.”
Directly all her earnestness returned.
Her earnestness returned completely.
“Where was I? Oh yes, I was claiming for our Hebrew fathers the first statues. The trick of the sculptor, Judah, is not all there is of art, any more than art is all there is of greatness. I always think of great men marching down the centuries in groups and goodly companies, separable according to nationalities; here the Indian, there the Egyptian, yonder the Assyrian; above them the music of trumpets and the beauty of banners; and on their right hand and left, as reverent spectators, the generations from the beginning, numberless. As they go, I think of the Greek, saying, ‘Lo! The Hellene leads the way.’ Then the Roman replies, ‘Silence! what was your place is ours now; we have left you behind as dust trodden on.’ And all the time, from the far front back over the line of march, as well as forward into the farthest future, streams a light of which the wranglers know nothing, except that it is forever leading them on—the Light of Revelation! Who are they that carry it? Ah, the old Judean blood! How it leaps at the thought! By the light we know them. Thrice blessed, O our fathers, servants of God, keepers of the covenants! Ye are the leaders of men, the living and the dead. The front is thine; and though every Roman were a Cæsar, ye shall not lose it!”
“Where was I? Oh right, I was talking about our Hebrew ancestors and theirfirst statues. The skill of the sculptor, Judah, isn't all there is to art, just as art isn't the only thing that defines greatness. I often picture great figures marching down the ages in groups, distinguished by their nationalities; here’s the Indian, there’s the Egyptian, over there the Assyrian; and above them, the sound of trumpets and the sight of beautiful banners; on their right and left, as respectful observers, the countless generations since the beginning. As they march, I can hear the Greek saying, ‘Look! The Greek leads the way.’ Then the Roman responds, ‘Quiet! What was your place is ours now; we’ve left you behind like dust underfoot.’ And all the while, from the distant front back through the line of march and into the farthest future, there flows a light that those who argue don’t recognize, except that it constantly guides them—the Light of Revelation! Who carries it? Ah, the old Judean blood! It stirs with the thought! By this light, we recognize them. Thrice blessed, our ancestors, servants of God, keepers of the covenants! You are the leaders of humanity, both the living and the dead. The front is yours; and even if every Roman were a Cæsar, you will not lose it!”
Judah was deeply stirred.
Judah was really moved.
“Do not stop, I pray you,” he cried. “You give me to hear the sound of timbrels. I wait for Miriam and the women who went after her dancing and singing.”
“Please don’t stop,” he exclaimed. “I can hear the sound of tambourines. I’m waiting for Miriam and the women who followed her, dancing and singing.”
She caught his feeling, and, with ready wit, wove it into her speech.
She picked up on his feelings and, quick with her words, integrated them into her conversation.
“Very well, my son. If you can hear the timbrel of the prophetess, you can do what I was about to ask; you can use your fancy, and stand with me, as if by the wayside, while the chosen of Israel pass us at the head of the procession. Now they come—the patriarchs first; next the fathers of the tribes. I almost hear the bells of their camels and the lowing of their herds. Who is he that walks alone between the companies? An old man, yet his eye is not dim, nor his natural force abated. He knew the Lord face to face! Warrior, poet, orator, lawgiver, prophet, his greatness is as the sun at morning, its flood of splendor quenching all other lights, even that of the first and noblest of the Cæsars. After him the judges. And then the kings—the son of Jesse, a hero in war, and a singer of songs eternal as that of the sea; and his son, who, passing all other kings in riches and wisdom, and while making the Desert habitable, and in its waste places planting cities, forgot not Jerusalem which the Lord had chosen for his seat on earth. Bend lower, my son! These that come next are the first of their kind, and the last. Their faces are raised, as if they heard a voice in the sky and were listening. Their lives were full of sorrows. Their garments smell of tombs and caverns. Hearken to a woman among them—‘Sing ye to the Lord, for he hath triumphed gloriously!’ Nay, put your forehead in the dust before them! They were tongues of God, his servants, who looked through heaven, and, seeing all the future, wrote what they saw, and left the writing to be proven by time. Kings turned pale as they approached them, and nations trembled at the sound of their voices. The elements waited upon them. In their hands they carried every bounty and every plague. See the Tishbite and his servant Elisha! See the sad son of Hilkiah, and him, the seer of visions, by the river of Chebar! And of the three children of Judah who refused the image of the Babylonian, lo! that one who, in the feast to the thousand lords, so confounded the astrologers. And yonder—O my son, kiss the dust again!—yonder the gentle son of Amoz, from whom the world has its promise of the Messiah to come!”
"All right, my son. If you can hear the timbrel of the prophetess, you can do what I was about to ask; you can use your imagination and stand with me, as if by the roadside, while the chosen people of Israel pass us at the front of the procession. Here they come—the patriarchs first; then the leaders of the tribes. I can almost hear the bells of their camels and the lowing of their herds. Who is that walking alone between the groups? An old man, yet his sight is clear, and his strength undiminished. He knew the Lord face to face! Warrior, poet, speaker, lawgiver, prophet, his greatness shines like the morning sun, its brilliance overshadowing all other lights, even that of the greatest of the Caesars. After him come the judges. And then the kings—the son of Jesse, a hero in battle, and a singer of songs as timeless as the sea; and his son, who, surpassing all other kings in wealth and wisdom, while making the desert livable and establishing cities in barren places, did not forget Jerusalem, which the Lord had chosen as his earthly home. Bow down lower, my son! Those coming next are the first of their kind and the last. Their faces are lifted, as if they hear a voice from above and are listening. Their lives were filled with sorrows. Their clothes carry the scent of tombs and caves. Listen to a woman among them—‘Sing to the Lord, for he has triumphed gloriously!’ No, put your forehead in the dust before them! They were God's messengers, his servants, who looked into heaven, saw the future, wrote what they observed, and left those writings to be verified by time. Kings turned pale as they approached them, and nations trembled at the sound of their voices. The elements obeyed them. In their hands, they held every blessing and every curse. Look at the Tishbite and his servant Elisha! Look at the sorrowful son of Hilkiah, and the one who saw visions by the river of Chebar! And of the three men from Judah who refused the image of the Babylonian, behold! that one who, at the feast for a thousand lords, so bewildered the astrologers. And over there—O my son, kiss the ground again!—over there, the gentle son of Amoz, from whom the world has its promise of the coming Messiah!"
In this passage the fan had been kept in rapid play; it stopped now, and her voice sank low.
In this passage, the fan had been spinning quickly; it stopped now, and her voice quieted.
“You are tired,” she said.
“You're tired,” she said.
“No,” he replied, “I was listening to a new song of Israel.”
“No,” he replied, “I was listening to a new song from Israel.”
The mother was still intent upon her purpose, and passed the pleasant speech.
The mother was still focused on her goal and continued her pleasant conversation.
“In such light as I could, my Judah, I have set our great men before you—patriarchs, legislators, warriors, singers, prophets. Turn we to the best of Rome. Against Moses place Cæsar, and Tarquin against David; Sylla against either of the Maccabees; the best of the consuls against the judges; Augustus against Solomon, and you are done: comparison ends there. But think then of the prophets—greatest of the great.”
“In the best light I can, my Judah, I've placed our great leaders before you—patriarchs, lawmakers, warriors, singers, prophets. Let’s look at the best of Rome. Compare Moses to Cæsar, and Tarquin to David; Sylla against either of the Maccabees; the top consuls against the judges; Augustus against Solomon, and that’s where the comparison stops. But consider the prophets—greatest of the great.”
She laughed scornfully.
She laughed mockingly.
“Pardon me. I was thinking of the soothsayer who warned Caius Julius against the Ides of March, and fancied him looking for the omens of evil which his master despised in the entrails of a chicken. From that picture turn to Elijah sitting on the hill-top on the way to Samaria, amid the smoking bodies of the captains and their fifties, warning the son of Ahab of the wrath of our God. Finally, O my Judah—if such speech be reverent—how shall we judge Jehovah and Jupiter unless it be by what their servants have done in their names? And as for what you shall do—”
“Excuse me. I was thinking about the fortune teller who warned Julius Caesar about the Ides of March, imagining him searching for signs of trouble that his master ignored in the intestines of a chicken. From that image, picture Elijah sitting on the hilltop on the way to Samaria, surrounded by the smoking bodies of the captains and their troops, warning Ahab's son about the anger of our God. Finally, oh my Judah—if that’s respectful—how can we judge Jehovah and Jupiter except by what their followers have done in their names? And as for what you should do—”
She spoke the latter words slowly, and with a tremulous utterance.
She spoke those last words slowly and with a shaky voice.
“As for what you shall do, my boy—serve the Lord, the Lord God of Israel, not Rome. For a child of Abraham there is no glory except in the Lord’s ways, and in them there is much glory.”
“As for what you should do, my boy—serve the Lord, the Lord God of Israel, not Rome. For a child of Abraham, there is no glory except in the Lord’s ways, and in those ways, there is plenty of glory.”
“I may be a soldier then?” Judah asked.
“I might be a soldier then?” Judah asked.
“Why not? Did not Moses call God a man of war?”
“Why not? Didn’t Moses say God is a warrior?”
There was then a long silence in the summer chamber.
There was a long silence in the summer room.
“You have my permission,” she said, finally; “if only you serve the Lord instead of Cæsar.”
“You have my permission,” she said at last; “as long as you serve the Lord instead of Caesar.”
He was content with the condition, and by-and-by fell asleep. She arose then, and put the cushion under his head, and, throwing a shawl over him and kissing him tenderly, went away.
He was happy with the situation and eventually fell asleep. She got up, placed the cushion under his head, covered him with a shawl, kissed him gently, and then left.
CHAPTER VI
The good man, like the bad, must die; but, remembering the lesson of our faith, we say of him and the event, “No matter, he will open his eyes in heaven.” Nearest this in life is the waking from healthful sleep to a quick consciousness of happy sights and sounds.
The good person, just like the bad one, has to die; but, keeping in mind the lesson of our faith, we say about him and the event, “It’s all good, he will wake up in heaven.” The closest thing in life to this is waking up from a restful sleep to instantly notice all the joyful sights and sounds.
When Judah awoke, the sun was up over the mountains; the pigeons were abroad in flocks, filling the air with the gleams of their white wings; and off southeast he beheld the Temple, an apparition of gold in the blue of the sky. These, however, were familiar objects, and they received but a glance; upon the edge of the divan, close by him, a girl scarcely fifteen sat singing to the accompaniment of a nebel, which she rested upon her knee, and touched gracefully. To her he turned listening; and this was what she sang:
When Judah woke up, the sun had risen over the mountains; the pigeons were flying around in flocks, filling the air with the shimmer of their white wings; and off to the southeast, he saw the Temple, a vision of gold against the blue sky. These were familiar sights, so he barely glanced at them; at the edge of the divan, close by him, a girl no older than fifteen sat singing to the sound of a nebel, which she held on her knee and played gracefully. He turned to listen to her, and this was what she sang:
THE SONG.
THE TRACK.
“Wake not, but hear me, love!
Adrift, adrift on slumber’s sea,
Thy spirit call to list to me.
Wake not, but hear me, love!
A gift from Sleep, the restful king,
All happy, happy dreams I bring.
“Don’t wake up, just listen to me, love!
Drifting, drifting on the sea of sleep,
Your spirit should pay attention to me.
Don’t wake up, just listen to me, love!
A gift from Sleep, the peaceful king,
I bring all happy, happy dreams.
“Wake not, but hear me, love!
Of all the world of dreams ’tis thine
This once to choose the most divine.
So choose, and sleep, my love!
But ne’er again in choice be free,
Unless, unless—thou dream’st of me.”
“Don’t wake up, just listen to me, love!
Out of all the dreams in the world, this one
Is yours to pick the most divine.
So choose, and sleep, my love!
But never again will you get to choose freely,
Unless, unless—you dream of me.”
She put the instrument down, and, resting her hands in her lap, waited for him to speak. And as it has become necessary to tell somewhat of her, we will avail ourselves of the chance, and add such particulars of the family into whose privacy we are brought as the reader may wish to know.
She set the instrument aside and, with her hands in her lap, waited for him to talk. Since it’s important to share a bit about her, let’s take this opportunity to include some details about the family we’re getting to know, as the reader might be interested in.
The favors of Herod had left surviving him many persons of vast estate. Where this fortune was joined to undoubted lineal descent from some famous son of one of the tribes, especially Judah, the happy individual was accounted a Prince of Jerusalem—a distinction which sufficed to bring him the homage of his less favored countrymen, and the respect, if nothing more, of the Gentiles with whom business and social circumstance brought him into dealing. Of this class none had won in private or public life a higher regard than the father of the lad whom we have been following. With a remembrance of his nationality which never failed him, he had yet been true to the king, and served him faithfully at home and abroad. Some offices had taken him to Rome, where his conduct attracted the notice of Augustus, who strove without reserve to engage his friendship. In his house, accordingly, were many presents, such as had gratified the vanity of kings—purple togas, ivory chairs, golden pateroe—chiefly valuable on account of the imperial hand which had honorably conferred them. Such a man could not fail to be rich; yet his wealth was not altogether the largess of royal patrons. He had welcomed the law that bound him to some pursuit; and, instead of one, he entered into many. Of the herdsmen watching flocks on the plains and hill-sides, far as old Lebanon, numbers reported to him as their employer; in the cities by the sea, and in those inland, he founded houses of traffic; his ships brought him silver from Spain, whose mines were then the richest known; while his caravans came twice a year from the East, laden with silks and spices. In faith he was a Hebrew, observant of the law and every essential rite; his place in the synagogue and Temple knew him well; he was thoroughly learned in the Scriptures; he delighted in the society of the college-masters, and carried his reverence for Hillel almost to the point of worship. Yet he was in no sense a Separatist; his hospitality took in strangers from every land; the carping Pharisees even accused him of having more than once entertained Samaritans at his table. Had he been a Gentile, and lived, the world might have heard of him as the rival of Herodes Atticus: as it was, he perished at sea some ten years before this second period of our story, in the prime of life, and lamented everywhere in Judea. We are already acquainted with two members of his family—his widow and son; the only other was a daughter—she whom we have seen singing to her brother.
The favors from Herod had left behind many wealthy individuals. When this wealth was combined with a clear family line from a notable figure from one of the tribes, especially Judah, that fortunate person was considered a Prince of Jerusalem—a title that earned him respect from less fortunate locals and, at the very least, acknowledgment from the Gentiles he interacted with through business and social circumstances. Among this group, no one had achieved greater respect in both private and public life than the father of the boy we’ve been following. While he always remembered his heritage, he remained loyal to the king and served him faithfully both at home and abroad. His various roles had taken him to Rome, where his conduct caught the attention of Augustus, who eagerly sought to befriend him. As a result, his house was filled with many gifts that would please kings—purple togas, ivory chairs, golden bowls—primarily valuable because they were given by the emperor himself. Such a man was bound to be wealthy; however, his riches didn’t just come from royal favors. He embraced the law that required him to pursue a trade, and he engaged in multiple ventures. Many of the shepherds watching flocks on the plains and hills, as far away as old Lebanon, reported to him as their boss. In coastal cities and inland ones, he established trading houses; his ships brought silver from Spain, which had the richest mines known at the time, while his caravans arrived twice a year from the East, loaded with silks and spices. He was a Hebrew, faithfully observing the law and all essential rites; he was well-known in the synagogue and Temple; he was deeply knowledgeable in the Scriptures; he enjoyed the company of the rabbinic teachers and nearly worshipped Hillel. Yet he was not a separatist; he welcomed strangers from every land into his home, and the critical Pharisees even accused him of having hosted Samaritans at his table more than once. Had he been a Gentile, his legacy might have been on par with Herodes Atticus, but instead, he tragically drowned at sea about ten years before this next part of our story, in the prime of his life, and was mourned throughout Judea. We are already familiar with two members of his family—his widow and son; the only other was a daughter—she who we saw singing to her brother.
Tirzah was her name, and as the two looked at each other, their resemblance was plain. Her features had the regularity of his, and were of the same Jewish type; they had also the charm of childish innocency of expression. Home-life and its trustful love permitted the negligent attire in which she appeared. A chemise buttoned upon the right shoulder, and passing loosely over the breast and back and under the left arm, but half concealed her person above the waist, while it left the arms entirely nude. A girdle caught the folds of the garment, marking the commencement of the skirt. The coiffure was very simple and becoming—a silken cap, Tyrian-dyed; and over that a striped scarf of the same material, beautifully embroidered, and wound about in thin folds so as to show the shape of the head without enlarging it; the whole finished by a tassel dropping from the crown point of the cap. She had rings, ear and finger; anklets and bracelets, all of gold; and around her neck there was a collar of gold, curiously garnished with a network of delicate chains, to which were pendants of pearl. The edges of her eyelids were painted, and the tips of her fingers stained. Her hair fell in two long plaits down her back. A curled lock rested upon each cheek in front of the ear. Altogether it would have been impossible to deny her grace, refinement, and beauty.
Tirzah was her name, and as the two looked at each other, their resemblance was obvious. Her features matched his, sharing the same Jewish traits, and they carried the charming innocence of youth. The comfortable home life and its trusting love allowed for the casual outfit she wore. A chemise buttoned on the right shoulder draped loosely over her chest and back, slipping under her left arm, only partially covering her above the waist while leaving her arms completely bare. A belt gathered the folds of the garment, marking the beginning of the skirt. Her hairstyle was very simple and flattering—a silk cap dyed a deep purple, topped with a beautifully embroidered striped scarf made of the same fabric, wrapped around in thin folds to show the shape of her head without making it look larger, finished off with a tassel hanging from the top of the cap. She wore gold rings on her ears and fingers, along with anklets and bracelets; around her neck was a gold collar intricately designed with delicate chains, from which hung pearl pendants. The edges of her eyelids were colored, and the tips of her fingers were stained. Her hair fell in two long braids down her back, with a curled lock resting on each cheek beside her ear. Overall, it would have been impossible to deny her grace, refinement, and beauty.
“Very pretty, my Tirzah, very pretty!” he said, with animation.
“Really beautiful, my Tirzah, really beautiful!” he said, enthusiastically.
“The song?” she asked.
“Is it the song?” she asked.
“Yes—and the singer, too. It has the conceit of a Greek. Where did you get it?”
“Yes—and the singer, too. It has the pride of a Greek. Where did you get it?”
“You remember the Greek who sang in the theatre last month? They said he used to be a singer at the court for Herod and his sister Salome. He came out just after an exhibition of wrestlers, when the house was full of noise. At his first note everything became so quiet that I heard every word. I got the song from him.”
“You remember the Greek who sang in the theater last month? They said he used to be a singer at the court for Herod and his sister Salome. He came out right after a wrestling exhibition, when the place was loud. At his first note, everything went so quiet that I could hear every word. I got the song from him.”
“But he sang in Greek.”
“But he sang in Greek.”
“And I in Hebrew.”
“And I speak Hebrew.”
“Ah, yes. I am proud of my little sister. Have you another as good?”
“Ah, yes. I’m proud of my little sister. Do you have another as good?”
“Very many. But let them go now. Amrah sent me to tell you she will bring you your breakfast, and that you need not come down. She should be here by this time. She thinks you sick—that a dreadful accident happened you yesterday. What was it? Tell me, and I will help Amrah doctor you. She knows the cures of the Egyptians, who were always a stupid set; but I have a great many recipes of the Arabs who—”
“Lots. But let them go for now. Amrah asked me to tell you she’ll bring your breakfast, so you don’t need to come down. She should be here by now. She thinks you’re sick—that you had a terrible accident yesterday. What happened? Tell me, and I’ll help Amrah take care of you. She knows the remedies of the Egyptians, who were always foolish; but I have plenty of recipes from the Arabs who—”
“Are even more stupid than the Egyptians,” he said, shaking his head.
“Are even more stupid than the Egyptians,” he said, shaking his head.
“Do you think so? Very well, then,” she replied, almost without pause, and putting her hands to her left ear. “We will have nothing to do with any of them. I have here what is much surer and better—the amulet which was given to some of our people—I cannot tell when, it was so far back—by a Persian magician. See, the inscription is almost worn out.”
“Do you really think that? Alright, then,” she responded, almost immediately, as she put her hands to her left ear. “We won’t get involved with any of them. I have something much more reliable and better here—the amulet that was given to some of our people—I can't remember when, it was so long ago—by a Persian magician. Look, the inscription is almost faded.”
She offered him the earring, which he took, looked at, and handed back, laughing.
She gave him the earring, which he took, looked at, and handed back, laughing.
“If I were dying, Tirzah, I could not use the charm. It is a relic of idolatry, forbidden every believing son and daughter of Abraham. Take it, but do not wear it any more.”
“If I were dying, Tirzah, I couldn’t use the charm. It’s a remnant of idolatry, forbidden to every faithful son and daughter of Abraham. Take it, but don’t wear it anymore.”
“Forbidden! Not so,” she said. “Our father’s mother wore it I do not know how many Sabbaths in her life. It has cured I do not know how many people—more than three anyhow. It is approved—look, here is the mark of the rabbis.”
“Forbidden! Not at all,” she said. “Our grandmother wore it for I don’t know how many Sabbaths in her lifetime. It has healed more people than I can count—definitely more than three. It’s certified—look, here’s the rabbis’ mark.”
“I have no faith in amulets.”
"I don't believe in charms."
She raised her eyes to his in astonishment.
She looked up at him in surprise.
“What would Amrah say?”
“What would Amrah say now?”
“Amrah’s father and mother tended sakiyeh for a garden on the Nile.”
“Amrah's parents took care of a waterwheel for a garden by the Nile.”
“But Gamaliel!”
"But come on, Gamaliel!"
“He says they are godless inventions of unbelievers and Shechemites.”
“He says they’re godless creations of nonbelievers and Shechemites.”
Tirzah looked at the ring doubtfully.
Tirzah stared at the ring with skepticism.
“What shall I do with it?”
“What should I do with it?”
“Wear it, my little sister. It becomes you—it helps make you beautiful, though I think you that without help.”
“Put it on, my little sister. It looks great on you—it makes you even more beautiful, but I think you’re beautiful on your own.”
Satisfied, she returned the amulet to her ear just as Amrah entered the summer chamber, bearing a platter, with wash-bowl, water, and napkins.
Satisfied, she put the amulet back to her ear just as Amrah walked into the summer chamber, carrying a tray with a wash bowl, water, and napkins.
Not being a Pharisee, the ablution was short and simple with Judah. The servant then went out, leaving Tirzah to dress his hair. When a lock was disposed to her satisfaction, she would unloose the small metallic mirror which, as was the fashion among her fair countrywomen, she wore at her girdle, and gave it to him, that he might see the triumph, and how handsome it made him. Meanwhile they kept up their conversation.
Not being a Pharisee, Judah's washing was quick and straightforward. The servant then left, allowing Tirzah to do his hair. Once she was satisfied with a lock, she would take out the small metal mirror she wore at her waist, as was the style among her beautiful countrywomen, and hand it to him so he could see the result and how good-looking it made him. In the meantime, they continued their conversation.
“What do you think, Tirzah?—I am going away.”
“What do you think, Tirzah? I'm leaving.”
She dropped her hands with amazement.
She let her hands fall in astonishment.
“Going away! When? Where? For what?”
“Going away! When? Where? For what?”
He laughed.
He chuckled.
“Three questions, all in a breath! What a body you are!” Next instant he became serious. “You know the law requires me to follow some occupation. Our good father set me an example. Even you would despise me if I spent in idleness the results of his industry and knowledge. I am going to Rome.”
“Three questions, all in one breath! What a character you are!” The next moment, he grew serious. “You know the law requires me to have some job. Our good father set an example for me. Even you would look down on me if I wasted the fruits of his hard work and wisdom in idleness. I’m heading to Rome.”
“Oh, I will go with you.”
“Oh, I’ll join you.”
“You must stay with mother. If both of us leave her she will die.”
“You need to stay with Mom. If we both leave her, she’ll die.”
The brightness faded from her face.
The brightness faded from her face.
“Ah, yes, yes! But—must you go? Here in Jerusalem you can learn all that is needed to be a merchant—if that is what you are thinking of.”
“Ah, yes, yes! But—do you really have to go? Here in Jerusalem, you can learn everything you need to know to be a merchant—if that's what you're considering.”
“But that is not what I am thinking of. The law does not require the son to be what the father was.”
"But that's not what I'm thinking about. The law doesn't require the son to be like the father."
“What else can you be?”
“What else can you do?”
“A soldier,” he replied, with a certain pride of voice.
“A soldier,” he replied, with a hint of pride in his voice.
Tears came into her eyes.
Tears filled her eyes.
“You will be killed.”
"You will be killed."
“If God’s will, be it so. But, Tirzah, the soldiers are not all killed.”
“If it’s God's will, then let it be. But, Tirzah, not all the soldiers are dead.”
She threw her arms around his neck, as if to hold him back.
She wrapped her arms around his neck, almost as if she was trying to stop him.
“We are so happy! Stay at home, my brother.”
“We are so happy! Stay home, my brother.”
“Home cannot always be what it is. You yourself will be going away before long.”
“Home can't always be what it is. You'll be leaving soon.”
“Never!”
"Not a chance!"
He smiled at her earnestness.
He smiled at her sincerity.
“A prince of Judah, or some other of one of the tribes, will come soon and claim my Tirzah, and ride away with her, to be the light of another house. What will then become of me?”
“A prince of Judah, or someone from one of the other tribes, will come soon and take my Tirzah, and ride off with her to brighten another household. What will happen to me then?”
She answered with sobs.
She replied through her tears.
“War is a trade,” he continued, more soberly. “To learn it thoroughly, one must go to school, and there is no school like a Roman camp.”
“War is a business,” he continued, more seriously. “To master it completely, you have to go to school, and there’s no school like a Roman camp.”
“You would not fight for Rome?” she asked, holding her breath.
“You're not going to fight for Rome?” she asked, holding her breath.
“And you—even you hate her. The whole world hates her. In that, O Tirzah, find the reason of the answer I give you— Yes, I will fight for her, if, in return, she will teach me how one day to fight against her.”
“And you—even you hate her. The whole world hates her. In that, O Tirzah, find the reason for my answer—Yes, I will fight for her, if, in return, she will teach me how to fight against her one day.”
“When will you go?”
"When are you leaving?"
Amrah’s steps were then heard returning.
Amrah's footsteps were then heard coming back.
“Hist!” he said. “Do not let her know of what I am thinking.”
“Shh!” he said. “Don’t let her know what I’m thinking.”
The faithful slave came in with breakfast, and placed the waiter holding it upon a stool before them; then, with white napkins upon her arm, she remained to serve them. They dipped their fingers in a bowl of water, and were rinsing them, when a noise arrested their attention. They listened, and distinguished martial music in the street on the north side of the house.
The loyal servant entered with breakfast and set the tray holding it on a stool in front of them; then, with white napkins draped over her arm, she stayed to serve them. They dipped their fingers in a bowl of water to rinse them when a sound caught their attention. They listened and could hear marching music coming from the street on the north side of the house.
“Soldiers from the Praetorium! I must see them,” he cried, springing from the divan, and running out.
“Soldiers from the Praetorium! I need to see them,” he shouted, jumping off the couch and running out.
In a moment more he was leaning over the parapet of tiles which guarded the roof at the extreme northeast corner, so absorbed that he did not notice Tirzah by his side, resting one hand upon his shoulder.
In a moment, he was leaning over the tiled edge that protected the roof at the far northeast corner, so absorbed that he didn't notice Tirzah next to him, resting one hand on his shoulder.
Their position—the roof being the highest one in the locality—commanded the house-tops eastward as far as the huge irregular Tower of Antonia, which has been already mentioned as a citadel for the garrison and military headquarters for the governor. The street, not more than ten feet wide, was spanned here and there by bridges, open and covered, which, like the roofs along the way, were beginning to be occupied by men, women, and children, called out by the music. The word is used, though it is hardly fitting; what the people heard when they came forth was rather an uproar of trumpets and the shriller litui so delightful to the soldiers.
Their location—the roof being the highest in the area—overlooked the rooftops to the east, all the way to the large, irregular Tower of Antonia, which has already been mentioned as a stronghold for the garrison and military headquarters for the governor. The street, no more than ten feet wide, had bridges spanning it here and there, some open and some covered, which, like the roofs along the way, were starting to be filled with men, women, and children, drawn out by the music. The term is used, though it hardly fits; what the people heard when they came out was more of a loud noise of trumpets and the sharper litui that the soldiers found so pleasing.
The array after a while came into view of the two upon the house of the Hurs. First, a vanguard of the light-armed—mostly slingers and bowmen—marching with wide intervals between their ranks and files; next a body of heavy-armed infantry, bearing large shields, and hastoe longoe, or spears identical with those used in the duels before Ilium; then the musicians; and then an officer riding alone, but followed closely by a guard of cavalry; after them again, a column of infantry also heavy-armed, which, moving in close order, crowded the streets from wall to wall, and appeared to be without end.
The formation eventually came into view for the two on the Hurs' house. First, there was a group of light infantry—mostly slingers and archers—moving with wide spaces between their ranks. Next, a unit of heavy infantry appeared, carrying large shields and long spears similar to those used in the battles before Ilium. Then came the musicians, followed by an officer riding alone but closely followed by a cavalry guard. Behind them was another column of heavy infantry, marching closely together, filling the streets from wall to wall, seemingly endless.
The brawny limbs of the men; the cadenced motion from right to left of the shields; the sparkle of scales, buckles, and breastplates and helms, all perfectly burnished; the plumes nodding above the tall crests; the sway of ensigns and iron-shod spears; the bold, confident step, exactly timed and measured; the demeanor, so grave, yet so watchful; the machine-like unity of the whole moving mass—made an impression upon Judah, but as something felt rather than seen. Two objects fixed his attention—the eagle of the legion first—a gilded effigy perched on a tall shaft, with wings outspread until they met above its head. He knew that, when brought from its chamber in the Tower, it had been received with divine honors.
The strong limbs of the men; the rhythmic movement of the shields from side to side; the shine of scales, buckles, breastplates, and helmets, all polished to perfection; the feathers swaying above the tall crests; the motion of banners and iron-tipped spears; the bold, confident stride, precisely timed and measured; the serious yet alert demeanor; the seamless unity of the entire moving group—made an impression on Judah, but it was something he felt more than saw. Two things caught his attention—the eagle of the legion first—a golden figure sitting on a tall pole, with its wings spread wide until they met above its head. He knew that, when it was brought out of its chamber in the Tower, it had been honored with divine reverence.
The officer riding alone in the midst of the column was the other attraction. His head was bare; otherwise he was in full armor. At his left hip he wore a short sword; in his hand, however, he carried a truncheon, which looked like a roll of white paper. He sat upon a purple cloth instead of a saddle, and that, and a bridle with a forestall of gold and reins of yellow silk broadly fringed at the lower edge, completed the housings of the horse.
The officer riding alone in the middle of the column was another point of interest. His head was uncovered; otherwise, he was fully armored. At his left hip, he had a short sword, but in his hand, he held a truncheon that looked like a rolled-up piece of white paper. He sat on a purple cloth instead of a saddle, and that, along with a bridle featuring a gold forepiece and reins of yellow silk with wide fringes at the bottom, completed the horse's gear.
While the man was yet in the distance, Judah observed that his presence was sufficient to throw the people looking at him into angry excitement. They would lean over the parapets or stand boldly out, and shake their fists at him; they followed him with loud cries, and spit at him as he passed under the bridges; the women even flung their sandals, sometimes with such good effect as to hit him. When he was nearer, the yells became distinguishable—“Robber, tyrant, dog of a Roman! Away with Ishmael! Give us back our Hannas!”
While the man was still far away, Judah noticed that just his presence was enough to stir up the crowd into a furious frenzy. They leaned over the edges or boldly stood out, shaking their fists at him; they followed him with loud shouts and spat at him as he walked under the bridges; even the women threw their sandals, sometimes hitting him with impressive accuracy. As he got closer, the shouts became clear—“Robber, tyrant, Roman dog! Get rid of Ishmael! Bring back our Hannas!”
When quite near, Judah could see that, as was but natural, the man did not share the indifference so superbly shown by the soldiers; his face was dark and sullen, and the glances he occasionally cast at his persecutors were full of menace; the very timid shrank from them.
When Judah got closer, he noticed that, as you'd expect, the man didn’t show the same indifference that the soldiers did so well; his face was dark and sullen, and the looks he occasionally shot at his tormentors were full of anger; even the very timid recoiled from them.
Now the lad had heard of the custom, borrowed from a habit of the first Cæsar, by which chief commanders, to indicate their rank, appeared in public with only a laurel vine upon their heads. By that sign he knew this officer—VALERIUS GRATUS, THE NEW PROCURATOR OF JUDEA!
Now the young man had heard of the custom, taken from a practice of the first Caesar, where chief commanders, to show their rank, would appear in public wearing only a laurel crown on their heads. By that sign, he recognized this officer—VALERIUS GRATUS, THE NEW PROCURATOR OF JUDEA!
To say truth now, the Roman under the unprovoked storm had the young Jew’s sympathy; so that when he reached the corner of the house, the latter leaned yet farther over the parapet to see him go by, and in the act rested a hand upon a tile which had been a long time cracked and allowed to go unnoticed. The pressure was strong enough to displace the outer piece, which started to fall. A thrill of horror shot through the youth. He reached out to catch the missile. In appearance the motion was exactly that of one pitching something from him. The effort failed—nay, it served to push the descending fragment farther out over the wall. He shouted with all his might. The soldiers of the guard looked up; so did the great man, and that moment the missile struck him, and he fell from his seat as dead.
To tell the truth, the Roman caught the young Jew's sympathy amid the unprovoked storm; so when he reached the corner of the house, the Jew leaned even further over the parapet to watch him go by, and in doing so, rested a hand on a long-cracked tile that had gone unnoticed. The pressure was enough to dislodge the outer piece, which started to fall. A wave of horror surged through the youth. He reached out to catch the falling object. To an observer, it looked exactly like he was trying to throw something away. The attempt failed—actually, it only pushed the falling piece further out over the wall. He shouted with all his might. The guard soldiers looked up; so did the important man, and in that moment, the object struck him, and he fell from his seat as if dead.
The cohort halted; the guards leaped from their horses, and hastened to cover the chief with their shields. On the other hand, the people who witnessed the affair, never doubting that the blow had been purposely dealt, cheered the lad as he yet stooped in full view over the parapet, transfixed by what he beheld, and by anticipation of the consequences flashed all too plainly upon him.
The group stopped; the guards jumped off their horses and rushed to shield the chief. Meanwhile, the onlookers, convinced that the blow was intentional, cheered for the young man as he leaned over the wall, mesmerized by what he saw and the clear implications of what was about to happen.
A mischievous spirit flew with incredible speed from roof to roof along the line of march, seizing the people, and urging them all alike. They laid hands upon the parapets and tore up the tiling and the sunburnt mud of which the house-tops were for the most part made, and with blind fury began to fling them upon the legionaries halted below. A battle then ensued. Discipline, of course, prevailed. The struggle, the slaughter, the skill of one side, the desperation of the other, are alike unnecessary to our story. Let us look rather to the wretched author of it all.
A mischievous spirit zipped from roof to roof along the path, grabbing people and pushing them all to get involved. They started pulling at the walls, ripping up the tiles and the sunbaked mud that mostly made up the rooftops, and in a blind rage, began throwing them down at the soldiers below. A battle broke out. As expected, discipline won out. The fight, the killing, the skill of one side, the desperation of the other, aren’t important to our story. Let’s focus instead on the miserable source of it all.
He arose from the parapet, his face very pale.
He got up from the ledge, his face extremely pale.
“O Tirzah, Tirzah! What will become of us?”
“O Tirzah, Tirzah! What will happen to us?”
She had not seen the occurrence below, but was listening to the shouting and watching the mad activity of the people in view on the houses. Something terrible was going on, she knew; but what it was, or the cause, or that she or any of those dear to her were in danger, she did not know.
She hadn't seen what was happening below, but she could hear the shouting and see the chaotic activity of the people on the rooftops. She knew something horrible was going on, but she had no idea what it was, what caused it, or whether she or any of her loved ones were in danger.
“What has happened? What does it all mean?” she asked, in sudden alarm.
“What happened? What does it all mean?” she asked, suddenly alarmed.
“I have killed the Roman governor. The tile fell upon him.”
“I’ve killed the Roman governor. The tile fell on him.”
An unseen hand appeared to sprinkle her face with the dust of ashes—it grew white so instantly. She put her arm around him, and looked wistfully, but without a word, into his eyes. His fears had passed to her, and the sight of them gave him strength.
An unseen hand seemed to sprinkle her face with ash dust—it turned white so quickly. She wrapped her arm around him and looked longingly, but without saying a word, into his eyes. His fears had transferred to her, and seeing them gave him strength.
“I did not do it purposely, Tirzah—it was an accident,” he said, more calmly.
“I didn't do it on purpose, Tirzah—it was an accident,” he said, more calmly.
“What will they do?” she asked.
“What are they going to do?” she asked.
He looked off over the tumult momentarily deepening in the street and on the roofs, and thought of the sullen countenance of Gratus. If he were not dead, where would his vengeance stop? And if he were dead, to what height of fury would not the violence of the people lash the legionaries? To evade an answer, he peered over the parapet again, just as the guard were assisting the Roman to remount his horse.
He glanced out at the chaos spreading in the street and on the rooftops, and thought about Gratus’s grim expression. If he wasn’t dead, how far would his thirst for revenge go? And if he was dead, how intense would the mob's anger become against the soldiers? To avoid an answer, he looked over the wall again, just as the guards were helping the Roman get back on his horse.
“He lives, he lives, Tirzah! Blessed be the Lord God of our fathers!”
“He's alive, he's alive, Tirzah! Praise be to the Lord God of our ancestors!”
With that outcry, and a brightened countenance, he drew back and replied to her question.
With that shout and a beaming face, he stepped back and answered her question.
“Be not afraid, Tirzah. I will explain how it happened, and they will remember our father and his services, and not hurt us.”
“Don't be afraid, Tirzah. I'll explain how it happened, and they will remember our father and what he did for them, and they won’t harm us.”
He was leading her to the summer-house, when the roof jarred under their feet, and a crash of strong timbers being burst away, followed by a cry of surprise and agony, arose apparently from the court-yard below. He stopped and listened. The cry was repeated; then came a rush of many feet, and voices lifted in rage blent with voices in prayer; and then the screams of women in mortal terror. The soldiers had beaten in the north gate, and were in possession of the house. The terrible sense of being hunted smote him. His first impulse was to fly; but where? Nothing but wings would serve him. Tirzah, her eyes wild with fear, caught his arm.
He was taking her to the summer house when the roof shook beneath them, followed by the sound of heavy timbers breaking apart and a mix of surprise and pain coming from the courtyard below. He paused to listen. The cry came again; then there was a rush of footsteps, voices raised in anger mixed with shouts of prayer, and then the screams of women in intense fear. The soldiers had broken through the north gate and were now inside the house. A deep feeling of being hunted hit him. His instinct was to run, but where could he go? He felt like he would need wings to escape. Tirzah, her eyes wide with fear, grabbed his arm.
“O Judah, what does it mean?”
“O Judah, what does it mean?”
The servants were being butchered—and his mother! Was not one of the voices he heard hers? With all the will left him, he said, “Stay here, and wait for me, Tirzah. I will go down and see what is the matter, and come back to you.”
The servants were being slaughtered—and his mother! Wasn't one of the voices he heard hers? With all his strength, he said, “Stay here and wait for me, Tirzah. I’ll go down and see what’s going on and come back to you.”
His voice was not steady as he wished. She clung closer to him.
His voice wasn't as steady as he wanted. She held onto him tighter.
Clearer, shriller, no longer a fancy, his mother’s cry arose. He hesitated no longer.
Clearer and sharper, no longer a fantasy, his mother's shout rang out. He stopped hesitating.
“Come, then, let us go.”
“Let’s go, then.”
The terrace or gallery at the foot of the steps was crowded with soldiers. Other soldiers with drawn swords ran in and out of the chambers. At one place a number of women on their knees clung to each other or prayed for mercy. Apart from them, one with torn garments, and long hair streaming over her face, struggled to tear loose from a man all whose strength was tasked to keep his hold. Her cries were shrillest of all; cutting through the clamor, they had risen distinguishably to the roof. To her Judah sprang—his steps were long and swift, almost a winged flight—“Mother, mother!” he shouted. She stretched her hands towards him; but when almost touching them he was seized and forced aside. Then he heard some one say, speaking loudly,
The terrace at the bottom of the steps was packed with soldiers. Other soldiers with drawn swords rushed in and out of the rooms. Meanwhile, a group of women on their knees clung to each other or prayed for mercy. Among them, one woman with torn clothes and long hair falling over her face struggled to break free from a man who was using all his strength to hold onto her. Her screams were the loudest of all; cutting through the noise, they rose clearly to the ceiling. Judah dashed towards her—his steps were long and fast, almost like flying—“Mother, mother!” he shouted. She reached out her hands toward him; but just as he was about to touch them, he was grabbed and pushed away. Then he heard someone speaking loudly,
“That is he!”
"That's him!"
Judah looked, and saw—Messala.
Judah looked and saw Messala.
“What, the assassin—that?” said a tall man, in legionary armor of beautiful finish. “Why, he is but a boy.”
“What, that assassin?” said a tall man in well-crafted legionary armor. “He’s just a kid.”
“Gods!” replied Messala, not forgetting his drawl. “A new philosophy! What would Seneca say to the proposition that a man must be old before he can hate enough to kill? You have him; and that is his mother; yonder his sister. You have the whole family.”
“Gods!” Messala replied, still using his lazy drawl. “A new philosophy! What would Seneca think about the idea that a man has to be old before he can hate enough to kill? You have him; and that’s his mother; over there is his sister. You have the whole family.”
For love of them, Judah forgot his quarrel.
For their sake, Judah put aside his fight.
“Help them, O my Messala! Remember our childhood and help them. I—Judah—pray you.”
“Help them, my Messala! Remember our childhood and lend a hand. I—Judah—ask you.”
Messala affected not to hear.
Messala pretended not to hear.
“I cannot be of further use to you,” he said to the officer. “There is richer entertainment in the street. Down Eros, up Mars!”
“I can't help you anymore,” he told the officer. “There's better fun outside. Down Eros, up Mars!”
With the last words he disappeared. Judah understood him, and, in the bitterness of his soul, prayed to Heaven.
With his last words, he vanished. Judah understood him, and in the bitterness of his heart, he prayed to Heaven.
“In the hour of thy vengeance, O Lord,” he said, “be mine the hand to put it upon him!”
“In your hour of vengeance, O Lord,” he said, “let me be the one to carry it out!”
By great exertion, he drew nearer the officer.
With a lot of effort, he got closer to the officer.
“O sir, the woman you hear is my mother. Spare her, spare my sister yonder. God is just, he will give you mercy for mercy.”
“O sir, the woman you hear is my mother. Please spare her, and spare my sister over there. God is just; He will reward you for your mercy.”
The man appeared to be moved.
The man seemed to be affected.
“To the Tower with the women!” he shouted, “but do them no harm. I will demand them of you.” Then to those holding Judah, he said, “Get cords, and bind his hands, and take him to the street. His punishment is reserved.”
“To the Tower with the women!” he yelled, “but don’t hurt them. I will ask for them back.” Then to those holding Judah, he said, “Get ropes, tie his hands, and take him to the street. His punishment is yet to come.”
The mother was carried away. The little Tirzah, in her home attire, stupefied with fear, went passively with her keepers. Judah gave each of them a last look, and covered his face with his hands, as if to possess himself of the scene fadelessly. He may have shed tears, though no one saw them.
The mother was taken away. Little Tirzah, in her home clothes, frozen with fear, went along quietly with her captors. Judah gave each of them one last look and covered his face with his hands, as if trying to capture the moment forever. He might have cried, though no one saw it.
There took place in him then what may be justly called the wonder of life. The thoughtful reader of these pages has ere this discerned enough to know that the young Jew in disposition was gentle even to womanliness—a result that seldom fails the habit of loving and being loved. The circumstances through which he had come had made no call upon the harsher elements of his nature, if such he had. At times he had felt the stir and impulses of ambition, but they had been like the formless dreams of a child walking by the sea and gazing at the coming and going of stately ships. But now, if we can imagine an idol, sensible of the worship it was accustomed to, dashed suddenly from its altar, and lying amidst the wreck of its little world of love, an idea may be had of what had befallen the young Ben-Hur, and of its effect upon his being. Yet there was no sign, nothing to indicate that he had undergone a change, except that when he raised his head, and held his arms out to be bound, the bend of the Cupid’s bow had vanished from his lips. In that instant he had put off childhood and become a man.
What happened to him could be called the wonder of life. Any thoughtful reader of these pages has probably noticed enough to understand that the young Jew was gentle to the point of being almost feminine—a result that often follows the habit of loving and being loved. The experiences he had been through did not bring out any harsh aspects of his character, if there were any. Occasionally, he felt the stirrings of ambition, but those feelings were like a child's daydreams while walking by the sea, watching the arrival and departure of grand ships. But now, if we can imagine an idol, aware of the reverence it usually receives, suddenly knocked off its pedestal and lying in the ruins of its little world of love, we might grasp what had happened to young Ben-Hur and how it affected him. Yet there was no indication, nothing to suggest that he had changed, except that when he lifted his head and extended his arms to be bound, the smile had disappeared from his lips. In that moment, he shed his childhood and became a man.
A trumpet sounded in the court-yard. With the cessation of the call, the gallery was cleared of the soldiery; many of whom, as they dared not appear in the ranks with visible plunder in their hands, flung what they had upon the floor, until it was strewn with articles of richest virtu. When Judah descended, the formation was complete, and the officer waiting to see his last order executed.
A trumpet sounded in the courtyard. As the call ended, the balcony emptied of soldiers, many of whom, not wanting to be seen in ranks with obvious loot, threw their spoils on the floor until it was covered with valuable items. When Judah came down, the setup was finished, and the officer was ready to ensure his last command was carried out.
The mother, daughter, and entire household were led out of the north gate, the ruins of which choked the passageway. The cries of the domestics, some of whom had been born in the house, were most pitiable. When, finally, the horses and all the dumb tenantry of the place were driven past him, Judah began to comprehend the scope of the procurator’s vengeance. The very structure was devoted. Far as the order was possible of execution, nothing living was to be left within its walls. If in Judea there were others desperate enough to think of assassinating a Roman governor, the story of what befell the princely family of Hur would be a warning to them, while the ruin of the habitation would keep the story alive.
The mother, daughter, and the whole household were led out through the north gate, which was blocked by ruins. The cries of the servants, some of whom had been born in that house, were heartbreaking. When the horses and all the remaining animals were finally driven past him, Judah started to understand the extent of the procurator’s revenge. The whole structure was doomed. As far as the order could be carried out, nothing alive was to remain within its walls. If there were others in Judea desperate enough to consider assassinating a Roman governor, the story of what happened to the princely family of Hur would serve as a warning to them, while the destruction of the home would keep the tale alive.
The officer waited outside while a detail of men temporarily restored the gate.
The officer waited outside while a group of men temporarily fixed the gate.
In the street the fighting had almost ceased. Upon the houses here and there clouds of dust told where the struggle was yet prolonged. The cohort was, for the most part, standing at rest, its splendor, like its ranks, in nowise diminished. Borne past the point of care for himself, Judah had heart for nothing in view but the prisoners, among whom he looked in vain for his mother and Tirzah.
In the street, the fighting had nearly stopped. Dust clouds around the houses indicated where the struggle was still going on. The soldiers were mostly standing still, their glory and formation unchanged. Distracted by his own concerns, Judah could think only of the prisoners, searching in vain for his mother and Tirzah.
Suddenly, from the earth where she had been lying, a woman arose and started swiftly back to the gate. Some of the guards reached out to seize her, and a great shout followed their failure. She ran to Judah, and, dropping down, clasped his knees, the coarse black hair powdered with dust veiling her eyes.
Suddenly, from the ground where she had been lying, a woman got up and quickly made her way back to the gate. Some of the guards tried to grab her, and a loud shout erupted when they missed. She ran to Judah and, dropping down, held onto his knees, her rough black hair covered in dust hiding her eyes.
“O Amrah, good Amrah,” he said to her, “God help you; I cannot.”
“O Amrah, good Amrah,” he said to her, “God help you; I can't.”
She could not speak.
She couldn't speak.
He bent down, and whispered, “Live, Amrah, for Tirzah and my mother. They will come back, and—”
He leaned down and whispered, “Live, Amrah, for Tirzah and my mom. They will come back, and—”
A soldier drew her away; whereupon she sprang up and rushed through the gateway and passage into the vacant court-yard.
A soldier pulled her away; then she jumped up and ran through the gate and hallway into the empty courtyard.
“Let her go,” the officer shouted. “We will seal the house, and she will starve.”
“Let her go,” the officer yelled. “We’ll seal off the house, and she’ll starve.”
The men resumed their work, and, when it was finished there, passed round to the west side. That gate was also secured, after which the palace of the Hurs was lost to use.
The men got back to work, and once they finished there, they moved to the west side. That gate was also locked up, after which the palace of the Hurs became unusable.
The cohort at length marched back to the Tower, where the procurator stayed to recover from his hurts and dispose of his prisoners. On the tenth day following, he visited the Market-place.
The group eventually marched back to the Tower, where the procurator stayed to recover from his injuries and manage his prisoners. On the tenth day after that, he went to the Market-place.
CHAPTER VII
Next day a detachment of legionaries went to the desolated palace, and, closing the gates permanently, plastered the corners with wax, and at the sides nailed a notice in Latin:
Next day, a group of soldiers went to the abandoned palace, and, permanently closing the gates, sealed the corners with wax, and on the sides nailed a notice in Latin:
“THIS IS THE PROPERTY OF THE EMPEROR.”
“THIS IS THE PROPERTY OF THE EMPEROR.”
In the haughty Roman idea, the sententious announcement was thought sufficient for the purpose—and it was.
In the arrogant Roman mindset, the self-important statement was considered enough for the job—and it was.
The day after that again, about noon, a decurion with his command of ten horsemen approached Nazareth from the south—that is, from the direction of Jerusalem. The place was then a straggling village, perched on a hill-side, and so insignificant that its one street was little more than a path well beaten by the coming and going of flocks and herds. The great plain of Esdraelon crept close to it on the south, and from the height on the west a view could be had of the shores of the Mediterranean, the region beyond the Jordan, and Hermon. The valley below, and the country on every side, were given to gardens, vineyards, orchards, and pasturage. Groves of palm-trees Orientalized the landscape. The houses, in irregular assemblage, were of the humbler class—square, one-story, flat-roofed, and covered with bright-green vines. The drought that had burned the hills of Judea to a crisp, brown and lifeless, stopped at the boundary-line of Galilee.
The next day around noon, a decurion with ten horsemen came toward Nazareth from the south—that is, from the direction of Jerusalem. At that time, the place was a scattered village on a hillside, so small that its single street was barely more than a well-trodden path used by flocks and herds. The vast Esdraelon plain stretched close to it to the south, and from the height to the west, you could see the shores of the Mediterranean, the area beyond the Jordan, and Mount Hermon. The valley below and the land surrounding it were filled with gardens, vineyards, orchards, and pastures. Groves of palm trees added an Eastern touch to the landscape. The houses, irregularly grouped, belonged to the simpler class—square, one story, flat-roofed, and covered in bright green vines. The drought that had scorched the hills of Judea to a dry, lifeless brown stopped at the border of Galilee.
A trumpet, sounded when the cavalcade drew near the village, had a magical effect upon the inhabitants. The gates and front doors cast forth groups eager to be the first to catch the meaning of a visitation so unusual.
A trumpet, played when the procession approached the village, had a mesmerizing effect on the townspeople. The gates and front doors opened to reveal groups eager to be the first to understand the significance of such an unusual visit.
Nazareth, it must be remembered, was not only aside from any great highway, but within the sway of Judas of Gamala; wherefore it should not be hard to imagine the feelings with which the legionaries were received. But when they were up and traversing the street, the duty that occupied them became apparent, and then fear and hatred were lost in curiosity, under the impulse of which the people, knowing there must be a halt at the well in the northeastern part of the town, quit their gates and doors, and closed in after the procession.
Nazareth, it’s important to note, was not located near any major roads and was under the influence of Judas of Gamala. So, it's easy to picture how the soldiers were welcomed. But as they moved down the street, their purpose became clear, and fear and hatred turned into curiosity. Driven by this curiosity, the townspeople, knowing the procession would stop at the well in the northeast part of town, left their homes and followed behind.
A prisoner whom the horsemen were guarding was the object of curiosity. He was afoot, bareheaded, half naked, his hands bound behind him. A thong fixed to his wrists was looped over the neck of a horse. The dust went with the party when in movement, wrapping him in yellow fog, sometimes in a dense cloud. He drooped forward, footsore and faint. The villagers could see he was young.
A prisoner being watched by the horsemen caught everyone's attention. He was on foot, without a cap, half-dressed, and had his hands tied behind his back. A strap attached to his wrists was looped over a horse's neck. Dust followed the group as they moved, enveloping him in a yellow haze, sometimes in a thick cloud. He leaned forward, exhausted and weak. The villagers could tell he was young.
At the well the decurion halted, and, with most of the men, dismounted. The prisoner sank down in the dust of the road, stupefied, and asking nothing: apparently he was in the last stage of exhaustion. Seeing, when they came near, that he was but a boy, the villagers would have helped him had they dared.
At the well, the officer stopped, and, along with most of the men, got off their horses. The prisoner collapsed in the dirt of the road, dazed and asking for nothing; he looked completely worn out. When the villagers saw him up close and realized he was just a boy, they would have helped him if they had the courage to do so.
In the midst of their perplexity, and while the pitchers were passing among the soldiers, a man was descried coming down the road from Sepphoris. At sight of him a woman cried out, “Look! Yonder comes the carpenter. Now we will hear something.”
In the middle of their confusion, and as the pitchers were being passed around among the soldiers, a man was spotted coming down the road from Sepphoris. When she saw him, a woman exclaimed, “Look! Here comes the carpenter. We'll finally hear something.”
The person spoken of was quite venerable in appearance. Thin white locks fell below the edge of his full turban, and a mass of still whiter beard flowed down the front of his coarse gray gown. He came slowly, for, in addition to his age, he carried some tools—an axe, a saw, and a drawing-knife, all very rude and heavy—and had evidently travelled some distance without rest.
The person being described looked quite aged. Thin, white hair hung down below his full turban, and a large, even whiter beard flowed down the front of his rough gray gown. He moved slowly because, besides his age, he was carrying some tools—an axe, a saw, and a drawing knife, all very rough and heavy—and it was clear he had traveled a long way without taking a break.
He stopped close by to survey the assemblage.
He stopped nearby to look over the crowd.
“O Rabbi, good Rabbi Joseph!” cried a woman, running to him. “Here is a prisoner; come ask the soldiers about him, that we may know who he is, and what he has done, and what they are going to do with him.”
“O Rabbi, good Rabbi Joseph!” shouted a woman as she rushed towards him. “Here’s a prisoner; come talk to the soldiers about him, so we can find out who he is, what he's done, and what they plan to do with him.”
The rabbi’s face remained stolid; he glanced at the prisoner, however, and presently went to the officer.
The rabbi's expression stayed serious; he looked at the prisoner, though, and soon approached the officer.
“The peace of the Lord be with you!” he said, with unbending gravity.
“May the peace of the Lord be with you!” he said, with unwavering seriousness.
“And that of the gods with you,” the decurion replied.
“And that of the gods with you,” the officer replied.
“Are you from Jerusalem?”
“Are you from Jerusalem?”
“Yes.”
“Yeah.”
“Your prisoner is young.”
"Your prisoner is a minor."
“In years, yes.”
“In a few years, yes.”
“May I ask what he has done?”
“Can I ask what he's done?”
“He is an assassin.”
“He's an assassin.”
The people repeated the word in astonishment, but Rabbi Joseph pursued his inquest.
The people repeated the word in shock, but Rabbi Joseph continued his investigation.
“Is he a son of Israel?”
“Is he from Israel?”
“He is a Jew,” said the Roman, dryly.
“He's a Jew,” said the Roman, dryly.
The wavering pity of the bystanders came back.
The uncertain pity of the onlookers returned.
“I know nothing of your tribes, but can speak of his family,” the speaker continued. “You may have heard of a prince of Jerusalem named Hur—Ben-Hur, they called him. He lived in Herod’s day.”
“I don’t know anything about your tribes, but I can tell you about his family,” the speaker went on. “You might have heard of a prince from Jerusalem named Hur—Ben-Hur, they called him. He lived during Herod’s time.”
“I have seen him,” Joseph said.
"I've seen him," Joseph stated.
“Well, this is his son.”
"Well, this is his kid."
Exclamations became general, and the decurion hastened to stop them.
Exclamations became widespread, and the decurion quickly moved to put a stop to them.
“In the streets of Jerusalem, day before yesterday, he nearly killed the noble Gratus by flinging a tile upon his head from the roof of a palace—his father’s, I believe.”
“In the streets of Jerusalem, the day before yesterday, he almost killed the noble Gratus by dropping a tile on his head from the roof of a palace—his father's, I think.”
There was a pause in the conversation during which the Nazarenes gazed at the young Ben-Hur as at a wild beast.
There was a pause in the conversation as the Nazarenes stared at the young Ben-Hur like he was a wild animal.
“Did he kill him?” asked the rabbi.
“Did he kill him?” the rabbi asked.
“No.”
“No.”
“He is under sentence.”
"He's been sentenced."
“Yes—the galleys for life.”
"Yes—the galleys for life."
“The Lord help him!” said Joseph, for once moved out of his stolidity.
“God help him!” said Joseph, for once shaken out of his usual calm.
Thereupon a youth who came up with Joseph, but had stood behind him unobserved, laid down an axe he had been carrying, and, going to the great stone standing by the well, took from it a pitcher of water. The action was so quiet that before the guard could interfere, had they been disposed to do so, he was stooping over the prisoner, and offering him drink.
Then a young man who had approached Joseph, but had remained unnoticed behind him, put down the axe he was carrying and went to the large stone by the well, where he filled a pitcher with water. His movements were so silent that before the guard could step in, if they had wanted to, he was already bending over the prisoner and offering him a drink.
The hand laid kindly upon his shoulder awoke the unfortunate Judah, and, looking up, he saw a face he never forgot—the face of a boy about his own age, shaded by locks of yellowish bright chestnut hair; a face lighted by dark-blue eyes, at the time so soft, so appealing, so full of love and holy purpose, that they had all the power of command and will. The spirit of the Jew, hardened though it was by days and nights of suffering, and so embittered by wrong that its dreams of revenge took in all the world, melted under the stranger’s look, and became as a child’s. He put his lips to the pitcher, and drank long and deep. Not a word was said to him, nor did he say a word.
The gentle hand on his shoulder woke the unfortunate Judah, and when he looked up, he saw a face he would never forget—the face of a boy around his own age, framed by bright chestnut hair; a face illuminated by dark-blue eyes, which at that moment were so soft, so inviting, and so full of love and purpose that they held a powerful sway. The spirit of the Jew, toughened by days and nights of suffering and embittered by wrongs that fueled dreams of revenge against the world, softened under the stranger’s gaze and became innocent like a child’s. He brought the pitcher to his lips and drank long and deeply. Not a word was exchanged between them.
When the draught was finished, the hand that had been resting upon the sufferer’s shoulder was placed upon his head, and stayed there in the dusty locks time enough to say a blessing; the stranger then returned the pitcher to its place on the stone, and, taking his axe again, went back to Rabbi Joseph. All eyes went with him, the decurion’s as well as those of the villagers.
When the drink was finished, the hand that had been resting on the sufferer's shoulder was placed on his head and stayed there in the dusty hair long enough to say a blessing; the stranger then put the pitcher back on the stone and, taking his axe again, went back to Rabbi Joseph. Everyone watched him, both the decurion and the villagers.
This was the end of the scene at the well. When the men had drunk, and the horses, the march was resumed. But the temper of the decurion was not as it had been; he himself raised the prisoner from the dust, and helped him on a horse behind a soldier. The Nazarenes went to their houses—among them Rabbi Joseph and his apprentice.
This was the end of the scene at the well. Once the men and the horses had finished drinking, they continued their march. However, the decurion's mood had changed; he lifted the prisoner from the ground and helped him onto a horse behind a soldier. The Nazarenes returned to their homes—among them Rabbi Joseph and his apprentice.
And so, for the first time, Judah and the son of Mary met and parted.
And so, for the first time, Judah and Mary’s son met and then went their separate ways.
BOOK THIRD
“Cleopatra.... Our size of sorrow,
Proportion’d to our cause, must be as great
As that which makes it.—
Enter, below, DIOMEDES.
How now? is he dead?
Diomedes. His death’s upon him, but not dead.”
Antony and Cleopatra (act iv., sc. xiii.).
“Cleopatra.... Our level of grief,
In line with our reasons, has to be as vast
As what causes it.—
Enter, below, DIOMEDES.
What’s going on? Is he dead?
Diomedes. He’s close to death, but he’s not dead yet.”
Antony and Cleopatra (act iv., sc. xiii.).
CHAPTER I
The city of Misenum gave name to the promontory which it crowned, a few miles southwest of Naples. An account of ruins is all that remains of it now; yet in the year of our Lord 24—to which it is desirable to advance the reader—the place was one of the most important on the western coast of Italy.[1]
The city of Misenum gave its name to the promontory it topped, a few miles southwest of Naples. Now, only ruins tell its story; however, in the year 24 AD—which it’s helpful to note—the location was one of the most significant on the western coast of Italy.[1]
[1] The Roman government, it will be remembered, had two harbors in which great fleets were constantly kept—Ravenna and Misenum.
[1] The Roman government, as we recall, had two harbors where large fleets were always stationed—Ravenna and Misenum.
In the year mentioned, a traveller coming to the promontory to regale himself with the view there offered, would have mounted a wall, and, with the city at his back, looked over the bay of Neapolis, as charming then as now; and then, as now, he would have seen the matchless shore, the smoking cone, the sky and waves so softly, deeply blue, Ischia here and Capri yonder; from one to the other and back again, through the purpled air, his gaze would have sported; at last—for the eyes do weary of the beautiful as the palate with sweets—at last it would have dropped upon a spectacle which the modern tourist cannot see—half the reserve navy of Rome astir or at anchor below him. Thus regarded, Misenum was a very proper place for three masters to meet, and at leisure parcel the world among them.
In that year, a traveler coming to the promontory to enjoy the view would have climbed a wall and, with the city behind him, looked out over the bay of Neapolis, as lovely then as it is now; and then, as now, he would have seen the stunning coastline, the smoking volcano, and the sky and ocean in soft, deep shades of blue, with Ischia to one side and Capri to the other. He would have shifted his gaze back and forth through the purple-tinted air; eventually—because even the eyes tire of beauty like the palate tires of sweets—eventually, his gaze would have settled on a sight that modern tourists can’t see: half of Rome’s reserve navy either bustling about or anchored below him. From this perspective, Misenum was a fitting place for three masters to convene and leisurely divide the world among themselves.
In the old time, moreover, there was a gateway in the wall at a certain point fronting the sea—an empty gateway forming the outlet of a street which, after the exit, stretched itself, in the form of a broad mole, out many stadia into the waves.
In ancient times, there was a gateway in the wall at a specific spot facing the sea—an empty gateway that led to a street which, after the exit, extended like a wide pier out for many stadia into the waves.
The watchman on the wall above the gateway was disturbed, one cool September morning, by a party coming down the street in noisy conversation. He gave one look, then settled into his drowse again.
The guard on the wall above the gate was interrupted, one cool September morning, by a group coming down the street, chatting loudly. He glanced over, then drifted back into his nap.
There were twenty or thirty persons in the party, of whom the greater number were slaves with torches, which flamed little and smoked much, leaving on the air the perfume of the Indian nard. The masters walked in advance arm-in-arm. One of them, apparently fifty years old, slightly bald, and wearing over his scant locks a crown of laurel, seemed, from the attentions paid him, the central object of some affectionate ceremony. They all sported ample togas of white wool broadly bordered with purple. A glance had sufficed the watchman. He knew, without question, they were of high rank, and escorting a friend to ship after a night of festivity. Further explanation will be found in the conversation they carried on.
There were about twenty or thirty people in the group, most of whom were slaves holding torches that flickered weakly and produced a lot of smoke, filling the air with the scent of Indian nard. The masters walked ahead, arm in arm. One of them, who looked around fifty, was slightly balding and wore a laurel crown over his thinning hair. It was clear from the attention he was receiving that he was the focus of some affectionate celebration. They were all dressed in large white togas trimmed with purple. The watchman only needed a quick glance; he recognized without a doubt that they were of high status and were escorting a friend to the ship after a night of partying. More details can be found in the conversation they had.
“No, my Quintus,” said one, speaking to him with the crown, “it is ill of Fortune to take thee from us so soon. Only yesterday thou didst return from the seas beyond the Pillars. Why, thou hast not even got back thy land legs.”
“No, my Quintus,” said one, speaking to him with the crown, “it’s unfair of Fortune to take you from us so soon. Just yesterday you returned from the seas beyond the Pillars. You haven’t even got your land legs back yet.”
“By Castor! if a man may swear a woman’s oath,” said another, somewhat worse of wine, “let us not lament. Our Quintus is but going to find what he lost last night. Dice on a rolling ship is not dice on shore—eh, Quintus?”
“By Castor! If a guy can swear by a woman’s promise,” said another, a bit more tipsy, “let’s not mope about it. Our Quintus is just off to look for what he lost last night. Rolling dice on a ship isn’t the same as rolling them on land—right, Quintus?”
“Abuse not Fortune!” exclaimed a third. “She is not blind or fickle. At Antium, where our Arrius questions her, she answers him with nods, and at sea she abides with him holding the rudder. She takes him from us, but does she not always give him back with a new victory?”
“Don’t take Fortune for granted!” exclaimed a third. “She isn’t blind or unreliable. In Antium, where our Arrius asks her questions, she responds with nods, and at sea, she stays with him as he holds the rudder. She may take him from us, but doesn’t she always return him with a new victory?”
“The Greeks are taking him away,” another broke in. “Let us abuse them, not the gods. In learning to trade they forgot how to fight.”
“The Greeks are taking him away,” another interrupted. “Let’s criticize them, not the gods. In learning to trade, they forgot how to fight.”
With these words, the party passed the gateway, and came upon the mole, with the bay before them beautiful in the morning light. To the veteran sailor the plash of the waves was like a greeting. He drew a long breath, as if the perfume of the water were sweeter than that of the nard, and held his hand aloft.
With those words, the group went through the gate and found the mole, with the bay spread out before them, stunning in the morning light. To the experienced sailor, the sound of the waves felt like a welcome. He took a deep breath, as if the scent of the water was more pleasant than that of the finest perfume, and raised his hand high.
“My gifts were at Praeneste, not Antium—and see! Wind from the west. Thanks, O Fortune, my mother!” he said, earnestly.
“My gifts were at Praeneste, not Antium—and look! A west wind. Thanks, O Fortune, my mother!” he said, sincerely.
The friends all repeated the exclamation, and the slaves waved their torches.
The friends all echoed the exclamation, and the servants waved their torches.
“She comes—yonder!” he continued, pointing to a galley outside the mole. “What need has a sailor for other mistress? Is your Lucrece more graceful, my Caius?”
“She’s coming—over there!” he said, pointing to a ship outside the dock. “What does a sailor need with another mistress? Is your Lucrece more elegant, my Caius?”
He gazed at the coming ship, and justified his pride. A white sail was bent to the low mast, and the oars dipped, arose, poised a moment, then dipped again, with wing-like action, and in perfect time.
He looked at the approaching ship and felt justified in his pride. A white sail was attached to the low mast, and the oars dipped, rose, hung in the air for a moment, then dipped again, moving like wings and perfectly in sync.
“Yes, spare the gods,” he said, soberly, his eyes fixed upon the vessel. “They send us opportunities. Ours the fault if we fail. And as for the Greeks, you forget, O my Lentulus, the pirates I am going to punish are Greeks. One victory over them is of more account than a hundred over the Africans.”
“Yes, save the gods,” he said seriously, his eyes fixed on the ship. “They give us opportunities. It's our fault if we fail. And as for the Greeks, you forget, my Lentulus, the pirates I’m going to punish are Greeks. One victory over them matters more than a hundred over the Africans.”
“Then thy way is to the Aegean?”
“Then your path is to the Aegean?”
The sailor’s eyes were full of his ship.
The sailor's eyes were filled with thoughts of his ship.
“What grace, what freedom! A bird hath not less care for the fretting of the waves. See!” he said, but almost immediately added, “Thy pardon, my Lentulus. I am going to the Aegean; and as my departure is so near, I will tell the occasion—only keep it under the rose. I would not that you abuse the duumvir when next you meet him. He is my friend. The trade between Greece and Alexandria, as ye may have heard, is hardly inferior to that between Alexandria and Rome. The people in that part of the world forgot to celebrate the Cerealia, and Triptolemus paid them with a harvest not worth the gathering. At all events, the trade is so grown that it will not brook interruption a day. Ye may also have heard of the Chersonesan pirates, nested up in the Euxine; none bolder, by the Bacchae! Yesterday word came to Rome that, with a fleet, they had rowed down the Bosphorus, sunk the galleys off Byzantium and Chalcedon, swept the Propontis, and, still unsated, burst through into the Aegean. The corn-merchants who have ships in the East Mediterranean are frightened. They had audience with the Emperor himself, and from Ravenna there go to-day a hundred galleys, and from Misenum”—he paused as if to pique the curiosity of his friends, and ended with an emphatic—“one.”
“What grace, what freedom! A bird doesn’t have to worry about the waves. Look!” he said, but quickly added, “Forgive me, my Lentulus. I'm heading to the Aegean, and since my departure is so soon, I’ll share the reason—just keep it a secret. I wouldn't want you to speak poorly of the duumvir the next time you see him. He’s my friend. The trade between Greece and Alexandria, as you may have heard, is almost as significant as that between Alexandria and Rome. People over there forgot to celebrate the Cerealia, and Triptolemus rewarded them with a harvest not worth collecting. Regardless, the trade has grown so much that it can’t afford any interruptions. You might have also heard about the Chersonesan pirates, hiding out in the Euxine; none bolder, by the Bacchae! Yesterday, news reached Rome that, with a fleet, they had rowed down the Bosphorus, sunk the ships off Byzantium and Chalcedon, swept through the Propontis, and, still not satisfied, burst into the Aegean. The grain merchants with ships in the Eastern Mediterranean are scared. They had an audience with the Emperor himself, and from Ravenna, a hundred galleys are sailing today, and from Misenum”—he paused as if to tease the curiosity of his friends, finishing with an emphatic—“one.”
“Happy Quintus! We congratulate thee!”
“Happy Quintus! Congratulations to you!”
“The preferment forerunneth promotion. We salute thee duumvir; nothing less.”
“The preference comes before the promotion. We greet you, dual leader; nothing less.”
“Quintus Arrius, the duumvir, hath a better sound than Quintus Arrius, the tribune.”
“Quintus Arrius, the duumvir, sounds better than Quintus Arrius, the tribune.”
In such manner they showered him with congratulations.
They congratulated him in this way.
“I am glad with the rest,” said the bibulous friend, “very glad; but I must be practical, O my duumvir; and not until I know if promotion will help thee to knowledge of the tesserae will I have an opinion as to whether the gods mean thee ill or good in this—this business.”
“I’m happy with the rest,” said the tipsy friend, “very happy; but I need to be practical, my friend; and I won’t have an opinion on whether the gods intend for you to do well or poorly in this—this situation—until I find out if promotion will give you insight into the tesserae.”
“Thanks, many thanks!” Arrius replied, speaking to them collectively. “Had ye but lanterns, I would say ye were augurs. Perpol! I will go further, and show what master diviners ye are! See—and read.”
“Thanks, thank you all!” Arrius replied, addressing them together. “If you had lanterns, I’d say you were fortune tellers. Wow! I’ll go even further and demonstrate what great diviners you are! Look—and read.”
From the folds of his toga he drew a roll of paper, and passed it to them, saying, “Received while at table last night from—Sejanus.”
From the folds of his toga, he pulled out a roll of paper and handed it to them, saying, “Got this while eating last night from—Sejanus.”
The name was already a great one in the Roman world; great, and not so infamous as it afterwards became.
The name was already well-known in the Roman world; famous, but not as notorious as it later became.
“Sejanus!” they exclaimed, with one voice, closing in to read what the minister had written.
“Sejanus!” they shouted in unison, crowding around to see what the minister had written.
“Sejanus to C. Caecilius Rufus, Duumvir.
“Sejanus to C. Caecilius Rufus, Duumvir.
“ROME, XIX. Kal. Sept.
"Rome, September 13."
“Cæsar hath good report of Quintus Arrius, the tribune. In particular he hath heard of his valor, manifested in the western seas, insomuch that it is his will that the said Quintus be transferred instantly to the East.
“Caesar has a good opinion of Quintus Arrius, the tribune. In particular, he has heard of his bravery, shown in the western seas, so much so that he wants Quintus to be immediately transferred to the East.”
“It is our Cæsar’s will, further, that you cause a hundred triremes, of the first class, and full appointment, to be despatched without delay against the pirates who have appeared in the Aegean, and that Quintus be sent to command the fleet so despatched.
“It is our Caesar’s will that you send out a hundred top-class triremes, fully equipped, immediately against the pirates who have shown up in the Aegean, and that Quintus be appointed to command the fleet sent out.”
“Details are thine, my Caecilius.
"Details are yours, my Caecilius."
“The necessity is urgent, as thou will be advised by the reports enclosed for thy perusal and the information of the said Quintus.
“The need is urgent, as you will see in the enclosed reports for your review and the information from Quintus.”
“SEJANUS.”
“SEJANUS.”
Arrius gave little heed to the reading. As the ship drew more plainly out of the perspective, she became more and more an attraction to him. The look with which he watched her was that of an enthusiast. At length he tossed the loosened folds of his toga in the air; in reply to the signal, over the aplustre, or fan-like fixture at the stern of the vessel, a scarlet flag was displayed; while several sailors appeared upon the bulwarks, and swung themselves hand over hand up the ropes to the antenna, or yard, and furled the sail. The bow was put round, and the time of the oars increased one half; so that at racing speed she bore down directly towards him and his friends. He observed the manoeuvring with a perceptible brightening of the eyes. Her instant answer to the rudder, and the steadiness with which she kept her course, were especially noticeable as virtues to be relied upon in action.
Arrius paid little attention to the reading. As the ship became clearer in view, it drew him in more and more. The way he looked at her was full of excitement. Eventually, he tossed the loose folds of his toga into the air; in response to the signal, a scarlet flag was shown over the fan-like fixture at the back of the boat, while several sailors appeared on the sides and climbed up the ropes to the yard to fold up the sail. The bow turned around, and the rowing speed increased by half, so that she rushed directly toward him and his friends. He watched the maneuvering with a noticeable sparkle in his eyes. Her immediate response to the rudder and the consistency with which she maintained her course were especially impressive qualities to count on in action.
“By the Nymphae!” said one of the friends, giving back the roll, “we may not longer say our friend will be great; he is already great. Our love will now have famous things to feed upon. What more hast thou for us?”
“By the Nymphs!” said one of the friends, handing back the scroll, “we can no longer say our friend will be great; he is already great. Our love will now have amazing things to feed on. What else do you have for us?”
“Nothing more,” Arrius replied. “What ye have of the affair is by this time old news in Rome, especially between the palace and the Forum. The duumvir is discreet; what I am to do, where go to find my fleet, he will tell on the ship, where a sealed package is waiting me. If, however, ye have offerings for any of the altars to-day, pray the gods for a friend plying oar and sail somewhere in the direction of Sicily. But she is here, and will come to,” he said, reverting to the vessel. “I have interest in her masters; they will sail and fight with me. It is not an easy thing to lay ship side on a shore like this; so let us judge their training and skill.”
“Nothing more,” Arrius replied. “What you know about the situation is probably old news in Rome, especially between the palace and the Forum. The duumvir is discreet; he’ll tell me what to do and where to find my fleet on the ship, where a sealed package is waiting for me. However, if you have any offerings for the altars today, please pray to the gods for a friend rowing and sailing somewhere toward Sicily. But she is here, and will come to,” he said, turning back to the vessel. “I have an interest in her crew; they will sail and fight with me. It’s not easy to dock a ship on a shore like this, so let's see how well they’re trained and skilled.”
“What, is she new to thee?”
“What, is she new to you?”
“I never saw her before; and, as yet, I know not if she will bring me one acquaintance.”
“I've never seen her before; and, so far, I don't know if she'll bring me any friends.”
“Is that well?”
"Is that good?"
“It matters but little. We of the sea come to know each other quickly; our loves, like our hates, are born of sudden dangers.”
"It doesn't matter much. We who are from the sea get to know each other fast; our loves, like our hates, are born from sudden dangers."
The vessel was of the class called naves liburnicae—long, narrow, low in the water, and modelled for speed and quick manoeuvre. The bow was beautiful. A jet of water spun from its foot as she came on, sprinkling all the prow, which rose in graceful curvature twice a man’s stature above the plane of the deck. Upon the bending of the sides were figures of Triton blowing shells. Below the bow, fixed to the keel, and projecting forward under the water-line, was the rostrum, or beak, a device of solid wood, reinforced and armed with iron, in action used as a ram. A stout molding extended from the bow the full length of the ship’s sides, defining the bulwarks, which were tastefully crenelated; below the molding, in three rows, each covered with a cap or shield of bull-hide, were the holes in which the oars were worked—sixty on the right, sixty on the left. In further ornamentation, caducei leaned against the lofty prow. Two immense ropes passing across the bow marked the number of anchors stowed on the foredeck.
The ship was from the type known as naves liburnicae—long, narrow, low in the water, and designed for speed and quick maneuvering. The bow was stunning. A spray of water shot up from its base as it moved forward, sprinkling the entire front, which rose in a graceful curve to twice a man's height above the deck. On the curving sides were figures of Triton blowing shells. Below the bow, attached to the keel and extending forward under the waterline, was the rostrum, or beak, a solid wooden device reinforced and armed with iron, used as a ram in battle. A sturdy molding ran from the bow the full length of the ship’s sides, defining the bulwarks, which were elegantly crenelated; below the molding, in three rows, each covered with a cap or shield of bull-hide, were the holes where the oars were operated—sixty on the right, sixty on the left. For additional decoration, caducei leaned against the tall prow. Two massive ropes crossing the bow indicated the number of anchors stored on the foredeck.
The simplicity of the upper works declared the oars the chief dependence of the crew. A mast, set a little forward of midship, was held by fore and back stays and shrouds fixed to rings on the inner side of the bulwarks. The tackle was that required for the management of one great square sail and the yard to which it was hung. Above the bulwarks the deck was visible.
The straightforward design of the upper structure made it clear that the oars were the main reliance of the crew. A mast, positioned slightly ahead of the center of the ship, was supported by fore and back stays and shrouds attached to rings on the inside of the walls. The rigging was what was needed to handle one large square sail and the yard it was attached to. The deck was visible above the walls.
Save the sailors who had reefed the sail, and yet lingered on the yard, but one man was to be seen by the party on the mole, and he stood by the prow helmeted and with a shield.
Save for the sailors who had adjusted the sail and still hung onto the yard, there was only one man visible to the group on the pier, and he stood at the front, wearing a helmet and holding a shield.
The hundred and twenty oaken blades, kept white and shining by pumice and the constant wash of the waves, rose and fell as if operated by the same hand, and drove the galley forward with a speed rivalling that of a modern steamer.
The one hundred and twenty wooden oars, kept white and shiny by pumice and the steady wash of the waves, moved up and down as if controlled by the same hand, propelling the galley forward at a speed that rivaled that of a modern steamship.
So rapidly, and apparently, so rashly, did she come that the landsmen of the tribune’s party were alarmed. Suddenly the man by the prow raised his hand with a peculiar gesture; whereupon all the oars flew up, poised a moment in air, then fell straight down. The water boiled and bubbled about them; the galley shook in every timber, and stopped as if scared. Another gesture of the hand, and again the oars arose, feathered, and fell; but this time those on the right, dropping towards the stern, pushed forward; while those on the left, dropping towards the bow, pulled backwards. Three times the oars thus pushed and pulled against each other. Round to the right the ship swung as upon a pivot; then, caught by the wind, she settled gently broadside to the mole.
She approached so quickly and seemingly recklessly that the men on the tribune's party were startled. Suddenly, the man at the front raised his hand with a unique gesture; as a result, all the oars shot up, hovered for a moment in the air, then fell straight down. The water churned and bubbled around them; the galley shook in every beam and stopped as if it was frightened. With another hand gesture, the oars rose again, feathered, and fell; but this time, those on the right, dropping toward the back, pushed forward, while those on the left, dropping toward the front, pulled backward. Three times the oars pushed and pulled against each other like this. The ship swung to the right as if on a pivot; then, catching the wind, it gently settled broadside to the dock.
The movement brought the stern to view, with all its garniture—Tritons like those at the bow; name in large raised letters; the rudder at the side; the elevated platform upon which the helmsman sat, a stately figure in full armor, his hand upon the rudder-rope; and the aplustre, high, gilt, carved, and bent over the helmsman like a great runcinate leaf.
The movement revealed the back of the ship, with all its decorations—Triton figures like those at the front; the name in bold raised letters; the rudder on the side; the elevated platform where the helmsman sat, a proud figure in full armor, his hand on the rudder rope; and the elaborately styled aplustre, high and golden, carved and arching over the helmsman like a large, curved leaf.
In the midst of the rounding-to, a trumpet was blown brief and shrill, and from the hatchways out poured the marines, all in superb equipment, brazen helms, burnished shields and javelins. While the fighting-men thus went to quarters as for action, the sailors proper climbed the shrouds and perched themselves along the yard. The officers and musicians took their posts. There was no shouting or needless noise. When the oars touched the mole, a bridge was sent out from the helmsman’s deck. Then the tribune turned to his party and said, with a gravity he had not before shown:
In the middle of the assembly, a sharp, loud trumpet was blown, and from the hatches, the marines rushed out, fully equipped with shining helmets, polished shields, and javelins. As the soldiers prepared for battle, the sailors climbed the rigging and settled along the yard. The officers and musicians took their positions. There was no shouting or unnecessary noise. When the oars reached the dock, a bridge was extended from the helmsman’s deck. Then the tribune turned to his group and said, with a seriousness he had not shown before:
“Duty now, O my friends.”
“Time to act, my friends.”
He took the chaplet from his head and gave it to the dice-player.
He took the wreath off his head and handed it to the dice player.
“Take thou the myrtle, O favorite of the tesserae!” he said. “If I return, I will seek my sestertii again; if I am not victor, I will not return. Hang the crown in thy atrium.”
“Take the myrtle, O favorite of the tesserae!” he said. “If I come back, I will look for my sestertii again; if I’m not victorious, I won’t return. Hang the crown in your atrium.”
To the company he opened his arms, and they came one by one and received his parting embrace.
To the company, he opened his arms, and they came one by one to receive his farewell hug.
“The gods go with thee, O Quintus!” they said.
“Good luck to you, Quintus!” they said.
“Farewell,” he replied.
"Goodbye," he replied.
To the slaves waving their torches he waved his hand; then he turned to the waiting ship, beautiful with ordered ranks and crested helms, and shields and javelins. As he stepped upon the bridge, the trumpets sounded, and over the aplustre rose the vexillum purpureum, or pennant of a commander of a fleet.
To the slaves waving their torches, he waved his hand; then he turned to the waiting ship, stunning with its organized ranks, crested helmets, shields, and javelins. As he stepped onto the bridge, the trumpets sounded, and above the decorations rose the purple pennant, or flag of a fleet commander.
CHAPTER II
The tribune, standing upon the helmsman’s deck with the order of the duumvir open in his hand, spoke to the chief of the rowers.[1]
The tribune, standing on the helmsman's deck with the order from the duumvir open in his hand, spoke to the head rower.[1]
[1] Called hortator.
Called motivator.
“What force hast thou?”
“What power do you have?”
“Of oarsmen, two hundred and fifty-two; ten supernumeraries.
“Of oarsmen, two hundred and fifty-two; ten extras.”
“Making reliefs of—”
“Creating reliefs of—”
“Eighty-four.”
“84.”
“And thy habit?”
"And your outfit?"
“It has been to take off and put on every two hours.”
"It has to be taken off and put on every two hours."
The tribune mused a moment.
The tribune thought for a moment.
“The division is hard, and I will reform it, but not now. The oars may not rest day or night.”
“The division is tough, and I will fix it, but not right now. The oars cannot rest day or night.”
Then to the sailing-master he said,
Then he said to the sailing master,
“The wind is fair. Let the sail help the oars.”
“The wind is good. Let the sail assist the oars.”
When the two thus addressed were gone, he turned to the chief pilot.[2]
When the two people he spoke to were gone, he turned to the chief pilot.[2]
[2] Called rector.
Called director.
“What service hast thou had?”
"What service have you had?"
“Two-and-thirty years.”
"Thirty-two years."
“In what seas chiefly?”
“In which seas mainly?”
“Between our Rome and the East.”
“Between our Rome and the East.”
“Thou art the man I would have chosen.”
"You are the man I would have chosen."
The tribune looked at his orders again.
The tribune checked his orders again.
“Past the Camponellan cape, the course will be to Messina. Beyond that, follow the bend of the Calabrian shore till Melito is on thy left, then— Knowest thou the stars that govern in the Ionian Sea?”
“After the Camponellan cape, head towards Messina. From there, follow the curve of the Calabrian coast until Melito is on your left, then—Do you know the stars that guide in the Ionian Sea?”
“I know them well.”
"I know them pretty well."
“Then from Melito course eastward for Cythera. The gods willing, I will not anchor until in the Bay of Antemona. The duty is urgent. I rely upon thee.”
“Then head east from Melito toward Cythera. If the gods are willing, I won’t drop anchor until I reach the Bay of Antemona. This task is important. I’m counting on you.”
A prudent man was Arrius—prudent, and of the class which, while enriching the altars at Praeneste and Antium, was of opinion, nevertheless, that the favor of the blind goddess depended more upon the votary’s care and judgment than upon his gifts and vows. All night as master of the feast he had sat at table drinking and playing; yet the odor of the sea returned him to the mood of the sailor, and he would not rest until he knew his ship. Knowledge leaves no room for chances. Having begun with the chief of the rowers, the sailing-master, and the pilot, in company with the other officers—the commander of the marines, the keeper of the stores, the master of the machines, the overseer of the kitchen or fires—he passed through the several quarters. Nothing escaped his inspection. When he was through, of the community crowded within the narrow walls he alone knew perfectly all there was of material preparation for the voyage and its possible incidents; and, finding the preparation complete, there was left him but one thing further—thorough knowledge of the personnel of his command. As this was the most delicate and difficult part of his task, requiring much time, he set about it his own way.
Arrius was a sensible man—sensible, and from the kind of class that, while contributing to the altars at Praeneste and Antium, believed that the favor of the blind goddess relied more on the follower’s care and wisdom than on their offerings and promises. All night, as the host of the feast, he had sat at the table drinking and celebrating; yet the smell of the sea brought him back to the mindset of a sailor, and he wouldn’t rest until he knew the state of his ship. Knowledge doesn’t allow for chance. Starting with the head rower, the sailing master, and the pilot, along with the other officers—the commander of the marines, the storekeeper, the engineer, and the supervisor of the kitchen and fires—he went through the various sections. Nothing escaped his examination. By the time he was done, among the crowd packed within the narrow walls, he was the only one who fully understood all the material preparations for the voyage and its potential issues; and, finding everything ready, he had just one more thing to do—thoroughly understand the personnel under his command. Since this was the most sensitive and challenging part of his task, needing a lot of time, he approached it in his own way.
At noon that day the galley was skimming the sea off Paestum. The wind was yet from the west, filling the sail to the master’s content. The watches had been established. On the foredeck the altar had been set and sprinkled with salt and barley, and before it the tribune had offered solemn prayers to Jove and to Neptune and all the Oceanidæ, and, with vows, poured the wine and burned the incense. And now, the better to study his men, he was seated in the great cabin, a very martial figure.
At noon that day, the ship was gliding across the sea near Paestum. The wind was still coming from the west, filling the sail just the way the captain liked it. The watches were assigned. On the foredeck, the altar was prepared and sprinkled with salt and barley. The tribune had offered serious prayers to Jupiter, Neptune, and all the Oceanids, making vows, pouring wine, and burning incense. Now, to get a better read on his crew, he sat in the large cabin, looking very imposing.
The cabin, it should be stated, was the central compartment of the galley, in extent quite sixty-five by thirty feet, and lighted by three broad hatchways. A row of stanchions ran from end to end, supporting the roof, and near the centre the mast was visible, all bristling with axes and spears and javelins. To each hatchway there were double stairs descending right and left, with a pivotal arrangement at the top to allow the lower ends to be hitched to the ceiling; and, as these were now raised, the compartment had the appearance of a skylighted hall.
The cabin, it should be noted, was the main section of the galley, measuring about sixty-five by thirty feet, and it was lit by three large hatches. A line of support posts stretched from one end to the other, holding up the roof, and near the middle stood the mast, which was covered in axes, spears, and javelins. Each hatch had double stairs descending to the left and right, with a pivot system at the top that allowed the lower ends to be secured to the ceiling; with these raised, the compartment looked like a hall with skylights.
The reader will understand readily that this was the heart of the ship, the home of all aboard—eating-room, sleeping-chamber, field of exercise, lounging-place off duty—uses made possible by the laws which reduced life there to minute details and a routine relentless as death.
The reader will easily see that this was the heart of the ship, the home for everyone on board—dining area, sleeping quarters, exercise space, and relaxation spot during downtime—functions made possible by the rules that turned life there into minute details and a routine as unyielding as death.
At the after-end of the cabin there was a platform, reached by several steps. Upon it the chief of the rowers sat; in front of him a sounding-table, upon which, with a gavel, he beat time for the oarsmen; at his right a clepsydra, or water-clock, to measure the reliefs and watches. Above him, on a higher platform, well guarded by gilded railing, the tribune had his quarters, overlooking everything, and furnished with a couch, a table, and a cathedra, or chair, cushioned, and with arms and high back—articles which the imperial dispensation permitted of the utmost elegance.
At the back of the cabin, there was a platform reached by several steps. On it sat the chief rower, and in front of him was a sounding table, where he used a gavel to keep time for the oarsmen. To his right was a clepsydra, or water clock, to measure the shifts and watches. Above him, on a higher platform well protected by a gilded railing, the tribune had his quarters, overlooking everything. His area was furnished with a couch, a table, and a cushioned chair with arms and a high back—items that imperial approval allowed to be of the utmost elegance.
Thus at ease, lounging in the great chair, swaying with the motion of the vessel, the military cloak half draping his tunic, sword in belt, Arrius kept watchful eye over his command, and was as closely watched by them. He saw critically everything in view, but dwelt longest upon the rowers. The reader would doubtless have done the same: only he would have looked with much sympathy, while, as is the habit with masters, the tribune’s mind ran forward of what he saw, inquiring for results.
Relaxed in the big chair, swaying with the motion of the ship, his military cloak draped over his tunic and sword at his side, Arrius kept a watchful eye on his command, who were equally attentive to him. He scrutinized everything in sight but spent the most time observing the rowers. The reader would likely have done the same, looking with sympathy, while the tribune’s mind, as is typical for leaders, was focused on the outcomes rather than just what he saw.
The spectacle was simple enough of itself. Along the sides of the cabin, fixed to the ship’s timbers, were what at first appeared to be three rows of benches; a closer view, however, showed them a succession of rising banks, in each of which the second bench was behind and above the first one, and the third above and behind the second. To accommodate the sixty rowers on a side, the space devoted to them permitted nineteen banks separated by intervals of one yard, with a twentieth bank divided so that what would have been its upper seat or bench was directly above the lower seat of the first bank. The arrangement gave each rower when at work ample room, if he timed his movements with those of his associates, the principle being that of soldiers marching with cadenced step in close order. The arrangement also allowed a multiplication of banks, limited only by the length of the galley.
The setup was pretty straightforward. On the sides of the cabin, attached to the ship’s structure, were three rows of benches; but a closer look revealed that they were actually a series of rising platforms, where each second row was behind and above the first one, and the third row was above and behind the second. To fit the sixty rowers on each side, there were nineteen platforms spaced a yard apart, with a twentieth platform designed so that what would have been its upper seat was directly above the lower seat of the first platform. This layout gave each rower plenty of space to work, as long as they timed their movements with their teammates, similar to soldiers marching in sync. The design also allowed for more platforms, only limited by the length of the galley.
As to the rowers, those upon the first and second benches sat, while those upon the third, having longer oars to work, were suffered to stand. The oars were loaded with lead in the handles, and near the point of balance hung to pliable thongs, making possible the delicate touch called feathering, but, at the same time, increasing the need of skill, since an eccentric wave might at any moment catch a heedless fellow and hurl him from his seat. Each oar-hole was a vent through which the laborer opposite it had his plenty of sweet air. Light streamed down upon him from the grating which formed the floor of the passage between the deck and the bulwark over his head. In some respects, therefore, the condition of the men might have been much worse. Still, it must not be imagined that there was any pleasantness in their lives. Communication between them was not allowed. Day after day they filled their places without speech; in hours of labor they could not see each other’s faces; their short respites were given to sleep and the snatching of food. They never laughed; no one ever heard one of them sing. What is the use of tongues when a sigh or a groan will tell all men feel while, perforce, they think in silence? Existence with the poor wretches was like a stream under ground sweeping slowly, laboriously on to its outlet, wherever that might chance to be.
As for the rowers, those on the first and second benches sat, while those on the third, with their longer oars, were allowed to stand. The oars had lead weights in the handles, and near the balance point hung from flexible straps, allowing for a delicate maneuver called feathering, but also increasing the need for skill, since a sudden wave could easily toss an inattentive person from their seat. Each oar-hole provided fresh air for the worker opposite. Light filtered down from the grate that formed the floor of the passage between the deck and the bulwark above. In some ways, the men's situation could have been much worse. However, it shouldn't be assumed that their lives were in any way enjoyable. Communication between them was forbidden. Day after day, they took their places in silence; during labor, they couldn't see each other's faces, and their brief breaks were spent eating and sleeping. They never laughed; no one ever heard one of them sing. What’s the point of talking when a sigh or a groan can express everything they feel while they must remain silent in their thoughts? Life for the unfortunate ones felt like an underground stream slowly and laboriously flowing towards its exit, wherever that might be.
O Son of Mary! The sword has now a heart—and thine the glory! So now; but, in the days of which we are writing, for captivity there was drudgery on walls, and in the streets and mines, and the galleys both of war and commerce were insatiable. When Druilius won the first sea-fight for his country, Romans plied the oars, and the glory was to the rower not less than the marine. These benches which now we are trying to see as they were testified to the change come with conquest, and illustrated both the policy and the prowess of Rome. Nearly all the nations had sons there, mostly prisoners of war, chosen for their brawn and endurance. In one place a Briton; before him a Libyan; behind him a Crimean. Elsewhere a Scythian, a Gaul, and a Thebasite. Roman convicts cast down to consort with Goths and Longobardi, Jews, Ethiopians, and barbarians from the shores of Maeotis. Here an Athenian, there a red-haired savage from Hibernia, yonder blue-eyed giants of the Cimbri.
O Son of Mary! The sword now has a heart—and you get the glory! So here we are; but back when this was written, captivity meant hard labor on walls, in the streets, and in the mines, while the galleys for war and trade were never satisfied. When Druilius won the first sea battle for his country, Romans handled the oars, and the credit went to the rowers just as much as to the sailors. These benches we’re trying to picture now testify to the changes brought by conquest, reflecting both the strategy and strength of Rome. Almost all nations had sons there, mostly war prisoners chosen for their strength and endurance. In one spot, there was a Briton; in front of him a Libyan; behind him a Crimean. Elsewhere, a Scythian, a Gaul, and a man from Thebes. Roman convicts were thrown in to mix with Goths and Longobards, Jews, Ethiopians, and various outsiders from the shores of Maeotis. Here was an Athenian, there a red-haired savage from Ireland, and over there, blue-eyed giants from the Cimbri.
In the labor of the rowers there was not enough art to give occupation to their minds, rude and simple as they were. The reach forward, the pull, the feathering the blade, the dip, were all there was of it; motions most perfect when most automatic. Even the care forced upon them by the sea outside grew in time to be a thing instinctive rather than of thought. So, as the result of long service, the poor wretches became imbruted—patient, spiritless, obedient—creatures of vast muscle and exhausted intellects, who lived upon recollections generally few but dear, and at last lowered into the semi-conscious alchemic state wherein misery turns to habit, and the soul takes on incredible endurance.
In the work of the rowers, there wasn’t enough skill to engage their minds, as they were rough and simple. The forward reach, the pull, the feathering of the blade, and the dip were all that mattered; their movements were most flawless when done automatically. Even the awareness demanded by the sea outside eventually became instinctive rather than thoughtful. As a result of their long service, these unfortunate souls became worn down—patient, spiritless, obedient—powerful beings with drained intellects, living on memories that were usually few but precious, and ultimately sinking into a semi-conscious state where suffering becomes routine, and the soul develops incredible endurance.
From right to left, hour after hour, the tribune, swaying in his easy-chair, turned with thought of everything rather than the wretchedness of the slaves upon the benches. Their motions, precise, and exactly the same on both sides of the vessel, after a while became monotonous; and then he amused himself singling out individuals. With his stylus he made note of objections, thinking, if all went well, he would find among the pirates of whom he was in search better men for the places.
From right to left, hour after hour, the tribune, lounging in his easy chair, thought about everything except the misery of the slaves on the benches. Their movements, precise and identical on both sides of the ship, eventually became monotonous; so he entertained himself by picking out individuals. With his stylus, he noted down objections, thinking that if all went well, he would find among the pirates he was looking for better candidates for the positions.
There was no need of keeping the proper names of the slaves brought to the galleys as to their graves; so, for convenience, they were usually identified by the numerals painted upon the benches to which they were assigned. As the sharp eyes of the great man moved from seat to seat on either hand, they came at last to number sixty, which, as has been said, belonged properly to the last bank on the left-hand side, but, wanting room aft, had been fixed above the first bench of the first bank. There they rested.
There was no need to keep the actual names of the slaves brought to the galleys or their graves; so, for convenience, they were usually identified by the numbers painted on the benches they were assigned to. As the sharp eyes of the important man moved from seat to seat on either side, they finally landed on number sixty, which, as mentioned, properly belonged to the last row on the left-hand side, but, needing space in the back, had been placed above the first bench of the first row. There they rested.
The bench of number sixty was slightly above the level of the platform, and but a few feet away. The light glinting through the grating over his head gave the rower fairly to the tribune’s view—erect, and, like all his fellows, naked, except a cincture about the loins. There were, however, some points in his favor. He was very young, not more than twenty. Furthermore, Arrius was not merely given to dice; he was a connoisseur of men physically, and when ashore indulged a habit of visiting the gymnasia to see and admire the most famous athletae. From some professor, doubtless, he had caught the idea that strength was as much of the quality as the quantity of the muscle, while superiority in performance required a certain mind as well as strength. Having adopted the doctrine, like most men with a hobby, he was always looking for illustrations to support it.
The bench numbered sixty was slightly elevated above the platform and just a few feet away. The light shining through the grate overhead allowed the tribune a clear view of the rower—standing tall and, like all his peers, naked except for a belt around his waist. There were, however, some advantages to him. He was quite young, no more than twenty. Additionally, Arrius was not just into gambling; he was also a connoisseur of physical appearances and, when on land, often visited gyms to see and appreciate the most renowned athletes. From some instructor, he had likely picked up the notion that strength was as much about the quality of muscle as it was about quantity, and that true excellence in performance required both a certain mindset and strength. Once he embraced this idea, like many who have a passion, he was constantly seeking examples to back it up.
The reader may well believe that while the tribune, in the search for the perfect, was often called upon to stop and study, he was seldom perfectly satisfied—in fact, very seldom held as long as on this occasion.
The reader might think that while the tribune often had to pause and reflect in his quest for perfection, he was rarely completely satisfied—actually, he was almost never as content as he was this time.
In the beginning of each movement of the oar, the rower’s body and face were brought into profile view from the platform; the movement ended with the body reversed, and in a pushing posture. The grace and ease of the action at first suggested a doubt of the honesty of the effort put forth; but it was speedily dismissed; the firmness with which the oar was held while in the reach forward, its bending under the push, were proofs of the force applied; not that only, they as certainly proved the rower’s art, and put the critic in the great arm-chair in search of the combination of strength and cleverness which was the central idea of his theory.
At the start of each stroke, the rower’s body and face appeared in profile from the platform; the stroke finished with the body turned around in a pushing position. The grace and ease of the movement initially raised doubts about the effort being genuine, but those doubts were quickly dismissed. The way the oar was firmly held during the forward reach, along with its bending under the push, were clear signs of the power exerted. Not only that, they also demonstrated the rower's skill, making the critic in the big armchair search for the balance of strength and cleverness that was the core of his theory.
In course of the study, Arrius observed the subject’s youth; wholly unconscious of tenderness on that account, he also observed that he seemed of good height, and that his limbs, upper and nether, were singularly perfect. The arms, perhaps, were too long, but the objection was well hidden under a mass of muscle, which, in some movements, swelled and knotted like kinking cords. Every rib in the round body was discernible; yet the leanness was the healthful reduction so strained after in the palaestrae. And altogether there was in the rower’s action a certain harmony which, besides addressing itself to the tribune’s theory, stimulated both his curiosity and general interest.
During the study, Arrius noticed the subject's youth; completely unaware of any affection because of it, he also saw that the young man was of good height and that his arms and legs were remarkably well-formed. The arms might have been a bit long, but that flaw was well concealed under a strong layer of muscle, which, during some movements, bulged and knotted like twisted ropes. Each rib was visible on the round body, but the slimness was the healthy kind that was so sought after in the training halls. Overall, there was a certain grace in the rower's movements that not only supported the tribune's theory but also piqued both his curiosity and his general interest.
Very soon he found himself waiting to catch a view of the man’s face in full. The head was shapely, and balanced upon a neck broad at the base, but of exceeding pliancy and grace. The features in profile were of Oriental outline, and of that delicacy of expression which has always been thought a sign of blood and sensitive spirit. With these observations, the tribune’s interest in the subject deepened.
Very soon, he found himself waiting to see the man’s face fully. The head was well-shaped and rested on a neck that was broad at the base but extremely flexible and graceful. The features in profile had an Oriental outline and a delicacy of expression that has always been regarded as a sign of refinement and a sensitive spirit. With these observations, the tribune’s interest in the man grew.
“By the gods,” he said to himself, “the fellow impresses me! He promises well. I will know more of him.”
“By the gods,” he said to himself, “this guy impresses me! He has a lot of promise. I want to learn more about him.”
Directly the tribune caught the view he wished—the rower turned and looked at him.
Directly, the tribune saw what he wanted—the rower turned and looked at him.
“A Jew! and a boy!”
“A Jewish person! And a boy!”
Under the gaze then fixed steadily upon him, the large eyes of the slave grew larger—the blood surged to his very brows—the blade lingered in his hands. But instantly, with an angry crash, down fell the gavel of the hortator. The rower started, withdrew his face from the inquisitor, and, as if personally chidden, dropped the oar half feathered. When he glanced again at the tribune, he was vastly more astonished—he was met with a kindly smile.
Under the steady gaze fixed on him, the slave's large eyes widened even more—the blood rushed to his forehead—the blade hesitated in his hands. But suddenly, with a loud bang, the gavel of the speaker came down. The rower jumped, turned his face away from the inquisitor, and, feeling personally scolded, dropped the oar halfway. When he looked back at the tribune, he was even more astonished—he was greeted with a warm smile.
Meantime the galley entered the Straits of Messina, and, skimming past the city of that name, was after a while turned eastward, leaving the cloud over Ætna in the sky astern.
Meanwhile, the galley sailed into the Straits of Messina and, gliding past the city of the same name, soon turned eastward, leaving the cloud over Ætna in the sky behind.
Often as Arrius resumed to his platform in the cabin he returned to study the rower, and he kept saying to himself, “The fellow hath a spirit. A Jew is not a barbarian. I will know more of him.”
Often as Arrius returned to his platform in the cabin, he went back to observe the rower, and he kept telling himself, “This guy has spirit. A Jew is not a barbarian. I want to learn more about him.”
CHAPTER III
The fourth day out, and the Astroea—so the galley was named—speeding through the Ionian Sea. The sky was clear, and the wind blew as if bearing the good-will of all the gods.
The fourth day out, and the Astroea—so the galley was named—was speeding through the Ionian Sea. The sky was clear, and the wind blew like it carried the good will of all the gods.
As it was possible to overtake the fleet before reaching the bay east of the island of Cythera, designated for assemblage, Arrius, somewhat impatient, spent much time on deck. He took note diligently of matters pertaining to his ship, and as a rule was well pleased. In the cabin, swinging in the great chair, his thought continually reverted to the rower on number sixty.
As they were able to catch up to the fleet before reaching the bay east of the island of Cythera, where they were supposed to gather, Arrius, feeling a bit impatient, spent a lot of time on deck. He carefully observed everything related to his ship and, generally, felt satisfied. In the cabin, rocking in the big chair, his mind kept drifting back to the rower on number sixty.
“Knowest thou the man just come from yon bench?” he at length asked of the hortator.
“Do you know the man who just came from that bench?” he eventually asked the hortator.
A relief was going on at the moment.
A relief was happening at that moment.
“From number sixty?” returned the chief.
“From number sixty?” the chief replied.
“Yes.”
"Yep."
The chief looked sharply at the rower then going forward.
The chief shot a sharp look at the rower who was moving ahead.
“As thou knowest,” he replied “the ship is but a month from the maker’s hand, and the men are as new to me as the ship.”
“As you know,” he replied, “the ship is only a month out of the maker’s hands, and the men are as new to me as the ship.”
“He is a Jew,” Arrius remarked, thoughtfully.
“He's a Jew,” Arrius said, pondering.
“The noble Quintus is shrewd.”
“Quintus is clever.”
“He is very young,” Arrius continued.
"He's super young," Arrius continued.
“But our best rower,” said the other. “I have seen his oar bend almost to breaking.”
“But our best rower,” said the other. “I have seen his oar bend almost to breaking.”
“Of what disposition is he?”
“What’s his attitude?”
“He is obedient; further I know not. Once he made request of me.”
“He's obedient; beyond that, I don't know. Once, he asked something of me.”
“For what?”
"What's it for?"
“He wished me to change him alternately from the right to the left.”
“He wanted me to switch him from the right side to the left.”
“Did he give a reason?”
"Did he provide a reason?"
“He had observed that the men who are confined to one side become misshapen. He also said that some day of storm or battle there might be sudden need to change him, and he might then be unserviceable.”
“He noticed that men who are stuck on one side become twisted. He also said that during a storm or battle, there might suddenly be a need to change him, and he could end up being useless.”
“Perpol! The idea is new. What else hast thou observed of him?”
“Perpol! The idea is new. What else have you noticed about him?”
“He is cleanly above his companions.”
“He is clearly above his peers.”
“In that he is Roman,” said Arrius, approvingly. “Have you nothing of his history?”
“In that he is Roman,” said Arrius, nodding in approval. “Do you have any of his history?”
“Not a word.”
“Silence.”
The tribune reflected awhile, and turned to go to his own seat.
The tribune thought for a moment before turning to head back to his seat.
“If I should be on deck when his time is up,” he paused to say, “send him to me. Let him come alone.”
“If I'm on deck when his time is up,” he paused to say, “send him to me. Let him come alone.”
About two hours later Arrius stood under the aplustre of the galley; in the mood of one who, seeing himself carried swiftly towards an event of mighty import, has nothing to do but wait—the mood in which philosophy vests an even-minded man with the utmost calm, and is ever so serviceable. The pilot sat with a hand upon the rope by which the rudder paddles, one on each side of the vessel, were managed. In the shade of the sail some sailors lay asleep, and up on the yard there was a lookout. Lifting his eyes from the solarium set under the aplustre for reference in keeping the course, Arrius beheld the rower approaching.
About two hours later, Arrius stood under the stern of the galley, feeling like someone being swiftly carried toward an important event, with nothing to do but wait. It was that kind of calm that philosophy gives an even-minded person, always helpful. The pilot had a hand on the rope that controlled the rudder paddles on either side of the boat. In the shade of the sail, some sailors were sleeping, while a lookout was positioned on the yard. Looking up from the platform under the stern for guidance on keeping the course, Arrius saw the rower approaching.
“The chief called thee the noble Arrius, and said it was thy will that I should seek thee here. I have come.”
"The chief called you the noble Arrius and said it was your wish that I should find you here. I've come."
Arrius surveyed the figure, tall, sinewy, glistening in the sun, and tinted by the rich red blood within—surveyed it admiringly, and with a thought of the arena; yet the manner was not without effect upon him: there was in the voice a suggestion of life at least partly spent under refining influences; the eyes were clear and open, and more curious than defiant. To the shrewd, demanding, masterful glance bent upon it, the face gave back nothing to mar its youthful comeliness—nothing of accusation or sullenness or menace, only the signs which a great sorrow long borne imprints, as time mellows the surface of pictures. In tacit acknowledgment of the effect, the Roman spoke as an older man to a younger, not as a master to a slave.
Arrius looked over the figure, tall and lean, shining in the sun, with the rich red blood within adding to its appearance—he admired it, thinking of the arena; but the way he looked at it affected him: there was something in the voice that suggested a life partly shaped by better influences; the eyes were clear and open, more curious than challenging. To the sharp, demanding, commanding gaze focused on it, the face offered nothing to spoil its youthful beauty—nothing of accusation or gloom or threat, just the marks of a deep sorrow endured over time, like how time softens the surfaces of paintings. Acknowledging the impact, the Roman spoke as if he were an older man to a younger one, not as a master to a slave.
“The hortator tells me thou art his best rower.”
"The coach tells me you’re his best rower."
“The hortator is very kind,” the rower answered.
“The hortator is really nice,” the rower replied.
“Hast thou seen much service?”
"Have you seen much service?"
“About three years.”
"Approximately three years."
“At the oars?”
"At the rowing?"
“I cannot recall a day of rest from them.”
“I can't remember a day without them.”
“The labor is hard; few men bear it a year without breaking, and thou—thou art but a boy.”
"The work is tough; few men can handle it for a year without cracking, and you—you're just a kid."
“The noble Arrius forgets that the spirit hath much to do with endurance. By its help the weak sometimes thrive, when the strong perish.”
“The noble Arrius forgets that the spirit has a lot to do with endurance. With its help, the weak sometimes succeed when the strong fail.”
“From thy speech, thou art a Jew.”
“From your speech, you are a Jew.”
“My ancestors further back than the first Roman were Hebrews.”
“My ancestors go back further than the first Roman; they were Hebrews.”
“The stubborn pride of thy race is not lost in thee,” said Arrius, observing a flush upon the rower’s face.
“The stubborn pride of your race is still in you,” said Arrius, noticing a flush on the rower's face.
“Pride is never so loud as when in chains.”
“Pride is never so loud as when it's held back.”
“What cause hast thou for pride?”
“What reason do you have for pride?”
“That I am a Jew.”
“That I’m Jewish.”
Arrius smiled.
Arrius grinned.
“I have not been to Jerusalem,” he said; “but I have heard of its princes. I knew one of them. He was a merchant, and sailed the seas. He was fit to have been a king. Of what degree art thou?”
“I haven't been to Jerusalem,” he said, “but I’ve heard about its leaders. I knew one of them. He was a merchant and traveled the seas. He could have been a king. What is your status?”
“I must answer thee from the bench of a galley. I am of the degree of slaves. My father was a prince of Jerusalem, and, as a merchant, he sailed the seas. He was known and honored in the guest-chamber of the great Augustus.”
“I have to respond to you from the bench of a ship. I’m at the level of slaves. My father was a prince of Jerusalem, and as a merchant, he traveled the seas. He was well-known and respected in the guest chamber of the great Augustus.”
“His name?”
“What's his name?”
“Ithamar, of the house of Hur.”
“Ithamar, from the house of Hur.”
The tribune raised his hand in astonishment.
The tribune raised his hand in shock.
“A son of Hur—thou?”
"Are you a son of Hur?"
After a silence, he asked,
After a pause, he asked,
“What brought thee here?”
"What brought you here?"
Judah lowered his head, and his breast labored hard. When his feelings were sufficiently mastered, he looked the tribune in the face, and answered,
Judah lowered his head, and his chest heaved heavily. Once he had solidified his emotions, he looked the tribune in the face and replied,
“I was accused of attempting to assassinate Valerius Gratus, the procurator.”
“I was accused of trying to assassinate Valerius Gratus, the procurator.”
“Thou!” cried Arrius, yet more amazed, and retreating a step. “Thou that assassin! All Rome rang with the story. It came to my ship in the river by Lodinum.”
“You!” cried Arrius, even more surprised, stepping back a little. “You, the assassin! Everyone in Rome was talking about it. I heard the news on my ship in the river by Lodinum.”
The two regarded each other silently.
The two looked at each other in silence.
“I thought the family of Hur blotted from the earth,” said Arrius, speaking first.
“I thought the family of Hur was wiped off the face of the earth,” said Arrius, speaking first.
A flood of tender recollections carried the young man’s pride away; tears shone upon his cheeks.
A rush of sweet memories swept away the young man’s pride; tears glistened on his cheeks.
“Mother—mother! And my little Tirzah! Where are they? O tribune, noble tribune, if thou knowest anything of them”—he clasped his hands in appeal—“tell me all thou knowest. Tell me if they are living—if living, where are they? and in what condition? Oh, I pray thee, tell me!”
“Mom—mom! And my little Tirzah! Where are they? Oh, tribune, noble tribune, if you know anything about them”—he clasped his hands pleadingly—“please tell me everything you know. Tell me if they are alive—if they are alive, where are they? And in what condition? Oh, I beg you, tell me!”
He drew nearer Arrius, so near that his hands touched the cloak where it dropped from the latter’s folded arms.
He moved closer to Arrius, so close that his hands brushed against the cloak where it hung down from Arrius's crossed arms.
“The horrible day is three years gone,” he continued—“three years, O tribune, and every hour a whole lifetime of misery—a lifetime in a bottomless pit with death, and no relief but in labor—and in all that time not a word from any one, not a whisper. Oh, if, in being forgotten, we could only forget! If only I could hide from that scene—my sister torn from me, my mother’s last look! I have felt the plague’s breath, and the shock of ships in battle; I have heard the tempest lashing the sea, and laughed, though others prayed: death would have been a riddance. Bend the oar—yes, in the strain of mighty effort trying to escape the haunting of what that day occurred. Think what little will help me. Tell me they are dead, if no more, for happy they cannot be while I am lost. I have heard them call me in the night; I have seen them on the water walking. Oh, never anything so true as my mother’s love! And Tirzah—her breath was as the breath of white lilies. She was the youngest branch of the palm—so fresh, so tender, so graceful, so beautiful! She made my day all morning. She came and went in music. And mine was the hand that laid them low! I—”
“The horrible day is three years past,” he continued—“three years, oh tribune, and every hour feels like a whole lifetime of suffering—a lifetime in a bottomless pit with death, and no relief except in hard work—and in all that time not a word from anyone, not even a whisper. Oh, if we could only forget while being forgotten! If only I could escape that moment—my sister torn away from me, my mother’s final glance! I have felt the plague’s breath, and the chaos of ships in battle; I have heard the storm beating against the sea, and laughed, while others prayed: death would have been a relief. Bend the oar—yes, in the struggle of mighty effort trying to escape the haunting of what happened that day. Think about what little could help me. Just tell me they are dead, if nothing else, for they can’t be happy while I’m lost. I have heard them calling me in the night; I have seen them walking on the water. Oh, never was there anything as real as my mother’s love! And Tirzah—her breath was like the scent of white lilies. She was the youngest branch of the palm—so fresh, so tender, so graceful, so beautiful! She brightened my mornings. She came and went like music. And mine was the hand that laid them low! I—”
“Dost thou admit thy guilt?” asked Arrius, sternly.
“Do you admit your guilt?” asked Arrius, sternly.
The change that came upon Ben-Hur was wonderful to see, it was so instant and extreme. The voice sharpened; the hands arose tight-clenched; every fibre thrilled; his eyes inflamed.
The change that happened to Ben-Hur was astonishing to witness; it was so sudden and intense. His voice became sharper; his hands shot up, tightly clenched; every fiber of his being tingled; his eyes burned.
“Thou hast heard of the God of my fathers,” he said; “of the infinite Jehovah. By his truth and almightiness, and by the love with which he hath followed Israel from the beginning, I swear I am innocent!”
“You’ve heard of the God of my fathers,” he said; “the infinite Jehovah. By his truth and power, and by the love that he has shown Israel from the beginning, I swear I am innocent!”
The tribune was much moved.
The tribune was very touched.
“O noble Roman!” continued Ben-Hur, “give me a little faith, and, into my darkness, deeper darkening every day, send a light!”
“O noble Roman!” Ben-Hur continued, “give me a little hope, and into my darkness, which gets heavier every day, send a light!”
Arrius turned away, and walked the deck.
Arrius turned around and walked along the deck.
“Didst thou not have a trial?” he asked, stopping suddenly.
“Didn't you have a trial?” he asked, stopping suddenly.
“No!”
“Nope!”
The Roman raised his head, surprised.
The Roman looked up, taken aback.
“No trial—no witnesses! Who passed judgment upon thee?”
“No trial—no witnesses! Who judged you?”
Romans, it should be remembered, were at no time such lovers of the law and its forms as in the ages of their decay.
Romans, it should be noted, were never so fond of the law and its procedures as they were during their decline.
“They bound me with cords, and dragged me to a vault in the Tower. I saw no one. No one spoke to me. Next day soldiers took me to the seaside. I have been a galley-slave ever since.”
“They tied me up with ropes and dragged me to a vault in the Tower. I saw no one. No one talked to me. The next day, soldiers took me to the coast. I’ve been a galley slave ever since.”
“What couldst thou have proven?”
“What could you have proven?”
“I was a boy, too young to be a conspirator. Gratus was a stranger to me. If I had meant to kill him, that was not the time or the place. He was riding in the midst of a legion, and it was broad day. I could not have escaped. I was of a class most friendly to Rome. My father had been distinguished for his services to the emperor. We had a great estate to lose. Ruin was certain to myself, my mother, my sister. I had no cause for malice, while every consideration—property, family, life, conscience, the Law—to a son of Israel as the breath of his nostrils—would have stayed my hand, though the foul intent had been ever so strong. I was not mad. Death was preferable to shame; and, believe me, I pray, it is so yet.”
“I was a boy, too young to be part of a conspiracy. Gratus was a stranger to me. If I had intended to kill him, that was neither the time nor the place. He was surrounded by a legion, and it was broad daylight. I wouldn't have been able to escape. I came from a family that was very supportive of Rome. My father was known for his service to the emperor. We had a large estate to lose. Ruin would have been certain for me, my mother, and my sister. I had no reason for hatred, and every factor—property, family, life, conscience, the Law—which is vital to a son of Israel—would have stopped me, even if the desire to harm was incredibly strong. I was not crazy. Death is better than shame; and, believe me, it still is.”
“Who was with thee when the blow was struck?”
"Who was with you when the blow was dealt?"
“I was on the house-top—my father’s house. Tirzah was with me—at my side—the soul of gentleness. Together we leaned over the parapet to see the legion pass. A tile gave way under my hand, and fell upon Gratus. I thought I had killed him. Ah, what horror I felt!”
“I was on the roof—my father’s house. Tirzah was with me—by my side—the embodiment of gentleness. We both leaned over the edge to watch the army go by. A tile slipped from my hand and landed on Gratus. I thought I had killed him. Oh, the horror I felt!”
“Where was thy mother?”
“Where was your mother?”
“In her chamber below.”
"In her room below."
“What became of her?”
“What happened to her?”
Ben-Hur clenched his hands, and drew a breath like a gasp.
Ben-Hur clenched his fists and took a breath that felt like a gasp.
“I do not know. I saw them drag her away—that is all I know. Out of the house they drove every living thing, even the dumb cattle, and they sealed the gates. The purpose was that she should not return. I, too, ask for her. Oh for one word! She, at least, was innocent. I can forgive—but I pray thy pardon, noble tribune! A slave like me should not talk of forgiveness or of revenge. I am bound to an oar for life.”
“I don’t know. I saw them take her away—that’s all I know. They drove every living thing out of the house, even the cattle, and they locked the gates. The goal was for her not to come back. I, too, want her here. Oh, for just one word! She was innocent. I can forgive—but I ask for your forgiveness, noble tribune! A slave like me shouldn’t speak of forgiveness or revenge. I’m chained to an oar for life.”
Arrius listened intently. He brought all his experience with slaves to his aid. If the feeling shown in this instance were assumed, the acting was perfect; on the other hand, if it were real, the Jew’s innocence might not be doubted; and if he were innocent, with what blind fury the power had been exercised! A whole family blotted out to atone an accident! The thought shocked him.
Arrius listened closely. He drew on all his experience with slaves. If the emotion displayed in this situation was feigned, the acting was spot-on; however, if it was genuine, the Jew’s innocence couldn’t be questioned. If he were innocent, what reckless rage had been unleashed! A whole family wiped out to make up for a mishap! The idea disturbed him.
There is no wiser providence than that our occupations, however rude or bloody, cannot wear us out morally; that such qualities as justice and mercy, if they really possess us, continue to live on under them, like flowers under the snow. The tribune could be inexorable, else he had not been fit for the usages of his calling; he could also be just; and to excite his sense of wrong was to put him in the way to right the wrong. The crews of the ships in which he served came after a time to speak of him as the good tribune. Shrewd readers will not want a better definition of his character.
There’s no better truth than that our jobs, no matter how rough or violent, can't corrupt us morally; that qualities like justice and mercy, if we truly embody them, continue to thrive beneath the surface, like flowers under the snow. The tribune could be ruthless; otherwise, he wouldn’t have been suited for his role. He could also be fair, and sparking his sense of injustice pushed him to correct it. The crews of the ships he served on eventually referred to him as the good tribune. Smart readers don’t need a better definition of his character.
In this instance there were many circumstances certainly in the young man’s favor, and some to be supposed. Possibly Arrius knew Valerius Gratus without loving him. Possibly he had known the elder Hur. In the course of his appeal, Judah had asked him of that; and, as will be noticed, he had made no reply.
In this case, there were many factors definitely in the young man's favor, and some that could be assumed. It's possible Arrius knew Valerius Gratus without being fond of him. He might have known the older Hur. During his appeal, Judah had asked him about that, and, as you'll see, he didn't respond.
For once the tribune was at loss, and hesitated. His power was ample. He was monarch of the ship. His prepossessions all moved him to mercy. His faith was won. Yet, he said to himself, there was no haste—or, rather, there was haste to Cythera; the best rower could not then be spared; he would wait; he would learn more; he would at least be sure this was the prince Ben-Hur, and that he was of a right disposition. Ordinarily, slaves were liars.
For once, the tribune was at a loss and hesitated. He had plenty of power. He was the king of the ship. His feelings urged him to show mercy. He was convinced. Yet, he told himself that there was no rush—or rather, there was a rush to Cythera; the best rower couldn’t be spared just yet; he would wait; he would learn more; he would at least make sure this was Prince Ben-Hur and that he had a good character. Usually, slaves were not truthful.
“It is enough,” he said aloud. “Go back to thy place.”
“It’s enough,” he said loudly. “Go back to your place.”
Ben-Hur bowed; looked once more into the master’s face, but saw nothing for hope. He turned away slowly, looked back, and said,
Ben-Hur bowed, glanced again at the master’s face, but saw no hope there. He turned away slowly, looked back, and said,
“If thou dost think of me again, O tribune, let it not be lost in thy mind that I prayed thee only for word of my people—mother, sister.”
“If you think of me again, oh tribune, don’t forget that I only asked for news about my people—mother, sister.”
He moved on.
He moved on.
Arrius followed him with admiring eyes.
Arrius admired him.
“Perpol!” he thought. “With teaching, what a man for the arena! What a runner! Ye gods! what an arm for the sword or the cestus!—Stay!” he said aloud.
“Perpol!” he thought. “With teaching, what a guy for the arena! What a runner! Oh my god! What an arm for the sword or the cestus!—Wait!” he said out loud.
Ben-Hur stopped, and the tribune went to him.
Ben-Hur stopped, and the tribune approached him.
“If thou wert free, what wouldst thou do?”
“If you were free, what would you do?”
“The noble Arrius mocks me!” Judah said, with trembling lips.
“The noble Arrius is mocking me!” Judah said, with trembling lips.
“No; by the gods, no!”
“No way; by the gods, no!”
“Then I will answer gladly. I would give myself to duty the first of life. I would know no other. I would know no rest until my mother and Tirzah were restored to home. I would give every day and hour to their happiness. I would wait upon them; never a slave more faithful. They have lost much, but, by the God of my fathers, I would find them more!”
“Then I will gladly respond. I would dedicate myself to duty from the very start of my life. I wouldn’t know anything else. I wouldn’t know any rest until my mother and Tirzah were back home. I would give every day and hour to their happiness. I would serve them; no slave could be more devoted. They have lost a lot, but, by the God of my ancestors, I would do everything to find them even more!”
The answer was unexpected by the Roman. For a moment he lost his purpose.
The answer surprised the Roman. For a moment, he lost his focus.
“I spoke to thy ambition,” he said, recovering. “If thy mother and sister were dead, or not to be found, what wouldst thou do?”
“I spoke to your ambition,” he said, recovering. “If your mother and sister were dead, or missing, what would you do?”
A distinct pallor overspread Ben-Hur’s face, and he looked over the sea. There was a struggle with some strong feeling; when it was conquered, he turned to the tribune.
A noticeable paleness washed over Ben-Hur's face as he gazed out at the sea. He wrestled with some intense emotions; once he overcame them, he turned to the tribune.
“What pursuit would I follow?” he asked.
“What path should I take?” he asked.
“Yes.”
"Yep."
“Tribune, I will tell thee truly. Only the night before the dreadful day of which I have spoken, I obtained permission to be a soldier. I am of the same mind yet; and, as in all the earth there is but one school of war, thither I would go.”
“Tribune, I’ll be honest with you. Just the night before the terrible day I mentioned, I got permission to become a soldier. I still feel the same way, and since there’s only one place to learn about war in the whole world, that’s where I want to go.”
“The palaestra!” exclaimed Arrius.
"The gym!" exclaimed Arrius.
“No; a Roman camp.”
“Nope; a Roman camp.”
“But thou must first acquaint thyself with the use of arms.”
“But you must first get familiar with using weapons.”
Now a master may never safely advise a slave. Arrius saw his indiscretion, and, in a breath, chilled his voice and manner.
Now a master can never safely give advice to a slave. Arrius recognized his mistake and, in an instant, cooled his tone and attitude.
“Go now,” he said, “and do not build upon what has passed between us. Perhaps I do but play with thee. Or”—he looked away musingly—“or, if thou dost think of it with any hope, choose between the renown of a gladiator and the service of a soldier. The former may come of the favor of the emperor; there is no reward for thee in the latter. Thou art not a Roman. Go!”
“Go now,” he said, “and don’t dwell on what’s happened between us. Maybe I’m just toying with you. Or”—he looked away thoughtfully—“or, if you hold onto any hope, decide between the glory of a gladiator and the duty of a soldier. The first might earn you the favor of the emperor; there’s no reward for you in the second. You’re not Roman. Go!”
A short while after Ben-Hur was upon his bench again.
A little while later, Ben-Hur was back on his bench.
A man’s task is always light if his heart is light. Handling the oar did not seem so toilsome to Judah. A hope had come to him, like a singing bird. He could hardly see the visitor or hear its song; that it was there, though, he knew; his feelings told him so. The caution of the tribune—“Perhaps I do but play with thee”—was dismissed often as it recurred to his mind. That he had been called by the great man and asked his story was the bread upon which he fed his hungry spirit. Surely something good would come of it. The light about his bench was clear and bright with promises, and he prayed.
A man's job is always easier if his heart is light. For Judah, rowing didn’t feel so hard. Hope had filled him up, like a singing bird. He could barely see the visitor or hear its song; still, he knew it was there—his feelings told him so. The caution from the tribune—“Maybe I’m just toying with you”—often came back to him, but he brushed it off. Being called by the great man and asked to share his story was the food that nourished his eager spirit. Surely something good would come from it. The light around his bench was bright and full of promises, and he prayed.
“O God! I am a true son of the Israel thou hast so loved! Help me, I pray thee!”
“O God! I am a true son of the Israel you have loved so much! Please help me!”
CHAPTER IV
In the Bay of Antemona, east of Cythera the island, the hundred galleys assembled. There the tribune gave one day to inspection. He sailed then to Naxos, the largest of the Cyclades, midway the coasts of Greece and Asia, like a great stone planted in the centre of a highway, from which he could challenge everything that passed; at the same time, he would be in position to go after the pirates instantly, whether they were in the Ægean or out on the Mediterranean.
In the Bay of Antemona, east of the island of Cythera, a hundred galleys gathered. The tribune allowed a day for inspection. Then he sailed to Naxos, the largest of the Cyclades, situated between the shores of Greece and Asia, like a massive stone set in the middle of a road, ready to challenge anything that came by; at the same time, he would be positioned to pursue the pirates immediately, whether they were in the Aegean or out in the Mediterranean.
As the fleet, in order, rowed in towards the mountain shores of the island, a galley was descried coming from the north. Arrius went to meet it. She proved to be a transport just from Byzantium, and from her commander he learned the particulars of which he stood in most need.
As the fleet rowed in line toward the mountain shores of the island, a galley was spotted coming from the north. Arrius went to meet it. It turned out to be a transport ship just arrived from Byzantium, and from her commander, he learned the details he needed most.
The pirates were from all the farther shores of the Euxine. Even Tanais, at the mouth of the river which was supposed to feed Palus Maeotis, was represented among them. Their preparations had been with the greatest secrecy. The first known of them was their appearance off the entrance to the Thracian Bosphorus, followed by the destruction of the fleet in station there. Thence to the outlet of the Hellespont everything afloat had fallen their prey. There were quite sixty galleys in the squadron, all well manned and supplied. A few were biremes, the rest stout triremes. A Greek was in command, and the pilots, said to be familiar with all the Eastern seas, were Greek. The plunder had been incalculable. The panic, consequently, was not on the sea alone; cities, with closed gates, sent their people nightly to the walls. Traffic had almost ceased.
The pirates came from all the far shores of the Black Sea. Even Tanais, at the mouth of the river that was thought to feed the Sea of Azov, was represented among them. They had prepared with the utmost secrecy. The first sign of them was their appearance at the entrance to the Thracian Bosphorus, followed by the destruction of the fleet stationed there. From there to the exit of the Hellespont, everything in the water had fallen victim to them. There were about sixty galleys in the squadron, all well-manned and supplied. A few were biremes, and the rest were sturdy triremes. A Greek was in charge, and the pilots, said to be experienced in all the Eastern seas, were Greek too. The plunder had been immense. As a result, the panic was not just at sea; cities, with their gates shut, sent their people to the walls every night. Trade had nearly come to a halt.
Where were the pirates now?
Where are the pirates now?
To this question, of most interest to Arrius, he received answer.
To this question, which was of most interest to Arrius, he got a reply.
After sacking Hephaestia, on the island of Lemnos, the enemy had coursed across to the Thessalian group, and, by last account, disappeared in the gulfs between Euboea and Hellas.
After taking Hephaestia, on the island of Lemnos, the enemy moved over to the Thessalian group and, according to the latest reports, vanished in the waters between Euboea and Hellas.
Such were the tidings.
Such were the news.
Then the people of the island, drawn to the hill-tops by the rare spectacle of a hundred ships careering in united squadron, beheld the advance division suddenly turn to the north, and the others follow, wheeling upon the same point like cavalry in a column. News of the piratical descent had reached them, and now, watching the white sails until they faded from sight up between Rhene and Syros, the thoughtful among them took comfort, and were grateful. What Rome seized with strong hand she always defended: in return for their taxes, she gave them safety.
Then the people of the island, drawn to the hilltops by the rare sight of a hundred ships sailing together, saw the leading group suddenly turn north, followed by the others, moving in formation like cavalry. They had heard about the pirate attack, and as they watched the white sails disappear between Rhene and Syros, those who were thoughtful felt reassured and thankful. What Rome took with a firm hand, she always protected: in exchange for their taxes, she provided them with safety.
The tribune was more than pleased with the enemy’s movements; he was doubly thankful to Fortune. She had brought swift and sure intelligence, and had lured his foes into the waters where, of all others, destruction was most assured. He knew the havoc one galley could play in a broad sea like the Mediterranean, and the difficulty of finding and overhauling her; he knew, also, how those very circumstances would enhance the service and glory if, at one blow, he could put a finish to the whole piratical array.
The tribune was really happy with the enemy’s movements; he was even more grateful to Fortune. She had provided quick and reliable information and had drawn his foes into waters where destruction was almost certain. He understood the damage one ship could cause in the wide-open Mediterranean and how tough it would be to find and catch her. He also realized that those same circumstances would increase his success and reputation if he could take out the entire pirate fleet in one decisive strike.
If the reader will take a map of Greece and the Ægean, he will notice the island of Euboea lying along the classic coast like a rampart against Asia, leaving a channel between it and the continent quite a hundred and twenty miles in length, and scarcely an average of eight in width. The inlet on the north had admitted the fleet of Xerxes, and now it received the bold raiders from the Euxine. The towns along the Pelasgic and Meliac gulfs were rich and their plunder seductive. All things considered, therefore, Arrius judged that the robbers might be found somewhere below Thermopylae. Welcoming the chance, he resolved to enclose them north and south, to do which not an hour could be lost; even the fruits and wines and women of Naxos must be left behind. So he sailed away without stop or tack until, a little before nightfall, Mount Ocha was seen upreared against the sky, and the pilot reported the Euboean coast.
If the reader looks at a map of Greece and the Aegean Sea, they'll see the island of Euboea sitting along the classic coast like a barrier against Asia, leaving a channel between it and the mainland that's about a hundred and twenty miles long and barely an average of eight miles wide. The inlet to the north had allowed Xerxes' fleet to pass, and now it welcomed the daring raiders from the Black Sea. The towns along the Pelasgic and Meliac gulfs were wealthy and their loot enticing. Considering all of this, Arrius figured that the thieves might be hiding somewhere below Thermopylae. Seizing the opportunity, he decided to trap them from both the north and south, knowing he couldn't waste any time; even the fruits, wines, and women of Naxos had to be left behind. So he sailed on without stopping until, just before nightfall, Mount Ocha rose against the skyline, and the pilot confirmed they were approaching the Euboean coast.
At a signal the fleet rested upon its oars. When the movement was resumed, Arrius led a division of fifty of the galleys, intending to take them up the channel, while another division, equally strong, turned their prows to the outer or seaward side of the island, with orders to make all haste to the upper inlet, and descend sweeping the waters.
At a signal, the fleet stopped rowing. When they started moving again, Arrius led a group of fifty galleys, planning to head up the channel, while another equally strong group turned their bows toward the outer side of the island, instructed to quickly reach the upper inlet and sweep through the waters.
To be sure, neither division was equal in number to the pirates; but each had advantages in compensation, among them, by no means least, a discipline impossible to a lawless horde, however brave. Besides, it was a shrewd count on the tribune’s side, if, peradventure, one should be defeated, the other would find the enemy shattered by his victory, and in condition to be easily overwhelmed.
To be sure, neither group was equal in number to the pirates, but each had advantages in compensation, including, among others, a discipline that a lawless mob could never achieve, no matter how brave they were. Additionally, it was a clever calculation on the tribune’s part that if one group happened to be defeated, the other would find the enemy weakened by that victory and in a position to be easily overwhelmed.
Meantime Ben-Hur kept his bench, relieved every six hours. The rest in the Bay of Antemona had freshened him, so that the oar was not troublesome, and the chief on the platform found no fault.
Meantime, Ben-Hur stayed at his bench, taking breaks every six hours. The rest in the Bay of Antemona had refreshed him, making the oar feel easy to handle, and the chief on the platform had no complaints.
People, generally, are not aware of the ease of mind there is in knowing where they are, and where they are going. The sensation of being lost is a keen distress; still worse is the feeling one has in driving blindly into unknown places. Custom had dulled the feeling with Ben-Hur, but only measurably. Pulling away hour after hour, sometimes days and nights together, sensible all the time that the galley was gliding swiftly along some of the many tracks of the broad sea, the longing to know where he was, and whither going, was always present with him; but now it seemed quickened by the hope which had come to new life in his breast since the interview with the tribune. The narrower the abiding-place happens to be, the more intense is the longing; and so he found. He seemed to hear every sound of the ship in labor, and listened to each one as if it were a voice come to tell him something; he looked to the grating overhead, and through it into the light of which so small a portion was his, expecting, he knew not what; and many times he caught himself on the point of yielding to the impulse to speak to the chief on the platform, than which no circumstance of battle would have astonished that dignitary more.
People usually don’t realize how comforting it is to know where they are and where they’re headed. The feeling of being lost is a sharp distress; even worse is driving blindly into unknown places. Time had dulled this feeling for Ben-Hur, but only to some extent. As he pulled away hour after hour, sometimes for days and nights, feeling the galley gliding swiftly over the vast sea, the desire to know where he was and where he was going was always with him. But now it felt intensified by the hope that had reignited in his heart after his meeting with the tribune. The smaller the place you’re confined to, the more intense the longing becomes; and so he discovered. He seemed to hear every sound of the ship at work and listened to each one as if it were a voice trying to tell him something. He gazed through the grating overhead into the light, of which he held so little, expecting... he didn’t even know what; and many times he found himself on the verge of acting on the impulse to speak to the chief on the platform, which would have surprised that dignified official more than any battle situation.
In his long service, by watching the shifting of the meager sunbeams upon the cabin floor when the ship was under way, he had come to know, generally, the quarter into which she was sailing. This, of course, was only of clear days like those good-fortune was sending the tribune. The experience had not failed him in the period succeeding the departure from Cythera. Thinking they were tending towards the old Judean country, he was sensitive to every variation from the course. With a pang, he had observed the sudden change northward which, as has been noticed, took place near Naxos: the cause, however, he could not even conjecture; for it must be remembered that, in common with his fellow-slaves, he knew nothing of the situation, and had no interest in the voyage. His place was at the oar, and he was held there inexorably, whether at anchor or under sail. Once only in three years had he been permitted an outlook from the deck. The occasion we have seen. He had no idea that, following the vessel he was helping drive, there was a great squadron close at hand and in beautiful order; no more did he know the object of which it was in pursuit.
During his long service, by watching the shifting of the faint sunlight on the cabin floor while the ship was moving, he had learned to generally tell which direction they were sailing. This was only true on clear days like those the tribune was experiencing. His experience had served him well since leaving Cythera. Believing they were heading towards the old Judean region, he was aware of every deviation from the course. He felt a pang when he noticed the sudden turn northward that occurred near Naxos; however, he couldn't even guess why it happened. It's important to remember that, like his fellow-slaves, he knew nothing about their location and had no interest in the journey. His place was at the oar, and he was firmly held there, whether the ship was anchored or sailing. Only once in three years had he been allowed to see outside from the deck. The occasion we have seen. He had no idea that following the vessel he was helping to propel, there was a large squadron nearby, moving in perfect formation; he also had no knowledge of what it was pursuing.
When the sun, going down, withdrew his last ray from the cabin, the galley still held northward. Night fell, yet Ben-Hur could discern no change. About that time the smell of incense floated down the gangways from the deck.
When the sun set and withdrew its last ray from the cabin, the galley still headed north. Night fell, yet Ben-Hur noticed no difference. Around that time, the scent of incense drifted down the gangways from the deck.
“The tribune is at the altar,” he thought. “Can it be we are going into battle?”
“The tribune is at the altar,” he thought. “Are we really heading into battle?”
He became observant.
He became more aware.
Now he had been in many battles without having seen one. From his bench he had heard them above and about him, until he was familiar with all their notes, almost as a singer with a song. So, too, he had become acquainted with many of the preliminaries of an engagement, of which, with a Roman as well as a Greek, the most invariable was the sacrifice to the gods. The rites were the same as those performed at the beginning of a voyage, and to him, when noticed, they were always an admonition.
Now he had been in many battles without actually seeing one. From his seat, he had heard them all around him until he was familiar with every sound, almost like a singer knows a song. Likewise, he had learned about many of the things that happen before a fight, of which, for both Romans and Greeks, the most consistent was the sacrifice to the gods. The rituals were the same as those done at the start of a journey, and for him, when he noticed them, they were always a reminder.
A battle, it should be observed, possessed for him and his fellow-slaves of the oar an interest unlike that of the sailor and marine; it came, not of the danger encountered but of the fact that defeat, if survived, might bring an alteration of condition—possibly freedom—at least a change of masters, which might be for the better.
A battle, as it should be noted, held a different kind of interest for him and his fellow rowers than it did for sailors and marines; it wasn't about the danger they faced but the possibility that surviving defeat could alter their situation—perhaps leading to freedom—or at the very least, a change of masters, which might be an improvement.
In good time the lanterns were lighted and hung by the stairs, and the tribune came down from the deck. At his word the marines put on their armor. At his word again, the machines were looked to, and spears, javelins, and arrows, in great sheaves, brought and laid upon the floor, together with jars of inflammable oil, and baskets of cotton balls wound loose like the wicking of candles. And when, finally, Ben-Hur saw the tribune mount his platform and don his armor, and get his helmet and shield out, the meaning of the preparations might not be any longer doubted, and he made ready for the last ignominy of his service.
In due time, the lanterns were lit and hung by the stairs, and the tribune came down from the deck. At his command, the marines put on their armor. At his command again, the machines were checked, and spears, javelins, and arrows, in large bundles, were brought in and laid on the floor, along with jars of flammable oil and baskets of loose cotton balls like candle wicks. And when Ben-Hur finally saw the tribune climb onto his platform, put on his armor, and take out his helmet and shield, the purpose of the preparations could no longer be doubted, and he braced himself for the final humiliation of his service.
To every bench, as a fixture, there was a chain with heavy anklets. These the hortator proceeded to lock upon the oarsmen, going from number to number, leaving no choice but to obey, and, in event of disaster, no possibility of escape.
To each bench, there was a chain with heavy anklets. The hortator went around locking these onto the oarsmen, moving from one to the next, leaving them with no choice but to comply, and in case of an emergency, no chance of escape.
In the cabin, then, a silence fell, broken, at first, only by the sough of the oars turning in the leathern cases. Every man upon the benches felt the shame, Ben-Hur more keenly than his companions. He would have put it away at any price. Soon the clanking of the fetters notified him of the progress the chief was making in his round. He would come to him in turn; but would not the tribune interpose for him?
In the cabin, a silence settled in, broken only at first by the sound of the oars turning in their leather cases. Every man on the benches felt the shame, with Ben-Hur feeling it more acutely than the others. He wanted to shake it off at any cost. Soon, the clanking of the chains reminded him of how the chief was moving around the room. He would come to him next; but wouldn’t the tribune step in for him?
The thought may be set down to vanity or selfishness, as the reader pleases; it certainly, at that moment, took possession of Ben-Hur. He believed the Roman would interpose; anyhow, the circumstance would test the man’s feelings. If, intent upon the battle, he would but think of him, it would be proof of his opinion formed—proof that he had been tacitly promoted above his associates in misery—such proof as would justify hope.
The thought might be seen as vanity or selfishness, depending on the reader's perspective; it certainly occupied Ben-Hur at that moment. He believed the Roman would step in; regardless, the situation would reveal the man’s true feelings. If he was so focused on the battle that he still considered Ben-Hur, it would show what he thought of him—evidence that he had silently been elevated above his fellow sufferers—such evidence that would justify hope.
Ben-Hur waited anxiously. The interval seemed like an age. At every turn of the oar he looked towards the tribune, who, his simple preparations made, lay down upon the couch and composed himself to rest; whereupon number sixty chid himself, and laughed grimly, and resolved not to look that way again.
Ben-Hur waited nervously. The wait felt like forever. With each stroke of the oar, he glanced over at the tribune, who had finished his simple preparations, lay back on the couch, and settled in to rest; this made number sixty scold himself, chuckle grimly, and decide not to look over there again.
The hortator approached. Now he was at number one—the rattle of the iron links sounded horribly. At last number sixty! Calm from despair, Ben-Hur held his oar at poise, and gave his foot to the officer. Then the tribune stirred—sat up—beckoned to the chief.
The hortator came closer. Now he was at number one—the clanking of the iron chains was deafening. Finally, number sixty! Steady despite the hopelessness, Ben-Hur held his oar in position and extended his foot to the officer. Then the tribune moved—sat up—signaled to the chief.
A strong revulsion seized the Jew. From the hortator, the great man glanced at him; and when he dropped his oar all the section of the ship on his side seemed aglow. He heard nothing of what was said; enough that the chain hung idly from its staple in the bench, and that the chief, going to his seat, began to beat the sounding-board. The notes of the gavel were never so like music. With his breast against the leaded handle, he pushed with all his might—pushed until the shaft bent as if about to break.
A strong feeling of disgust hit the Jew. The great man looked at him from the front, and when he let go of his oar, the whole section of the ship on his side seemed to light up. He didn’t pay attention to what was being said; all that mattered was that the chain hung loosely from its hook in the bench, and the chief, settling into his seat, started to hit the sounding board. The sound of the gavel was never more musical. With his chest against the heavy handle, he pushed with all his strength—pushed until the shaft bent as if it was about to snap.
The chief went to the tribune, and, smiling, pointed to number sixty.
The chief went to the platform and, smiling, pointed to number sixty.
“What strength!” he said.
"What strength!" he exclaimed.
“And what spirit!” the tribune answered. “Perpol! He is better without the irons. Put them on him no more.”
“And what spirit!” the tribune replied. “Wow! He’s better off without the shackles. Don’t put them on him again.”
So saying, he stretched himself upon the couch again.
So saying, he lay back on the couch again.
The ship sailed on hour after hour under the oars in water scarcely rippled by the wind. And the people not on duty slept, Arrius in his place, the marines on the floor.
The ship continued to move hour after hour, propelled by the oars in water barely disturbed by the wind. Meanwhile, those not on duty slept: Arrius in his spot, the marines on the floor.
Once—twice—Ben-Hur was relieved; but he could not sleep. Three years of night, and through the darkness a sunbeam at last! At sea adrift and lost, and now land! Dead so long, and, lo! the thrill and stir of resurrection. Sleep was not for such an hour. Hope deals with the future; now and the past are but servants that wait on her with impulse and suggestive circumstance. Starting from the favor of the tribune, she carried him forward indefinitely. The wonder is, not that things so purely imaginative as the results she points us to can make us so happy, but that we can receive them as so real. They must be as gorgeous poppies under the influence of which, under the crimson and purple and gold, reason lies down the while, and is not. Sorrows assuaged, home and the fortunes of his house restored; mother and sister in his arms once more—such were the central ideas which made him happier that moment than he had ever been. That he was rushing, as on wings, into horrible battle had, for the time, nothing to do with his thoughts. The things thus in hope were unmixed with doubts—they WERE. Hence his joy so full, so perfect, there was no room in his heart for revenge. Messala, Gratus, Rome, and all the bitter, passionate memories connected with them, were as dead plagues—miasms of the earth above which he floated, far and safe, listening to singing stars.
Once—twice—Ben-Hur felt relieved; but he couldn't sleep. Three years of darkness, and through it a ray of light at last! Lost at sea and now seeing land! Feeling dead for so long, and now the excitement and energy of coming back to life. Sleep wasn't an option at such a moment. Hope looks toward the future; the present and the past are just helpers that follow her with encouragement and meaningful moments. Starting from the tribune's favor, she pushed him forward endlessly. The amazing part is not that such purely imaginative results can make us so happy, but that we can accept them as so real. They must be like beautiful poppies, under which, in their crimson, purple, and gold, reason lies down and fades away. Sorrows eased, home and his family's fortunes restored; mother and sister in his arms again—these were the core ideas that made him happier at that moment than he had ever been. The fact that he was rushing, almost flying, into a dreadful battle had nothing to do with his thoughts at the time. The things he hoped for were free of doubt—they WERE. Hence, his joy was so complete and perfect that there was no space in his heart for revenge. Messala, Gratus, Rome, and all the painful memories connected to them felt like dead plagues—miasmas of the earth above which he floated, far and safe, listening to the singing stars.
The deeper darkness before the dawn was upon the waters, and all things going well with the Astroea, when a man, descending from the deck, walked swiftly to the platform where the tribune slept, and awoke him. Arrius arose, put on his helmet, sword, and shield, and went to the commander of the marines.
The deeper darkness before dawn covered the waters, and everything was going well with the Astroea when a man came down from the deck, walked quickly to the platform where the tribune was sleeping, and woke him up. Arrius got up, put on his helmet, sword, and shield, and went to see the commander of the marines.
“The pirates are close by. Up and ready!” he said, and passed to the stairs, calm, confident, insomuch that one might have thought, “Happy fellow! Apicius has set a feast for him.”
“The pirates are nearby. Get ready!” he said, and walked toward the stairs, calm and confident, so much so that one might have thought, “Lucky guy! Apicius has prepared a feast for him.”
CHAPTER V
Every soul aboard, even the ship, awoke. Officers went to their quarters. The marines took arms, and were led out, looking in all respects like legionaries. Sheaves of arrows and armfuls of javelins were carried on deck. By the central stairs the oil-tanks and fire-balls were set ready for use. Additional lanterns were lighted. Buckets were filled with water. The rowers in relief assembled under guard in front of the chief. As Providence would have it, Ben-Hur was one of the latter. Overhead he heard the muffled noises of the final preparations—of the sailors furling sail, spreading the nettings, unslinging the machines, and hanging the armor of bull-hide over the side. Presently quiet settled about the galley again; quiet full of vague dread and expectation, which, interpreted, means READY.
Every person on board, even the ship itself, woke up. The officers went to their quarters. The marines armed themselves and were led out, looking just like soldiers. Flocks of arrows and bundles of javelins were brought on deck. By the central stairs, the oil tanks and fireballs were made ready for action. More lanterns were lit. Buckets were filled with water. The relief rowers gathered under guard in front of the chief. As luck would have it, Ben-Hur was one of them. Above him, he heard the muffled sounds of the final preparations—the sailors rolling up the sails, spreading the nettings, unslinging the machines, and hanging the bull-hide armor over the side. Soon, silence settled over the galley again; a silence filled with vague dread and anticipation, which, translated, means READY.
At a signal passed down from the deck, and communicated to the hortator by a petty officer stationed on the stairs, all at once the oars stopped.
At a signal sent down from the deck, and relayed to the caller by a petty officer positioned on the stairs, all at once the oars stopped.
What did it mean?
What did it signify?
Of the hundred and twenty slaves chained to the benches, not one but asked himself the question. They were without incentive. Patriotism, love of honor, sense of duty, brought them no inspiration. They felt the thrill common to men rushed helpless and blind into danger. It may be supposed the dullest of them, poising his oar, thought of all that might happen, yet could promise himself nothing; for victory would but rivet his chains the firmer, while the chances of the ship were his; sinking or on fire, he was doomed to her fate.
Of the hundred and twenty slaves chained to the benches, not a single one didn’t ask himself the question. They had no motivation. Patriotism, love of honor, and sense of duty offered them no inspiration. They felt the same thrill as men who rush helpless and blind into danger. It's likely that even the dullest among them, balancing his oar, considered everything that could happen, yet could promise himself nothing; because victory would only tighten his chains, while the fate of the ship was his to bear; whether it sank or caught fire, he was doomed to share its fate.
Of the situation without they might not ask. And who were the enemy? And what if they were friends, brethren, countrymen? The reader, carrying the suggestion forward, will see the necessity which governed the Roman when, in such emergencies, he locked the hapless wretches to their seats.
Of the situation, they might not inquire. And who were the enemy? And what if they were friends, brothers, countrymen? The reader, keeping this suggestion in mind, will understand the reasoning behind why the Roman, in such emergencies, restrained the unfortunate souls to their seats.
There was little time, however, for such thought with them. A sound like the rowing of galleys astern attracted Ben-Hur, and the Astroea rocked as if in the midst of countering waves. The idea of a fleet at hand broke upon him—a fleet in manoeuvre—forming probably for attack. His blood started with the fancy.
There wasn't much time for such thoughts with them. A noise like the rowing of ships behind caught Ben-Hur's attention, and the Astroea swayed as if it were in the middle of choppy waves. The idea of a nearby fleet hit him—a fleet maneuvering—likely preparing for an attack. His heart raced at the thought.
Another signal came down from the deck. The oars dipped, and the galley started imperceptibly. No sound from without, none from within, yet each man in the cabin instinctively poised himself for a shock; the very ship seemed to catch the sense, and hold its breath, and go crouched tiger-like.
Another signal came from the deck. The oars dipped, and the galley started to move slowly. There was no sound from outside, none from within, yet each man in the cabin instinctively got ready for a jolt; the ship itself seemed to sense it too, holding its breath and crouching like a tiger.
In such a situation time is inappreciable; so that Ben-Hur could form no judgment of distance gone. At last there was a sound of trumpets on deck, full, clear, long blown. The chief beat the sounding-board until it rang; the rowers reached forward full length, and, deepening the dip of their oars, pulled suddenly with all their united force. The galley, quivering in every timber, answered with a leap. Other trumpets joined in the clamor—all from the rear, none forward—from the latter quarter only a rising sound of voices in tumult heard briefly. There was a mighty blow; the rowers in front of the chief’s platform reeled, some of them fell; the ship bounded back, recovered, and rushed on more irresistibly than before. Shrill and high arose the shrieks of men in terror; over the blare of trumpets, and the grind and crash of the collision, they arose; then under his feet, under the keel, pounding, rumbling, breaking to pieces, drowning, Ben-Hur felt something overridden. The men about him looked at each other afraid. A shout of triumph from the deck—the beak of the Roman had won! But who were they whom the sea had drunk? Of what tongue, from what land were they?
In that moment, time felt insignificant; Ben-Hur couldn't gauge how far they had traveled. Finally, the sound of trumpets blared from the deck—full, clear, and long. The captain pounded the sounding-board until it rang; the rowers leaned forward, deepened their oars, and suddenly pulled with all their might. The galley trembled in every timber and surged ahead. More trumpets joined the cacophony—all from behind, none from the front—while from the latter came only a brief roar of chaotic voices. There was a violent impact; the rowers in front of the captain's platform staggered, some fell; the ship recoiled, steadied itself, and sped forward more powerfully than before. The sharp screams of terrified men pierced through the blaring trumpets and the crashing sounds of the collision. Beneath his feet, under the keel, Ben-Hur sensed something being overwhelmed—pounding, rumbling, breaking apart, drowning. The men around him exchanged fearful glances. A shout of victory echoed from the deck—the Roman's beak had triumphed! But who were the ones claimed by the sea? What language did they speak, and where did they come from?
No pause, no stay! Forward rushed the Astroea; and, as it went, some sailors ran down, and plunging the cotton balls into the oil-tanks, tossed them dripping to comrades at the head of the stairs: fire was to be added to other horrors of the combat.
No stopping, no delay! The Astroea surged forward; and as it did, some sailors ran down, dunked the cotton balls into the oil tanks, and tossed them, dripping, to their comrades at the top of the stairs: fire was to be added to the other horrors of the battle.
Directly the galley heeled over so far that the oarsmen on the uppermost side with difficulty kept their benches. Again the hearty Roman cheer, and with it despairing shrieks. An opposing vessel, caught by the grappling-hooks of the great crane swinging from the prow, was being lifted into the air that it might be dropped and sunk.
Directly the ship tilted so far that the rowers on the high side struggled to stay on their seats. Again, there was a loud cheer from the Romans, along with desperate screams. An enemy ship, caught by the grappling hooks of the massive crane swinging from the front, was being hoisted into the air so it could be dropped and sunk.
The shouting increased on the right hand and on the left; before, behind, swelled an indescribable clamor. Occasionally there was a crash, followed by sudden peals of fright, telling of other ships ridden down, and their crews drowned in the vortexes.
The shouting got louder on the right and the left; an indescribable noise swelled from all around. Every now and then, there was a crash, followed by sudden screams of fear, signaling that other ships were being overwhelmed and their crews were drowning in the whirlpools.
Nor was the fight all on one side. Now and then a Roman in armor was borne down the hatchway, and laid bleeding, sometimes dying, on the floor.
Nor was the fight all one-sided. Now and then, a Roman in armor was brought down the hatchway, bleeding and sometimes dying on the floor.
Sometimes, also, puffs of smoke, blended with steam, and foul with the scent of roasting human flesh, poured into the cabin, turning the dimming light into yellow murk. Gasping for breath the while, Ben-Hur knew they were passing through the cloud of a ship on fire, and burning up with the rowers chained to the benches.
Sometimes, puffs of smoke mixed with steam, smelling of roasting human flesh, filled the cabin, turning the fading light into a yellow haze. Gasping for breath, Ben-Hur realized they were going through the cloud of a burning ship, with the rowers chained to the benches.
The Astroea all this time was in motion. Suddenly she stopped. The oars forward were dashed from the hands of the rowers, and the rowers from their benches. On deck, then, a furious trampling, and on the sides a grinding of ships afoul of each other. For the first time the beating of the gavel was lost in the uproar. Men sank on the floor in fear or looked about seeking a hiding-place. In the midst of the panic a body plunged or was pitched headlong down the hatchway, falling near Ben-Hur. He beheld the half-naked carcass, a mass of hair blackening the face, and under it a shield of bull-hide and wicker-work—a barbarian from the white-skinned nations of the North whom death had robbed of plunder and revenge. How came he there? An iron hand had snatched him from the opposing deck—no, the Astroea had been boarded! The Romans were fighting on their own deck? A chill smote the young Jew: Arrius was hard pressed—he might be defending his own life. If he should be slain! God of Abraham forefend! The hopes and dreams so lately come, were they only hopes and dreams? Mother and sister—house—home—Holy Land—was he not to see them, after all? The tumult thundered above him; he looked around; in the cabin all was confusion—the rowers on the benches paralyzed; men running blindly hither and thither; only the chief on his seat imperturbable, vainly beating the sounding-board, and waiting the orders of the tribune—in the red murk illustrating the matchless discipline which had won the world.
The Astroea had been moving all this time. Suddenly, it came to a halt. The oars were knocked out of the rowers' hands, and the rowers were thrown from their benches. On deck, there was a wild stampede, and ships were grinding against each other. For the first time, the sound of the gavel was drowned out by the chaos. Men collapsed to the floor in fear or looked around for a place to hide. In the midst of the panic, a body fell or was thrown down the hatchway, landing near Ben-Hur. He saw the half-naked corpse, its face covered in dark hair, along with a shield made of bull-hide and wicker—a barbarian from the fair-skinned lands of the North, stripped of spoils and revenge by death. How did he end up there? An iron grip had dragged him from the opposing deck—no, the Astroea had been boarded! Were the Romans fighting on their own deck? A chill ran through the young Jew: Arrius was in trouble—he could be fighting for his life. What if he was killed? God of Abraham forbid! The hopes and dreams he had just begun to cherish—were they just illusions? Would he never see his mother and sister, his home, or the Holy Land? The uproar roared above him; he looked around; the cabin was in disarray—the rowers on the benches frozen; men were running around aimlessly; only the captain remained composed in his seat, futilely striking the sounding-board and waiting for the tribune's orders—in the red haze showing the unmatched discipline that had conquered the world.
The example had a good effect upon Ben-Hur. He controlled himself enough to think. Honor and duty bound the Roman to the platform; but what had he to do with such motives then? The bench was a thing to run from; while, if he were to die a slave, who would be the better of the sacrifice? With him living was duty, if not honor. His life belonged to his people. They arose before him never more real: he saw them, their arms outstretched; he heard them imploring him. And he would go to them. He started—stopped. Alas! a Roman judgment held him in doom. While it endured, escape would be profitless. In the wide, wide earth there was no place in which he would be safe from the imperial demand; upon the land none, nor upon the sea. Whereas he required freedom according to the forms of law, so only could he abide in Judea and execute the filial purpose to which he would devote himself: in other land he would not live. Dear God! How he had waited and watched and prayed for such a release! And how it had been delayed! But at last he had seen it in the promise of the tribune. What else the great man’s meaning? And if the benefactor so belated should now be slain! The dead come not back to redeem the pledges of the living. It should not be—Arrius should not die. At least, better perish with him than survive a galley-slave.
The example had a strong effect on Ben-Hur. He managed to think clearly. Honor and duty held the Roman on the platform, but what did that mean to him at the moment? The bench was something to flee from; if he were to die as a slave, who would benefit from that sacrifice? For him, living was a duty, if not an honor. His life belonged to his people. They appeared before him more vividly than ever: he saw them with their arms outstretched; he heard their desperate pleas. And he would go to them. He started to move—then stopped. Unfortunately, a Roman judgment kept him in despair. While it lasted, escaping would be useless. In this vast world, there was nowhere he could be safe from the imperial demand; neither on land nor at sea. He needed freedom according to the law; only then could he stay in Judea and fulfill the duty he had committed himself to: he would not live in any other land. Dear God! How he had waited, watched, and prayed for such a release! And how long it had been delayed! But finally, he saw hope in the promise from the tribune. What else could the great man's intention be? And if this delayed benefactor were to be killed now! The dead do not return to honor the promises of the living. That must not happen—Arrius must not die. At least it would be better to perish with him than to live as a galley slave.
Once more Ben-Hur looked around. Upon the roof of the cabin the battle yet beat; against the sides the hostile vessels yet crushed and grided. On the benches, the slaves struggled to tear loose from their chains, and, finding their efforts vain, howled like madmen; the guards had gone upstairs; discipline was out, panic in. No, the chief kept his chair, unchanged, calm as ever—except the gavel, weaponless. Vainly with his clangor he filled the lulls in the din. Ben-Hur gave him a last look, then broke away—not in flight, but to seek the tribune.
Once again, Ben-Hur looked around. The battle still raged on the roof of the cabin; the enemy ships continued to crash against the sides. The slaves on the benches struggled to break free from their chains, and when they realized their efforts were useless, they howled like wild animals. The guards had gone upstairs; order was lost, and panic took over. But the chief remained in his chair, unchanged, as calm as ever—except for the gavel, which was now useless. He tried to fill the quiet moments in the chaos with his noise. Ben-Hur gave him one last look, then broke away—not to escape, but to find the tribune.
A very short space lay between him and the stairs of the hatchway aft. He took it with a leap, and was half-way up the steps—up far enough to catch a glimpse of the sky blood-red with fire, of the ships alongside, of the sea covered with ships and wrecks, of the fight closed in about the pilot’s quarter, the assailants many, the defenders few—when suddenly his foothold was knocked away, and he pitched backward. The floor, when he reached it, seemed to be lifting itself and breaking to pieces; then, in a twinkling, the whole after-part of the hull broke asunder, and, as if it had all the time been lying in wait, the sea, hissing and foaming, leaped in, and all became darkness and surging water to Ben-Hur.
A very short distance lay between him and the stairs of the hatchway at the back. He jumped and was halfway up the steps—just far enough to catch a glimpse of the sky, blood-red with fire, the ships beside him, the sea filled with ships and wrecks, and the fight concentrated around the pilot’s area, with many attackers and only a few defenders—when suddenly his foothold gave way, and he fell backward. When he hit the floor, it felt like it was rising and breaking apart; then, in an instant, the entire back part of the hull split open, and as if it had been waiting for this moment, the sea, hissing and foaming, surged in, plunging Ben-Hur into darkness and turbulent water.
It cannot be said that the young Jew helped himself in this stress. Besides his usual strength, he had the indefinite extra force which nature keeps in reserve for just such perils to life; yet the darkness, and the whirl and roar of water, stupefied him. Even the holding his breath was involuntary.
It can’t be said that the young Jew managed to cope with this stress. In addition to his usual strength, he had that extra reserve of energy that nature holds back for moments of life-threatening danger; yet the darkness, along with the swirling and roaring water, left him bewildered. Even holding his breath felt automatic.
The influx of the flood tossed him like a log forward into the cabin, where he would have drowned but for the refluence of the sinking motion. As it was, fathoms under the surface the hollow mass vomited him forth, and he arose along with the loosed debris. In the act of rising, he clutched something, and held to it. The time he was under seemed an age longer than it really was; at last he gained the top; with a great gasp he filled his lungs afresh, and, tossing the water from his hair and eyes, climbed higher upon the plank he held, and looked about him.
The flood surged, sending him crashing forward into the cabin, where he would have drowned if not for the backward pull of the sinking motion. As it happened, deep beneath the surface, the hollow mass expelled him, and he surfaced along with the debris that had come loose. In the process of surfacing, he grabbed onto something and held on tight. The time he spent underwater felt like it lasted an eternity, but finally, he broke the surface. With a big gasp, he filled his lungs, shook the water from his hair and eyes, climbed higher onto the plank he was holding, and looked around.
Death had pursued him closely under the waves; he found it waiting for him when he was risen—waiting multiform.
Death had chased him closely beneath the waves; he found it waiting for him when he surfaced—waiting in many forms.
Smoke lay upon the sea like a semitransparent fog, through which here and there shone cores of intense brilliance. A quick intelligence told him that they were ships on fire. The battle was yet on; nor could he say who was victor. Within the radius of his vision now and then ships passed, shooting shadows athwart lights. Out of the dun clouds farther on he caught the crash of other ships colliding. The danger, however, was closer at hand. When the Astroea went down, her deck, it will be recollected, held her own crew, and the crews of the two galleys which had attacked her at the same time, all of whom were ingulfed. Many of them came to the surface together, and on the same plank or support of whatever kind continued the combat, begun possibly in the vortex fathoms down. Writhing and twisting in deadly embrace, sometimes striking with sword or javelin, they kept the sea around them in agitation, at one place inky-black, at another aflame with fiery reflections. With their struggles he had nothing to do; they were all his enemies: not one of them but would kill him for the plank upon which he floated. He made haste to get away.
Smoke hung over the sea like a translucent fog, intermittently illuminated by bursts of intense light. A quick reflection told him they were burning ships. The battle was still going on, and he couldn't tell who was winning. In his line of sight, ships occasionally passed, casting shadows over the lights. From the gray clouds ahead, he heard the crash of ships colliding. However, the danger was closer. When the Astroea sank, its deck was crowded with her crew and the crews of the two galleys that had attacked it simultaneously, all of whom were engulfed. Many surfaced together, clinging to the same plank or whatever support they could find, continuing the fight that likely started deep below. Twisting and turning in a deadly grip, sometimes striking with swords or javelins, they made the sea around them restless, at one spot dark as ink, at another glowing with fiery reflections. He wanted nothing to do with their struggles; they were all his enemies—each one would kill him for the plank he floated on. He hurried to get away.
About that time he heard oars in quickest movement, and beheld a galley coming down upon him. The tall prow seemed doubly tall, and the red light playing upon its gilt and carving gave it an appearance of snaky life. Under its foot the water churned to flying foam.
Around that time, he heard oars moving quickly and saw a galley heading straight for him. The tall prow looked even taller, and the red light reflecting off its gold and carvings gave it a slippery, alive appearance. The water beneath it churned into flying foam.
He struck out, pushing the plank, which was very broad and unmanageable. Seconds were precious—half a second might save or lose him. In the crisis of the effort, up from the sea, within arm’s reach, a helmet shot like a gleam of gold. Next came two hands with fingers extended—large hands were they, and strong—their hold once fixed, might not be loosed. Ben-Hur swerved from them appalled. Up rose the helmet and the head it encased—then two arms, which began to beat the water wildly—the head turned back, and gave the face to the light. The mouth gaping wide; the eyes open, but sightless, and the bloodless pallor of a drowning man—never anything more ghastly! Yet he gave a cry of joy at the sight, and as the face was going under again, he caught the sufferer by the chain which passed from the helmet beneath the chin, and drew him to the plank.
He pushed the broad, unwieldy plank away. Every second counted—just half a second could make the difference between life and death. In that moment of effort, a helmet emerged from the sea, shining like gold and within arm’s reach. Then two large, strong hands appeared with fingers outstretched; once they grasped him, they wouldn’t let go. Ben-Hur recoiled in shock. The helmet rose, along with the head inside it—then two arms began thrashing in the water. The head turned back to reveal a face in the light. The mouth was wide open, the eyes were open but unseeing, and the pale face of a drowning man looked even more horrifying than anything he’d ever seen! Yet he cried out in joy at the sight, and as the face sank again, he grasped the chain that went from the helmet under the chin and pulled the victim toward the plank.
The man was Arrius, the tribune.
The man was Arrius, the tribune.
For a while the water foamed and eddied violently about Ben-Hur, taxing all his strength to hold to the support and at the same time keep the Roman’s head above the surface. The galley had passed, leaving the two barely outside the stroke of its oars. Right through the floating men, over heads helmeted as well as heads bare, she drove, in her wake nothing but the sea sparkling with fire. A muffled crash, succeeded by a great outcry, made the rescuer look again from his charge. A certain savage pleasure touched his heart—the Astroea was avenged.
For a while, the water churned and swirled violently around Ben-Hur, pushing him to his limits as he struggled to hold onto the support while keeping the Roman’s head above water. The galley had passed, leaving the two just out of reach of its oars. It plowed through the floating men, both helmeted and bare-headed, leaving nothing behind but a sea sparkling with fire. A muffled crash followed by a loud outcry made the rescuer glance away from his charge. A sense of fierce satisfaction filled his heart—the Astroea was avenged.
After that the battle moved on. Resistance turned to flight. But who were the victors? Ben-Hur was sensible how much his freedom and the life of the tribune depended upon that event. He pushed the plank under the latter until it floated him, after which all his care was to keep him there. The dawn came slowly. He watched its growing hopefully, yet sometimes afraid. Would it bring the Romans or the pirates? If the pirates, his charge was lost.
After that, the battle continued. Resistance turned into escape. But who were the winners? Ben-Hur realized how much his freedom and the life of the tribune depended on that moment. He pushed the plank under the tribune until it was floating, and then all he could do was try to keep him there. Dawn arrived slowly. He watched it with hope, but also with fear. Would it bring the Romans or the pirates? If it brought the pirates, he would lose his charge.
At last morning broke in full, the air without a breath. Off to the left he saw the land, too far to think of attempting to make it. Here and there men were adrift like himself. In spots the sea was blackened by charred and sometimes smoking fragments. A galley up a long way was lying to with a torn sail hanging from the tilted yard, and the oars all idle. Still farther away he could discern moving specks, which he thought might be ships in flight or pursuit, or they might be white birds a-wing.
At last, morning fully arrived, the air completely still. To his left, he saw land, too far away to consider reaching. Here and there, other men floated adrift like him. In places, the sea was stained dark with charred and sometimes smoking debris. A galley in the distance was anchored with a tattered sail drooping from the tilted mast, and the oars were all motionless. Even farther away, he could make out some moving specks, which he thought might be ships fleeing or chasing, or they could just be white birds in flight.
An hour passed thus. His anxiety increased. If relief came not speedily, Arrius would die. Sometimes he seemed already dead, he lay so still. He took the helmet off, and then, with greater difficulty, the cuirass; the heart he found fluttering. He took hope at the sign, and held on. There was nothing to do but wait, and, after the manner of his people, pray.
An hour went by like that. His anxiety grew. If help didn’t arrive soon, Arrius would die. Sometimes he looked like he was already dead; he lay so still. He took off the helmet, and then, with more effort, the armor; he felt his heart racing. He took hope from that sign and held on. There was nothing to do but wait and, as his people did, pray.
CHAPTER VI
The throes of recovery from drowning are more painful than the drowning. These Arrius passed through, and, at length, to Ben-Hur’s delight, reached the point of speech.
The pain of recovering from drowning is worse than drowning itself. Arrius went through this, and eventually, to Ben-Hur’s joy, was able to speak.
Gradually, from incoherent questions as to where he was, and by whom and how he had been saved, he reverted to the battle. The doubt of the victory stimulated his faculties to full return, a result aided not a little by a long rest—such as could be had on their frail support. After a while he became talkative.
Slowly, as he asked confused questions about where he was and who had saved him, he started to remember the battle. His uncertainty about the victory brought his mind back to full clarity, which was helped along by a long rest—something they could manage on their weak support. Eventually, he became more chatty.
“Our rescue, I see, depends upon the result of the fight. I see also what thou hast done for me. To speak fairly, thou hast saved my life at the risk of thy own. I make the acknowledgment broadly; and, whatever cometh, thou hast my thanks. More than that, if fortune doth but serve me kindly, and we get well out of this peril, I will do thee such favor as becometh a Roman who hath power and opportunity to prove his gratitude. Yet, yet it is to be seen if, with thy good intent, thou hast really done me a kindness; or, rather, speaking to thy good-will”—he hesitated—“I would exact of thee a promise to do me, in a certain event, the greatest favor one man can do another—and of that let me have thy pledge now.”
“Our rescue, I see, depends on the outcome of the fight. I also recognize what you have done for me. To be honest, you’ve saved my life at the risk of your own. I acknowledge this openly, and no matter what happens, you have my gratitude. More than that, if fortune treats me well and we make it out of this danger, I will do you a favor worthy of a Roman who has the power and opportunity to show his gratitude. Yet, it remains to be seen whether, despite your good intentions, you have truly done me a kindness; or rather, speaking of your goodwill”—he hesitated—“I would ask you for a promise to do me, in a certain situation, the greatest favor one man can do another—and I want your pledge on that now.”
“If the thing be not forbidden, I will do it,” Ben-Hur replied.
“If it’s not forbidden, I’ll do it,” Ben-Hur replied.
Arrius rested again.
Arrius took another break.
“Art thou, indeed, a son of Hur, the Jew?” he next asked.
“Are you really a son of Hur, the Jew?” he then asked.
“It is as I have said.”
“It’s exactly what I said.”
“I knew thy father—”
“I knew your father—”
Judah drew himself nearer, for the tribune’s voice was weak—he drew nearer, and listened eagerly—at last he thought to hear of home.
Judah moved closer because the tribune’s voice was faint—he got nearer and listened intently—finally, he hoped to hear news about home.
“I knew him, and loved him,” Arrius continued.
“I knew him and loved him,” Arrius continued.
There was another pause, during which something diverted the speaker’s thought.
There was another pause, during which something distracted the speaker’s thoughts.
“It cannot be,” he proceeded, “that thou, a son of his, hast not heard of Cato and Brutus. They were very great men, and never as great as in death. In their dying, they left this law—A Roman may not survive his good-fortune. Art thou listening?”
“It can’t be,” he continued, “that you, his son, haven’t heard of Cato and Brutus. They were remarkable men, and never more so than in death. In their dying, they left behind this principle—A Roman must not outlive his good fortune. Are you listening?”
“I hear.”
"Got it."
“It is a custom of gentlemen in Rome to wear a ring. There is one on my hand. Take it now.”
“It’s a custom for gentlemen in Rome to wear a ring. I have one on my hand. Take it now.”
He held the hand to Judah, who did as he asked.
He held out his hand to Judah, who did what he asked.
“Now put it on thine own hand.”
“Now put it on your own hand.”
Ben-Hur did so.
Ben-Hur did that.
“The trinket hath its uses,” said Arrius next. “I have property and money. I am accounted rich even in Rome. I have no family. Show the ring to my freedman, who hath control in my absence; you will find him in a villa near Misenum. Tell him how it came to thee, and ask anything, or all he may have; he will not refuse the demand. If I live, I will do better by thee. I will make thee free, and restore thee to thy home and people; or thou mayst give thyself to the pursuit that pleaseth thee most. Dost thou hear?”
“The trinket has its uses,” Arrius said next. “I have property and money. I’m considered wealthy even in Rome. I have no family. Show the ring to my freedman, who has control in my absence; you’ll find him in a villa near Misenum. Tell him how it came to you, and ask for anything, or everything he may have; he won’t refuse the request. If I survive, I’ll do better for you. I’ll grant you your freedom and take you back to your home and people; or you can pursue whatever makes you happiest. Do you understand?”
“I could not choose but hear.”
"I couldn't help but listen."
“Then pledge me. By the gods—”
“Then promise me. By the gods—”
“Nay, good tribune, I am a Jew.”
“Nah, good tribune, I’m a Jew.”
“By thy God, then, or in the form most sacred to those of thy faith—pledge me to do what I tell thee now, and as I tell thee; I am waiting, let me have thy promise.”
“By your God, then, or in the form most sacred to your faith—promise me to do what I’m telling you now, and exactly as I say; I’m waiting, give me your promise.”
“Noble Arrius, I am warned by thy manner to expect something of gravest concern. Tell me thy wish first.”
“Noble Arrius, your demeanor suggests that something very serious is coming. Please let me know what you wish for first.”
“Wilt thou promise then?”
"Will you promise then?"
“That were to give the pledge, and— Blessed be the God of my fathers! yonder cometh a ship!”
“That were to give the pledge, and— Thank God for my ancestors! Look, here comes a ship!”
“In what direction?”
"Which way?"
“From the north.”
"From the north."
“Canst thou tell her nationality by outward signs?”
"Can you tell her nationality by her appearance?"
“No. My service hath been at the oars.”
“No. My job has been at the oars.”
“Hath she a flag?”
“Does she have a flag?”
“I cannot see one.”
"I can't see one."
Arrius remained quiet some time, apparently in deep reflection.
Arrius stayed silent for a while, seemingly deep in thought.
“Does the ship hold this way yet?” he at length asked.
“Is the ship still on this course?” he finally asked.
“Still this way.”
"Still like this."
“Look for the flag now.”
“Search for the flag now.”
“She hath none.”
"She has none."
“Nor any other sign?”
“Or any other sign?”
“She hath a sail set, and is of three banks, and cometh swiftly—that is all I can say of her.”
"She has her sails up, has three rows of oars, and moves quickly—that's all I can say about her."
“A Roman in triumph would have out many flags. She must be an enemy. Hear now,” said Arrius, becoming grave again, “hear, while yet I may speak. If the galley be a pirate, thy life is safe; they may not give thee freedom; they may put thee to the oar again; but they will not kill thee. On the other hand, I—”
“A Roman in triumph would have many flags. She must be an enemy. Listen now,” said Arrius, becoming serious again, “listen, while I can still speak. If the galley is a pirate, your life is safe; they may not grant you freedom; they may force you to row again; but they will not kill you. On the other hand, I—”
The tribune faltered.
The speaker hesitated.
“Perpol!” he continued, resolutely. “I am too old to submit to dishonor. In Rome, let them tell how Quintus Arrius, as became a Roman tribune, went down with his ship in the midst of the foe. This is what I would have thee do. If the galley prove a pirate, push me from the plank and drown me. Dost thou hear? Swear thou wilt do it.”
“Perpol!” he said firmly. “I’m too old to accept dishonor. In Rome, let them remember how Quintus Arrius, as a true Roman tribune, went down with his ship in the middle of the enemy. This is what I want you to do. If the galley turns out to be a pirate, push me off the plank and drown me. Do you hear me? Swear that you will do it.”
“I will not swear,” said Ben-Hur, firmly; “neither will I do the deed. The Law, which is to me most binding, O tribune, would make me answerable for thy life. Take back the ring”—he took the seal from his finger—“take it back, and all thy promises of favor in the event of delivery from this peril. The judgment which sent me to the oar for life made me a slave, yet I am not a slave; no more am I thy freedman. I am a son of Israel, and this moment, at least, my own master. Take back the ring.”
“I won’t swear,” said Ben-Hur, firmly. “And I won’t do it either. The Law, which is the most binding to me, O tribune, would hold me responsible for your life. Take back the ring”—he removed the seal from his finger—“take it back, along with all your promises of favor if I get out of this danger. The sentence that made me a slave for life didn’t actually turn me into one; I am not your slave, nor am I your freedman. I am a son of Israel, and at this moment, at least, I am my own master. Take back the ring.”
Arrius remained passive.
Arrius stayed passive.
“Thou wilt not?” Judah continued. “Not in anger, then, nor in any despite, but to free myself from a hateful obligation, I will give thy gift to the sea. See, O tribune!”
“Will you not?” Judah continued. “Not out of anger or spite, but to free myself from a burdensome obligation, I will throw your gift into the sea. Look, O tribune!”
He tossed the ring away. Arrius heard the splash where it struck and sank, though he did not look.
He threw the ring away. Arrius heard the splash when it hit the water and sank, but he didn't look.
“Thou hast done a foolish thing,” he said; “foolish for one placed as thou art. I am not dependent upon thee for death. Life is a thread I can break without thy help; and, if I do, what will become of thee? Men determined on death prefer it at the hands of others, for the reason that the soul which Plato giveth us is rebellious at the thought of self-destruction; that is all. If the ship be a pirate, I will escape from the world. My mind is fixed. I am a Roman. Success and honor are all in all. Yet I would have served thee; thou wouldst not. The ring was the only witness of my will available in this situation. We are both lost. I will die regretting the victory and glory wrested from me; thou wilt live to die a little later, mourning the pious duties undone because of this folly. I pity thee.”
"You've done something really foolish," he said. "Foolish for someone in your position. I don’t need you to die. Life is a thread I can break without your help; and if I do, what will happen to you? People who are set on dying prefer it to be done by others because the soul, as Plato tells us, rebels against the idea of self-destruction; that's all. If the ship is a pirate, I will escape from this world. My mind is made up. I am a Roman. Success and honor mean everything. Yet I would have served you; you refused. The ring was the only proof of my intentions available in this situation. We are both doomed. I will die regretting the victory and glory taken from me; you will live just a little longer, mourning the sacred duties left undone because of this mistake. I feel pity for you."
Ben-Hur saw the consequences of his act more distinctly than before, yet he did not falter.
Ben-Hur recognized the results of his actions more clearly than ever, but he didn't hesitate.
“In the three years of my servitude, O tribune, thou wert the first to look upon me kindly. No, no! There was another.” The voice dropped, the eyes became humid, and he saw plainly as if it were then before him the face of the boy who helped him to a drink by the old well at Nazareth. “At least,” he proceeded, “thou wert the first to ask me who I was; and if, when I reached out and caught thee, blind and sinking the last time, I, too, had thought of the many ways in which thou couldst be useful to me in my wretchedness, still the act was not all selfish; this I pray you to believe. Moreover, seeing as God giveth me to know, the ends I dream of are to be wrought by fair means alone. As a thing of conscience, I would rather die with thee than be thy slayer. My mind is firmly set as thine; though thou wert to offer me all Rome, O tribune, and it belonged to thee to make the gift good, I would not kill thee. Thy Cato and Brutus were as little children compared to the Hebrew whose law a Jew must obey.”
“In the three years I’ve been in servitude, O tribune, you were the first to treat me kindly. No, wait! There was someone else.” His voice lowered, his eyes got moist, and he clearly recalled the face of the boy who gave him a drink at the old well in Nazareth. “At least,” he continued, “you were the first to ask me who I was; and even if, when I reached out and grabbed you, blind and sinking, for the last time, I too had thought of all the ways you could help me in my misery, still my actions weren't entirely selfish; I hope you can believe that. Also, as God gives me understanding, the goals I dream of can only be achieved fairly. Out of conscience, I would rather die with you than be your killer. My resolve is as strong as yours; even if you were to offer me all of Rome, O tribune, and it were your right to make the offer valid, I would not kill you. Your Cato and Brutus were like small children compared to the Hebrew whose law a Jew must follow.”
“But my request. Hast—”
“But my request. Have—”
“Thy command would be of more weight, and that would not move me. I have said.”
“Your command would carry more weight, but that wouldn’t change my mind. I have spoken.”
Both became silent, waiting.
Both fell silent, waiting.
Ben-Hur looked often at the coming ship. Arrius rested with closed eyes, indifferent.
Ben-Hur frequently glanced at the approaching ship. Arrius rested with his eyes closed, indifferent.
“Art thou sure she is an enemy?” Ben-Hur asked.
"Are you sure she's an enemy?" Ben-Hur asked.
“I think so,” was the reply.
“I think so,” was the response.
“She stops, and puts a boat over the side.”
“She stops and puts a boat in the water.”
“Dost thou see her flag?”
"Do you see her flag?"
“Is there no other sign by which she may be known if Roman?”
“Is there no other way to identify her as Roman?”
“If Roman, she hath a helmet over the mast’s top.”
“If she’s Roman, she has a helmet on top of the mast.”
“Then be of cheer. I see the helmet.”
“Then cheer up. I see the helmet.”
Still Arrius was not assured.
Still, Arrius was not convinced.
“The men in the small boat are taking in the people afloat. Pirates are not humane.”
“The guys in the small boat are rescuing the people who are adrift. Pirates are not kind.”
“They may need rowers,” Arrius replied, recurring, possibly, to times when he had made rescues for the purpose.
“They might need rowers,” Arrius replied, perhaps recalling times when he had carried out rescues for that reason.
Ben-Hur was very watchful of the actions of the strangers.
Ben-Hur closely observed the actions of the strangers.
“The ship moves off,” he said.
“The ship is setting off,” he said.
“Whither?”
"Where to?"
“Over on our right there is a galley which I take to be deserted. The new-comer heads towards it. Now she is alongside. Now she is sending men aboard.”
“On our right, there’s a galley that I believe is deserted. The newcomer is heading toward it. Now she’s alongside. Now she’s sending men aboard.”
Then Arrius opened his eyes and threw off his calm.
Then Arrius opened his eyes and shook off his composure.
“Thank thou thy God,” he said to Ben-Hur, after a look at the galleys, “thank thou thy God, as I do my many gods. A pirate would sink, not save, yon ship. By the act and the helmet on the mast I know a Roman. The victory is mine. Fortune hath not deserted me. We are saved. Wave thy hand—call to them—bring them quickly. I shall be duumvir, and thou! I knew thy father, and loved him. He was a prince indeed. He taught me a Jew was not a barbarian. I will take thee with me. I will make thee my son. Give thy God thanks, and call the sailors. Haste! The pursuit must be kept. Not a robber shall escape. Hasten them!”
“Thank your God,” he said to Ben-Hur, after glancing at the galleys, “thank your God, just as I thank my many gods. A pirate would sink, not save, that ship. By the act and the helmet on the mast, I recognize a Roman. The victory is mine. Fortune hasn’t abandoned me. We are saved. Wave your hand—call to them—bring them quickly. I will be duumvir, and you! I knew your father and loved him. He was truly a prince. He taught me that a Jew is not a barbarian. I will take you with me. I will make you my son. Give your God thanks and call the sailors. Hurry! We must keep up the pursuit. Not a robber shall escape. Hurry them!”
Judah raised himself upon the plank, and waved his hand, and called with all his might; at last he drew the attention of the sailors in the small boat, and they were speedily taken up.
Judah got up on the plank, waved his hand, and shouted as loud as he could; finally, he caught the attention of the sailors in the small boat, and they quickly came to get him.
Arrius was received on the galley with all the honors due a hero so the favorite of Fortune. Upon a couch on the deck he heard the particulars of the conclusion of the fight. When the survivors afloat upon the water were all saved and the prize secured, he spread his flag of commandant anew, and hurried northward to rejoin the fleet and perfect the victory. In due time the fifty vessels coming down the channel closed in upon the fugitive pirates, and crushed them utterly; not one escaped. To swell the tribune’s glory, twenty galleys of the enemy were captured.
Arrius was welcomed on the ship with all the honors fitting a hero favored by Fortune. On a couch on the deck, he listened to the details of how the battle ended. Once all the survivors in the water were rescued and the prize was secured, he raised his command flag again and rushed north to reunite with the fleet and complete the victory. Soon enough, the fifty vessels coming down the channel surrounded the fleeing pirates and completely wiped them out; not a single one escaped. To further enhance the tribune’s glory, twenty enemy galleys were captured.
Upon his return from the cruise, Arrius had warm welcome on the mole at Misenum. The young man attending him very early attracted the attention of his friends there; and to their questions as to who he was the tribune proceeded in the most affectionate manner to tell the story of his rescue and introduce the stranger, omitting carefully all that pertained to the latter’s previous history. At the end of the narrative, he called Ben-Hur to him, and said, with a hand resting affectionately upon his shoulder,
Upon his return from the cruise, Arrius received a warm welcome on the pier at Misenum. The young man accompanying him quickly captured the attention of his friends there; when they asked who he was, the tribune lovingly shared the story of his rescue and introduced the stranger, carefully leaving out any details about the latter’s past. At the end of the story, he called Ben-Hur to him and said, placing a hand affectionately on his shoulder,
“Good friends, this is my son and heir, who, as he is to take my property—if it be the will of the gods that I leave any—shall be known to you by my name. I pray you all to love him as you love me.”
“Good friends, this is my son and heir, who, as he is set to inherit my property—if it's the gods' will that I have any to leave—will be known to you by my name. I ask you all to love him as you love me.”
Speedily as opportunity permitted, the adoption was formally perfected. And in such manner the brave Roman kept his faith with Ben-Hur, giving him happy introduction into the imperial world. The month succeeding Arrius’s return, the armilustrium was celebrated with the utmost magnificence in the theater of Scaurus. One side of the structure was taken up with military trophies; among which by far the most conspicuous and most admired were twenty prows, complemented by their corresponding aplustra, cut bodily from as many galleys; and over them, so as to be legible to the eighty thousand spectators in the seats, was this inscription:
As quickly as possible, the adoption was officially completed. In this way, the brave Roman kept his promise to Ben-Hur, giving him a joyful introduction to the imperial world. The month after Arrius’s return, the armilustrium was celebrated with great splendor in the theater of Scaurus. One side of the structure was filled with military trophies; among them, the most striking and admired were twenty prows, accompanied by their matching aplustra, taken directly from as many galleys; and above them, visible to the eighty thousand spectators in the seats, was this inscription:
TAKEN FROM THE PIRATES IN THE GULF
OF EURIPUS,
BY
QUINTUS ARRIUS,
DUUMVIR.
TAKEN FROM THE PIRATES IN THE GULF
OF EURIPUS,
BY
QUINTUS ARRIUS,
DUUMVIR.
BOOK FOURTH
“Alva. Should the monarch prove unjust—
And, at this time—
Queen. Then I must wait for justice
Until it come; and they are happiest far
Whose consciences may calmly wait their right.”
Schiller, Don Carlos (act iv., sc. xv.)
“Alva. If the king turns out to be unfair—
And, right now—
Queen. Then I have to wait for justice
Until it arrives; and those who can patiently wait for what’s right
Are the happiest of all.”
Schiller, Don Carlos (act iv., sc. xv.)
CHAPTER I
The month to which we now come is July, the year that of our Lord 29, and the place Antioch, then Queen of the East, and next to Rome the strongest, if not the most populous, city in the world.
The month we're now in is July, in the year 29 AD, and the place is Antioch, which was then the Queen of the East and, next to Rome, the strongest, if not the most populous, city in the world.
There is an opinion that the extravagance and dissoluteness of the age had their origin in Rome, and spread thence throughout the empire; that the great cities but reflected the manners of their mistress on the Tiber. This may be doubted. The reaction of the conquest would seem to have been upon the morals of the conqueror. In Greece she found a spring of corruption; so also in Egypt; and the student, having exhausted the subject, will close the books assured that the flow of the demoralizing river was from the East westwardly, and that this very city of Antioch, one of the oldest seats of Assyrian power and splendor, was a principal source of the deadly stream.
Some believe that the excess and indulgence of the era started in Rome and then spread throughout the empire, suggesting that the major cities merely mirrored the behaviors of their capital on the Tiber. This is open to question. The effects of conquest seem to have impacted the morals of the conquerors instead. In Greece, they found a source of corruption; the same in Egypt. After thoroughly studying the topic, one may conclude that the flow of this corrupting influence moved westward from the East, with Antioch—one of the oldest centers of Assyrian power and grandeur—being a key source of this dangerous tide.
A transport galley entered the mouth of the river Orontes from the blue waters of the sea. It was in the forenoon. The heat was great, yet all on board who could avail themselves of the privilege were on deck—Ben-Hur among others.
A transport boat sailed into the mouth of the river Orontes from the blue sea. It was morning. The heat was intense, but everyone on board who could take advantage of it was on deck—Ben-Hur included.
The five years had brought the young Jew to perfect manhood. Though the robe of white linen in which he was attired somewhat masked his form, his appearance was unusually attractive. For an hour and more he had occupied a seat in the shade of the sail, and in that time several fellow-passengers of his own nationality had tried to engage him in conversation, but without avail. His replies to their questions had been brief, though gravely courteous, and in the Latin tongue. The purity of his speech, his cultivated manners, his reticence, served to stimulate their curiosity the more. Such as observed him closely were struck by an incongruity between his demeanor, which had the ease and grace of a patrician, and certain points of his person. Thus his arms were disproportionately long; and when, to steady himself against the motion of the vessel, he took hold of anything near by, the size of his hands and their evident power compelled remark; so the wonder who and what he was mixed continually with a wish to know the particulars of his life. In other words, his air cannot be better described than as a notice—This man has a story to tell.
The five years had transformed the young Jewish man into a striking adult. Although the white linen robe he wore somewhat obscured his shape, he was impressively attractive. He had been sitting for over an hour in the shade of the sail, during which several fellow passengers from his community had attempted to start conversations with him, but they met with no success. His responses to their questions were short, yet politely serious, and spoke in Latin. The clarity of his speech, his refined manners, and his reserved nature only heightened their curiosity. Those who observed him closely noted a contrast between his demeanor, which had the ease and grace of an aristocrat, and certain features about him. His arms were unusually long; and when he steadied himself against the ship's movement by grabbing something nearby, the size of his hands and their noticeable strength drew attention. Thus, the fascination of who he was intertwined with a desire to learn about his background. In short, he had an aura that suggested—This man has a story to tell.
The galley, in coming, had stopped at one of the ports of Cyprus, and picked up a Hebrew of most respectable appearance, quiet, reserved, paternal. Ben-Hur ventured to ask him some questions; the replies won his confidence, and resulted finally in an extended conversation.
The ship, on its way, had stopped at one of the ports in Cyprus and picked up a Hebrew man who looked very respectable, quiet, reserved, and fatherly. Ben-Hur took the chance to ask him some questions; the answers built his trust, leading to a longer conversation.
It chanced also that as the galley from Cyprus entered the receiving bay of the Orontes, two other vessels which had been sighted out in the sea met it and passed into the river at the same time; and as they did so both the strangers threw out small flags of brightest yellow. There was much conjecture as to the meaning of the signals. At length a passenger addressed himself to the respectable Hebrew for information upon the subject.
It also happened that as the ship from Cyprus entered the Orontes’ harbor, two other boats that had been spotted out at sea approached it and entered the river simultaneously; and as they did, both of the newcomers raised small, bright yellow flags. There was a lot of speculation about what the signals meant. Finally, one passenger turned to the respectable Hebrew to ask for more information on the matter.
“Yes, I know the meaning of the flags,” he replied; “they do not signify nationality—they are merely marks of ownership.”
“Yes, I know what the flags mean,” he replied; “they don’t represent nationality—they’re just indicators of ownership.”
“Has the owner many ships?”
“Does the owner have many ships?”
“He has.”
"Yeah, he has."
“You know him?”
“Do you know him?”
“I have dealt with him.”
“I've handled him.”
The passengers looked at the speaker as if requesting him to go on. Ben-Hur listened with interest.
The passengers looked at the speaker like they were asking him to continue. Ben-Hur listened intently.
“He lives in Antioch,” the Hebrew continued, in his quiet way. “That he is vastly rich has brought him into notice, and the talk about him is not always kind. There used to be in Jerusalem a prince of very ancient family named Hur.”
“He lives in Antioch,” the Hebrew said quietly. “His great wealth has made him well-known, and not all the talk about him is good. There used to be a prince in Jerusalem from a very old family named Hur.”
Judah strove to be composed, yet his heart beat quicker.
Judah tried to stay calm, but his heart raced.
“The prince was a merchant, with a genius for business. He set on foot many enterprises, some reaching far East, others West. In the great cities he had branch houses. The one in Antioch was in charge of a man said by some to have been a family servant called Simonides, Greek in name, yet an Israelite. The master was drowned at sea. His business, however, went on, and was scarcely less prosperous. After a while misfortune overtook the family. The prince’s only son, nearly grown, tried to kill the procurator Gratus in one of the streets of Jerusalem. He failed by a narrow chance, and has not since been heard of. In fact, the Roman’s rage took in the whole house—not one of the name was left alive. Their palace was sealed up, and is now a rookery for pigeons; the estate was confiscated; everything that could be traced to the ownership of the Hurs was confiscated. The procurator cured his hurt with a golden salve.”
“The prince was a merchant with a talent for business. He launched many ventures, some reaching far to the East and others to the West. In the major cities, he had branch offices. The one in Antioch was managed by a man rumored to be a family servant named Simonides, who was Greek by name but an Israelite. The master drowned at sea. However, his business continued and was hardly less successful. After a while, misfortune struck the family. The prince’s only son, almost an adult, attempted to kill the procurator Gratus in one of the streets of Jerusalem. He narrowly failed and hasn’t been heard from since. In fact, the Roman's rage consumed the entire family—none with the name survived. Their palace was sealed off and is now a nesting ground for pigeons; the estate was taken over; everything that could be connected to the ownership of the Hurs was confiscated. The procurator healed his injury with a golden salve.”
The passengers laughed.
The riders laughed.
“You mean he kept the property,” said one of them.
“You mean he held onto the property,” said one of them.
“They say so,” the Hebrew replied; “I am only telling a story as I received it. And, to go on, Simonides, who had been the prince’s agent here in Antioch, opened trade in a short time on his own account, and in a space incredibly brief became the master merchant of the city. In imitation of his master, he sent caravans to India; and on the sea at present he has galleys enough to make a royal fleet. They say nothing goes amiss with him. His camels do not die, except of old age; his ships never founder; if he throw a chip into the river, it will come back to him gold.”
"They say so," the Hebrew responded; "I'm just sharing a story as I heard it. To continue, Simonides, who had been the prince's representative here in Antioch, quickly started his own trade and, in an incredibly short time, became the leading merchant of the city. Like his master, he sent caravans to India; and at sea right now, he has enough ships to create a royal fleet. They say nothing goes wrong for him. His camels only die of old age; his ships never sink; if he tosses a chip into the river, it comes back to him as gold."
“How long has he been going on thus?”
“How long has he been talking like this?”
“Not ten years.”
"Less than ten years."
“He must have had a good start.”
“He must have had a good beginning.”
“Yes, they say the procurator took only the prince’s property ready at hand—his horses, cattle, houses, land, vessels, goods. The money could not be found, though there must have been vast sums of it. What became of it has been an unsolved mystery.”
“Yes, they say the prosecutor only took the prince's possessions that were readily available—his horses, cattle, houses, land, ships, and goods. The money couldn't be found, even though there must have been a huge amount of it. What happened to it remains a mystery.”
“Not to me,” said a passenger, with a sneer.
“Not for me,” said a passenger, with a sneer.
“I understand you,” the Hebrew answered. “Others have had your idea. That it furnished old Simonides his start is a common belief. The procurator is of that opinion—or he has been—for twice in five years he has caught the merchant, and put him to torture.”
“I get you,” the Hebrew replied. “Others have thought the same way. It's a common belief that it gave old Simonides his break. The governor agrees with that—or he used to—because twice in five years he’s caught the merchant and tortured him.”
Judah gripped the rope he was holding with crushing force.
Judah held the rope tightly.
“It is said,” the narrator continued, “that there is not a sound bone in the man’s body. The last time I saw him he sat in a chair, a shapeless cripple, propped against cushions.”
“It’s said,” the narrator continued, “that there isn’t a sound bone in that guy’s body. The last time I saw him, he was sitting in a chair, a shapeless cripple, propped up against cushions.”
“So tortured!” exclaimed several listeners in a breath.
“So tortured!” exclaimed several listeners in unison.
“Disease could not have produced such a deformity. Still the suffering made no impression upon him. All he had was his lawfully, and he was making lawful use of it—that was the most they wrung from him. Now, however, he is past persecution. He has a license to trade signed by Tiberius himself.”
“Disease couldn't have caused such a deformity. Yet the suffering didn’t seem to affect him at all. All he had was what was rightfully his, and he was using it lawfully—that was all they could get from him. Now, though, he's beyond persecution. He has a trading license signed by Tiberius himself.”
“He paid roundly for it, I warrant.”
"He definitely paid a high price for it, I can assure you."
“These ships are his,” the Hebrew continued, passing the remark. “It is a custom among his sailors to salute each other upon meeting by throwing out yellow flags, sight of which is as much as to say, ‘We have had a fortunate voyage.’”
“These ships belong to him,” the Hebrew continued, making the remark. “It’s a tradition among his sailors to greet each other upon meeting by waving yellow flags, which essentially means, ‘We’ve had a successful voyage.’”
The story ended there.
The story ended here.
When the transport was fairly in the channel of the river, Judah spoke to the Hebrew.
When the transport was well into the river's channel, Judah spoke to the Hebrew.
“What was the name of the merchant’s master?”
“What was the name of the merchant’s boss?”
“Ben-Hur, Prince of Jerusalem.”
“Ben-Hur, Prince of Jerusalem.”
“What became of the prince’s family?”
“What happened to the prince’s family?”
“The boy was sent to the galleys. I may say he is dead. One year is the ordinary limit of life under that sentence. The widow and daughter have not been heard of; those who know what became of them will not speak. They died doubtless in the cells of one of the castles which spot the waysides of Judea.”
“The boy was sent to the galleys. I can say he is dead. One year is the usual limit of life under that sentence. The widow and daughter have not been heard from; those who know what happened to them won't say anything. They probably died in the cells of one of the castles that line the roads of Judea.”
Judah walked to the pilot’s quarter. So absorbed was he in thought that he scarcely noticed the shores of the river, which from sea to city were surpassingly beautiful with orchards of all the Syrian fruits and vines, clustered about villas rich as those of Neapolis. No more did he observe the vessels passing in an endless fleet, nor hear the singing and shouting of the sailors, some in labor, some in merriment. The sky was full of sunlight, lying in hazy warmth upon the land and the water; nowhere except over his life was there a shadow.
Judah walked to the pilot’s quarters. He was so lost in thought that he barely noticed the beautiful shores of the river, which stretched from the sea to the city, lined with orchards of all the Syrian fruits and vines, surrounding villas as rich as those in Neapolis. He no longer paid attention to the endless fleet of vessels passing by, nor did he hear the singing and shouting of the sailors, some working and some having fun. The sky was full of sunlight, casting a warm haze over the land and the water; the only shadow was over his life.
Once only he awoke to a momentary interest, and that was when some one pointed out the Grove of Daphne, discernible from a bend in the river.
Once, he suddenly became interested for a brief moment, and that was when someone pointed out the Grove of Daphne, visible from a curve in the river.
CHAPTER II
When the city came into view, the passengers were on deck, eager that nothing of the scene might escape them. The respectable Jew already introduced to the reader was the principal spokesman.
When the city appeared, the passengers were on deck, eager not to miss any part of the scene. The respected Jew previously introduced to the reader was the main spokesperson.
“The river here runs to the west,” he said, in the way of general answer. “I remember when it washed the base of the walls; but as Roman subjects we have lived in peace, and, as always happens in such times, trade has had its will; now the whole river front is taken up with wharves and docks. Yonder”—the speaker pointed southward—“is Mount Casius, or, as these people love to call it, the Mountains of Orontes, looking across to its brother Amnus in the north; and between them lies the Plain of Antioch. Farther on are the Black Mountains, whence the Ducts of the Kings bring the purest water to wash the thirsty streets and people; yet they are forests in wilderness state, dense, and full of birds and beasts.”
“The river runs west here,” he said, giving a general response. “I remember when it used to wash against the walls, but since we became Roman subjects, we’ve lived in peace, and as always happens during such times, trade has thrived; now the entire riverfront is filled with wharves and docks. Over there”—he pointed south—“is Mount Casius, or as these folks like to call it, the Mountains of Orontes, looking across to its counterpart Amnus in the north; and between them lies the Plain of Antioch. Further on are the Black Mountains, from which the Ducts of the Kings bring pure water to quench the thirsty streets and people; yet they remain wild forests, dense, and teeming with birds and wildlife.”
“Where is the lake?” one asked.
“Where's the lake?” one asked.
“Over north there. You can take horse, if you wish to see it—or, better, a boat, for a tributary connects it with the river.”
“Up north there. You can ride a horse if you want to see it—or, even better, take a boat, because a tributary connects it to the river.”
“The Grove of Daphne!” he said, to a third inquirer. “Nobody can describe it; only beware! It was begun by Apollo, and completed by him. He prefers it to Olympus. People go there for one look—just one—and never come away. They have a saying which tells it all—‘Better be a worm and feed on the mulberries of Daphne than a king’s guest.’”
“The Grove of Daphne!” he said to another person asking about it. “No one can really explain it; just be careful! It was started by Apollo and he finished it himself. He likes it more than Olympus. People go there to take just one look—only one—and they never leave. There's a saying that sums it up perfectly: ‘Better to be a worm and eat the mulberries of Daphne than to be a guest of a king.’”
“Then you advise me to stay away from it?”
“Are you telling me to stay away from it?”
“Not I! Go you will. Everybody goes, cynic philosopher, virile boy, women, and priests—all go. So sure am I of what you will do that I assume to advise you. Do not take quarters in the city—that will be loss of time; but go at once to the village in the edge of the grove. The way is through a garden, under the spray of fountains. The lovers of the god and his Penaean maid built the town; and in its porticos and paths and thousand retreats you will find characters and habits and sweets and kinds elsewhere impossible. But the wall of the city! there it is, the masterpiece of Xeraeus, the master of mural architecture.”
“Not me! You go ahead. Everyone’s going—cynical philosophers, strong young men, women, and priests—all of them. I’m so sure of what you’ll do that I’ll even give you some advice. Don’t stay in the city—that’ll just waste your time; head straight to the village on the edge of the grove. The path goes through a garden, beneath the mist of fountains. The lovers of the god and his Penaean maiden built the town; and in its porches, paths, and countless hideaways, you’ll discover unique characters, habits, pleasures, and things that are hard to find anywhere else. But look at the city wall! That’s the remarkable work of Xeraeus, the master of mural architecture.”
All eyes followed his pointing finger.
All eyes followed where he pointed.
“This part was raised by order of the first of the Seleucidæ. Three hundred years have made it part of the rock it rests upon.”
“This part was raised by order of the first of the Seleucids. Three hundred years have made it part of the rock it sits on.”
The defense justified the encomium. High, solid, and with many bold angles, it curved southwardly out of view.
The defense justified the praise. Tall, sturdy, and with many sharp angles, it curved southward and disappeared from sight.
“On the top there are four hundred towers, each a reservoir of water,” the Hebrew continued. “Look now! Over the wall, tall as it is, see in the distance two hills, which you may know as the rival crests of Sulpius. The structure on the farthest one is the citadel, garrisoned all the year round by a Roman legion. Opposite it this way rises the Temple of Jupiter, and under that the front of the legate’s residence—a palace full of offices, and yet a fortress against which a mob would dash harmlessly as a south wind.”
“On the top, there are four hundred towers, each one filled with water,” the Hebrew said. “Look now! Over the wall, as tall as it is, you can see in the distance two hills, which you might recognize as the rival peaks of Sulpius. The structure on the farthest hill is the citadel, which is garrisoned all year round by a Roman legion. On the opposite side rises the Temple of Jupiter, and below that is the entrance to the legate’s residence—a palace filled with offices, yet a fortress where a mob would rush against it as harmlessly as a south wind.”
At this point the sailors began taking in sail, whereupon the Hebrew exclaimed, heartily, “See! you who hate the sea, and you who have vows, get ready your curses and your prayers. The bridge yonder, over which the road to Seleucia is carried, marks the limit of navigation. What the ship unloads for further transit, the camel takes up there. Above the bridge begins the island upon which Calinicus built his new city, connecting it with five great viaducts so solid time has made no impression upon them, nor floods nor earthquakes. Of the main town, my friends, I have only to say you will be happier all your lives for having seen it.”
At this point, the sailors started taking in the sails, and the Hebrew said enthusiastically, “Look! You who hate the sea, and you who have made vows, get your curses and your prayers ready. That bridge over there, which leads to Seleucia, marks the end of navigation. Whatever the ship unloads for further transport, the camel picks up from there. Beyond the bridge lies the island where Calinicus built his new city, connected by five strong viaducts that time hasn’t touched, nor have floods or earthquakes. About the main town, my friends, all I can say is that you’ll be happier for having seen it.”
As he concluded, the ship turned and made slowly for her wharf under the wall, bringing even more fairly to view the life with which the river at that point was possessed. Finally, the lines were thrown, the oars shipped, and the voyage was done. Then Ben-Hur sought the respectable Hebrew.
As he finished up, the ship turned and slowly headed for her dock under the wall, revealing even more of the lively scene along the river at that spot. Finally, the lines were secured, the oars were stowed, and the journey was over. Then Ben-Hur looked for the respectable Hebrew.
“Let me trouble you a moment before saying farewell.”
“Let me take a moment of your time before saying goodbye.”
The man bowed assent.
The man nodded in agreement.
“Your story of the merchant has made me curious to see him. You called him Simonides?”
“Your story about the merchant has made me curious to meet him. You called him Simonides?”
“Yes. He is a Jew with a Greek name.”
“Yes. He’s a Jew with a Greek name.”
“Where is he to be found?”
"Where can I find him?"
The acquaintance gave a sharp look before he answered,
The acquaintance shot a quick glance before he replied,
“I may save you mortification. He is not a money-lender.”
“I can spare you the embarrassment. He doesn’t lend money.”
“Nor am I a money-borrower,” said Ben-Hur, smiling at the other’s shrewdness.
“Nor am I someone who borrows money,” said Ben-Hur, smiling at the other’s cleverness.
The man raised his head and considered an instant.
The man lifted his head and took a moment to think.
“One would think,” he then replied, “that the richest merchant in Antioch would have a house for business corresponding to his wealth; but if you would find him in the day, follow the river to yon bridge, under which he quarters in a building that looks like a buttress of the wall. Before the door there is an immense landing, always covered with cargoes come and to go. The fleet that lies moored there is his. You cannot fail to find him.”
“One would think,” he then replied, “that the wealthiest merchant in Antioch would have a business place that matches his riches; but if you want to find him during the day, follow the river to that bridge, under which he stays in a building that looks like part of the wall. In front of the door, there’s a huge platform always piled high with goods coming and going. The fleet that’s docked there belongs to him. You won’t miss him.”
“I give you thanks.”
“Thank you.”
“The peace of our fathers go with you.”
“The peace of our ancestors be with you.”
“And with you.”
"Right there with you."
With that they separated.
With that, they parted ways.
Two street-porters, loaded with his baggage, received Ben-Hur’s orders upon the wharf.
Two porters, loaded down with his luggage, took Ben-Hur’s orders on the dock.
“To the citadel,” he said; a direction which implied an official military connection.
“Let’s head to the citadel,” he said; a statement that suggested an official military link.
Two great streets, cutting each other at right angles, divided the city into quarters. A curious and immense structure, called the Nymphaeum, arose at the foot of the one running north and south. When the porters turned south there, the new-comer, though fresh from Rome, was amazed at the magnificence of the avenue. On the right and left there were palaces, and between them extended indefinitely double colonnades of marble, leaving separate ways for footmen, beasts, and chariots; the whole under shade, and cooled by fountains of incessant flow.
Two major streets crossed each other at right angles, splitting the city into sections. An impressive and massive building, called the Nymphaeum, stood at the base of the street running north and south. As the porters headed south there, the newcomer, even though just arriving from Rome, was struck by the grandeur of the avenue. On both sides were palaces, and between them stretched endless rows of marble columns, providing distinct paths for pedestrians, animals, and chariots; all of it shaded and cooled by constantly flowing fountains.
Ben-Hur was not in mood to enjoy the spectacle. The story of Simonides haunted him. Arrived at the Omphalus—a monument of four arches wide as the streets, superbly illustrated, and erected to himself by Epiphanes, the eighth of the Seleucidæ—he suddenly changed his mind.
Ben-Hur wasn’t in the mood to enjoy the show. The story of Simonides weighed on his mind. When he got to the Omphalus—a monument with four arches as wide as the streets, beautifully decorated, built by Epiphanes, the eighth of the Seleucidæ—he suddenly changed his mind.
“I will not go to the citadel to-night,” he said to the porters. “Take me to the khan nearest the bridge on the road to Seleucia.”
“I’m not going to the citadel tonight,” he told the porters. “Take me to the inn closest to the bridge on the way to Seleucia.”
The party faced about, and in good time he was deposited in a public house of primitive but ample construction, within stone’s-throw of the bridge under which old Simonides had his quarters. He lay upon the house-top through the night. In his inner mind lived the thought, “Now—now I will hear of home—and mother—and the dear little Tirzah. If they are on earth, I will find them.”
The party turned around, and soon enough, he was dropped off at a basic but spacious tavern, just a short walk from the bridge where old Simonides had his place. He lay on the roof of the house throughout the night. In his mind, he held onto the thought, “Now—now I will hear about home—and mom—and sweet little Tirzah. If they are still alive, I will find them.”
CHAPTER III
Next day early, to the neglect of the city, Ben-Hur sought the house of Simonides. Through an embattled gateway he passed to a continuity of wharves; thence up the river midst a busy press, to the Seleucian Bridge, under which he paused to take in the scene.
Next morning, ignoring the city, Ben-Hur made his way to Simonides' house. He walked through a fortified gateway and into a series of docks; then he moved up the river amidst a bustling crowd, stopping at the Seleucian Bridge to take in the view.
There, directly under the bridge, was the merchant’s house, a mass of gray stone, unhewn, referable to no style, looking, as the voyager had described it, like a buttress of the wall against which it leaned. Two immense doors in front communicated with the wharf. Some holes near the top, heavily barred, served as windows. Weeds waved from the crevices, and in places black moss splotched the otherwise bald stones.
There, right under the bridge, was the merchant’s house, a huge pile of rough gray stone, with no particular architectural style, looking, as the traveler had said, like a support for the wall it leaned against. Two massive doors in front opened to the wharf. A few heavily barred holes near the top acted as windows. Weeds swayed in the cracks, and in some spots, dark moss stained the otherwise bare stones.
The doors were open. Through one of them business went in; through the other it came out; and there was hurry, hurry in all its movements.
The doors were open. Through one of them business flowed in; through the other it flowed out; and there was a rush, a rush in all its movements.
On the wharf there were piles of goods in every kind of package, and groups of slaves, stripped to the waist, going about in the abandon of labor.
On the dock, there were stacks of goods in all kinds of packaging, and groups of slaves, bare-chested, moving around with reckless energy.
Below the bridge lay a fleet of galleys, some loading, others unloading. A yellow flag blew out from each masthead. From fleet and wharf, and from ship to ship, the bondmen of traffic passed in clamorous counter-currents.
Below the bridge was a group of galleys, some loading and others unloading. A yellow flag waved from each masthead. From the fleet and wharf, and from ship to ship, the workers of trade moved in noisy back-and-forth currents.
Above the bridge, across the river, a wall rose from the water’s edge, over which towered the fanciful cornices and turrets of an imperial palace, covering every foot of the island spoken of in the Hebrew’s description. But, with all its suggestions, Ben-Hur scarcely noticed it. Now, at last, he thought to hear of his people—this, certainly, if Simonides had indeed been his father’s slave. But would the man acknowledge the relation? That would be to give up his riches and the sovereignty of trade so royally witnessed on the wharf and river. And what was of still greater consequence to the merchant, it would be to forego his career in the midst of amazing success, and yield himself voluntarily once more a slave. Simple thought of the demand seemed a monstrous audacity. Stripped of diplomatic address, it was to say, You are my slave; give me all you have, and—yourself.
Above the bridge, across the river, a wall rose from the water’s edge, over which the elaborate cornices and turrets of an imperial palace towered, covering every part of the island mentioned in the Hebrew’s description. But, despite all its grandeur, Ben-Hur barely noticed it. Now, at last, he thought he might hear about his people—this, for sure, if Simonides had actually been his father’s slave. But would the man recognize that relationship? That would mean giving up his wealth and the power of trade so prominently displayed at the wharf and river. And what mattered even more to the merchant was that it would mean abandoning his career at the peak of tremendous success and willingly becoming a slave again. Just the thought of that demand seemed outrageously bold. Stripped of any diplomatic niceties, it amounted to saying, You are my slave; give me everything you have, and—yourself.
Yet Ben-Hur derived strength for the interview from faith in his rights and the hope uppermost in his heart. If the story to which he was yielding were true, Simonides belonged to him, with all he had. For the wealth, be it said in justice, he cared nothing. When he started to the door determined in mind, it was with a promise to himself—“Let him tell me of mother and Tirzah, and I will give him his freedom without account.”
Yet Ben-Hur drew strength for the meeting from his belief in his rights and the hope that filled his heart. If the story he was about to hear was true, Simonides belonged to him, along with everything he had. To be fair, he didn't care at all about the wealth. As he headed to the door with a firm resolve, he made a promise to himself: “If he tells me about my mother and Tirzah, I will give him his freedom without hesitation.”
He passed boldly into the house.
He walked confidently into the house.
The interior was that of a vast depot where, in ordered spaces, and under careful arrangement, goods of every kind were heaped and pent. Though the light was murky and the air stifling, men moved about briskly; and in places he saw workmen with saws and hammers making packages for shipments. Down a path between the piles he walked slowly, wondering if the man of whose genius there were here such abounding proofs could have been his father’s slave? If so, to what class had he belonged? If a Jew, was he the son of a servant? Or was he a debtor or a debtor’s son? Or had he been sentenced and sold for theft? These thoughts, as they passed, in nowise disturbed the growing respect for the merchant of which he was each instant more and more conscious. A peculiarity of our admiration for another is that it is always looking for circumstances to justify itself.
The interior was a huge warehouse where, in organized sections and under careful arrangement, all sorts of goods were stacked and stored. Even though the light was dim and the air was stuffy, people moved around energetically; in some areas, he noticed workers with saws and hammers packing items for shipping. He walked slowly down a path between the stacks, wondering if the man whose brilliant work was so evident here could have been his father's servant. If that was the case, what class did he belong to? If he was Jewish, was he the child of a servant? Was he a debtor or the son of a debtor? Or had he been sentenced and sold for theft? These thoughts didn’t interfere with the growing respect he felt for the merchant, which intensified with each moment. It’s interesting how our admiration for others always seeks reasons to justify itself.
At length a man approached and spoke to him.
At last, a man came up and talked to him.
“What would you have?”
"What do you want?"
“I would see Simonides, the merchant.”
“I would see Simonides, the trader.”
“Will you come this way?”
"Will you come over here?"
By a number of paths left in the stowage, they finally came to a flight of steps; ascending which, he found himself on the roof of the depot, and in front of a structure which cannot be better described than as a lesser stone house built upon another, invisible from the landing below, and out west of the bridge under the open sky. The roof, hemmed in by a low wall, seemed like a terrace, which, to his astonishment, was brilliant with flowers; in the rich surrounding, the house sat squat, a plain square block, unbroken except by a doorway in front. A dustless path led to the door, through a bordering of shrubs of Persian rose in perfect bloom. Breathing a sweet attar-perfume, he followed the guide.
By several paths left in the storage area, they finally reached a flight of stairs. Climbing them, he found himself on the roof of the depot, in front of a structure that could best be described as a smaller stone house built on top of another one, which wasn’t visible from the landing below, and located to the west of the bridge under the open sky. The roof, enclosed by a low wall, looked like a terrace and, to his surprise, was filled with vibrant flowers; amid the lush surroundings, the house stood low and squat, a plain square block with nothing but a doorway in the front. A clean path led to the door, lined by perfectly blooming Persian rose shrubs. Breathing in a sweet, fragrant aroma, he followed the guide.
At the end of a darkened passage within, they stopped before a curtain half parted. The man called out,
At the end of a dimly lit hallway, they paused in front of a curtain that was partially open. The man called out,
“A stranger to see the master.”
“A stranger wants to see the master.”
A clear voice replied, “In God’s name, let him enter.”
A clear voice responded, “In God’s name, let him in.”
A Roman might have called the apartment into which the visitor was ushered his atrium. The walls were paneled; each panel was comparted like a modern office-desk, and each compartment crowded with labelled folios all filemot with age and use. Between the panels, and above and below them, were borders of wood once white, now tinted like cream, and carved with marvellous intricacy of design. Above a cornice of gilded balls, the ceiling rose in pavilion style until it broke into a shallow dome set with hundreds of panes of violet mica, permitting a flood of light deliciously reposeful. The floor was carpeted with gray rugs so thick that an invading foot fell half buried and soundless.
A Roman might have referred to the apartment where the visitor was welcomed as his atrium. The walls were paneled; each panel was divided like a modern office desk, and each section was filled with labeled folios that were worn with age and use. Between the panels, and above and below them, were wooden borders that were once white, now shaded like cream, and intricately carved with amazing designs. Above a cornice of gilded balls, the ceiling rose in a pavilion style until it curved into a shallow dome set with hundreds of panes of violet mica, allowing a soft, pleasant light to flood in. The floor was covered with thick gray rugs that absorbed footsteps so completely that they seemed to vanish silently.
In the midlight of the room were two persons—a man resting in a chair high-backed, broad-armed, and lined with pliant cushions; and at his left, leaning against the back of the chair, a girl well forward into womanhood. At sight of them Ben-Hur felt the blood redden his forehead; bowing, as much to recover himself as in respect, he lost the lifting of the hands, and the shiver and shrink with which the sitter caught sight of him—an emotion as swift to go as it had been to come. When he raised his eyes the two were in the same position, except the girl’s hand had fallen and was resting lightly upon the elder’s shoulder; both of them were regarding him fixedly.
In the dim light of the room were two people—a man sitting in a tall-backed, wide-armed chair lined with soft cushions; and to his left, leaning against the back of the chair, a girl on the verge of womanhood. When Ben-Hur saw them, he felt a rush of blood to his forehead; bowing slightly, both to compose himself and out of respect, he lost the tension in his hands, and the sudden unease he had felt at being seen disappeared just as quickly. When he looked up, the two were still in the same position, except the girl's hand had fallen gently onto the older man's shoulder; both of them were staring at him intently.
“If you are Simonides, the merchant, and a Jew”—Ben-Hur stopped an instant—“then the peace of the God of our father Abraham upon you and—yours.”
“If you are Simonides, the merchant, and a Jew”—Ben-Hur paused for a moment—“then may the peace of the God of our father Abraham be with you and yours.”
The last word was addressed to the girl.
The final word was directed at the girl.
“I am the Simonides of whom you speak, by birthright a Jew,” the man made answer, in a voice singularly clear. “I am Simonides, and a Jew; and I return you your salutation, with prayer to know who calls upon me.”
“I am the Simonides you’re talking about, and I’m a Jew by birth,” the man replied in a notably clear voice. “I am Simonides, a Jew; and I return your greeting, wishing to know who is calling for me.”
Ben-Hur looked as he listened, and where the figure of the man should have been in healthful roundness, there was only a formless heap sunk in the depths of the cushions, and covered by a quilted robe of sombre silk. Over the heap shone a head royally proportioned—the ideal head of a statesman and conqueror—a head broad of base and domelike in front, such as Angelo would have modelled for Cæsar. White hair dropped in thin locks over the white brows, deepening the blackness of the eyes shining through them like sullen lights. The face was bloodless, and much puffed with folds, especially under the chin. In other words, the head and face were those of a man who might move the world more readily than the world could move him—a man to be twice twelve times tortured into the shapeless cripple he was, without a groan, much less a confession; a man to yield his life, but never a purpose or a point; a man born in armor, and assailable only through his loves. To him Ben-Hur stretched his hands, open and palm up, as he would offer peace at the same time he asked it.
Ben-Hur watched as he listened, and where there should have been a healthy, rounded figure, there was just a formless heap sunk deep into the cushions, covered by a dark silk quilted robe. Over the heap was a head with regal proportions—the perfect head of a statesman and conqueror—a broad base with a dome-shaped forehead, like what Michelangelo would have sculpted for Caesar. Thin strands of white hair fell over the pale brows, accentuating the dark eyes shining through them like gloomy lights. The face was pale and heavily lined, especially under the chin. In other words, the head and face belonged to a man who could easily move the world, but the world could not move him—a man who could endure being tortured into the shapeless cripple he had become, without a groan or even a confession; a man willing to give up his life, but never his purpose or principles; a man born in armor, vulnerable only through his affections. To this man, Ben-Hur extended his hands, open and palm-up, as if to offer peace while also seeking it.
“I am Judah, son of Ithamar, late head of the House of Hur, and a prince of Jerusalem.”
“I am Judah, son of Ithamar, who was the former head of the House of Hur, and a prince of Jerusalem.”
The merchant’s right hand lay outside the robe—a long, thin hand, articulate to deformity with suffering. It closed tightly; otherwise there was not the slightest expression of feeling of any kind on his part; nothing to warrant an inference of surprise or interest; nothing but this calm answer,
The merchant’s right hand rested outside the robe—a long, thin hand, shaped unsettlingly by pain. It clenched tightly; otherwise, there was no hint of emotion from him at all; nothing to suggest surprise or curiosity; just this composed reply,
“The princes of Jerusalem, of the pure blood, are always welcome in my house; you are welcome. Give the young man a seat, Esther.”
“The princes of Jerusalem, of noble blood, are always welcome in my home; you are welcome. Please give the young man a seat, Esther.”
The girl took an ottoman near by, and carried it to Ben-Hur. As she arose from placing the seat, their eyes met.
The girl picked up an ottoman nearby and carried it to Ben-Hur. As she stood up after setting down the seat, their eyes met.
“The peace of our Lord with you,” she said, modestly. “Be seated and at rest.”
“The peace of our Lord be with you,” she said modestly. “Please, have a seat and relax.”
When she resumed her place by the chair, she had not divined his purpose. The powers of woman go not so far: if the matter is of finer feeling, such as pity, mercy, sympathy, that she detects; and therein is a difference between her and man which will endure as long as she remains, by nature, alive to such feelings. She was simply sure he brought some wound of life for healing.
When she returned to her spot by the chair, she had no idea what he was planning. A woman's intuition doesn't stretch that far; she can pick up on deeper emotions like pity, mercy, and sympathy, and that's a difference between her and men that will last as long as she stays sensitive to those feelings by nature. She just knew he had some life issue that needed fixing.
Ben-Hur did not take the offered seat, but said, deferentially, “I pray the good master Simonides that he will not hold me an intruder. Coming up the river yesterday, I heard he knew my father.”
Ben-Hur didn't take the offered seat but said respectfully, “I hope the good master Simonides won’t consider me an intruder. While coming up the river yesterday, I heard he knew my father.”
“I knew the Prince Hur. We were associated in some enterprises lawful to merchants who find profit in lands beyond the sea and the desert. But sit, I pray you—and, Esther, some wine for the young man. Nehemiah speaks of a son of Hur who once ruled the half part of Jerusalem; an old house; very old, by the faith! In the days of Moses and Joshua even some of them found favor in the sight of the Lord, and divided honors with those princes among men. It can hardly be that their descendant, lineally come to us, will refuse a cup of wine-fat of the genuine vine of Sorek, grown on the south hill-sides of Hebron.”
“I knew Prince Hur. We were involved in some legitimate business ventures typical for merchants looking to profit from lands beyond the sea and the desert. But please, sit down—and, Esther, could you get some wine for the young man? Nehemiah talks about a son of Hur who once ruled half of Jerusalem; it's an old family—very old, I swear! Back in the days of Moses and Joshua, some of them earned favor in the eyes of the Lord and shared honors with those esteemed leaders. It's hard to believe that their descendant, directly connected to us, would refuse a cup of wine from the genuine vine of Sorek, grown on the southern hillsides of Hebron.”
By the time of the conclusion of this speech, Esther was before Ben-Hur with a silver cup filled from a vase upon a table a little removed from the chair. She offered the drink with downcast face. He touched her hand gently to put it away. Again their eyes met; whereat he noticed that she was small, not nearly to his shoulder in height; but very graceful, and fair and sweet of face, with eyes black and inexpressibly soft. She is kind and pretty, he thought, and looks as Tirzah would were she living. Poor Tirzah! Then he said aloud,
By the end of the speech, Esther stood in front of Ben-Hur with a silver cup filled from a vase on a table slightly away from the chair. She offered him the drink with her gaze lowered. He gently touched her hand to set it aside. Their eyes met again, and he noticed that she was small, not even coming up to his shoulder, but very graceful, pretty, and sweet-faced, with soft, expressive black eyes. She’s kind and beautiful, he thought, and she looks like Tirzah would if she were alive. Poor Tirzah! Then he said aloud,
“No, thy father—if he is thy father?”—he paused.
“No, your father—if he is your father?”—he paused.
“I am Esther, the daughter of Simonides,” she said, with dignity.
“I’m Esther, Simonides’ daughter,” she said, with dignity.
“Then, fair Esther, thy father, when he has heard my further speech, will not think worse of me if yet I am slow to take his wine of famous extract; nor less I hope not to lose grace in thy sight. Stand thou here with me a moment!”
“Then, lovely Esther, your father, after hearing what I have to say, won’t think any less of me if I’m still hesitant to accept his famous wine; I also hope I won’t lose your favor. Stay here with me for a moment!”
Both of them, as in common cause, turned to the merchant. “Simonides!” he said, firmly, “my father, at his death, had a trusted servant of thy name, and it has been told me that thou art the man!”
Both of them, in unison, turned to the merchant. “Simonides!” he said, firmly, “my father, when he died, had a trusted servant by that name, and I've been told that you are the one!”
There was a sudden start of the wrenched limbs under the robe, and the thin hand clenched.
There was a sudden movement of the twisted limbs under the robe, and the thin hand tightened into a fist.
“Esther, Esther!” the man called, sternly; “here, not there, as thou art thy mother’s child and mine—here, not there, I say!”
“Esther, Esther!” the man called, sternly; “here, not there, as you are your mother’s child and mine—here, not there, I say!”
The girl looked once from father to visitor; then she replaced the cup upon the table, and went dutifully to the chair. Her countenance sufficiently expressed her wonder and alarm.
The girl glanced from her father to the visitor, then she put the cup back on the table and went obediently to the chair. Her face clearly showed her surprise and anxiety.
Simonides lifted his left hand, and gave it into hers, lying lovingly upon his shoulder, and said, dispassionately, “I have grown old in dealing with men—old before my time. If he who told thee that whereof thou speakest was a friend acquainted with my history, and spoke of it not harshly, he must have persuaded thee that I could not be else than a man distrustful of my kind. The God of Israel help him who, at the end of life, is constrained to acknowledge so much! My loves are few, but they are. One of them is a soul which”—he carried the hand holding his to his lips, in manner unmistakable—“a soul which to this time has been unselfishly mine, and such sweet comfort that, were it taken from me, I would die.”
Simonides lifted his left hand and placed it in hers, resting gently on his shoulder, and said calmly, “I’ve grown old dealing with people—older than I should be. If the person who told you what you’ve heard was a friend who knew my story, and didn’t speak harshly, he must have convinced you that I can’t help but be distrustful of humanity. May the God of Israel help anyone who, at the end of their life, has to admit this much! My loves are few, but they exist. One of them is a soul which”—he brought the hand holding his to his lips, in a clear gesture—“a soul that has selflessly been mine until now, and is such a source of comfort that, if it were taken from me, I would perish.”
Esther’s head drooped until her cheek touched his.
Esther's head hung down until her cheek rested against his.
“The other love is but a memory; of which I will say further that, like a benison of the Lord, it hath a compass to contain a whole family, if only”—his voice lowered and trembled—“if only I knew where they were.”
“The other love is just a memory; I will say more about it, that, like a blessing from the Lord, it has the capacity to hold an entire family, if only”—his voice dropped and shook—“if only I knew where they were.”
Ben-Hur’s face suffused, and, advancing a step, he cried, impulsively, “My mother and sister! Oh, it is of them you speak!”
Ben-Hur's face flushed, and taking a step forward, he exclaimed, impulsively, "My mother and sister! Oh, you're talking about them!"
Esther, as if spoken to, raised her head; but Simonides returned to his calm, and answered, coldly, “Hear me to the end. Because I am that I am, and because of the loves of which I have spoken, before I make return to thy demand touching my relations to the Prince Hur, and as something which of right should come first, do thou show me proofs of who thou art. Is thy witness in writing? Or cometh it in person?”
Esther, as if addressed, lifted her head; but Simonides regained his composure and replied, coldly, “Listen to me completely. Because I exist as I am, and because of the feelings I’ve mentioned, before I respond to your question about my connection to Prince Hur, and as something that should come first, you must provide proof of who you are. Do you have a written statement? Or will it come in person?”
The demand was plain, and the right of it indisputable. Ben-Hur blushed, clasped his hands, stammered, and turned away at loss. Simonides pressed him.
The demand was clear, and the justification for it undeniable. Ben-Hur felt embarrassed, clasped his hands, stumbled over his words, and turned away, unsure of what to do. Simonides urged him on.
“The proofs, the proofs, I say! Set them before me—lay them in my hands!”
“The evidence, the evidence, I say! Bring it to me—put it in my hands!”
Yet Ben-Hur had no answer. He had not anticipated the requirement; and, now that it was made, to him as never before came the awful fact that the three years in the galley had carried away all the proofs of his identity; mother and sister gone, he did not live in the knowledge of any human being. Many there were acquainted with him, but that was all. Had Quintus Arrius been present, what could he have said more than where he found him, and that he believed the pretender to be the son of Hur? But, as will presently appear in full, the brave Roman sailor was dead. Judah had felt the loneliness before; to the core of life the sense struck him now. He stood, hands clasped, face averted, in stupefaction. Simonides respected his suffering, and waited in silence.
Yet Ben-Hur had no answer. He hadn’t expected this requirement; and now that it was put to him, he felt the crushing reality that the three years in the galley had stripped away all proof of his identity. With his mother and sister gone, he realized he had no connection to any living person. Many recognized him, but that was it. If Quintus Arrius had been there, what more could he have said than how he found him and that he believed the pretender was Hur's son? But, as will soon be revealed, the brave Roman sailor was dead. Judah had felt loneliness before, but now it hit him to the core of his being. He stood with his hands clasped, face turned away, in shock. Simonides respected his pain and waited in silence.
“Master Simonides,” he said, at length, “I can only tell my story; and I will not that unless you stay judgment so long, and with good-will deign to hear me.”
“Master Simonides,” he said finally, “I can only share my story; and I won’t do that unless you hold off on your judgment for a while and are willing to listen to me.”
“Speak,” said Simonides, now, indeed, master of the situation—“speak, and I will listen the more willingly that I have not denied you to be the very person you claim yourself.”
“Speak,” said Simonides, now truly in control of the situation—“speak, and I will listen even more willingly because I haven’t denied that you are exactly who you say you are.”
Ben-Hur proceeded then, and told his life hurriedly, yet with the feeling which is the source of all eloquence; but as we are familiar with it down to his landing at Misenum, in company with Arrius, returned victorious from the Ægean, at that point we will take up the words.
Ben-Hur then went on to quickly share his life story, filled with the emotion that drives all great speech; however, since we know the details up to his arrival at Misenum with Arrius, who had come back victorious from the Aegean, we'll pick up from there.
“My benefactor was loved and trusted by the emperor, who heaped him with honorable rewards. The merchants of the East contributed magnificent presents, and he became doubly rich among the rich of Rome. May a Jew forget his religion? or his birthplace, if it were the Holy Land of our fathers? The good man adopted me his son by formal rites of law; and I strove to make him just return: no child was ever more dutiful to father than I to him. He would have had me a scholar; in art, philosophy, rhetoric, oratory, he would have furnished me the most famous teacher. I declined his insistence, because I was a Jew, and could not forget the Lord God, or the glory of the prophets, or the city set on the hills by David and Solomon. Oh, ask you why I accepted any of the benefactions of the Roman? I loved him; next place, I thought with his help, array influences which would enable me one day to unseal the mystery close-locking the fate of my mother and sister; and to these there was yet another motive of which I shall not speak except to say it controlled me so far that I devoted myself to arms, and the acquisition of everything deemed essential to thorough knowledge of the art of war. In the palaestrae and circuses of the city I toiled, and in the camps no less; and in all of them I have a name, but not that of my fathers. The crowns I won—and on the walls of the villa by Misenum there are many of them—all came to me as the son of Arrius, the duumvir. In that relation only am I known among Romans.... In steadfast pursuit of my secret aim, I left Rome for Antioch, intending to accompany the Consul Maxentius in the campaign he is organizing against the Parthians. Master of personal skill in all arms, I seek now the higher knowledge pertaining to the conduct of bodies of men in the field. The consul has admitted me one of his military family. But yesterday, as our ship entered the Orontes, two other ships sailed in with us flying yellow flags. A fellow-passenger and countryman from Cyprus explained that the vessels belonged to Simonides, the master-merchant of Antioch; he told us, also, who the merchant was; his marvellous success in commerce; of his fleets and caravans, and their coming and going; and, not knowing I had interest in the theme beyond my associate listeners, he said Simonides was a Jew, once the servant of the Prince Hur; nor did he conceal the cruelties of Gratus, or the purpose of their infliction.”
“My benefactor was loved and trusted by the emperor, who rewarded him generously. The merchants from the East brought him amazing gifts, and he became even richer among the wealthy of Rome. Can a Jew forget his religion? Or his birthplace, especially if it’s the Holy Land of our ancestors? The good man formally adopted me as his son; I worked hard to repay him: no child was ever more obedient to a father than I was to him. He wanted me to be a scholar; he would have found me the best teachers in art, philosophy, rhetoric, and oratory. I resisted his urge because I was a Jew and couldn't forget the Lord God, the glory of the prophets, or the city set on the hills by David and Solomon. Oh, you might wonder why I accepted any of the Roman's gifts? I loved him; besides that, I thought that with his help, I could one day uncover the mystery surrounding the fate of my mother and sister; and there was another reason I won’t speak about except to say it drove me so much that I committed myself to military training and learning everything essential to mastering the art of war. I worked hard in the gyms and arenas of the city and also in the camps; in all these places, I made a name for myself, but not under my father's name. The crowns I won—and there are many displayed on the walls of the villa by Misenum—were all earned as the son of Arrius, the duumvir. In that role, I am known among the Romans... In my relentless pursuit of my secret goal, I left Rome for Antioch, planning to join Consul Maxentius in the campaign he is organizing against the Parthians. Expert in all types of combat, I now seek deeper knowledge about leading troops in the field. The consul has accepted me into his military family. Just yesterday, as our ship entered the Orontes, two other ships came in with us, flying yellow flags. A fellow passenger and countryman from Cyprus shared that the vessels belonged to Simonides, the master merchant of Antioch; he also told us about the merchant, his incredible success in trade, his fleets and caravans, and their movements. Not realizing I had a personal interest in the topic beyond my fellow listeners, he mentioned that Simonides was a Jew, once the servant of Prince Hur; he didn't shy away from discussing the cruel deeds of Gratus or the reasons behind them.”
At this allusion Simonides bowed his head, and, as if to help him conceal his feelings and her own deep sympathy, the daughter hid her face on his neck. Directly he raised his eyes, and said, in a clear voice, “I am listening.”
At this reference, Simonides lowered his head, and, as if to help him hide his emotions and her own strong sympathy, the daughter buried her face in his neck. As soon as he lifted his gaze, he said, in a clear voice, “I’m listening.”
“O good Simonides!” Ben-Hur then said, advancing a step, his whole soul seeking expression, “I see thou art not convinced, and that yet I stand in the shadow of thy distrust.”
“O good Simonides!” Ben-Hur said, taking a step forward, his entire being longing for expression. “I see you’re not convinced, and that I’m still in the shadow of your doubt.”
The merchant held his features fixed as marble, and his tongue as still.
The merchant kept his face expressionless like stone, and his tongue silent.
“And not less clearly, I see the difficulties of my position,” Ben-Hur continued. “All my Roman connection I can prove; I have only to call upon the consul, now the guest of the governor of the city; but I cannot prove the particulars of thy demand upon me. I cannot prove I am my father’s son. They who could serve me in that—alas! they are dead or lost.”
“And not with any less clarity, I see the challenges of my situation,” Ben-Hur continued. “I can clearly prove my ties to Rome; I just need to call upon the consul, who is currently a guest of the city’s governor. But I can’t prove the specifics of what you’re asking me. I can’t prove that I am my father’s son. Those who could help me with that—alas! they are either dead or missing.”
He covered his face with his hands; whereupon Esther arose, and, taking the rejected cup to him, said, “The wine is of the country we all so love. Drink, I pray thee!”
He covered his face with his hands; then Esther stood up, took the rejected cup to him, and said, “The wine is from the land we all love so much. Please, drink!”
The voice was sweet as that of Rebekah offering drink at the well near Nahor the city; he saw there were tears in her eyes, and he drank, saying, “Daughter of Simonides, thy heart is full of goodness; and merciful art thou to let the stranger share it with thy father. Be thou blessed of our God! I thank thee.”
The voice was as sweet as Rebekah's when she offered a drink at the well near the city of Nahor; he noticed tears in her eyes, and he drank, saying, “Daughter of Simonides, your heart is full of kindness; you are gracious to let a stranger share in your father's hospitality. May you be blessed by our God! Thank you.”
Then he addressed himself to the merchant again:
Then he spoke to the merchant again:
“As I have no proof that I am my father’s son, I will withdraw that I demanded of thee, O Simonides, and go hence to trouble you no more; only let me say I did not seek thy return to servitude nor account of thy fortune; in any event, I would have said, as now I say, that all which is product of thy labor and genius is thine; keep it in welcome. I have no need of any part thereof. When the good Quintus, my second father, sailed on the voyage which was his last, he left me his heir, princely rich. If, therefore, thou dost think of me again, be it with remembrance of this question, which, as I do swear by the prophets and Jehovah, thy God and mine, was the chief purpose of my coming here: What dost thou know—what canst thou tell me—of my mother and Tirzah, my sister—she who should be in beauty and grace even as this one, thy sweetness of life, if not thy very life? Oh! what canst thou tell me of them?”
“As I have no proof that I'm my father’s son, I’ll take back what I asked of you, O Simonides, and leave you in peace; I just want to say I didn’t want you to go back to being a servant or worry about your fortune; in any case, I would have said, as I say now, that everything you've earned through your hard work and talent is yours; keep it with my blessings. I have no need for any of it. When good Quintus, my second father, set off on his final journey, he left me his heir, very wealthy. So, if you think of me again, remember this question, which, I swear by the prophets and Jehovah, your God and mine, was the main reason for my visit here: What do you know—what can you tell me—about my mother and my sister Tirzah—she who should be as beautiful and graceful as this one, your sweetness of life, if not your very life? Oh! What can you tell me about them?”
The tears ran down Esther’s cheeks; but the man was wilful: in a clear voice, he replied,
The tears streamed down Esther’s face; but the man was stubborn: in a clear voice, he replied,
“I have said I knew the Prince Ben-Hur. I remember hearing of the misfortune which overtook his family. I remember the bitterness with which I heard it. He who wrought such misery to the widow of my friend is the same who, in the same spirit, hath since wrought upon me. I will go further, and say to you, I have made diligent quest concerning the family, but—I have nothing to tell you of them. They are lost.”
“I’ve mentioned that I knew Prince Ben-Hur. I remember hearing about the tragedy that struck his family. I recall the pain I felt when I heard it. The one who caused such suffering to the widow of my friend is the same person who, with the same intent, has since affected me. I’ll go further and say that I’ve searched carefully for information about the family, but—I have nothing to share with you about them. They are lost.”
Ben-Hur uttered a great groan.
Ben-Hur let out a big groan.
“Then—then it is another hope broken!” he said, struggling with his feelings. “I am used to disappointments. I pray you pardon my intrusion; and if I have occasioned you annoyance, forgive it because of my sorrow. I have nothing now to live for but vengeance. Farewell.”
“Then—it’s another broken hope!” he said, battling his emotions. “I’m used to letdowns. I hope you can forgive my intrusion; and if I’ve bothered you, please overlook it because of my sadness. I have nothing left to live for but revenge. Goodbye.”
At the curtain he turned, and said, simply, “I thank you both.”
At the curtain, he turned and said simply, “Thanks to both of you.”
“Peace go with you,” the merchant said.
“Peace be with you,” the merchant said.
Esther could not speak for sobbing.
Esther couldn't talk because she was crying so hard.
And so he departed.
And then he left.
CHAPTER IV
Scarcely was Ben-Hur gone, when Simonides seemed to wake as from sleep: his countenance flushed; the sullen light of his eyes changed to brightness; and he said, cheerily,
Scarcely had Ben-Hur left when Simonides appeared to wake up, as if from a dream: his face flushed; the dull look in his eyes transformed into brightness; and he said cheerfully,
“Esther, ring—quick!”
"Esther, call—hurry!"
She went to the table, and rang a service-bell.
She walked over to the table and rang a service bell.
One of the panels in the wall swung back, exposing a doorway which gave admittance to a man who passed round to the merchant’s front, and saluted him with a half-salaam.
One of the panels in the wall swung open, revealing a doorway that led to a man who walked around to the merchant’s front and greeted him with a half-salaam.
“Malluch, here—nearer—to the chair,” the master said, imperiously. “I have a mission which shall not fail though the sun should. Hearken! A young man is now descending to the store-room—tall, comely, and in the garb of Israel; follow him, his shadow not more faithful; and every night send me report of where he is, what he does, and the company he keeps; and if, without discovery, you overhear his conversations, report them word for word, together with whatever will serve to expose him, his habits, motives, life. Understand you? Go quickly! Stay, Malluch: if he leave the city, go after him—and, mark you, Malluch, be as a friend. If he bespeak you, tell him what you will to the occasion most suited, except that you are in my service, of that, not a word. Haste—make haste!”
“Malluch, come closer to the chair,” the master commanded. “I have a mission that won't fail even if the sun does. Listen! A young man is coming down to the storeroom—tall, attractive, and dressed like an Israelite; follow him, as faithfully as his shadow. Each night, send me updates on where he is, what he's doing, and who he’s with; and if, without being seen, you can overhear his conversations, report them exactly, along with anything that can expose him, his habits, motives, and life. Do you understand? Go quickly! Wait, Malluch: if he leaves the city, follow him—and remember, Malluch, act like a friend. If he speaks to you, say whatever seems appropriate for the moment, just don't mention that you're working for me—not a word about that. Hurry—make haste!”
The man saluted as before, and was gone.
The man waved like before and then left.
Then Simonides rubbed his wan hands together, and laughed.
Then Simonides rubbed his pale hands together and laughed.
“What is the day, daughter?” he said, in the midst of the mood. “What is the day? I wish to remember it for happiness come. See, and look for it laughing, and laughing tell me, Esther.”
“What day is it, daughter?” he asked, caught up in the moment. “What day is it? I want to remember it for the happiness to come. Look, and find it laughing, and laughing, tell me, Esther.”
The merriment seemed unnatural to her; and, as if to entreat him from it, she answered, sorrowfully, “Woe’s me, father, that I should ever forget this day!”
The joy felt forced to her, and as if to urge him to stop, she replied sadly, “Oh, woe is me, father, that I should ever forget this day!”
His hands fell down the instant, and his chin, dropping upon his breast, lost itself in the muffling folds of flesh composing his lower face.
His hands dropped instantly, and his chin, falling against his chest, got lost in the soft folds of flesh on his lower face.
“True, most true, my daughter!” he said, without looking up. “This is the twentieth day of the fourth month. To-day, five years ago, my Rachel, thy mother, fell down and died. They brought me home broken as thou seest me, and we found her dead of grief. Oh, to me she was a cluster of camphire in the vineyards of En-Gedi! I have gathered my myrrh with my spice. I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey. We laid her away in a lonely place—in a tomb cut in the mountain; no one near her. Yet in the darkness she left me a little light, which the years have increased to a brightness of morning.” He raised his hand and rested it upon his daughter’s head. “Dear Lord, I thank thee that now in my Esther my lost Rachel liveth again!”
“It's true, very true, my daughter!” he said, still not looking up. “This is the twentieth day of the fourth month. Today, five years ago, my Rachel, your mother, collapsed and died. They brought me home shattered, just like you see me now, and we found her dead from grief. Oh, to me, she was like a cluster of camphire in the vineyards of En-Gedi! I have gathered my myrrh with my spice. I have eaten my honeycomb with my honey. We laid her to rest in a solitary spot—in a tomb cut into the mountain; no one is nearby. Yet in the darkness, she left me a little light, which the years have turned into a bright morning.” He raised his hand and placed it on his daughter’s head. “Dear Lord, I thank you that now in my Esther, my lost Rachel lives again!”
Directly he lifted his head, and said, as with a sudden thought, “Is it not clear day outside?”
Directly he lifted his head and said, as if he just had a sudden thought, “Isn’t it clearly daylight outside?”
“It was, when the young man came in.”
“It was when the young man walked in.”
“Then let Abimelech come and take me to the garden, where I can see the river and the ships, and I will tell thee, dear Esther, why but now my mouth filled with laughter, and my tongue with singing, and my spirit was like to a roe or to a young hart upon the mountains of spices.”
“Then let Abimelech come and take me to the garden, where I can see the river and the ships, and I will tell you, dear Esther, why just now my mouth was filled with laughter, my tongue with singing, and my spirit was like a doe or a young deer on the mountains of spices.”
In answer to the bell a servant came, and at her bidding pushed the chair, set on little wheels for the purpose, out of the room to the roof of the lower house, called by him his garden. Out through the roses, and by beds of lesser flowers, all triumphs of careful attendance, but now unnoticed, he was rolled to a position from which he could view the palace-tops over against him on the island, the bridge in lessening perspective to the farther shore, and the river below the bridge crowded with vessels, all swimming amidst the dancing splendors of the early sun upon the rippling water. There the servant left him with Esther.
When the bell rang, a servant came in, and at her request, pushed the chair, designed with small wheels for this purpose, out of the room to the roof of the lower house, which he referred to as his garden. He was rolled through the roses and past beds of smaller flowers, all achievements of careful care, but now overlooked, to a spot where he could see the palace roofs on the island across from him, the bridge fading in perspective toward the far shore, and the river below the bridge filled with boats, all moving amid the sparkling brilliance of the early sun on the rippling water. There, the servant left him with Esther.
The much shouting of laborers, and their beating and pounding, did not disturb him any more than the tramping of people on the bridge floor almost overhead, being as familiar to his ear as the view before him to his eye, and therefore unnoticeable, except as suggestions of profits in promise.
The loud noise of the laborers, along with their hammering and pounding, didn’t bother him any more than the footsteps of people on the bridge just above him, as familiar to his ears as the view before him was to his eyes, and thus he hardly noticed it, except as reminders of potential profits.
Esther sat on the arm of the chair nursing his hand, and waiting his speech, which came at length in the calm way, the mighty will having carried him back to himself.
Esther sat on the arm of the chair, holding his hand and waiting for him to speak, which finally came in a calm manner, his strong will having brought him back to himself.
“When the young man was speaking, Esther, I observed thee, and thought thou wert won by him.”
“When the young man was speaking, Esther, I noticed you, and thought you were taken by him.”
Her eyes fell as she replied,
Her eyes dropped as she replied,
“Speak you of faith, father, I believed him.”
“Are you talking about faith, father? I believed him.”
“In thy eyes, then, he is the lost son of the Prince Hur?”
“In your eyes, then, he is the lost son of Prince Hur?”
“If he is not—” She hesitated.
“If he’s not—” She paused.
“And if he is not, Esther?”
“And what if he isn’t, Esther?”
“I have been thy handmaiden, father, since my mother answered the call of the Lord God; by thy side I have heard and seen thee deal in wise ways with all manner of men seeking profit, holy and unholy; and now I say, if indeed the young man be not the prince he claims to be, then before me falsehood never played so well the part of righteous truth.”
“I have been your servant, father, since my mother answered the call of the Lord God; by your side I have heard and seen you deal wisely with all kinds of people seeking profit, both good and bad; and now I say, if the young man is not the prince he claims to be, then I’ve never seen falsehood play the role of righteous truth so convincingly.”
“By the glory of Solomon, daughter, thou speakest earnestly. Dost thou believe thy father his father’s servant?”
“By the glory of Solomon, daughter, you speak sincerely. Do you believe your father is his father’s servant?”
“I understood him to ask of that as something he had but heard.”
“I understood him to be asking about that as something he had only heard about.”
For a time Simonides’ gaze swam among his swimming ships, though they had no place in his mind.
For a while, Simonides’ gaze drifted among his ships in the water, even though they didn’t occupy his thoughts.
“Well, thou art a good child, Esther, of genuine Jewish shrewdness, and of years and strength to hear a sorrowful tale. Wherefore give me heed, and I will tell you of myself, and of thy mother, and of many things pertaining to the past not in thy knowledge or thy dreams—things withheld from the persecuting Romans for a hope’s sake, and from thee that thy nature should grow towards the Lord straight as the reed to the sun.... I was born in a tomb in the valley of Hinnom, on the south side of Zion. My father and mother were Hebrew bond-servants, tenders of the fig and olive trees growing, with many vines, in the King’s Garden hard by Siloam; and in my boyhood I helped them. They were of the class bound to serve forever. They sold me to the Prince Hur, then, next to Herod the King, the richest man in Jerusalem. From the garden he transferred me to his storehouse in Alexandria of Egypt, where I came of age. I served him six years, and in the seventh, by the law of Moses, I went free.”
“Well, you are a good child, Esther, with true Jewish cleverness, and of an age and strength to hear a sad story. So pay attention, and I will tell you about myself, your mother, and many things from the past that you don’t know or dream about—things kept from the oppressive Romans for the sake of hope, and from you so your spirit could grow toward the Lord like a reed toward the sun.... I was born in a tomb in the valley of Hinnom, on the south side of Zion. My father and mother were Hebrew slaves, caretakers of the fig and olive trees, along with many vines, in the King’s Garden near Siloam; and as a child, I helped them. They were from a class destined to serve forever. They sold me to Prince Hur, who, next to King Herod, was the richest man in Jerusalem. From the garden, he moved me to his storehouse in Alexandria, Egypt, where I came of age. I served him for six years, and in the seventh, according to the law of Moses, I was freed.”
Esther clapped her hands lightly.
Esther softly clapped her hands.
“Oh, then, thou art not his father’s servant!”
“Oh, then, you’re not his father’s servant!”
“Nay, daughter, hear. Now, in those days there were lawyers in the cloisters of the Temple who disputed vehemently, saying the children of servants bound forever took the condition of their parents; but the Prince Hur was a man righteous in all things, and an interpreter of the law after the straitest sect, though not of them. He said I was a Hebrew servant bought, in the true meaning of the great lawgiver, and, by sealed writings, which I yet have, he set me free.”
“Nay, daughter, listen. Back then, there were lawyers in the Temple who argued passionately, claiming that the children of servants were forever bound to their parents' status; however, Prince Hur was a man of integrity in all matters and an interpreter of the law in the strictest sense, though not one of them. He declared that I was a Hebrew servant who had been bought, in line with the true meaning of the great lawgiver, and through sealed documents, which I still possess, he set me free.”
“And my mother?” Esther asked.
“And my mom?” Esther asked.
“Thou shalt hear all, Esther; be patient. Before I am through thou shalt see it were easier for me to forget myself than thy mother.... At the end of my service, I came up to Jerusalem to the Passover. My master entertained me. I was in love with him already, and I prayed to be continued in his service. He consented, and I served him yet another seven years, but as a hired son of Israel. In his behalf I had charge of ventures on the sea by ships, and of ventures on land by caravans eastward to Susa and Persepolis, and the lands of silk beyond them. Perilous passages were they, my daughter; but the Lord blessed all I undertook. I brought home vast gains for the prince, and richer knowledge for myself, without which I could not have mastered the charges since fallen to me.... One day I was a guest in his house in Jerusalem. A servant entered with some sliced bread on a platter. She came to me first. It was then I saw thy mother, and loved her, and took her away in my secret heart. After a while a time came when I sought the prince to make her my wife. He told me she was bond-servant forever; but if she wished, he would set her free that I might be gratified. She gave me love for love, but was happy where she was, and refused her freedom. I prayed and besought, going again and again after long intervals. She would be my wife, she all the time said, if I would become her fellow in servitude. Our father Jacob served yet other seven years for his Rachel. Could I not as much for mine? But thy mother said I must become as she, to serve forever. I came away, but went back. Look, Esther, look here.”
“You’ll hear everything, Esther; just be patient. Before I’m done, you’ll see it would be easier for me to forget myself than your mother... At the end of my service, I came up to Jerusalem for Passover. My master hosted me. I was already in love with him, and I prayed to continue serving him. He agreed, and I served him for another seven years, but as a hired son of Israel. I managed ventures at sea with ships and on land through caravans eastward to Susa and Persepolis, and the silk lands beyond. Those were dangerous journeys, my daughter; but the Lord blessed everything I took on. I brought home huge profits for the prince and richer knowledge for myself, without which I couldn’t have succeeded in my duties... One day, I was a guest in his house in Jerusalem. A servant came in with some sliced bread on a platter. She approached me first. That’s when I saw your mother, fell in love, and took her away in my heart. After a while, I approached the prince to ask for her hand in marriage. He told me she was a bond-servant forever, but if she wished, he would free her so I could be satisfied. She returned my love but was happy where she was and refused her freedom. I prayed and begged, going back repeatedly after long breaks. She said she would be my wife if I would become her fellow servant. Our father Jacob served another seven years for his Rachel. Couldn’t I do the same for mine? But your mother said I had to become like her, to serve forever. I walked away but then went back. Look, Esther, look here.”
He pulled out the lobe of his left ear.
He grabbed the lobe of his left ear.
“See you not the scar of the awl?”
“Don't you see the scar from the awl?”
“I see it,” she said; “and, oh, I see how thou didst love my mother!”
“I see it,” she said; “and, oh, I see how you loved my mother!”
“Love her, Esther! She was to me more than the Shulamite to the singing king, fairer, more spotless; a fountain of gardens, a well of living waters, and streams from Lebanon. The master, even as I required him, took me to the judges, and back to his door, and thrust the awl through my ear into the door, and I was his servant forever. So I won my Rachel. And was ever love like mine?”
“Love her, Esther! She meant more to me than the Shulamite meant to the singing king—more beautiful and pure; a fountain of gardens, a well of living water, and streams from Lebanon. The master, just as I asked him to, took me to the judges, then brought me back to his door, and pierced my ear with an awl into the door, and I became his servant forever. That’s how I won my Rachel. Was there ever love like mine?”
Esther stooped and kissed him, and they were silent, thinking of the dead.
Esther bent down and kissed him, and they were quiet, thinking about the dead.
“My master was drowned at sea, the first sorrow that ever fell upon me,” the merchant continued. “There was mourning in his house, and in mine here in Antioch, my abiding-place at the time. Now, Esther, mark you! When the good prince was lost, I had risen to be his chief steward, with everything of property belonging to him in my management and control. Judge you how much he loved and trusted me! I hastened to Jerusalem to render account to the widow. She continued me in the stewardship. I applied myself with greater diligence. The business prospered, and grew year by year. Ten years passed; then came the blow which you heard the young man tell about—the accident, as he called it, to the Procurator Gratus. The Roman gave it out an attempt to assassinate him. Under that pretext, by leave from Rome, he confiscated to his own use the immense fortune of the widow and children. Nor stopped he there. That there might be no reversal of the judgment, he removed all the parties interested. From that dreadful day to this the family of Hur have been lost. The son, whom I had seen as a child, was sentenced to the galleys. The widow and daughter are supposed to have been buried in some of the many dungeons of Judea, which, once closed upon the doomed, are like sepulchers sealed and locked. They passed from the knowledge of men as utterly as if the sea had swallowed them unseen. We could not hear how they died—nay, not even that they were dead.”
“My master drowned at sea, and it was the first sorrow I ever experienced,” the merchant continued. “His house was filled with mourning, and so was mine here in Antioch, where I was staying at that time. Now, Esther, listen closely! When the good prince was lost, I had become his chief steward, responsible for all of his property. Just think about how much he loved and trusted me! I rushed to Jerusalem to report to the widow. She kept me on as the steward. I worked even harder. The business thrived and grew every year. Ten years went by; then came the blow that you heard the young man talk about—the incident, as he called it, involving Procurator Gratus. The Roman claimed it was an assassination attempt. Under that pretext, with permission from Rome, he seized the widow’s and children’s vast fortune for himself. But he didn’t stop there. To prevent any challenge to his decision, he got rid of everyone involved. Since that terrible day, the family of Hur has vanished. The son, whom I remembered as a child, was sent to the galleys. The widow and daughter are believed to have been trapped in some of the countless dungeons of Judea, which, once closed on their victims, are like tombs—sealed and locked. They disappeared completely, as if the sea had swallowed them whole and unseen. We could never find out how they died—not even whether they were dead.”
Esther’s eyes were dewy with tears.
Esther's eyes were shiny with tears.
“Thy heart is good, Esther, good as thy mother’s was; and I pray it have not the fate of most good hearts—to be trampled upon by the unmerciful and blind. But hearken further. I went up to Jerusalem to give help to my benefactress, and was seized at the gate of the city and carried to the sunken cells of the Tower of Antonia; why, I knew not, until Gratus himself came and demanded of me the moneys of the House of Hur, which he knew, after our Jewish custom of exchange, were subject to my draft in the different marts of the world. He required me to sign to his order. I refused. He had the houses, lands, goods, ships, and movable property of those I served; he had not their moneys. I saw, if I kept favor in the sight of the Lord, I could rebuild their broken fortunes. I refused the tyrant’s demands. He put me to torture; my will held good, and he set me free, nothing gained. I came home and began again, in the name of Simonides of Antioch, instead of the Prince Hur of Jerusalem. Thou knowest, Esther, how I have prospered; that the increase of the millions of the prince in my hands was miraculous; thou knowest how, at the end of three years, while going up to Cæsarea, I was taken and a second time tortured by Gratus to compel a confession that my goods and moneys were subject to his order of confiscation; thou knowest he failed as before. Broken in body, I came home and found my Rachel dead of fear and grief for me. The Lord our God reigned, and I lived. From the emperor himself I bought immunity and license to trade throughout the world. To-day—praised be He who maketh the clouds his chariot and walketh upon the winds!—to-day, Esther, that which was in my hands for stewardship is multiplied into talents sufficient to enrich a Cæsar.”
“Your heart is good, Esther, as good as your mother’s was; and I hope it doesn't suffer the fate of most good hearts—to be trampled on by the cruel and oblivious. But listen further. I went up to Jerusalem to help my benefactress and was seized at the city gate and taken to the dark cells of the Tower of Antonia; I didn't know why until Gratus himself came and demanded the money from the House of Hur, which he knew, according to our Jewish custom of exchange, was subject to my draft in various markets around the world. He wanted me to sign over to him. I refused. He had the houses, lands, goods, ships, and movable property of those I served; he did not have their money. I realized that if I maintained favor in the eyes of the Lord, I could restore their broken fortunes. I refused the tyrant’s demands. He tortured me; my will held strong, and he set me free, having gained nothing. I returned home and started again, in the name of Simonides of Antioch, instead of the Prince Hur of Jerusalem. You know, Esther, how I have succeeded; that the increase of the prince’s millions in my hands was miraculous; you know that after three years, while heading to Cæsarea, I was captured and tortured again by Gratus to force me to confess that my goods and money were subject to his order of confiscation; you know he failed, just like before. Broken in body, I came home and found my Rachel dead from fear and grief for me. The Lord our God reigns, and I live. From the emperor himself, I purchased immunity and a license to trade throughout the world. Today—praise be to Him who makes the clouds His chariot and walks upon the winds!—today, Esther, what was in my care has multiplied into enough wealth to enrich a Cæsar.”
He lifted his head proudly; their eyes met; each read the other’s thought. “What shall I with the treasure, Esther?” he asked, without lowering his gaze.
He lifted his head proudly; their eyes met; each understood the other's thoughts. “What should I do with the treasure, Esther?” he asked, without looking away.
“My father,” she answered, in a low voice, “did not the rightful owner call for it but now?”
"My father," she replied softly, "didn't the rightful owner ask for it just now?"
Still his look did not fail.
Still, his gaze did not waver.
“And thou, my child; shall I leave thee a beggar?”
“And you, my child; should I leave you a beggar?”
“Nay, father, am not I, because I am thy child, his bond-servant? And of whom was it written, ‘Strength and honor are her clothing, and she shall rejoice in time to come?’”
“Nay, father, am I not, just because I’m your child, his servant? And who wrote, ‘Strength and honor are her clothing, and she shall rejoice in the future?’”
A gleam of ineffable love lighted his face as he said, “The Lord hath been good to me in many ways; but thou, Esther, art the sovereign excellence of his favor.”
A spark of indescribable love lit up his face as he said, “The Lord has been good to me in many ways; but you, Esther, are the highest expression of His kindness.”
He drew her to his breast and kissed her many times.
He pulled her close and kissed her repeatedly.
“Hear now,” he said, with clearer voice—“hear now why I laughed this morning. The young man faced me the apparition of his father in comely youth. My spirit arose to salute him. I felt my trial-days were over and my labors ended. Hardly could I keep from crying out. I longed to take him by the hand and show the balance I had earned, and say, ‘Lo, ’tis all thine! and I am thy servant, ready now to be called away.’ And so I would have done, Esther, so I would have done, but that moment three thoughts rushed to restrain me. I will be sure he is my master’s son—such was the first thought; if he is my master’s son, I will learn somewhat of his nature. Of those born to riches, bethink you, Esther, how many there are in whose hands riches are but breeding curses”—he paused, while his hands clutched, and his voice shrilled with passion—“Esther, consider the pains I endured at the Roman’s hands; nay, not Gratus’s alone: the merciless wretches who did his bidding the first time and the last were Romans, and they all alike laughed to hear me scream. Consider my broken body, and the years I have gone shorn of my stature; consider thy mother yonder in her lonely tomb, crushed of soul as I of body; consider the sorrows of my master’s family if they are living, and the cruelty of their taking-off if they are dead; consider all, and, with Heaven’s love about thee, tell me, daughter, shall not a hair fall or a red drop run in expiation? Tell me not, as the preachers sometimes do—tell me not that vengeance is the Lord’s. Does he not work his will harmfully as well as in love by agencies? Has he not his men of war more numerous than his prophets? Is not his the law, Eye for eye, hand for hand, foot for foot? Oh, in all these years I have dreamed of vengeance, and prayed and provided for it, and gathered patience from the growing of my store, thinking and promising, as the Lord liveth, it will one day buy me punishment of the wrong-doers? And when, speaking of his practise with arms, the young man said it was for a nameless purpose, I named the purpose even as he spoke—vengeance! and that, Esther, that it was—the third thought which held me still and hard while his pleading lasted, and made me laugh when he was gone.”
“Hear me now,” he said, his voice clearer—“hear why I laughed this morning. The young man reminded me of his father in his handsome youth. My spirit lifted to greet him. I felt like my days of trial were over and my work finished. It was hard to keep from shouting. I wanted to take his hand, show him what I had earned, and say, ‘Look, it’s all yours! I’m your servant, ready to be called away.’ And I would have done that, Esther, I truly would have, but in that moment, three thoughts held me back. First, I needed to be sure he was my master’s son; if he was, I’d learn something about his character. Think about those born into wealth, Esther—how many of them hold riches that only bring them misery?”—he paused, his hands clenched and his voice rising with emotion—“Esther, think of the suffering I endured at the hands of the Romans; not just Gratus, but the ruthless men who carried out his orders, both the first time and the last; they all laughed as they heard me scream. Think of my broken body and the years I lived shorn of my dignity; think of your mother in her lonely grave, crushed in spirit just as I am in body; think of the sorrows of my master’s family if they’re still alive, and the cruelty of their deaths if they’re gone; think of all this, and with Heaven's love surrounding you, tell me, daughter, shouldn’t a hair fall or a drop of blood spill in atonement? Don’t tell me, as preachers sometimes do—don’t tell me that vengeance belongs to the Lord. Doesn’t He carry out His will in harmful ways as well as in love? Does He not have more warriors than prophets? Isn’t His law, Eye for eye, hand for hand, foot for foot? Oh, for all these years, I’ve dreamed of revenge, prayed for it, prepared for it, and gathered patience through the growth of my treasure, thinking and promising, as the Lord lives, it will one day bring me justice against the wrongdoers. And when the young man spoke of his dealings with weapons, saying it was for an unnamed purpose, I named that purpose as he spoke—revenge! And, Esther, that was the third thought that held me still and firm while he pleaded, and made me laugh when he left.”
Esther caressed the faded hands, and said, as if her spirit with his were running forward to results, “He is gone. Will he come again?”
Esther gently touched the worn hands and said, as if her spirit and his were racing toward the future, “He’s gone. Will he return?”
“Ay, Malluch the faithful goes with him, and will bring him back when I am ready.”
"Ay, Malluch the loyal is going with him and will bring him back when I'm ready."
“And when will that be, father?”
“And when will that be, Dad?”
“Not long, not long. He thinks all his witnesses dead. There is one living who will not fail to know him, if he be indeed my master’s son.”
“Not long, not long. He thinks all his witnesses are dead. There is one person alive who will definitely recognize him, if he really is my master’s son.”
“His mother?”
“His mom?”
“Nay, daughter, I will set the witness before him; till then let us rest the business with the Lord. I am tired. Call Abimelech.”
“Nah, daughter, I’ll bring the witness to him; until then, let’s leave the matter to the Lord. I’m tired. Call Abimelech.”
Esther called the servant, and they returned into the house.
Esther called the servant, and they went back into the house.
CHAPTER V
When Ben-Hur sallied from the great warehouse, it was with the thought that another failure was to be added to the many he had already met in the quest for his people; and the idea was depressing exactly in proportion as the objects of his quest were dear to him; it curtained him round about with a sense of utter loneliness on earth, which, more than anything else, serves to eke from a soul cast down its remaining interest in life.
When Ben-Hur stepped out of the big warehouse, he couldn’t shake the thought that he was about to face yet another failure in his search for his people. This idea weighed heavily on him, proportional to how much he cared about those he was looking for. It surrounded him with a profound sense of loneliness that, more than anything else, drained what little passion he had left for life.
Through the people, and the piles of goods, he made way to the edge of the landing, and was tempted by the cool shadows darkening the river’s depth. The lazy current seemed to stop and wait for him. In counteraction of the spell, the saying of the voyager flashed into memory—“Better be a worm, and feed upon the mulberries of Daphne, than a king’s guest.” He turned, and walked rapidly down the landing and back to the khan.
Through the crowd and the stacks of goods, he made his way to the edge of the dock and was drawn in by the cool shadows deepening the river’s depths. The slow current seemed to pause and wait for him. To shake off the enchantment, he remembered the saying of the traveler—“Better to be a worm, feeding on mulberries in Daphne, than a guest of a king.” He turned and walked quickly back down the dock and back to the inn.
“The road to Daphne!” the steward said, surprised at the question Ben-Hur put to him. “You have not been here before? Well, count this the happiest day of your life. You cannot mistake the road. The next street to the left, going south, leads straight to Mount Sulpius, crowned by the altar of Jupiter and the Amphitheater; keep it to the third cross street, known as Herod’s Colonnade; turn to your right there, and hold the way through the old city of Seleucus to the bronze gates of Epiphanes. There the road to Daphne begins—and may the gods keep you!”
“The road to Daphne!” the steward replied, surprised by Ben-Hur’s question. “You’ve never been here before? Well, consider today the happiest day of your life. You can’t miss the road. The next street to the left, going south, goes straight to Mount Sulpius, with the altar of Jupiter and the Amphitheater; follow it until the third cross street, known as Herod’s Colonnade; turn right there, and continue through the old city of Seleucus to the bronze gates of Epiphanes. That’s where the road to Daphne starts—and may the gods watch over you!”
A few directions respecting his baggage, and Ben-Hur set out.
A few instructions about his luggage, and Ben-Hur set off.
The Colonnade of Herod was easily found; thence to the brazen gates, under a continuous marble portico, he passed with a multitude mixed of people from all the trading nations of the earth.
The Colonnade of Herod was easy to find; from there, he walked to the brass gates, under a continuous marble walkway, accompanied by a crowd of people from all the trading nations around the world.
It was about the fourth hour of the day when he passed out the gate, and found himself one of a procession apparently interminable, moving to the famous Grove. The road was divided into separate ways for footmen, for men on horses, and men in chariots; and those again into separate ways for outgoers and incomers. The lines of division were guarded by low balustrading, broken by massive pedestals, many of which were surmounted with statuary. Right and left of the road extended margins of sward perfectly kept, relieved at intervals by groups of oak and sycamore trees, and vine-clad summer-houses for the accommodation of the weary, of whom, on the return side, there were always multitudes. The ways of the footmen were paved with red stone, and those of the riders strewn with white sand compactly rolled, but not so solid as to give back an echo to hoof or wheel. The number and variety of fountains at play were amazing, all gifts of visiting kings, and called after them. Out southwest to the gates of the Grove, the magnificent thoroughfare stretched a little over four miles from the city.
It was around the fourth hour of the day when he passed through the gate and found himself part of a seemingly endless procession heading to the famous Grove. The road was divided into separate paths for pedestrians, horseback riders, and chariots, with each of those further split into lanes for those coming and going. The divisions were marked by low railings, interrupted by large pedestals, many of which featured statues. On both sides of the road were perfectly maintained grassy areas, dotted with groups of oak and sycamore trees, as well as vine-covered gazebos for weary travelers, of whom there were always crowds on the return route. The paths for pedestrians were paved with red stone, while those for riders were covered with tightly packed white sand, not solid enough to echo the sound of hooves or wheels. The number and variety of fountains in action were astonishing, all gifts from visiting kings and named after them. Stretching southwest from the city to the gates of the Grove was a magnificent road just over four miles long.
In his wretchedness of feeling, Ben-Hur barely observed the royal liberality which marked the construction of the road. Nor more did he at first notice the crowd going with him. He treated the processional displays with like indifference. To say truth, besides his self-absorption, he had not a little of the complacency of a Roman visiting the provinces fresh from the ceremonies which daily eddied round and round the golden pillar set up by Augustus as the centre of the world. It was not possible for the provinces to offer anything new or superior. He rather availed himself of every opportunity to push forward through the companies in the way, and too slow-going for his impatience. By the time he reached Heracleia, a suburban village intermediate the city and the Grove, he was somewhat spent with exercise, and began to be susceptible of entertainment. Once a pair of goats led by a beautiful woman, woman and goats alike brilliant with ribbons and flowers, attracted his attention. Then he stopped to look at a bull of mighty girth, and snowy white, covered with vines freshly cut, and bearing on its broad back a naked child in a basket, the image of a young Bacchus, squeezing the juice of ripened berries into a goblet, and drinking with libational formulas. As he resumed his walk, he wondered whose altars would be enriched by the offerings. A horse went by with clipped mane, after the fashion of the time, his rider superbly dressed. He smiled to observe the harmony of pride between the man and the brute. Often after that he turned his head at hearing the rumble of wheels and the dull thud of hoofs; unconsciously he was becoming interested in the styles of chariots and charioteers, as they rustled past him going and coming. Nor was it long until he began to make notes of the people around him. He saw they were of all ages, sexes, and conditions, and all in holiday attire. One company was uniformed in white, another in black; some bore flags, some smoking censers; some went slowly, singing hymns; others stepped to the music of flutes and tabrets. If such were the going to Daphne every day in the year, what a wondrous sight Daphne must be! At last there was a clapping of hands, and a burst of joyous cries; following the pointing of many fingers, he looked and saw upon the brow of a hill the templed gate of the consecrated Grove. The hymns swelled to louder strains; the music quickened time; and, borne along by the impulsive current, and sharing the common eagerness, he passed in, and, Romanized in taste as he was, fell to worshiping the place.
In his deep sorrow, Ben-Hur hardly noticed the royal generosity that went into building the road. He also didn’t pay much attention to the crowd traveling with him. He approached the festive displays with the same indifference. To be honest, aside from his preoccupation with his own feelings, he had a bit of the self-satisfaction of a Roman visiting the provinces, fresh from the celebrations that revolved around the golden pillar erected by Augustus as the center of the world. The provinces couldn’t offer anything new or better. He took advantage of every chance to push through the groups in his way, which were too slow for his impatience. By the time he reached Heracleia, a suburban village between the city and the Grove, he was somewhat tired from walking and started to be open to entertainment. At one point, a pair of goats led by a beautiful woman—both adorned with ribbons and flowers—caught his eye. He then stopped to admire a massive, snowy-white bull, covered in freshly cut vines, with a naked child in a basket on its broad back, resembling a young Bacchus, who was squeezing juice from ripe berries into a goblet and drinking it with traditional phrases. As he continued his walk, he wondered whose altars would receive the offerings. A horse with a clipped mane, styled according to the times, passed by with a beautifully dressed rider. He smiled at the matching pride between the man and the horse. Frequently afterward, he turned his head at the sound of wheels rumbling and hooves thudding; unknowingly, he became interested in the various styles of chariots and drivers as they went by. It wasn't long before he started to take note of the people around him. He saw they were of all ages, genders, and backgrounds, all dressed in festive clothing. One group wore white, another black; some carried flags, others wafted incense; some moved slowly, singing hymns, while others danced to the music of flutes and drums. If this was typical of the journey to Daphne every day of the year, what a remarkable sight Daphne must be! Finally, there was the sound of clapping and bursts of joyful cheers; following the direction of pointing fingers, he looked up and saw the temple gate of the sacred Grove on a hillside. The hymns grew louder, the music picked up speed, and carried along by the collective energy and excitement, he entered, and, although he had Roman tastes, he found himself worshiping the place.
Rearward of the structure which graced the entrance-way—a purely Grecian pile—he stood upon a broad esplanade paved with polished stone; around him a restless exclamatory multitude, in gayest colors, relieved against the iridescent spray flying crystal-white from fountains; before him, off to the southwest, dustless paths radiated out into a garden, and beyond that into a forest, over which rested a veil of pale-blue vapor. Ben-Hur gazed wistfully, uncertain where to go. A woman that moment exclaimed,
Behind the grand Grecian building at the entrance, he stood on a wide plaza made of polished stone. Surrounding him was a lively crowd, dressed in bright colors, set against the shimmering white spray of the fountains. In front of him, to the southwest, clean paths led into a garden, which then opened into a forest, shrouded in a soft blue mist. Ben-Hur looked around, feeling uncertain about where to head next. At that moment, a woman exclaimed,
“Beautiful! But where to now?”
“Beautiful! But where to next?”
Her companion, wearing a chaplet of bays, laughed and answered, “Go to, thou pretty barbarian! The question implies an earthly fear; and did we not agree to leave all such behind in Antioch with the rusty earth? The winds which blow here are respirations of the gods. Let us give ourselves to waftage of the winds.”
Her friend, wearing a crown of laurel leaves, laughed and said, “Come on, you charming wild one! That question shows a worldly fear; didn’t we agree to leave all that behind in Antioch with the dull ground? The winds here are the breath of the gods. Let's surrender ourselves to the flow of the winds.”
“But if we should get lost?”
“But what if we get lost?”
“O thou timid! No one was ever lost in Daphne, except those on whom her gates close forever.”
“O you timid one! No one has ever been lost in Daphne, except for those who have been shut out by her gates forever.”
“And who are they?” she asked, still fearful.
“And who are they?” she asked, still scared.
“Such as have yielded to the charms of the place and chosen it for life and death. Hark! Stand we here, and I will show you of whom I speak.”
“Those who have been drawn in by the allure of this place and decided to make it their home for life and death. Listen! Let’s stop here, and I’ll tell you who I mean.”
Upon the marble pavement there was a scurry of sandalled feet; the crowd opened, and a party of girls rushed about the speaker and his fair friend, and began singing and dancing to the tabrets they themselves touched. The woman, scared, clung to the man, who put an arm about her, and, with kindled face, kept time to the music with the other hand overhead. The hair of the dancers floated free, and their limbs blushed through the robes of gauze which scarcely draped them. Words may not be used to tell of the voluptuousness of the dance. One brief round, and they darted off through the yielding crowd lightly as they had come.
On the marble pavement, a flurry of sandal-clad feet could be seen; the crowd parted, and a group of girls rushed around the speaker and his beautiful companion, starting to sing and dance to the small drums they played themselves. The woman, startled, clung to the man, who wrapped an arm around her and, with a bright expression, kept pace with the music using his other hand overhead. The dancers’ hair flowed freely, and their limbs peeked through sheer gauzy robes that barely covered them. Words can’t capture the sensuality of the dance. After a brief round, they darted off through the yielding crowd as lightly as they had arrived.
“Now what think you?” cried the man to the woman.
“Now what do you think?” the man asked the woman.
“Who are they?” she asked.
“Who are they?” she asked.
“Devadasi—priestesses devoted to the Temple of Apollo. There is an army of them. They make the chorus in celebrations. This is their home. Sometimes they wander off to other cities, but all they make is brought here to enrich the house of the divine musician. Shall we go now?”
“Devadasi—priestesses dedicated to the Temple of Apollo. There are many of them. They form the chorus during celebrations. This is their home. Occasionally, they travel to other cities, but everything they earn comes back here to enrich the house of the divine musician. Should we go now?”
Next minute the two were gone.
Next minute, the two were gone.
Ben-Hur took comfort in the assurance that no one was ever lost in Daphne, and he, too, set out—where, he knew not.
Ben-Hur felt reassured knowing that no one ever got lost in Daphne, and he, too, set out—though he had no idea where he was going.
A sculpture reared upon a beautiful pedestal in the garden attracted him first. It proved to be the statue of a centaur. An inscription informed the unlearned visitor that it exactly represented Chiron, the beloved of Apollo and Diana, instructed by them in the mysteries of hunting, medicine, music, and prophecy. The inscription also bade the stranger look out at a certain part of the heavens, at a certain hour of the clear night, and he would behold the dead alive among the stars, whither Jupiter had transferred the good genius.
A sculpture on a beautiful pedestal in the garden caught his attention first. It turned out to be a statue of a centaur. An inscription told the unaware visitor that it perfectly depicted Chiron, the favorite of Apollo and Diana, who taught him the secrets of hunting, medicine, music, and prophecy. The inscription also urged the stranger to look at a specific part of the sky at a certain time on a clear night, and he would see the dead alive among the stars, where Jupiter had taken the good spirit.
The wisest of the centaurs continued, nevertheless, in the service of mankind. In his hand he held a scroll, on which, graven in Greek, were paragraphs of a notice:
The wisest of the centaurs still chose to serve humanity. In his hand, he held a scroll, on which were engraved in Greek paragraphs of a notice:
“O Traveller!
“Art thou a stranger?
"Hey Traveler!
"Are you a stranger?
“I. Hearken to the singing of the brooks, and fear not the rain of the fountains; so will the Naiades learn to love thee.
“I. Listen to the singing of the streams, and don't be afraid of the rain from the fountains; this way, the Naiads will learn to love you.
“II. The invited breezes of Daphne are Zephyrus and Auster; gentle ministers of life, they will gather sweets for thee; when Eurus blows, Diana is elsewhere hunting; when Boreas blusters, go hide, for Apollo is angry.
“II. The invited breezes of Daphne are Zephyrus and Auster; gentle ministers of life, they will gather sweets for you; when Eurus blows, Diana is off hunting; when Boreas howls, go hide, because Apollo is angry.”
“III. The shades of the Grove are thine in the day; at night they belong to Pan and his Dryades. Disturb them not.
“III. The shadows of the Grove are yours during the day; at night they belong to Pan and his Dryades. Do not disturb them.”
“IV. Eat of the Lotus by the brooksides sparingly, unless thou wouldst have surcease of memory, which is to become a child of Daphne.
“IV. Eat of the lotus by the riverside in moderation, unless you want to lose your memory, which means becoming a child of Daphne.
“V. Walk thou round the weaving spider—’tis Arachne at work for Minerva.
“V. Walk around the weaving spider—it's Arachne at work for Minerva.
“VI. Wouldst thou behold the tears of Daphne, break but a bud from a laurel bough—and die.
“VI. If you want to see Daphne's tears, just break a bud from a laurel branch—and die.
“Heed thou!
“And stay and be happy.”
“Pay attention!
“And stick around and be happy.”
Ben-Hur left the interpretation of the mystic notice to others fast enclosing him, and turned away as the white bull was led by. The boy sat in the basket, followed by a procession; after them again, the woman with the goats; and behind her the flute and tabret players, and another procession of gift-bringers.
Ben-Hur left the interpretation of the mysterious message to those gathering around him and turned away as the white bull was led past. The boy sat in the basket, followed by a procession; then came the woman with the goats; and behind her were the flute and drum players, along with another group of gift-bringers.
“Whither go they?” asked a bystander.
“Where are they going?” asked a bystander.
Another made answer, “The bull to Father Jove; the goat—”
Another responded, “The bull to Father Jove; the goat—”
“Did not Apollo once keep the flocks of Admetus?”
“Didn’t Apollo once tend the flocks of Admetus?”
“Ay, the goat to Apollo!”
“Hey, the goat to Apollo!”
The goodness of the reader is again besought in favor of an explanation. A certain facility of accommodation in the matter of religion comes to us after much intercourse with people of a different faith; gradually we attain the truth that every creed is illustrated by good men who are entitled to our respect, but whom we cannot respect without courtesy to their creed. To this point Ben-Hur had arrived. Neither the years in Rome nor those in the galley had made any impression upon his religious faith; he was yet a Jew. In his view, nevertheless, it was not an impiety to look for the beautiful in the Grove of Daphne.
The kindness of the reader is once again requested for an explanation. After spending time with people of different faiths, we develop a certain flexibility regarding religion; we gradually come to understand that every belief system is represented by good people who deserve our respect, but we can’t truly respect them without showing courtesy to their beliefs. At this point, Ben-Hur had come to this realization. Neither his years in Rome nor his time in the galley had affected his religious faith; he was still a Jew. However, he believed it was not disrespectful to seek beauty in the Grove of Daphne.
The remark does not interdict the further saying, if his scruples had been ever so extreme, not improbably he would at this time have smothered them. He was angry; not as the irritable, from chafing of a trifle; nor was his anger like the fool’s, pumped from the wells of nothing, to be dissipated by a reproach or a curse; it was the wrath peculiar to ardent natures rudely awakened by the sudden annihilation of a hope—dream, if you will—in which the choicest happinesses were thought to be certainly in reach. In such case nothing intermediate will carry off the passion—the quarrel is with Fate.
The comment doesn’t stop him from saying that if his doubts had been really strong, he probably would have buried them by now. He was angry; not in a petty way, frustrated over something minor; nor was his anger like that of a fool, drawn from emptiness and easily blown away by an insult or a curse; it was the kind of anger that comes from passionate people suddenly faced with the complete loss of a hope—a dream, if you like—that they believed brought them the greatest happiness. In that situation, nothing else can ease the intensity of the feelings—the conflict is with Fate.
Let us follow the philosophy a little further, and say to ourselves, it were well in such quarrels if Fate were something tangible, to be despatched with a look or a blow, or a speaking personage with whom high words were possible; then the unhappy mortal would not always end the affair by punishing himself.
Let’s explore this idea a bit more and think that it would be better in these conflicts if Fate were something we could touch; if it could be dealt with through a glance or a punch, or by having someone who could articulate things well. Then, the unfortunate person wouldn’t always have to end things by hurting themselves.
In ordinary mood, Ben-Hur would not have come to the Grove alone, or, coming alone, he would have availed himself of his position in the consul’s family, and made provision against wandering idly about, unknowing and unknown; he would have had all the points of interest in mind, and gone to them under guidance, as in the despatch of business; or, wishing to squander days of leisure in the beautiful place, he would have had in hand a letter to the master of it all, whoever he might be. This would have made him a sightseer, like the shouting herd he was accompanying; whereas he had no reverence for the deities of the Grove, nor curiosity; a man in the blindness of bitter disappointment, he was adrift, not waiting for Fate, but seeking it as a desperate challenger.
In a normal mood, Ben-Hur wouldn’t have visited the Grove alone, or if he did, he would have used his connection with the consul’s family to avoid wandering aimlessly, unknown and unnoticed. He would have considered all the points of interest and visited them with a guide, as if handling business. Or, if he wanted to spend leisurely days in the beautiful place, he would have brought a letter to the person in charge, whoever that might be. This would have made him a tourist, like the loud group he was with; however, he felt no respect for the deities of the Grove and had no curiosity. A man blinded by bitter disappointment, he was lost, not waiting for Fate but searching for it as a desperate challenger.
Every one has known this condition of mind, though perhaps not all in the same degree; every one will recognize it as the condition in which he has done brave things with apparent serenity; and every one reading will say, Fortunate for Ben-Hur if the folly which now catches him is but a friendly harlequin with whistle and painted cap, and not some Violence with a pointed sword pitiless.
Everyone has experienced this state of mind, though maybe not to the same extent; everyone will recognize it as the state in which they have accomplished brave acts with seeming calmness; and every reader will think, It's lucky for Ben-Hur if the madness that now grabs him is just a friendly clown with a whistle and a painted hat, and not some Violence with a merciless pointed sword.
CHAPTER VI
Ben-Hur entered the woods with the processions. He had not interest enough at first to ask where they were going; yet, to relieve him from absolute indifference, he had a vague impression that they were in movement to the temples, which were the central objects of the Grove, supreme in attractions.
Ben-Hur walked into the woods with the processions. At first, he wasn't curious enough to ask where they were headed; however, to escape complete indifference, he had a hazy sense that they were moving toward the temples, which were the main attractions of the Grove.
Presently, as singers dreamfully play with a flitting chorus, he began repeating to himself, “Better be a worm, and feed on the mulberries of Daphne, than a king’s guest.” Then of the much repetition arose questions importunate of answer. Was life in the Grove so very sweet? Wherein was the charm? Did it lie in some tangled depth of philosophy? Or was it something in fact, something on the surface, discernible to every-day wakeful senses? Every year thousands, forswearing the world, gave themselves to service here. Did they find the charm? And was it sufficient, when found, to induce forgetfulness profound enough to shut out of mind the infinitely diverse things of life? those that sweeten and those that embitter? hopes hovering in the near future as well as sorrows born of the past? If the Grove were so good for them, why should it not be good for him? He was a Jew; could it be that the excellences were for all the world but children of Abraham? Forthwith he bent all his faculties to the task of discovery, unmindful of the singing of the gift-bringers and the quips of his associates.
Right now, as singers dreamily play with a lively chorus, he started repeating to himself, “Better to be a worm and feed on the mulberries of Daphne than be a guest of a king.” From this constant repetition came urgent questions that needed answers. Was life in the Grove really that sweet? What was the appeal? Did it lie in some complicated philosophy? Or was it something tangible, something obvious to everyday awake senses? Every year, thousands, turning their backs on the world, devoted themselves to service here. Did they find the appeal? And was it enough, once found, to induce a forgetfulness deep enough to block out the infinitely diverse aspects of life? Those that sweeten and those that sour? Hopes hovering in the near future as well as sorrows from the past? If the Grove was so good for them, why wouldn’t it be good for him? He was a Jew; could it be that the benefits were meant for everyone but the children of Abraham? Immediately, he focused all his energy on the task of discovery, disregarding the singing of the gift-bringers and the jokes of his friends.
In the quest, the sky yielded him nothing; it was blue, very blue, and full of twittering swallows—so was the sky over the city.
In the search, the sky gave him nothing; it was blue, really blue, and filled with chirping swallows—just like the sky over the city.
Further on, out of the woods at his right hand, a breeze poured across the road, splashing him with a wave of sweet smells, blent of roses and consuming spices. He stopped, as did others, looking the way the breeze came.
Further on, as he left the woods on his right, a breeze swept across the road, surrounding him with a wave of sweet scents, a mix of roses and rich spices. He stopped, along with others, gazing in the direction the breeze originated from.
“A garden over there?” he said, to a man at his elbow.
“A garden over there?” he said to the man next to him.
“Rather some priestly ceremony in performance—something to Diana, or Pan, or a deity of the woods.”
“Maybe a priestly ceremony taking place—something for Diana, or Pan, or a forest god.”
The answer was in his mother tongue. Ben-Hur gave the speaker a surprised look.
The answer was in his native language. Ben-Hur gave the speaker a surprised glance.
“A Hebrew?” he asked him.
“A Hebrew?” he asked.
The man replied with a deferential smile,
The man responded with a respectful smile,
“I was born within a stone’s-throw of the market-place in Jerusalem.”
“I was born just a short distance from the market in Jerusalem.”
Ben-Hur was proceeding to further speech, when the crowd surged forward, thrusting him out on the side of the walk next the woods, and carrying the stranger away. The customary gown and staff, a brown cloth on the head tied by a yellow rope, and a strong Judean face to avouch the garments of honest right, remained in the young man’s mind, a kind of summary of the man.
Ben-Hur was about to say more when the crowd pushed forward, shoving him to the edge of the walkway next to the woods, and sweeping the stranger away. The usual robe and staff, a brown cloth on the head tied with a yellow rope, and a rugged Judean face that confirmed the honesty of his attire, stuck in the young man's mind, serving as a sort of summary of the man.
This took place at a point where a path into the woods began, offering a happy escape from the noisy processions. Ben-Hur availed himself of the offer.
This happened at a spot where a path into the woods started, providing a nice escape from the loud crowds. Ben-Hur took advantage of this opportunity.
He walked first into a thicket which, from the road, appeared in a state of nature, close, impenetrable, a nesting-place for wild birds. A few steps, however, gave him to see the master’s hand even there. The shrubs were flowering or fruit-bearing; under the bending branches the ground was pranked with brightest blooms; over them the jasmine stretched its delicate bonds. From lilac and rose, and lily and tulip, from oleander and strawberry-tree, all old friends in the gardens of the valleys about the city of David, the air, lingering or in haste, loaded itself with exhalations day and night; and that nothing might be wanting to the happiness of the nymphs and naiads, down through the flower-lighted shadows of the mass a brook went its course gently, and by many winding ways.
He first stepped into a thicket that looked wild and impenetrable from the road, a perfect nesting spot for wild birds. However, just a few steps in revealed signs of careful landscaping. The shrubs were blooming or bearing fruit; beneath the drooping branches, the ground was dotted with vibrant flowers; above them, jasmine spread its delicate vines. The air, filled with scents from lilacs, roses, lilies, tulips, oleanders, and strawberry trees—all familiar in the gardens of the valleys around the city of David—was fragrant day and night. To ensure the happiness of the nymphs and naiads, a brook meandered quietly through the flower-filled shadows, winding its way gently.
Out of the thicket, as he proceeded, on his right and left, issued the cry of the pigeon and the cooing of turtle-doves; blackbirds waited for him, and bided his coming close; a nightingale kept its place fearless, though he passed in arm’s-length; a quail ran before him at his feet, whistling to the brood she was leading, and as he paused for them to get out of his way, a figure crawled from a bed of honeyed musk brilliant with balls of golden blossoms. Ben-Hur was startled. Had he, indeed, been permitted to see a satyr at home? The creature looked up at him, and showed in its teeth a hooked pruning-knife; he smiled at his own scare, and, lo! the charm was evolved! Peace without fear—peace a universal condition—that it was!
As he walked through the thicket, he heard the calls of pigeons and the cooing of turtle-doves on both sides. Blackbirds waited nearby, watching for him to arrive. A nightingale stayed put, unafraid, even as he passed just an arm's length away. A quail scurried in front of him, whistling to its chicks, and when he paused to let them move out of his path, a figure crawled out from a patch of fragrant musk, filled with bright golden flowers. Ben-Hur was taken aback. Had he really seen a satyr in its home? The creature looked up at him, revealing a hooked pruning knife in its teeth. He chuckled at his own surprise, and suddenly, the magic unfolded! It was peace without fear—peace, a universal state of being—that it truly was!
He sat upon the ground beneath a citron-tree, which spread its gray roots sprawling to receive a branch of the brook. The nest of a titmouse hung close to the bubbling water, and the tiny creature looked out of the door of the nest into his eyes. “Verily, the bird is interpreting to me,” he thought. “It says, ‘I am not afraid of you, for the law of this happy place is Love.’”
He sat on the ground under a lemon tree, whose gray roots stretched out to meet a branch of the stream. A titmouse's nest was close to the bubbling water, and the little bird peeked out of the nest at him. “Honestly, the bird is telling me something,” he thought. “It says, ‘I’m not afraid of you because the rule of this joyful place is Love.’”
The charm of the Grove seemed plain to him; he was glad, and determined to render himself one of the lost in Daphne. In charge of the flowers and shrubs, and watching the growth of all the dumb excellences everywhere to be seen, could not he, like the man with the pruning-knife in his mouth, forego the days of his troubled life—forego them forgetting and forgotten?
The charm of the Grove was clear to him; he felt happy and decided to become one of the lost in Daphne. In charge of the flowers and shrubs, and observing the growth of all the silent beauties all around him, couldn’t he, like the man with the pruning knife in his mouth, leave behind the days of his troubled life—leave them behind, both forgotten and unremembered?
But by-and-by his Jewish nature began to stir within him.
But gradually, his Jewish identity started to awaken within him.
The charm might be sufficient for some people. Of what kind were they?
The charm might be enough for some people. What kind were they?
Love is delightful—ah! how pleasant as a successor to wretchedness like his. But was it all there was of life? All?
Love is wonderful—ah! how nice it is after a misery like his. But was that all there was to life? All?
There was an unlikeness between him and those who buried themselves contentedly here. They had no duties—they could not have had; but he—
There was a difference between him and those who were comfortably buried here. They had no responsibilities—they couldn't have had; but he—
“God of Israel!” he cried aloud, springing to his feet, with burning cheeks—“Mother! Tirzah! Cursed be the moment, cursed the place, in which I yield myself happy in your loss!”
“God of Israel!” he shouted, jumping to his feet with flushed cheeks—“Mom! Tirzah! Cursed be the moment, cursed be the place where I find any happiness in your loss!”
He hurried away through the thicket, and came to a stream flowing with the volume of a river between banks of masonry, broken at intervals by gated sluiceways. A bridge carried the path he was traversing across the stream; and, standing upon it, he saw other bridges, no two of them alike. Under him the water was lying in a deep pool, clear as a shadow; down a little way it tumbled with a roar over rocks; then there was another pool, and another cascade; and so on, out of view; and bridges and pools and resounding cascades said, plainly as inarticulate things can tell a story, the river was running by permission of a master, exactly as the master would have it, tractable as became a servant of the gods.
He rushed through the dense brush and reached a stream that flowed powerfully like a river, bordered by masonry banks, which were intermittently interrupted by gated sluiceways. A bridge carried the path he was on across the stream; and standing on it, he noticed other bridges, each one different from the others. Below him, the water formed a deep pool, as clear as a shadow; a bit further down, it tumbled with a roar over rocks; then there was another pool, another waterfall; and so on, out of sight; and the bridges, pools, and echoing cascades clearly conveyed, as much as inanimate things can tell a story, that the river was flowing at the will of a master, precisely as the master desired, obedient as a servant of the gods.
Forward from the bridge he beheld a landscape of wide valleys and irregular heights, with groves and lakes and fanciful houses linked together by white paths and shining streams. The valleys were spread below, that the river might be poured upon them for refreshment in days of drought, and they were as green carpets figured with beds and fields of flowers, and flecked with flocks of sheep white as balls of snow; and the voices of shepherds following the flocks were heard afar. As if to tell him of the pious inscription of all he beheld, the altars out under the open sky seemed countless, each with a white-gowned figure attending it, while processions in white went slowly hither and thither between them; and the smoke of the altars half-risen hung collected in pale clouds over the devoted places.
From the bridge, he looked out at a landscape of broad valleys and uneven hills, with groves and lakes, and whimsical houses connected by white paths and sparkling streams. The valleys spread out below, so the river could flow over them to refresh the land during dry seasons, appearing like green carpets adorned with patches of flowers and dotted with flocks of sheep as white as snowballs; and the sounds of shepherds guiding their flocks could be heard from a distance. To remind him of the sacred nature of all he saw, the altars under the open sky seemed countless, each with a figure in white attending to it, while processions in white moved slowly back and forth among them; and the smoke from the altars, rising partially, hung in pale clouds over the sacred areas.
Here, there, happy in flight, intoxicated in pause, from object to object, point to point, now in the meadow, now on the heights, now lingering to penetrate the groves and observe the processions, then lost in efforts to pursue the paths and streams which trended mazily into dim perspectives to end finally in— Ah, what might be a fitting end to scene so beautiful! What adequate mysteries were hidden behind an introduction so marvellous! Here and there, the speech was beginning, his gaze wandered, so he could not help the conviction, forced by the view, and as the sum of it all, that there was peace in the air and on the earth, and invitation everywhere to come and lie down here and be at rest.
Here and there, joyful in flight, blissful in stillness, moving from one thing to another, from point to point, now in the meadow, now on the heights, now pausing to explore the groves and watch the processions, then lost in trying to follow the winding paths and streams that faded into unclear distances, leading to— Ah, what could possibly be a fitting conclusion to such a beautiful scene! What deep mysteries were tucked away behind such a marvelous beginning! As he looked around, his gaze wandered, and he couldn’t help but feel, influenced by the view, that there was a sense of peace in the air and on the ground, and an invitation everywhere to come, lay down, and find rest.
Suddenly a revelation dawned upon him—the Grove was, in fact, a temple—one far-reaching, wall-less temple!
Suddenly, it hit him—the Grove was actually a temple—one vast, open temple!
Never anything like it!
Never experienced anything like it!
The architect had not stopped to pother about columns and porticos, proportions or interiors, or any limitation upon the epic he sought to materialize; he had simply made a servant of Nature—art can go no further. So the cunning son of Jupiter and Callisto built the old Arcadia; and in this, as in that, the genius was Greek.
The architect didn't waste time worrying about columns and porches, proportions or interiors, or any restrictions on the grand vision he wanted to bring to life; he had just made Nature his servant—art can't go beyond that. So the clever son of Jupiter and Callisto built the old Arcadia; and in both cases, the genius was Greek.
From the bridge Ben-Hur went forward into the nearest valley.
From the bridge, Ben-Hur moved forward into the closest valley.
He came to a flock of sheep. The shepherd was a girl, and she beckoned him, “Come!”
He approached a group of sheep. The shepherd was a girl, and she waved him over, “Come!”
Farther on, the path was divided by an altar—a pedestal of black gneiss, capped with a slab of white marble deftly foliated, and on that a brazier of bronze holding a fire. Close by it, a woman, seeing him, waved a wand of willow, and as he passed called him, “Stay!” And the temptation in her smile was that of passionate youth.
Further along, the path split at an altar—a black gneiss pedestal topped with a finely carved white marble slab, and on that sat a bronze brazier containing a fire. Nearby, a woman saw him, waved a willow wand, and as he walked by, called out, “Wait!” The allure in her smile was that of youthful passion.
On yet further, he met one of the processions; at its head a troop of little girls, nude except as they were covered with garlands, piped their shrill voices into a song; then a troop of boys, also nude, their bodies deeply sun-browned, came dancing to the song of the girls; behind them the procession, all women, bearing baskets of spices and sweets to the altars—women clad in simple robes, careless of exposure. As he went by they held their hands to him, and said, “Stay, and go with us.” One, a Greek, sang a verse from Anacreon:
Onward he went and encountered one of the processions; at the front was a group of little girls, naked except for the garlands they wore, singing cheerfully. Following them were a group of boys, also naked, their sun-kissed skin glowing as they danced to the girls' song; behind them was the main procession, all women carrying baskets filled with spices and sweets for the altars—women dressed in simple robes, unconcerned about their exposure. As he passed, they reached out to him and called, “Stay, and come with us.” One of them, a Greek, sang a verse from Anacreon:
“For to-day I take or give;
For to-day I drink and live;
For to-day I beg or borrow;
Who knows about the silent morrow?”
“Today, I take or give;
Today, I drink and live;
Today, I beg or borrow;
Who knows about the quiet tomorrow?”
But he pursued his way indifferent, and came next to a grove luxuriant, in the heart of the vale at the point where it would be most attractive to the observing eye. As it came close to the path he was travelling, there was a seduction in its shade, and through the foliage he caught the shining of what appeared a pretentious statue; so he turned aside, and entered the cool retreat.
But he continued on his way without concern and soon came to a lush grove in the heart of the valley, at the spot that would catch anyone's eye. As it approached the path he was on, there was an inviting charm in its shade, and through the leaves he glimpsed what looked like an extravagant statue; so he veered off and stepped into the cool refuge.
The grass was fresh and clean. The trees did not crowd each other; and they were of every kind native to the East, blended well with strangers adopted from far quarters; here grouped in exclusive companionship palm-trees plumed like queens; there sycamores, overtopping laurels of darker foliage; and evergreen oaks rising verdantly, with cedars vast enough to be kings on Lebanon; and mulberries; and terebinths so beautiful it is not hyperbole to speak of them as blown from the orchards of Paradise.
The grass was fresh and neat. The trees didn’t crowd each other; they included every type native to the East, mixed nicely with newcomers from distant places; here, there were palm trees standing tall like queens; there, sycamores towering over darker-leaved laurels; and lush evergreen oaks, alongside cedars so massive they could be seen as kings of Lebanon; plus mulberries; and terebinths so stunning that it’s not an exaggeration to say they looked like they came straight from the gardens of Paradise.
The statue proved to be a Daphne of wondrous beauty. Hardly, however, had he time to more than glance at her face: at the base of the pedestal a girl and a youth were lying upon a tiger’s skin asleep in each other’s arms; close by them the implements of their service—his axe and sickle, her basket—flung carelessly upon a heap of fading roses.
The statue turned out to be a Daphne of stunning beauty. However, he barely had time to more than glance at her face: at the base of the pedestal, a girl and a young man were lying on a tiger’s skin, asleep in each other’s arms; nearby, their tools—his axe and sickle, her basket—were carelessly tossed on a pile of wilting roses.
The exposure startled him. Back in the hush of the perfumed thicket he discovered, as he thought, that the charm of the great Grove was peace without fear, and almost yielded to it; now, in this sleep in the day’s broad glare—this sleep at the feet of Daphne—he read a further chapter to which only the vaguest allusion is sufferable. The law of the place was Love, but Love without Law.
The sudden light caught him off guard. Back in the quiet of the fragrant bushes, he realized that the beauty of the great Grove was the peace it provided without any fear, and he almost gave in to it; but now, in this sleep under the bright daylight—this sleep at the feet of Daphne—he perceived a deeper layer that only allows for the slightest hint. The law of this place was Love, but Love without any rules.
And this was the sweet peace of Daphne!
And this was the lovely tranquility of Daphne!
This the life’s end of her ministers!
This is the end of her ministers' lives!
For this kings and princes gave of their revenues!
For this, kings and princes contributed from their income!
For this a crafty priesthood subordinated nature—her birds and brooks and lilies, the river, the labor of many hands, the sanctity of altars, the fertile power of the sun!
For this, a clever priesthood controlled nature—her birds, streams, and lilies, the river, the efforts of many hands, the holiness of altars, and the life-giving force of the sun!
It would be pleasant now to record that as Ben-Hur pursued his walk assailed by such reflections, he yielded somewhat to sorrow for the votaries of the great outdoor temple; especially for those who, by personal service, kept it in a state so surpassingly lovely. How they came to the condition was not any longer a mystery; the motive, the influence, the inducement, were before him. Some there were, no doubt, caught by the promise held out to their troubled spirits of endless peace in a consecrated abode, to the beauty of which, if they had not money, they could contribute their labor; this class implied intellect peculiarly subject to hope and fear; but the great body of the faithful could not be classed with such. Apollo’s nets were wide, and their meshes small; and hardly may one tell what all his fishermen landed: this less for that they cannot be described than because they ought not to be. Enough that the mass were of the sybarites of the world, and of the herds in number vaster and in degree lower—devotees of the unmixed sensualism to which the East was almost wholly given. Not to any of the exaltations—not to the singing-god, or his unhappy mistress; not to any philosophy requiring for its enjoyment the calm of retirement, nor to any service for the comfort there is in religion, nor to love in its holier sense—were they abiding their vows. Good reader, why shall not the truth be told here? Why not learn that, at this age, there were in all earth but two peoples capable of exaltations of the kind referred to—those who lived by the law of Moses, and those who lived by the law of Brahma. They alone could have cried you, Better a law without love than a love without law.
It would be nice to note that as Ben-Hur walked, reflecting on these thoughts, he felt a twinge of sorrow for the worshippers at the grand outdoor temple; especially for those who, through their hard work, kept it looking so incredibly beautiful. How they got to this point was no longer a mystery; the reasons, the influences, the motivations, were right in front of him. Some, without a doubt, were drawn in by the promise of endless peace for their troubled souls in a sacred place, where if they couldn't offer money, they could contribute their labor; this group included people who were particularly influenced by hope and fear. However, the majority of the faithful couldn't be categorized like that. Apollo's nets were wide and the holes were small, and it was hard to say what all his fishermen caught: not because they couldn't be described, but because perhaps they shouldn't be. It's enough to say that the majority were the pleasure-seekers of the world, part of a vast herd that was more numerous and lesser in quality—devotees of the pure sensuality to which the East was largely devoted. They weren't committed to any of the higher ideals—not to the singing god, or his suffering lover; not to any philosophy that required the peace of solitude for its enjoyment; nor to any sense of comfort found in religion; nor to love in its truest form. Good reader, why shouldn't the truth be told here? Why not recognize that, at this time, there were only two groups of people on Earth capable of such exalted feelings—the ones who lived by the law of Moses and those who lived by the law of Brahma. They alone could have told you, "Better a law without love than a love without law."
Besides that, sympathy is in great degree a result of the mood we are in at the moment: anger forbids the emotion. On the other hand, it is easiest taken on when we are in a state of most absolute self-satisfaction. Ben-Hur walked with a quicker step, holding his head higher; and, while not less sensitive to the delightfulness of all about him, he made his survey with calmer spirit, though sometimes with curling lip; that is to say, he could not so soon forget how nearly he himself had been imposed upon.
Besides that, sympathy mostly comes from the mood we're in at the moment: anger blocks the feeling. On the other hand, it’s easiest to feel sympathy when we’re completely satisfied with ourselves. Ben-Hur walked faster, holding his head higher; and while he was still aware of the beauty around him, he looked at it with a calmer mindset, though sometimes with a curled lip; in other words, he couldn't easily forget how close he had been to being taken advantage of.
CHAPTER VII
In front of Ben-Hur there was a forest of cypress-trees, each a column tall and straight as a mast. Venturing into the shady precinct, he heard a trumpet gayly blown, and an instant after saw lying upon the grass close by the countryman whom he had run upon in the road going to the temples. The man arose, and came to him.
In front of Ben-Hur, there was a forest of cypress trees, each one tall and straight like a mast. As he stepped into the cool shade, he heard a trumpet happily blowing, and just then saw the countryman he had encountered on the road to the temples, lying on the grass nearby. The man got up and walked over to him.
“I give you peace again,” he said, pleasantly.
"I bring you peace again," he said cheerfully.
“Thank you,” Ben-Hur replied, then asked, “Go you my way?”
“Thanks,” Ben-Hur replied, then asked, “Are you going my way?”
“I am for the stadium, if that is your way.”
"I’m in favor of the stadium if that’s what you want."
“The stadium!”
"The arena!"
“Yes. The trumpet you heard but now was a call for the competitors.”
“Yes. The trumpet you just heard was a signal for the competitors.”
“Good friend,” said Ben-Hur, frankly, “I admit my ignorance of the Grove; and if you will let me be your follower, I will be glad.”
“Good friend,” Ben-Hur said honestly, “I admit I don’t know much about the Grove; and if you’ll let me follow you, I’d be grateful.”
“That will delight me. Hark! I hear the wheels of the chariots. They are taking the track.”
"That will make me happy. Listen! I hear the sound of the chariots' wheels. They're on the move."
Ben-Hur listened a moment, then completed the introduction by laying his hand upon the man’s arm, and saying, “I am the son of Arrius, the duumvir, and thou?”
Ben-Hur listened for a moment, then finished the introduction by placing his hand on the man's arm and saying, “I’m the son of Arrius, the duumvir, and you?”
“I am Malluch, a merchant of Antioch.”
“I am Malluch, a merchant from Antioch.”
“Well, good Malluch, the trumpet, and the gride of wheels, and the prospect of diversion excite me. I have some skill in the exercises. In the palaestrae of Rome I am not unknown. Let us to the course.”
“Well, good Malluch, the trumpet, the clatter of wheels, and the chance for amusement really get me excited. I have some skill in the events. In the gyms of Rome, I’m not a stranger. Let’s head to the track.”
Malluch lingered to say, quickly, “The duumvir was a Roman, yet I see his son in the garments of a Jew.”
Malluch lingered to say quickly, “The duumvir was a Roman, yet I see his son dressed like a Jew.”
“The noble Arrius was my father by adoption,” Ben-Hur answered.
“The noble Arrius was my adoptive father,” Ben-Hur replied.
“Ah! I see, and beg pardon.”
“Ah! I get it, and I'm sorry.”
Passing through the belt of forest, they came to a field with a track laid out upon it, in shape and extent exactly like those of the stadia. The course, or track proper, was of soft earth, rolled and sprinkled, and on both sides defined by ropes, stretched loosely upon upright javelins. For the accommodation of spectators, and such as had interests reaching forward of the mere practise, there were several stands shaded by substantial awnings, and provided with seats in rising rows. In one of the stands the two new-comers found places.
Passing through the woods, they arrived at a field with a track laid out just like the ones at a stadium. The course was made of soft earth that had been rolled and sprinkled, with ropes loosely stretched between upright javelins marking its edges. To accommodate spectators and those with interests beyond just practice, there were several bleachers covered with solid awnings and equipped with tiered seating. In one of the bleachers, the two newcomers found their seats.
Ben-Hur counted the chariots as they went by—nine in all.
Ben-Hur counted the chariots as they passed—nine in total.
“I commend the fellows,” he said, with good-will. “Here in the East, I thought they aspired to nothing better than the two; but they are ambitious, and play with royal fours. Let us study their performance.”
“I appreciate the guys,” he said warmly. “Here in the East, I thought they aimed for nothing more than the basics; but they are ambitious and go for the royal flush. Let’s examine what they do.”
Eight of the fours passed the stand, some walking, others on the trot, and all unexceptionably handled; then the ninth one came on the gallop. Ben-Hur burst into exclamation.
Eight of the fours went past the stand, some walking, others trotting, all handled perfectly; then the ninth one came in at a gallop. Ben-Hur shouted in surprise.
“I have been in the stables of the emperor, Malluch, but, by our father Abraham of blessed memory! I never saw the like of these.”
“I have been in the emperor's stables, Malluch, but, by our father Abraham of blessed memory! I have never seen anything like this.”
The last four was then sweeping past. All at once they fell into confusion. Some one on the stand uttered a sharp cry. Ben-Hur turned, and saw an old man half-risen from an upper seat, his hands clenched and raised, his eyes fiercely bright, his long white beard fairly quivering. Some of the spectators nearest him began to laugh.
The last four were sweeping past. Suddenly, they fell into chaos. Someone in the stands shouted sharply. Ben-Hur turned and saw an old man half-standing in an upper seat, his hands clenched and raised, his eyes fiercely bright, and his long white beard trembling. Some of the spectators closest to him started to laugh.
“They should respect his beard at least. Who is he?” asked Ben-Hur.
“They should at least respect his beard. Who is he?” asked Ben-Hur.
“A mighty man from the Desert, somewhere beyond Moab, and owner of camels in herds, and horses descended, they say, from the racers of the first Pharaoh—Sheik Ilderim by name and title.”
“A powerful man from the desert, somewhere beyond Moab, who owns herds of camels and horses that are said to be descended from the steeds of the first Pharaoh—Sheik Ilderim by name and title.”
Thus Malluch replied.
So Malluch replied.
The driver meanwhile exerted himself to quiet the four, but without avail. Each ineffectual effort excited the sheik the more.
The driver tried to calm the four, but it didn’t work. Each unsuccessful attempt only made the sheik angrier.
“Abaddon seize him!” yelled the patriarch, shrilly. “Run! fly! do you hear, my children?” The question was to his attendants, apparently of the tribe. “Do you hear? They are Desert-born, like yourselves. Catch them—quick!”
“Abaddon, grab him!” yelled the patriarch, his voice piercing. “Run! Fly! Do you hear me, my children?” He was asking his attendants, who seemed to belong to the tribe. “Do you hear? They are Desert-born, just like you. Catch them—hurry!”
The plunging of the animals increased.
The jumping of the animals increased.
“Accursed Roman!” and the sheik shook his fist at the driver. “Did he not swear he could drive them—swear it by all his brood of bastard Latin gods? Nay, hands off me—off, I say! They should run swift as eagles, and with the temper of hand-bred lambs, he swore. Cursed be he—cursed the mother of liars who calls him son! See them, the priceless! Let him touch one of them with a lash, and”—the rest of the sentence was lost in a furious grinding of his teeth. “To their heads, some of you, and speak them—a word, one is enough, from the tent-song your mothers sang you. Oh, fool, fool that I was to put trust in a Roman!”
“Damn Roman!” the sheik yelled at the driver. “Didn’t he promise he could drive them—swear it on all his collection of false Latin gods? No, get your hands off me—off, I say! They should run as fast as eagles, and be as gentle as well-bred lambs, he swore. Damn him—damn the liar who gave birth to him! Look at them, the priceless ones! Let him touch one of them with a whip, and”—the rest of his words were lost in a furious grind of his teeth. “To their heads, some of you, and speak to them—a word, just one, from the song your mothers sang to you. Oh, what a fool I was to trust a Roman!”
Some of the shrewder of the old man’s friends planted themselves between him and the horses. An opportune failure of breath on his part helped the stratagem.
Some of the cleverer friends of the old man positioned themselves between him and the horses. A timely bout of breathlessness on his part aided the plan.
Ben-Hur, thinking he comprehended the sheik, sympathized with him. Far more than mere pride of property—more than anxiety for the result of the race—in his view it was within the possible for the patriarch, according to his habits of thought and his ideas of the inestimable, to love such animals with a tenderness akin to the most sensitive passion.
Ben-Hur, believing he understood the sheik, felt empathy for him. To him, it was more than just pride in possessions or worry about the outcome of the race; he thought it possible that the patriarch, based on his way of thinking and his values, could love those animals with a tenderness similar to the deepest emotions.
They were all bright bays, unspotted, perfectly matched, and so proportioned as to seem less than they really were. Delicate ears pointed small heads; the faces were broad and full between the eyes; the nostrils in expansion disclosed membrane so deeply red as to suggest the flashing of flame; the necks were arches, overlaid with fine mane so abundant as to drape the shoulders and breast, while in happy consonance the forelocks were like ravellings of silken veils; between the knees and the fetlocks the legs were flat as an open hand, but above the knees they were rounded with mighty muscles, needful to upbear the shapely close-knit bodies; the hoofs were like cups of polished agate; and in rearing and plunging they whipped the air, and sometimes the earth, with tails glossy-black and thick and long. The sheik spoke of them as the priceless, and it was a good saying.
They were all bright bay horses, unmarked and perfectly matched, and they looked smaller than they really were. Their delicate ears topped small heads; their faces were broad and full between the eyes; the nostrils flared open, revealing membranes so deep red they almost looked like flames; their necks arched, covered with fine manes that cascaded over their shoulders and chests, while their forelocks flowed like silky veils; their legs were flat as an open hand between the knees and fetlocks, but above the knees, they were rounded with powerful muscles, necessary to support their well-shaped, compact bodies; their hooves were like polished agate cups; and as they reared and plunged, they whipped the air—and sometimes the ground—with their thick, long, glossy-black tails. The sheik referred to them as priceless, and that was a fitting description.
In this second and closer look at the horses, Ben-Hur read the story of their relation to their master. They had grown up under his eyes, objects of his special care in the day, his visions of pride in the night, with his family at home in the black tent out on the shadeless bosom of the desert, as his children beloved. That they might win him a triumph over the haughty and hated Roman, the old man had brought his loves to the city, never doubting they would win, if only he could find a trusty expert to take them in hand; not merely one with skill, but of a spirit which their spirits would acknowledge. Unlike the colder people of the West, he could not protest the driver’s inability, and dismiss him civilly; an Arab and a sheik, he had to explode, and rive the air about him with clamor.
In this second, more detailed look at the horses, Ben-Hur understood their connection to their master. They had grown up under his watchful eye, objects of his special care during the day and his prideful dreams at night, just like his beloved children in the black tent on the hot, exposed desert. He had brought them to the city, hoping they would help him achieve a victory over the arrogant and despised Roman, never doubting they would succeed if he could find a reliable expert to handle them; not just someone skilled, but someone whose spirit they would respect. Unlike the more reserved people of the West, he couldn't simply excuse the driver’s shortcomings and dismiss him politely; as an Arab and a sheikh, he had to explode with anger, filling the air around him with noise.
Before the patriarch was done with his expletives, a dozen hands were at the bits of the horses, and their quiet assured. About that time, another chariot appeared upon the track; and, unlike the others, driver, vehicle, and races were precisely as they would be presented in the Circus the day of final trial. For a reason which will presently be more apparent, it is desirable now to give this turnout plainly to the reader.
Before the patriarch finished his swearing, a dozen hands were at the horse bits, and they were calm. Around that time, another chariot showed up on the track; and, unlike the others, the driver, vehicle, and horses looked exactly as they would on the day of the final trial at the Circus. For a reason that will soon become clearer, it's important to clearly present this turnout to the reader now.
There should be no difficulty in understanding the carriage known to us all as the chariot of classical renown. One has but to picture to himself a dray with low wheels and broad axle, surmounted by a box open at the tail end. Such was the primitive pattern. Artistic genius came along in time, and, touching the rude machine, raised it into a thing of beauty—that, for instance, in which Aurora, riding in advance of the dawn, is given to our fancy.
There shouldn't be any trouble understanding the carriage we all know as the iconic chariot. Just imagine a flatbed with low wheels and a wide axle, topped with an open box at the back. That was the basic design. Over time, artistic talent transformed this simple vehicle into something beautiful—like the one we imagine Aurora riding ahead of the dawn.
The jockeys of the ancients, quite as shrewd and ambitious as their successors of the present, called their humblest turnout a two, and their best in grade a four; in the latter, they contested the Olympics and the other festal shows founded in imitation of them.
The jockeys of ancient times, just as clever and driven as those today, referred to their simplest setup as a two and their top-tier one as a four; in the latter, they competed in the Olympics and other festivals established to mimic them.
The same sharp gamesters preferred to put their horses to the chariot all abreast; and for distinction they termed the two next the pole yoke-steeds, and those on the right and left outside trace-mates. It was their judgment, also, that, by allowing the fullest freedom of action, the greatest speed was attainable; accordingly, the harness resorted to was peculiarly simple; in fact, there was nothing of it save a collar round the animal’s neck, and a trace fixed to the collar, unless the lines and a halter fall within the term. Wanting to hitch up, the masters pinned a narrow wooden yoke, or cross-tree, near the end of the pole, and, by straps passed through rings at the end of the yoke, buckled the latter to the collar. The traces of the yokesteeds they hitched to the axle; those of the trace-mates to the top rim of the chariot-bed. There remained then but the adjustment of the lines, which, judged by the modern devices, was not the least curious part of the method. For this there was a large ring at the forward extremity of the pole; securing the ends to that ring first, they parted the lines so as to give one to each horse, and proceeded to pass them to the driver, slipping them separately through rings on the inner side of the halters at the mouth.
The same sharp gamers preferred to line up their horses next to each other in the chariot; for clarity, they called the two nearest to the pole yoke-horses, and those on the right and left outside trace-mates. They believed that by allowing the horses maximum freedom of movement, the fastest speed could be reached; consequently, the harness they used was notably simple. In fact, it consisted only of a collar around the horse's neck and a trace attached to the collar, unless you count the reins and a halter as part of it. When they wanted to hitch up, the drivers attached a narrow wooden yoke, or cross-tree, near the end of the pole, and by using straps that went through rings at the end of the yoke, they secured it to the collar. The traces of the yoke-horses were connected to the axle, while those of the trace-mates were linked to the upper rim of the chariot bed. They then just needed to adjust the reins, which, when compared to modern devices, was a particularly interesting part of the setup. For this, there was a large ring at the front end of the pole; they first secured the ends to that ring, parted the reins to give one to each horse, and then passed them to the driver, threading them separately through rings on the inside of the halters at the mouth.
With this plain generalization in mind, all further desirable knowledge upon the subject can be had by following the incidents of the scene occurring.
With this simple generalization in mind, any additional valuable knowledge on the subject can be obtained by observing the events happening in the scene.
The other contestants had been received in silence; the last comer was more fortunate. While moving towards the stand from which we are viewing the scene, his progress was signalized by loud demonstrations, by clapping of hands and cheers, the effect of which was to centre attention upon him exclusively. His yoke-steeds, it was observed, were black, while the trace-mates were snow-white. In conformity to the exacting canons of Roman taste, they had all four been mutilated; that is to say, their tails had been clipped, and, to complete the barbarity, their shorn manes were divided into knots tied with flaring red and yellow ribbons.
The other contestants were welcomed in silence; the last arrival was luckier. As he made his way to the stand where we were watching the scene, his progress was marked by loud cheers and applause, drawing everyone's attention to him. It was noted that his yoke-steeds were black, while his trace-mates were pure white. Following the strict rules of Roman style, all four had been altered; specifically, their tails had been clipped, and to add to the cruelty, their shaved manes were styled into knots tied with bright red and yellow ribbons.
In advancing, the stranger at length reached a point where the chariot came into view from the stand, and its appearance would of itself have justified the shouting. The wheels were very marvels of construction. Stout bands of burnished bronze reinforced the hubs, otherwise very light; the spokes were sections of ivory tusks, set in with the natural curve outward to perfect the dishing, considered important then as now; bronze tires held the fellies, which were of shining ebony. The axle, in keeping with the wheels, was tipped with heads of snarling tigers done in brass, and the bed was woven of willow wands gilded with gold.
As the stranger moved forward, he eventually reached a spot where the chariot came into view from the stand, and its sight alone would have justified the cheers. The wheels were incredible in their design. Sturdy bands of polished bronze strengthened the hubs, which were otherwise quite light; the spokes were made from sections of ivory tusks, arranged with the natural curve facing out to enhance the shape, which was considered important then just as it is now; bronze tires held the rims, which were made of gleaming ebony. The axle, matching the wheels, was topped with brass heads of snarling tigers, and the bed was woven from willow branches that were gilded in gold.
The coming of the beautiful horses and resplendent chariot drew Ben-Hur to look at the driver with increased interest.
The arrival of the beautiful horses and stunning chariot made Ben-Hur look at the driver with even more curiosity.
Who was he?
Who was he?
When Ben-Hur asked himself the question first, he could not see the man’s face, or even his full figure; yet the air and manner were familiar, and pricked him keenly with a reminder of a period long gone.
When Ben-Hur first asked himself the question, he couldn’t see the man’s face or even his whole figure; still, the vibe and manner felt familiar, stirring up a sharp reminder of a time long past.
Who could it be?
Who could it be?
Nearer now, and the horses approaching at a trot. From the shouting and the gorgeousness of the turnout, it was thought he might be some official favorite or famous prince. Such an appearance was not inconsistent with exalted rank. Kings often struggled for the crown of leaves which was the prize of victory. Nero and Commodus, it will be remembered, devoted themselves to the chariot. Ben-Hur arose and forced a passage down nearly to the railing in front of the lower seat of the stand. His face was earnest, his manner eager.
Closer now, and the horses came trotting in. From the shouting and the dazzling display, it seemed he might be some official favorite or a famous prince. Such an appearance matched someone of high status. Kings often fought for the laurel crown, which was the prize for winning. Nero and Commodus, as we remember, were dedicated to chariot racing. Ben-Hur stood up and made his way down towards the railing in front of the lower seat in the stands. His face was serious, and he seemed eager.
And directly the whole person of the driver was in view. A companion rode with him, in classic description a Myrtilus, permitted men of high estate indulging their passion for the race-course. Ben-Hur could see only the driver, standing erect in the chariot, with the reins passed several times round his body—a handsome figure, scantily covered by a tunic of light-red cloth; in the right hand a whip; in the other, the arm raised and lightly extended, the four lines. The pose was exceedingly graceful and animated. The cheers and clapping of hands were received with statuesque indifference. Ben-Hur stood transfixed—his instinct and memory had served him faithfully—THE DRIVER WAS MESSALA.
And right away, the whole figure of the driver came into view. A companion rode with him, fitting the classic description of a Myrtilus, as wealthy men indulged their love for the racecourse. Ben-Hur could only see the driver, standing tall in the chariot, with the reins wrapped several times around his body—an attractive figure, barely covered by a light-red tunic; in one hand, a whip; in the other, his arm raised slightly, holding the four lines. The pose was incredibly graceful and lively. The cheers and applause were met with a calm indifference. Ben-Hur stood frozen—his instincts and memory had not failed him—THE DRIVER WAS MESSALA.
By the selection of horses, the magnificence of the chariot, the attitude, and display of person—above all, by the expression of the cold, sharp, eagle features, imperialized in his countrymen by sway of the world through so many generations, Ben-Hur knew Messala unchanged, as haughty, confident, and audacious as ever, the same in ambition, cynicism, and mocking insouciance.
By the choice of horses, the splendor of the chariot, the demeanor, and presentation of the person—most of all, by the look of the cold, sharp, eagle-like features, made imperial by his countrymen's influence over the world for so many generations—Ben-Hur recognized Messala unchanged, as proud, self-assured, and daring as ever, consistent in ambition, cynicism, and carefree mockery.
CHAPTER VIII
As Ben-Hur descended the steps of the stand, an Arab arose upon the last one at the foot, and cried out,
As Ben-Hur stepped down from the platform, an Arab stood up on the last step at the bottom and shouted,
“Men of the East and West—hearken! The good Sheik Ilderim giveth greeting. With four horses, sons of the favorites of Solomon the Wise, he hath come up against the best. Needs he most a mighty man to drive them. Whoso will take them to his satisfaction, to him he promiseth enrichment forever. Here—there—in the city and in the Circuses, and wherever the strong most do congregate, tell ye this his offer. So saith my master, Sheik Ilderim the Generous.”
“People of the East and West—listen up! The good Sheik Ilderim sends his greetings. He has brought four horses, descendants of Solomon the Wise's prized steeds, and he needs someone strong to drive them. Whoever can take them to his satisfaction will receive endless riches. Spread the word about this offer in the city, the arenas, and wherever the strongest gather. This is the message from my master, Sheik Ilderim the Generous.”
The proclamation awakened a great buzz among the people under the awning. By night it would be repeated and discussed in all the sporting circles of Antioch. Ben-Hur, hearing it, stopped and looked hesitatingly from the herald to the sheik. Malluch thought he was about to accept the offer, but was relieved when he presently turned to him, and asked, “Good Malluch, where to now?”
The announcement created a lot of excitement among the people under the awning. By nighttime, it would be repeated and talked about in all the sports circles of Antioch. Ben-Hur, upon hearing it, paused and looked uncertainly from the herald to the sheik. Malluch thought he was going to accept the offer, but felt relieved when he eventually turned to him and asked, “Good Malluch, where to now?”
The worthy replied, with a laugh, “Would you liken yourself to others visiting the Grove for the first time, you will straightway to hear your fortune told.”
The worthy laughed and replied, “If you compare yourself to others visiting the Grove for the first time, you'll immediately want to have your fortune told.”
“My fortune, said you? Though the suggestion has in it a flavor of unbelief, let us to the goddess at once.”
“My fortune, you say? Even if that sounds a bit skeptical, let's go to the goddess right away.”
“Nay, son of Arrius, these Apollonians have a better trick than that. Instead of speech with a Pythia or a Sibyl, they will sell you a plain papyrus leaf, hardly dry from the stalk, and bid you dip it in the water of a certain fountain, when it will show you a verse in which you may hear of your future.”
“Nah, son of Arrius, these Apollonians have a better trick than that. Instead of talking to a Pythia or a Sibyl, they’ll sell you a plain piece of papyrus, barely dry from the stalk, and tell you to dip it in the water of a certain fountain, where it will reveal a verse that tells you about your future.”
The glow of interest departed from Ben-Hur’s face.
The spark of curiosity faded from Ben-Hur’s face.
“There are people who have no need to vex themselves about their future,” he said, gloomily.
“There are people who don’t need to worry about their future,” he said, gloomily.
“Then you prefer to go to the temples?”
“Then you’d rather go to the temples?”
“The temples are Greek, are they not?”
"Are the temples Greek?"
“They call them Greek.”
“They call them Greek people.”
“The Hellenes were masters of the beautiful in art; but in architecture they sacrificed variety to unbending beauty. Their temples are all alike. How call you the fountain?”
“The Greeks were masters of beauty in art, but in architecture they sacrificed variety for rigid beauty. Their temples are all the same. What do you call the fountain?”
“Castalia.”
"Castalia."
“Oh! it has repute throughout the world. Let us thither.”
“Oh! it’s famous all over the world. Let’s go there.”
Malluch kept watch on his companion as they went, and saw that for the moment at least his good spirits were out. To the people passing he gave no attention; over the wonders they came upon there were no exclamations; silently, even sullenly, he kept a slow pace.
Malluch watched his companion as they walked and noticed that, for now, his good mood was gone. He paid no attention to the people passing by; there were no exclamations over the sights they encountered. Silently, and even grumpily, he moved at a slow pace.
The truth was, the sight of Messala had set Ben-Hur to thinking. It seemed scarce an hour ago that the strong hands had torn him from his mother, scarce an hour ago that the Roman had put seal upon the gates of his father’s house. He recounted how, in the hopeless misery of the life—if such it might be called—in the galleys, he had had little else to do, aside from labor, than dream dreams of vengeance, in all of which Messala was the principal. There might be, he used to say to himself, escape for Gratus, but for Messala—never! And to strengthen and harden his resolution, he was accustomed to repeat over and over, Who pointed us out to the persecutors? And when I begged him for help—not for myself—who mocked me, and went away laughing? And always the dream had the same ending. The day I meet him, help me, thou good God of my people!—help me to some fitting special vengeance!
The truth was, seeing Messala had gotten Ben-Hur thinking. It felt like just an hour ago that strong hands had ripped him away from his mother, just an hour ago that the Roman had sealed the gates of his father’s house. He remembered how, in the hopeless misery of life—if it could even be called that—in the galleys, he had little else to do besides work, except dream of revenge, with Messala as the main target. He would tell himself there might be a way out for Gratus, but for Messala—never! And to strengthen and harden his resolve, he would repeat over and over, Who pointed us out to our persecutors? And when I asked him for help—not for myself—who mocked me and walked away laughing? And the dream always ended the same way. The day I meet him, help me, you good God of my people!—help me find the perfect revenge!
And now the meeting was at hand.
And now the meeting was about to start.
Perhaps, if he had found Messala poor and suffering, Ben-Hur’s feeling had been different; but it was not so. He found him more than prosperous; in the prosperity there was a dash and glitter—gleam of sun on gilt of gold.
Maybe if he had found Messala struggling and in need, Ben-Hur’s feelings would have been different; but that wasn’t the case. He found him more than well-off; in that success, there was a flair and shine—a glint of sunlight on gold.
So it happened that what Malluch accounted a passing loss of spirit was pondering when the meeting should be, and in what manner he could make it most memorable.
So it turned out that what Malluch considered a brief dip in his mood was him thinking about when the meeting should take place and how he could make it truly unforgettable.
They turned after a while into an avenue of oaks, where the people were going and coming in groups; footmen here, and horsemen; there women in litters borne slaves; and now and then chariots rolled by thunderously.
They eventually entered an avenue lined with oak trees, where people were moving in groups; there were footmen here, and horsemen there; women in litters carried by slaves; and occasionally, chariots thundered by.
At the end of the avenue the road, by an easy grade, descended into a lowland, where, on the right hand, there was a precipitous facing of gray rock, and on the left an open meadow of vernal freshness. Then they came in view of the famous Fountain of Castalia.
At the end of the avenue, the road gradually sloped down into a lowland, where, on the right side, there was a steep face of gray rock, and on the left, an open meadow bursting with fresh spring growth. Then they saw the famous Fountain of Castalia.
Edging through a company assembled at the point, Ben-Hur beheld a jet of sweet water pouring from the crest of a stone into a basin of black marble, where, after much boiling and foaming, it disappeared as through a funnel.
Edging through a crowd gathered at the spot, Ben-Hur saw a stream of clean water flowing from the top of a stone into a basin of black marble, where, after bubbling and frothing, it vanished as if down a funnel.
By the basin, under a small portico cut in the solid wall, sat a priest, old, bearded, wrinkled, cowled—never being more perfectly eremitish. From the manner of the people present, hardly might one say which was the attraction, the fountain, forever sparkling, or the priest, forever there. He heard, saw, was seen, but never spoke. Occasionally a visitor extended a hand to him with a coin in it. With a cunning twinkle of the eyes, he took the money, and gave the party in exchange a leaf of papyrus.
By the fountain, beneath a small porch in the sturdy wall, sat an old priest—bearded, wrinkled, and wearing a hood—looking every bit the hermit. It was hard to tell what drew the people there more—the endlessly sparkling fountain or the priest, who always seemed to be present. He listened, watched, and was noticed, but never spoke. Sometimes a visitor would reach out a hand with a coin. With a sly twinkle in his eyes, he accepted the money and handed them a leaf of papyrus in return.
The receiver made haste to plunge the papyrus into the basin; then, holding the dripping leaf in the sunlight, he would be rewarded with a versified inscription upon its face; and the fame of the fountain seldom suffered loss by poverty of merit in the poetry. Before Ben-Hur could test the oracle, some other visitors were seen approaching across the meadow, and their appearance piqued the curiosity of the company, his not less than theirs.
The receiver quickly dipped the papyrus into the basin; then, holding the wet leaf up to the sunlight, he’d be rewarded with a poetic inscription on its surface; and the fountain’s reputation rarely suffered due to lack of quality in the poetry. Before Ben-Hur could experience the oracle himself, some other visitors appeared across the meadow, and their arrival sparked curiosity in the group, including his own.
He saw first a camel, very tall and very white, in leading of a driver on horseback. A houdah on the animal, besides being unusually large, was of crimson and gold. Two other horsemen followed the camel with tall spears in hand.
He first spotted a very tall, very white camel being led by a driver on horseback. The saddle on the camel, apart from being unusually large, was crimson and gold. Two other horsemen followed the camel, holding tall spears.
“What a wonderful camel!” said one of the company.
“What an amazing camel!” said one of the group.
“A prince from afar,” another one suggested.
“A prince from a distance,” another one suggested.
“More likely a king.”
"Probably a king."
“If he were on an elephant, I would say he was a king.”
“If he were on an elephant, I would say he was a king.”
A third man had a very different opinion.
A third man thought very differently.
“A camel—and a white camel!” he said, authoritatively. “By Apollo, friends, they who come yonder—you can see there are two of them—are neither kings nor princes; they are women!”
“A camel—and a white camel!” he said confidently. “By Apollo, friends, those who are coming over there—you can see there are two of them—are neither kings nor princes; they are women!”
In the midst of the dispute the strangers arrived.
In the middle of the argument, the strangers showed up.
The camel seen at hand did not belie his appearance afar. A taller, statelier brute of his kind no traveller at the fountain, though from the remotest parts, had ever beheld. Such great black eyes! such exceedingly fine white hair! feet so contractile when raised, so soundless in planting, so broad when set!—nobody had ever seen the peer of this camel. And how well he became his housing of silk, and all its frippery of gold in fringe and gold in tassel! The tinkling of silver bells went before him, and he moved lightly, as if unknowing of his burden.
The camel in front of us looked just as impressive up close as he did from a distance. No traveler at the fountain, even those from far-off places, had ever seen a taller or more magnificent creature of his kind. Those incredible black eyes! That exceptionally fine white fur! His feet were so flexible when lifted, so silent when set down, and so wide when grounded! No one had ever seen a camel like this one. And he looked fantastic in his silk coverings, complete with all that fancy gold trim and tassels! The sound of silver bells jingled ahead of him, and he moved gracefully, as if he didn’t even notice the load he was carrying.
But who were the man and woman under the houdah?
But who were the man and woman in the houdah?
Every eye saluted them with the inquiry.
Every eye greeted them with the question.
If the former were a prince or a king, the philosophers of the crowd might not deny the impartiality of Time. When they saw the thin, shrunken face buried under an immense turban, the skin of the hue of a mummy, making it impossible to form an idea of his nationality, they were pleased to think the limit of life was for the great as well as the small. They saw about his person nothing so enviable as the shawl which draped him.
If the former was a prince or a king, the philosophers in the crowd might not dispute the fairness of Time. When they noticed the gaunt, shriveled face hidden beneath a huge turban, the skin colored like a mummy, making it hard to guess his nationality, they were satisfied to think that the end of life came for both the powerful and the ordinary. They saw nothing around him as desirable as the shawl that covered him.
The woman was seated in the manner of the East, amidst veils and laces of surpassing fineness. Above her elbows she wore armlets fashioned like coiled asps, and linked to bracelets at the wrists by strands of gold; otherwise the arms were bare and of singular natural grace, complemented with hands modelled daintily as a child’s. One of the hands rested upon the side of the carriage, showing tapered fingers glittering with rings, and stained at the tips till they blushed like the pink of mother-of-pearl. She wore an open caul upon her head, sprinkled with beads of coral, and strung with coin-pieces called sunlets, some of which were carried across her forehead, while others fell down her back, half-smothered in the mass of her straight blue-black hair, of itself an incomparable ornament, not needing the veil which covered it, except as a protection against sun and dust. From her elevated seat she looked upon the people calmly, pleasantly, and apparently so intent upon studying them as to be unconscious of the interest she herself was exciting; and, what was unusual—nay, in violent contravention of the custom among women of rank in public—she looked at them with an open face.
The woman sat in a traditional Eastern style, surrounded by exquisite veils and laces. Above her elbows, she wore armlets shaped like coiled snakes, linked to bracelets on her wrists by strands of gold; otherwise, her arms were bare and naturally graceful, complemented by hands delicately shaped like a child’s. One hand rested on the side of the carriage, displaying tapered fingers adorned with rings, stained at the tips to a pink hue like mother-of-pearl. She wore an open caul on her head, sprinkled with coral beads and strung with coins called sunlets, some crossing her forehead while others cascaded down her back, half-hidden in her straight blue-black hair, which was a stunning feature of its own, needing the veil only for protection against the sun and dust. From her high seat, she observed the people calmly and pleasantly, seemingly so focused on studying them that she was unaware of the interest she was generating herself; and, notably—contrary to the usual custom for women of high status in public—she looked at them with an open expression.
It was a fair face to see; quite youthful; in form, oval: complexion not white, like the Greek; nor brunet, like the Roman; nor blond, like the Gaul; but rather the tinting of the sun of the Upper Nile upon a skin of such transparency that the blood shone through it on cheek and brow with nigh the ruddiness of lamplight. The eyes, naturally large, were touched along the lids with the black paint immemorial throughout the East. The lips were slightly parted, disclosing, through their scarlet lake, teeth of glistening whiteness. To all these excellences of countenance the reader is finally besought to superadd the air derived from the pose of a small head, classic in shape, set upon a neck long, drooping, and graceful—the air, we may fancy, happily described by the word queenly.
It was a beautiful face to look at; quite youthful; oval in shape: the complexion wasn’t white, like a Greek; nor dark, like a Roman; nor blonde, like a Gaul; but rather had the warm hue of the sun over the Upper Nile on a skin so transparent that the blood glowed through it on her cheeks and forehead, almost like the glow of lamplight. The eyes, naturally large, were lined with the traditional black makeup found in the East. The lips were slightly parted, revealing, through their deep red color, teeth that gleamed white. To all these features, imagine adding the graceful posture of a small head, classic in shape, resting on a long, elegant neck—an air we might happily describe as queenly.
As if satisfied with the survey of people and locality, the fair creature spoke to the driver—an Ethiopian of vast brawn, naked to the waist—who led the camel nearer the fountain, and caused it to kneel; after which he received from her hand a cup, and proceeded to fill it at the basin. That instant the sound of wheels and the trampling of horses in rapid motion broke the silence her beauty had imposed, and, with a great outcry, the bystanders parted in every direction, hurrying to get away.
As if pleased with the look at the people and the area, the beautiful woman spoke to the driver—a strong Ethiopian, bare from the waist up—who brought the camel closer to the fountain and made it kneel. She then handed him a cup, and he filled it at the water basin. Just then, the noise of wheels and the pounding of horses in fast motion shattered the quiet her beauty had created, and with a loud commotion, the onlookers scattered in every direction, rushing to escape.
“The Roman has a mind to ride us down. Look out!” Malluch shouted to Ben-Hur, setting him at the same time an example of hasty flight.
“The Roman wants to run us down. Watch out!” Malluch yelled to Ben-Hur, demonstrating hasty escape at the same time.
The latter faced to the direction the sounds came from, and beheld Messala in his chariot pushing the four straight at the crowd. This time the view was near and distinct.
The latter turned toward the source of the sounds and saw Messala in his chariot driving the four right at the crowd. This time, the view was close and clear.
The parting of the company uncovered the camel, which might have been more agile than his kind generally; yet the hoofs were almost upon him, and he resting with closed eyes, chewing the endless cud with such sense of security as long favoritism may be supposed to have bred in him. The Ethiopian wrung his hands afraid. In the houdah, the old man moved to escape; but he was hampered with age, and could not, even in the face of danger, forget the dignity which was plainly his habit. It was too late for the woman to save herself. Ben-Hur stood nearest them, and he called to Messala,
The group’s departure revealed the camel, which seemed more agile than usual; however, the hooves were almost on him, and he was resting with his eyes shut, chewing his endless cud with a sense of security that long-standing favoritism likely gave him. The Ethiopian twisted his hands in fear. In the saddle, the old man tried to move away, but his age held him back, and even in the face of danger, he couldn't forget the dignity that was clearly his habit. It was too late for the woman to save herself. Ben-Hur stood closest to them, and he called out to Messala,
“Hold! Look where thou goest! Back, back!”
“Stop! Watch where you’re going! Go back, go back!”
The patrician was laughing in hearty good-humor; and, seeing there was but one chance of rescue, Ben-Hur stepped in, and caught the bits of the left yoke-steed and his mate. “Dog of a Roman! Carest thou so little for life?” he cried, putting forth all his strength. The two horses reared, and drew the others round; the tilting of the pole tilted the chariot; Messala barely escaped a fall, while his complacent Myrtilus rolled back like a clod to the ground. Seeing the peril past, all the bystanders burst into derisive laughter.
The patrician was laughing joyfully, and noticing that there was only one chance for rescue, Ben-Hur stepped in and grabbed the pieces of the left yoke-steed and his partner. “You dog of a Roman! Do you care so little for your life?” he shouted, using all his strength. The two horses reared up and pulled the others around; the tilt of the pole tipped the chariot, and Messala barely managed to stay on his feet, while his smug Myrtilus fell back to the ground like a clod. Seeing the danger had passed, all the bystanders burst into mocking laughter.
The matchless audacity of the Roman then manifested itself. Loosing the lines from his body, he tossed them to one side, dismounted, walked round the camel, looked at Ben-Hur, and spoke partly to the old man and partly to the woman.
The unmatched boldness of the Roman then showed itself. Releasing the ropes from his body, he threw them aside, got off the camel, walked around it, looked at Ben-Hur, and spoke partly to the old man and partly to the woman.
“Pardon, I pray you—I pray you both. I am Messala,” he said; “and, by the old Mother of the earth, I swear I did not see you or your camel! As to these good people—perhaps I trusted too much to my skill. I sought a laugh at them—the laugh is theirs. Good may it do them!”
“Sorry, I ask you—I beg you both. I’m Messala,” he said; “and, by the old Mother Earth, I swear I didn’t see you or your camel! As for these good people—maybe I relied too much on my skills. I tried to make them laugh—the joke’s on me. Hope it brings them some good!”
The good-natured, careless look and gesture he threw the bystanders accorded well with the speech. To hear what more he had to say, they became quiet. Assured of victory over the body of the offended, he signed his companion to take the chariot to a safer distance, and addressed himself boldly to the woman.
The easygoing, careless look and gesture he gave the onlookers matched his words perfectly. They quieted down, eager to hear more from him. Confident in his victory over the injured party, he signaled to his friend to move the chariot to a safer spot and confidently approached the woman.
“Thou hast interest in the good man here, whose pardon, if not granted now, I shall seek with the greater diligence hereafter; his daughter, I should say.”
“You’re interested in the good man here, whose pardon, if not granted now, I will seek with even more effort in the future; I’m talking about his daughter, I should say.”
She made him no reply.
She didn’t reply to him.
“By Pallas, thou art beautiful! Beware Apollo mistake thee not for his lost love. I wonder what land can boast herself thy mother. Turn not away. A truce! a truce! There is the sun of India in thine eyes; in the corners of thy mouth, Egypt hath set her love-signs. Perpol! Turn not to that slave, fair mistress, before proving merciful to this one. Tell me at least that I am pardoned.”
“By Pallas, you are beautiful! Beware that Apollo doesn’t mistake you for his lost love. I wonder which land can claim you as their daughter. Don’t turn away. A truce! A truce! There is the sun of India in your eyes; in the corners of your mouth, Egypt has put her love marks. Please! Don’t look to that servant, fair mistress, before you show mercy to me. At least tell me that I’m forgiven.”
At this point she broke in upon him.
At this point, she interrupted him.
“Wilt thou come here?” she asked, smiling, and with gracious bend of the head to Ben-Hur.
“Will you come here?” she asked, smiling and gracefully nodding her head to Ben-Hur.
“Take the cup and fill it, I pray thee,” she said to the latter. “My father is thirsty.”
“Please take the cup and fill it,” she said to him. “My father is thirsty.”
“I am thy most willing servant!”
“I am your most willing servant!”
Ben-Hur turned about to do the favor, and was face to face with Messala. Their glances met; the Jew’s defiant; the Roman’s sparkling with humor.
Ben-Hur turned around to do the favor and found himself face to face with Messala. Their eyes locked; the Jew’s defiantly challenging, the Roman’s shining with amusement.
“O stranger, beautiful as cruel!” Messala said, waving his hand to her. “If Apollo get thee not, thou shalt see me again. Not knowing thy country, I cannot name a god to commend thee to; so, by all the gods, I will commend thee to—myself!”
“O stranger, as beautiful as you are cruel!” Messala said, waving his hand at her. “If Apollo doesn’t take you, you’ll see me again. Not knowing your country, I can’t name a god to look out for you; so, by all the gods, I’ll look out for you myself!”
Seeing that Myrtilus had the four composed and ready, he returned to the chariot. The woman looked after him as he moved away, and whatever else there was in her look, there was no displeasure. Presently she received the water; her father drank; then she raised the cup to her lips, and, leaning down, gave it to Ben-Hur; never action more graceful and gracious.
Seeing that Myrtilus had the four prepared and ready, he went back to the chariot. The woman watched him as he walked away, and whatever else was in her gaze, there was no hint of displeasure. Soon, she received the water; her father drank; then she brought the cup to her lips and, leaning down, handed it to Ben-Hur; there was never a more graceful and charming gesture.
“Keep it, we pray of thee! It is full of blessings—all thine!”
“Please keep it! It’s full of blessings—all yours!”
Immediately the camel was aroused, and on his feet, and about to go, when the old man called,
Immediately, the camel was alerted, got up, and was about to leave when the old man called,
“Stand thou here.”
"Stand here."
Ben-Hur went to him respectfully.
Ben-Hur approached him respectfully.
“Thou hast served the stranger well to-day. There is but one God. In his holy name I thank thee. I am Balthasar, the Egyptian. In the Great Orchard of Palms, beyond the village of Daphne, in the shade of the palms, Sheik Ilderim the Generous abideth in his tents, and we are his guests. Seek us there. Thou shalt have welcome sweet with the savor of the grateful.”
"You have served the stranger well today. There is only one God. In His holy name, I thank you. I am Balthasar, the Egyptian. In the Great Orchard of Palms, beyond the village of Daphne, in the shade of the palms, Sheik Ilderim the Generous is staying in his tents, and we are his guests. Look for us there. You will be warmly welcomed with the gratitude of the thankful."
Ben-Hur was left in wonder at the old man’s clear voice and reverend manner. As he gazed after the two departing, he caught sight of Messala going as he had come, joyous, indifferent, and with a mocking laugh.
Ben-Hur was amazed by the old man’s clear voice and respectful manner. As he watched the two leave, he noticed Messala going away as he had arrived, cheerful, aloof, and with a mocking laugh.
CHAPTER IX
As a rule, there is no surer way to the dislike of men than to behave well where they have behaved badly. In this instance, happily, Malluch was an exception to the rule. The affair he had just witnessed raised Ben-Hur in his estimation, since he could not deny him courage and address; could he now get some insight into the young man’s history, the results of the day would not be all unprofitable to good master Simonides.
As a general rule, there's no faster way to make men dislike you than to act well when they’ve acted poorly. Fortunately, Malluch was an exception to this rule. The situation he had just seen made him respect Ben-Hur more, as he couldn’t deny his courage and skill; if he could learn more about the young man’s background, the day would turn out to be quite beneficial for good master Simonides.
On the latter point, referring to what he had as yet learned, two facts comprehended it all—the subject of his investigation was a Jew, and the adopted son of a famous Roman. Another conclusion which might be of importance was beginning to formulate itself in the shrewd mind of the emissary; between Messala and the son of the duumvir there was a connection of some kind. But what was it?—and how could it be reduced to assurance? With all his sounding, the ways and means of solution were not at call. In the heat of the perplexity, Ben-Hur himself came to his help. He laid his hand on Malluch’s arm and drew him out of the crowd, which was already going back to its interest in the gray old priest and the mystic fountain.
On the latter point, based on what he had learned so far, two facts summed it all up—the person he was investigating was a Jew and the adopted son of a famous Roman. Another conclusion that might be important was starting to form in the clever mind of the emissary; there was some kind of connection between Messala and the son of the duumvir. But what was it?—and how could he be sure? Despite his efforts, the answers were elusive. In the midst of his confusion, Ben-Hur himself came to the rescue. He placed his hand on Malluch’s arm and pulled him away from the crowd, which was already returning to its fascination with the old priest and the mysterious fountain.
“Good Malluch,” he said, stopping, “may a man forget his mother?”
“Good Malluch,” he said, pausing, “can a man forget his mother?”
The question was abrupt and without direction, and therefore of the kind which leaves the person addressed in a state of confusion. Malluch looked into Ben-Hur’s face for a hint of meaning, but saw, instead, two bright-red spots, one on each cheek, and in his eyes traces of what might have been repressed tears; then he answered, mechanically, “No!” adding, with fervor, “never;” and a moment after, when he began to recover himself, “If he is an Israelite, never!” And when at length he was completely recovered—“My first lesson in the synagogue was the Shema; my next was the saying of the son of Sirach, ‘Honor thy father with thy whole soul, and forget not the sorrows of thy mother.’”
The question was sudden and aimless, leaving the person being asked feeling confused. Malluch looked at Ben-Hur's face for some clue, but instead saw two bright red spots on his cheeks and hints of what might have been held-back tears in his eyes. He replied, almost automatically, “No!” adding passionately, “never;” and then, as he started to collect himself, “If he is an Israelite, never!” Finally, when he was fully back to himself, he said, “My first lesson in the synagogue was the Shema; my next was the saying of the son of Sirach, ‘Honor your father with your whole soul, and don’t forget your mother’s sorrows.’”
The red spots on Ben-Hur’s face deepened.
The red spots on Ben-Hur’s face became more pronounced.
“The words bring my childhood back again; and, Malluch, they prove you a genuine Jew. I believe I can trust you.”
“The words bring my childhood back again; and, Malluch, they prove you a genuine Jew. I believe I can trust you.”
Ben-Hur let go the arm he was holding, and caught the folds of the gown covering his own breast, and pressed them close, as if to smother a pain, or a feeling there as sharp as a pain.
Ben-Hur let go of the arm he was holding and grabbed the folds of the gown covering his own chest, pressing them tightly, as if trying to smother a pain, or a feeling that was just as intense.
“My father,” he said, “bore a good name, and was not without honor in Jerusalem, where he dwelt. My mother, at his death, was in the prime of womanhood; and it is not enough to say of her she was good and beautiful: in her tongue was the law of kindness, and her works were the praise of all in the gates, and she smiled at days to come. I had a little sister, and she and I were the family, and we were so happy that I, at least, have never seen harm in the saying of the old rabbi, ‘God could not be everywhere, and, therefore, he made mothers.’ One day an accident happened to a Roman in authority as he was riding past our house at the head of a cohort; the legionaries burst the gate and rushed in and seized us. I have not seen my mother or sister since. I cannot say they are dead or living. I do not know what became of them. But, Malluch, the man in the chariot yonder was present at the separation; he gave us over to the captors; he heard my mother’s prayer for her children, and he laughed when they dragged her away. Hardly may one say which graves deepest in memory, love or hate. To-day I knew him afar—and, Malluch—”
“My father,” he said, “had a good reputation and was respected in Jerusalem, where he lived. My mother was in the prime of her life when he died; it’s not enough to just say she was good and beautiful: she spoke with kindness, and everyone in the community praised her for her actions, and she looked forward to the future with a smile. I had a little sister, and it was just the three of us, and we were so happy that I’ve never thought anything negative about the saying of the old rabbi, ‘God couldn’t be everywhere, so he made mothers.’ One day, an accident occurred with a Roman official as he was riding past our house at the head of a cohort; the soldiers broke down the gate, rushed in, and took us. I haven’t seen my mother or sister since then. I can’t say whether they are dead or alive. I don’t know what happened to them. But, Malluch, the man in the chariot over there was there when we were separated; he turned us over to our captors; he heard my mother’s prayer for her children, and he laughed when they pulled her away. It’s hard to say which leaves a deeper mark in memory, love or hate. Today, I recognized him from a distance—and, Malluch—”
He caught the listener’s arm again.
He grabbed the listener’s arm again.
“And, Malluch, he knows and takes with him now the secret I would give my life for: he could tell if she lives, and where she is, and her condition; if she—no, THEY—much sorrow has made the two as one—if they are dead, he could tell where they died, and of what, and where their bones await my finding.”
“And, Malluch, he knows and carries with him the secret I would give my life for: he could tell if she’s alive, where she is, and her condition; if she—no, THEY—so much sorrow has united them—if they are dead, he could tell where they died, how they died, and where their bones are waiting for me to find them.”
“And will he not?”
"Will he not?"
“No.”
"Nope."
“Why?”
“Why?”
“I am a Jew, and he is a Roman.”
“I’m Jewish, and he’s Roman.”
“But Romans have tongues, and Jews, though ever so despised, have methods to beguile them.”
“But Romans have tongues, and Jews, even though they are looked down upon, have ways to charm them.”
“For such as he? No; and, besides, the secret is one of state. All my father’s property was confiscated and divided.”
“For someone like him? No; and besides, it's a state secret. All my father's property was taken and divided up.”
Malluch nodded his head slowly, much as to admit the argument; then he asked anew, “Did he not recognize you?”
Malluch nodded slowly, as if to acknowledge the point; then he asked again, “Did he not recognize you?”
“He could not. I was sent to death in life, and have been long since accounted of the dead.”
“He couldn’t. I was sent to die while still living, and I've long been considered dead.”
“I wonder you did not strike him,” said Malluch, yielding to a touch of passion.
“I’m surprised you didn’t hit him,” said Malluch, giving in to a surge of emotion.
“That would have been to put him past serving me forever. I would have had to kill him, and Death, you know, keeps secrets better even than a guilty Roman.”
"That would have meant locking him out of ever serving me again. I would have had to kill him, and Death, you know, keeps secrets even better than a guilty Roman."
The man who, with so much to avenge, could so calmly put such an opportunity aside must be confident of his future or have ready some better design, and Malluch’s interest changed with the thought; it ceased to be that of an emissary in duty bound to another. Ben-Hur was actually asserting a claim upon him for his own sake. In other words, Malluch was preparing to serve him with good heart and from downright admiration.
The man who, with so much to take revenge for, could calmly set aside such an opportunity must be either confident about his future or have a better plan in mind, and Malluch's interest shifted with this thought; he no longer felt like an emissary bound to another. Ben-Hur was actually claiming something from him for his own sake. In other words, Malluch was getting ready to support him with genuine enthusiasm and real admiration.
After brief pause, Ben-Hur resumed speaking.
After a short pause, Ben-Hur continued speaking.
“I would not take his life, good Malluch; against that extreme the possession of the secret is for the present, at least, his safeguard; yet I may punish him, and so you give me help, I will try.”
“I wouldn’t take his life, good Malluch; for now, having the secret is his protection; however, I can punish him, and if you help me, I’ll give it a shot.”
“He is a Roman,” said Malluch, without hesitation; “and I am of the tribe of Judah. I will help you. If you choose, put me under oath—under the most solemn oath.”
“He's a Roman,” said Malluch, without hesitation; “and I’m from the tribe of Judah. I’ll help you. If you want, put me under oath—under the most serious oath.”
“Give me your hand, that will suffice.”
“Just give me your hand; that’s all I need.”
As their hands fell apart, Ben-Hur said, with lightened feeling, “That I would charge you with is not difficult, good friend; neither is it dreadful to conscience. Let us move on.”
As their hands separated, Ben-Hur said, feeling relieved, “What I need to ask of you isn't hard, my friend; it's not something to feel guilty about. Let's continue.”
They took the road which led to the right across the meadow spoken of in the description of the coming to the fountain. Ben-Hur was first to break the silence.
They took the path that went to the right across the meadow mentioned in the description of arriving at the fountain. Ben-Hur was the first to speak up.
“Do you know Sheik Ilderim the Generous?”
“Do you know Sheik Ilderim the Generous?”
“Yes.”
“Yeah.”
“Where is his Orchard of Palms? or, rather, Malluch, how far is it beyond the village of Daphne?”
“Where is his Palm Orchard? Or, Malluch, how far is it from the village of Daphne?”
Malluch was touched by a doubt; he recalled the prettiness of the favor shown him by the woman at the fountain, and wondered if he who had the sorrows of a mother in mind was about to forget them for a lure of love; yet he replied, “The Orchard of Palms lies beyond the village two hours by horse, and one by swift camel.”
Malluch was filled with doubt; he remembered how charming the attention from the woman at the fountain had been and questioned whether he, who was thinking of a mother's sorrows, was about to forget them for the temptation of love. Still, he replied, “The Orchard of Palms is two hours away by horse and one hour by a fast camel.”
“Thank you; and to your knowledge once more. Have the games of which you told me been widely published? and when will they take place?”
“Thank you; and once again, to your knowledge. Have the games you mentioned been widely announced? And when will they be held?”
The questions were suggestive; and if they did not restore Malluch his confidence, they at least stimulated his curiosity.
The questions were intriguing; and while they didn't fully bring back Malluch's confidence, they at least sparked his curiosity.
“Oh yes, they will be of ample splendor. The prefect is rich, and could afford to lose his place; yet, as is the way with successful men, his love of riches is nowise diminished; and to gain a friend at court, if nothing more, he must make ado for the Consul Maxentius, who is coming hither to make final preparations for a campaign against the Parthians. The money there is in the preparations the citizens of Antioch know from experience; so they have had permission to join the prefect in the honors intended for the great man. A month ago heralds went to the four quarters to proclaim the opening of the Circus for the celebration. The name of the prefect would be of itself good guarantee of variety and magnificence, particularly throughout the East; but when to his promises Antioch joins hers, all the islands and the cities by the sea stand assured of the extraordinary, and will be here in person or by their most famous professionals. The fees offered are royal.”
“Oh yes, it will be truly magnificent. The prefect is wealthy and could easily afford to lose his position; however, like most successful people, his desire for riches hasn’t changed at all. To gain a friend in high places, if nothing else, he needs to put on a show for Consul Maxentius, who is coming here to finalize preparations for a campaign against the Parthians. The citizens of Antioch know from experience how much money goes into these preparations; so they've been given the green light to join the prefect in honoring this great man. A month ago, heralds spread the word far and wide about the opening of the Circus for the celebration. Just the prefect’s name alone is a guarantee of variety and grandeur, especially throughout the East; but when Antioch adds its own promises, all the islands and coastal cities are assured of something extraordinary, and they will be here in person or send their most talented professionals. The fees being offered are fit for royalty.”
“And the Circus—I have heard it is second only to the Maximus.”
“And the Circus—I’ve heard it’s second only to the Maximus.”
“At Rome, you mean. Well, ours seats two hundred thousand people, yours seats seventy-five thousand more; yours is of marble, so is ours; in arrangement they are exactly the same.”
“At Rome, you mean. Well, ours holds two hundred thousand people, yours holds seventy-five thousand more; yours is made of marble, so is ours; in layout, they are exactly the same.”
“Are the rules the same?”
"Are the rules still the same?"
Malluch smiled.
Malluch grinned.
“If Antioch dared be original, son of Arrius, Rome would not be the mistress she is. The laws of the Circus Maximus govern except in one particular: there but four chariots may start at once, here all start without reference to number.”
“If Antioch wanted to be original, son of Arrius, Rome wouldn’t be the ruler she is. The laws of the Circus Maximus apply here except for one thing: there, only four chariots can start at once, but here, all can start regardless of how many.”
“That is the practise of the Greeks,” said Ben-Hur.
"That's how the Greeks do it," said Ben-Hur.
“Yes, Antioch is more Greek than Roman.”
“Yes, Antioch is more Greek than Roman.”
“So then, Malluch, I may choose my own chariot?”
“So, Malluch, can I pick my own chariot?”
“Your own chariot and horses. There is no restriction upon either.”
“Your own chariot and horses. There are no limits on either.”
While replying, Malluch observed the thoughtful look on Ben-Hur’s face give place to one of satisfaction.
While responding, Malluch noticed the thoughtful expression on Ben-Hur’s face shift to one of satisfaction.
“One thing more now, O Malluch. When will the celebration be?”
“One more thing now, Malluch. When will the celebration be?”
“Ah! your pardon,” the other answered. “To-morrow—and the next day,” he said, counting aloud, “then, to speak in the Roman style, if the sea-gods be propitious, the consul arrives. Yes, the sixth day from this we have the games.”
“Ah! my apologies,” the other replied. “Tomorrow—and the day after that,” he said, counting out loud, “then, to put it in Roman terms, if the sea gods are favorable, the consul arrives. Yes, in six days we have the games.”
“The time is short, Malluch, but it is enough.” The last words were spoken decisively. “By the prophets of our old Israel! I will take to the reins again. Stay! a condition; is there assurance that Messala will be a competitor?”
“The time is short, Malluch, but it’s enough.” The last words were spoken firmly. “By the prophets of our old Israel! I will take the reins again. Wait! One condition; is there a guarantee that Messala will be a competitor?”
Malluch saw now the plan, and all its opportunities for the humiliation of the Roman; and he had not been true descendant of Jacob if, with all his interest wakened, he had not rushed to a consideration of the chances. His voice actually trembled as he said, “Have you the practise?”
Malluch now understood the plan and all the chances for embarrassing the Roman; and he wouldn't be a true descendant of Jacob if, with all his interest ignited, he didn’t immediately think about the possibilities. His voice actually shook as he asked, “Do you have the experience?”
“Fear not, my friend. The winners in the Circus Maximus have held their crowns these three years at my will. Ask them—ask the best of them—and they will tell you so. In the last great games the emperor himself offered me his patronage if I would take his horses in hand and run them against the entries of the world.”
“Don’t worry, my friend. The winners at the Circus Maximus have kept their crowns for the past three years at my discretion. Just ask them—ask the best of them—and they’ll confirm it. In the last big games, the emperor himself offered me his support if I would take his horses and race them against the best from around the world.”
“But you did not?”
"But you didn't?"
Malluch spoke eagerly.
Malluch spoke excitedly.
“I—I am a Jew”—Ben-Hur seemed shrinking within himself as he spoke—“and, though I wear a Roman name, I dared not do professionally a thing to sully my father’s name in the cloisters and courts of the Temple. In the palaestrae I could indulge practise which, if followed into the Circus, would become an abomination; and if I take to the course here, Malluch, I swear it will not be for the prize or the winner’s fee.”
“I—I am a Jew”—Ben-Hur seemed to shrink within himself as he spoke—“and even though I have a Roman name, I couldn't do anything to tarnish my father's name in the cloisters and courts of the Temple. In the training grounds, I could practice something that, if taken to the races, would become disgraceful; and if I compete here, Malluch, I promise it won't be for the prize or the winner's fee.”
“Hold—swear not so!” cried Malluch. “The fee is ten thousand sestertii—a fortune for life!”
“Wait—don’t swear like that!” Malluch shouted. “The fee is ten thousand sestertii—a fortune for life!”
“Not for me, though the prefect trebled it fifty times. Better than that, better than all the imperial revenues from the first year of the first Cæsar—I will make this race to humble my enemy. Vengeance is permitted by the law.”
“Not for me, even if the prefect tripled it fifty times. Better than that, better than all the imperial earnings from the first year of the first Caesar—I will run this race to bring down my enemy. Revenge is allowed by the law.”
Malluch smiled and nodded as if saying, “Right, right—trust me a Jew to understand a Jew.”
Malluch smiled and nodded as if to say, “Yeah, yeah—trust a Jew to get what a Jew feels.”
“The Messala will drive,” he said, directly. “He is committed to the race in many ways—by publication in the streets, and in the baths and theaters, the palace and barracks; and, to fix him past retreat, his name is on the tablets of every young spendthrift in Antioch.”
“The Messala will drive,” he said plainly. “He’s all in on the race—advertised in the streets, and in the baths and theaters, the palace and barracks; and to make sure he can’t back out, his name is on the lists of every young spender in Antioch.”
“In wager, Malluch?”
"Want to bet, Malluch?"
“Yes, in wager; and every day he comes ostentatiously to practise, as you saw him.”
“Yes, for sure; and every day he shows off while practicing, just like you saw him.”
“Ah! and that is the chariot, and those the horses, with which he will make the race? Thank you, thank you, Malluch! You have served me well already. I am satisfied. Now be my guide to the Orchard of Palms, and give me introduction to Sheik Ilderim the Generous.”
“Ah! So that’s the chariot, and those are the horses he’ll use for the race? Thank you, thank you, Malluch! You’ve already helped me a lot. I'm grateful. Now, lead me to the Orchard of Palms and introduce me to Sheik Ilderim the Generous.”
“When?”
"When?"
“To-day. His horses may be engaged to-morrow.”
“To-day. His horses might be booked for tomorrow.”
“You like them, then?”
"Do you like them?"
Ben-Hur answered with animation,
Ben-Hur responded enthusiastically,
“I saw them from the stand an instant only, for Messala then drove up, and I might not look at anything else; yet I recognized them as of the blood which is the wonder as well as the glory of the deserts. I never saw the kind before, except in the stables of Cæsar; but once seen, they are always to be known. To-morrow, upon meeting, I will know you, Malluch, though you do not so much as salute me; I will know you by your face, by your form, by your manner; and by the same signs I will know them, and with the same certainty. If all that is said of them be true, and I can bring their spirit under control of mine, I can—”
“I caught a glimpse of them from the stands for just a moment, because then Messala drove up, and I couldn’t look at anything else; still, I recognized them as belonging to the blood that is both the wonder and pride of the deserts. I had never seen this kind before, except in Caesar's stables; but once you see them, you always recognize them. Tomorrow, when we meet, I will know you, Malluch, even if you don’t greet me; I will recognize you by your face, your shape, your manner; and I will know them the same way, with the same certainty. If everything said about them is true, and I can bring their spirit under my control, I can—”
“Win the sestertii!” said Malluch, laughing.
“Win the cash!” said Malluch, laughing.
“No,” answered Ben-Hur, as quickly. “I will do what better becomes a man born to the heritage of Jacob—I will humble mine enemy in a most public place. But,” he added, impatiently, “we are losing time. How can we most quickly reach the tents of the sheik?”
“No,” Ben-Hur replied quickly. “I will do what a man born to the heritage of Jacob should do—I will humble my enemy in a very public way. But,” he added, impatiently, “we're wasting time. How can we get to the sheik’s tents the fastest?”
Malluch took a moment for reflection.
Malluch paused to think for a moment.
“It is best we go straight to the village, which is fortunately near by; if two swift camels are to be had for hire there, we will be on the road but an hour.”
“It’s better if we head straight to the village, which is thankfully nearby; if we can rent two fast camels there, we’ll be on our way in just an hour.”
“Let us about it, then.”
“Let's talk about it, then.”
The village was an assemblage of palaces in beautiful gardens, interspersed with khans of princely sort. Dromedaries were happily secured, and upon them the journey to the famous Orchard of Palms was begun.
The village was made up of palaces set in beautiful gardens, mixed with fancy inns. Dromedaries were happily tied up, and on them, the journey to the famous Orchard of Palms began.
CHAPTER X
Beyond the village the country was undulating and cultivated; in fact, it was the garden-land of Antioch, with not a foot lost to labor. The steep faces of the hills were terraced; even the hedges were brighter of the trailing vines which, besides the lure of shade, offered passers-by sweet promises of wine to come, and grapes in clustered purple ripeness. Over melon-patches, and through apricot and fig-tree groves, and groves of oranges and limes, the white-washed houses of the farmers were seen; and everywhere Plenty, the smiling daughter of Peace, gave notice by her thousand signs that she was at home, making the generous traveller merry at heart, until he was even disposed to give Rome her dues. Occasionally, also, views were had of Taurus and Lebanon, between which, a separating line of silver, the Orontes placidly pursued its way.
Beyond the village, the countryside was rolling and cultivated; it was actually the garden-land of Antioch, with every inch devoted to farming. The steep hillsides were terraced; even the hedges were vibrant with trailing vines that not only provided shade but also promised sweet wine and clusters of ripe purple grapes to those passing by. Nestled among melon patches and groves of apricot, fig, orange, and lime trees, the whitewashed houses of the farmers could be seen. Everywhere, Plenty, the cheerful daughter of Peace, showed her presence with countless signs, bringing joy to travelers and even inspiring them to pay their respects to Rome. Occasionally, glimpses of Taurus and Lebanon could be seen, with the Orontes, a silvery ribbon, peacefully flowing between them.
In course of their journey the friends came to the river, which they followed with the windings of the road, now over bold bluffs, and then into vales, all alike allotted for country-seats, and if the land was in full foliage of oak and sycamore and myrtle, and bay and arbutus, and perfuming jasmine, the river was bright with slanted sunlight, which would have slept where it fell but for ships in endless procession, gliding with the current, tacking for the wind, or bounding under the impulse of oars—some coming, some going, and all suggestive of the sea, and distant peoples, and famous places, and things coveted on account of their rarity. To the fancy there is nothing so winsome as a white sail seaward blown, unless it be a white sail homeward bound, its voyage happily done. And down the shore the friends went continuously till they came to a lake fed by back-water from the river, clear, deep, and without current. An old palm-tree dominated the angle of the inlet; turning to the left at the foot of the tree, Malluch clapped his hands and shouted,
As the friends traveled, they reached the river and followed it along the winding road, navigating bold bluffs and then into valleys, all designated for country homes. The land was lush with oak, sycamore, myrtle, bay, arbutus, and fragrant jasmine, while the river sparkled in the angled sunlight, which would have rested where it fell if not for the endless procession of boats, moving with the current, adjusting to the wind, or propelled by oars—some arriving, some departing, all evoking thoughts of the sea, distant communities, renowned places, and coveted treasures due to their rarity. To the imagination, nothing is as charming as a white sail heading out to sea, unless it’s a white sail returning home, its journey happily complete. The friends continued along the shore until they reached a lake fed by backwater from the river, clear, deep, and still. An old palm tree dominated the inlet; turning left at the base of the tree, Malluch clapped his hands and shouted,
“Look, look! The Orchard of Palms!”
“Check it out! The Palm Orchard!”
The scene was nowhere else to be found unless in the favored oases of Arabia or the Ptolemaean farms along the Nile; and to sustain a sensation new as it was delightful, Ben-Hur was admitted into a tract of land apparently without limit and level as a floor. All under foot was fresh grass, in Syria the rarest and most beautiful production of the soil; if he looked up, it was to see the sky paley blue through the groinery of countless date-bearers, very patriarchs of their kind, so numerous and old, and of such mighty girth, so tall, so serried, so wide of branch, each branch so perfect with fronds, plumy and waxlike and brilliant, they seemed enchanters enchanted. Here was the grass coloring the very atmosphere; there the lake, cool and clear, rippling but a few feet under the surface, and helping the trees to their long life in old age. Did the Grove of Daphne excel this one? And the palms, as if they knew Ben-Hur’s thought, and would win him after a way of their own, seemed, as he passed under their arches, to stir and sprinkle him with dewy coolness.
The scene was unlike any other, except maybe in the cherished oases of Arabia or the Ptolemaean farms along the Nile. To experience a feeling that was both new and delightful, Ben-Hur stepped into a seemingly endless stretch of land as flat as a floor. Underfoot was fresh grass, a rare and beautiful sight in Syria. When he looked up, he saw the pale blue sky through the greenery of countless date palms, ancient giants of their kind, remarkably numerous and old, with massive trunks, towering heights, and broad branches. Each branch was perfectly adorned with fronds—plumy, waxy, and brilliant—making them look like enchanters under a spell. The grass seemed to color the very air; nearby, a cool, clear lake rippled just beneath the surface, supporting the trees’ long lives into old age. Did the Grove of Daphne surpass this one? The palms, as if aware of Ben-Hur’s thoughts and wanting to charm him in their own way, appeared to sway and sprinkle him with refreshing dew as he walked beneath their arches.
The road wound in close parallelism with the shore of the lake; and when it carried the travellers down to the water’s edge, there was always on that side a shining expanse limited not far off by the opposite shore, on which, as on this one, no tree but the palm was permitted.
The road twisted closely along the edge of the lake, and whenever it brought travelers down to the water's edge, there was always a glimmering stretch of water that stretched to the opposite shore, where, just like here, only palm trees were allowed.
“See that,” said Malluch, pointing to a giant of the place. “Each ring upon its trunk marks a year of its life. Count them from root to branch, and if the sheik tells you the grove was planted before the Seleucidæ were heard of in Antioch, do not doubt him.”
“Look at that,” said Malluch, pointing to a giant tree. “Each ring on its trunk represents a year of its life. Count them from the roots to the branches, and if the sheik tells you that the grove was planted before anyone has heard of the Seleucids in Antioch, believe him.”
One may not look at a perfect palm-tree but that, with a subtlety all its own, it assumes a presence for itself, and makes a poet of the beholder. This is the explanation of the honors it has received, beginning with the artists of the first kings, who could find no form in all the earth to serve them so well as a model for the pillars of their palaces and temples; and for the same reason Ben-Hur was moved to say,
One cannot look at a perfect palm tree without it having a unique presence, inspiring those who see it to become poets. This explains the admiration it has garnered, starting with the artists of the earliest kings, who found no better inspiration for the columns of their palaces and temples. For the same reason, Ben-Hur was inspired to say,
“As I saw him at the stand to-day, good Malluch, Sheik Ilderim appeared to be a very common man. The rabbis in Jerusalem would look down upon him, I fear, as a son of a dog of Edom. How came he in possession of the Orchard? And how has he been able to hold it against the greed of Roman governors?”
“As I saw him at the stand today, good Malluch, Sheik Ilderim seemed like a very ordinary man. I fear the rabbis in Jerusalem would look down on him, considering him a son of a dog from Edom. How did he come to own the Orchard? And how has he managed to keep it safe from the greed of Roman governors?”
“If blood derives excellence from time, son of Arrius, then is old Ilderim a man, though he be an uncircumcised Edomite.”
“If blood gets better with age, son of Arrius, then old Ilderim is a man, even if he is an uncircumcised Edomite.”
Malluch spoke warmly.
Malluch spoke kindly.
“All his fathers before him were sheiks. One of them—I shall not say when he lived or did the good deed—once helped a king who was being hunted with swords. The story says he loaned him a thousand horsemen, who knew the paths of the wilderness and its hiding-places as shepherds know the scant hills they inhabit with their flocks; and they carried him here and there until the opportunity came, and then with their spears they slew the enemy, and set him upon his throne again. And the king, it is said, remembered the service, and brought the son of the Desert to this place, and bade him set up his tent and bring his family and his herds, for the lake and trees, and all the land from the river to the nearest mountains, were his and his children’s forever. And they have never been disturbed in the possession. The rulers succeeding have found it policy to keep good terms with the tribe, to whom the Lord has given increase of men and horses, and camels and riches, making them masters of many highways between cities; so that it is with them any time they please to say to commerce, ‘Go in peace,’ or ‘Stop,’ and what they say shall be done. Even the prefect in the citadel overlooking Antioch thinks it happy day with him when Ilderim, surnamed the Generous on account of good deeds done unto all manner of men, with his wives and children, and his trains of camels and horses, and his belongings of sheik, moving as our fathers Abraham and Jacob moved, comes up to exchange briefly his bitter wells for the pleasantness you see about us.”
“All his ancestors were sheiks. One of them—I'm not going to say when he lived or what good deed he did—once helped a king who was being hunted down with swords. The story goes that he lent him a thousand horsemen, who knew the paths of the wilderness and its hiding spots like shepherds know the dry hills where they keep their flocks; they took him from place to place until the right moment arrived, and then, with their spears, they defeated the enemy and restored him to his throne. It’s said that the king remembered this service and brought the son of the Desert to this place, telling him to set up his tent and bring his family and herds because the lake, trees, and all the land from the river to the nearest mountains were his and his children's forever
“How is it, then?” said Ben-Hur, who had been listening unmindful of the slow gait of the dromedaries. “I saw the sheik tear his beard while he cursed himself that he had put trust in a Roman. Cæsar, had he heard him, might have said, ‘I like not such a friend as this; put him away.’”
“How is it, then?” said Ben-Hur, who had been listening without paying attention to the slow pace of the dromedaries. “I saw the sheik tear his beard while he cursed himself for trusting a Roman. If Cæsar had heard him, he might have said, ‘I don't like a friend like this; get rid of him.’”
“It would be but shrewd judgment,” Malluch replied, smiling. “Ilderim is not a lover of Rome; he has a grievance. Three years ago the Parthians rode across the road from Bozra to Damascus, and fell upon a caravan laden, among other things, with the incoming tax-returns of a district over that way. They slew every creature taken, which the censors in Rome could have forgiven if the imperial treasure had been spared and forwarded. The farmers of the taxes, being chargeable with the loss, complained to Cæsar, and Cæsar held Herod to payment, and Herod, on his part, seized property of Ilderim, whom he charged with treasonable neglect of duty. The sheik appealed to Cæsar, and Cæsar has made him such answer as might be looked for from the unwinking sphinx. The old man’s heart has been aching sore ever since, and he nurses his wrath, and takes pleasure in its daily growth.”
“It would be just smart judgment,” Malluch replied, smiling. “Ilderim doesn’t like Rome; he has a grievance. Three years ago, the Parthians rode from Bozra to Damascus and attacked a caravan carrying, among other things, the incoming tax returns for that district. They killed everyone involved, which the officials in Rome might have overlooked if the imperial treasure had been spared and sent on. The tax collectors, responsible for the loss, complained to Caesar, and Caesar demanded payment from Herod. Herod then seized Ilderim's property, accusing him of treason for negligence. The sheik appealed to Caesar, and Caesar responded with the kind of silence you’d expect from an unyielding sphinx. The old man's heart has been aching ever since, and he nurtures his anger, taking pleasure in its daily growth.”
“He can do nothing, Malluch.”
“He can’t do anything, Malluch.”
“Well,” said Malluch, “that involves another explanation, which I will give you, if we can draw nearer. But see!—the hospitality of the sheik begins early—the children are speaking to you.”
“Well,” Malluch said, “that requires another explanation, which I'll give you if we can get a bit closer. But look!—the sheik's hospitality starts early—the kids are talking to you.”
The dromedaries stopped, and Ben-Hur looked down upon some little girls of the Syrian peasant class, who were offering him their baskets filled with dates. The fruit was freshly gathered, and not to be refused; he stooped and took it, and as he did so a man in the tree by which they were halted cried, “Peace to you, and welcome!”
The camels stopped, and Ben-Hur looked down at a few little girls from the Syrian peasant class, who were holding out their baskets filled with dates. The fruit was freshly picked and hard to resist; he bent down and took some, and as he did, a man in the tree where they had stopped shouted, “Peace to you, and welcome!”
Their thanks said to the children, the friends moved on at such gait as the animals chose.
Their thanks given to the children, the friends moved on at the pace chosen by the animals.
“You must know,” Malluch continued, pausing now and then to dispose of a date, “that the merchant Simonides gives me his confidence, and sometimes flatters me by taking me into council; and as I attend him at his house, I have made acquaintance with many of his friends, who, knowing my footing with the host, talk to him freely in my presence. In that way I became somewhat intimate with Sheik Ilderim.”
“You should know,” Malluch continued, pausing here and there to eat a date, “that the merchant Simonides trusts me, and sometimes flatters me by including me in discussions; and while I’m at his house, I’ve gotten to know many of his friends, who, knowing my connection with Simonides, speak to him openly in front of me. That’s how I became somewhat close with Sheik Ilderim.”
For a moment Ben-Hur’s attention wandered. Before his mind’s eye there arose the image, pure, gentle, and appealing, of Esther, the merchant’s daughter. Her dark eyes bright with the peculiar Jewish lustre met his in modest gaze; he heard her step as when she approached him with the wine, and her voice as she tendered him the cup; and he acknowledged to himself again all the sympathy she manifested for him, and manifested so plainly that words were unnecessary, and so sweetly that words would have been but a detraction. The vision was exceeding pleasant, but upon his turning to Malluch, it flew away.
For a moment, Ben-Hur's thoughts drifted. He imagined the pure, gentle, and charming image of Esther, the merchant's daughter. Her dark eyes sparkled with that unique Jewish glow as they met his in a modest gaze; he recalled her step when she approached him with the wine and her voice as she offered him the cup. He recognized once again all the sympathy she showed him, so clearly that words weren't needed, and so sweetly that words would have only taken away from it. The vision was incredibly pleasant, but when he turned to Malluch, it vanished.
“A few weeks ago,” said Malluch, continuing, “the old Arab called on Simonides, and found me present. I observed he seemed much moved about something, and, in deference, offered to withdraw, but he himself forbade me. ‘As you are an Israelite,’ he said, ‘stay, for I have a strange story to tell.’ The emphasis on the word Israelite excited my curiosity. I remained, and this is in substance his story—I cut it short because we are drawing nigh the tent, and I leave the details to the good man himself. A good many years ago, three men called at Ilderim’s tent out in the wilderness. They were all foreigners, a Hindoo, a Greek, and an Egyptian; and they had come on camels, the largest he had ever seen, and all white. He welcomed them, and gave them rest. Next morning they arose and prayed a prayer new to the sheik—a prayer addressed to God and his son—this with much mystery besides. After breaking fast with him, the Egyptian told who they were, and whence they had come. Each had seen a star, out of which a voice had bidden them go to Jerusalem and ask, Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’ They obeyed. From Jerusalem they were led by a star to Bethlehem, where, in a cave, they found a child newly born, which they fell down and worshipped; and after worshipping it, and giving it costly presents, and bearing witness of what it was, they took to their camels, and fled without pause to the sheik, because if Herod—meaning him surnamed the Great—could lay hands upon them, he would certainly kill them. And, faithful to his habit, the sheik took care of them, and kept them concealed for a year, when they departed, leaving with him gifts of great value, and each going a separate way.”
“A few weeks ago,” Malluch said, continuing, “the old Arab visited Simonides and found me there. I noticed he seemed very moved about something, and out of respect, I offered to leave, but he insisted I stay. ‘Since you're an Israelite,’ he said, ‘stay, for I have a strange story to tell.’ The emphasis on the word Israelite piqued my curiosity. I stayed, and here’s the gist of his story—I’ll keep it brief since we’re getting close to the tent, and I’ll leave the details to the good man himself. Many years ago, three men visited Ilderim’s tent in the wilderness. They were all foreigners: a Hindu, a Greek, and an Egyptian; and they arrived on camels, the largest he had ever seen, and all white. He welcomed them and gave them a place to rest. The next morning, they got up and prayed a prayer unfamiliar to the sheik—a prayer to God and his son—along with much mystery. After sharing a meal with him, the Egyptian revealed who they were and where they had come from. Each had seen a star that prompted them to go to Jerusalem and ask, ‘Where is he who is born King of the Jews?’ They followed its guidance. From Jerusalem, a star led them to Bethlehem, where they found a newborn child in a cave, and they worshipped him. After worshipping and giving him valuable gifts, and bearing witness to his significance, they took to their camels and fled hurriedly to the sheik, for if Herod—also known as the Great—caught them, he would surely kill them. Staying true to his character, the sheik cared for them and kept them hidden for a year before they left, gifting him valuable items as they each went their separate ways.”
“It is, indeed, a most wonderful story,” Ben-Hur exclaimed at its conclusion. “What did you say they were to ask at Jerusalem?”
“It is, really, an amazing story,” Ben-Hur said at the end. “What did you say they were supposed to ask in Jerusalem?”
“They were to ask, ‘Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’”
“They were supposed to ask, ‘Where is the one who was born King of the Jews?’”
“Was that all?”
"Is that it?"
“There was more to the question, but I cannot recall it.”
“There was more to the question, but I can't remember it.”
“And they found the child?”
“Did they find the child?”
“Yes, and worshipped him.”
“Yes, and worshiped him.”
“It is a miracle, Malluch.”
"It's a miracle, Malluch."
“Ilderim is a grave man, though excitable as all Arabs are. A lie on his tongue is impossible.”
“Ilderim is a serious man, but like all Arabs, he gets excited easily. It's impossible for him to tell a lie.”
Malluch spoke positively. Thereupon the dromedaries were forgotten, and, quite as unmindful of their riders, they turned off the road to the growing grass.
Malluch spoke positively. After that, the dromedaries were forgotten, and, just as unmindful of their riders, they veered off the road to the lush grass.
“Has Ilderim heard nothing more of the three men?” asked Ben-Hur. “What became of them?”
“Has Ilderim heard anything more about the three men?” asked Ben-Hur. “What happened to them?”
“Ah, yes, that was the cause of his coming to Simonides the day of which I was speaking. Only the night before that day the Egyptian reappeared to him.”
“Ah, yes, that was why he went to see Simonides on the day I was talking about. Just the night before that day, the Egyptian showed up again.”
“Where?”
"Where at?"
“Here at the door of the tent to which we are coming.”
"Here at the entrance of the tent we're approaching."
“How knew he the man?”
“How did he know the man?”
“As you knew the horses to-day—by face and manner.”
“As you recognized the horses today—by their looks and behavior.”
“By nothing else?”
"Nothing else?"
“He rode the same great white camel, and gave him the same name—Balthasar, the Egyptian.”
“He rode the same big white camel and gave him the same name—Balthasar, the Egyptian.”
“It is a wonder of the Lord’s!”
“It is a miracle from the Lord!”
Ben-Hur spoke with excitement.
Ben-Hur spoke excitedly.
And Malluch, wondering, asked, “Why so?”
And Malluch, curious, asked, “Why’s that?”
“Balthasar, you said?”
"Balthasar, is that what you said?"
“Yes. Balthasar, the Egyptian.”
“Yeah. Balthasar, the Egyptian.”
“That was the name the old man gave us at the fountain today.”
“That was the name the old man called us at the fountain today.”
Then, at the reminder, Malluch became excited.
Then, at the reminder, Malluch got excited.
“It is true,” he said; “and the camel was the same—and you saved the man’s life.”
“It’s true,” he said; “and the camel was the same—and you saved the guy’s life.”
“And the woman,” said Ben-Hur, like one speaking to himself—“the woman was his daughter.”
“And the woman,” said Ben-Hur, almost as if he were talking to himself—“the woman was his daughter.”
He fell to thinking; and even the reader will say he was having a vision of the woman, and that it was more welcome than that of Esther, if only because it stayed longer with him; but no—
He fell into thought; and even the reader might say he was imagining the woman, and that it was more enjoyable than the thought of Esther, if only because it lingered with him longer; but no—
“Tell me again,” he said, presently. “Were the three to ask, ‘Where is he that is to be King of the Jews?’”
“Tell me again,” he said, now. “Did the three ask, ‘Where is the one who is to be King of the Jews?’”
“Not exactly. The words were BORN TO BE KING OF THE JEWS. Those were the words as the old sheik caught them first in the desert, and he has ever since been waiting the coming of the king; nor can any one shake his faith that he will come.”
“Not quite. The words were BORN TO BE KING OF THE JEWS. Those were the words that the old sheik first heard in the desert, and he has been waiting for the king to arrive ever since; no one can shake his belief that he will come.”
“How—as king?”
“How— as king?”
“Yes, and bringing the doom of Rome—so says the sheik.”
“Yes, and bringing about the downfall of Rome—that's what the sheik says.”
Ben-Hur kept silent awhile, thinking and trying to control his feelings.
Ben-Hur stayed quiet for a bit, deep in thought and trying to manage his emotions.
“The old man is one of many millions,” he said, slowly—“one of many millions each with a wrong to avenge; and this strange faith, Malluch, is bread and wine to his hope; for who but a Herod may be King of the Jews while Rome endures? But, following the story, did you hear what Simonides said to him?”
“The old man is one of many millions,” he said slowly, “one of many millions, each with a wrong to right; and this strange faith, Malluch, is like bread and wine to his hope; for who but a Herod can be King of the Jews while Rome lasts? But, getting back to the story, did you hear what Simonides said to him?”
“If Ilderim is a grave man, Simonides is a wise one,” Malluch replied. “I listened, and he said— But hark! Some one comes overtaking us.”
“If Ilderim is a serious man, Simonides is a wise one,” Malluch replied. “I was listening, and he said— But wait! Someone is coming up behind us.”
The noise grew louder, until presently they heard the rumble of wheels mixed with the beating of horse-hoofs—a moment later Sheik Ilderim himself appeared on horseback, followed by a train, among which were the four wine-red Arabs drawing the chariot. The sheik’s chin, in its muffling of long white beard, was drooped upon his breast. Our friends had out-travelled him; but at sight of them he raised his head and spoke kindly.
The noise got louder until they eventually heard the rumble of wheels combined with the sound of horses' hooves—a moment later, Sheik Ilderim himself appeared on horseback, followed by a procession, among which were the four wine-red Arabian horses pulling the chariot. The sheik's chin, buried in his long white beard, rested on his chest. Our friends had arrived before him; but as soon as he saw them, he lifted his head and spoke warmly.
“Peace to you!—Ah, my friend Malluch! Welcome! And tell me you are not going, but just come; that you have something for me from the good Simonides—may the Lord of his fathers keep him in life for many years to come! Ay, take up the straps, both of you, and follow me. I have bread and leben, or, if you prefer it, arrack, and the flesh of young kid. Come!”
“Peace to you!—Ah, my friend Malluch! Welcome! And please tell me you’re not leaving, but just came; that you have something for me from good Simonides—may his ancestors keep him in good health for many more years! Yes, grab the straps, both of you, and come with me. I have bread and leben, or, if you’d rather, arrack, and some young goat meat. Let’s go!”
They followed after him to the door of the tent, in which, when they were dismounted, he stood to receive them, holding a platter with three cups filled with creamy liquor just drawn from a great smoke-stained skin bottle, pendent from the central post.
They followed him to the tent door, where, after they got off their horses, he stood to greet them, holding a tray with three cups filled with rich, creamy drink just poured from a large, smoke-stained skin bottle hanging from the central post.
“Drink,” he said, heartily, “drink, for this is the fear-naught of the tentmen.”
“Drink,” he said cheerfully, “drink, because this is the fearless time for the tent guys.”
They each took a cup, and drank till but the foam remained.
They each took a cup and drank until only the foam was left.
“Enter now, in God’s name.”
“Enter now, in God’s name.”
And when they were gone in, Malluch took the sheik aside, and spoke to him privately; after which he went to Ben-Hur and excused himself.
And when they had gone inside, Malluch pulled the sheik aside and talked to him privately; after that, he went to Ben-Hur and made his apologies.
“I have told the sheik about you, and he will give you the trial of his horses in the morning. He is your friend. Having done for you all I can, you must do the rest, and let me return to Antioch. There is one there who has my promise to meet him to-night. I have no choice but to go. I will come back to-morrow prepared, if all goes well in the meantime, to stay with you until the games are over.”
“I’ve told the sheik about you, and he’ll let you try his horses tomorrow morning. He’s on your side. I’ve done everything I can for you, and now you have to take it from here and let me return to Antioch. There’s someone there I promised to meet tonight. I have to go. I’ll come back tomorrow ready, if everything goes well, to stay with you until the games are finished.”
With blessings given and received, Malluch set out in return.
With blessings exchanged, Malluch set out on his return journey.
CHAPTER XI
What time the lower horn of a new moon touched the castellated piles on Mount Sulpius, and two thirds of the people of Antioch were out on their house-tops comforting themselves with the night breeze when it blew, and with fans when it failed, Simonides sat in the chair which had come to be a part of him, and from the terrace looked down over the river, and his ships a-swing at their moorings. The wall at his back cast its shadow broadly over the water to the opposite shore. Above him the endless tramp upon the bridge went on. Esther was holding a plate for him containing his frugal supper—some wheaten cakes, light as wafers, some honey, and a bowl of milk, into which he now and then dipped the wafers after dipping them into the honey.
At the moment when the lower horn of a new moon touched the castle-like structures on Mount Sulpius, about two-thirds of the people in Antioch were outside on their rooftops, enjoying the night breeze when it came and fanning themselves when it didn’t. Simonides sat in the chair that had become a part of him, looking down over the river and his ships swaying at their moorings. The wall behind him cast a wide shadow over the water to the opposite shore. Above him, the steady sound of footsteps on the bridge continued. Esther was holding a plate for him with his simple dinner—some wheat cakes, light as wafers, some honey, and a bowl of milk, into which he occasionally dipped the wafers after dipping them in the honey.
“Malluch is a laggard to-night,” he said, showing where his thoughts were.
“Malluch is really slow tonight,” he said, showing where his thoughts were.
“Do you believe he will come?” Esther asked.
“Do you think he'll come?” Esther asked.
“Unless he has taken to the sea or the desert, and is yet following on, he will come.”
“Unless he has gone to the sea or the desert and is still out there, he will come.”
Simonides spoke with quiet confidence.
Simonides spoke with calm confidence.
“He may write,” she said.
"He might write," she said.
“Not so, Esther. He would have despatched a letter when he found he could not return, and told me so; because I have not received such a letter, I know he can come, and will.”
“Not at all, Esther. He would have sent a letter when he realized he couldn't come back, and would have told me so; since I haven't received any letter, I know he can come and will.”
“I hope so,” she said, very softly.
"I hope so," she said quietly.
Something in the utterance attracted his attention; it might have been the tone, it might have been the wish. The smallest bird cannot light upon the greatest tree without sending a shock to its most distant fibre; every mind is at times no less sensitive to the most trifling words.
Something in the way it was said caught his attention; it could have been the tone, or maybe the desire behind it. Even the tiniest bird landing on the biggest tree sends a jolt through its furthest branches; every mind can be just as sensitive to the slightest words at times.
“You wish him to come, Esther?” he asked.
"You want him to come, Esther?" he asked.
“Yes,” she said, lifting her eyes to his.
“Yes,” she said, looking up at him.
“Why? Can you tell me?” he persisted.
“Why? Can you tell me?” he kept asking.
“Because”—she hesitated, then began again—“because the young man is—” The stop was full.
“Because”—she hesitated, then started again—“because the young man is—” The stop was full.
“Our master. Is that the word?”
“Our master. Is that the term?”
“Yes.”
“Yep.”
“And you still think I should not suffer him to go away without telling him to come, if he chooses, and take us—and all we have—all, Esther—the goods, the shekels, the ships, the slaves, and the mighty credit, which is a mantle of cloth of gold and finest silver spun for me by the greatest of the angels of men—Success.”
“And you still think I shouldn’t let him leave without telling him to come if he wants, and take us—and everything we have—all, Esther—the goods, the money, the ships, the slaves, and the incredible credit, which is a cloak made of gold fabric and the finest silver woven for me by the greatest of the angels of men—Success.”
She made no answer.
She didn't respond.
“Does that move you nothing? No?” he said, with the slightest taint of bitterness. “Well, well, I have found, Esther, the worst reality is never unendurable when it comes out from behind the clouds through which we at first see it darkly—never—not even the rack. I suppose it will be so with death. And by that philosophy the slavery to which we are going must afterwhile become sweet. It pleases me even now to think what a favored man our master is. The fortune cost him nothing—not an anxiety, not a drop of sweat, not so much as a thought; it attaches to him undreamed of, and in his youth. And, Esther, let me waste a little vanity with the reflection; he gets what he could not go into the market and buy with all the pelf in a sum—thee, my child, my darling; thou blossom from the tomb of my lost Rachel!”
“Does that not move you at all? No?” he said, with a hint of bitterness. “Well, I’ve found, Esther, that the worst reality is never unbearable when it comes out from behind the clouds we initially see it through—never—not even torture. I suppose it will be the same with death. And by that logic, the slavery we’re heading into will eventually become tolerable. It pleases me even now to think about how lucky our master is. The fortune came to him effortlessly—not a worry, not a drop of sweat, not even a second thought; it came to him unexpectedly, and when he was young. And, Esther, let me indulge a little vanity with this thought: he has what he couldn’t buy in the market with any amount of money— you, my child, my darling; you are a flower blooming from the grave of my lost Rachel!”
He drew her to him, and kissed her twice—once for herself, once for her mother.
He pulled her close and kissed her twice—once for her, and once for her mom.
“Say not so,” she said, when his hand fell from her neck. “Let us think better of him; he knows what sorrow is, and will set us free.”
“Don’t say that,” she said, when his hand dropped from her neck. “Let’s think better of him; he knows what sorrow feels like and will set us free.”
“Ah, thy instincts are fine, Esther; and thou knowest I lean upon them in doubtful cases where good or bad is to be pronounced of a person standing before thee as he stood this morning. But—but”—his voice rose and hardened—“these limbs upon which I cannot stand—this body drawn and beaten out of human shape—they are not all I bring him of myself. Oh no, no! I bring him a soul which has triumphed over torture and Roman malice keener than any torture—I bring him a mind which has eyes to see gold at a distance farther than the ships of Solomon sailed, and power to bring it to hand—ay, Esther, into my palm here for the fingers to grip and keep lest it take wings at some other’s word—a mind skilled at scheming”—he stopped and laughed—“Why, Esther, before the new moon which in the courts of the Temple on the Holy Hill they are this moment celebrating passes into its next quartering I could ring the world so as to startle even Cæsar; for know you, child, I have that faculty which is better than any one sense, better than a perfect body, better than courage and will, better than experience, ordinarily the best product of the longest lives—the faculty divinest of men, but which”—he stopped, and laughed again, not bitterly, but with real zest—“but which even the great do not sufficiently account, while with the herd it is a non-existent—the faculty of drawing men to my purpose and holding them faithfully to its achievement, by which, as against things to be done, I multiply myself into hundreds and thousands. So the captains of my ships plough the seas, and bring me honest returns; so Malluch follows the youth, our master, and will”—just then a footstep was heard upon the terrace—“Ha, Esther! said I not so? He is here—and we will have tidings. For thy sake, sweet child—my lily just budded—I pray the Lord God, who has not forgotten his wandering sheep of Israel, that they be good and comforting. Now we will know if he will let thee go with all thy beauty, and me with all my faculties.”
“Ah, your instincts are sharp, Esther; and you know I rely on them in uncertain situations where I need to judge someone like I did this morning. But—but”—his voice grew firm and intense—“these limbs that I can't stand on—this body that’s been twisted into something unrecognizable—they aren't all I offer him of myself. Oh no, no! I bring him a soul that has overcome agony and Roman cruelty worse than any pain—I bring him a mind that can spot gold from farther away than the ships of Solomon ever traveled, and the ability to grasp it—yes, Esther, right here in my hand for my fingers to hold tightly so it doesn’t escape at someone else's command—a mind skilled at planning”—he paused and laughed—“Why, Esther, before the new moon that they are celebrating right now in the Temple on the Holy Hill moves into its next phase, I could shake the world enough to surprise even Cæsar; for you see, my child, I have that talent which is greater than any one sense, greater than a perfect body, greater than courage and will, greater than experience, typically the best result of a long life—the most divine talent of men, but which”—he paused, laughing again, not bitterly, but genuinely—“but which even the great ones don’t fully appreciate, while to the masses it’s nonexistent—the talent for drawing people to my goals and keeping them committed to achieving them, by which, in relation to tasks at hand, I multiply myself into hundreds and thousands. That’s how the captains of my ships navigate the seas and bring me honest profits; that’s how Malluch follows the youth, our master, and will”—just then, they heard a footstep on the terrace—“Ha, Esther! Didn't I say so? He’s here—and we will have news. For your sake, dear child—my freshly blooming lily—I pray to the Lord God, who hasn’t forgotten His wandering sheep of Israel, that the news is good and comforting. Now we’ll find out if he will let you go with all your beauty, and me with all my abilities.”
Malluch came to the chair.
Malluch sat down.
“Peace to you, good master,” he said, with a low obeisance—“and to you, Esther, most excellent of daughters.”
“Peace to you, good sir,” he said, with a slight bow—“and to you, Esther, the finest of daughters.”
He stood before them deferentially, and the attitude and the address left it difficult to define his relation to them; the one was that of a servant, the other indicated the familiar and friend. On the other side, Simonides, as was his habit in business, after answering the salutation went straight to the subject.
He stood before them respectfully, and his demeanor and way of speaking made it hard to pinpoint his relationship with them; he acted like a servant, yet spoke in a friendly and familiar manner. On the other side, Simonides, as was his custom in business, after responding to the greeting, went straight to the point.
“What of the young man, Malluch?”
“What about the young man, Malluch?”
The events of the day were told quietly and in the simplest words, and until he was through there was no interruption; nor did the listener in the chair so much as move a hand during the narration; but for his eyes, wide open and bright, and an occasional long-drawn breath, he might have been accounted an effigy.
The events of the day were shared softly and in plain words, and until he finished, there was no interruption; the listener in the chair didn’t even move a hand during the story; except for his wide-open, bright eyes and an occasional deep breath, he could have been mistaken for a statue.
“Thank you, thank you, Malluch,” he said, heartily, at the conclusion; “you have done well—no one could have done better. Now what say you of the young man’s nationality?”
“Thank you, thank you, Malluch,” he said warmly at the end, “you did great—no one could have done better. Now, what do you think about the young man’s nationality?”
“He is an Israelite, good master, and of the tribe of Judah.”
“He’s an Israelite, good sir, and from the tribe of Judah.”
“You are positive?”
"Are you sure?"
“Very positive.”
“Super positive.”
“He appears to have told you but little of his life.”
"He seems to have shared very little about his life with you."
“He has somewhere learned to be prudent. I might call him distrustful. He baffled all my attempts upon his confidence until we started from the Castalian fount going to the village of Daphne.”
“He has somehow learned to be careful. I might say he's distrustful. He frustrated all my efforts to gain his trust until we left the Castalian spring heading to the village of Daphne.”
“A place of abomination! Why went he there?”
“A place of disgust! Why did he go there?”
“I would say from curiosity, the first motive of the many who go; but, very strangely, he took no interest in the things he saw. Of the Temple, he merely asked if it were Grecian. Good master, the young man has a trouble of mind from which he would hide, and he went to the Grove, I think, as we go to sepulchres with our dead—he went to bury it.”
“I’d say curiosity is the main reason why many people go; however, oddly enough, he showed no interest in what he saw. He only asked if the Temple was Grecian. Good sir, this young man has a mental burden he wants to conceal, and I think he went to the Grove the same way we visit gravesites with our deceased—he went there to bury it.”
“That were well, if so,” Simonides said, in a low voice; then louder, “Malluch, the curse of the time is prodigality. The poor make themselves poorer as apes of the rich, and the merely rich carry themselves like princes. Saw you signs of the weakness in the youth? Did he display moneys—coin of Rome or Israel?”
"That would be good, if that's the case," Simonides said quietly; then, more loudly, "Malluch, the big problem these days is wastefulness. The poor are making themselves even poorer by trying to imitate the rich, and those who are just moderately wealthy act like royalty. Did you notice any signs of weakness in the young man? Did he show any money—coins from Rome or Israel?"
“None, none, good master.”
“None, none, good sir.”
“Surely, Malluch, where there are so many inducements to folly—so much, I mean, to eat and drink—surely he made you generous offer of some sort. His age, if nothing more, would warrant that much.”
“Surely, Malluch, with so many temptations around—so much, I mean, to eat and drink—he must have made you a generous offer of some kind. His age, if nothing else, would justify that much.”
“He neither ate nor drank in my company.”
“He didn’t eat or drink around me.”
“In what he said or did, Malluch, could you in anywise detect his master-idea? You know they peep through cracks close enough to stop the wind.”
“In what he said or did, Malluch, could you see his main idea at all? You know they can peek through cracks just enough to block the wind.”
“Give me to understand you,” said Malluch, in doubt.
“Help me understand you,” said Malluch, uncertain.
“Well, you know we nor speak nor act, much less decide grave questions concerning ourselves, except as we be driven by a motive. In that respect, what made you of him?”
“Well, you know we don’t speak or act, let alone make important decisions about ourselves, unless we’re pushed by some motive. In that sense, what motivated you about him?”
“As to that, Master Simonides, I can answer with much assurance. He is devoted to finding his mother and sister—that first. Then he has a grievance against Rome; and as the Messala of whom I told you had something to do with the wrong, the great present object is to humiliate him. The meeting at the fountain furnished an opportunity, but it was put aside as not sufficiently public.”
“As for that, Master Simonides, I can answer confidently. He is focused on finding his mother and sister first. Then he has a grudge against Rome; since the Messala I mentioned was involved in the wrongdoing, his main goal is to embarrass him. The meeting at the fountain provided an opportunity, but it was dismissed as not public enough.”
“The Messala is influential,” said Simonides, thoughtfully.
“The Messala is influential,” Simonides said, thinking deeply.
“Yes; but the next meeting will be in the Circus.”
“Yes, but the next meeting will be at the Circus.”
“Well—and then?”
"Well, what then?"
“The son of Arrius will win.”
“The son of Arrius will win.”
“How know you?”
“How do you know?”
Malluch smiled.
Malluch smiled.
“I am judging by what he says.”
“I'm judging by what he says.”
“Is that all?”
"Is that it?"
“No; there is a much better sign—his spirit.”
“No, there’s a much better sign—his spirit.”
“Ay; but, Malluch, his idea of vengeance—what is its scope? Does he limit it to the few who did him the wrong, or does he take in the many? And more—is his feeling but the vagary of a sensitive boy, or has it the seasoning of suffering manhood to give it endurance? You know, Malluch, the vengeful thought that has root merely in the mind is but a dream of idlest sort which one clear day will dissipate; while revenge the passion is a disease of the heart which climbs up, up to the brain, and feeds itself on both alike.”
“Ay; but, Malluch, what’s his idea of revenge—how far does it go? Does he only focus on the few who wronged him, or does he include many others? And more— is his feeling just a whim of a sensitive boy, or has it the depth of a man who’s suffered, giving it real strength? You know, Malluch, a vengeful thought that only exists in the mind is just a fleeting dream that will vanish one clear day; meanwhile, revenge as a passion is a sickness of the heart that climbs up, up to the brain and feeds off both.”
In this question, Simonides for the first time showed signs of feeling; he spoke with rapid utterance, and with clenched hands and the eagerness of a man illustrating the disease he described.
In this question, Simonides showed signs of feeling for the first time; he spoke quickly, with clenched hands and the eagerness of a person demonstrating the illness he was talking about.
“Good my master,” Malluch replied, “one of my reasons for believing the young man a Jew is the intensity of his hate. It was plain to me he had himself under watch, as was natural, seeing how long he has lived in an atmosphere of Roman jealousy; yet I saw it blaze—once when he wanted to know Ilderim’s feeling towards Rome, and again when I told him the story of the sheik and the wise man, and spoke of the question, ‘Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’”
“Sure, my master,” Malluch replied, “one of the reasons I think the young man is Jewish is because of how intense his hatred is. It was obvious to me that he was keeping himself in check, which is understandable considering how long he’s been surrounded by Roman jealousy; but I saw it flare up—once when he asked about Ilderim’s feelings towards Rome, and again when I shared the story of the sheik and the wise man, and mentioned the question, ‘Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’”
Simonides leaned forward quickly.
Simonides leaned in quickly.
“Ah, Malluch, his words—give me his words; let me judge the impression the mystery made upon him.”
“Ah, Malluch, his words—give me his words; let me evaluate the impact the mystery had on him.”
“He wanted to know the exact words. Were they TO BE or BORN TO BE? It appeared he was struck by a seeming difference in the effect of the two phrases.”
“He wanted to know the exact words. Were they TO BE or BORN TO BE? It seemed he was impacted by a noticeable difference in the meaning of the two phrases.”
Simonides settled back into his pose of listening judge.
Simonides leaned back into his role as a listening judge.
“Then,” said Malluch, “I told him Ilderim’s view of the mystery—that the king would come with the doom of Rome. The young man’s blood rose over his cheeks and forehead, and he said earnestly, ‘Who but a Herod can be king while Rome endures?’”
“Then,” said Malluch, “I shared Ilderim’s perspective on the mystery—that the king would arrive with the downfall of Rome. The young man’s blood rushed to his cheeks and forehead, and he said seriously, ‘Who but a Herod can be king while Rome exists?’”
“Meaning what?”
"What do you mean?"
“That the empire must be destroyed before there could be another rule.”
“That the empire has to be destroyed before there can be another rule.”
Simonides gazed for a time at the ships and their shadows slowly swinging together in the river; when he looked up, it was to end the interview.
Simonides stared for a while at the ships and their shadows gently swaying together in the river; when he looked up, it was to conclude the conversation.
“Enough, Malluch,” he said. “Get you to eat, and make ready to return to the Orchard of Palms; you must help the young man in his coming trial. Come to me in the morning. I will send a letter to Ilderim.” Then in an undertone, as if to himself, he added, “I may attend the Circus myself.”
"That's enough, Malluch," he said. "Go eat and get ready to head back to the Orchard of Palms; you need to assist the young man in his upcoming trial. Come see me in the morning. I’ll send a letter to Ilderim." Then, in a low voice, almost to himself, he added, "I might go to the Circus myself."
When Malluch after the customary benediction given and received was gone, Simonides took a deep draught of milk, and seemed refreshed and easy of mind.
When Malluch had left after the usual blessing was exchanged, Simonides took a big drink of milk and looked refreshed and at ease.
“Put the meal down, Esther,” he said; “it is over.”
“Put the meal down, Esther,” he said. “It’s done.”
She obeyed.
She complied.
“Here now.”
"Here and now."
She resumed her place upon the arm of the chair close to him.
She took her seat back on the arm of the chair next to him.
“God is good to me, very good,” he said, fervently. “His habit is to move in mystery, yet sometimes he permits us to think we see and understand him. I am old, dear, and must go; but now, in this eleventh hour, when my hope was beginning to die, he sends me this one with a promise, and I am lifted up. I see the way to a great part in a circumstance itself so great that it shall be as a new birth to the whole world. And I see a reason for the gift of my great riches, and the end for which they were designed. Verily, my child, I take hold on life anew.”
“God is good to me, really good,” he said passionately. “He usually works in mysterious ways, but sometimes he allows us to think we can see and understand him. I’m old, dear, and it’s time for me to go; but now, at this last moment, when my hope was starting to fade, he brings me this person with a promise, and I feel uplifted. I see the path to a significant role in a situation so monumental that it will be like a new beginning for the whole world. And I understand the purpose of my great wealth and why it was given to me. Truly, my child, I’m embracing life again.”
Esther nestled closer to him, as if to bring his thoughts from their far-flying.
Esther snuggled closer to him, as if to pull his thoughts back from wandering.
“The king has been born” he continued, imagining he was still speaking to her, “and he must be near the half of common life. Balthasar says he was a child on his mother’s lap when he saw him, and gave him presents and worship; and Ilderim holds it was twenty-seven years ago last December when Balthasar and his companions came to his tent asking a hiding-place from Herod. Wherefore the coming cannot now be long delayed. To-night—to-morrow it may be. Holy fathers of Israel, what happiness in the thought! I seem to hear the crash of the falling of old walls and the clamor of a universal change—ay, and for the uttermost joy of men, the earth opens to take Rome in, and they look up and laugh and sing that she is not, while we are;” then he laughed at himself. “Why, Esther, heard you ever the like? Surely, I have on me the passion of a singer, the heat of blood and the thrill of Miriam and David. In my thoughts, which should be those of a plain worker in figures and facts, there is a confusion of cymbals clashing and harp-strings loud beaten, and the voices of a multitude standing around a new-risen throne. I will put the thinking by for the present; only, dear, when the king comes he will need money and men, for as he was a child born of woman he will be but a man after all, bound to human ways as you and I are. And for the money he will have need of getters and keepers, and for the men leaders. There, there! See you not a broad road for my walking, and the running of the youth our master?—and at the end of it glory and revenge for us both?—and—and”—he paused, struck with the selfishness of a scheme in which she had no part or good result; then added, kissing her, “And happiness for thy mother’s child.”
“The king has been born,” he continued, imagining he was still talking to her, “and he must be close to the midpoint of ordinary life. Balthasar says he was a child on his mother’s lap when he saw him, and he gave him gifts and worship; and Ilderim claims it was twenty-seven years ago last December when Balthasar and his friends came to his tent asking for a safe place from Herod. So, the arrival can’t be long now. Tonight—tomorrow it might be. Holy fathers of Israel, what joy in that thought! I seem to hear the sound of old walls crashing down and the noise of a universal change—yes, and for the greatest joy of mankind, the earth opens to swallow Rome, and they look up, laughing and singing that she is no more, while we are still here;” then he laughed at himself. “Well, Esther, have you ever heard anything like it? Surely, I feel the passion of a singer, the heat of blood, and the thrill of Miriam and David. In my mind, which should be those of a simple worker in numbers and facts, there’s a chaos of cymbals clashing and harp strings being struck loudly, and the voices of a crowd gathered around a newly risen throne. I’ll set aside thinking for now; just know, dear, when the king arrives, he will need money and men, because as he was a child born of a woman, he will be just a man after all, tied to human ways like you and me. And for the money, he will need earners and keepers, and for the men, leaders. There, see you not a wide road for me to walk, and the youth, our master, to run on?—and at the end of it, glory and revenge for us both?—and—and”—he paused, struck by the selfishness of a plan in which she had no part or good outcome; then added, kissing her, “And happiness for your mother’s child.”
She sat still, saying nothing. Then he remembered the difference in natures, and the law by which we are not permitted always to take delight in the same cause or be equally afraid of the same thing. He remembered she was but a girl.
She sat quietly, not saying a word. Then he recalled their different natures, and the fact that we can't always find joy in the same things or be equally afraid of the same situations. He remembered she was just a girl.
“Of what are you thinking, Esther?” he said, in his common home-like way. “If the thought have the form of a wish, give it me, little one, while the power remains mine. For power, you know, is a fretful thing, and hath its wings always spread for flight.”
“What's on your mind, Esther?” he asked, in his usual comforting manner. “If your thought is a wish, share it with me, little one, while I still have the ability. Because power, you know, is a restless thing, always ready to take off.”
She answered with a simplicity almost childish,
She replied with a simplicity that was almost childlike,
“Send for him, father. Send for him to-night, and do not let him go into the Circus.”
“Call for him, Dad. Call for him tonight, and don’t let him go into the Circus.”
“Ah!” he said, prolonging the exclamation; and again his eyes fell upon the river, where the shadows were more shadowy than ever, since the moon had sunk far down behind Sulpius, leaving the city to the ineffectual stars. Shall we say it, reader? He was touched by a twinge of jealousy. If she should really love the young master! Oh no! That could not be; she was too young. But the idea had fast grip, and directly held him still and cold. She was sixteen. He knew it well. On the last natal day he had gone with her to the shipyard where there was a launch, and the yellow flag which the galley bore to its bridal with the waves had on it “Esther;” so they celebrated the day together. Yet the fact struck him now with the force of a surprise. There are realizations which come to us all painfully; mostly, however, such as pertain to ourselves; that we are growing old, for instance; and, more terrible, that we must die. Such a one crept into his heart, shadowy as the shadows, yet substantial enough to wring from him a sigh which was almost a groan. It was not sufficient that she should enter upon her young womanhood a servant, but she must carry to her master her affections, the truth and tenderness and delicacy of which he the father so well knew, because to this time they had all been his own undividedly. The fiend whose task it is to torture us with fears and bitter thoughts seldom does his work by halves. In the pang of the moment, the brave old man lost sight of his new scheme, and of the miraculous king its subject. By a mighty effort, however, he controlled himself, and asked, calmly, “Not go into the Circus, Esther? Why, child?”
“Ah!” he said, drawing out the exclamation; and again his gaze fell on the river, where the shadows were darker than ever since the moon had dropped far down behind Sulpius, leaving the city to the dim starlight. Should we admit it, reader? He felt a sharp twinge of jealousy. What if she really loved the young master! Oh no! That couldn’t be; she was too young. But the thought had a tight grip and held him still and cold. She was sixteen. He knew that well. On her last birthday, he had taken her to the shipyard where there was a launch, and the yellow flag that the galley flew to meet the waves had “Esther” written on it; so they celebrated the day together. Yet that fact now hit him with the force of a surprise. Some realizations come to us painfully; usually, they relate to ourselves; like the fact that we are getting older, and even more terrifying, that we must die. Such a realization crept into his heart, shadowy like the darkness, yet substantial enough to draw from him a sigh that was almost a groan. It wasn’t enough that she would step into her young womanhood as a servant; she would also bring her affections to her master, the truth, tenderness, and delicacy of which he, as her father, knew all too well, because until now they had all been his alone. The fiend whose job it is to torment us with fears and bitter thoughts rarely does his work halfway. In the pain of the moment, the brave old man lost sight of his new plan and its miraculous king. However, with a tremendous effort, he composed himself and asked, calmly, “Not going into the Circus, Esther? Why, child?”
“It is not a place for a son of Israel, father.”
“It’s not a place for a son of Israel, Dad.”
“Rabbinical, rabbinical, Esther! Is that all?”
“Rabbinical, rabbinical, Esther! Is that it?”
The tone of the inquiry was searching, and went to her heart, which began to beat loudly—so loudly she could not answer. A confusion new and strangely pleasant fell upon her.
The tone of the inquiry was probing, and it reached her heart, which started to beat loudly—so loudly she couldn’t respond. A new and oddly pleasant confusion washed over her.
“The young man is to have the fortune,” he said, taking her hand, and speaking more tenderly; “he is to have the ships and the shekels—all, Esther, all. Yet I did not feel poor, for thou wert left me, and thy love so like the dead Rachel’s. Tell me, is he to have that too?”
“The young man is going to inherit the fortune,” he said, taking her hand and speaking more softly; “he will get the ships and the money—all of it, Esther, all of it. Yet I didn’t feel poor, because I still had you, and your love is so much like the late Rachel’s. Tell me, is he going to have that too?”
She bent over him, and laid her cheek against his head.
She leaned over him and pressed her cheek against his head.
“Speak, Esther. I will be the stronger of the knowledge. In warning there is strength.”
“Speak, Esther. I will have the upper hand in knowledge. There is strength in warning.”
She sat up then, and spoke as if she were Truth’s holy self.
She sat up then and spoke as if she were the embodiment of Truth itself.
“Comfort thee, father. I will never leave thee; though he take my love, I will be thy handmaid ever as now.”
“Don’t worry, Dad. I’ll never leave you; even if he takes my love away, I’ll always be your servant just like I am now.”
And, stooping, she kissed him.
And, bending down, she kissed him.
“And more,” she said, continuing: “he is comely in my sight, and the pleading of his voice drew me to him, and I shudder to think of him in danger. Yes, father, I would be more than glad to see him again. Still, the love that is unrequited cannot be perfect love, wherefore I will wait a time, remembering I am thy daughter and my mother’s.”
“And more,” she said, continuing: “he looks good to me, and the sound of his voice pulls me towards him, and I shudder to think of him in danger. Yes, dad, I would be really happy to see him again. Still, unreturned love can’t be perfect love, so I will wait for a while, remembering I am your daughter and my mother’s.”
“A very blessing of the Lord art thou, Esther! A blessing to keep me rich, though all else be lost. And by his holy name and everlasting life, I swear thou shalt not suffer.”
“A great blessing from the Lord you are, Esther! A blessing to keep me wealthy, even if everything else is lost. And by His holy name and eternal life, I swear you will not suffer.”
At his request, a little later, the servant came and rolled the chair into the room, where he sat for a time thinking of the coming of the king, while she went off and slept the sleep of the innocent.
At his request, a little later, the servant came and wheeled the chair into the room, where he sat for a while thinking about the arrival of the king, while she went off and slept peacefully.
CHAPTER XII
The palace across the river nearly opposite Simonides’ place is said to have been completed by the famous Epiphanes, and was all such a habitation can be imagined; though he was a builder whose taste ran to the immense rather than the classical, now so called—an architectural imitator, in other words, of the Persians instead of the Greeks.
The palace across the river, almost directly opposite Simonides' house, is said to have been finished by the famous Epiphanes and was everything one could imagine a palace to be. However, he was a builder whose style leaned more toward the colossal rather than the classical—basically, an architectural imitator of the Persians instead of the Greeks.
The wall enclosing the whole island to the waters edge, and built for the double purpose of bulwark against the river and defence against the mob, was said to have rendered the palace unfit for constant occupancy, insomuch that the legates abandoned it and moved to another residence erected for them on the western ridge of Mount Sulpius, under the Temple of Jupiter. Persons were not wanting, however, who flatly denied the bill against the ancient abode. They said, with shrewdness at least, that the real object of the removal of the legates was not a more healthful locality, but the assurance afforded them by the huge barracks, named, according to the prevalent style, citadel, situated just over the way on the eastern ridge of the mount. And the opinion had plausible showing. Among other pertinent things, it was remarked that the palace was kept in perpetual readiness for use; and when a consul, general of the army, king, or visiting potentate of any kind arrived at Antioch, quarters were at once assigned him on the island.
The wall surrounding the entire island down to the water's edge, built both to protect against the river and defend against the mob, was said to make the palace unsuitable for regular occupancy. As a result, the legates abandoned it and moved to another residence built for them on the western ridge of Mount Sulpius, under the Temple of Jupiter. However, some people openly disputed the claim against the old residence. They suggested, at least with some cleverness, that the real reason for the legates' move was not to find a healthier location, but rather for the security offered by the large barracks, known as a citadel, located just across the way on the eastern ridge of the mountain. This opinion had some credibility. Notably, it was noted that the palace was always kept ready for use; whenever a consul, army general, king, or any visiting dignitary arrived in Antioch, accommodations were immediately provided for them on the island.
As we have to do with but one apartment in the old pile, the residue of it is left to the reader’s fancy; and as pleases him, he may go through its gardens, baths, halls, and labyrinth of rooms to the pavilions on the roof, all furnished as became a house of fame in a city which was more nearly Milton’s “gorgeous East” than any other in the world.
Since we're only dealing with one apartment in the old building, the rest is up to the reader's imagination. Feel free to explore its gardens, baths, halls, and maze of rooms all the way up to the pavilions on the roof, all set up as befitting a house of fame in a city that was more like Milton’s “gorgeous East” than any other place in the world.
At this age the apartment alluded to would be termed a saloon. It was quite spacious, floored with polished marble slabs, and lighted in the day by skylights in which colored mica served as glass. The walls were broken by Atlantes, no two of which were alike, but all supporting a cornice wrought with arabesques exceedingly intricate in form, and more elegant on account of superadditions of color—blue, green, Tyrian purple, and gold. Around the room ran a continuous divan of Indian silks and wool of Cashmere. The furniture consisted of tables and stools of Egyptian patterns grotesquely carved. We have left Simonides in his chair perfecting his scheme in aid of the miraculous king, whose coming he has decided is so close at hand. Esther is asleep; and now, having crossed the river by the bridge, and made way through the lion-guarded gate and a number of Babylonian halls and courts, let us enter the gilded saloon.
At this age, the apartment mentioned would be called a lounge. It was quite spacious, with polished marble floors and lit during the day by skylights that used colored mica instead of glass. The walls featured Atlantes, each one unique, all supporting a cornice intricately designed with elaborate arabesques, enhanced by additional colors—blue, green, Tyrian purple, and gold. A continuous divan made of Indian silks and Cashmere wool ran around the room. The furniture included tables and stools designed in a bizarre Egyptian style. We left Simonides in his chair fine-tuning his plan to help the miraculous king, whose arrival he believes is imminent. Esther is asleep; now, having crossed the river via the bridge and passed through the lion-guarded gate and several Babylonian halls and courts, let’s enter the gilded lounge.
There are five chandeliers hanging by sliding bronze chains from the ceiling—one in each corner, and in the centre one—enormous pyramids of lighted lamps, illuminating even the demoniac faces of the Atlantes and the complex tracery of the cornice. About the tables, seated or standing, or moving restlessly from one to another, there are probably a hundred persons, whom we must study at least for a moment.
There are five chandeliers hanging by sliding bronze chains from the ceiling—one in each corner and one in the center—huge pyramids of lit lamps that light up even the eerie faces of the Atlantes and the intricate design of the cornice. Around the tables, whether seated or standing, or moving restlessly from one to another, there are probably a hundred people, and we should take at least a moment to observe them.
They are all young, some of them little more than boys. That they are Italians and mostly Romans is past doubt. They all speak Latin in purity, while each one appears in the in-door dress of the great capital on the Tiber; that is, in tunics short of sleeve and skirt, a style of vesture well adapted to the climate of Antioch, and especially comfortable in the too close atmosphere of the saloon. On the divan here and there togas and lacernae lie where they have been carelessly tossed, some of them significantly bordered with purple. On the divan also lie sleepers stretched at ease; whether they were overcome by the heat and fatigue of the sultry day or by Bacchus we will not pause to inquire.
They are all young, some of them barely more than boys. It's clear that they are Italians, mostly from Rome. They all speak Latin fluently, and each one is dressed in the indoor fashion of the great city by the Tiber; that is, in tunics with short sleeves and skirts, a style that's well suited to the climate of Antioch and especially comfortable in the tight atmosphere of the lounge. On the divan, here and there, togas and lacernae are scattered where they have been tossed carelessly, some of them notably trimmed with purple. Also on the divan are people sprawled out comfortably, whether they've been overcome by the heat and fatigue of the sweltering day or by Bacchus, we won't pause to ask.
The hum of voices is loud and incessant. Sometimes there is an explosion of laughter, sometimes a burst of rage or exultation; but over all prevails a sharp, prolonged rattle, at first somewhat confusing to the non-familiar. If we approach the tables, however, the mystery solves itself. The company is at the favorite games, draughts and dice, singly or together, and the rattle is merely of the tesserae, or ivory cubes, loudly shaken, and the moving of the hostes on the checkered boards.
The buzz of voices is loud and never-ending. Sometimes there's a burst of laughter, sometimes a shout of anger or triumph; but overall, there's a sharp, continuous rattling that can be a bit overwhelming for newcomers. However, if we get closer to the tables, the mystery becomes clear. The group is engaged in their favorite games, checkers and dice, either separately or together, and the rattling is just the sound of the dice being shaken and the pieces moving on the checkered boards.
Who are the company?
Who is the company?
“Good Flavius,” said a player, holding his piece in suspended movement, “thou seest yon lacerna; that one in front of us on the divan. It is fresh from the shop, and hath a shoulder-buckle of gold broad as a palm.”
“Good Flavius,” said a player, holding his piece in a paused motion, “you see that cloak over there; the one in front of us on the couch. It’s brand new from the store, and it has a shoulder buckle made of gold as wide as a hand.”
“Well,” said Flavius, intent upon his game, “I have seen such before; wherefore thine may not be old, yet, by the girdle of Venus, it is not new! What of it?”
“Well,” said Flavius, focused on his game, “I’ve seen this before; so yours might not be old, but, by the belt of Venus, it’s not new! What about it?”
“Nothing. Only I would give it to find a man who knows everything.”
“Nothing. I would just do anything to find a man who knows everything.”
“Ha, ha! For something cheaper, I will find thee here several with purple who will take thy offer. But play.”
“Ha, ha! I’ll find you some people dressed in purple who will accept your offer for something cheaper. But go ahead and play.”
“There—check!”
“Done—check!”
“So, by all the Jupiters! Now, what sayest thou? Again?”
“So, by all the gods! Now, what do you say? Again?”
“Be it so.”
"Let it be so."
“And the wager?”
"What's the bet?"
“A sestertium.”
“A sestertius.”
Then each drew his tablets and stilus and made a memorandum; and, while they were resetting the pieces, Flavius returned to his friend’s remark.
Then each took out their tablets and stylus and made a note; and, while they were rearranging the pieces, Flavius came back to his friend's comment.
“A man who knows everything! Hercle! the oracles would die. What wouldst thou with such a monster?”
“A man who knows everything! Wow! The oracles would be out of a job. What would you even do with such a monster?”
“Answer to one question, my Flavius; then, perpol! I would cut his throat.”
“Just answer one question, my Flavius; then, seriously! I would cut his throat.”
“And the question?”
"What's the question?"
“I would have him tell me the hour— Hour, said I?—nay, the minute—Maxentius will arrive to-morrow.”
“I want him to tell me the time— Time, did I say?—no, the exact minute—Maxentius will arrive tomorrow.”
“Good play, good play! I have you! And why the minute?”
“Nice move, nice move! I've got you! And why the rush?”
“Hast thou ever stood uncovered in the Syrian sun on the quay at which he will land? The fires of the Vesta are not so hot; and, by the Stator of our father Romulus, I would die, if die I must, in Rome. Avernus is here; there, in the square before the Forum, I could stand, and, with my hand raised thus, touch the floor of the gods. Ha, by Venus, my Flavius, thou didst beguile me! I have lost. O Fortune!”
“Have you ever stood bare under the Syrian sun at the dock where he will arrive? The fires of Vesta aren’t as intense; and, by the Stator of our father Romulus, I would rather die, if I must, in Rome. Avernus is here; there, in the square before the Forum, I could stand and, with my hand raised like this, touch the floor of the gods. Ah, by Venus, my Flavius, you’ve tricked me! I have lost. Oh, Fortune!”
“Again?”
"Seriously?"
“I must have back my sestertium.”
“I need my money back.”
“Be it so.”
"Let it be so."
And they played again and again; and when day, stealing through the skylights, began to dim the lamps, it found the two in the same places at the same table, still at the game. Like most of the company, they were military attaches of the consul, awaiting his arrival and amusing themselves meantime.
And they kept playing over and over; and when the day, creeping in through the skylights, started to dull the lamps, it found the two in the same spots at the same table, still engrossed in the game. Like many in the group, they were military attaches of the consul, waiting for him to arrive and keeping themselves entertained in the meantime.
During this conversation a party entered the room, and, unnoticed at first, proceeded to the central table. The signs were that they had come from a revel just dismissed. Some of them kept their feet with difficulty. Around the leader’s brow was a chaplet which marked him master of the feast, if not the giver. The wine had made no impression upon him unless to heighten his beauty, which was of the most manly Roman style; he carried his head high raised; the blood flushed his lips and cheeks brightly; his eyes glittered; though the manner in which, shrouded in a toga spotless white and of ample folds, he walked was too nearly imperial for one sober and not a Cæsar. In going to the table, he made room for himself and his followers with little ceremony and no apologies; and when at length he stopped, and looked over it and at the players, they all turned to him, with a shout like a cheer.
During this conversation, a group entered the room and, initially unnoticed, made their way to the central table. It was clear they had just come from a party. Some of them struggled to stay on their feet. The leader wore a crown of flowers that indicated he was the master of the feast, if not the host. The wine hadn’t affected him much, unless it enhanced his good looks, which had a strong, manly Roman quality; he held his head high, with a flush of blood brightening his lips and cheeks, and his eyes sparkled. However, the way he walked, draped in a pristine white toga with generous folds, was almost too regal for someone who was sober and not a Caesar. As he approached the table, he made space for himself and his followers with little formality and no apologies; and when he finally paused and looked over the table at the players, they all turned to him with a cheer-like shout.
“Messala! Messala!” they cried.
“Messala! Messala!” they shouted.
Those in distant quarters, hearing the cry, re-echoed it where they were. Instantly there were dissolution of groups, and breaking-up of games, and a general rush towards the centre.
Those in remote areas, hearing the shout, echoed it from where they were. Immediately, groups broke apart, games fell apart, and there was a collective rush toward the center.
Messala took the demonstration indifferently, and proceeded presently to show the ground of his popularity.
Messala took the demonstration casually and soon went on to explain the reason for his popularity.
“A health to thee, Drusus, my friend,” he said to the player next at his right; “a health—and thy tablets a moment.”
“A toast to you, Drusus, my friend,” he said to the player sitting next to him on his right; “a toast—and can I have your tablets for a moment?”
He raised the waxen boards, glanced at the memoranda of wagers, and tossed them down.
He picked up the waxy boards, looked at the notes on the bets, and threw them down.
“Denarii, only denarii—coin of cartmen and butchers!” he said, with a scornful laugh. “By the drunken Semele, to what is Rome coming, when a Cæsar sits o’ nights waiting a turn of fortune to bring him but a beggarly denarius!”
“Denarii, just denarii—coins for cart drivers and butchers!” he said with a mocking laugh. “By the drunken Semele, what is happening to Rome when a Cæsar sits at night hoping for a twist of fate to bring him just a pathetic denarius!”
The scion of the Drusi reddened to his brows, but the bystanders broke in upon his reply by surging closer around the table, and shouting, “The Messala! the Messala!”
The descendant of the Drusi flushed bright red, but the onlookers interrupted his response by crowding closer around the table and shouting, “The Messala! The Messala!”
“Men of the Tiber,” Messala continued, wresting a box with the dice in it from a hand near-by, “who is he most favored of the gods? A Roman. Who is he lawgiver of the nations? A Roman. Who is he, by sword right, the universal master?”
“Men of the Tiber,” Messala continued, grabbing a box with the dice from a nearby hand, “who is the one most favored by the gods? A Roman. Who is the lawgiver of the nations? A Roman. Who is, by the right of the sword, the universal master?”
The company were of the easily inspired, and the thought was one to which they were born; in a twinkling they snatched the answer from him.
The company was easily inspired, and the idea was something they were made for; in an instant, they grabbed the answer from him.
“A Roman, a Roman!” they shouted.
“A Roman, a Roman!” they yelled.
“Yet—yet”—he lingered to catch their ears—“yet there is a better than the best of Rome.”
“Yet—yet”—he paused to get their attention—“yet there is something better than the best of Rome.”
He tossed his patrician head and paused, as if to sting them with his sneer.
He tossed his aristocratic head and paused, as if to jab at them with his sneer.
“Hear ye?” he asked. “There is a better than the best of Rome.”
“Did you hear that?” he asked. “There’s something better than the best in Rome.”
“Ay—Hercules!” cried one.
“Hey—Hercules!” cried one.
“Bacchus!” yelled a satirist.
“Bacchus!” shouted a satirist.
“Jove—Jove!” thundered the crowd.
“Jove—Jove!” shouted the crowd.
“No,” Messala answered, “among men.”
“No,” Messala replied, “among men.”
“Name him, name him!” they demanded.
“Tell us his name, tell us his name!” they insisted.
“I will,” he said, the next lull. “He who to the perfection of Rome hath added the perfection of the East; who to the arm of conquest, which is Western, hath also the art needful to the enjoyment of dominion, which is Eastern.”
“I will,” he said during the next pause. “He who has combined the greatness of Rome with the elegance of the East; who has taken the power of conquest, which is Western, and also embraced the skills needed to enjoy ruling, which is Eastern.”
“Perpol! His best is a Roman, after all,” some one shouted; and there was a great laugh, and long clapping of hands—an admission that Messala had the advantage.
“Perpol! His best is a Roman, after all,” someone shouted; and there was a big laugh and long applause—an acknowledgment that Messala had the upper hand.
“In the East” he continued, “we have no gods, only Wine, Women, and Fortune, and the greatest of them is Fortune; wherefore our motto, ‘Who dareth what I dare?’—fit for the senate, fit for battle, fittest for him who, seeking the best, challenges the worst.”
“In the East,” he continued, “we have no gods, just Wine, Women, and Fortune, and the greatest of them is Fortune; which is why our motto is, ‘Who dares what I dare?’—suitable for the senate, suitable for battle, and most appropriate for those who, in pursuit of the best, challenge the worst.”
His voice dropped into an easy, familiar tone, but without relaxing the ascendancy he had gained.
His voice shifted to a relaxed, familiar tone, but he didn’t lose the authority he had established.
“In the great chest up in the citadel I have five talents coin current in the markets, and here are the receipts for them.”
“In the big chest up in the citadel, I have five talents in cash that's accepted in the markets, and here are the receipts for them.”
From his tunic he drew a roll of paper, and, flinging it on the table, continued, amidst breathless silence, every eye having him in view fixed on his, every ear listening:
From his tunic, he pulled out a roll of paper and threw it on the table. He continued, in the midst of breathless silence, with every eye fixed on him and every ear listening:
“The sum lies there the measure of what I dare. Who of you dares so much! You are silent. Is it too great? I will strike off one talent. What! still silent? Come, then, throw me once for these three talents—only three; for two; for one—one at least—one for the honor of the river by which you were born—Rome East against Rome West!—Orontes the barbarous against Tiber the sacred!”
"The total is basically the extent of my courage. Who among you is brave enough to match it? You're all quiet. Is it too much? Fine, I'll take away one talent. What! Still no response? Come on, at least bet me once for these three talents—just three; for two; for one—at least one—for the honor of the river you were born by—Rome East against Rome West!—Orontes the barbaric against Tiber the sacred!”
He rattled the dice overhead while waiting.
He shook the dice in the air while waiting.
“The Orontes against the Tiber!” he repeated, with an increase of scornful emphasis.
“The Orontes against the Tiber!” he repeated, with even more scornful emphasis.
Not a man moved; then he flung the box upon the table and, laughing, took up the receipts.
Not a single person moved; then he tossed the box onto the table and, laughing, picked up the receipts.
“Ha, ha, ha! By the Olympian Jove, I know now ye have fortunes to make or to mend; therefore are ye come to Antioch. Ho, Cecilius!”
“Ha, ha, ha! By Jupiter, I now know you all have fortunes to make or fix; that’s why you’ve come to Antioch. Hey, Cecilius!”
“Here, Messala!” cried a man behind him; “here am I, perishing in the mob, and begging a drachma to settle with the ragged ferryman. But, Pluto take me! these new ones have not so much as an obolus among them.”
“Hey, Messala!” shouted a man behind him; “I’m stuck in this crowd, begging for a drachma to pay the shabby ferryman. But, may Pluto take me! these newcomers don’t even have a single obolus to their name.”
The sally provoked a burst of laughter, under which the saloon rang and rang again. Messala alone kept his gravity.
The remark sparked a wave of laughter that echoed throughout the saloon. Messala remained completely serious.
“Go, thou,” he said to Cecilius, “to the chamber whence we came, and bid the servants bring the amphorae here, and the cups and goblets. If these our countrymen, looking for fortune, have not purses, by the Syrian Bacchus, I will see if they are not better blessed with stomachs! Haste thee!”
“Go, you,” he said to Cecilius, “to the room we came from, and tell the servants to bring the amphorae, cups, and goblets here. If these countrymen of ours, looking for fortune, don’t have any money, by the Syrian Bacchus, I’ll see if they’re not better off with their appetites! Hurry up!”
Then he turned to Drusus, with a laugh heard throughout the apartment.
Then he turned to Drusus, laughing so loudly that it echoed through the apartment.
“Ha, ha, my friend! Be thou not offended because I levelled the Cæsar in thee down to the denarii. Thou seest I did but use the name to try these fine fledglings of our old Rome. Come, my Drusus, come!” He took up the box again and rattled the dice merrily. “Here, for what sum thou wilt, let us measure fortunes.”
“Ha, ha, my friend! Don’t be offended that I brought you down to earth. You see, I just used the name to test these young ones from our old Rome. Come on, my Drusus, come!” He picked up the box again and shook the dice cheerfully. “Here, for whatever amount you want, let’s see what fate has in store for us.”
The manner was frank, cordial, winsome. Drusus melted in a moment.
The way he presented himself was straightforward, friendly, and charming. Drusus was won over instantly.
“By the Nymphae, yes!” he said, laughing. “I will throw with thee, Messala—for a denarius.”
“By the Nymphs, yes!” he said, laughing. “I’ll throw with you, Messala—for a denarius.”
A very boyish person was looking over the table watching the scene. Suddenly Messala turned to him.
A very boyish person was watching the scene from across the table. Suddenly, Messala glanced at him.
“Who art thou?” he asked.
“Who are you?” he asked.
The lad drew back.
The guy stepped back.
“Nay, by Castor! and his brother too! I meant not offence. It is a rule among men, in matters other than dice, to keep the record closest when the deal is least. I have need of a clerk. Wilt thou serve me?”
“Nah, by Castor! and his brother too! I didn’t mean any offense. It’s a rule among men, in things other than dice, to keep the records tight when the stakes are low. I need a clerk. Will you help me?”
The young fellow drew his tablets ready to keep the score: the manner was irresistible.
The young guy took out his tablet to keep score: the way he did it was just charming.
“Hold, Messala, hold!” cried Drusus. “I know not if it be ominous to stay the poised dice with a question; but one occurs to me, and I must ask it though Venus slap me with her girdle.”
“Wait, Messala, wait!” Drusus shouted. “I don’t know if it’s bad luck to stop the dice from falling with a question, but one comes to mind, and I have to ask it even if Venus punishes me for it.”
“Nay, my Drusus, Venus with her girdle off is Venus in love. To thy question—I will make the throw and hold it against mischance. Thus—”
“Nah, my Drusus, Venus without her belt is Venus in love. To answer your question—I’ll take the risk and deal with whatever happens next. So—”
He turned the box upon the table and held it firmly over the dice.
He flipped the box on the table and held it securely over the dice.
And Drusus asked, “Did you ever see one Quintus Arrius?”
And Drusus asked, “Have you ever seen a guy named Quintus Arrius?”
“The duumvir?”
“The duumvir?”
“No—his son?”
“No—his kid?”
“I knew not he had a son.”
"I didn't know he had a son."
“Well, it is nothing,” Drusus added, indifferently; “only, my Messala, Pollux was not more like Castor than Arrius is like thee.”
“Well, it’s nothing,” Drusus added, casually; “but, my Messala, Pollux was not any more like Castor than Arrius is like you.”
The remark had the effect of a signal: twenty voices took it up.
The comment acted like a signal: twenty voices echoed it.
“True, true! His eyes—his face,” they cried.
“Yeah, totally! His eyes—his face,” they shouted.
“What!” answered one, disgusted. “Messala is a Roman; Arrius is a Jew.”
“What!” replied one, disgusted. “Messala is Roman; Arrius is Jewish.”
“Thou sayest right,” a third exclaimed. “He is a Jew, or Momus lent his mother the wrong mask.”
“You're absolutely right,” a third person exclaimed. “He's Jewish, or Momus gave his mother the wrong mask.”
There was promise of a dispute; seeing which, Messala interposed. “The wine is not come, my Drusus; and, as thou seest, I have the freckled Pythias as they were dogs in leash. As to Arrius, I will accept thy opinion of him, so thou tell me more about him.”
There was a hint of a disagreement; noticing this, Messala stepped in. “The wine hasn’t arrived, my Drusus; and, as you can see, I have the spotted Pythias just like dogs on a leash. Regarding Arrius, I’ll take your word for it, but tell me more about him.”
“Well, be he Jew or Roman—and, by the great god Pan, I say it not in disrespect of thy feelings, my Messala!—this Arrius is handsome and brave and shrewd. The emperor offered him favor and patronage, which he refused. He came up through mystery, and keepeth distance as if he felt himself better or knew himself worse than the rest of us. In the palaestrae he was unmatched; he played with the blue-eyed giants from the Rhine and the hornless bulls of Sarmatia as they were willow wisps. The duumvir left him vastly rich. He has a passion for arms, and thinks of nothing but war. Maxentius admitted him into his family, and he was to have taken ship with us, but we lost him at Ravenna. Nevertheless he arrived safely. We heard of him this morning. Perpol! Instead of coming to the palace or going to the citadel, he dropped his baggage at the khan, and hath disappeared again.”
“Well, whether he’s a Jew or a Roman—and I swear, I don’t mean to offend you, my Messala!—this Arrius is handsome, brave, and clever. The emperor offered him support and backing, which he turned down. He came up through challenges and keeps his distance as if he thinks he’s better or knows he’s worse than the rest of us. In the wrestling schools, he was unmatched; he played with the blue-eyed giants from the Rhine and the hornless bulls of Sarmatia like they were nothing. The duumvir made him very rich. He’s passionate about weapons and thinks only about war. Maxentius welcomed him into his family, and he was supposed to sail with us, but we lost him at Ravenna. Still, he arrived safely. We heard about him this morning. Wow! Instead of coming to the palace or going to the citadel, he dropped off his luggage at the inn and has vanished again.”
At the beginning of the speech Messala listened with polite indifference; as it proceeded, he became more attentive; at the conclusion, he took his hand from the dice-box, and called out, “Ho, my Caius! Dost thou hear?”
At the start of the speech, Messala listened with casual indifference; as it went on, he became more focused; by the end, he took his hand off the dice box and shouted, “Hey, my Caius! Do you hear that?”
A youth at his elbow—his Myrtilus, or comrade, in the day’s chariot practice—answered, much pleased with the attention, “Did I not, my Messala, I were not thy friend.”
A young man beside him—his Myrtilus, or buddy, during the day's chariot training—replied, quite pleased with the attention, “If I didn't, my Messala, I wouldn't be your friend.”
“Dost thou remember the man who gave thee the fall to-day?”
“Do you remember the man who caused you to fall today?”
“By the love-locks of Bacchus, have I not a bruised shoulder to help me keep it in mind?” and he seconded the words with a shrug that submerged his ears.
“By the love-locks of Bacchus, don't I have a bruised shoulder to remind me?” he added, shrugging so hard that it covered his ears.
“Well, be thou grateful to the Fates—I have found thy enemy. Listen.”
"Well, you should be thankful to fate—I’ve found your enemy. Listen."
Thereupon Messala turned to Drusus.
Then Messala turned to Drusus.
“Tell us more of him—perpol!—of him who is both Jew and Roman—by Phoebus, a combination to make a Centaur lovely! What garments doth he affect, my Drusus?”
“Tell us more about him—wow!—the one who's both a Jew and a Roman—by Apollo, a mix that makes a Centaur beautiful! What clothes does he like to wear, my Drusus?”
“Those of the Jews.”
"Those of the Jewish people."
“Hearest thou, Caius?” said Messala. “The fellow is young—one; he hath the visage of a Roman—two; he loveth best the garb of a Jew—three; and in the palaestrae fame and fortune come of arms to throw a horse or tilt a chariot, as the necessity may order—four. And, Drusus, help thou my friend again. Doubtless this Arrius hath tricks of language; otherwise he could not so confound himself, to-day a Jew, to-morrow a Roman; but of the rich tongue of Athene—discourseth he in that as well?”
“Do you hear me, Caius?” said Messala. “The guy is young—one; he has the look of a Roman—two; he prefers the style of a Jew—three; and in the wrestling schools, fame and fortune come from skills in throwing a horse or tilting a chariot, depending on what’s needed—four. And, Drusus, please help my friend again. No doubt this Arrius has a way with words; otherwise, he wouldn’t confuse himself so much, today a Jew, tomorrow a Roman; but can he speak the rich language of Athens as well?”
“With such purity, Messala, he might have been a contestant in the Isthmia.”
“With that level of purity, Messala, he could have competed in the Isthmian games.”
“Art thou listening, Caius?” said Messala. “The fellow is qualified to salute a woman—for that matter Aristomache herself—in the Greek; and as I keep the count, that is five. What sayest thou?”
“Are you listening, Caius?” said Messala. “That guy can greet a woman—for that matter, even Aristomache herself—in Greek; and as I see it, that makes five. What do you think?”
“Thou hast found him, my Messala,” Caius answered; “or I am not myself.”
“You've found him, my Messala,” Caius replied; “or I'm not myself.”
“Thy pardon, Drusus—and pardon of all—for speaking in riddles thus,” Messala said, in his winsome way. “By all the decent gods, I would not strain thy courtesy to the point of breaking, but now help thou me. See!”—he put his hand on the dice-box again, laughing—“See how close I hold the Pythias and their secret! Thou didst speak, I think, of mystery in connection with the coming of the son of Arrius. Tell me of that.”
“I'm sorry, Drusus—and to everyone else—for speaking in riddles like this,” Messala said, with his charming demeanor. “By all that's decent, I don't want to push your patience too far, but now I need your help. Look!”—he placed his hand on the dice box again, laughing—“See how closely I guard the Pythias and their secret! I believe you mentioned something mysterious about the arrival of Arrius's son. Tell me about that.”
“’Tis nothing, Messala, nothing,” Drusus replied; “a child’s story. When Arrius, the father, sailed in pursuit of the pirates, he was without wife or family; he returned with a boy—him of whom we speak—and next day adopted him.”
“It's nothing, Messala, really,” Drusus replied; “just a childish tale. When Arrius, the father, went after the pirates, he had no wife or family; he came back with a boy—the one we're talking about—and the next day, he adopted him.”
“Adopted him?” Messala repeated. “By the gods, Drusus, thou dost, indeed, interest me! Where did the duumvir find the boy? And who was he?”
“Adopted him?” Messala repeated. “By the gods, Drusus, you really pique my interest! Where did the duumvir find the boy? And who was he?”
“Who shall answer thee that, Messala? who but the young Arrius himself? Perpol! in the fight the duumvir—then but a tribune—lost his galley. A returning vessel found him and one other—all of the crew who survived—afloat upon the same plank. I give you now the story of the rescuers, which hath this excellence at least—it hath never been contradicted. They say, the duumvir’s companion on the plank was a Jew—”
“Who will answer you that, Messala? Who but the young Arrius himself? Wow! In the fight, the duumvir—who was just a tribune then—lost his ship. A returning vessel found him and one other—all the crew who survived—adrift on the same plank. I’m going to tell you the story of the rescuers, which has at least this quality—it has never been disputed. They say the duumvir’s companion on the plank was a Jew—”
“A Jew!” echoed Messala.
"A Jew!" echoed Messala.
“And a slave.”
"And a servant."
“How Drusus? A slave?”
“How is Drusus? A slave?”
“When the two were lifted to the deck, the duumvir was in his tribune’s armor, and the other in the vesture of a rower.”
“When they were lifted to the deck, one was in his tribune's armor, and the other was in the outfit of a rower.”
Messala rose from leaning against the table.
Messala stood up from leaning against the table.
“A galley”—he checked the debasing word, and looked around, for once in his life at loss. Just then a procession of slaves filed into the room, some with great jars of wine, others with baskets of fruits and confections, others again with cups and flagons, mostly silver. There was inspiration in the sight. Instantly Messala climbed upon a stool.
“A galley”—he suppressed the degrading word and looked around, for once feeling at a loss. Just then, a group of slaves entered the room, some carrying large jars of wine, others with baskets of fruits and sweets, and still others with cups and flagons, mostly made of silver. The sight was inspiring. Immediately, Messala climbed onto a stool.
“Men of the Tiber,” he said, in a clear voice, “let us turn this waiting for our chief into a feast of Bacchus. Whom choose ye for master?”
“Men of the Tiber,” he said, in a clear voice, “let’s turn this wait for our leader into a Bacchus feast. Who do you choose as our master?”
Drusus arose.
Drusus got up.
“Who shall be master but the giver of the feast?” he said. “Answer, Romans.”
“Who will be the master if not the one throwing the party?” he said. “Answer, Romans.”
They gave their reply in a shout.
They yelled their response.
Messala took the chaplet from his head, gave it to Drusus, who climbed upon the table, and, in the view of all, solemnly replaced it, making Messala master of the night.
Messala took the crown from his head, handed it to Drusus, who climbed onto the table, and, in front of everyone, seriously put it back on, making Messala the king of the night.
“There came with me into the room,” he said, “some friends just risen from table. That our feast may have the approval of sacred custom, bring hither that one of them most overcome by wine.”
“There came with me into the room,” he said, “some friends who had just finished eating. So that our feast might have the blessing of tradition, bring in that one of them who is most affected by the wine.”
A din of voices answered, “Here he is, here he is!”
A loud chorus of voices responded, “There he is, there he is!”
And from the floor where he had fallen, a youth was brought forward, so effeminately beautiful he might have passed for the drinking-god himself—only the crown would have dropped from his head, and the thyrsus from his hand.
And from the floor where he had fallen, a young man was brought forward, so strikingly beautiful that he could have been mistaken for the god of wine himself—except for the fact that the crown would have slipped from his head, and the staff from his hand.
“Lift him upon the table,” the master said.
“Put him on the table,” the master said.
It was found he could not sit.
It was discovered that he couldn't sit.
“Help him, Drusus, as the fair Nyone may yet help thee.”
“Help him, Drusus, just as the lovely Nyone might still help you.”
Drusus took the inebriate in his arms.
Drusus picked up the drunk person in his arms.
Then addressing the limp figure, Messala said, amidst profound silence, “O Bacchus! greatest of the gods, be thou propitious to-night. And for myself, and these thy votaries, I vow this chaplet”—and from his head he raised it reverently—“I vow this chaplet to thy altar in the Grove of Daphne.”
Then addressing the lifeless figure, Messala said, in deep silence, “O Bacchus! greatest of the gods, please be favorably disposed tonight. And for myself, and these your followers, I dedicate this wreath”—and from his head he lifted it respectfully—“I dedicate this wreath to your altar in the Grove of Daphne.”
He bowed, replaced the crown upon his locks, then stooped and uncovered the dice, saying, with a laugh, “See, my Drusus, by the ass of Silenus, the denarius is mine!”
He bowed, put the crown back on his head, then bent down and revealed the dice, saying with a laugh, “Look, my Drusus, by the ass of Silenus, the denarius is mine!”
There was a shout that set the floor to quaking, and the grim Atlantes to dancing, and the orgies began.
There was a shout that made the floor shake, causing the stern Atlantes to start dancing, and the parties began.
CHAPTER XIII
Sheik Ilderim was a man of too much importance to go about with a small establishment. He had a reputation to keep with his tribe, such as became a prince and patriarch of the greatest following in all the Desert east of Syria; with the people of the cities he had another reputation, which was that of one of the richest personages not a king in all the East; and, being rich in fact—in money as well as in servants, camels, horses, and flocks of all kinds—he took pleasure in a certain state, which, besides magnifying his dignity with strangers, contributed to his personal pride and comfort. Wherefore the reader must not be misled by the frequent reference to his tent in the Orchard of Palms. He had there really a respectable dowar; that is to say, he had there three large tents—one for himself, one for visitors, one for his favorite wife and her women; and six or eight lesser ones, occupied by his servants and such tribal retainers as he had chosen to bring with him as a body-guard—strong men of approved courage, and skillful with bow, spear, and horses.
Sheik Ilderim was too important to travel with a small entourage. He needed to maintain a reputation befitting a prince and patriarch of the largest following in the entire Desert east of Syria. Among the city dwellers, he was known as one of the richest individuals, not counting kings, throughout the East. Being wealthy—in both money and in servants, camels, horses, and flocks—he enjoyed a certain level of opulence that not only enhanced his status with strangers but also satisfied his personal pride and comfort. Therefore, the reader shouldn't be misled by the frequent mention of his tent in the Orchard of Palms. He actually had a respectable setup there; that is to say, he had three large tents—one for himself, one for guests, and one for his favorite wife and her attendants. Additionally, there were six or eight smaller tents for his servants and tribal retainers who were part of his bodyguard—strong men known for their courage and skill with bows, spears, and horses.
To be sure, his property of whatever kind was in no danger at the Orchard; yet as the habits of a man go with him to town not less than the country, and as it is never wise to slip the bands of discipline, the interior of the dowar was devoted to his cows, camels, goats, and such property in general as might tempt a lion or a thief.
To be clear, none of his belongings were at risk at the Orchard; however, since a person's habits follow him to the city just as much as they do in the country, and it's never smart to let go of discipline, the interior of the dowar was designated for his cows, camels, goats, and any other possessions that might attract a lion or a thief.
To do him full justice, Ilderim kept well all the customs of his people, abating none, not even the smallest; in consequence his life at the Orchard was a continuation of his life in the Desert; nor that alone, it was a fair reproduction of the old patriarchal modes—the genuine pastoral life of primitive Israel.
To truly give him credit, Ilderim upheld all the traditions of his people, not leaving out even the smallest detail; as a result, his life at the Orchard was just an extension of his life in the Desert. Moreover, it was a true reflection of the old patriarchal ways—the authentic pastoral life of early Israel.
Recurring to the morning the caravan arrived at the Orchard—“Here, plant it here,” he said, stopping his horse, and thrusting a spear into the ground. “Door to the south; the lake before it thus; and these, the children of the Desert, to sit under at the going-down of the sun.”
Recurring to the morning the caravan arrived at the Orchard—“Here, plant it here,” he said, stopping his horse and pushing a spear into the ground. “Door to the south; the lake in front like this; and these, the children of the Desert, to sit under at sunset.”
At the last words he went to a group of three great palm-trees, and patted one of them as he would have patted his horse’s neck, or the cheek of the child of his love.
At the end, he walked over to a group of three tall palm trees and patted one of them like he would have patted his horse's neck or the cheek of his beloved child.
Who but the sheik could of right say to the caravan, Halt! or of the tent, Here be it pitched? The spear was wrested from the ground, and over the wound it had riven in the sod the base of the first pillar of the tent was planted, marking the centre of the front door. Then eight others were planted—in all, three rows of pillars, three in a row. Then, at call, the women and children came, and unfolded the canvas from its packing on the camels. Who might do this but the women? Had they not sheared the hair from the brown goats of the flock? and twisted it into thread? and woven the thread into cloth? and stitched the cloth together, making the perfect roof, dark-brown in fact, though in the distance black as the tents of Kedar? And, finally, with what jests and laughter, and pulls altogether, the united following of the sheik stretched the canvas from pillar to pillar, driving the stakes and fastening the cords as they went! And when the walls of open reed matting were put in place—the finishing-touch to the building after the style of the Desert—with what hush of anxiety they waited the good man’s judgment! When he walked in and out, looking at the house in connection with the sun, the trees, and the lake, and said, rubbing his hands with might of heartiness, “Well done! Make the dowar now as ye well know, and to-night we will sweeten the bread with arrack, and the milk with honey, and at every fire there shall be a kid. God with ye! Want of sweet water there shall not be, for the lake is our well; neither shall the bearers of burden hunger, or the least of the flock, for here is green pasture also. God with you all, my children! Go.”
Who but the sheik could rightfully say to the caravan, “Stop!” or to the tent, “Let’s set it up here”? The spear was pulled from the ground, and over the wound it had made in the soil, the base of the first pillar of the tent was planted, marking the center of the front door. Then eight more were planted—in total, three rows of pillars, three in each row. Then, at his call, the women and children arrived, unfolding the canvas from its packing on the camels. Who else could do this but the women? Had they not sheared the hair from the brown goats in the flock? twisted it into thread? woven the thread into cloth? and stitched the cloth together, creating the perfect roof, dark brown in reality, though from a distance it looked black like the tents of Kedar? And, finally, with what jokes and laughter, and teamwork altogether, the sheik’s followers stretched the canvas from pillar to pillar, driving in the stakes and securing the cords as they went! And when the walls of open reed matting were set in place—the finishing touch to the structure in the Desert style—with what bated breath they waited for the good man’s judgment! When he walked in and out, assessing the house with respect to the sun, the trees, and the lake, and said, rubbing his hands with genuine satisfaction, “Well done! Now make the dowar as you know how, and tonight we’ll sweeten the bread with arrack, and the milk with honey, and at every fire there will be a kid. God be with you! There will be no lack of fresh water, for the lake is our well; neither shall the burden bearers go hungry, nor the least of the flock, for there is green pasture here as well. God bless you all, my children! Go.”
And, shouting, the many happy went their ways then to pitch their own habitations. A few remained to arrange the interior for the sheik; and of these the men-servants hung a curtain to the central row of pillars, making two apartments; the one on the right sacred to Ilderim himself, the other sacred to his horses—his jewels of Solomon—which they led in, and with kisses and love-taps set at liberty. Against the middle pillar they then erected the arms-rack, and filled it with javelins and spears, and bows, arrows, and shields; outside of them hanging the master’s sword, modelled after the new moon; and the glitter of its blade rivalled the glitter of the jewels bedded in its grip. Upon one end of the rack they hung the housings of the horses, gay some of them as the livery of a king’s servant, while on the other end they displayed the great man’s wearing apparel—his robes woollen and robes linen, his tunics and trousers, and many colored kerchiefs for the head. Nor did they give over the work until he pronounced it well.
And, shouting, the many happy people went their separate ways to set up their own homes. A few stayed behind to arrange the interior for the sheik; among them, the male servants hung a curtain along the central row of pillars, creating two rooms: one on the right was dedicated to Ilderim himself, and the other was dedicated to his horses—his jewels of Solomon—which they brought inside, freeing them with kisses and gentle pats. They then built an arms-rack against the middle pillar, filling it with javelins, spears, bows, arrows, and shields; outside of these hung the master’s sword, shaped like a new moon, its blade shining as brightly as the jewels embedded in its handle. On one end of the rack, they hung the horse's gear, some as bright as the livery of a king’s servant, while on the other end they displayed the great man’s clothing—his wool and linen robes, tunics, trousers, and many colorful headscarves. They didn’t stop working until he declared it was good.
Meantime the women drew out and set up the divan, more indispensable to him than the beard down-flowing over his breast, white as Aaron’s. They put a frame together in shape of three sides of a square, the opening to the door, and covered it with cushions and base curtains, and the cushions with a changeable spread striped brown and yellow; at the corners they placed pillows and bolsters sacked in cloth blue and crimson; then around the divan they laid a margin of carpet, and the inner space they carpeted as well; and when the carpet was carried from the opening of the divan to the door of the tent, their work was done; whereupon they again waited until the master said it was good. Nothing remained then but to bring and fill the jars with water, and hang the skin bottles of arrack ready for the hand—to-morrow the leben. Nor might an Arab see why Ilderim should not be both happy and generous—in his tent by the lake of sweet waters, under the palms of the Orchard of Palms.
Meanwhile, the women laid out and set up the divan, more essential to him than the long beard flowing over his chest, white like Aaron’s. They assembled a frame in the shape of three sides of a square, with the opening facing the door, and covered it with cushions and base curtains, topped with a changeable spread striped in brown and yellow; at the corners, they placed pillows and bolsters wrapped in blue and crimson cloth; then they laid a border of carpet around the divan and carpeted the inner space as well; and when the carpet stretched from the divan entrance to the tent door, their work was complete; they then waited again until the master approved it. All that was left was to bring and fill the jars with water and hang the skin bottles of arrack ready for use—tomorrow it would be leben. Nor could an Arab understand why Ilderim shouldn't be both happy and generous—sitting in his tent by the sweet water lake, beneath the palms of the Orchard of Palms.
Such was the tent at the door of which we left Ben-Hur.
Such was the tent at the entrance where we left Ben-Hur.
Servants were already waiting the master’s direction. One of them took off his sandals; another unlatched Ben-Hur’s Roman shoes; then the two exchanged their dusty outer garments for fresh ones of white linen.
Servants were already waiting for the master’s instructions. One of them took off his sandals; another unfastened Ben-Hur’s Roman shoes; then the two swapped their dusty outer clothing for fresh ones made of white linen.
“Enter—in God’s name, enter, and take thy rest,” said the host, heartily, in the dialect of the Market-place of Jerusalem; forthwith he led the way to the divan.
“Come in—please, come in, and make yourself at home,” the host said warmly, using the local dialect of Jerusalem's marketplace; he then led the way to the couch.
“I will sit here,” he said next, pointing; “and there the stranger.”
“I’ll sit here,” he said next, pointing; “and the stranger will sit there.”
A woman—in the old time she would have been called a handmaid—answered, and dexterously piled the pillows and bolsters as rests for the back; after which they sat upon the side of the divan, while water was brought fresh from the lake, and their feet bathed and dried with napkins.
A woman—back in the day, she would have been called a handmaid—responded and skillfully arranged the pillows and cushions to support their backs. Then they sat on the side of the sofa while fresh water from the lake was brought in, and their feet were washed and dried with towels.
“We have a saying in the Desert,” Ilderim began, gathering his beard, and combing it with his slender fingers, “that a good appetite is the promise of a long life. Hast thou such?”
“We have a saying in the Desert,” Ilderim began, gathering his beard and running his slender fingers through it, “that a good appetite is the promise of a long life. Do you have one?”
“By that rule, good sheik, I will live a hundred years. I am a hungry wolf at thy door,” Ben-Hur replied.
“By that rule, good sheik, I will live a hundred years. I am a hungry wolf at your door,” Ben-Hur replied.
“Well, thou shalt not be sent away like a wolf. I will give thee the best of the flocks.”
“Well, you won't be sent away like a wolf. I will give you the best of the flocks.”
Ilderim clapped his hands.
Ilderim clapped his hands.
“Seek the stranger in the guest-tent, and say I, Ilderim, send him a prayer that his peace may be as incessant as the flowing of waters.”
“Look for the stranger in the guest tent and tell him that I, Ilderim, send a prayer for his peace to be as constant as flowing water.”
The man in waiting bowed.
The man waiting bowed.
“Say, also,” Ilderim continued, “that I have returned with another for breaking of bread; and, if Balthasar the wise careth to share the loaf, three may partake of it, and the portion of the birds be none the less.”
“Say, also,” Ilderim continued, “that I have come back with another loaf to break; and, if Balthasar the wise wants to share it, three can enjoy it, and the portion for the birds won’t be any less.”
The second servant went away.
The second servant left.
“Let us take our rest now.”
"Let's take a break."
Thereupon Ilderim settled himself upon the divan, as at this day merchants sit on their rugs in the bazaars of Damascus; and when fairly at rest, he stopped combing his beard, and said, gravely, “That thou art my guest, and hast drunk my leben, and art about to taste my salt, ought not to forbid a question: Who art thou?”
Thereupon Ilderim sat down on the couch, like merchants do today on their rugs in the markets of Damascus; and when he was comfortably settled, he stopped combing his beard and said seriously, “The fact that you are my guest, have drunk my leben, and are about to taste my salt shouldn’t stop me from asking: Who are you?”
“Sheik Ilderim,” said Ben-Hur, calmly enduring his gaze, “I pray thee not to think me trifling with thy just demand; but was there never a time in thy life when to answer such a question would have been a crime to thyself?”
“Sheik Ilderim,” Ben-Hur said, meeting his gaze steadily, “I hope you don’t think I’m taking your serious request lightly; but was there ever a time in your life when answering that kind of question would have felt like a betrayal to yourself?”
“By the splendor of Solomon, yes!” Ilderim answered. “Betrayal of self is at times as base as the betrayal of a tribe.”
“By the glory of Solomon, yes!” Ilderim replied. “Betraying oneself can sometimes be just as low as betraying a tribe.”
“Thanks, thanks, good sheik!” Ben-Hur exclaimed.
“Thanks, thanks, good sheik!” Ben-Hur shouted.
“Never answer became thee better. Now I know thou dost but seek assurance to justify the trust I have come to ask, and that such assurance is of more interest to thee than the affairs of my poor life.”
“Never answering has made you better. Now I see you’re just looking for reassurance to justify the trust I'm asking for, and that reassurance matters more to you than the state of my unfortunate life.”
The sheik in his turn bowed, and Ben-Hur hastened to pursue his advantage.
The sheik bowed in response, and Ben-Hur quickly moved to take advantage of the moment.
“So it please thee then,” he said, “first, I am not a Roman, as the name given thee as mine implieth.”
“So it pleases you then,” he said, “first, I am not a Roman, as the name you were given implies I am.”
Ilderim clasped the beard overflowing his breast, and gazed at the speaker with eyes faintly twinkling through the shade of the heavy close-drawn brows.
Ilderim held his beard that flowed over his chest and looked at the speaker with eyes that sparkled slightly from beneath the heavy, drawn-together brows.
“In the next place,” Ben-Hur continued, “I am an Israelite of the tribe of Judah.”
“In addition,” Ben-Hur continued, “I’m an Israelite from the tribe of Judah.”
The sheik raised his brows a little.
The sheik slightly raised his eyebrows.
“Nor that merely. Sheik, I am a Jew with a grievance against Rome compared with which thine is not more than a child’s trouble.”
“Not just that. Sheik, I’m a Jew with a grievance against Rome that makes yours seem like a child’s issue.”
The old man combed his beard with nervous haste, and let fall his brows until even the twinkle of the eyes went out.
The old man quickly ran his fingers through his beard, his brows furrowed, dimming even the sparkle in his eyes.
“Still further: I swear to thee, Sheik Ilderim—I swear by the covenant the Lord made with my fathers—so thou but give me the revenge I seek, the money and the glory of the race shall be thine.”
“Moreover, I promise you, Sheik Ilderim—I swear by the agreement the Lord made with my ancestors—if you just grant me the revenge I’m after, the wealth and fame from the race will be yours.”
Ilderim’s brows relaxed; his head arose; his face began to beam; and it was almost possible to see the satisfaction taking possession of him.
Ilderim’s brows eased; his head lifted; his face started to shine; and you could nearly see the satisfaction settling in.
“Enough!” he said. “If at the roots of thy tongue there is a lie in coil, Solomon himself had not been safe against thee. That thou art not a Roman—that as a Jew thou hast a grievance against Rome, and revenge to compass, I believe; and on that score enough. But as to thy skill. What experience hast thou in racing with chariots? And the horses—canst thou make them creatures of thy will?—to know thee? to come at call? to go, if thou sayest it, to the last extreme of breath and strength? and then, in the perishing moment, out of the depths of thy life thrill them to one exertion the mightiest of all? The gift, my son, is not to every one. Ah, by the splendor of God! I knew a king who governed millions of men, their perfect master, but could not win the respect of a horse. Mark! I speak not of the dull brutes whose round it is to slave for slaves—the debased in blood and image—the dead in spirit; but of such as mine here—the kings of their kind; of a lineage reaching back to the broods of the first Pharaoh; my comrades and friends, dwellers in tents, whom long association with me has brought up to my plane; who to their instincts have added our wits and to their senses joined our souls, until they feel all we know of ambition, love, hate, and contempt; in war, heroes; in trust, faithful as women. Ho, there!”
“Enough!” he said. “If there’s a lie lurking deep within you, even Solomon wouldn’t be safe from it. I believe you’re not a Roman—that as a Jew, you have a grievance against Rome and seek revenge; let’s leave it at that. But about your skills, what experience do you have in racing chariots? Can you make the horses obey your will—can they know you? Can they come when called? Can they push themselves to their absolute limits upon your command? And then, in that critical moment, can you inspire them to give one last incredible effort? That gift isn’t for everyone, my son. Ah, by the glory of God! I once knew a king who ruled millions, their true master, but he couldn’t earn the respect of a horse. Just so you know, I’m not referring to the dull beasts who toil for other slaves—the degraded in spirit and appearance; but to those like mine here—the true kings of their kind; a lineage tracing back to the early Pharaohs; my companions and friends, who long association with me has lifted to my level; who have combined their instincts with our intellect, and their senses with our souls, until they experience everything we know of ambition, love, hate, and disdain; in battle, they are heroes; in loyalty, as faithful as women. Hey, there!”
A servant came forward.
A servant stepped up.
“Let my Arabs come!”
“Let my Arabs in!”
The man drew aside part of the division curtain of the tent, exposing to view a group of horses, who lingered a moment where they were as if to make certain of the invitation.
The man pulled back part of the tent's division curtain, revealing a group of horses that paused for a moment, almost as if they were confirming the invitation.
“Come!” Ilderim said to them. “Why stand ye there? What have I that is not yours? Come, I say!”
“Come!” Ilderim said to them. “Why are you standing there? What do I have that isn't yours? Come, I tell you!”
They stalked slowly in.
They entered slowly.
“Son of Israel,” the master said, “thy Moses was a mighty man, but—ha, ha ha!—I must laugh when I think of his allowing thy fathers the plodding ox and the dull, slow-natured ass, and forbidding them property in horses. Ha, ha, ha! Thinkest thou he would have done so had he seen that one—and that—and this?” At the word he laid his hand upon the face of the first to reach him, and patted it with infinite pride and tenderness.
“Son of Israel,” the master said, “your Moses was a great man, but—ha, ha ha!—I can’t help but laugh when I think about how he allowed your ancestors to have the hardworking ox and the sluggish, slow-witted donkey, yet banned them from owning horses. Ha, ha, ha! Do you really think he would have done that if he had seen this one—and that one—and this one?” As he spoke, he gently placed his hand on the face of the first person to reach him, patting it with immense pride and tenderness.
“It is a misjudgment, sheik, a misjudgment,” Ben-Hur said, warmly. “Moses was a warrior as well as a lawgiver beloved by God; and to follow war—ah, what is it but to love all its creatures—these among the rest?”
“It’s a misunderstanding, sheik, a misunderstanding,” Ben-Hur said, kindly. “Moses was both a warrior and a lawgiver favored by God; and to embrace war—what is it if not to care for all its living beings—these included?”
A head of exquisite turn—with large eyes, soft as a deer’s, and half hidden by the dense forelock, and small ears, sharp-pointed and sloped well forward—approached then quite to his breast, the nostrils open, and the upper lip in motion. “Who are you?” it asked, plainly as ever man spoke. Ben-Hur recognized one of the four racers he had seen on the course, and gave his open hand to the beautiful brute.
A beautiful horse with a lovely head—big eyes, soft like a deer’s, and mostly covered by a thick forelock, along with small, pointed ears that leaned forward—came right up to him, nostrils flaring, and upper lip twitching. “Who are you?” it asked, as clearly as any person could. Ben-Hur recognized one of the four racers he had seen on the track and reached out his open hand to the gorgeous creature.
“They will tell you, the blasphemers!—may their days shorten as they grow fewer!”—the sheik spoke with the feeling of a man repelling a personal defamation—“they will tell you, I say, that our horses of the best blood are derived from the Nesaean pastures of Persia. God gave the first Arab a measureless waste of sand, with some treeless mountains, and here and there a well of bitter waters; and said to him, ‘Behold thy country!’ And when the poor man complained, the Mighty One pitied him, and said again, ‘Be of cheer! for I will twice bless thee above other men.’ The Arab heard, and gave thanks, and with faith set out to find the blessings. He travelled all the boundaries first, and failed; then he made a path into the desert, and went on and on—and in the heart of the waste there was an island of green very beautiful to see; and in the heart of the island, lo! a herd of camels, and another of horses! He took them joyfully and kept them with care for what they were—best gifts of God. And from that green isle went forth all the horses of the earth; even to the pastures of Nesaea they went; and northward to the dreadful vales perpetually threshed by blasts from the Sea of Chill Winds. Doubt not the story; or if thou dost, may never amulet have charm for an Arab again. Nay, I will give thee proof.”
“They will tell you, the blasphemers!—may their days be numbered as their numbers grow smaller!”—the sheik spoke with the intensity of someone defending themselves against slander—“they will tell you, I say, that our finest horses come from the Nesaean pastures of Persia. God gave the first Arab an endless expanse of sand, some treeless mountains, and a few wells of bitter water; and said to him, ‘Look at your land!’ And when the poor man complained, the Almighty took pity on him and said again, ‘Be happy! For I will bless you twice as much as other men.’ The Arab listened, gave thanks, and with hope set out to find these blessings. He explored all the boundaries first but found nothing; then he forged a path into the desert, and he kept going and going—and in the midst of the wasteland, there was a stunning green island; and in the heart of the island, behold! a herd of camels, and another of horses! He joyfully took them and cared for them because they were the greatest gifts of God. From that green island came all the horses of the earth; they even reached the pastures of Nesaea and moved north to the terrifying valleys constantly battered by winds from the Sea of Chill Winds. Do not doubt the story; or if you do, may no charm ever work for an Arab again. No, I will give you proof.”
He clapped his hands.
He applauded.
“Bring me the records of the tribe,” he said to the servant who responded.
“Bring me the tribe's records,” he said to the responding servant.
While waiting, the sheik played with the horses, patting their cheeks, combing their forelocks with his fingers, giving each one a token of remembrance. Presently six men appeared with chests of cedar reinforced by bands of brass, and hinged and bolted with brass.
While waiting, the sheik played with the horses, stroking their cheeks, running his fingers through their forelocks, giving each one a keepsake. Soon, six men showed up with cedar chests reinforced with brass bands, which were hinged and bolted with brass.
“Nay,” said Ilderim, when they were all set down by the divan, “I meant not all of them; only the records of the horses—that one. Open it and take back the others.”
“Nah,” said Ilderim, when they were all seated by the divan, “I didn’t mean all of them; just the records of the horses—that one. Open it and return the others.”
The chest was opened, disclosing a mass of ivory tablets strung on rings of silver wire; and as the tablets were scarcely thicker than wafers, each ring held several hundreds of them.
The chest was opened, revealing a bunch of ivory tablets threaded onto silver wire rings; and since the tablets were barely thicker than wafers, each ring held several hundred of them.
“I know,” said Ilderim, taking some of the rings in his hand—“I know with what care and zeal, my son, the scribes of the Temple in the Holy City keep the names of the newly born, that every son of Israel may trace his line of ancestry to its beginning, though it antedate the patriarchs. My fathers—may the recollection of them be green forever!—did not think it sinful to borrow the idea, and apply it to their dumb servants. See these tablets!”
“I know,” said Ilderim, picking up some of the rings—“I know how carefully and passionately, my son, the scribes of the Temple in the Holy City record the names of newborns, so that every son of Israel can trace his lineage back to its origins, even if it goes beyond the patriarchs. My ancestors—may I always remember them fondly!—didn’t consider it wrong to take this idea and use it for their mute servants. Look at these tablets!”
Ben-Hur took the rings, and separating the tablets saw they bore rude hieroglyphs in Arabic, burned on the smooth surface by a sharp point of heated metal.
Ben-Hur took the rings and, separating the tablets, saw they had rough hieroglyphs in Arabic, etched onto the smooth surface with a sharp point of heated metal.
“Canst thou read them, O son of Israel?”
“Can you read them, O son of Israel?”
“No. Thou must tell me their meaning.”
“No. You have to tell me what they mean.”
“Know thou, then, each tablet records the name of a foal of the pure blood born to my fathers through the hundreds of years passed; and also the names of sire and dam. Take them, and note their age, that thou mayst the more readily believe.”
“Know this: each tablet lists the name of a purebred foal born to my ancestors over the many years; it also includes the names of the sire and dam. Take them and note their age, so you can believe more easily.”
Some of the tablets were nearly worn away. All were yellow with age.
Some of the tablets were almost completely worn down. All of them were yellowed with age.
“In the chest there, I can tell thee now, I have the perfect history; perfect because certified as history seldom is—showing of what stock all these are sprung—this one, and that now supplicating thy notice and caress; and as they come to us here, their sires, even the furthest removed in time, came to my sires, under a tent-roof like this of mine, to eat their measure of barley from the open hand, and be talked to as children; and as children kiss the thanks they have not speech to express. And now, O son of Israel, thou mayst believe my declaration—if I am a lord of the Desert, behold my ministers! Take them from me, and I become as a sick man left by the caravan to die. Thanks to them, age hath not diminished the terror of me on the highways between cities; and it will not while I have strength to go with them. Ha, ha, ha! I could tell thee marvels done by their ancestors. In a favoring time I may do so; for the present, enough that they were never overtaken in retreat; nor, by the sword of Solomon, did they ever fail in pursuit! That, mark you, on the sands and under saddle; but now—I do not know—I am afraid, for they are under yoke the first time, and the conditions of success are so many. They have the pride and the speed and the endurance. If I find them a master, they will win. Son of Israel! so thou art the man, I swear it shall be a happy day that brought thee thither. Of thyself now speak.”
“In that chest over there, I can now tell you, I have the perfect history; perfect because it's verified in a way that history rarely is—showing the ancestry of all these people—this one, and that one now asking for your attention and affection; and as they come to us here, their ancestors, even those far back in time, came to my ancestors, under a tent like this one, to eat their share of barley from open hands, and be spoken to like children; and like children who kiss to show gratitude they can't express in words. And now, O son of Israel, you may trust my words—if I am a lord of the Desert, look at my followers! Take them from me, and I would be like a sick man left by the caravan to die. Thanks to them, age has not diminished my fearsome reputation on the highways between cities; and it won’t, as long as I have the strength to ride with them. Ha, ha, ha! I could tell you amazing stories about their ancestors. In a better time, I may be able to do so; for now, it’s enough to say they were never caught in retreat; and by Solomon's sword, they never failed in pursuit! That, mind you, on the sands and in the saddle; but now—I don’t know—I’m afraid, because they are under control for the first time, and there are so many factors for success. They have pride, speed, and endurance. If I find them a leader, they will succeed. Son of Israel! since you are the one, I swear it will be a good day that brought you here. Now, speak for yourself.”
“I know now,” said Ben-Hur, “why it is that in the love of an Arab his horse is next to his children; and I know, also, why the Arab horses are the best in the world; but, good sheik, I would not have you judge me by words alone; for, as you know, all promises of men sometimes fail. Give me the trial first on some plain hereabout, and put the four in my hand to-morrow.”
“I understand now,” said Ben-Hur, “why an Arab holds his horse almost as dearly as his children; and I also see why Arab horses are considered the best in the world. But, good sheik, I wouldn’t want you to judge me by words alone, because, as you know, promises made by people can sometimes fall short. Let me prove myself first on some flat land nearby, and give me the four horses to handle tomorrow.”
Ilderim’s face beamed again, and he would have spoken.
Ilderim's face lit up again, and he was about to speak.
“A moment, good sheik, a moment!” said Ben-Hur. “Let me say further. From the masters in Rome I learned many lessons, little thinking they would serve me in a time like this. I tell thee these thy sons of the Desert, though they have separately the speed of eagles and the endurance of lions, will fail if they are not trained to run together under the yoke. For bethink thee, sheik, in every four there is one the slowest and one the swiftest; and while the race is always to the slowest, the trouble is always with the swiftest. It was so to-day; the driver could not reduce the best to harmonious action with the poorest. My trial may have no better result; but if so, I will tell thee of it: that I swear. Wherefore, in the same spirit I say, can I get them to run together, moved by my will, the four as one, thou shalt have the sestertii and the crown, and I my revenge. What sayest thou?”
“Wait a moment, good sheik, just a moment!” said Ben-Hur. “Let me explain further. I learned many lessons from the masters in Rome, never imagining they would come in handy at a time like this. I tell you, these sons of the Desert, though each one has the speed of eagles and the endurance of lions, will fail if they aren't trained to run together under the yoke. Think about it, sheik: in every group of four, there's one who is the slowest and one who is the fastest; and while the race always favors the slowest, the real issue lies with the fastest. It was true today; the driver couldn't get the best horse to work in sync with the worst. My attempt might not end any better; but if it doesn’t, I promise to let you know: that I swear. So, in that same spirit, if I can get them to run together, driven by my will, the four as one, you shall receive the sestertii and the crown, and I will have my revenge. What do you say?”
Ilderim listened, combing his beard the while. At the end he said, with a laugh, “I think better of thee, son of Israel. We have a saying in the Desert, ‘If you will cook the meal with words, I will promise an ocean of butter.’ Thou shalt have the horses in the morning.”
Ilderim listened, running his fingers through his beard. At the end, he chuckled and said, “I think more highly of you, son of Israel. We have a saying in the Desert, ‘If you cook the meal with words, I promise an ocean of butter.’ You’ll have the horses in the morning.”
At that moment there was a stir at the rear entrance to the tent.
At that moment, there was a commotion at the back door of the tent.
“The supper—it is here! and yonder my friend Balthasar, whom thou shalt know. He hath a story to tell which an Israelite should never tire of hearing.”
“The dinner—it's here! And over there is my friend Balthasar, whom you should get to know. He has a story to share that an Israelite should never get tired of hearing.”
And to the servants he added,
And he also said to the servants,
“Take the records away, and return my jewels to their apartment.”
“Take the records away and return my jewels to their place.”
And they did as he ordered.
And they did what he asked.
CHAPTER XIV
If the reader will return now to the repast of the wise men at their meeting in the desert, he will understand the preparations for the supper in Ilderim’s tent. The differences were chiefly such as were incident to ampler means and better service.
If the reader returns now to the meal of the wise men at their gathering in the desert, they will understand the preparations for dinner in Ilderim’s tent. The differences were mainly those that came with greater resources and better service.
Three rugs were spread on the carpet within the space so nearly enclosed by the divan; a table not more than a foot in height was brought and set within the same place, and covered with a cloth. Off to one side a portable earthenware oven was established under the presidency of a woman whose duty it was to keep the company in bread, or, more precisely, in hot cakes of flour from the handmills grinding with constant sound in a neighboring tent.
Three rugs were laid out on the carpet in the area almost surrounded by the sofa; a table no more than a foot tall was brought in and placed there, covered with a cloth. Off to one side, a portable clay oven was set up, managed by a woman whose job was to keep everyone supplied with bread, or more specifically, hot cakes made from flour ground in the nearby tent.
Meanwhile Balthasar was conducted to the divan, where Ilderim and Ben-Hur received him standing. A loose black gown covered his person; his step was feeble, and his whole movement slow and cautious, apparently dependent upon a long staff and the arm of a servant.
Meanwhile, Balthasar was led to the couch, where Ilderim and Ben-Hur welcomed him while standing. He wore a loose black robe; his gait was weak, and his movements were slow and careful, seemingly relying on a long staff and the arm of a servant.
“Peace to you, my friend,” said Ilderim, respectfully. “Peace and welcome.”
“Peace to you, my friend,” Ilderim said respectfully. “Peace and welcome.”
The Egyptian raised his head and replied, “And to thee, good sheik—to thee and thine, peace and the blessing of the One God—God the true and loving.”
The Egyptian lifted his head and said, “And to you, good sheik—to you and yours, peace and the blessing of the One God—God the true and loving.”
The manner was gentle and devout, and impressed Ben-Hur with a feeling of awe; besides which the blessing included in the answering salutation had been partly addressed to him, and while that part was being spoken, the eyes of the aged guest, hollow yet luminous, rested upon his face long enough to stir an emotion new and mysterious, and so strong that he again and again during the repast scanned the much wrinkled and bloodless face for its meaning; but always there was the expression bland, placid, and trustful as a child’s. A little later he found that expression habitual.
The way was gentle and sincere, leaving Ben-Hur with a sense of awe; in addition, the blessing included in the welcoming greeting had been partly directed at him, and while that part was being spoken, the eyes of the elderly guest, deep-set yet bright, rested on his face long enough to evoke a feeling that was both new and mysterious, so intense that he kept looking at the aged, pale face throughout the meal, seeking its meaning; yet, the expression remained calm, peaceful, and trusting like a child's. Shortly after, he realized that this expression was a regular trait.
“This is he, O Balthasar,” said the sheik, laying his hand on Ben-Hur’s arm, “who will break bread with us this evening.”
“This is him, O Balthasar,” said the sheik, placing his hand on Ben-Hur’s arm, “who will share a meal with us this evening.”
The Egyptian glanced at the young man, and looked again surprised and doubting; seeing which the sheik continued, “I have promised him my horses for trial to-morrow; and if all goes well, he will drive them in the Circus.”
The Egyptian looked at the young man, then glanced back with surprise and skepticism; noticing this, the sheik went on, “I’ve promised him my horses for a test tomorrow; if everything goes well, he’ll race them in the Circus.”
Balthasar continued his gaze.
Balthasar kept staring.
“He came well recommended,” Ilderim pursued, much puzzled. “You may know him as the son of Arrius, who was a noble Roman sailor, though”—the sheik hesitated, then resumed, with a laugh—“though he declares himself an Israelite of the tribe of Judah; and, by the splendor of God, I believe what he tells me!”
“He comes highly recommended,” Ilderim continued, clearly confused. “You might know him as the son of Arrius, a distinguished Roman sailor, but”—the sheik paused, then continued with a laugh—“but he claims to be an Israelite from the tribe of Judah; and, by the glory of God, I believe what he says!”
Balthasar could no longer withhold explanation.
Balthasar could no longer hold back his explanation.
“To-day, O most generous sheik, my life was in peril, and would have been lost had not a youth, the counterpart of this one—if, indeed, he be not the very same—intervened when all others fled, and saved me.” Then he addressed Ben-Hur directly, “Art thou not he?”
“Today, O most generous sheik, my life was in danger and would have been lost if a young man, just like this one—unless he is the very same—hadn’t stepped in when everyone else ran away and saved me.” Then he spoke directly to Ben-Hur, “Aren’t you him?”
“I cannot answer so far,” Ben-Hur replied, with modest deference. “I am he who stopped the horses of the insolent Roman when they were rushing upon thy camel at the Fountain of Castalia. Thy daughter left a cup with me.”
“I can’t answer that right now,” Ben-Hur replied, with humble respect. “I am the one who stopped the horses of the arrogant Roman when they were charging at your camel at the Fountain of Castalia. Your daughter left a cup with me.”
From the bosom of his tunic he produced the cup, and gave it to Balthasar.
From the inside of his tunic, he pulled out the cup and handed it to Balthasar.
A glow lighted the faded countenance of the Egyptian.
A glow lit up the worn features of the Egyptian.
“The Lord sent thee to me at the Fountain to-day,” he said, in a tremulous voice, stretching his hand towards Ben-Hur; “and he sends thee to me now. I give him thanks; and praise him thou, for of his favor I have wherewith to give thee great reward, and I will. The cup is thine; keep it.”
“The Lord sent you to me at the Fountain today,” he said, his voice shaking as he reached out to Ben-Hur; “and he sends you to me now. I give him thanks; and you should praise him too, for in his favor I have the means to give you a great reward, and I will. The cup is yours; keep it.”
Ben-Hur took back the gift, and Balthasar, seeing the inquiry upon Ilderim’s face, related the occurrence at the Fountain.
Ben-Hur took back the gift, and Balthasar, noticing the questions on Ilderim’s face, told him about what happened at the Fountain.
“What!” said the sheik to Ben-Hur. “Thou saidst nothing of this to me, when better recommendation thou couldst not have brought. Am I not an Arab, and sheik of my tribe of tens of thousands? And is not he my guest? And is it not in my guest-bond that the good or evil thou dost him is good or evil done to me? Whither shouldst thou go for reward but here? And whose the hand to give it but mine?”
“What!” said the sheik to Ben-Hur. “You didn't mention this to me, when you could have had a better recommendation. Am I not an Arab and the sheik of my tribe of tens of thousands? And isn’t he my guest? Isn't it my responsibility as a host that any good or bad you do to him is good or bad done to me? Where else would you go for a reward but here? And whose hand is there to give it except mine?”
His voice at the end of the speech rose to cutting shrillness.
His voice at the end of the speech became sharply high-pitched.
“Good sheik, spare me, I pray. I came not for reward, great or small; and that I may be acquitted of the thought, I say the help I gave this excellent man would have been given as well to thy humblest servant.”
“Please, good sheik, have mercy on me. I didn’t come here for any reward, big or small; and to make it clear, I would have offered the same help to your humblest servant.”
“But he is my friend, my guest—not my servant; and seest thou not in the difference the favor of Fortune?” Then to Balthasar the sheik subjoined, “Ah, by the splendor of God! I tell thee again he is not a Roman.”
“But he is my friend, my guest—not my servant; and don’t you see in the difference the favor of Fortune?” Then to Balthasar, the sheik added, “Ah, by the splendor of God! I tell you again, he is not a Roman.”
With that he turned away, and gave attention to the servants, whose preparations for the supper were about complete.
With that, he turned away and focused on the servants, whose preparations for dinner were nearly finished.
The reader who recollects the history of Balthasar as given by himself at the meeting in the desert will understand the effect of Ben-Hur’s assertion of disinterestedness upon that worthy. In his devotion to men there had been, it will be remembered, no distinctions; while the redemption which had been promised him in the way of reward—the redemption for which he was waiting—was universal. To him, therefore, the assertion sounded somewhat like an echo of himself. He took a step nearer Ben-Hur, and spoke to him in the childlike way.
The reader who remembers Balthasar’s story as he shared it at the meeting in the desert will get the impact of Ben-Hur’s claim of selflessness on him. He had shown no favoritism in his dedication to people; meanwhile, the salvation that had been promised to him as a reward—the salvation he was anticipating—was meant for everyone. To him, therefore, Ben-Hur’s statement felt somewhat like a reflection of his own thoughts. He stepped closer to Ben-Hur and spoke to him in an innocent, childlike manner.
“How did the sheik say I should call you? It was a Roman name, I think.”
“How did the sheik say I should call you? I think it was a Roman name.”
“Arrius, the son of Arrius.”
"Arrius, son of Arrius."
“Yet thou art not a Roman?”
“Yet you are not a Roman?”
“All my people were Jews.”
“All my people were Jewish.”
“Were, saidst thou? Are they not living?”
“Were you saying? Aren't they alive?”
The question was subtle as well as simple; but Ilderim saved Ben-Hur from reply.
The question was both subtle and straightforward, but Ilderim spared Ben-Hur from having to answer.
“Come,” he said to them, “the meal is ready.”
“Come on,” he said to them, “the food is ready.”
Ben-Hur gave his arm to Balthasar, and conducted him to the table, where shortly they were all seated on their rugs Eastern fashion. The lavers were brought them, and they washed and dried their hands; then the sheik made a sign, the servants stopped, and the voice of the Egyptian arose tremulous with holy feeling.
Ben-Hur offered his arm to Balthasar and led him to the table, where they all quickly settled onto their rugs in the traditional Eastern way. Water basins were brought to them, and they washed and dried their hands. Then the sheik made a gesture, the servants paused, and the Egyptian began to speak, his voice shaking with reverence.
“Father of All—God! What we have is of thee; take our thanks, and bless us, that we may continue to do thy will.”
“Father of All—God! Everything we have is from you; we give you our thanks, and bless us so we can keep doing your will.”
It was the grace the good man had said simultaneously with his brethren Gaspar the Greek and Melchior the Hindoo, the utterance in diverse tongues out of which had come the miracle attesting the Divine Presence at the meal in the desert years before.
It was the grace that the good man had said together with his companions Gaspar the Greek and Melchior the Hindu, the words spoken in different languages that had brought about the miracle confirming the Divine Presence at the meal in the desert years earlier.
The table to which they immediately addressed themselves was, as may be thought, rich in the substantials and delicacies favorite in the East—in cakes hot from the oven, vegetables from the gardens, meats singly, compounds of meats and vegetables, milk of kine, and honey and butter—all eaten or drunk, it should be remarked, without any of the modern accessories—knives, forks, spoons, cups, or plates; and in this part of the repast but little was said, for they were hungry. But when the dessert was in course it was otherwise. They laved their hands again, had the lap-cloths shaken out, and with a renewed table and the sharp edge of their appetites gone they were disposed to talk and listen.
The table they quickly focused on was, as you might expect, filled with all the hearty and tasty dishes popular in the East—freshly baked cakes, garden vegetables, various meats, meat and vegetable combinations, milk from cows, and honey and butter—all consumed without any of the modern utensils—knives, forks, spoons, cups, or plates; during this part of the meal, there wasn't much conversation, as they were hungry. But when dessert came around, things changed. They washed their hands again, had the napkins shaken out, and with a fresh table set and their appetites sharpened, they were ready to chat and engage.
With such a company—an Arab, a Jew, and an Egyptian, all believers alike in one God—there could be at that age but one subject of conversation; and of the three, which should be speaker but he to whom the Deity had been so nearly a personal appearance, who had seen him in a star, had heard his voice in direction, had been led so far and so miraculously by his Spirit? And of what should he talk but that of which he had been called to testify?
With such a group—an Arab, a Jew, and an Egyptian, all united in their belief in one God—there could only be one topic of conversation at that time; and among the three, who could speak but the one to whom the Divine had almost made a personal appearance, who had seen Him in a star, had heard His voice guiding him, and had been led so far and so miraculously by His Spirit? And what else would he talk about but what he had been called to share?
CHAPTER XV
The shadows cast over the Orchard of Palms by the mountains at set of sun left no sweet margin time of violet sky and drowsing earth between the day and night. The latter came early and swift; and against its glooming in the tent this evening the servants brought four candlesticks of brass, and set them by the corners of the table. To each candlestick there were four branches, and on each branch a lighted silver lamp and a supply cup of olive-oil. In light ample, even brilliant, the group at dessert continued their conversation, speaking in the Syriac dialect, familiar to all peoples in that part of the world.
The shadows from the mountains covered the Orchard of Palms as the sun set, leaving no soft twilight between day and night. Night fell quickly and dark; and in the gloom of the tent this evening, the servants brought four brass candlesticks and placed them at the corners of the table. Each candlestick had four branches, and on each branch was a lit silver lamp and a cup filled with olive oil. In the bright, ample light, the group at dessert kept their conversation going, speaking in the Syriac dialect, which everyone in that part of the world understood.
The Egyptian told his story of the meeting of the three in the desert, and agreed with the sheik that it was in December, twenty-seven years before, when he and his companions fleeing from Herod arrived at the tent praying shelter. The narrative was heard with intense interest; even the servants lingering when they could to catch its details. Ben-Hur received it as became a man listening to a revelation of deep concern to all humanity, and to none of more concern than the people of Israel. In his mind, as we shall presently see, there was crystallizing an idea which was to change his course of life, if not absorb it absolutely.
The Egyptian shared his story about the meeting of the three in the desert, and he agreed with the sheik that it happened in December, twenty-seven years ago, when he and his companions, fleeing from Herod, arrived at the tent seeking shelter. The narrative captivated everyone; even the servants lingered to catch every detail. Ben-Hur listened as a man would to a revelation of great significance to all humanity, especially the people of Israel. In his mind, as we will soon see, an idea was forming that would change his life path, if not completely consume it.
As the recital proceeded, the impression made by Balthasar upon the young Jew increased; at its conclusion, his feeling was too profound to permit a doubt of its truth; indeed, there was nothing left him desirable in the connection but assurances, if such were to be had, pertaining exclusively to the consequences of the amazing event.
As the recital went on, the impact Balthasar had on the young Jew grew; by the end, his feelings were so strong that he couldn't doubt its truth. In fact, there was nothing left for him to wish for in the connection except for reassurances, if they could be offered, that were solely about the outcomes of the incredible event.
And now there is wanting an explanation which the very discerning may have heretofore demanded; certainly it can be no longer delayed. Our tale begins, in point of date not less than fact, to trench close upon the opening of the ministry of the Son of Mary, whom we have seen but once since this same Balthasar left him worshipfully in his mother’s lap in the cave by Bethlehem. Henceforth to the end the mysterious Child will be a subject of continual reference; and slowly though surely the current of events with which we are dealing will bring us nearer and nearer to him, until finally we see him a man—we would like, if armed contrariety of opinion would permit it, to add—A MAN WHOM THE WORLD COULD NOT DO WITHOUT. Of this declaration, apparently so simple, a shrewd mind inspired by faith will make much—and in welcome. Before his time, and since, there have been men indispensable to particular people and periods; but his indispensability was to the whole race, and for all time—a respect in which it is unique, solitary, divine.
And now we need an explanation that the keen observers might have previously asked for; it definitely can't be postponed any longer. Our story starts, in terms of both time and fact, right around the beginning of the ministry of the Son of Mary, whom we've only seen once since this same Balthasar left him reverently in his mother's lap in the cave near Bethlehem. From now on, until the end, the mysterious Child will be a constant point of reference; and slowly but surely, the events we're exploring will bring us closer and closer to him, until finally we see him as a man—we would like to add, if differing opinions allowed it, A MAN WHOM THE WORLD COULD NOT DO WITHOUT. This statement, though it seems so simple, will inspire a thoughtful and faithful mind to reflect deeply—and with appreciation. Before his time, and since, there have been individuals essential to specific people and times; but his essential nature applies to all humanity, and for all time—a distinction that makes it unique, singular, and divine.
To Sheik Ilderim the story was not new. He had heard it from the three wise men together under circumstances which left no room for doubt; he had acted upon it seriously, for the helping a fugitive escape from the anger of the first Herod was dangerous. Now one of the three sat at his table again, a welcome guest and revered friend. Sheik Ilderim certainly believed the story; yet, in the nature of things, its mighty central fact could not come home to him with the force and absorbing effect it came to Ben-Hur. He was an Arab, whose interest in the consequences was but general; on the other hand, Ben-Hur was an Israelite and a Jew, with more than a special interest in—if the solecism can be pardoned—the truth of the fact. He laid hold of the circumstance with a purely Jewish mind.
To Sheik Ilderim, the story wasn’t new. He had heard it from the three wise men under circumstances that left no room for doubt; he had taken it seriously, as helping a fugitive escape from the wrath of the first Herod was risky. Now, one of the three sat at his table again, a welcome guest and respected friend. Sheik Ilderim certainly believed the story; however, it didn't resonate with him in the same powerful way it did for Ben-Hur. He was an Arab, whose interest in the outcomes was only general; on the other hand, Ben-Hur was an Israelite and a Jew, with a very personal stake in—if the awkwardness of the phrase can be forgiven—the truth of the story. He engaged with the situation from a purely Jewish perspective.
From his cradle, let it be remembered, he had heard of the Messiah; at the colleges he had been made familiar with all that was known of that Being at once the hope, the fear, and the peculiar glory of the chosen people; the prophets from the first to the last of the heroic line foretold him; and the coming had been, and yet was, the theme of endless exposition with the rabbis—in the synagogues, in the schools, in the Temple, of fast-days and feast-days, in public and in private, the national teachers expounded and kept expounding until all the children of Abraham, wherever their lots were cast, bore the Messiah in expectation, and by it literally, and with iron severity, ruled and moulded their lives.
From the moment he was born, it should be noted, he had heard about the Messiah; at school, he became familiar with everything known about this figure, who was the hope, the fear, and the unique glory of the chosen people. The prophets, from the beginning to the end of the heroic lineage, predicted his arrival; and the discussion of his coming had been, and continued to be, the subject of endless explanations by the rabbis—in the synagogues, in schools, in the Temple, on fast days and feast days, both in public and private. The national teachers taught and continued to teach, until all the children of Abraham, no matter where they found themselves, lived with the expectation of the Messiah, which literally and harshly governed and shaped their lives.
Doubtless, it will be understood from this that there was much argument among the Jews themselves about the Messiah, and so there was; but the disputation was all limited to one point, and one only—when would he come?
It's clear that there was a lot of debate among the Jews about the Messiah, and indeed there was; but the argument was focused on one thing and one thing only—when would he arrive?
Disquisition is for the preacher; whereas the writer is but telling a tale, and that he may not lose his character, the explanation he is making requires notice merely of a point connected with the Messiah about which the unanimity among the chosen people was matter of marvellous astonishment: he was to be, when come, the KING OF THE JEWS—their political King, their Cæsar. By their instrumentality he was to make armed conquest of the earth, and then, for their profit and in the name of God, hold it down forever. On this faith, dear reader, the Pharisees or Separatists—the latter being rather a political term—in the cloisters and around the altars of the Temple, built an edifice of hope far overtopping the dream of the Macedonian. His but covered the earth; theirs covered the earth and filled the skies; that is to say, in their bold, boundless fantasy of blasphemous egotism, God the Almighty was in effect to suffer them for their uses to nail him by the ear to a door in sign of eternal servitude.
Disquisition is for the preacher; meanwhile, the writer is just telling a story, and to maintain his credibility, the explanation he provides touches on a point related to the Messiah that astounded the chosen people: he was meant to be the KING OF THE JEWS—their political King, their Cæsar. Through their efforts, he was supposed to conquer the earth militarily, and then, for their benefit and in God's name, maintain control over it forever. Based on this belief, dear reader, the Pharisees or Separatists—a term that was more political—built a towering structure of hope around the cloisters and altars of the Temple that far exceeded the Macedonian’s dreams. His ambitions encompassed the earth; theirs stretched across the earth and into the skies; in their bold, limitless fantasy of outrageous egotism, they believed that God the Almighty would essentially allow them to nail him by the ear to a door as a sign of eternal servitude.
Returning directly to Ben-Hur, it is to be observed now that there were two circumstances in his life the result of which had been to keep him in a state comparatively free from the influence and hard effects of the audacious faith of his Separatist countrymen.
Returning directly to Ben-Hur, it should be noted that there were two factors in his life that kept him relatively unaffected by the bold beliefs and harsh consequences of his Separatist countrymen.
In the first place, his father followed the faith of the Sadducees, who may, in a general way, be termed the Liberals of their time. They had some loose opinions in denial of the soul. They were strict constructionists and rigorous observers of the Law as found in the books of Moses; but they held the vast mass of Rabbinical addenda to those books in derisive contempt. They were unquestionably a sect, yet their religion was more a philosophy than a creed; they did not deny themselves the enjoyments of life, and saw many admirable methods and productions among the Gentile divisions of the race. In politics they were the active opposition of the Separatists. In the natural order of things, these circumstances and conditions, opinions and peculiarities, would have descended to the son as certainly and really as any portion of his father’s estate; and, as we have seen, he was actually in course of acquiring them, when the second saving event overtook him.
First of all, his father followed the beliefs of the Sadducees, who could generally be seen as the liberals of their time. They had some loose views that denied the existence of the soul. They were strict interpreters and devoted followers of the Law as outlined in the books of Moses, but they held the extensive body of Rabbinical interpretations with scorn. They were undoubtedly a sect, but their faith resembled more of a philosophy than a strict doctrine; they didn’t deprive themselves of life’s pleasures and appreciated many admirable practices and achievements among the Gentile groups. Politically, they were the active opposition to the Separatists. Naturally, these beliefs, opinions, and peculiarities would be passed down to the son just as surely as any part of his father’s estate; and, as we’ve seen, he was indeed in the process of adopting them when the second significant event occurred.
Upon a youth of Ben-Hur’s mind and temperament the influence of five years of affluent life in Rome can be appreciated best by recalling that the great city was then, in fact, the meeting-place of the nations—their meeting-place politically and commercially, as well as for the indulgence of pleasure without restraint. Round and round the golden mile-stone in front of the Forum—now in gloom of eclipse, now in unapproachable splendor—flowed all the active currents of humanity. If excellences of manner, refinements of society, attainments of intellect, and glory of achievement made no impression upon him, how could he, as the son of Arrius, pass day after day, through a period so long, from the beautiful villa near Misenum into the receptions of Cæsar, and be wholly uninfluenced by what he saw there of kings, princes, ambassadors, hostages, and delegates, suitors all of them from every known land, waiting humbly the yes or no which was to make or unmake them? As mere assemblages, to be sure, there was nothing to compare with the gatherings at Jerusalem in celebration of the Passover; yet when he sat under the purple velaria of the Circus Maximus one of three hundred and fifty thousand spectators, he must have been visited by the thought that possibly there might be some branches of the family of man worthy divine consideration, if not mercy, though they were of the uncircumcised—some, by their sorrows, and, yet worse, by their hopelessness in the midst of sorrows, fitted for brotherhood in the promises to his countrymen.
For a young man like Ben-Hur, the impact of five years of privileged life in Rome can be understood by remembering that the city was really the center of the world—politically and commercially, as well as a place for unrestricted pleasure. Around the golden milestone in front of the Forum—sometimes shrouded in darkness, sometimes shining brightly—flowed all the vibrant currents of humanity. If the elegance of behavior, social refinement, intellectual achievements, and the glory of accomplishments didn’t affect him, how could he, as Arrius's son, go day after day, for such a long time, from the beautiful villa near Misenum to the receptions of Caesar, and remain completely untouched by the sight of kings, princes, ambassadors, hostages, and delegates—all from every known land, humbly waiting for the yes or no that could make or break them? In sheer numbers, of course, there was nothing to compare with the crowds in Jerusalem for Passover celebrations; yet when he sat under the purple awnings of the Circus Maximus among three hundred and fifty thousand spectators, he must have been struck by the thought that perhaps some branches of humanity were deserving of divine attention, if not mercy, even if they weren't circumcised—some, through their suffering, and even worse, through their hopelessness in the face of suffering, were worthy of brotherhood in the promises made to his people.
That he should have had such a thought under such circumstances was but natural; we think so much, at least, will be admitted: but when the reflection came to him, and he gave himself up to it, he could not have been blind to a certain distinction. The wretchedness of the masses, and their hopeless condition, had no relation whatever to religion; their murmurs and groans were not against their gods or for want of gods. In the oak-woods of Britain the Druids held their followers; Odin and Freya maintained their godships in Gaul and Germany and among the Hyperboreans; Egypt was satisfied with her crocodiles and Anubis; the Persians were yet devoted to Ormuzd and Ahriman, holding them in equal honor; in hope of the Nirvana, the Hindoos moved on patient as ever in the rayless paths of Brahm; the beautiful Greek mind, in pauses of philosophy, still sang the heroic gods of Homer; while in Rome nothing was so common and cheap as gods. According to whim, the masters of the world, because they were masters, carried their worship and offerings indifferently from altar to altar, delighted in the pandemonium they had erected. Their discontent, if they were discontented, was with the number of gods; for, after borrowing all the divinities of the earth they proceeded to deify their Cæsars, and vote them altars and holy service. No, the unhappy condition was not from religion, but misgovernment and usurpations and countless tyrannies. The Avernus men had been tumbled into, and were praying to be relieved from, was terribly but essentially political. The supplication—everywhere alike, in Lodinum, Alexandria, Athens, Jerusalem—was for a king to conquer with, not a god to worship.
It was only natural for him to have such thoughts in those circumstances; that much can be acknowledged. But when he really took a moment to reflect, he couldn't ignore a certain distinction. The misery of the masses and their desperate situation had nothing to do with religion; their complaints and suffering weren't directed at their gods or due to a lack of them. In the oak forests of Britain, the Druids held sway over their followers; Odin and Freya were venerated in Gaul and Germany and among the Hyperboreans; Egypt was content with its crocodiles and Anubis; the Persians still honored Ormuzd and Ahriman equally; the Hindoos, in hopes of Nirvana, continued patiently along the dark paths of Brahm; the beautiful Greek mind, in moments of philosophical thought, still celebrated the heroic gods of Homer; and in Rome, gods were abundant and easily accessible. The rulers of the world, being in power, shifted their worship and offerings from one altar to another as they pleased, reveling in the chaos they had created. Their discontent, if any, stemmed from the sheer number of gods; after claiming all the deities of the earth, they went on to deify their Caesars, voting them altars and sacred services. No, the unfortunate situation wasn't caused by religion, but by misrule, usurpations, and countless tyrannies. The despair that engulfed them and the prayers for relief were fundamentally political. The plea—echoing everywhere, in London, Alexandria, Athens, and Jerusalem—was for a king to conquer alongside them, not a god to worship.
Studying the situation after two thousand years, we can see and say that religiously there was no relief from the universal confusion except some God could prove himself a true God, and a masterful one, and come to the rescue; but the people of the time, even the discerning and philosophical, discovered no hope except in crushing Rome; that done, the relief would follow in restorations and reorganizations; therefore they prayed, conspired, rebelled, fought, and died, drenching the soil to-day with blood, to-morrow with tears—and always with the same result.
Looking back after two thousand years, we can observe and say that, in terms of religion, there was no relief from the widespread confusion unless some God could prove himself to be a genuine and powerful deity and come to the rescue; however, the people of that time, even those who were thoughtful and philosophical, found no hope except in defeating Rome. Once that was achieved, they believed relief would come through restoration and reorganization. As a result, they prayed, plotted, rebelled, fought, and died, soaking the ground today with blood and tomorrow with tears—and always with the same outcome.
It remains to be said now that Ben-Hur was in agreement with the mass of men of his time not Romans. The five years’ residence in the capital served him with opportunity to see and study the miseries of the subjugated world; and in full belief that the evils which afflicted it were political, and to be cured only by the sword, he was going forth to fit himself for a part in the day of resort to the heroic remedy. By practice of arms he was a perfect soldier; but war has its higher fields, and he who would move successfully in them must know more than to defend with shield and thrust with spear. In those fields the general finds his tasks, the greatest of which is the reduction of the many into one, and that one himself; the consummate captain is a fighting-man armed with an army. This conception entered into the scheme of life to which he was further swayed by the reflection that the vengeance he dreamed of, in connection with his individual wrongs, would be more surely found in some of the ways of war than in any pursuit of peace.
It must be said that Ben-Hur shared the views of most men of his time, except for the Romans. His five years in the capital provided him with the chance to observe and understand the sufferings of the oppressed world. Believing that the problems facing it were political and could only be resolved by force, he set out to prepare himself for a role in taking heroic action. He had become an excellent soldier through military training; however, warfare has its deeper levels, and those who wish to excel must know more than just how to shield and attack. In these advanced arenas, a general faces significant challenges, the greatest being uniting many into one, and that one being himself; the ultimate captain is a warrior leading an army. This idea influenced his life plan, making him think that the revenge he longed for, related to his personal grievances, would be more effectively achieved through warfare than by pursuing peace.
The feelings with which he listened to Balthasar can be now understood. The story touched two of the most sensitive points of his being so they rang within him. His heart beat fast—and faster still when, searching himself, he found not a doubt either that the recital was true in every particular, or that the Child so miraculously found was the Messiah. Marvelling much that Israel rested so dead to the revelation, and that he had never heard of it before that day, two questions presented themselves to him as centring all it was at that moment further desirable to know:
The feelings with which he listened to Balthasar can now be understood. The story hit two of the most sensitive areas of his being, resonating deeply within him. His heart raced—and raced even faster when, reflecting within himself, he realized there was no doubt that the story was true in every detail, or that the Child who had been found so miraculously was the Messiah. He was amazed that Israel seemed so indifferent to this revelation and that he had never heard of it before that day. Two questions came to him, focusing on everything he wanted to know at that moment:
Where was the Child then?
Where was the kid then?
And what was his mission?
And what was his goal?
With apologies for the interruptions, he proceeded to draw out the opinions of Balthasar, who was in nowise loath to speak.
With apologies for the interruptions, he continued to ask for Balthasar's opinions, who was more than willing to share his thoughts.
CHAPTER XVI
“If I could answer you,” Balthasar said, in his simple, earnest, devout way—“oh, if I knew where he is, how quickly I would go to him! The seas should not stay me, nor the mountains.”
“If I could answer you,” Balthasar said, in his straightforward, sincere, devout way—“oh, if I knew where he is, I would go to him right away! Nothing should hold me back, not even the seas or the mountains.”
“You have tried to find him, then?” asked Ben-Hur.
“You’ve been trying to find him, then?” asked Ben-Hur.
A smile flitted across the face of the Egyptian.
A smile flickered across the Egyptian's face.
“The first task I charged myself with after leaving the shelter given me in the desert”—Balthasar cast a grateful look at Ilderim—“was to learn what became of the Child. But a year had passed, and I dared not go up to Judea in person, for Herod still held the throne bloody-minded as ever. In Egypt, upon my return, there were a few friends to believe the wonderful things I told them of what I had seen and heard—a few who rejoiced with me that a Redeemer was born—a few who never tired of the story. Some of them came up for me looking after the Child. They went first to Bethlehem, and found there the khan and the cave; but the steward—he who sat at the gate the night of the birth, and the night we came following the star—was gone. The king had taken him away, and he was no more seen.”
“The first thing I set out to do after leaving the shelter I found in the desert”—Balthasar threw a thankful glance at Ilderim—“was to find out what happened to the Child. But a year went by, and I didn’t dare go to Judea myself, since Herod was still on the throne, ruthless as always. When I returned to Egypt, there were a few friends who believed the incredible things I shared about what I had seen and heard—some who celebrated with me that a Redeemer was born—and a few who never got tired of the story. Some of them came to look for the Child. They first went to Bethlehem and found the inn and the cave, but the steward—who was at the gate the night of the birth and the night we followed the star—was gone. The king had taken him away, and he was never seen again.”
“But they found some proofs, surely,” said Ben-Hur, eagerly.
“But they must have found some proof, right?” Ben-Hur asked eagerly.
“Yes, proofs written in blood—a village in mourning; mothers yet crying for their little ones. You must know, when Herod heard of our flight, he sent down and slew the youngest-born of the children of Bethlehem. Not one escaped. The faith of my messengers was confirmed; but they came to me saying the Child was dead, slain with the other innocents.”
“Yes, evidence written in blood—a village in grief; mothers still mourning for their little ones. You should know, when Herod heard about our escape, he sent soldiers and killed all the youngest children in Bethlehem. Not one of them survived. The faith of my messengers was proven true; but they came to me saying the Child was dead, murdered along with the other innocents.”
“Dead!” exclaimed Ben-Hur, aghast. “Dead, sayest thou?”
“Dead!” Ben-Hur exclaimed, shocked. “Dead, you say?”
“Nay, my son, I did not say so. I said they, my messengers, told me the Child was dead. I did not believe the report then; I do not believe it now.”
“Nah, my son, I didn't say that. I said that my messengers told me the Child was dead. I didn't believe the news then; I don't believe it now.”
“I see—thou hast some special knowledge.”
“I see—you have some special knowledge.”
“Not so, not so,” said Balthasar, dropping his gaze. “The Spirit was to go with us no farther than to the Child. When we came out of the cave, after our presents were given and we had seen the babe, we looked first thing for the star; but it was gone, and we knew we were left to ourselves. The last inspiration of the Holy One—the last I can recall—was that which sent us to Ilderim for safety.”
“Not at all,” said Balthasar, looking down. “The Spirit was only supposed to guide us to the Child. After we left the cave, having given our gifts and seen the baby, the first thing we did was look for the star; but it was gone, and we realized we were on our own. The last inspiration from the Holy One—the last I can remember—was what led us to Ilderim for safety.”
“Yes,” said the sheik, fingering his beard nervously. “You told me you were sent to me by a Spirit—I remember it.”
“Yes,” said the sheik, nervously rubbing his beard. “You mentioned that a Spirit sent you to me—I remember that.”
“I have no special knowledge,” Balthasar continued, observing the dejection which had fallen upon Ben-Hur; “but, my son, I have given the matter much thought—thought continuing through years, inspired by faith, which, I assure you, calling God for witness, is as strong in me now as in the hour I heard the voice of the Spirit calling me by the shore of the lake. If you will listen, I will tell you why I believe the Child is living.”
“I don’t have any special insight,” Balthasar continued, noting the sadness that had come over Ben-Hur; “but, my son, I’ve thought about this a lot—thought that has gone on for years, driven by faith, which, I promise you, I swear to God, is as strong in me now as it was when I first heard the Spirit’s voice calling me by the lakeshore. If you’re willing to listen, I’ll explain why I believe the Child is alive.”
Both Ilderim and Ben-Hur looked assent, and appeared to summon their faculties that they might understand as well as hear. The interest reached the servants, who drew near to the divan, and stood listening. Throughout the tent there was the profoundest silence.
Both Ilderim and Ben-Hur nodded in agreement and seemed to gather their thoughts so they could understand as well as listen. The interest reached the servants, who moved closer to the divan and stood there listening. A deep silence filled the tent.
“We three believe in God.”
“We three believe in God.”
Balthasar bowed his head as he spoke.
Balthasar lowered his head as he spoke.
“And he is the Truth,” he resumed. “His word is God. The hills may turn to dust, and the seas be drunk dry by south winds; but his word shall stand, because it is the Truth.”
“And he is the Truth,” he continued. “His word is God. The hills may turn to dust, and the seas may dry up from the south winds; but his word will endure, because it is the Truth.”
The utterance was in a manner inexpressibly solemn.
The statement was delivered in an incredibly serious way.
“The voice, which was his, speaking to me by the lake, said, ‘Blessed art thou, O son of Mizraim! The Redemption cometh. With two others from the remotenesses of the earth, thou shalt see the Savior.’ I have seen the Savior—blessed be his name!—but the Redemption, which was the second part of the promise, is yet to come. Seest thou now? If the Child be dead, there is no agent to bring the Redemption about, and the word is naught, and God—nay, I dare not say it!”
“The voice, which was his, speaking to me by the lake, said, ‘Blessed are you, O son of Mizraim! The Redemption is coming. With two others from the far corners of the earth, you shall see the Savior.’ I have seen the Savior—blessed be his name!—but the Redemption, which was the second part of the promise, is still to come. Do you see now? If the Child is dead, there is no one to bring about the Redemption, and the word is worthless, and God—no, I won’t say it!”
He threw up both hands in horror.
He raised both hands in shock.
“The Redemption was the work for which the Child was born; and so long as the promise abides, not even death can separate him from his work until it is fulfilled, or at least in the way of fulfilment. Take you that now as one reason for my belief; then give me further attention.”
“The Redemption was the purpose for which the Child was born; and as long as the promise exists, not even death can separate him from his work until it is completed, or at least on the path to completion. Consider that as one reason for my belief; now please give me your full attention.”
The good man paused.
The good man stopped.
“Wilt thou not taste the wine? It is at thy hand—see,” said Ilderim, respectfully.
“Will you not taste the wine? It’s right here—look,” said Ilderim, respectfully.
Balthasar drank, and, seeming refreshed, continued:
Balthasar took a drink, and, looking rejuvenated, continued:
“The Savior I saw was born of woman, in nature like us, and subject to all our ills—even death. Let that stand as the first proposition. Consider next the work set apart to him. Was it not a performance for which only a man is fitted?—a man wise, firm, discreet—a man, not a child? To become such he had to grow as we grow. Bethink you now of the dangers his life was subject to in the interval—the long interval between childhood and maturity. The existing powers were his enemies; Herod was his enemy; and what would Rome have been? And as for Israel—that he should not be accepted by Israel was the motive for cutting him off. See you now. What better way was there to take care of his life in the helpless growing time than by passing him into obscurity? Wherefore I say to myself, and to my listening faith, which is never moved except by yearning of love—I say he is not dead, but lost; and, his work remaining undone, he will come again. There you have the reasons for my belief. Are they not good?”
“The Savior I saw was born of a woman, just like us, and faced all our struggles—even death. Let that be the first point. Next, think about the task assigned to him. Wasn’t it a job suited only for a man?—a man who is wise, strong, and careful—a man, not a child? To become that, he had to grow like we do. Consider the dangers he faced during the long stretch between childhood and adulthood. The existing powers were against him; Herod was his enemy; and what would Rome have been? And as for Israel—his rejection by Israel was the reason for his downfall. Do you see? What better way to protect his life during that vulnerable time than to let him live in obscurity? So, I tell myself, and to my faith that is only stirred by love—I believe he is not dead, but lost; and since his work is still unfinished, he will return. Those are the reasons for my belief. Aren't they valid?”
Ilderim’s small Arab eyes were bright with understanding, and Ben-Hur, lifted from his dejection, said heartily, “I, at least, may not gainsay them. What further, pray?”
Ilderim’s small Arab eyes were bright with understanding, and Ben-Hur, lifted from his sadness, said warmly, “I, at least, can’t argue with them. What else, please?”
“Hast thou not enough, my son? Well,” he began, in calmer tone, “seeing that the reasons were good—more plainly, seeing it was God’s will that the Child should not be found—I settled my faith into the keeping of patience, and took to waiting.” He raised his eyes, full of holy trust, and broke off abstractedly—“I am waiting now. He lives, keeping well his mighty secret. What though I cannot go to him, or name the hill or the vale of his abiding-place? He lives—it may be as the fruit in blossom, it may be as the fruit just ripening; but by the certainty there is in the promise and reason of God, I know he lives.”
“Don’t you have enough, my son? Well,” he started, in a calmer tone, “given that the reasons were sound—more precisely, that it was God’s will for the Child not to be found—I placed my faith in patience and decided to wait.” He looked up, filled with holy trust, and paused thoughtfully—“I’m still waiting now. He lives, keeping his great secret safe. So what if I can't go to him or name the hill or valley where he is? He lives—it could be like the fruit in bloom, or like fruit just beginning to ripen; but because of the certainty in God’s promise and reasoning, I know he lives.”
A thrill of awe struck Ben-Hur—a thrill which was but the dying of his half-formed doubt.
A wave of awe hit Ben-Hur—a wave that was just the fading of his half-formed doubt.
“Where thinkest thou he is?” he asked, in a low voice, and hesitating, like one who feels upon his lips the pressure of a sacred silence.
“Where do you think he is?” he asked, in a quiet voice, hesitating like someone who feels the weight of a sacred silence on their lips.
Balthasar looked at him kindly, and replied, his mind not entirely freed from its abstraction,
Balthasar looked at him kindly and replied, his mind not fully free from its thoughts,
“In my house on the Nile, so close to the river that the passers-by in boats see it and its reflection in the water at the same time—in my house, a few weeks ago, I sat thinking. A man thirty years old, I said to myself, should have his fields of life all ploughed, and his planting well done; for after that it is summer-time, with space scarce enough to ripen his sowing. The Child, I said further, is now twenty-seven—his time to plant must be at hand. I asked myself, as you here asked me, my son, and answered by coming hither, as to a good resting-place close by the land thy fathers had from God. Where else should he appear, if not in Judea? In what city should he begin his work, if not in Jerusalem? Who should be first to receive the blessings he is to bring, if not the children of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; in love, at least, the children of the Lord? If I were bidden go seek him, I would search well the hamlets and villages on the slopes of the mountains of Judea and Galilee falling eastwardly into the valley of the Jordan. He is there now. Standing in a door or on a hill-top, only this evening he saw the sun set one day nearer the time when he himself shall become the light of the world.”
“In my house by the Nile, so close to the river that people in boats can see it and its reflection in the water at the same time—in my house, a few weeks ago, I sat thinking. A thirty-year-old man, I told myself, should have his life all sorted out and his goals well underway; because after that, it’s summer, and there’s not much time left to bring his dreams to fruition. The Child, I noted, is now twenty-seven—his time to start must be approaching. I asked myself, just as you here asked me, my son, and found my answer by coming here, to a good resting place close to the land your ancestors received from God. Where else would he appear if not in Judea? In which city should he begin his mission if not in Jerusalem? Who should be the first to receive the blessings he will bring, if not the children of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob; in spirit, at least, the children of the Lord? If I were told to go seek him, I would carefully search through the hamlets and villages on the slopes of the mountains of Judea and Galilee that lead down into the valley of the Jordan. He is there now. Standing at a doorway or on a hilltop, just this evening he saw the sun set one day closer to the moment when he himself will become the light of the world.”
Balthasar ceased, with his hand raised and finger pointing as if at Judea. All the listeners, even the dull servants outside the divan, affected by his fervor, were startled as if by a majestic presence suddenly apparent within the tent. Nor did the sensation die away at once: of those at the table, each sat awhile thinking. The spell was finally broken by Ben-Hur.
Balthasar stopped, hand raised and finger pointing as if at Judea. All the listeners, even the dull servants outside the divan, impacted by his passion, were taken aback as if a grand presence had suddenly appeared in the tent. The feeling didn't fade immediately: those at the table sat in silence for a while, each lost in thought. Ben-Hur was the one to finally break the spell.
“I see, good Balthasar,” he said, “that thou hast been much and strangely favored. I see, also, that thou art a wise man indeed. It is not in my power to tell how grateful I am for the things thou hast told me. I am warned of the coming of great events, and borrow somewhat from thy faith. Complete the obligation, I pray thee, by telling further of the mission of him for whom thou art waiting, and for whom from this night I too shall wait as becomes a believing son of Judah. He is to be a Savior, thou saidst; is he not to be King of the Jews also?”
“I get it, good Balthasar,” he said, “you’ve been blessed in some unusual ways. I can see that you’re a truly wise man. I can’t express how grateful I am for everything you’ve shared with me. I sense that significant events are on the horizon, and I’m borrowing a bit of your faith. Please fulfill your obligation by sharing more about the mission of the one you’re waiting for, and from this night on, I too will wait as a faithful son of Judah. You said he’s to be a Savior; isn’t he also meant to be King of the Jews?”
“My son,” said Balthasar, in his benignant way, “the mission is yet a purpose in the bosom of God. All I think about it is wrung from the words of the Voice in connection with the prayer to which they were in answer. Shall we refer to them again?”
“My son,” Balthasar said kindly, “the mission is still a purpose in the heart of God. Everything I know about it comes from the words of the Voice in response to the prayer. Should we talk about them again?”
“Thou art the teacher.”
"You are the teacher."
“The cause of my disquiet,” Balthasar began, calmly—“that which made me a preacher in Alexandria and in the villages of the Nile; that which drove me at last into the solitude where the Spirit found me—was the fallen condition of men, occasioned, as I believed, by loss of the knowledge of God. I sorrowed for the sorrows of my kind—not of one class, but all of them. So utterly were they fallen it seemed to me there could be no Redemption unless God himself would make it his work; and I prayed him to come, and that I might see him. ‘Thy good works have conquered. The Redemption cometh; thou shalt see the Savior’—thus the Voice spake; and with the answer I went up to Jerusalem rejoicing. Now, to whom is the Redemption? To all the world. And how shall it be? Strengthen thy faith, my son! Men say, I know, that there will be no happiness until Rome is razed from her hills. That is to say, the ills of the time are not, as I thought them, from ignorance of God, but from the misgovernment of rulers. Do we need to be told that human governments are never for the sake of religion? How many kings have you heard of who were better than their subjects? Oh no, no! The Redemption cannot be for a political purpose—to pull down rulers and powers, and vacate their places merely that others may take and enjoy them. If that were all of it, the wisdom of God would cease to be surpassing. I tell you, though it be but the saying of blind to blind, he that comes is to be a Savior of souls; and the Redemption means God once more on earth, and righteousness, that his stay here may be tolerable to himself.”
“The reason for my unease,” Balthasar began, calmly—“the thing that made me a preacher in Alexandria and in the villages of the Nile; the thing that eventually led me into the solitude where the Spirit found me—was the fallen state of humanity, caused, as I believed, by the loss of knowledge of God. I grieved for the suffering of my people—not just one group, but all of them. They were so lost that it seemed there could be no Redemption unless God himself took action; and I prayed for him to come, and that I might see him. ‘Your good works have prevailed. The Redemption is coming; you shall see the Savior’—thus the Voice spoke; and with that answer, I went up to Jerusalem rejoicing. Now, to whom does the Redemption apply? To the whole world. And how will it happen? Strengthen your faith, my son! I know people say that there will be no happiness until Rome is torn down from her hills. This means that the problems of the time are not, as I thought, due to ignorance of God, but rather from the mismanagement of leaders. Do we really need to be reminded that human governments are never for the sake of religion? How many kings have you heard of that were better than their subjects? Oh no, no! The Redemption cannot be for political reasons—to overthrow leaders and powers, and clear their positions just so others can take them. If that were the case, the wisdom of God would cease to be extraordinary. I tell you, even if it’s just the saying of the blind to the blind, the one who comes is meant to be a Savior of souls; and the Redemption means God once more on earth, along with righteousness, so that his time here may be bearable for him."
Disappointment showed plainly on Ben-Hur’s face—his head drooped; and if he was not convinced, he yet felt himself incapable that moment of disputing the opinion of the Egyptian. Not so Ilderim.
Disappointment was obvious on Ben-Hur's face—his head hung low; and even if he wasn't convinced, he felt unable at that moment to argue against the Egyptian's opinion. Not so for Ilderim.
“By the splendor of God!” he cried, impulsively, “the judgment does away with all custom. The ways of the world are fixed, and cannot be changed. There must be a leader in every community clothed with power, else there is no reform.”
“By the glory of God!” he exclaimed, impulsively, “the judgment eliminates all tradition. The ways of the world are established and cannot be altered. There has to be a leader in every community with authority, or else there is no chance for change.”
Balthasar received the burst gravely.
Balthasar received the news seriously.
“Thy wisdom, good sheik, is of the world; and thou dost forget that it is from the ways of the world we are to be redeemed. Man as a subject is the ambition of a king; the soul of a man for its salvation is the desire of a God.”
"Your wisdom, good sheik, is worldly; and you forget that it is through the ways of the world we are to be saved. A man as a subject is a king's ambition; the soul of a man seeking salvation is a God's desire."
Ilderim, though silenced, shook his head, unwilling to believe. Ben-Hur took up the argument for him.
Ilderim, though quiet, shook his head, refusing to believe. Ben-Hur picked up the argument for him.
“Father—I call thee such by permission,” he said—“for whom wert thou required to ask at the gates of Jerusalem?”
“Father—I call you that because you allowed it,” he said—“who did you need to ask at the gates of Jerusalem?”
The sheik threw him a grateful look.
The sheik gave him a thankful glance.
“I was to ask of the people,” said Balthasar, quietly, “‘Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’”
“I was supposed to ask the people,” said Balthasar, quietly, “‘Where is the one who is born King of the Jews?’”
“And you saw him in the cave by Bethlehem?”
“And you saw him in the cave near Bethlehem?”
“We saw and worshipped him, and gave him presents—Melchior, gold; Gaspar, frankincense; and I, myrrh.”
“We saw him and worshiped him, bringing gifts—Melchior, gold; Gaspar, frankincense; and I, myrrh.”
“When thou dost speak of fact, O father, to hear thee is to believe,” said Ben-Hur; “but in the matter of opinion, I cannot understand the kind of king thou wouldst make of the Child—I cannot separate the ruler from his powers and duties.”
“When you talk about facts, Dad, listening to you makes me believe,” said Ben-Hur; “but when it comes to opinions, I can't grasp the kind of king you want the Child to be—I can't separate the ruler from his powers and responsibilities.”
“Son,” said Balthasar, “we have the habit of studying closely the things which chance to lie at our feet, giving but a look at the greater objects in the distance. Thou seest now but the title—KING OF THE JEWS; wilt thou lift thine eyes to the mystery beyond it, the stumbling-block will disappear. Of the title, a word. Thy Israel hath seen better days—days in which God called thy people endearingly his people, and dealt with them through prophets. Now, if in those days he promised them the Savior I saw—promised him as KING OF THE JEWS—the appearance must be according to the promise, if only for the word’s sake. Ah, thou seest the reason of my question at the gate!—thou seest, and I will no more of it, but pass on. It may be, next, thou art regarding the dignity of the Child; if so, bethink thee—what is it to be a successor of Herod?—by the world’s standard of honor, what? Could not God better by his beloved? If thou canst think of the Almighty Father in want of a title, and stooping to borrow the inventions of men, why was I not bidden ask for a Cæsar at once? Oh, for the substance of that whereof we speak, look higher, I pray thee! Ask rather of what he whom we await shall be king; for I do tell, my son, that is the key to the mystery, which no man shall understand without the key.”
“Son,” said Balthasar, “we tend to focus on the things right in front of us, barely glancing at the larger things in the distance. You see only the title—KING OF THE JEWS; if you lift your eyes to the mystery behind it, the confusion will fade away. About that title, let me say a word. Your Israel has seen better days—days when God lovingly called your people his own and communicated with them through prophets. Now, if in those days he promised them the Savior I saw—promised him as KING OF THE JEWS—the fulfillment must align with the promise, even if just for the sake of the title. Ah, now you understand why I asked my question at the gate!—you understand, and I won't dwell on it any longer, but I’ll move on. Perhaps you’re considering the significance of the Child; if so, think about this—what does it mean to be a successor of Herod?—by the world’s standards, what does that truly mean? Couldn't God do better for his beloved? If you can imagine the Almighty Father needing a title and stooping to borrow from human concepts, why wasn’t I told to ask for a Cæsar right away? Oh, for the essence of what we’re discussing, I urge you to look higher! Instead, ask what kind of king the one we await will be; for I’m telling you, my son, that’s the key to the mystery, and no one will understand it without that key.”
Balthasar raised his eyes devoutly.
Balthasar looked up reverently.
“There is a kingdom on the earth, though it is not of it—a kingdom of wider bounds than the earth—wider than the sea and the earth, though they were rolled together as finest gold and spread by the beating of hammers. Its existence is a fact as our hearts are facts, and we journey through it from birth to death without seeing it; nor shall any man see it until he hath first known his own soul; for the kingdom is not for him, but for his soul. And in its dominion there is glory such as hath not entered imagination—original, incomparable, impossible of increase.”
"There is a kingdom on Earth, but it's not of this world—a kingdom that's larger than the Earth itself—broader than both the sea and the land, even if they were combined and shaped like the finest gold through hammering. Its existence is as real as our hearts, and we pass through it from birth to death without ever seeing it; no one will see it until they have first understood their own soul because the kingdom is meant for the soul, not for them. And in its realm, there is a glory that exceeds anything imaginable—unique, unmatched, and limitless."
“What thou sayest, father, is a riddle to me,” said Ben-Hur. “I never heard of such a kingdom.”
“What you’re saying, father, is a mystery to me,” said Ben-Hur. “I’ve never heard of such a kingdom.”
“Nor did I,” said Ilderim.
"Me neither," said Ilderim.
“And I may not tell more of it,” Balthasar added, humbly dropping his eyes. “What it is, what it is for, how it may be reached, none can know until the Child comes to take possession of it as his own. He brings the key of the viewless gate, which he will open for his beloved, among whom will be all who love him, for of such only the redeemed will be.”
“And I can’t say more about it,” Balthasar added, humbly looking down. “What it is, what it’s for, how it can be accessed—no one can know until the Child arrives to claim it as his own. He holds the key to the invisible gate, which he will open for his beloved, and that will include everyone who loves him, for only they will be redeemed.”
After that there was a long silence, which Balthasar accepted as the end of the conversation.
After that, there was a long silence, which Balthasar took as the end of the conversation.
“Good sheik,” he said, in his placid way, “to-morrow or the next day I will go up to the city for a time. My daughter wishes to see the preparations for the games. I will speak further about the time of our going. And, my son, I will see you again. To you both, peace and good-night.”
“Good sheik,” he said calmly, “tomorrow or the day after, I’ll head up to the city for a bit. My daughter wants to see the preparations for the games. I’ll talk more about when we’re leaving. And, my son, I’ll see you again. Wishing you both peace and good night.”
They all arose from the table. The sheik and Ben-Hur remained looking after the Egyptian until he was conducted out of the tent.
They all got up from the table. The sheik and Ben-Hur kept watching the Egyptian until he was led out of the tent.
“Sheik Ilderim,” said Ben-Hur then, “I have heard strange things tonight. Give me leave, I pray, to walk by the lake that I may think of them.”
“Sheik Ilderim,” Ben-Hur said then, “I’ve heard some strange things tonight. Please allow me to take a walk by the lake so I can think about them.”
“Go; and I will come after you.”
"Go ahead; I’ll follow."
They washed their hands again; after which, at a sign from the master, a servant brought Ben-Hur his shoes, and directly he went out.
They washed their hands again; then, at a sign from the master, a servant brought Ben-Hur his shoes, and he went outside right away.
CHAPTER XVII
Up a little way from the dower there was a cluster of palms, which threw its shade half in the water, half on the land. A bulbul sang from the branches a song of invitation. Ben-Hur stopped beneath to listen. At any other time the notes of the bird would have driven thought away; but the story of the Egyptian was a burden of wonder, and he was a laborer carrying it, and, like other laborers, there was to him no music in the sweetest music until mind and body were happily attuned by rest.
Up a little way from the estate, there was a group of palm trees that cast their shade half on the water and half on the land. A bulbul sang from the branches, calling out invitingly. Ben-Hur stopped below to listen. At any other time, the bird's song would have cleared his mind; but the tale of the Egyptian weighed heavily on him, like a worker carrying a load, and, like other workers, he found no pleasure in even the sweetest music until both his mind and body were at ease.
The night was quiet. Not a ripple broke upon the shore. The old stars of the old East were all out, each in its accustomed place; and there was summer everywhere—on land, on lake, in the sky.
The night was calm. Not a wave disturbed the shore. The familiar stars of the East were all shining, each in its usual spot; and summer was present everywhere—on land, on the lake, in the sky.
Ben-Hur’s imagination was heated, his feelings aroused, his will all unsettled.
Ben-Hur’s imagination was fired up, his emotions stirred, and his will completely shaken.
So the palms, the sky, the air, seemed to him of the far south zone into which Balthasar had been driven by despair for men; the lake, with its motionless surface, was a suggestion of the Nilotic mother by which the good man stood praying when the Spirit made its radiant appearance. Had all these accessories of the miracle come to Ben-Hur? or had he been transferred to them? And what if the miracle should be repeated—and to him? He feared, yet wished, and even waited for the vision. When at last his feverish mood was cooled, permitting him to become himself, he was able to think.
So the palms, the sky, the air, felt to him like the distant southern region where Balthasar had been driven by hopelessness for humanity; the lake, with its still surface, reminded him of the Nile goddess by which the good man stood praying when the Spirit made its glorious appearance. Had all these elements of the miracle come to Ben-Hur? Or had he been transported to them? And what if the miracle happened again—and to him? He was both afraid and hopeful, and even waited for the vision. When his feverish mood finally calmed down, allowing him to be himself again, he was able to think.
His scheme of life has been explained. In all reflection about it heretofore there had been one hiatus which he had not been able to bridge or fill up—one so broad he could see but vaguely to the other side of it. When, finally, he was graduated a captain as well as a soldier, to what object should he address his efforts? Revolution he contemplated, of course; but the processes of revolution have always been the same, and to lead men into them there have always been required, first, a cause or presence to enlist adherents; second, an end, or something as a practical achievement. As a rule he fights well who has wrongs to redress; but vastly better fights he who, with wrongs as a spur, has also steadily before him a glorious result in prospect—a result in which he can discern balm for wounds, compensation for valor, remembrance and gratitude in the event of death.
His plan for life has been laid out. In all his thinking about it up to now, there was one gap he couldn't bridge—one so wide that he could only vaguely see the other side. Finally, after graduating as a captain as well as a soldier, he wondered what he should focus his efforts on. He was naturally considering revolution; however, the methods of revolution have always been consistent, and to lead people into them, you need, first, a cause or presence to attract supporters; second, an end goal, or something tangible to achieve. Generally, those who fight well have wrongs to correct; but those who fight even better, with wrongs as motivation, also have a clear and glorious outcome in sight—an outcome where they can find healing for wounds, recognition for bravery, and respect and gratitude if they die.
To determine the sufficiency of either the cause or the end, it was needful that Ben-Hur should study the adherents to whom he looked when all was ready for action. Very naturally, they were his countrymen. The wrongs of Israel were to every son of Abraham, and each one was a cause vastly holy, vastly inspiring.
To figure out if the reason or the goal was good enough, Ben-Hur needed to look at the supporters he would turn to when everything was set for action. Naturally, they were his fellow countrymen. The injustices faced by Israel affected every son of Abraham, and each one felt it was a cause that was incredibly sacred and deeply motivating.
Ay, the cause was there; but the end—what should it be?
Yeah, the reason was there; but what would the outcome be?
The hours and days he had given this branch of his scheme were past calculation—all with the same conclusion—a dim, uncertain, general idea of national liberty. Was it sufficient? He could not say no, for that would have been the death of his hope; he shrank from saying yes, because his judgment taught him better. He could not assure himself even that Israel was able single-handed to successfully combat Rome. He knew the resources of that great enemy; he knew her art was superior to her resources. A universal alliance might suffice, but, alas! that was impossible, except—and upon the exception how long and earnestly he had dwelt!—except a hero would come from one of the suffering nations, and by martial successes accomplish a renown to fill the whole earth. What glory to Judea could she prove the Macedonia of the new Alexander! Alas, again! Under the rabbis valor was possible, but not discipline. And then the taunt of Messala in the garden of Herod—“All you conquer in the six days, you lose on the seventh.”
The hours and days he had invested in this part of his plan were countless—all leading to the same uncertain conclusion: a vague idea of national freedom. Was that enough? He couldn't say no, because that would crush his hope; he hesitated to say yes, because his judgment told him otherwise. He couldn't even convince himself that Israel could stand up to Rome on its own. He was aware of that powerful enemy's resources; he knew its skills exceeded its means. A global alliance might work, but, unfortunately, that was impossible—except—and he had thought long and hard about this exception!—except a hero would rise from one of the oppressed nations and achieve military successes that would earn worldwide fame. What glory for Judea if she could be the Macedonia of a new Alexander! Unfortunately, under the rabbis, courage was possible, but discipline was not. And then there was Messala’s taunt in the garden of Herod: “Everything you conquer in six days, you lose on the seventh.”
So it happened he never approached the chasm thinking to surmount it, but he was beaten back; and so incessantly had he failed in the object that he had about given it over, except as a thing of chance. The hero might be discovered in his day, or he might not. God only knew. Such his state of mind, there need be no lingering upon the effect of Malluch’s skeleton recital of the story of Balthasar. He heard it with a bewildering satisfaction—a feeling that here was the solution of the trouble—here was the requisite hero found at last; and he a son of the Lion tribe, and King of the Jews! Behind the hero, lo! the world in arms.
So it happened that he never approached the chasm thinking he could cross it, but he was pushed back; and he had failed so many times in this goal that he was almost ready to give up, except as something left to chance. The hero might be found in his time, or he might not. Only God knew. Given his state of mind, there was no need to dwell on the impact of Malluch’s chilling retelling of the story of Balthasar. He listened with a confusing sense of satisfaction—a feeling that this was the answer to his troubles—here was the hero he had been searching for at last; and he was a son of the Lion tribe, and King of the Jews! Behind the hero, behold! the world ready for battle.
The king implied a kingdom; he was to be a warrior glorious as David, a ruler wise and magnificent as Solomon; the kingdom was to be a power against which Rome was to dash itself to pieces. There would be colossal war, and the agonies of death and birth—then peace, meaning, of course, Judean dominion forever.
The king suggested a kingdom; he was meant to be a warrior as glorious as David, a ruler as wise and magnificent as Solomon; the kingdom was to be a force that Rome would crash against. There would be massive battles, and the suffering of death and birth—then peace, which meant, of course, Judean rule forever.
Ben-Hur’s heart beat hard as for an instant he had a vision of Jerusalem the capital of the world, and Zion, the site of the throne of the Universal Master.
Ben-Hur’s heart raced as he briefly imagined Jerusalem, the capital of the world, and Zion, the location of the throne of the Universal Master.
It seemed to the enthusiast rare fortune that the man who had seen the king was at the tent to which he was going. He could see him there, and hear him, and learn of him what all he knew of the coming change, especially all he knew of the time of its happening. If it were at hand, the campaign with Maxentius should be abandoned; and he would go and set about organizing and arming the tribes, that Israel might be ready when the great day of the restoration began to break.
It seemed like a rare stroke of luck to the eager fan that the man who had seen the king was at the tent he was heading to. He could see him there, hear him, and find out everything he knew about the upcoming changes, especially when they were going to happen. If it was imminent, the campaign against Maxentius should be called off; he would go and start organizing and arming the tribes so that Israel would be prepared when the great day of restoration began to dawn.
Now, as we have seen, from Balthasar himself Ben-Hur had the marvelous story. Was he satisfied?
Now, as we have seen, from Balthasar himself, Ben-Hur had the amazing story. Was he happy?
There was a shadow upon him deeper than that of the cluster of palms—the shadow of a great uncertainty, which—take note, O reader! which pertained more to the kingdom than the king.
There was a shadow over him deeper than that of the cluster of palm trees—the shadow of a deep uncertainty, which—pay attention, reader!—related more to the kingdom than to the king.
“What of this kingdom? And what is it to be?” Ben-Hur asked himself in thought.
“What will happen to this kingdom? And what will it become?” Ben-Hur wondered to himself.
Thus early arose the questions which were to follow the Child to his end, and survive him on earth—incomprehensible in his day, a dispute in this—an enigma to all who do not or cannot understand that every man is two in one—a deathless Soul and a mortal Body.
So early on, the questions arose that would follow the Child to his end and outlive him on earth—unfathomable in his time, a topic of debate now—an enigma to all who do not or cannot grasp that every person is two in one—a timeless Soul and a mortal Body.
“What is it to be?” he asked.
“What is it going to be?” he asked.
For us, O reader, the Child himself has answered; but for Ben-Hur there were only the words of Balthasar, “On the earth, yet not of it—not for men, but for their souls—a dominion, nevertheless, of unimaginable glory.”
For us, dear reader, the Child himself has answered; but for Ben-Hur, there were only the words of Balthasar, “On the earth, yet not of it—not for men, but for their souls—a dominion, nevertheless, of unimaginable glory.”
What wonder the hapless youth found the phrases but the darkening of a riddle?
What a surprise the unfortunate young man discovered that the phrases were nothing more than a puzzling riddle!
“The hand of man is not in it,” he said, despairingly. “Nor has the king of such a kingdom use for men; neither toilers, nor councillors, nor soldiers. The earth must die or be made anew, and for government new principles must be discovered—something besides armed hands—something in place of Force. But what?”
“The hand of man is not in it,” he said, hopelessly. “Nor does the king of such a kingdom have any use for people; neither workers, nor advisors, nor soldiers. The earth must perish or be rebuilt, and for governance, new principles must be found—something beyond brute force—something to replace violence. But what?”
Again, O reader!
Once more, dear reader!
That which we will not see, he could not. The power there is in Love had not yet occurred to any man; much less had one come saying directly that for government and its objects—peace and order—Love is better and mightier than Force.
What we can't see, he couldn't either. The strength in Love hadn't yet occurred to anyone; even less had someone come out and said that for government and its goals—peace and order—Love is superior and more powerful than Force.
In the midst of his reverie a hand was laid upon his shoulder.
In the middle of his daydream, a hand was placed on his shoulder.
“I have a word to say, O son of Arrius,” said Ilderim, stopping by his side—“a word, and then I must return, for the night is going.”
“I have something to say, son of Arrius,” Ilderim said, stopping beside him—“a word, and then I have to go back, because the night is fading.”
“I give you welcome, sheik.”
“Welcome, sheik.”
“As to the things you have heard but now,” said Ilderim, almost without pause, “take in belief all save that relating to the kind of kingdom the Child will set up when he comes; as to so much keep virgin mind until you hear Simonides the merchant—a good man here in Antioch, to whom I will make you known. The Egyptian gives you coinage of his dreams which are too good for the earth; Simonides is wiser; he will ring you the sayings of your prophets, giving book and page, so you cannot deny that the Child will be King of the Jews in fact—ay, by the splendor of God! a king as Herod was, only better and far more magnificent. And then, see you, we will taste the sweetness of vengeance. I have said. Peace to you!”
“As for the things you’ve heard so far,” Ilderim said almost without pause, “believe everything except what’s said about the kind of kingdom the Child will establish when he arrives; keep an open mind about that until you hear from Simonides the merchant—a good man here in Antioch, whom I will introduce you to. The Egyptian tells you tales from his dreams that are too good for this world; Simonides is wiser; he will share with you the words of your prophets, providing book and page, so you can’t deny that the Child will be the King of the Jews in reality—yes, by the glory of God! a king like Herod was, but better and much more magnificent. And then, you’ll see, we will savor the sweetness of revenge. That’s all I have to say. Peace be with you!”
“Stay—sheik!”
“Stay—dude!”
If Ilderim heard his call, he did not stay.
If Ilderim heard him call, he didn't stick around.
“Simonides again!” said Ben-Hur, bitterly. “Simonides here, Simonides there; from this one now, then from that! I am like to be well ridden by my father’s servant, who knows at least to hold fast that which is mine; wherefore he is richer, if indeed he be not wiser, than the Egyptian. By the covenant! it is not to the faithless a man should go to find a faith to keep—and I will not. But, hark! singing—and the voice a woman’s—or an angel’s! It comes this way.”
“Simonides again!” Ben-Hur said bitterly. “Simonides here, Simonides there; from this person now, then from that one! I might as well be ridden hard by my father’s servant, who at least knows how to hold on to what’s mine; so he is richer, if he isn’t wiser, than the Egyptian. Seriously! A man shouldn’t turn to the unfaithful to find someone to trust—and I won’t. But wait! Singing—and the voice is a woman’s—or an angel’s! It’s coming this way.”
Down the lake towards the dower came a woman singing. Her voice floated along the hushed water melodious as a flute, and louder growing each instant. Directly the dipping of oars was heard in slow measure; a little later the words were distinguishable—words in purest Greek, best fitted of all the tongues of the day for the expression of passionate grief.
Down the lake towards the estate came a woman singing. Her voice floated over the quiet water, melodic like a flute, and getting louder with each moment. Soon, the sound of oars dipping in rhythm was heard; a little later, the words became clear—words in the purest Greek, best suited of all the languages of the day for expressing deep sorrow.
THE LAMENT.
(Egyptian.)
THE LAMENT.
(Egyptian.)
I sigh as I sing for the story land
Across the Syrian sea.
The odorous winds from the musky sand
Were breaths of life to me.
They play with the plumes of the whispering palm
For me, alas! no more;
Nor more does the Nile in the moonlit calm
Moan past the Memphian shore.
I sigh as I sing about the land of stories
Across the Syrian sea.
The fragrant winds from the musky sand
Were life-giving to me.
They play with the plumes of the swaying palm
For me, sadly, no more;
And the Nile no longer moans in the moonlit calm
As it flows past the Memphian shore.
O Nilus! thou god of my fainting soul!
In dreams thou comest to me;
And, dreaming, I play with the lotus bowl,
And sing old songs to thee;
And hear from afar the Memnonian strain,
And calls from dear Simbel;
And wake to a passion of grief and pain
That e’er I said—Farewell!
O Nile! you god of my weary soul!
In dreams, you come to me;
And while dreaming, I play with the lotus bowl,
And sing old songs to you;
And hear from a distance the Memnonian tune,
And calls from beloved Simbel;
And wake to a wave of grief and pain
That ever I said—Farewell!
At the conclusion of the song the singer was past the cluster of palms. The last word—farewell—floated past Ben-Hur weighted with all the sweet sorrow of parting. The passing of the boat was as the passing of a deeper shadow into the deeper night.
At the end of the song, the singer had moved beyond the group of palm trees. The last word—farewell—drifted past Ben-Hur, heavy with all the bittersweet emotion of parting. The boat gliding away felt like a deeper shadow moving into the dark night.
Ben-Hur drew a long breath hardly distinguishable from a sigh.
Ben-Hur took a deep breath that was almost a sigh.
“I know her by the song—the daughter of Balthasar. How beautiful it was! And how beautiful is she!”
“I know her by the song—the daughter of Balthasar. How beautiful it was! And how beautiful is she!”
He recalled her large eyes curtained slightly by the drooping lids, the cheeks oval and rosy rich, the lips full and deep with dimpling in the corners, and all the grace of the tall lithe figure.
He remembered her big eyes partly hidden by her drooping eyelids, her cheeks oval and rosy, her lips full with dimples in the corners, and the elegance of her tall, slender figure.
“How beautiful she is!” he repeated.
“How beautiful she is!” he said again.
And his heart made answer by a quickening of its movement.
And his heart responded by beating faster.
Then, almost the same instant, another face, younger and quite as beautiful—more childlike and tender, if not so passionate—appeared as if held up to him out of the lake.
Then, almost at the same moment, another face, younger and just as beautiful—more innocent and gentle, if not as fiery—appeared as if lifted up to him from the lake.
“Esther!” he said, smiling. “As I wished, a star has been sent to me.”
“Esther!” he said, smiling. “Just like I hoped, a star has come to me.”
He turned, and passed slowly back to the tent.
He turned and walked slowly back to the tent.
His life had been crowded with griefs and with vengeful preparations—too much crowded for love. Was this the beginning of a happy change?
His life had been filled with sorrows and plans for revenge—too filled for love. Was this the start of a positive change?
And if the influence went with him into the tent, whose was it? Esther had given him a cup. So had the Egyptian. And both had come to him at the same time under the palms.
And if the influence followed him into the tent, whose was it? Esther had given him a cup. So had the Egyptian. And both had approached him at the same time under the palms.
Which?
Which one?
BOOK FIFTH
“Only the actions of the just
Smell sweet and blossom in the dust.”
SHIRLEY.
“And, through the heat of conflict, keeps the law,
In calmness made, and sees what he foresaw.”
WORDSWORTH.
“Only the actions of the righteous
Smell sweet and thrive in the dirt.”
SHIRLEY.
“And, through the heat of battle, upholds the law,
In tranquility made, and perceives what he predicted.”
WORDSWORTH.
CHAPTER I
The morning after the bacchanalia in the saloon of the palace, the divan was covered with young patricians. Maxentius might come, and the city throng to receive him; the legion might descend from Mount Sulpius in glory of arms and armor; from Nymphaeum to Omphalus there might be ceremonial splendors to shame the most notable ever before seen or heard of in the gorgeous East; yet would the many continue to sleep ignominiously on the divan where they had fallen or been carelessly tumbled by the indifferent slaves; that they would be able to take part in the reception that day was about as possible as for the lay-figures in the studio of a modern artist to rise and go bonneted and plumed through the one, two, three of a waltz.
The morning after the wild party in the palace saloon, the divan was filled with young aristocrats. Maxentius might arrive, and the city would gather to welcome him; the legion might come down from Mount Sulpius in full glory, decked out in arms and armor; from Nymphaeum to Omphalus, there could be ceremonial displays that would outshine anything ever seen or heard of in the opulent East; yet the crowd would continue to sleep shamefully on the divan where they had collapsed or been carelessly knocked down by the indifferent servants. The idea that they would be able to participate in the reception that day was about as likely as the lay figures in a modern artist's studio rising up to waltz while wearing bonnets and feathers.
Not all, however, who participated in the orgy were in the shameful condition. When dawn began to peer through the skylights of the saloon, Messala arose, and took the chaplet from his head, in sign that the revel was at end; then he gathered his robe about him, gave a last look at the scene, and, without a word, departed for his quarters. Cicero could not have retired with more gravity from a night-long senatorial debate.
Not everyone who took part in the orgy was in a shameful state. When dawn started to break through the skylights of the saloon, Messala got up and removed the wreath from his head, signaling that the party was over; then he wrapped his robe around himself, took one last look at the scene, and left for his quarters without saying a word. Cicero couldn't have left a long senatorial debate with more seriousness.
Three hours afterwards two couriers entered his room, and from his own hand received each a despatch, sealed and in duplicate, and consisting chiefly of a letter to Valerius Gratus, the procurator, still resident in Cæsarea. The importance attached to the speedy and certain delivery of the paper may be inferred. One courier was to proceed overland, the other by sea; both were to make the utmost haste.
Three hours later, two couriers entered his room and each received a message from him that was sealed and in duplicate. It mainly included a letter to Valerius Gratus, the procurator, who was still in Cæsarea. The significance placed on the fast and reliable delivery of the document is clear. One courier was to travel overland, while the other was to go by sea; both were to hurry as much as possible.
It is of great concern now that the reader should be fully informed of the contents of the letter thus forwarded, and it is accordingly given:
It is very important now that the reader is fully aware of what the letter contains, so here it is:
“ANTIOCH, XII. Kal. Jul.
“Antioch, June 20.”
“Messala to Gratus.
"Messala to Gratus."
“O my Midas!
"Oh my Midas!"
“I pray thou take no offense at the address, seeing it is one of love and gratitude, and an admission that thou art most fortunate among men; seeing, also, that thy ears are as they were derived from thy mother, only proportionate to thy matured condition.
"I hope you don't take offense at what I'm saying, as it's coming from a place of love and gratitude, and an acknowledgment that you are truly one of the luckiest among men; also, that your ears are just as they were from your mother, only fitting for your grown-up self."
“O my Midas!
"Oh my Midas!"
“I have to relate to thee an astonishing event, which, though as yet somewhat in the field of conjecture, will, I doubt not, justify thy instant consideration.
“I need to tell you about an amazing event that, while still somewhat speculative, I believe will definitely deserve your immediate attention.
“Allow me first to revive thy recollection. Remember, a good many years ago, a family of a prince of Jerusalem, incredibly ancient and vastly rich—by name Ben-Hur. If thy memory have a limp or ailment of any kind, there is, if I mistake not, a wound on thy head which may help thee to a revival of the circumstance.
“Let me first jog your memory. Do you remember, many years ago, a family of a prince of Jerusalem, incredibly old and very wealthy—named Ben-Hur? If your memory is a bit foggy, there’s a wound on your head that might help bring back those memories.”
“Next, to arouse thy interest. In punishment of the attempt upon thy life—for dear repose of conscience, may all the gods forbid it should ever prove to have been an accident!—the family were seized and summarily disposed of, and their property confiscated. And inasmuch, O my Midas! as the action had the approval of our Cæsar, who was as just as he was wise—be there flowers upon his altars forever!—there should be no shame in referring to the sums which were realized to us respectively from that source, for which it is not possible I can ever cease to be grateful to thee, certainly not while I continue, as at present, in the uninterrupted enjoyment of the part which fell to me.
“Next, to spark your interest. As punishment for the attempt on your life—may all the gods forbid it was ever just an accident!—the family was seized and quickly dealt with, and their property was taken. And since, oh my Midas! the action had the approval of our Caesar, who was as fair as he was wise—may there be flowers on his altars forever!—there should be no shame in mentioning the amounts we each received from that source, for which I can never stop being grateful to you, certainly not as long as I continue to enjoy my share uninterrupted.”
“In vindication of thy wisdom—a quality for which, as I am now advised, the son of Gordius, to whom I have boldly likened thee, was never distinguished among men or gods—I recall further that thou didst make disposition of the family of Hur, both of us at the time supposing the plan hit upon to be the most effective possible for the purposes in view, which were silence and delivery over to inevitable but natural death. Thou wilt remember what thou didst with the mother and sister of the malefactor; yet, if now I yield to a desire to learn whether they be living or dead, I know, from knowing the amiability of thy nature, O my Gratus, that thou wilt pardon me as one scarcely less amiable than thyself.
"In defense of your wisdom—a quality for which, as I’ve come to understand, the son of Gordius, to whom I've confidently compared you, was never recognized among men or gods—I also remember that you arranged the fate of Hur's family, both of us at the time believing the plan we came up with was the most effective for the intended goals, which were silence and handing them over to inevitable but natural death. You'll recall what you did with the mother and sister of the criminal; yet, if I now give in to the urge to find out whether they are alive or dead, I know, from understanding your kind nature, O my Gratus, that you'll forgive me as one who is hardly less amiable than you."
“As more immediately essential to the present business, however, I take the liberty of inviting to thy remembrance that the actual criminal was sent to the galleys a slave for life—so the precept ran; and it may serve to make the event which I am about to relate the more astonishing by saying here that I saw and read the receipt for his body delivered in course to the tribune commanding a galley.
“As it’s more directly related to the matter at hand, I’d like to remind you that the actual criminal was sentenced to the galleys as a lifelong slave—that was the ruling; and this might make the story I’m about to share even more surprising, as I can tell you that I saw and read the receipt for his body, which was delivered to the tribune in charge of a galley.”
“Thou mayst begin now to give me more especial heed, O my most excellent Phrygian!
“Now you may start to pay more attention to me, O my most excellent Phrygian!
“Referring to the limit of life at the oar, the outlaw thus justly disposed of should be dead, or, better speaking, some one of the three thousand Oceanides should have taken him to husband at least five years ago. And if thou wilt excuse a momentary weakness, O most virtuous and tender of men! inasmuch as I loved him in childhood, and also because he was very handsome—I used in much admiration to call him my Ganymede—he ought in right to have fallen into the arms of the most beautiful daughter of the family. Of opinion, however, that he was certainly dead, I have lived quite five years in calm and innocent enjoyment of the fortune for which I am in a degree indebted to him. I make the admission of indebtedness without intending it to diminish my obligation to thee.
“Referring to the limits of life at the oar, the outlaw who should be justly dealt with should be dead, or, to put it better, one of the three thousand Oceanides should have taken him as a husband at least five years ago. And if you'll forgive a moment of weakness, O most virtuous and tender of men! since I loved him in childhood, and also because he was very good-looking—I used to admire him greatly and call him my Ganymede—he rightfully should have ended up in the arms of the most beautiful daughter of the family. However, believing that he was certainly dead, I have spent the last five years in calm and innocent enjoyment of the fortune for which I am partly indebted to him. I admit my indebtedness without meaning for it to lessen my obligation to you.”
“Now I am at the very point of interest.
“Now I am at the very point of interest.
“Last night, while acting as master of the feast for a party just from Rome—their extreme youth and inexperience appealed to my compassion—I heard a singular story. Maxentius, the consul, as you know, comes to-day to conduct a campaign against the Parthians. Of the ambitious who are to accompany him there is one, a son of the late duumvir Quintus Arrius. I had occasion to inquire about him particularly. When Arrius set out in pursuit of the pirates, whose defeat gained him his final honors, he had no family; when he returned from the expedition, he brought back with him an heir. Now be thou composed as becomes the owner of so many talents in ready sestertii! The son and heir of whom I speak is he whom thou didst send to the galleys—the very Ben-Hur who should have died at his oar five years ago—returned now with fortune and rank, and possibly as a Roman citizen, to— Well, thou art too firmly seated to be alarmed, but I, O my Midas! I am in danger—no need to tell thee of what. Who should know, if thou dost not?
“Last night, while hosting a party that just came from Rome—their extreme youth and inexperience made me feel sorry for them—I heard a unique story. Maxentius, the consul, is coming today to lead a campaign against the Parthians. Among the ambitious people who will accompany him is the son of the late duumvir Quintus Arrius. I had the chance to ask about him specifically. When Arrius set out to chase the pirates, whose defeat earned him his final honors, he had no family; when he returned from that mission, he brought back an heir. Now be calm, considering you have so many talents in cash! The son and heir I’m talking about is the one you sent to the galleys—the very Ben-Hur who should have died at his oar five years ago—now back with wealth and status, possibly as a Roman citizen, to— Well, you are too secure to be worried, but I, O my Midas! I am in danger—no need to explain what. Who would know if you don’t?
“Sayst thou to all this, tut-tut?
“Do you say all of this, tut-tut?
“When Arrius, the father, by adoption, of this apparition from the arms of the most beautiful of the Oceanides (see above my opinion of what she should be), joined battle with the pirates, his vessel was sunk, and but two of all her crew escaped drowning—Arrius himself and this one, his heir.
“When Arrius, the adoptive father of this vision from the arms of the most beautiful of the Oceanides (refer to my earlier thoughts on her), fought against the pirates, his ship was sunk, and only two of the entire crew managed to escape drowning—Arrius himself and his heir.”
“The officers who took them from the plank on which they were floating say the associate of the fortunate tribune was a young man who, when lifted to the deck, was in the dress of a galley slave.
“The officers who took them from the plank they were floating on say the associate of the lucky tribune was a young man who, when lifted onto the deck, was dressed like a galley slave."
“This should be convincing, to say least; but lest thou say tut-tut again, I tell thee, O my Midas! that yesterday, by good chance—I have a vow to Fortune in consequence—I met the mysterious son of Arrius face to face; and I declare now that, though I did not then recognize him, he is the very Ben-Hur who was for years my playmate; the very Ben-Hur who, if he be a man, though of the commonest grade, must this very moment of my writing be thinking of vengeance—for so would I were I he—vengeance not to be satisfied short of life; vengeance for country, mother, sister, self, and—I say it last, though thou mayst think it would be first—for fortune lost.
“This should be convincing, to say the least; but just in case you would scoff again, I tell you, my Midas! that yesterday, by a stroke of luck—I have a promise to Fortune because of it—I came face to face with the mysterious son of Arrius; and I declare now that, although I didn’t recognize him at the time, he is the very Ben-Hur who was my playmate for years; the very Ben-Hur who, if he is a man, even of the most common sort, must right now, as I’m writing this, be thinking about revenge—for that’s what I would do if I were him—revenge that won’t be satisfied short of taking a life; revenge for his country, mother, sister, himself, and—I mention this last even though you might think it should be first—for lost fortune.
“By this time, O good my benefactor and friend! my Gratus! in consideration of thy sestertii in peril, their loss being the worst which could befall one of thy high estate—I quit calling thee after the foolish old King of Phrygia—by this time, I say (meaning after having read me so far), I have faith to believe thou hast ceased saying tut-tut, and art ready to think what ought to be done in such emergency.
"At this point, my good benefactor and friend! My Gratus! Considering your dangerous loss of money, the worst thing that could happen to someone of your status—I stop referring to you as the silly old King of Phrygia—at this point, I mean (after having read this far), I believe you’ve stopped shaking your head and are ready to think about what should be done in this situation."
“It were vulgar to ask thee now what shall be done. Rather let me say I am thy client; or, better yet, thou art my Ulysses whose part it is to give me sound direction.
“It would be rude to ask you now what should be done. Instead, let me say I am your client; or, even better, you are my Ulysses whose job it is to give me good guidance.
“And I please myself thinking I see thee when this letter is put into thy hand. I see thee read it once; thy countenance all gravity, and then again with a smile; then, hesitation ended, and thy judgment formed, it is this, or it is that; wisdom like Mercury’s, promptitude like Cæsar’s.
“And I imagine I see you when this letter is handed to you. I see you read it once; your face all serious, and then again with a smile; then, after some hesitation, you come to a decision, weighing this option or that one; your wisdom like Mercury’s, your decisiveness like Caesar’s.
“The sun is now fairly risen. An hour hence two messengers will depart from my door, each with a sealed copy hereof; one of them will go by land, the other by sea, so important do I regard it that thou shouldst be early and particularly informed of the appearance of our enemy in this part of our Roman world.
“The sun is now fully up. In an hour, two messengers will leave my door, each with a sealed copy of this; one will travel by land, the other by sea, because I think it's crucial that you are informed right away about the appearance of our enemy in this part of the Roman world.”
“I will await thy answer here.
I will wait for your response here.
“Ben-Hur’s going and coming will of course be regulated by his master, the consul, who, though he exert himself without rest day and night, cannot get away under a month. Thou knowest what work it is to assemble and provide for an army destined to operate in a desolate, townless country.
“Ben-Hur’s movements will obviously be controlled by his master, the consul, who, despite his constant efforts day and night, cannot leave for at least a month. You know how much effort it takes to organize and supply an army that is meant to operate in a barren, townless area.”
“I saw the Jew yesterday in the Grove of Daphne; and if he be not there now, he is certainly in the neighborhood, making it easy for me to keep him in eye. Indeed, wert thou to ask me where he is now, I should say, with the most positive assurance, he is to be found at the old Orchard of Palms, under the tent of the traitor Sheik Ilderim, who cannot long escape our strong hand. Be not surprised if Maxentius, as his first measure, places the Arab on ship for forwarding to Rome.
“I saw the Jew yesterday in the Grove of Daphne; and if he’s not there now, he’s definitely nearby, making it easy for me to keep an eye on him. In fact, if you were to ask me where he is right now, I’d say with complete confidence that he’s at the old Orchard of Palms, under the tent of the traitor Sheik Ilderim, who won’t be able to evade our strong grip for long. Don’t be surprised if Maxentius’s first move is to put the Arab on a ship to send him to Rome.”
“I am so particular about the whereabouts of the Jew because it will be important to thee, O illustrious! when thou comest to consider what is to be done; for already I know, and by the knowledge I flatter myself I am growing in wisdom, that in every scheme involving human action there are three elements always to be taken into account—time, place, and agency.
“I’m really particular about where the Jew is because it will matter to you, O illustrious one! when you think about what needs to be done; for I already know, and I like to think I’m getting wiser, that in every plan involving human action there are always three things to consider—time, place, and agency.”
“If thou sayest this is the place, have thou then no hesitancy in trusting the business to thy most loving friend, who would be thy aptest scholar as well.
“If you say this is the place, then don’t hesitate to trust the task to your most loving friend, who would also be your best student.”
MESSALA.”
MESSALA.
CHAPTER II
About the time the couriers departed from Messala’s door with the despatches (it being yet the early morning hour), Ben-Hur entered Ilderim’s tent. He had taken a plunge into the lake, and breakfasted, and appeared now in an under-tunic, sleeveless, and with skirt scarcely reaching to the knee.
About the time the messengers left Messala’s door with the dispatches (it was still early morning), Ben-Hur walked into Ilderim’s tent. He had taken a swim in the lake, had breakfast, and now was wearing a sleeveless under-tunic with a skirt that barely reached his knees.
The sheik saluted him from the divan.
The sheik greeted him from the couch.
“I give thee peace, son of Arrius,” he said, with admiration, for, in truth, he had never seen a more perfect illustration of glowing, powerful, confident manhood. “I give thee peace and good-will. The horses are ready, I am ready. And thou?”
“I give you peace, son of Arrius,” he said, admiringly, for he had never seen a more perfect example of strong, confident manhood. “I give you peace and goodwill. The horses are ready, I’m ready. And you?”
“The peace thou givest me, good sheik, I give thee in return. I thank thee for so much good-will. I am ready.”
“The peace you give me, good sheik, I give back to you. Thank you for your kindness. I am ready.”
Ilderim clapped his hands.
Ilderim clapped his hands.
“I will have the horses brought. Be seated.”
“I'll have the horses brought over. Please take a seat.”
“Are they yoked?”
"Are they together?"
“No.”
“Nope.”
“Then suffer me to serve myself,” said Ben-Hur. “It is needful that I make the acquaintance of thy Arabs. I must know them by name, O sheik, that I may speak to them singly; nor less must I know their temper, for they are like men: if bold, the better of scolding; if timid, the better of praise and flattery. Let the servants bring me the harness.”
“Then let me take care of this myself,” said Ben-Hur. “I need to get to know your Arabs. I must know their names, O sheik, so I can speak to each of them individually; and I also need to understand their personalities because they’re like people: if they’re bold, they respond better to scolding; if they’re timid, they respond better to praise and flattery. Have the servants bring me the harness.”
“And the chariot?” asked the sheik.
“And the chariot?” the sheik asked.
“I will let the chariot alone to-day. In its place, let them bring me a fifth horse, if thou hast it; he should be barebacked, and fleet as the others.”
“I’ll skip the chariot today. Instead, have them bring me a fifth horse, if you have one; it should be bareback and just as fast as the others.”
Ilderim’s wonder was aroused, and he summoned a servant immediately.
Ilderim was intrigued, so he called a servant right away.
“Bid them bring the harness for the four,” he said—“the harness for the four, and the bridle for Sirius.”
“Tell them to bring the harness for the four,” he said—“the harness for the four, and the bridle for Sirius.”
Ilderim then arose.
Ilderim then got up.
“Sirius is my love, and I am his, O son of Arrius. We have been comrades for twenty years—in tent, in battle, in all stages of the desert we have been comrades. I will show him to you.”
“Sirius is my love, and I am his, O son of Arrius. We have been friends for twenty years—in the tent, in battle, in every phase of the desert we have been friends. I will show him to you.”
Going to the division curtain, he held it, while Ben-Hur passed under. The horses came to him in a body. One with a small head, luminous eyes, neck like the segment of a bended bow, and mighty chest, curtained thickly by a profusion of mane soft and wavy as a damsel’s locks, nickered low and gladly at sight of him.
Going to the division curtain, he held it while Ben-Hur passed underneath. The horses approached him together. One with a small head, bright eyes, a neck like a curved bow, and a powerful chest, thickly draped with a mane that was soft and wavy like a girl's hair, nickered softly and happily at the sight of him.
“Good horse,” said the sheik, patting the dark-brown cheek. “Good horse, good-morning.” Turning then to Ben-Hur, he added, “This is Sirius, father of the four here. Mira, the mother, awaits our return, being too precious to be hazarded in a region where there is a stronger hand than mine. And much I doubt,” he laughed as he spoke—“much I doubt, O son of Arrius, if the tribe could endure her absence. She is their glory; they worship her; did she gallop over them, they would laugh. Ten thousand horsemen, sons of the desert, will ask to-day, ‘Have you heard of Mira?’ And to the answer, ‘She is well,’ they will say, ‘God is good! blessed be God!’”
“Good horse,” said the sheik, patting the dark-brown cheek. “Good horse, good morning.” He then turned to Ben-Hur and added, “This is Sirius, the father of the four here. Mira, the mother, is waiting for us to come back, as she’s too valuable to risk in a place where there’s a stronger hand than mine. And I really doubt,” he chuckled as he spoke—“I really doubt, O son of Arrius, if the tribe could handle her absence. She is their pride; they adore her; if she galloped over them, they would laugh. Ten thousand horsemen, sons of the desert, will ask today, ‘Have you heard about Mira?’ And to the answer, ‘She is well,’ they will respond, ‘God is good! blessed be God!’”
“Mira—Sirius—names of stars, are they not, O sheik?” asked Ben-Hur, going to each of the four, and to the sire, offering his hand.
“Mira—Sirius—those are names of stars, right, O sheik?” asked Ben-Hur, moving towards each of the four and to the sire, extending his hand.
“And why not?” replied Ilderim. “Wert thou ever abroad on the desert at night?”
“And why not?” replied Ilderim. “Have you ever been out in the desert at night?”
“No.”
“No.”
“Then thou canst not know how much we Arabs depend upon the stars. We borrow their names in gratitude, and give them in love. My fathers all had their Miras, as I have mine; and these children are stars no less. There, see thou, is Rigel, and there Antares; that one is Atair, and he whom thou goest to now is Aldebaran, the youngest of the brood, but none the worse of that—no, not he! Against the wind he will carry thee till it roar in thy ears like Akaba; and he will go where thou sayest, son of Arrius—ay, by the glory of Solomon! he will take thee to the lion’s jaws, if thou darest so much.”
“Then you can’t know how much we Arabs rely on the stars. We borrow their names out of gratitude and give them in love. My ancestors all had their Miras, just like I have mine; and these children are no less than stars. Look there, that’s Rigel, and over there is Antares; that one is Atair, and the one you’re going to now is Aldebaran, the youngest of the group, but that doesn’t make him any less valuable—not at all! Against the wind, he’ll take you until it roars in your ears like Akaba; and he will go wherever you say, son of Arrius—yes, by the glory of Solomon! he’ll take you right into the lion’s jaws, if you dare to do so.”
The harness was brought. With his own hands Ben-Hur equipped the horses; with his own hands he led them out of the tent, and there attached the reins.
The harness was brought. Ben-Hur personally equipped the horses; he led them out of the tent himself and attached the reins.
“Bring me Sirius,” he said.
“Get me Sirius,” he said.
An Arab could not have better sprung to seat on the courser’s back.
An Arab couldn't have jumped onto the horse's back any better.
“And now the reins.”
“Now, the reins.”
They were given him, and carefully separated.
They were given to him and carefully separated.
“Good sheik,” he said, “I am ready. Let a guide go before me to the field, and send some of thy men with water.”
“Good sheik,” he said, “I’m ready. Please send a guide ahead to the field, and have some of your men bring water.”
There was no trouble at starting. The horses were not afraid. Already there seemed a tacit understanding between them and the new driver, who had performed his part calmly, and with the confidence which always begets confidence. The order of going was precisely that of driving, except that Ben-Hur sat upon Sirius instead of standing in the chariot. Ilderim’s spirit arose. He combed his beard, and smiled with satisfaction as he muttered, “He is not a Roman, no, by the splendor of God!” He followed on foot, the entire tenantry of the dowar—men, women, and children—pouring after him, participants all in his solicitude, if not in his confidence.
There was no issue getting started. The horses weren’t scared. It seemed like there was already an unspoken connection between them and the new driver, who handled everything calmly, radiating a confidence that inspired more confidence in return. The order of the ride was exactly like that of driving, except that Ben-Hur was sitting on Sirius instead of standing in the chariot. Ilderim felt uplifted. He stroked his beard and smiled with satisfaction as he muttered, “He’s not a Roman, no, by the glory of God!” He followed on foot, and the whole group of tenants—men, women, and children—streamed after him, all sharing in his concern, if not in his confidence.
The field, when reached, proved ample and well fitted for the training, which Ben-Hur began immediately by driving the four at first slowly, and in perpendicular lines, and then in wide circles. Advancing a step in the course, he put them next into a trot; again progressing, he pushed into a gallop; at length he contracted the circles, and yet later drove eccentrically here and there, right, left, forward, and without a break. An hour was thus occupied. Slowing the gait to a walk, he drove up to Ilderim.
The field, once they arrived, was spacious and ideal for the training, which Ben-Hur started right away by driving the four slowly at first, in straight lines, and then in wide circles. As he progressed, he switched them into a trot; after that, he moved to a gallop; finally, he tightened the circles, and then drove in all directions—right, left, forward, and without stopping. This went on for an hour. Slowing down to a walk, he drove up to Ilderim.
“The work is done, nothing now but practice,” he said. “I give you joy, Sheik Ilderim, that you have such servants as these. See,” he continued, dismounting and going to the horses, “see, the gloss of their red coats is without spot; they breathe lightly as when I began. I give thee great joy, and it will go hard if”—he turned his flashing eyes upon the old man’s face—“if we have not the victory and our—”
“The work is finished, and now we just have to practice,” he said. “I’m happy for you, Sheik Ilderim, that you have such great servants. Look,” he continued, getting off his horse and walking over to the horses, “see how shiny their red coats are; they’re breathing easily just like when I started. I’m really happy for you, and it would be surprising if”—he turned his intense gaze to the old man’s face—“if we don’t win and our—”
He stopped, colored, bowed. At the sheik’s side he observed, for the first time, Balthasar, leaning upon his staff, and two women closely veiled. At one of the latter he looked a second time, saying to himself, with a flutter about his heart, “’Tis she—’tis the Egyptian!” Ilderim picked up his broken sentence—
He stopped, blushing, and bowed. Next to the sheik, he noticed, for the first time, Balthasar, leaning on his staff, and two women who were heavily veiled. He looked at one of them a second time, thinking to himself, with a flutter in his heart, “It’s her—it’s the Egyptian!” Ilderim resumed his interrupted sentence—
“The victory, and our revenge!” Then he said aloud, “I am not afraid; I am glad. Son of Arrius, thou art the man. Be the end like the beginning, and thou shalt see of what stuff is the lining of the hand of an Arab who is able to give.”
“The victory, and our revenge!” Then he said aloud, “I’m not afraid; I’m glad. Son of Arrius, you’re the one. Let the end be like the beginning, and you’ll see what kind of stuff makes up the hand of an Arab who can give.”
“I thank thee, good sheik,” Ben-Hur returned, modestly. “Let the servants bring drink for the horses.”
“Thank you, good sheik,” Ben-Hur replied modestly. “Let the servants bring drinks for the horses.”
With his own hands he gave the water.
With his own hands, he served the water.
Remounting Sirius, he renewed the training, going as before from walk to trot, from trot to gallop; finally, he pushed the steady racers into the run, gradually quickening it to full speed. The performance then became exciting; and there were applause for the dainty handling of the reins, and admiration for the four, which were the same, whether they flew forward or wheeled in varying curvature. In their action there were unity, power, grace, pleasure, all without effort or sign of labor. The admiration was unmixed with pity or reproach, which would have been as well bestowed upon swallows in their evening flight.
Remounting Sirius, he started training again, moving from a walk to a trot, then from a trot to a gallop; eventually, he urged the steady racers into a run, gradually speeding up to full throttle. The performance became thrilling; there was applause for the skillful handling of the reins and admiration for the four, whether they surged forward or turned in graceful curves. Their movements showed unity, strength, elegance, and joy, all effortlessly and without any sign of strain. The admiration was pure, without any hint of pity or blame, which would have been just as misplaced as feeling sorry for swallows in their evening flight.
In the midst of the exercises, and the attention they received from all the bystanders, Malluch came upon the ground, seeking the sheik.
In the middle of the exercises, while everyone watched, Malluch came down to the ground, looking for the sheik.
“I have a message for you, O sheik,” he said, availing himself of a moment he supposed favorable for the speech—“a message from Simonides, the merchant.”
“I have a message for you, Sheik,” he said, taking advantage of what he thought was a good moment to speak—“a message from Simonides, the merchant.”
“Simonides!” ejaculated the Arab. “Ah! ’tis well. May Abaddon take all his enemies!”
“Simonides!” the Arab exclaimed. “Ah! That's good. May Abaddon take all his enemies!”
“He bade me give thee first the holy peace of God,” Malluch continued; “and then this despatch, with prayer that thou read it the instant of receipt.”
“He asked me to give you first the holy peace of God,” Malluch continued; “and then this message, with a request that you read it as soon as you get it.”
Ilderim, standing in his place, broke the sealing of the package delivered to him, and from a wrapping of fine linen took two letters, which he proceeded to read.
Ilderim, standing in his spot, opened the seal on the package delivered to him and took out two letters wrapped in fine linen, which he started to read.
[No. 1.]
[No. 1.]
“Simonides to Sheik Ilderim.
“Simonides to Sheikh Ilderim.”
“O friend!
"Hey friend!"
“Assure thyself first of a place in my inner heart.
“Make sure you have a special place in my heart first.
“Then—
Then—
“There is in thy dowar a youth of fair presence, calling himself the son of Arrius; and such he is by adoption.
“There is in your dowry a young man of good appearance, who calls himself the son of Arrius; and he indeed is by adoption."
“He is very dear to me.
“He means a lot to me.
“He hath a wonderful history, which I will tell thee; come thou to-day or to-morrow, that I may tell thee the history, and have thy counsel.
"He has a fascinating story that I want to share with you; come today or tomorrow so I can tell you the story and get your advice."
“Meantime, favor all his requests, so they be not against honor. Should there be need of reparation, I am bound to thee for it.
"Meanwhile, please grant all his requests, as long as they don't go against honor. If any reparation is needed, I'm indebted to you for it."
“That I have interest in this youth, keep thou private.
“Please keep my interest in this young man to yourself.”
“Remember me to thy other guest. He, his daughter, thyself, and all whom thou mayst choose to be of thy company, must depend upon me at the Circus the day of the games. I have seats already engaged.
“Send my regards to your other guest. He, his daughter, you, and anyone else you choose to bring along will have to rely on me at the Circus on the day of the games. I’ve already reserved seats.”
“To thee and all thine, peace.
“To you and all yours, peace.”
“What should I be, O my friend, but thy friend?
“What else could I be, my friend, but your friend?
“SIMONIDES.”
"SIMONIDES."
[No. 2.]
[No. 2.]
“Simonides to Sheik Ilderim.
“Simonides to Sheikh Ilderim."
“O friend!
"Hey friend!"
“Out of the abundance of my experience, I send you a word.
“From my wealth of experience, I’m sharing a word with you.
“There is a sign which all persons not Romans, and who have moneys or goods subject to despoilment, accept as warning—that is, the arrival at a seat of power of some high Roman official charged with authority.
“There is a sign that everyone who isn’t Roman, and who has money or goods at risk of being taken, recognizes as a warning—that is, the arrival of a high-ranking Roman official with authority at a place of power."
“To-day comes the Consul Maxentius.
"Today comes Consul Maxentius."
“Be thou warned!
"Consider this a warning!"
“Another word of advice.
"One more piece of advice."
“A conspiracy, to be of effect against thee, O friend, must include the Herods as parties; thou hast great properties in their dominions.
“A conspiracy, to be effective against you, my friend, must involve the Herods as participants; you hold significant assets in their territories.
“Wherefore keep thou watch.
"Why are you keeping watch?"
“Send this morning to thy trusty keepers of the roads leading south from Antioch, and bid them search every courier going and coming; if they find private despatches relating to thee or thine affairs, THOU SHOULDST SEE THEM.
“Send this morning to your reliable roadkeepers heading south from Antioch, and tell them to check every courier arriving and departing; if they find private messages related to you or your matters, YOU SHOULD SEE THEM.”
“You should have received this yesterday, though it is not too late, if you act promptly.
You should have received this yesterday, but it's not too late if you act quickly.
“If couriers left Antioch this morning, your messengers know the byways, and can get before them with your orders.
“If the couriers left Antioch this morning, your messengers know the shortcuts and can get ahead of them with your orders.
“Do not hesitate.
"Don't hesitate."
“Burn this after reading.
"Destroy this after reading."
“O my friend! thy friend,
"O my friend! your friend,
“SIMONIDES.”
“SIMONIDES.”
Ilderim read the letters a second time, and refolded them in the linen wrap, and put the package under his girdle.
Ilderim read the letters again, refolded them in the linen wrap, and tucked the package under his belt.
The exercises in the field continued but a little longer—in all about two hours. At their conclusion, Ben-Hur brought the four to a walk, and drove to Ilderim.
The exercises in the field went on a bit longer—in total about two hours. When they finished, Ben-Hur had the four walk, and he drove to Ilderim.
“With leave, O sheik,” he said, “I will return thy Arabs to the tent, and bring them out again this afternoon.”
“With your permission, O sheik,” he said, “I will take your Arabs back to the tent and bring them out again this afternoon.”
Ilderim walked to him as he sat on Sirius, and said, “I give them to you, son of Arrius, to do with as you will until after the games. You have done with them in two hours what the Roman—may jackals gnaw his bones fleshless!—could not in as many weeks. We will win—by the splendor of God, we will win!”
Ilderim approached him while he was sitting on Sirius and said, “I’m giving them to you, son of Arrius, to do whatever you want with until after the games. You’ve accomplished in two hours what the Romans—may jackals chew on his bones until they’re bare!—couldn’t manage in weeks. We will win—by the glory of God, we will win!”
At the tent Ben-Hur remained with the horses while they were being cared for; then, after a plunge in the lake and a cup of arrack with the sheik, whose flow of spirits was royally exuberant, he dressed himself in his Jewish garb again, and walked with Malluch on into the Orchard.
At the tent, Ben-Hur stayed with the horses while they were taken care of. After a dip in the lake and a cup of arrack with the sheik, who was in high spirits, he put on his Jewish clothing again and walked with Malluch into the Orchard.
There was much conversation between the two, not all of it important. One part, however, must not be overlooked. Ben-Hur was speaking.
There was a lot of discussion between the two, not all of it significant. One part, however, shouldn't be missed. Ben-Hur was talking.
“I will give you,” he said, “an order for my property stored in the khan this side the river by the Seleucian Bridge. Bring it to me to-day, if you can. And, good Malluch—if I do not overtask you—”
“I'll give you,” he said, “an order for my stuff stored at the inn this side of the river by the Seleucian Bridge. Bring it to me today, if you can. And, good Malluch—if I'm not pushing you too hard—”
Malluch protested heartily his willingness to be of service.
Malluch strongly expressed his willingness to help.
“Thank you, Malluch, thank you,” said Ben-Hur. “I will take you at your word, remembering that we are brethren of the old tribe, and that the enemy is a Roman. First, then—as you are a man of business, which I much fear Sheik Ilderim is not—”
“Thank you, Malluch, thank you,” said Ben-Hur. “I’ll take you at your word, keeping in mind that we are part of the same tribe and that our enemy is a Roman. So first—since you’re a man of business, which I worry Sheik Ilderim is not—”
“Arabs seldom are,” said Malluch, gravely.
“Arabs rarely are,” said Malluch, seriously.
“Nay, I do not impeach their shrewdness, Malluch. It is well, however, to look after them. To save all forfeit or hindrance in connection with the race, you would put me perfectly at rest by going to the office of the Circus, and seeing that he has complied with every preliminary rule; and if you can get a copy of the rules, the service may be of great avail to me. I would like to know the colors I am to wear, and particularly the number of the crypt I am to occupy at the starting; if it be next Messala’s on the right or left, it is well; if not, and you can have it changed so as to bring me next the Roman, do so. Have you good memory, Malluch?”
“No, I'm not questioning their cleverness, Malluch. It's important, though, to keep an eye on them. To avoid any issues with the race, it would really help me if you could check in at the Circus office and make sure he has followed all the rules. If you could also get a copy of the rules, that would be really useful for me. I need to know what colors I’m supposed to wear, and especially which spot I'm assigned at the start; if it's next to Messala's on the right or left, that's fine. If not, and you can arrange it so I’m right next to the Roman, please do. Do you have a good memory, Malluch?”
“It has failed me, but never, son of Arrius, where the heart helped it as now.”
“It has let me down, but never, son of Arrius, has it succeeded like it has now with the heart's support.”
“I will venture, then, to charge you with one further service. I saw yesterday that Messala was proud of his chariot, as he might be, for the best of Cæsar’s scarcely surpass it. Can you not make its display an excuse which will enable you to find if it be light or heavy? I would like to have its exact weight and measurements—and, Malluch, though you fail in all else, bring me exactly the height his axle stands above the ground. You understand, Malluch? I do not wish him to have any actual advantage of me. I do not care for his splendor; if I beat him, it will make his fall the harder, and my triumph the more complete. If there are advantages really important, I want them.”
"I'll ask you for one more favor. I noticed yesterday that Messala was really proud of his chariot, and he has every right to be since it’s one of the best, even compared to Caesar's. Can you use the chance to show it off as a reason to find out if it's light or heavy? I want to know its exact weight and measurements—and Malluch, even if you fail at everything else, make sure to get me the exact height of his axle from the ground. Do you understand, Malluch? I don't want him to have any real advantage over me. I’m not impressed by his flashy chariot; if I beat him, it will make his loss even harder and my victory even sweeter. If there are any important advantages, I want them."
“I see, I see!” said Malluch. “A line dropped from the centre of the axle is what you want.”
“I get it, I get it!” said Malluch. “What you need is a line dropped from the center of the axle.”
“Thou hast it; and be glad, Malluch—it is the last of my commissions. Let us return to the dowar.”
“You have it; and be glad, Malluch—it’s the last of my tasks. Let’s go back to the dowar.”
At the door of the tent they found a servant replenishing the smoke-stained bottles of leben freshly made, and stopped to refresh themselves. Shortly afterwards Malluch returned to the city.
At the entrance of the tent, they saw a servant refilling the smoke-stained bottles of freshly made leben and took a moment to refresh themselves. Soon after, Malluch went back to the city.
During their absence, a messenger well mounted had been despatched with orders as suggested by Simonides. He was an Arab, and carried nothing written.
During their absence, a well-mounted messenger had been sent with orders as suggested by Simonides. He was an Arab and didn't carry anything written.
CHAPTER III
“Iras, the daughter of Balthasar, sends me with salutation and a message,” said a servant to Ben-Hur, who was taking his ease in the tent.
“Iras, Balthasar's daughter, sent me with greetings and a message,” said a servant to Ben-Hur, who was relaxing in the tent.
“Give me the message.”
“Send me the message.”
“Would it please you to accompany her upon the lake?”
"Would you like to join her on the lake?"
“I will carry the answer myself. Tell her so.”
“I'll deliver the answer myself. Let her know that.”
His shoes were brought him, and in a few minutes Ben-Hur sallied out to find the fair Egyptian. The shadow of the mountains was creeping over the Orchard of Palms in advance of night. Afar through the trees came the tinkling of sheep bells, the lowing of cattle, and the voices of the herdsmen bringing their charges home. Life at the Orchard, it should be remembered, was in all respects as pastoral as life on the scantier meadows of the desert.
His shoes were brought to him, and in a few minutes, Ben-Hur stepped out to find the beautiful Egyptian. The shadow of the mountains was creeping over the Orchard of Palms as night approached. In the distance, through the trees, he could hear the sound of sheep bells ringing, the lowing of cattle, and the voices of the herdsmen bringing their livestock home. It should be noted that life at the Orchard was just as pastoral as life in the sparse meadows of the desert.
Sheik Ilderim had witnessed the exercises of the afternoon, being a repetition of those of the morning; after which he had gone to the city in answer to the invitation of Simonides; he might return in the night; but, considering the immensity of the field to be talked over with his friend, it was hardly possible. Ben-Hur, thus left alone, had seen his horses cared for; cooled and purified himself in the lake; exchanged the field garb for his customary vestments, all white, as became a Sadducean of the pure blood; supped early; and, thanks to the strength of youth, was well recovered from the violent exertion he had undergone.
Sheik Ilderim had watched the afternoon training, which was just a repeat of the morning's, and then he had gone to the city in response to Simonides' invitation. He might return that night, but with so much to discuss with his friend, it seemed unlikely. Left alone, Ben-Hur had seen to his horses, cooled off in the lake, changed out of his training clothes into his usual all-white attire that suited a Sadducean of pure lineage, had an early dinner, and thanks to his youthful strength, felt fully recovered from the intense effort he had put in.
It is neither wise nor honest to detract from beauty as a quality. There cannot be a refined soul insensible to its influence. The story of Pygmalion and his statue is as natural as it is poetical. Beauty is of itself a power; and it was now drawing Ben-Hur.
It’s neither smart nor honest to downplay beauty as a quality. No one with a refined soul is immune to its impact. The story of Pygmalion and his statue is just as natural as it is poetic. Beauty, on its own, is powerful; and it was now captivating Ben-Hur.
The Egyptian was to him a wonderfully beautiful woman—beautiful of face, beautiful of form. In his thought she always appeared to him as he saw her at the fountain; and he felt the influence of her voice, sweeter because in tearful expression of gratitude to him, and of her eyes—the large, soft, black, almond-shaped eyes declarative of her race—eyes which looked more than lies in the supremest wealth of words to utter; and recurrences of the thought of her were returns just so frequent of a figure tall, slender, graceful, refined, wrapped in rich and floating drapery, wanting nothing but a fitting mind to make her, like the Shulamite, and in the same sense, terrible as an army with banners. In other words, as she returned to his fancy, the whole passionate Song of Solomon came with her, inspired by her presence. With this sentiment and that feeling, he was going to see if she actually justified them. It was not love that was taking him, but admiration and curiosity, which might be the heralds of love.
The Egyptian woman was incredibly beautiful to him—beautiful in her face and her figure. In his mind, she always looked as she did at the fountain, and he felt the impact of her voice, sweeter because it was filled with grateful tears for him, and her eyes—large, soft, black, almond-shaped eyes that showed her heritage—eyes that conveyed more than words could express; thoughts of her frequently brought to mind a tall, slender, graceful figure, elegantly dressed in rich, flowing fabric, needing nothing but a matching spirit to make her, like the Shulamite, and in that same way, as formidable as an army with banners. In other words, every time she appeared in his thoughts, the entire passionate Song of Solomon came along with her, sparked by her presence. With this feeling and sentiment, he was set to see if she truly lived up to them. It wasn't love that was driving him, but admiration and curiosity, which could lead to love.
The landing was a simple affair, consisting of a short stairway, and a platform garnished by some lamp-posts; yet at the top of the steps he paused, arrested by what he beheld.
The landing was straightforward, featuring a short staircase and a platform adorned with a few lamp posts; however, at the top of the steps, he stopped, captivated by what he saw.
There was a shallop resting upon the clear water lightly as an egg-shell. An Ethiop—the camel-driver at the Castalian fount—occupied the rower’s place, his blackness intensified by a livery of shining white. All the boat aft was cushioned and carpeted with stuffs brilliant with Tyrian red. On the rudder seat sat the Egyptian herself, sunk in Indian shawls and a very vapor of most delicate veils and scarfs. Her arms were bare to the shoulders; and, not merely faultless in shape, they had the effect of compelling attention to them—their pose, their action, their expression; the hands, the fingers even, seemed endowed with graces and meaning; each was an object of beauty. The shoulders and neck were protected from the evening air by an ample scarf, which yet did not hide them.
There was a small boat resting on the clear water as lightly as an eggshell. An Ethiopian—the camel-driver at the Castalian spring—was in the rower's seat, his dark skin highlighted by a shining white outfit. The back of the boat was cushioned and carpeted with vibrant Tyrian red fabrics. Sitting on the rudder seat was the Egyptian woman herself, draped in Indian shawls and surrounded by a delicate haze of veils and scarves. Her arms were bare to the shoulders, and not only were they flawlessly shaped, but they also drew attention with their pose, movement, and expression; even her hands and fingers seemed graceful and meaningful, each a piece of beauty. Her shoulders and neck were shielded from the evening breeze by a large scarf that still revealed them.
In the glance he gave her, Ben-Hur paid no attention to these details. There was simply an impression made upon him; and, like strong light, it was a sensation, not a thing of sight or enumeration. Thy lips are like a thread of scarlet; thy temples are like a piece of pomegranate within thy locks. Rise up, my love, my fair one, and come away; for, lo! the winter is past, the rain is over and gone; the flowers appear on the earth; the time of the singing of birds is come, and the voice of the turtle is heard in the land—such was the impression she made upon him translated into words.
In the look he gave her, Ben-Hur didn’t notice these details. There was just an impression left on him; and, like bright light, it was a feeling, not something to see or count. Your lips are like a thread of scarlet; your temples are like a pomegranate nestled in your hair. Get up, my love, my beautiful one, and come with me; for the winter is over, the rain has passed; flowers are blossoming on the ground; the time for singing birds has come, and the voice of the turtle dove can be heard in the land—this was how the impression she left on him was expressed in words.
“Come,” she said, observing him stop, “come, or I shall think you a poor sailor.”
“Come on,” she said, noticing him pause, “come on, or I’ll think you’re a bad sailor.”
The red of his cheek deepened. Did she know anything of his life upon the sea? He descended to the platform at once.
The red of his cheek deepened. Did she know anything about his life at sea? He immediately went down to the platform.
“I was afraid,” he said, as he took the vacant seat before her.
“I was scared,” he said, as he took the empty seat in front of her.
“Of what?”
"About what?"
“Of sinking the boat,” he replied, smiling.
"About sinking the boat," he said, smiling.
“Wait until we are in deeper water,” she said, giving a signal to the black, who dipped the oars, and they were off.
“Wait until we're in deeper water,” she said, signaling to the black, who dipped the oars, and they were off.
If love and Ben-Hur were enemies, the latter was never more at mercy. The Egyptian sat where he could not but see her; she, whom he had already engrossed in memory as his ideal of the Shulamite. With her eyes giving light to his, the stars might come out, and he not see them; and so they did. The night might fall with unrelieved darkness everywhere else; her look would make illumination for him. And then, as everybody knows, given youth and such companionship, there is no situation in which the fancy takes such complete control as upon tranquil waters under a calm night sky, warm with summer. It is so easy at such time to glide imperceptibly out of the commonplace into the ideal.
If love and Ben-Hur were enemies, the latter was never more vulnerable. The Egyptian sat where he couldn’t help but see her; she, who he had already imagined as his ideal Shulamite. With her gaze lighting up his, the stars could come out, and he wouldn’t notice them; and that’s exactly what happened. The night could fall in complete darkness everywhere else; her look would bring him light. And then, as everyone knows, when you’re young and in such company, there’s no situation where your imagination takes over as it does on calm waters beneath a peaceful summer night sky. At such moments, it’s so easy to drift from the ordinary into the ideal.
“Give me the rudder,” he said.
“Give me the control,” he said.
“No,” she replied, “that were to reverse the relation. Did I not ask you to ride with me? I am indebted to you, and would begin payment. You may talk and I will listen, or I will talk and you will listen: that choice is yours; but it shall be mine to choose where we go, and the way thither.”
“No,” she said, “that would change the relationship. Didn’t I ask you to ride with me? I owe you, and I’d like to start repaying that. You can talk and I’ll listen, or I’ll talk and you’ll listen: that’s up to you; but I get to decide where we go and how we get there.”
“And where may that be?”
“Where is that?”
“You are alarmed again.”
“You're alarmed again.”
“O fair Egyptian, I but asked you the first question of every captive.”
“O beautiful Egyptian, I was only asking you the first question of every captive.”
“Call me Egypt.”
"Call me Egypt."
“I would rather call you Iras.”
“I prefer to call you Iras.”
“You may think of me by that name, but call me Egypt.”
“You might know me by that name, but just call me Egypt.”
“Egypt is a country, and means many people.”
“Egypt is a country and represents many people.”
“Yes, yes! And such a country!”
“Yes, yes! And what a country!”
“I see; it is to Egypt we are going.”
“I understand; we're heading to Egypt.”
“Would we were! I would be so glad.”
“Would we be! I would be so happy.”
She sighed as she spoke.
She sighed while speaking.
“You have no care for me, then,” he said.
“You don’t care about me, then,” he said.
“Ah, by that I know you were never there.”
“Ah, now I know you were never there.”
“I never was.”
"I never was."
“Oh, it is the land where there are no unhappy people, the desired of all the rest of the earth, the mother of all the gods, and therefore supremely blest. There, O son of Arrius, there the happy find increase of happiness, and the wretched, going, drink once of the sweet water of the sacred river, and laugh and sing, rejoicing like children.”
“Oh, it’s the land where there are no unhappy people, the place everyone else on earth dreams of, the mother of all the gods, and therefore truly blessed. There, O son of Arrius, the happy find even more happiness, and the miserable, when they come, drink from the sweet water of the sacred river, laughing and singing, rejoicing like children.”
“Are not the very poor with you there as elsewhere?”
“Are the very poor not with you there just like everywhere else?”
“The very poor in Egypt are the very simple in wants and ways,” she replied. “They have no wish beyond enough, and how little that is, a Greek or a Roman cannot know.”
“The very poor in Egypt have very simple needs and ways,” she replied. “They want nothing more than enough, and how little that is, a Greek or a Roman could never understand.”
“But I am neither Greek nor Roman.”
“But I am neither Greek nor Roman.”
She laughed.
She chuckled.
“I have a garden of roses, and in the midst of it is a tree, and its bloom is the richest of all. Whence came it, think you?”
“I have a garden of roses, and in the middle of it stands a tree, and its bloom is the most vibrant of all. Where do you think it came from?”
“From Persia, the home of the rose.”
“From Persia, the place where roses come from.”
“No.”
“No.”
“From India, then.”
"From India, then."
“No.”
“Nope.”
“Ah! one of the isles of Greece.”
“Ah! one of the islands of Greece.”
“I will tell you,” she said: “a traveller found it perishing by the roadside on the plain of Rephaim.”
“I'll tell you,” she said, “a traveler found it dying by the roadside on the plain of Rephaim.”
“Oh, in Judea!”
“Oh, in Judea!”
“I put it in the earth left bare by the receding Nile, and the soft south wind blew over the desert and nursed it, and the sun kissed it in pity; after which it could not else than grow and flourish. I stand in its shade now, and it thanks me with much perfume. As with the roses, so with the men of Israel. Where shall they reach perfection but in Egypt?”
“I planted it in the ground that the receding Nile had left bare, and the gentle southern wind blew over the desert and nurtured it, while the sun warmed it with kindness; after that, it could only grow and thrive. Now I stand in its shade, and it rewards me with a beautiful scent. Just like the roses, so it is with the men of Israel. Where else can they find fulfillment but in Egypt?”
“Moses was but one of millions.”
“Moses was just one of millions.”
“Nay, there was a reader of dreams. Will you forget him?”
“Nah, there was a dream interpreter. Will you forget him?”
“The friendly Pharaohs are dead.”
“The nice Pharaohs are gone.”
“Ah, yes! The river by which they dwelt sings to them in their tombs; yet the same sun tempers the same air to the same people.”
“Ah, yes! The river near where they lived sings to them in their graves; yet the same sun warms the same air for the same people.”
“Alexandria is but a Roman town.”
“Alexandria is just a Roman town.”
“She has but exchanged sceptres. Cæsar took from her that of the sword, and in its place left that of learning. Go with me to the Brucheium, and I will show you the college of nations; to the Serapeion, and see the perfection of architecture; to the Library, and read the immortals; to the theatre, and hear the heroics of the Greeks and Hindoos; to the quay, and count the triumphs of commerce; descend with me into the streets, O son of Arrius, and, when the philosophers have dispersed, and taken with them the masters of all the arts, and all the gods have home their votaries, and nothing remains of the day but its pleasures, you shall hear the stories that have amused men from the beginning, and the songs which will never, never die.”
“She has only traded one power for another. Cæsar took from her the sword and in its place gave her the power of knowledge. Come with me to the Brucheium, and I’ll show you the college of nations; to the Serapeion, and you can admire the perfection of architecture; to the Library, where you can read the greats; to the theater, and hear the epic tales of the Greeks and Indians; to the quay, and count the victories of trade; walk with me through the streets, oh son of Arrius, and when the philosophers have gone home along with the masters of all the arts, and the worshippers have returned to their gods, with only the pleasures of the evening left, you will hear the stories that have entertained people since the dawn of time, and the songs that will never, ever fade away.”
As he listened, Ben-Hur was carried back to the night when, in the summer-house in Jerusalem, his mother, in much the same poetry of patriotism, declaimed the departed glories of Israel.
As he listened, Ben-Hur was transported back to the night when, in the summer house in Jerusalem, his mother, with a similar passion for patriotism, recounted the lost glories of Israel.
“I see now why you wish to be called Egypt. Will you sing me a song if I call you by that name? I heard you last night.”
“I understand now why you want to be called Egypt. Will you sing me a song if I call you that? I heard you last night.”
“That was a hymn of the Nile,” she answered, “a lament which I sing when I would fancy I smell the breath of the desert, and hear the surge of the dear old river; let me rather give you a piece of the Indian mind. When we get to Alexandria, I will take you to the corner of the street where you can hear it from the daughter of the Ganga, who taught it to me. Kapila, you should know, was one of the most revered of the Hindoo sages.”
"That was a song of the Nile," she replied, "a mournful tune I sing when I want to imagine I can smell the desert and hear the waves of the beloved old river; instead, let me share something from Indian culture. When we arrive in Alexandria, I’ll take you to the street corner where you can hear it from the daughter of the Ganga, who taught it to me. Kapila, you should know, was one of the most respected Hindu sages."
Then, as if it were a natural mode of expression, she began the song.
Then, as if it were a natural way to express herself, she started the song.
KAPILA.
KAPILA.
I.
I.
“Kapila, Kapila, so young and true,
I yearn for a glory like thine,
And hail thee from battle to ask anew,
Can ever thy Valor be mine?
“Kapila, Kapila, so young and true,
I long for a glory like yours,
And call out to you from the battlefield to ask again,
Can your Valor ever be mine?
“Kapila sat on his charger dun,
A hero never so grave:
‘Who loveth all things hath fear of none,
’Tis love that maketh me brave.
A woman gave me her soul one day,
The soul of my soul to be alway;
Thence came my Valor to me,
Go try it—try it—and see.’
“Kapila sat on his brown horse,
A hero never so serious:
‘Who loves everything fears nothing,
It’s love that makes me brave.
A woman gave me her soul one day,
The soul of my soul to keep forever;
That’s where my courage came from,
Go test it—test it—and see.’
II.
II.
“Kapila, Kapila, so old and gray,
The queen is calling for me;
But ere I go hence, I wish thou wouldst say,
How Wisdom first came to thee.
“Kapila, Kapila, so old and gray,
The queen is calling for me;
But before I leave, I wish you would tell me,
How Wisdom first came to you.
“Kapila stood in his temple door,
A priest in eremite guise:
‘It did not come as men get their lore,
’Tis faith that maketh me wise.
A woman gave me her heart one day,
The heart of my heart to be alway;
Thence came my Wisdom to me,
Go try it—try it—and see.’”
“Kapila stood at the entrance of his temple,
A priest dressed like a hermit:
‘It didn’t come to me like it does for others,
It’s faith that makes me wise.
A woman gave me her heart one day,
Her heart became my own forever;
That’s where my wisdom came from,
Go on, give it a try—and see.’”
Ben-Hur had not time to express his thanks for the song before the keel of the boat grated upon the underlying sand, and, next moment, the bow ran upon the shore.
Ben-Hur didn't have time to thank him for the song before the bottom of the boat scraped against the sand, and the next moment, the front of the boat hit the shore.
“A quick voyage, O Egypt!” he cried.
“A quick trip, O Egypt!” he shouted.
“And a briefer stay!” she replied, as, with a strong push, the black sent them shooting into the open water again.
“And a shorter stay!” she replied, as, with a strong push, the black sent them shooting into the open water again.
“You will give me the rudder now.”
“You're going to give me the steering wheel now.”
“Oh no,” said she, laughing. “To you, the chariot; to me, the boat. We are merely at the lake’s end, and the lesson is that I must not sing any more. Having been to Egypt, let us now to the Grove of Daphne.”
“Oh no,” she said, laughing. “You get the chariot; I get the boat. We’re just at the end of the lake, and the lesson is that I shouldn’t sing anymore. Having been to Egypt, let’s head to the Grove of Daphne now.”
“Without a song on the way?” he said, in deprecation.
“Without a song on the way?” he said, feeling down.
“Tell me something of the Roman from whom you saved us to-day,” she asked.
“Tell me about the Roman who you saved us from today,” she asked.
The request struck Ben-Hur unpleasantly.
The request upset Ben-Hur.
“I wish this were the Nile,” he said, evasively. “The kings and queens, having slept so long, might come down from their tombs, and ride with us.”
“I wish this were the Nile,” he said, avoiding the topic. “The kings and queens, having slept for so long, might come down from their tombs and ride with us.”
“They were of the colossi, and would sink our boat. The pygmies would be preferable. But tell me of the Roman. He is very wicked, is he not?”
“They were giants, and they would sink our boat. The pygmies would be better. But tell me about the Roman. He is very evil, isn't he?”
“I cannot say.”
"I can't say."
“Is he of noble family, and rich?”
“Is he from a noble family and wealthy?”
“I cannot speak of his riches.”
“I can’t talk about his wealth.”
“How beautiful his horses were! and the bed of his chariot was gold, and the wheels ivory. And his audacity! The bystanders laughed as he rode away; they, who were so nearly under his wheels!”
“How beautiful his horses were! And the bed of his chariot was gold, and the wheels were made of ivory. And his boldness! The onlookers laughed as he rode away; they, who were so close to his wheels!”
She laughed at the recollection.
She laughed at the memory.
“They were rabble,” said Ben-Hur, bitterly.
“They were a bunch of rowdy people,” said Ben-Hur, bitterly.
“He must be one of the monsters who are said to be growing up in Rome—Apollos ravenous as Cerberus. Does he reside in Antioch?”
“He must be one of those monsters that people say are emerging in Rome—Apollos as greedy as Cerberus. Does he live in Antioch?”
“He is of the East somewhere.”
“He's from somewhere in the East.”
“Egypt would suit him better than Syria.”
“Egypt would be a better fit for him than Syria.”
“Hardly,” Ben-Hur replied. “Cleopatra is dead.”
“Not really,” Ben-Hur replied. “Cleopatra is dead.”
That instant the lamps burning before the door of the tent came into view.
At that moment, the lamps shining in front of the tent door became visible.
“The dowar!” she cried.
"The dowry!" she cried.
“Ah, then, we have not been to Egypt. I have not seen Karnak or Philae or Abydos. This is not the Nile. I have but heard a song of India, and been boating in a dream.”
“Ah, so we haven’t been to Egypt. I haven’t seen Karnak, Philae, or Abydos. This isn’t the Nile. I’ve only heard a song from India and gone boating in a dream.”
“Philae—Karnak. Mourn rather that you have not seen the Rameses at Aboo Simbel, looking at which makes it so easy to think of God, the maker of the heavens and earth. Or why should you mourn at all? Let us go on to the river; and if I cannot sing”—she laughed—“because I have said I would not, yet I can tell you stories of Egypt.”
“Philae—Karnak. Feel more sorrow for not having seen the Rameses at Aboo Simbel, which makes it easy to contemplate God, the creator of the heavens and earth. But why should you feel sorrow at all? Let’s head to the river; and even if I can’t sing”—she laughed—“because I said I wouldn’t, I can still share stories of Egypt.”
“Go on! Ay, till morning comes, and the evening, and the next morning!” he said, vehemently.
“Go on! Yes, until morning comes, and then the evening, and the next morning!” he said passionately.
“Of what shall my stories be? Of the mathematicians?”
“What's my stories going to be about? The mathematicians?”
“Oh no.”
“Oh no!”
“Of the philosophers?”
"Which philosophers?"
“No, no.”
“No way.”
“Of the magicians and genii?”
"About the magicians and genies?"
“If you will.”
"If you say so."
“Of war?”
"About war?"
“Yes.”
"Yep."
“Of love?”
"About love?"
“Yes.”
“Yep.”
“I will tell you a cure for love. It is the story of a queen. Listen reverently. The papyrus from which it was taken by the priests of Philae was wrested from the hand of the heroine herself. It is correct in form, and must be true:
“I’m going to share a remedy for love. It’s the tale of a queen. Pay attention. The papyrus that contains this story was taken by the priests of Philae directly from the hands of the heroine herself. It’s authentic and must be true:
NE-NE-HOFRA.
NE-NE-HOFRA.
I.
I.
“There is no parallelism in human lives.
“There is no parallelism in human lives.
“No life runs a straight line.
“No life runs a straight line.
“The most perfect life develops as a circle, and terminates in its beginning, making it impossible to say, This is the commencement, that the end.
“The most perfect life unfolds like a circle and ends where it began, making it impossible to say, This is the beginning, that is the end."
“Perfect lives are the treasures of God; of great days he wears them on the ring-finger of his heart hand.”
“Perfect lives are God's treasures; he wears them on the ring finger of his heart.”
II.
II.
“Ne-ne-hofra dwelt in a house close by Essouan, yet closer to the first cataract—so close, indeed, that the sound of the eternal battle waged there between river and rocks was of the place a part.
“Ne-ne-hofra lived in a house near Aswan, but even closer to the first cataract—so close, in fact, that the sound of the constant struggle between the river and the rocks was a part of the place.”
“She grew in beauty day by day, so that it was said of her, as of the poppies in her father’s garden, What will she not be in the time of blooming?
“She grew more beautiful every day, so much so that people said about her, just like the poppies in her father’s garden, What will she become when she truly blossoms?
“Each year of her life was the beginning of a new song more delightful than any of those which went before.
“Every year of her life marked the start of a new song, more beautiful than any that came before.”
“Child was she of a marriage between the North, bounded by the sea, and the South, bounded by the desert beyond the Luna mountains; and one gave her its passion, the other its genius; so when they beheld her, both laughed, saying, not meanly, ‘She is mine,’ but generously, ‘Ha, ha! she is ours.’
“Child was she of a marriage between the North, bordered by the sea, and the South, bordered by the desert beyond the Luna mountains; and one bestowed upon her its passion, the other its genius; so when they saw her, both laughed, saying, not out of spite, ‘She is mine,’ but kindly, ‘Ha, ha! she is ours.’”
“All excellences in nature contributed to her perfection and rejoiced in her presence. Did she come or go, the birds ruffled their wings in greeting; the unruly winds sank to cooling zephyrs; the white lotus rose from the water’s depth to look at her; the solemn river loitered on its way; the palm-trees, nodding, shook all their plumes; and they seemed to say, this one, I gave her of my grace; that, I gave her of my brightness; the other, I gave her of my purity: and so each as it had a virtue to give.
“All the beauties of nature contributed to her perfection and celebrated her presence. Whenever she arrived or left, the birds fluffed their wings in welcome; the wild winds turned into gentle breezes; the white lotus emerged from the water’s depths to gaze at her; the serious river paused in its flow; the palm trees, swaying, shook all their fronds; and they seemed to say, this one, I gave her my elegance; that one, I gave her my brilliance; the other, I gave her my purity: and so each shared the virtue it had to offer.”
“At twelve, Ne-ne-hofra was the delight of Essouan; at sixteen, the fame of her beauty was universal; at twenty, there was never a day which did not bring to her door princes of the desert on swift camels, and lords of Egypt in gilded barges; and, going away disconsolate, they reported everywhere, ‘I have seen her, and she is not a woman, but Athor herself.’”
“At twelve, Ne-ne-hofra was the pride of Essouan; at sixteen, everyone knew about her beauty; at twenty, there wasn't a day that went by without princes from the desert on fast camels and lords of Egypt in golden boats coming to her door; and when they left feeling disappointed, they spread the word everywhere, ‘I have seen her, and she is not just a woman, but Athor herself.’”
III.
III.
“Now of the three hundred and thirty successors of good King Menes, eighteen were Ethiopians, of whom Oraetes was one hundred and ten years old. He had reigned seventy-six years. Under him the people thrived, and the land groaned with fatness of plenty. He practised wisdom because, having seen so much, he knew what it was. He dwelt in Memphis, having there his principal palace, his arsenals, and his treasure-house. Frequently he went down to Butos to talk with Latona.
“Out of the three hundred and thirty successors of good King Menes, eighteen were Ethiopians, and one of them, Oraetes, was one hundred and ten years old. He had ruled for seventy-six years. During his reign, the people prospered, and the land was abundant with plenty. He was wise because, having seen so much, he understood what it meant. He lived in Memphis, where he had his main palace, his arsenals, and his treasury. He often went down to Butos to speak with Latona.”
“The wife of the good king died. Too old was she for perfect embalmment; yet he loved her, and mourned as the inconsolable; seeing which, a colchyte presumed one day to speak to him.
“The wife of the good king died. She was too old for perfect embalming; yet he loved her and mourned deeply, as if he could never be comforted. Seeing this, a colchyte took it upon themselves one day to speak to him.
“‘O Oraetes, I am astonished that one so wise and great should not know how to cure a sorrow like this.’
“‘O Oraetes, I’m amazed that someone as wise and great as you doesn’t know how to heal a sorrow like this.’”
“‘Tell me a cure,’ said the king.
“‘Tell me a solution,’ said the king.
“Three times the colchyte kissed the floor, and then he replied, knowing the dead could not hear him, ‘At Essouan lives Ne-ne-hofra, beautiful as Athor the beautiful. Send for her. She has refused all the lords and princes, and I know not how many kings; but who can say no to Oraetes?’”
“Three times the colchyte kissed the floor, and then he replied, knowing the dead could not hear him, ‘At Essouan lives Ne-ne-hofra, beautiful as Athor the beautiful. Send for her. She has turned down all the lords and princes, and I don't know how many kings; but who can say no to Oraetes?’”
IV.
IV.
“Ne-ne-hofra descended the Nile in a barge richer than any ever before seen, attended by an army in barges each but a little less fine. All Nubia and Egypt, and a myriad from Libya, and a host of Troglodytes, and not a few Macrobii from beyond the Mountains of the Moon, lined the tented shores to see the cortege pass, wafted by perfumed winds and golden oars.
“Ne-ne-hofra traveled down the Nile on a barge more luxurious than any that had ever been seen, followed by an army on barges that were almost as impressive. People from all over Nubia and Egypt, countless individuals from Libya, and a group of Troglodytes, along with some Macrobii from beyond the Mountains of the Moon, lined the tented shores to watch the procession go by, carried along by fragrant breezes and golden oars.
“Through a dromos of sphinxes and couchant double-winged lions she was borne, and set down before Oraetes sitting on a throne specially erected at the sculptured pylon of the palace. He raised her up, gave her place by his side, clasped the uraeus upon her arm, kissed her, and Ne-ne-hofra was queen of all queens.
“Through a pathway lined with sphinxes and reclining double-winged lions, she was carried and placed before Oraetes, who was sitting on a throne specially set up at the decorated entrance of the palace. He lifted her, offered her a seat beside him, fastened the uraeus on her arm, kissed her, and Ne-ne-hofra became queen of all queens.”
“That was not enough for the wise Oraetes; he wanted love, and a queen happy in his love. So he dealt with her tenderly, showing her his possessions, cities, palaces, people; his armies, his ships: and with his own hand he led her through his treasure-house, saying, ‘O. Ne-ne-hofra! but kiss me in love, and they are all thine.’
“That wasn’t enough for the wise Oraetes; he wanted love, and a queen who was happy in his love. So he treated her gently, showing her his possessions, cities, palaces, people; his armies, his ships: and with his own hand, he led her through his treasure house, saying, ‘O. Ne-ne-hofra! Just kiss me in love, and they’re all yours.’”
“And, thinking she could be happy, if she was not then, she kissed him once, twice, thrice—kissed him thrice, his hundred and ten years notwithstanding.
“And, thinking she could be happy, if she wasn’t then, she kissed him once, twice, three times—kissed him three times, despite his hundred and ten years.”
“The first year she was happy, and it was very short; the third year she was wretched, and it was very long; then she was enlightened: that which she thought love of Oraetes was only daze of his power. Well for her had the daze endured! Her spirits deserted her; she had long spells of tears, and her women could not remember when they heard her laugh; of the roses on her cheeks only ashes remained; she languished and faded gradually, but certainly. Some said she was haunted by the Erinnyes for cruelty to a lover; others, that she was stricken by some god envious of Oraetes. Whatever the cause of her decline, the charms of the magicians availed not to restore her, and the prescript of the doctor was equally without virtue. Ne-ne-hofra was given over to die.
The first year she was happy, but it was very brief; the third year she was miserable, and it felt like it lasted forever; then she realized: what she thought was love for Oraetes was just a daze from his power. It would have been better for her if that daze had lasted longer! Her spirits dropped; she spent long periods crying, and her friends couldn’t remember the last time they heard her laugh; the roses in her cheeks had turned to ashes; she gradually faded away, but surely. Some said she was tormented by the Furies for being cruel to a lover; others thought she was cursed by a god who envied Oraetes. Whatever the reason for her decline, the magicians' spells couldn’t bring her back, and the doctor’s prescriptions were equally useless. Ne-ne-hofra was left to die.
“Oraetes chose a crypt for her up in the tombs of the queens; and, calling the master sculptors and painters to Memphis, he set them to work upon designs more elaborate than any even in the great galleries of the dead kings.
“Oraetes picked a crypt for her up in the queens' tombs; and, summoning the top sculptors and painters to Memphis, he had them create designs more intricate than anything found in the grand galleries of the deceased kings.
“‘O thou beautiful as Athor herself, my queen!’ said the king, whose hundred and thirteen years did not lessen his ardor as a lover, ‘Tell me, I pray, the ailment of which, alas! thou art so certainly perishing before my eyes.’
“‘Oh you, as beautiful as Athor herself, my queen!’ said the king, whose one hundred and thirteen years did not dull his passion as a lover, ‘Please tell me the illness that, unfortunately, you are so clearly suffering from before my eyes.’”
“‘You will not love me any more if I tell you,’ she said, in doubt and fear.
“‘You won’t love me anymore if I tell you,’ she said, feeling uncertain and scared.
“‘Not love you! I will love you the more. I swear it, by the genii of Amente! by the eye of Osiris, I swear it! Speak!’ he cried, passionate as a lover, authoritative as a king.
“‘Not love you! I will love you even more. I swear it, by the spirits of Amente! by the eye of Osiris, I swear it! Speak!’ he shouted, as passionate as a lover, as commanding as a king.
“‘Hear, then,’ she said. ‘There is an anchorite, the oldest and holiest of his class, in a cave near Essouan. His name is Menopha. He was my teacher and guardian. Send for him, O Oraetes, and he will tell you that you seek to know; he will also help you find the cure for my affliction.’
“‘Listen, then,’ she said. ‘There’s a hermit, the oldest and holiest of his kind, in a cave near Essouan. His name is Menopha. He was my teacher and protector. Send for him, O Oraetes, and he will tell you what you want to know; he will also help you find the cure for my suffering.’"
“Oraetes arose rejoicing. He went away in spirit a hundred years younger than when he came.”
“Oraetes got up feeling joyful. He left in spirit a hundred years younger than when he arrived.”
V.
V.
“‘Speak!’ said Oraetes to Menopha, in the palace at Memphis.
“‘Speak!’ Oraetes said to Menopha in the palace at Memphis.
“And Menopha replied, ‘Most mighty king, if you were young, I should not answer, because I am yet pleased with life; as it is, I will say the queen, like any other mortal, is paying the penalty of a crime.’
“And Menopha replied, ‘Great king, if you were young, I wouldn’t respond, because I still enjoy life; as it is, I’ll say the queen, like anyone else, is facing the consequences of her actions.’”
“‘A crime!’ exclaimed Oraetes, angrily.
“A crime!” Oraetes exclaimed, angrily.
“Menopha bowed very low.
“Menopha bowed deeply.”
“‘Yes; to herself.’
“‘Yes; to herself.’”
“‘I am not in mood for riddles,’ said the king.
“I’m not in the mood for riddles,” said the king.
“‘What I say is not a riddle, as you shall hear. Ne-ne-hofra grew up under my eyes, and confided every incident of her life to me; among others, that she loved the son of her father’s gardener, Barbec by name.’
“‘What I’m saying isn’t a mystery, as you’ll see. Ne-ne-hofra grew up right in front of me and shared every detail of her life with me; for instance, she told me that she loved Barbec, the son of her father’s gardener.’”
“Oraetes’s frown, strangely enough, began to dissipate.
“Oraetes’s frown, oddly enough, started to fade.
“‘With that love in her heart, O king, she came to you; of that love she is dying.’
“‘With that love in her heart, O king, she came to you; she is dying from that love.’”
“‘Where is the gardener’s son now?’ asked Oraetes.
“‘Where is the gardener’s son now?’ asked Oraetes.
“‘In Essouan.’
"In Aswan."
“The king went out and gave two orders. To one oeris he said, ‘Go to Essouan and bring hither a youth named Barbec. You will find him in the garden of the queen’s father;’ to another, ‘Assemble workmen and cattle and tools, and construct for me in Lake Chemmis an island, which, though laden with a temple, a palace, and a garden, and all manner of trees bearing fruit, and all manner of vines, shall nevertheless float about as the winds may blow it. Make the island, and let it be fully furnished by the time the moon begins to wane.’
“The king went out and gave two orders. To one messenger he said, ‘Go to Essouan and bring back a young man named Barbec. You'll find him in the garden of the queen’s father;’ to another, ‘Gather workers, livestock, and tools, and build me an island in Lake Chemmis that, even though it will be filled with a temple, a palace, a garden, and all kinds of fruit trees and vines, will still float wherever the winds take it. Create the island, and make sure it's fully equipped by the time the moon starts to wane.’”
“Then to the queen he said,
“Then to the queen he said,
“‘Be of cheer. I know all, and have sent for Barbec.’
“‘Cheer up. I know everything, and I've called for Barbec.’”
“Ne-ne-hofra kissed his hands.
“Ne-ne-hofra kissed his hands.”
“‘You shall have him to yourself, and he you to himself; nor shall any disturb your loves for a year.’
“‘You’ll have him all to yourself, and he’ll have you all to himself; no one will bother your love for a year.’”
“She kissed his feet; he raised her, and kissed her in return; and the rose came back to her cheek, the scarlet to her lips, and the laughter to her heart.”
“She kissed his feet; he lifted her up and kissed her back; and the rose returned to her cheek, the scarlet to her lips, and the laughter to her heart.”
VI.
VI.
“For one year Ne-ne-hofra and Barbec the gardener floated as the winds blew on the island of Chemmis, which became one of the wonders of the world; never a home of love more beautiful; one year, seeing no one and existing for no one but themselves. Then she returned in state to the palace in Memphis.
“For one year, Ne-ne-hofra and Barbec the gardener drifted on the island of Chemmis, guided by the winds. It became one of the wonders of the world; there was never a more beautiful home filled with love. For that year, they saw no one and lived only for themselves. Then she returned in grandeur to the palace in Memphis.”
“‘Now whom lovest thou best?’ asked the king.
“‘Now who do you love the most?’ asked the king.
“She kissed his cheek and said, ‘Take me back, O good king, for I am cured.’
“She kissed his cheek and said, ‘Take me back, dear king, for I am healed.’”
“Oraetes laughed, none the worse, that moment, of his hundred and fourteen years.
“Oraetes laughed, not feeling any worse at that moment, despite being one hundred and fourteen years old.
“‘Then it is true, as Menopha said: ha, ha, ha! it is true, the cure of love is love.’
“‘Then it's true, as Menopha said: ha, ha, ha! It's true, the cure for love is love.’”
“‘Even so,’ she replied.
"‘Still,’ she replied."
“Suddenly his manner changed, and his look became terrible.
“Suddenly, his demeanor shifted, and his expression turned menacing.
“‘I did not find it so,’ he said.
“I didn’t find it that way,” he said.
“She shrank affrighted.
“She shrank in fear.
“‘Thou guilty!’ he continued. ‘Thy offense to Oraetes the man he forgives; but thy offence to Oraetes the king remains to be punished.’
“‘You guilty!’ he continued. ‘The man forgives your offense to Oraetes; but your offense to Oraetes the king is still to be punished.’”
“She cast herself at his feet.
“She threw herself at his feet.”
“‘Hush!’ he cried. ‘Thou art dead!’
“‘Hush!’ he shouted. ‘You are dead!’”
“He clapped his hands, and a terrible procession came in—a procession of parachistes, or embalmers, each with some implement or material of his loathsome art.
“He clapped his hands, and a dreadful procession entered—a procession of embalmers, each carrying some tool or material of their gruesome trade.”
“The King pointed to Ne-ne-hofra.
“The King pointed to Ne-ne-hofra.”
“‘She is dead. Do thy work well.’”
“‘She’s dead. Do your job right.’”
VII.
VII.
“Ne-ne-hofra the beautiful, after seventy-two days, was carried to the crypt chosen for her the year before, and laid with her queenly predecessors; yet there was no funeral procession in her honor across the sacred lake.”
“Ne-ne-hofra the beautiful, after seventy-two days, was taken to the crypt selected for her the year before and laid to rest with her royal predecessors; however, there was no funeral procession in her honor across the sacred lake.”
At the conclusion of the story, Ben-Hur was sitting at the Egyptian’s feet, and her hand upon the tiller was covered by his hand.
At the end of the story, Ben-Hur was sitting at the Egyptian's feet, and her hand on the tiller was covered by his hand.
“Menopha was wrong,” he said.
"Menopha was wrong," he stated.
“How?”
“How?”
“Love lives by loving.”
“Love thrives on love.”
“Then there is no cure for it?”
“Then there’s no cure for it?”
“Yes. Oraetes found the cure.”
“Yes. Oraetes discovered the cure.”
“What was it?”
"What was that?"
“Death.”
"Passing."
“You are a good listener, O son of Arrius.”
“You're a great listener, son of Arrius.”
And so with conversation and stories, they whiled the hours away. As they stepped ashore, she said,
And so with conversation and stories, they passed the time. As they stepped onto the shore, she said,
“To-morrow we go to the city.”
“Tomorrow we go to the city.”
“But you will be at the games?” he asked.
“But you’ll be at the games?” he asked.
“Oh yes.”
“Absolutely.”
“I will send you my colors.”
“I will send you my colors.”
With that they separated.
With that, they parted ways.
CHAPTER IV
Ilderim returned to the dowar next day about the third hour. As he dismounted, a man whom he recognized as of his own tribe came to him and said, “O sheik, I was bidden give thee this package, with request that thou read it at once. If there be answer, I was to wait thy pleasure.”
Ilderim returned to the dowar the next day around the third hour. As he got off his horse, a man he recognized as part of his own tribe approached him and said, “O sheik, I was asked to give you this package, with a request that you read it right away. If there’s a reply, I was told to wait for your response.”
Ilderim gave the package immediate attention. The seal was already broken. The address ran, To Valerius Gratus at Cæsarea.
Ilderim focused on the package right away. The seal was already broken. The address read, To Valerius Gratus at Cæsarea.
“Abaddon take him!” growled the sheik, at discovering a letter in Latin.
“Abaddon take him!” growled the sheik as he discovered a letter in Latin.
Had the missive been in Greek or Arabic, he could have read it; as it was, the utmost he could make out was the signature in bold Roman letters—MESSALA—whereat his eyes twinkled.
Had the letter been in Greek or Arabic, he would have been able to read it; as it was, all he could make out was the signature in bold Roman letters—MESSALA—at which his eyes twinkled.
“Where is the young Jew?” he asked.
“Where is the young Jewish guy?” he asked.
“In the field with the horses,” a servant replied.
“In the field with the horses,” a servant said.
The sheik replaced the papyrus in its envelopes, and, tucking the package under his girdle, remounted the horse. That moment a stranger made his appearance, coming, apparently, from the city.
The sheik put the papyrus back in its envelopes and tucked the package under his belt before getting back on his horse. Just then, a stranger appeared, seemingly coming from the city.
“I am looking for Sheik Ilderim, surnamed the Generous,” the stranger said.
“I’m looking for Sheik Ilderim, also known as the Generous,” the stranger said.
His language and attire bespoke him a Roman.
His language and clothing made it clear that he was a Roman.
What he could not read, he yet could speak; so the old Arab answered, with dignity, “I am Sheik Ilderim.”
What he couldn’t read, he could still speak; so the old Arab replied, with dignity, “I am Sheik Ilderim.”
The man’s eyes fell; he raised them again, and said, with forced composure, “I heard you had need of a driver for the games.”
The man's gaze dropped; he lifted it again and said, with strained calm, “I heard you needed a driver for the games.”
Ilderim’s lip under the white mustache curled contemptuously.
Ilderim's lip curled in contempt beneath his white mustache.
“Go thy way,” he said. “I have a driver.”
"Go your way," he said. "I have a driver."
He turned to ride away, but the man, lingering, spoke again.
He turned to ride off, but the man, hanging back, spoke again.
“Sheik, I am a lover of horses, and they say you have the most beautiful in the world.”
“Sheik, I love horses, and I've heard that you have the most beautiful ones in the world.”
The old man was touched; he drew rein, as if on the point of yielding to the flattery, but finally replied, “Not to-day, not to-day; some other time I will show them to you. I am too busy just now.”
The old man was moved; he pulled back, as if about to give in to the flattery, but eventually said, “Not today, not today; maybe another time I’ll show them to you. I’m too busy right now.”
He rode to the field, while the stranger betook himself to town again with a smiling countenance. He had accomplished his mission.
He rode to the field, while the stranger headed back to town again with a smiling face. He had completed his mission.
And every day thereafter, down to the great day of the games, a man—sometimes two or three men—came to the sheik at the Orchard, pretending to seek an engagement as driver.
And every day after that, leading up to the big day of the games, a man—sometimes two or three men—came to the sheik at the Orchard, pretending to look for a job as a driver.
In such manner Messala kept watch over Ben-Hur.
In this way, Messala kept an eye on Ben-Hur.
CHAPTER V
The sheik waited, well satisfied, until Ben-Hur drew his horses off the field for the forenoon—well satisfied, for he had seen them, after being put through all the other paces, run full speed in such manner that it did not seem there were one the slowest and another the fastest—run in other words, as if the four were one.
The sheik waited, feeling pleased, until Ben-Hur took his horses off the field for the morning—feeling pleased because he had watched them, after going through all the other tests, run at full speed in a way that it seemed like there wasn’t one horse that was slower and another that was faster—they ran, in other words, as if the four were one.
“This afternoon, O sheik, I will give Sirius back to you.” Ben-Hur patted the neck of the old horse as he spoke. “I will give him back, and take to the chariot.”
“This afternoon, oh sheik, I’ll return Sirius to you.” Ben-Hur stroked the neck of the old horse as he spoke. “I’ll give him back and take to the chariot.”
“So soon?” Ilderim asked.
“So soon?” Ilderim asked.
“With such as these, good sheik, one day suffices. They are not afraid; they have a man’s intelligence, and they love the exercise. This one,” he shook a rein over the back of the youngest of the four—“you called him Aldebaran, I believe—is the swiftest; in once round a stadium he would lead the others thrice his length.”
“With people like these, good sheik, one day is enough. They aren't afraid; they have the intelligence of a man, and they enjoy the challenge. This one,” he shook a rein over the back of the youngest of the four—“you called him Aldebaran, right?—is the fastest; in one lap around a track, he would be ahead of the others by three lengths.”
Ilderim pulled his beard, and said, with twinkling eyes, “Aldebaran is the swiftest; but what of the slowest?”
Ilderim tugged at his beard and, with a sparkle in his eyes, said, “Aldebaran is the fastest; but what about the slowest?”
“This is he.” Ben-Hur shook the rein over Antares. “This is he: but he will win, for, look you, sheik, he will run his utmost all day—all day; and, as the sun goes down, he will reach his swiftest.”
“This is him.” Ben-Hur shook the reins over Antares. “This is him: but he will win, because, look, sheik, he will give it his all all day—all day; and as the sun sets, he will be at his fastest.”
“Right again,” said Ilderim.
“Right again,” said Ilderim.
“I have but one fear, O sheik.”
"I only have one fear, O sheik."
The sheik became doubly serious.
The sheik grew more serious.
“In his greed of triumph, a Roman cannot keep honor pure. In the games—all of them, mark you—their tricks are infinite; in chariot racing their knavery extends to everything—from horse to driver, from driver to master. Wherefore, good sheik, look well to all thou hast; from this till the trial is over, let no stranger so much as see the horses. Would you be perfectly safe, do more—keep watch over them with armed hand as well as sleepless eye; then I will have no fear of the end.”
“In his desire for victory, a Roman can't keep his honor intact. In the games—all of them, mind you—their tricks are endless; in chariot racing, their deceit covers everything—from the horse to the driver, from the driver to the owner. Therefore, good sheik, be careful with everything you have; from now until the trial is over, let no outsider get a glimpse of the horses. If you want to be completely safe, do more—guard them with both a watchful eye and an armed hand; then I won’t be worried about the outcome.”
At the door of the tent they dismounted.
At the entrance of the tent, they got off their horses.
“What you say shall be attended to. By the splendor of God, no hand shall come near them except it belong to one of the faithful. To-night I will set watches. But, son of Arrius”—Ilderim drew forth the package, and opened it slowly, while they walked to the divan and seated themselves—“son of Arrius, see thou here, and help me with thy Latin.”
“What you say will be taken seriously. By the glory of God, no one will come near them unless it's one of the faithful. Tonight, I will set up watches. But, son of Arrius”—Ilderim took out the package and opened it slowly as they walked to the couch and sat down—“son of Arrius, look here, and help me with your Latin.”
He passed the despatch to Ben-Hur.
He handed the message to Ben-Hur.
“There; read—and read aloud, rendering what thou findest into the tongue of thy fathers. Latin is an abomination.”
“Go ahead; read—and read aloud, translating what you find into your ancestors' language. Latin is awful.”
Ben-Hur was in good spirits, and began the reading carelessly. “‘MESSALA TO GRATUS!’” He paused. A premonition drove the blood to his heart. Ilderim observed his agitation.
Ben-Hur was in a good mood and started reading without much thought. “'MESSALA TO GRATUS!’” He stopped. A sense of foreboding made his heart race. Ilderim noticed his unease.
“Well; I am waiting.”
“Okay, I’m waiting.”
Ben-Hur prayed pardon, and recommenced the paper, which, it is sufficient to say, was one of the duplicates of the letter despatched so carefully to Gratus by Messala the morning after the revel in the palace.
Ben-Hur prayed for forgiveness and started the paper again, which, suffice it to say, was one of the copies of the letter carefully sent to Gratus by Messala the morning after the party in the palace.
The paragraphs in the beginning were remarkable only as proof that the writer had not outgrown his habit of mockery; when they were passed, and the reader came to the parts intended to refresh the memory of Gratus, his voice trembled, and twice he stopped to regain his self-control. By a strong effort he continued. “‘I recall further,’” he read, “‘that thou didst make disposition of the family of Hur’”—there the reader again paused and drew a long breath—“‘both of us at the time supposing the plan hit upon to be the most effective possible for the purposes in view, which were silence and delivery over to inevitable but natural death.’”
The opening paragraphs were only notable as evidence that the writer hadn't stopped his mocking ways; once they were over, and the reader got to the sections meant to jog Gratus's memory, his voice shook, and he paused twice to regain his composure. With great effort, he pressed on. “‘I remember also,’” he read, “‘that you arranged for the family of Hur’”—again the reader paused and took a deep breath—“‘both of us at the time thinking that the plan we came up with was the most effective for our goals, which were silence and handing them over to inevitable but natural death.’”
Here Ben-Hur broke down utterly. The paper fell from his hands, and he covered his face.
Here Ben-Hur completely fell apart. The paper dropped from his hands, and he buried his face in them.
“They are dead—dead. I alone am left.”
“They're dead—dead. I'm the only one left.”
The sheik had been a silent, but not unsympathetic, witness of the young man’s suffering; now he arose and said, “Son of Arrius, it is for me to beg thy pardon. Read the paper by thyself. When thou art strong enough to give the rest of it to me, send word, and I will return.”
The sheik had been a quiet, but not unkind, observer of the young man’s pain; now he stood up and said, “Son of Arrius, I must ask for your forgiveness. Read the paper yourself. When you’re strong enough to give me the rest of it, let me know, and I will come back.”
He went out of the tent, and nothing in all his life became him better.
He stepped out of the tent, and nothing in his whole life suited him better.
Ben-Hur flung himself on the divan and gave way to his feelings. When somewhat recovered, he recollected that a portion of the letter remained unread, and, taking it up, he resumed the reading. “Thou wilt remember,” the missive ran, “what thou didst with the mother and sister of the malefactor; yet, if now I yield to a desire to learn if they be living or dead”—Ben-Hur started, and read again, and then again, and at last broke into exclamation. “He does not know they are dead; he does not know it! Blessed be the name of the Lord! there is yet hope.” He finished the sentence, and was strengthened by it, and went on bravely to the end of the letter.
Ben-Hur threw himself onto the couch and let his emotions take over. After he calmed down a bit, he remembered that there was still part of the letter left unread. Picking it up, he continued reading. “You will remember,” the letter said, “what you did with the mother and sister of the criminal; yet, if now I give in to the urge to find out if they are alive or dead”—Ben-Hur gasped, read it again, and then again, and finally exclaimed, “He doesn’t know they are dead; he doesn’t know it! Blessed be the name of the Lord! There is still hope.” He finished the sentence, feeling strengthened by it, and bravely continued to the end of the letter.
“They are not dead,” he said, after reflection; “they are not dead, or he would have heard of it.”
“They aren’t dead,” he said after thinking for a moment; “they aren’t dead, or he would have found out.”
A second reading, more careful than the first, confirmed him in the opinion. Then he sent for the sheik.
A second reading, more thorough than the first, solidified his opinion. Then he called for the sheik.
“In coming to your hospitable tent, O sheik,” he said, calmly, when the Arab was seated and they were alone, “it was not in my mind to speak of myself further than to assure you I had sufficient training to be intrusted with your horses. I declined to tell you my history. But the chances which have sent this paper to my hand and given it to me to be read are so strange that I feel bidden to trust you with everything. And I am the more inclined to do so by knowledge here conveyed that we are both of us threatened by the same enemy, against whom it is needful that we make common cause. I will read the letter and give you explanation; after which you will not wonder I was so moved. If you thought me weak or childish, you will then excuse me.”
“Coming to your welcoming tent, O sheik,” he said calmly, once the Arab was seated and they were alone, “I didn’t intend to talk about myself more than to assure you that I’m well-trained to take care of your horses. I chose not to share my background. However, the circumstances that led this paper into my hands and allowed me to read it are so unusual that I feel compelled to share everything with you. I’m even more inclined to do so because I’ve learned that we are both under threat from the same enemy, which makes it necessary for us to unite. I will read the letter and explain it; after that, you won’t be surprised at how affected I was. If you thought I was weak or childish, you’ll understand after hearing me out.”
The sheik held his peace, listening closely, until Ben-Hur came to the paragraph in which he was particularly mentioned: “‘I saw the Jew yesterday in the Grove of Daphne;’” so ran the part, “‘and if he be not there now, he is certainly in the neighborhood, making it easy for me to keep him in eye. Indeed, wert thou to ask me where he is now, I should say, with the most positive assurance, he is to be found at the old Orchard of Palms.’”
The sheik stayed silent, listening intently, until Ben-Hur reached the part where he was specifically mentioned: “‘I saw the Jew yesterday in the Grove of Daphne;’” that was the line, “‘and if he’s not there now, he’s definitely around, making it easy for me to keep an eye on him. In fact, if you were to ask me where he is now, I would say, with complete confidence, he’s at the old Orchard of Palms.’”
“A—h!” exclaimed Ilderim, in such a tone one might hardly say he was more surprised than angry; at the same time, he clutched his beard.
“A—h!” Ilderim exclaimed, in a way that made it hard to tell if he was more surprised than angry; at the same time, he clutched his beard.
“‘At the old Orchard of Palms,’” Ben-Hur repeated, “‘under the tent of the traitor Shiek Ilderim.’”
“‘At the old Orchard of Palms,’” Ben-Hur repeated, “‘under the tent of the traitor Sheikh Ilderim.’”
“Traitor!—I?” the old man cried, in his shrillest tone, while lip and beard curled with ire, and on his forehead and neck the veins swelled and beat as they would burst.
“Traitor!—Me?” the old man shouted in his loudest voice, his lip and beard twisted in anger, and the veins in his forehead and neck throbbed as if they were about to burst.
“Yet a moment, sheik,” said Ben-Hur, with a deprecatory gesture. “Such is Messala’s opinion of you. Hear his threat.” And he read on—“‘under the tent of the traitor Sheik Ilderim, who cannot long escape our strong hand. Be not surprised if Maxentius, as his first measure, places the Arab on ship for forwarding to Rome.’”
“Just a moment, Sheikh,” Ben-Hur said, waving his hand dismissively. “This is what Messala thinks of you. Listen to his threat.” And he read on—“‘under the tent of the traitor Sheikh Ilderim, who won't be able to evade our strong hand for long. Don’t be surprised if Maxentius, as his first action, puts the Arab on a ship to be sent to Rome.’”
“To Rome! Me—Ilderim—sheik of ten thousand horsemen with spears—me to Rome!”
“To Rome! Me—Ilderim—sheikh of ten thousand horsemen with spears—me to Rome!”
He leaped rather than rose to his feet, his arms outstretched, his fingers spread and curved like claws, his eyes glittering like a serpent’s.
He jumped up instead of just getting to his feet, his arms stretched out, fingers spread and curled like claws, his eyes shining like a serpent’s.
“O God!—nay, by all the gods except of Rome!—when shall this insolence end? A freeman am I; free are my people. Must we die slaves? Or, worse, must I live a dog, crawling to a master’s feet? Must I lick his hand, lest he lash me? What is mine is not mine; I am not my own; for breath of body I must be beholden to a Roman. Oh, if I were young again! Oh, could I shake off twenty years—or ten—or five!”
“O God!—no, by all the gods except the ones of Rome!—when will this arrogance stop? I’m a free man; my people are free. Must we die as slaves? Or, even worse, must I live like a dog, crawling to my master’s feet? Must I kiss his hand, or he’ll punish me? What’s mine isn’t mine; I don’t even belong to myself; for my breath, I’m indebted to a Roman. Oh, if I were young again! Oh, if I could shake off twenty years—or ten—or five!”
He ground his teeth and shook his hands overhead; then, under the impulse of another idea, he walked away and back again to Ben-Hur swiftly, and caught his shoulder with a strong grasp.
He gritted his teeth and raised his hands in frustration; then, driven by another thought, he quickly walked away and back to Ben-Hur, grabbing his shoulder firmly.
“If I were as thou, son of Arrius—as young, as strong, as practised in arms; if I had a motive hissing me to revenge—a motive, like thine, great enough to make hate holy— Away with disguise on thy part and on mine! Son of Hur, son of Hur, I say—”
“If I were you, son of Arrius—young, strong, and skilled in combat; if I had a reason pushing me toward revenge—a reason as powerful as yours, enough to make hate feel justified—Forget about disguises, both yours and mine! Son of Hur, son of Hur, I say—”
At that name all the currents of Ben-Hur’s blood stopped; surprised, bewildered, he gazed into the Arab’s eyes, now close to his, and fiercely bright.
At that name, all the blood in Ben-Hur's body froze; shocked and confused, he stared into the Arab's eyes, now close to his, and intensely bright.
“Son of Hur, I say, were I as thou, with half thy wrongs, bearing about with me memories like thine, I would not, I could not, rest.” Never pausing, his words following each other torrent-like, the old man swept on. “To all my grievances, I would add those of the world, and devote myself to vengeance. From land to land I would go firing all mankind. No war for freedom but should find me engaged; no battle against Rome in which I would not bear a part. I would turn Parthian, if I could not better. If men failed me, still I would not give over the effort—ha, ha, ha! By the splendor of God! I would herd with wolves, and make friends of lions and tigers, in hope of marshalling them against the common enemy. I would use every weapon. So my victims were Romans, I would rejoice in slaughter. Quarter I would not ask; quarter I would not give. To the flames everything Roman; to the sword every Roman born. Of nights I would pray the gods, the good and the bad alike, to lend me their special terrors—tempests, drought, heat, cold, and all the nameless poisons they let loose in air, all the thousand things of which men die on sea and on land. Oh, I could not sleep. I—I—”
“Son of Hur, I tell you, if I were in your shoes, carrying even half your burdens, with memories like yours, I wouldn’t be able to rest.” Without stopping, his words flowed like a torrent as the old man continued. “To all my grievances, I would add those of the world and dedicate myself to revenge. I would travel from place to place, setting fire to everything. No fight for freedom would find me absent; no battle against Rome would I skip. I would even turn to the Parthians if I had no better option. If people let me down, I still wouldn’t give up the fight—ha, ha, ha! By the glory of God! I would run with wolves, making friends with lions and tigers, hoping to rally them against our shared enemy. I would use any weapon available. If my victims were Romans, I would take joy in the slaughter. I would ask for no mercy; I would give none. Everything Roman would go to the flames; every Roman would fall by my sword. At night, I would pray to the gods, both good and bad, to bless me with their special terrors—storms, droughts, heat, cold, and all the unnamed poisons they unleash in the air, all the countless ways people die at sea and on land. Oh, I couldn’t sleep. I—I—”
The sheik stopped for want of breath, panting, wringing his hands. And, sooth to say, of all the passionate burst Ben-Hur retained but a vague impression wrought by fiery eyes, a piercing voice, and a rage too intense for coherent expression.
The sheik paused, out of breath, panting and wringing his hands. Honestly, of all the intense emotions, Ben-Hur only had a vague memory filled with fiery eyes, a sharp voice, and a rage so strong it couldn't be expressed clearly.
For the first time in years, the desolate youth heard himself addressed by his proper name. One man at least knew him, and acknowledged it without demand of identity; and he an Arab fresh from the desert!
For the first time in years, the lonely young man heard someone call him by his real name. At least one person recognized him and did so without needing proof of who he was; and he was an Arab just arrived from the desert!
How came the man by his knowledge? The letter? No. It told the cruelties from which his family had suffered; it told the story of his own misfortunes, but it did not say he was the very victim whose escape from doom was the theme of the heartless narrative. That was the point of explanation he had notified the sheik would follow the reading of the letter. He was pleased, and thrilled with hope restored, yet kept an air of calmness.
How did the man acquire his knowledge? The letter? No. It described the hardships his family had endured; it recounted his own misfortunes, but it didn't reveal that he was the actual victim whose escape from disaster was the focus of the cruel account. That was the clarification he had informed the sheik would come after reading the letter. He felt pleased and excited with renewed hope, yet maintained an aura of calmness.
“Good sheik, tell me how you came by this letter.”
“Good sheik, please tell me how you got this letter.”
“My people keep the roads between cities,” Ilderim answered, bluntly. “They took it from a courier.”
“My people maintain the roads between cities,” Ilderim replied, plainly. “They took it from a courier.”
“Are they known to be thy people?”
“Are they known to be your people?”
“No. To the world they are robbers, whom it is mine to catch and slay.”
“No. To the world, they are criminals, and it's my job to catch and kill them.”
“Again, sheik. You call me son of Hur—my father’s name. I did not think myself known to a person on earth. How came you by the knowledge?”
“Again, sheik. You call me son of Hur—my father's name. I didn’t think anyone on earth knew me. How did you find out?”
Ilderim hesitated; but, rallying, he answered, “I know you, yet I am not free to tell you more.”
Ilderim paused, but then he collected himself and replied, “I know who you are, but I can’t share more with you.”
“Some one holds you in restraint?”
“Is someone keeping you down?”
The sheik closed his mouth, and walked away; but, observing Ben-Hur’s disappointment, he came back, and said, “Let us say no more about the matter now. I will go to town; when I return, I may talk to you fully. Give me the letter.”
The sheik shut his mouth and walked away; however, noticing Ben-Hur’s disappointment, he returned and said, “Let’s not discuss this anymore right now. I’ll head to town; when I get back, we can talk in detail. Hand me the letter.”
Ilderim rolled the papyrus carefully, restored it to its envelopes, and became once more all energy.
Ilderim carefully rolled up the papyrus, put it back in its envelopes, and suddenly seemed full of energy again.
“What sayest thou?” he asked, while waiting for his horse and retinue. “I told what I would do, were I thou, and thou hast made no answer.”
“What do you say?” he asked, while waiting for his horse and entourage. “I said what I would do if I were you, and you haven’t replied.”
“I intended to answer, sheik, and I will.” Ben-Hur’s countenance and voice changed with the feeling invoked. “All thou hast said, I will do—all at least in the power of a man. I devoted myself to vengeance long ago. Every hour of the five years passed, I have lived with no other thought. I have taken no respite. I have had no pleasures of youth. The blandishments of Rome were not for me. I wanted her to educate me for revenge. I resorted to her most famous masters and professors—not those of rhetoric or philosophy: alas! I had no time for them. The arts essential to a fighting-man were my desire. I associated with gladiators, and with winners of prizes in the Circus; and they were my teachers. The drill-masters in the great camp accepted me as a scholar, and were proud of my attainments in their line. O sheik, I am a soldier; but the things of which I dream require me to be a captain. With that thought, I have taken part in the campaign against the Parthians; when it is over, then, if the Lord spare my life and strength—then”—he raised his clenched hands, and spoke vehemently—“then I will be an enemy Roman-taught in all things; then Rome shall account to me in Roman lives for her ills. You have my answer, sheik.”
“I intended to respond, sheik, and I will.” Ben-Hur’s expression and tone shifted with the feeling he felt. “Everything you’ve mentioned, I will do—all that is within a man's power. I committed myself to vengeance long ago. Every hour of the past five years, I've lived with nothing else in mind. I’ve taken no breaks. I’ve had no youthful pleasures. The allure of Rome didn’t appeal to me. I wanted her to prepare me for revenge. I turned to her most renowned masters and teachers—not those of rhetoric or philosophy: sadly, I didn’t have time for them. The skills necessary for a fighter were my focus. I trained with gladiators and champions from the Circus; they were my instructors. The drill instructors in the grand camp accepted me as a pupil, and they were proud of my achievements in their field. Oh sheik, I am a soldier; but the things I dream of require me to be a captain. With that in mind, I participated in the campaign against the Parthians; when it’s over, if the Lord grants me life and strength—then”—he raised his clenched fists and spoke fiercely—“then I will be an enemy, fully trained by Rome in every way; then Rome will owe me in Roman lives for her wrongs. You have my answer, sheik.”
Ilderim put an arm over his shoulder, and kissed him, saying, passionately, “If thy God favor thee not, son of Hur, it is because he is dead. Take thou this from me—sworn to, if so thy preference run: thou shalt have my hands, and their fulness—men, horses, camels, and the desert for preparation. I swear it! For the present, enough. Thou shalt see or hear from me before night.”
Ilderim put an arm over his shoulder and kissed him, saying passionately, "If your God doesn't favor you, son of Hur, it's because He is dead. Take this from me—I'm serious, if that’s what you want: you’ll have my resources—men, horses, camels, and the desert for preparation. I swear it! For now, that's enough. You'll see or hear from me before night."
Turning abruptly off, the sheik was speedily on the road to the city.
Turning abruptly, the sheik quickly headed toward the city.
CHAPTER VI
The intercepted letter was conclusive upon a number of points of great interest to Ben-Hur. It had all the effect of a confession that the writer was a party to the putting-away of the family with murderous intent; that he had sanctioned the plan adopted for the purpose; that he had received a portion of the proceeds of the confiscation, and was yet in enjoyment of his part; that he dreaded the unexpected appearance of what he was pleased to call the chief malefactor, and accepted it as a menace; that he contemplated such further action as would secure him in the future, and was ready to do whatever his accomplice in Cæsarea might advise.
The intercepted letter clearly confirmed several important points for Ben-Hur. It acted like a confession that the writer was involved in the family's violent removal; that he approved the plan that was used for this purpose; that he had taken a share of the stolen goods and was still benefiting from it; that he feared the unexpected arrival of what he referred to as the main criminal, viewing it as a threat; and that he was considering further actions to protect himself in the future, being ready to follow whatever advice his accomplice in Cæsarea might give.
And, now that the letter had reached the hand of him really its subject, it was notice of danger to come, as well as a confession of guilt. So when Ilderim left the tent, Ben-Hur had much to think about, requiring immediate action. His enemies were as adroit and powerful as any in the East. If they were afraid of him, he had greater reason to be afraid of them. He strove earnestly to reflect upon the situation, but could not; his feelings constantly overwhelmed him. There was a certain qualified pleasure in the assurance that his mother and sister were alive; and it mattered little that the foundation of the assurance was a mere inference. That there was one person who could tell him where they were seemed to his hope so long deferred as if discovery were now close at hand. These were mere causes of feeling; underlying them, it must be confessed he had a superstitious fancy that God was about to make ordination in his behalf, in which event faith whispered him to stand still.
And now that the letter had finally gotten to the person it was really meant for, it served as both a warning of danger ahead and a confession of guilt. So when Ilderim left the tent, Ben-Hur had a lot to think about, needing to act quickly. His enemies were as skilled and powerful as anyone in the East. If they were afraid of him, he had even more reason to be afraid of them. He tried hard to think about the situation, but he couldn't; his emotions kept overwhelming him. There was a certain mixed pleasure in knowing that his mother and sister were alive, and it didn't matter much that this assurance was based on just an assumption. The fact that there was someone who could tell him where they were made his long-held hope feel as if discovery was finally within reach. These were just triggers for his feelings; beneath it all, he had to admit he felt a twinge of superstition that God was about to take action on his behalf, and in that moment, faith urged him to stay still.
Occasionally, referring to the words of Ilderim, he wondered whence the Arab derived his information about him; not from Malluch certainly; nor from Simonides, whose interests, all adverse, would hold him dumb. Could Messala have been the informant? No, no: disclosure might be dangerous in that quarter. Conjecture was vain; at the same time, often as Ben-Hur was beaten back from the solution, he was consoled with the thought that whoever the person with the knowledge might be, he was a friend, and, being such, would reveal himself in good time. A little more waiting—a little more patience. Possibly the errand of the sheik was to see the worthy; possibly the letter might precipitate a full disclosure.
Sometimes, thinking about Ilderim's words, he wondered where the Arab got his information about him; certainly not from Malluch; nor from Simonides, whose opposing interests would keep him quiet. Could Messala be the one passing on the information? No, that could be risky. Speculating was pointless; yet, every time Ben-Hur was forced to step back from finding an answer, he took comfort in the thought that whoever had the knowledge was a friend, and as a friend, would reveal themselves in due time. A little more waiting—a little more patience. Maybe the sheik's purpose was to meet with the right person; perhaps the letter would lead to a complete revelation.
And patient he would have been if only he could have believed Tirzah and his mother were waiting for him under circumstances permitting hope on their part strong as his; if, in other words, conscience had not stung him with accusations respecting them.
And he would have been patient if he could have believed that Tirzah and his mother were waiting for him in circumstances that allowed them to be as hopeful as he was; if, in other words, his conscience hadn’t pricked him with accusations about them.
To escape such accusations, he wandered far through the Orchard, pausing now where the date-gatherers were busy, yet not too busy to offer him of their fruit and talk with him; then, under the great trees, to watch the nesting birds, or hear the bees swarming about the berries bursting with honeyed sweetness, and filling all the green and golden spaces with the music of their beating wings.
To avoid those accusations, he strolled deep into the Orchard, stopping where the date gatherers were working, but not so busy that they couldn’t offer him some fruit and chat with him; then, beneath the large trees, he would watch the nesting birds or listen to the bees buzzing around the berries bursting with honeyed sweetness, filling the green and golden areas with the sound of their fluttering wings.
By the lake, however, he lingered longest. He might not look upon the water and its sparkling ripples, so like sensuous life, without thinking of the Egyptian and her marvellous beauty, and of floating with her here and there through the night, made brilliant by her songs and stories; he might not forget the charm of her manner, the lightness of her laugh, the flattery of her attention, the warmth of her little hand under his upon the tiller of the boat. From her it was for his thought but a short way to Balthasar, and the strange things of which he had been witness, unaccountable by any law of nature; and from him, again, to the King of the Jews, whom the good man, with such pathos of patience, was holding in holy promise, the distance was even nearer. And there his mind stayed, finding in the mysteries of that personage a satisfaction answering well for the rest he was seeking. Because, it may have been, nothing is so easy as denial of an idea not agreeable to our wishes, he rejected the definition given by Balthasar of the kingdom the king was coming to establish. A kingdom of souls, if not intolerable to his Sadducean faith, seemed to him but an abstraction drawn from the depths of a devotion too fond and dreamy. A kingdom of Judea, on the other hand, was more than comprehensible: such had been, and, if only for that reason, might be again. And it suited his pride to think of a new kingdom broader of domain, richer in power, and of a more unapproachable splendor than the old one; of a new king wiser and mightier than Solomon—a new king under whom, especially, he could find both service and revenge. In that mood he resumed to the dowar.
By the lake, however, he stayed the longest. He couldn’t look at the water and its sparkling ripples, so reminiscent of vibrant life, without thinking of the Egyptian and her incredible beauty, and of drifting with her here and there through the night, lit up by her songs and stories. He couldn’t forget the charm of her demeanor, the lightness of her laughter, the flattery of her attention, the warmth of her little hand resting on his as he steered the boat. For him, it was only a short mental leap from her to Balthasar and the strange things he had witnessed, things that couldn’t be explained by any natural law. And from Balthasar, the distance to the King of the Jews, whom that good man was holding in holy promise with such heartfelt patience, felt even shorter. His thoughts settled there, finding satisfaction in the mysteries surrounding that figure, a comfort for the peace he sought. Because it might be true that nothing is easier than denying an idea that doesn’t fit our desires, he dismissed Balthasar's definition of the kingdom the king was set to establish. A kingdom of souls, while not wholly unacceptable to his Sadducean beliefs, seemed to him just an abstraction born from overly sentimental devotion. A kingdom of Judea, on the other hand, was completely understandable: it had existed, and for that reason, it could exist again. It flattered his pride to envision a new kingdom that was larger, more powerful, and more magnificently radiant than the old one; a new king who was wiser and mightier than Solomon—especially a new king under whom he could find both service and revenge. With that mindset, he returned to the dowar.
The mid-day meal disposed of, still further to occupy himself, Ben-Hur had the chariot rolled out into the sunlight for inspection. The word but poorly conveys the careful study the vehicle underwent. No point or part of it escaped him. With a pleasure which will be better understood hereafter, he saw the pattern was Greek, in his judgment preferable to the Roman in many respects; it was wider between the wheels, and lower and stronger, and the disadvantage of greater weight would be more than compensated by the greater endurance of his Arabs. Speaking generally, the carriage-makers of Rome built for the games almost solely, sacrificing safety to beauty, and durability to grace; while the chariots of Achilles and “the king of men,” designed for war and all its extreme tests, still ruled the tastes of those who met and struggled for the crowns Isthmian and Olympic.
After finishing his lunch, Ben-Hur wanted to keep busy, so he had the chariot brought out into the sunlight for inspection. The word "inspection" doesn’t quite capture the thorough examination the vehicle underwent. He examined every detail. With a satisfaction that would make more sense later, he noticed that the design was Greek, which he believed was better than the Roman style in many ways; it was wider between the wheels, lower, and sturdier, and any extra weight would be more than offset by the endurance of his Arab horses. Generally speaking, the chariot makers in Rome designed primarily for games, favoring aesthetics over safety and looks over durability; while the chariots of Achilles and “the king of men,” built for war and its extreme challenges, still influenced the preferences of those competing for the Isthmian and Olympic crowns.
Next he brought the horses, and, hitching them to the chariot, drove to the field of exercise, where, hour after hour, he practised them in movement under the yoke. When he came away in the evening, it was with restored spirit, and a fixed purpose to defer action in the matter of Messala until the race was won or lost. He could not forego the pleasure of meeting his adversary under the eyes of the East; that there might be other competitors seemed not to enter his thought. His confidence in the result was absolute; no doubt of his own skill; and as to the four, they were his full partners in the glorious game.
Next, he brought the horses and hitched them to the chariot, then drove to the training field, where he practiced their movements under the yoke for hours on end. When he returned in the evening, he felt renewed and determined to put off any decisions about Messala until after the race was over. He couldn’t resist the excitement of facing his rival in front of the Eastern crowd; he didn’t even consider that there might be other competitors. He was completely confident in the outcome, having no doubt about his own skills, and the four horses were his full partners in this thrilling challenge.
“Let him look to it, let him look to it! Ha, Antares—Aldebaran! Shall he not, O honest Rigel? and thou, Atair, king among coursers, shall he not beware of us? Ha, ha! good hearts!”
“Let him pay attention, let him pay attention! Ha, Antares—Aldebaran! Shouldn't he, O honest Rigel? And you, Atair, king among horses, shouldn't he watch out for us? Ha, ha! good hearts!”
So in rests he passed from horse to horse, speaking, not as a master, but the senior of as many brethren.
So he moved from horse to horse, talking not as a master but as an older brother among many.
After nightfall, Ben-Hur sat by the door of the tent waiting for Ilderim, not yet returned from the city. He was not impatient, or vexed, or doubtful. The sheik would be heard from, at least. Indeed, whether it was from satisfaction with the performance of the four, or the refreshment there is in cold water succeeding bodily exercise, or supper partaken with royal appetite, or the reaction which, as a kindly provision of nature, always follows depression, the young man was in good-humor verging upon elation. He felt himself in the hands of Providence no longer his enemy. At last there was a sound of horse’s feet coming rapidly, and Malluch rode up.
After dark, Ben-Hur sat by the door of the tent waiting for Ilderim, who hadn’t returned from the city yet. He wasn’t impatient, annoyed, or unsure. The sheik would be in touch, at least. In fact, whether it was from being pleased with the performance of the four, or the refreshing feeling of cold water after physical exertion, or enjoying dinner with a big appetite, or the uplifting feeling that usually follows a down mood, the young man was in a good mood, almost feeling ecstatic. He felt like he was in the hands of Providence and no longer at odds with it. Finally, he heard the sound of hooves approaching quickly, and Malluch rode up.
“Son of Arrius,” he said, cheerily, after salutation, “I salute you for Sheik Ilderim, who requests you to mount and go to the city. He is waiting for you.”
“Son of Arrius,” he said happily after greeting him, “I greet you on behalf of Sheik Ilderim, who asks you to get on your horse and head to the city. He’s waiting for you.”
Ben-Hur asked no questions, but went in where the horses were feeding. Aldebaran came to him, as if offering his service. He played with him lovingly, but passed on, and chose another, not of the four—they were sacred to the race. Very shortly the two were on the road, going swiftly and in silence.
Ben-Hur didn’t ask any questions and went into the stable where the horses were eating. Aldebaran approached him, as if to offer his assistance. He interacted with him affectionately but then moved on to another horse, one not from the four—those were special to the competition. Soon, the two were on the road, moving quickly and quietly.
Some distance below the Seleucian Bridge, they crossed the river by a ferry, and, riding far round on the right bank, and recrossing by another ferry, entered the city from the west. The detour was long, but Ben-Hur accepted it as a precaution for which there was good reason.
Some distance below the Seleucian Bridge, they took a ferry across the river, and after a long ride along the right bank, they crossed back over by another ferry to enter the city from the west. The detour was lengthy, but Ben-Hur saw it as a smart precaution with good reason.
Down to Simonides’ landing they rode, and in front of the great warehouse, under the bridge, Malluch drew rein.
Down to Simonides’ landing they rode, and in front of the big warehouse, under the bridge, Malluch pulled up.
“We are come,” he said. “Dismount.”
“We've arrived,” he said. “Get down.”
Ben-Hur recognized the place.
Ben-Hur recognized the location.
“Where is the sheik?” he asked.
“Where’s the sheikh?” he asked.
“Come with me. I will show you.”
“Come with me. I’ll show you.”
A watchman took the horses, and almost before he realized it Ben-Hur stood once more at the door of the house up on the greater one, listening to the response from within—“In God’s name, enter.”
A watchman took the horses, and almost before he knew it, Ben-Hur was back at the door of the house on the hill, listening to the voice from inside—“In God’s name, come in.”
CHAPTER VII
Malluch stopped at the door; Ben-Hur entered alone.
Malluch paused at the door; Ben-Hur went in by himself.
The room was the same in which he had formerly interviewed Simonides, and it had been in nowise changed, except now, close by the arm-chair, a polished brazen rod, set on a broad wooden pedestal, arose higher than a tall man, holding lamps of silver on sliding arms, half-a-dozen or more in number, and all burning. The light was clear, bringing into view the panelling on the walls, the cornice with its row of gilded balls, and the dome dully tinted with violet mica.
The room was the same one where he had previously interviewed Simonides, and it hadn’t changed at all, except now, next to the armchair, there was a shiny brass rod, mounted on a wide wooden base, towering over a tall man. It held several silver lamps on sliding arms, six or more in total, all lit up. The light was bright, illuminating the paneling on the walls, the cornice with its line of gilded balls, and the dome subtly colored with violet mica.
Within a few steps, Ben-Hur stopped.
Within a few steps, Ben-Hur came to a halt.
Three persons were present, looking at him—Simonides, Ilderim, and Esther.
Three people were present, looking at him—Simonides, Ilderim, and Esther.
He glanced hurriedly from one to another, as if to find answer to the question half formed in his mind, What business can these have with me? He became calm, with every sense on the alert, for the question was succeeded by another, Are they friends or enemies?
He quickly looked from one person to another, as if trying to figure out the question forming in his mind, What do they want from me? He became composed, with every sense heightened, because that question was followed by another, Are they friends or foes?
At length, his eyes rested upon Esther.
At last, his eyes landed on Esther.
The men returned his look kindly; in her face there was something more than kindness—something too spirituel for definition, which yet went to his inner consciousness without definition.
The men returned his gaze with kindness; in her face, there was something beyond just kindness—something too spirituel to define, yet it touched his inner awareness without needing words.
Shall it be said, good reader? Back of his gaze there was a comparison in which the Egyptian arose and set herself over against the gentle Jewess; but it lived an instant, and, as is the habit of such comparisons, passed away without a conclusion.
Shall I say this, dear reader? Behind his gaze, there was a comparison where the Egyptian stood in contrast to the gentle Jewess; but it lasted only a moment, and, like most comparisons, faded away without any resolution.
“Son of Hur—”
“Son of Hur—”
The guest turned to the speaker.
The guest turned to the speaker.
“Son of Hur,” said Simonides, repeating the address slowly, and with distinct emphasis, as if to impress all its meaning upon him most interested in understanding it, “take thou the peace of the Lord God of our fathers—take it from me.” He paused, then added, “From me and mine.”
“Son of Hur,” Simonides said, carefully repeating the name with clear emphasis, as if he wanted to make sure the person most interested understood its full significance, “accept the peace of the Lord God of our ancestors—accept it from me.” He paused, then added, “From me and my family.”
The speaker sat in his chair; there were the royal head, the bloodless face, the masterful air, under the influence of which visitors forgot the broken limbs and distorted body of the man. The full black eyes gazed out under the white brows steadily, but not sternly. A moment thus, then he crossed his hands upon his breast.
The speaker sat in his chair; there was the royal head, the pale face, the commanding presence, under which visitors overlooked the broken limbs and twisted body of the man. The deep black eyes looked out from beneath the white brows steadily, but not harshly. After a moment like this, he crossed his hands over his chest.
The action, taken with the salutation, could not be misunderstood, and was not.
The action, combined with the greeting, was clear and understood.
“Simonides,” Ben-Hur answered, much moved, “the holy peace you tender is accepted. As son to father, I return it to you. Only let there be perfect understanding between us.”
“Simonides,” Ben-Hur replied, deeply touched, “I accept the sacred peace you offer. I return it to you like a son would to his father. Just ensure that we have complete understanding between us.”
Thus delicately he sought to put aside the submission of the merchant, and, in place of the relation of master and servant, substitute one higher and holier.
Thus gently he tried to set aside the merchant's submission and replace the relationship of master and servant with one that was higher and more sacred.
Simonides let fall his hands, and, turning to Esther, said, “A seat for the master, daughter.”
Simonides dropped his hands, and turning to Esther, said, “A seat for the master, daughter.”
She hastened, and brought a stool, and stood, with suffused face, looking from one to the other—from Ben-Hur to Simonides, from Simonides to Ben-Hur; and they waited, each declining the superiority direction would imply. When at length the pause began to be embarrassing, Ben-Hur advanced, and gently took the stool from her, and, going to the chair, placed it at the merchant’s feet.
She hurried and brought a stool, standing with a flushed face as she looked from one person to the other—from Ben-Hur to Simonides, then back to Ben-Hur; they both waited, each avoiding the implication of being superior. When the silence became awkward, Ben-Hur stepped forward, gently took the stool from her, and, moving to the chair, placed it at the merchant’s feet.
“I will sit here,” he said.
“I'll just sit here,” he said.
His eyes met hers—an instant only; but both were better of the look. He recognized her gratitude, she his generosity and forbearance.
His eyes met hers—just for a moment; but both felt better for the exchange. He recognized her gratitude, and she recognized his generosity and patience.
Simonides bowed his acknowledgment.
Simonides bowed in acknowledgment.
“Esther, child, bring me the paper,” he said, with a breath of relief.
“Esther, sweetie, bring me the paper,” he said, with a sigh of relief.
She went to a panel in the wall, opened it, took out a roll of papyri, and brought and gave it to him.
She went to a panel in the wall, opened it, took out a roll of papyrus, and brought it to him.
“Thou saidst well, son of Hur,” Simonides began, while unrolling the sheets. “Let us understand each other. In anticipation of the demand—which I would have made hadst thou waived it—I have here a statement covering everything necessary to the understanding required. I could see but two points involved—the property first, and then our relation. The statement is explicit as to both. Will it please thee to read it now?”
“Very well said, son of Hur,” Simonides began, while unrolling the sheets. “Let’s make sure we understand each other. In anticipation of what I would have asked you to do if you hadn’t brought it up, I have a statement that covers everything we need to understand. I can see only two main points—first, the property, and then our relationship. The statement is clear on both. Would you like to read it now?”
Ben-Hur received the papers, but glanced at Ilderim.
Ben-Hur took the papers but looked over at Ilderim.
“Nay,” said Simonides, “the sheik shall not deter thee from reading. The account—such thou wilt find it—is of a nature requiring a witness. In the attesting place at the end thou wilt find, when thou comest to it, the name—Ilderim, Sheik. He knows all. He is thy friend. All he has been to me, that will he be to thee also.”
“Nah,” said Simonides, “the sheik won’t stop you from reading. The story—you’ll see—is something that needs a witness. At the end, where you’ll find the testimony, you’ll see the name—Ilderim, Sheik. He knows everything. He’s your friend. Everything he’s been to me, he’ll be to you too.”
Simonides looked at the Arab, nodding pleasantly, and the latter gravely returned the nod, saying, “Thou hast said.”
Simonides looked at the Arab, nodding pleasantly, and the Arab gravely returned the nod, saying, "You’re right."
Ben-Hur replied, “I know already the excellence of his friendship, and have yet to prove myself worthy of it.” Immediately he continued, “Later, O Simonides, I will read the papers carefully; for the present, do thou take them, and if thou be not too weary, give me their substance.”
Ben-Hur replied, “I already recognize the value of his friendship, and I still need to prove that I deserve it.” He continued, “Later, O Simonides, I will read the documents carefully; for now, please take them, and if you’re not too tired, summarize them for me.”
Simonides took back the roll.
Simonides took back the document.
“Here, Esther, stand by me and receive the sheets, lest they fall into confusion.”
“Here, Esther, stand by me and take the sheets, so they don’t get messed up.”
She took place by his chair, letting her right arm fall lightly across his shoulder, so, when he spoke, the account seemed to have rendition from both of them jointly.
She sat down next to him, letting her right arm rest gently on his shoulder, so when he spoke, it felt like they were sharing the story together.
“This,” said Simonides, drawing out the first leaf, “shows the money I had of thy father’s, being the amount saved from the Romans; there was no property saved, only money, and that the robbers would have secured but for our Jewish custom of bills of exchange. The amount saved, being sums I drew from Rome, Alexandria, Damascus, Carthage, Valentia, and elsewhere within the circle of trade, was one hundred and twenty talents Jewish money.”
“This,” Simonides said, pulling out the first page, “shows the money I received from your father, which is the amount saved from the Romans; no property was saved, only cash, and the robbers would have taken that if it weren’t for our Jewish practice of using bills of exchange. The total saved, which includes sums I collected from Rome, Alexandria, Damascus, Carthage, Valentia, and other trade regions, was one hundred and twenty talents in Jewish currency.”
He gave the sheet to Esther, and took the next one.
He handed the sheet to Esther and grabbed the next one.
“With that amount—one hundred and twenty talents—I charged myself. Hear now my credits. I use the word, as thou wilt see, with reference rather to the proceeds gained from the use of the money.”
“With that amount—one hundred and twenty talents—I took responsibility. Listen to my credits now. I use the term, as you'll see, in relation to the profits earned from using the money.”
From separate sheets he then read footings, which, fractions omitted, were as follows:
From separate sheets, he read the totals, which, with the fractions left out, were as follows:
By ships | 60 talents |
” goods in store | 110 ” |
” cargoes in transit | 75 ” |
” camels, horses, etc. | 20 ” |
” warehouses | 10 ” |
” bills due | 54 ” |
” money on hand and subject to draft | 224 ” |
—— | |
Total | 553 ” |
“To these now, to the five hundred and fifty-three talents gained, add the original capital I had from thy father, and thou hast SIX HUNDRED AND SEVENTY THREE TALENTS!—and all thine—making thee, O son of Hur, the richest subject in the world.”
“To these now, to the five hundred and fifty-three talents gained, add the original capital I had from your father, and you have 973 talents!—and all yours—making you, O son of Hur, the richest subject in the world.”
He took the papyri from Esther, and, reserving one, rolled them and offered them to Ben-Hur. The pride perceptible in his manner was not offensive; it might have been from a sense of duty well done; it might have been for Ben-Hur without reference to himself.
He took the papyrus papers from Esther, kept one for himself, rolled them up, and handed them to Ben-Hur. The pride in his demeanor wasn’t off-putting; it could have come from a job well done or it could have been for Ben-Hur’s sake without any thought of himself.
“And there is nothing,” he added, dropping his voice, but not his eyes—“there is nothing now thou mayst not do.”
“And there’s nothing,” he said, lowering his voice but not his gaze—“there’s nothing now you can’t do.”
The moment was one of absorbing interest to all present. Simonides crossed his hands upon his breast again; Esther was anxious; Ilderim nervous. A man is never so on trial as in the moment of excessive good-fortune.
The moment was deeply engaging for everyone there. Simonides crossed his arms over his chest again; Esther was worried; Ilderim was on edge. A person is never truly being tested as they are during a time of great good fortune.
Taking the roll, Ben-Hur arose, struggling with emotion.
Taking the roll, Ben-Hur stood up, fighting back his emotions.
“All this is to me as a light from heaven, sent to drive away a night which has been so long I feared it would never end, and so dark I had lost the hope of seeing,” he said, with a husky voice. “I give first thanks to the Lord, who has not abandoned me, and my next to thee, O Simonides. Thy faithfulness outweighs the cruelty of others, and redeems our human nature. ‘There is nothing I cannot do:’ be it so. Shall any man in this my hour of such mighty privilege be more generous than I? Serve me as a witness now, Sheik Ilderim. Hear thou my words as I shall speak them—hear and remember. And thou, Esther, good angel of this good man! hear thou also.”
“All of this feels like a light from heaven to me, sent to chase away a night that has been so long I feared it would never end, and so dark I had lost hope of seeing,” he said, his voice husky. “First, I give thanks to the Lord, who has not abandoned me, and next to you, O Simonides. Your faithfulness is greater than the cruelty of others and redeems our humanity. ‘There is nothing I cannot do:’ let it be so. Will anyone in this moment of such great privilege be more generous than I? Serve as my witness now, Sheik Ilderim. Listen to my words as I speak them—listen and remember. And you, Esther, good angel of this good man! Listen as well.”
He stretched his hand with the roll to Simonides.
He reached out his hand with the roll to Simonides.
“The things these papers take into account—all of them: ships, houses, goods, camels, horses, money; the least as well as the greatest—give I back to thee, O Simonides, making them all thine, and sealing them to thee and thine forever.”
“The things these documents consider—all of them: ships, houses, goods, camels, horses, money; the smallest as well as the largest—I return to you, O Simonides, making them all yours, and securing them to you and yours forever.”
Esther smiled through her tears; Ilderim pulled his beard with rapid motion, his eyes glistening like beads of jet. Simonides alone was calm.
Esther smiled through her tears; Ilderim tugged at his beard quickly, his eyes shining like beads of jet. Simonides alone remained calm.
“Sealing them to thee and thine forever,” Ben-Hur continued, with better control of himself, “with one exception, and upon one condition.”
“Sealing them to you and yours forever,” Ben-Hur continued, with better control of himself, “with one exception, and under one condition.”
The breath of the listeners waited upon his words.
The audience held their breath, waiting for his words.
“The hundred and twenty talents which were my father’s thou shalt return to me.”
“The one hundred and twenty talents that belonged to my father, you will return to me.”
Ilderim’s countenance brightened.
Ilderim's face lit up.
“And thou shalt join me in search of my mother and sister, holding all thine subject to the expense of discovery, even as I will hold mine.”
“And you will join me in searching for my mother and sister, dedicating all your resources to the effort, just as I will dedicate mine.”
Simonides was much affected. Stretching out his hand, he said, “I see thy spirit, son of Hur, and I am grateful to the Lord that he hath sent thee to me such as thou art. If I served well thy father in life, and his memory afterwards, be not afraid of default to thee; yet must I say the exception cannot stand.”
Simonides was deeply moved. Reaching out his hand, he said, “I see your spirit, son of Hur, and I am thankful to the Lord for sending you to me just as you are. If I served your father well in life and honored his memory afterward, you have nothing to fear from me; still, I must say, there is an exception that cannot be ignored.”
Exhibiting, then, the reserved sheet, he continued,
Exhibiting the reserved sheet, he continued,
“Thou hast not all the account. Take this and read—read aloud.”
“You don’t have the whole story. Take this and read—read it out loud.”
Ben-Hur took the supplement, and read it.
Ben-Hur took the supplement and read it.
“Statement of the servants of Hur, rendered by Simonides, steward of the estate.
“Statement of the servants of Hur, presented by Simonides, the estate manager.
1. Amrah, Egyptian, keeping the palace in Jerusalem.
2. Simonides, the steward, in Antioch.
3. Esther, daughter of Simonides.”
1. Amrah, Egyptian, managing the palace in Jerusalem.
2. Simonides, the steward, in Antioch.
3. Esther, daughter of Simonides.”
Now, in all his thoughts of Simonides, not once had it entered Ben-Hur’s mind that, by the law, a daughter followed the parent’s condition. In all his visions of her, the sweet-faced Esther had figured as the rival of the Egyptian, and an object of possible love. He shrank from the revelation so suddenly brought him, and looked at her blushing; and, blushing, she dropped her eyes before him. Then he said, while the papyrus rolled itself together,
Now, in all his thoughts about Simonides, Ben-Hur never once considered that, according to the law, a daughter inherited the status of her parent. In all his dreams of her, the sweet-faced Esther had appeared as a rival to the Egyptian and a potential love interest. He recoiled from the sudden realization and saw her blush; and, blushing, she lowered her gaze. Then he said, while the papyrus rolled up,
“A man with six hundred talents is indeed rich, and may do what he pleases; but, rarer than the money, more priceless than the property, is the mind which amassed the wealth, and the heart it could not corrupt when amassed. O Simonides—and thou, fair Esther—fear not. Sheik Ilderim here shall be witness that in the same moment ye were declared my servants, that moment I declared ye free; and what I declare, that will I put in writing. Is it not enough? Can I do more?”
“A man with six hundred talents is certainly wealthy and can do whatever he wants; but rarer than money and more valuable than possessions is the mind that accumulated that wealth and the heart that remained untainted by it. O Simonides—and you, beautiful Esther—don’t be afraid. Sheik Ilderim will be a witness that the moment you were declared my servants, I also declared you free; and what I declare, I will put in writing. Isn’t that enough? Can I do more?”
“Son of Hur,” said Simonides, “verily thou dost make servitude lightsome. I was wrong; there are some things thou canst not do; thou canst not make us free in law. I am thy servant forever, because I went to the door with thy father one day, and in my ear the awl-marks yet abide.”
“Son of Hur,” Simonides said, “you really do make servitude feel lighter. I was mistaken; there are some things you can't do; you can't legally make us free. I will be your servant forever because I went to the door with your father one day, and the marks from that experience still linger in my mind.”
“Did my father that?”
“Did my dad do that?”
“Judge him not,” cried Simonides, quickly. “He accepted me a servant of that class because I prayed him to do so. I never repented the step. It was the price I paid for Rachel, the mother of my child here; for Rachel, who would not be my wife unless I became what she was.”
“Don’t judge him,” Simonides exclaimed quickly. “He took me on as a servant of that status because I asked him to. I’ve never regretted that decision. It was the price I paid for Rachel, the mother of my child here; for Rachel, who wouldn’t marry me unless I became what she was.”
“Was she a servant forever?”
“Was she a servant for life?”
“Even so.”
"Still."
Ben-Hur walked the floor in pain of impotent wish.
Ben-Hur paced the floor, feeling the pain of helpless desire.
“I was rich before,” he said, stopping suddenly. “I was rich with the gifts of the generous Arrius; now comes this greater fortune, and the mind which achieved it. Is there not a purpose of God in it all? Counsel me, O Simonides! Help me to see the right and do it. Help me to be worthy my name, and what thou art in law to me, that will I be to thee in fact and deed. I will be thy servant forever.”
“I was wealthy before,” he said, pausing abruptly. “I was wealthy with the gifts of the generous Arrius; now this greater fortune comes, along with the mind that achieved it. Is there not a purpose from God in all of this? Advise me, O Simonides! Help me to see what’s right and to do it. Help me to be worthy of my name, and just as you are in law to me, I will be to you in reality and action. I will be your servant forever.”
Simonides’ face actually glowed.
Simonides' face actually lit up.
“O son of my dead master! I will do better than help; I will serve thee with all my might of mind and heart. Body, I have not; it perished in thy cause; but with mind and heart I will serve thee. I swear it, by the altar of our God, and the gifts upon the altar! Only make me formally what I have assumed to be.”
“O son of my deceased master! I will do more than help; I will serve you with all my strength of mind and heart. I no longer have a body; it was sacrificed for your cause; but with my mind and heart, I will serve you. I swear it, by the altar of our God, and the offerings upon the altar! Just make me officially what I have taken on.”
“Name it,” said Ben-Hur, eagerly.
"Name it," Ben-Hur said eagerly.
“As steward the care of the property will be mine.”
"As the steward, the responsibility for taking care of the property will be mine."
“Count thyself steward now; or wilt thou have it in writing?”
“Consider yourself the steward now; or do you want it in writing?”
“Thy word simply is enough; it was so with the father, and I will not more from the son. And now, if the understanding be perfect”—Simonides paused.
“Your word is enough; it was true with the father, and I won’t expect anything more from the son. And now, if the understanding is perfect”—Simonides paused.
“It is with me,” said Ben-Hur.
“It’s with me,” Ben-Hur said.
“And thou, daughter of Rachel, speak!” said Simonides, lifting her arm from his shoulder.
“And you, daughter of Rachel, speak!” said Simonides, lifting her arm from his shoulder.
Esther, left thus alone, stood a moment abashed, her color coming and going; then she went to Ben-Hur, and said, with a womanliness singularly sweet, “I am not better than my mother was; and, as she is gone, I pray you, O my master, let me care for my father.”
Esther, left alone like this, stood for a moment, feeling embarrassed, her face flushing in waves; then she approached Ben-Hur and said, with a uniquely sweet femininity, “I am not better than my mother was; and since she is gone, I ask you, my master, to allow me to take care of my father.”
Ben-Hur took her hand, and led her back to the chair, saying, “Thou art a good child. Have thy will.”
Ben-Hur took her hand and led her back to the chair, saying, “You are a good kid. Do as you wish.”
Simonides replaced her arm upon his neck, and there was silence for a time in the room.
Simonides rested her arm on his neck, and there was quiet for a while in the room.
CHAPTER VIII
Simonides looked up, none the less a master.
Simonides looked up, still very much a master.
“Esther,” he said, quietly, “the night is going fast; and, lest we become too weary for that which is before us, let the refreshments be brought.”
“Esther,” he said softly, “the night is passing quickly; and, so we don’t become too tired for what lies ahead, let’s have the refreshments brought out.”
She rang a bell. A servant answered with wine and bread, which she bore round.
She rang a bell. A servant brought wine and bread, which she served around.
“The understanding, good my master,” continued Simonides, when all were served, “is not perfect in my sight. Henceforth our lives will run on together like rivers which have met and joined their waters. I think their flowing will be better if every cloud is blown from the sky above them. You left my door the other day with what seemed a denial of the claims which I have just allowed in the broadest terms; but it was not so, indeed it was not. Esther is witness that I recognized you; and that I did not abandon you, let Malluch say.”
“The understanding, my good master,” continued Simonides, once everyone had been served, “is not clear to me. From now on, our lives will flow together like rivers that have met and merged. I believe their flow will be smoother if every cloud is swept away from above them. You left my place the other day with what seemed like a rejection of the claims I just acknowledged in the broadest terms; but that’s not the case, it truly isn’t. Esther can confirm that I recognized you; and that I didn’t abandon you, let Malluch say.”
“Malluch!” exclaimed Ben-Hur.
“Malluch!” Ben-Hur exclaimed.
“One bound to a chair, like me, must have many hands far-reaching, if he would move the world from which he is so cruelly barred. I have many such, and Malluch is one of the best of them. And, sometimes”—he cast a grateful glance at the sheik—“sometimes I borrow from others good of heart, like Ilderim the Generous—good and brave. Let him say if I either denied or forgot you.”
“One who is tied to a chair, like me, must have many far-reaching helpers if he wants to change the world that he is so harshly kept from. I have many, and Malluch is one of the best. And, sometimes”—he cast a grateful look at the sheik—“sometimes I lean on others with kind hearts, like Ilderim the Generous—good and brave. Let him say if I ever denied or forgot you.”
Ben-Hur looked at the Arab.
Ben-Hur stared at the Arab.
“This is he, good Ilderim, this is he who told you of me?”
“This is him, good Ilderim, this is the guy who told you about me?”
Ilderim’s eyes twinkled as he nodded his answer.
Ilderim's eyes sparkled as he nodded in agreement.
“How, O my master,” said Simonides, “may we without trial tell what a man is? I knew you; I saw your father in you; but the kind of man you were I did not know. There are people to whom fortune is a curse in disguise. Were you of them? I sent Malluch to find out for me, and in the service he was my eyes and ears. Do not blame him. He brought me report of you which was all good.”
“How, my master,” said Simonides, “can we know what a person is like without getting to know them first? I recognized you; I saw your father in you; but I didn’t know the kind of person you truly are. There are some people for whom good luck feels like a hidden curse. Were you one of them? I sent Malluch to learn more for me, and he was my eyes and ears in this matter. Don’t hold it against him. He reported back to me only good things about you.”
“I do not,” said Ben-Hur, heartily. “There was wisdom in your goodness.”
“I don’t,” said Ben-Hur, wholeheartedly. “Your kindness had its wisdom.”
“The words are very pleasant to me,” said the merchant, with feeling, “very pleasant. My fear of misunderstanding is laid. Let the rivers run on now as God may give them direction.”
“The words are really nice to me,” said the merchant, with emotion, “really nice. My fear of misunderstanding is gone. Let the rivers flow now as God guides them.”
After an interval he continued:
After a pause, he resumed:
“I am compelled now by truth. The weaver sits weaving, and, as the shuttle flies, the cloth increases, and the figures grow, and he dreams dreams meanwhile; so to my hands the fortune grew, and I wondered at the increase, and asked myself about it many times. I could see a care not my own went with the enterprises I set going. The simooms which smote others on the desert jumped over the things which were mine. The storms which heaped the seashore with wrecks did but blow my ships the sooner into port. Strangest of all, I, so dependent upon others, fixed to a place like a dead thing, had never a loss by an agent—never. The elements stooped to serve me, and all my servants, in fact, were faithful.”
“I am now driven by truth. The weaver is weaving, and as the shuttle moves back and forth, the cloth gets bigger, and the patterns take shape, while he dreams his dreams; in the same way, my fortune grew in my hands, and I often marveled at the increase and questioned it many times. I noticed that a concern not my own accompanied the ventures I undertook. The harsh winds that struck others in the desert skipped over what was mine. The storms that piled wreckage on the shore only pushed my ships into port faster. Strangest of all, although I relied on others and was stuck in one place like a lifeless thing, I never suffered a loss through any of my agents—never. The elements bent to assist me, and all my helpers were truly loyal.”
“It is very strange,” said Ben-Hur.
“It’s really weird,” said Ben-Hur.
“So I said, and kept saying. Finally, O my master, finally I came to be of your opinion—God was in it—and, like you, I asked, What can his purpose be? Intelligence is never wasted; intelligence like God’s never stirs except with design. I have held the question in heart, lo! these many years, watching for an answer. I felt sure, if God were in it, some day, in his own good time, in his own way, he would show me his purpose, making it clear as a whited house upon a hill. And I believe he has done so.”
“So I said, and kept saying. Finally, my master, I came to share your opinion—God was in it—and, like you, I asked, What could His purpose be? Intelligence is never wasted; God’s intelligence never stirs without intent. I’ve held this question in my heart for all these years, waiting for an answer. I felt certain that if God was in it, someday, in His time and way, He would reveal His purpose to me, making it clear as a white house on a hill. And I believe He has done so.”
Ben-Hur listened with every faculty intent.
Ben-Hur listened intently with all his senses.
“Many years ago, with my people—thy mother was with me, Esther, beautiful as morning over old Olivet—I sat by the wayside out north of Jerusalem, near the Tombs of the Kings, when three men passed by riding great white camels, such as had never been seen in the Holy City. The men were strangers, and from far countries. The first one stopped and asked me a question. ‘Where is he that is born King of the Jews?’ As if to allay my wonder, he went on to say, ‘We have seen his star in the east, and have come to worship him.’ I could not understand, but followed them to the Damascus Gate; and of every person they met on the way—of the guard at the Gate, even—they asked the question. All who heard it were amazed like me. In time I forgot the circumstance, though there was much talk of it as a presage of the Messiah. Alas, alas! What children we are, even the wisest! When God walks the earth, his steps are often centuries apart. You have seen Balthasar?”
“Many years ago, with my people—your mother was with me, Esther, beautiful as the morning over old Olivet—I sat by the roadside north of Jerusalem, near the Tombs of the Kings, when three men rode by on great white camels, unlike anything seen in the Holy City. The men were strangers from far-off lands. The first one stopped and asked me a question. ‘Where is the one who has been born King of the Jews?’ To ease my confusion, he continued, ‘We have seen his star in the east and have come to worship him.’ I couldn’t understand but followed them to the Damascus Gate; and of everyone they met along the way—even the guard at the Gate—they asked the question. All who heard it were as amazed as I was. Over time, I forgot the event, though there was plenty of talk about it as a sign of the Messiah. Alas, alas! What children we are, even the wisest! When God walks the earth, his steps are often centuries apart. Have you seen Balthasar?”
“And heard him tell his story,” said Ben-Hur.
“And heard him tell his story,” Ben-Hur said.
“A miracle!—a very miracle!” cried Simonides. “As he told it to me, good my master, I seemed to hear the answer I had so long waited; God’s purpose burst upon me. Poor will the King be when he comes—poor and friendless; without following, without armies, without cities or castles; a kingdom to be set up, and Rome reduced and blotted out. See, see, O my master! thou flushed with strength, thou trained to arms, thou burdened with riches; behold the opportunity the Lord hath sent thee! Shall not his purpose be thine? Could a man be born to a more perfect glory?”
“A miracle!—a true miracle!” Simonides exclaimed. “As he was telling me, my dear master, I felt like I was finally hearing the answer I had been waiting for; God’s plan became clear to me. The King will be so poor when he arrives—poor and alone; without followers, without armies, without cities or castles; a kingdom to be established, while Rome is diminished and erased. Look, look, my master! You, filled with strength, trained for battle, weighed down with wealth; see the opportunity the Lord has given you! Shouldn't His plan become yours? Could anyone be destined for a more glorious fate?”
Simonides put his whole force in the appeal.
Simonides invested all his effort in the appeal.
“But the kingdom, the kingdom!” Ben-Hur answered, eagerly. “Balthasar says it is to be of souls.”
“But the kingdom, the kingdom!” Ben-Hur replied, eagerly. “Balthasar says it will be of souls.”
The pride of the Jew was strong in Simonides, and therefore the slightly contemptuous curl of the lip with which he began his reply:
The pride of the Jew was strong in Simonides, and so he began his response with a slight curl of contempt on his lip:
“Balthasar has been a witness of wonderful things—of miracles, O my master; and when he speaks of them, I bow with belief, for they are of sight and sound personal to him. But he is a son of Mizraim, and not even a proselyte. Hardly may he be supposed to have special knowledge by virtue of which we must bow to him in a matter of God’s dealing with our Israel. The prophets had their light from Heaven directly, even as he had his—many to one, and Jehovah the same forever. I must believe the prophets.—Bring me the Torah, Esther.”
“Balthasar has seen amazing things—miracles, my master; and when he talks about them, I listen with faith because they are personal experiences for him. But he’s a son of Mizraim and not even a convert. It’s hard to think he has any special insight that makes us obligated to listen to him regarding God’s relationship with our Israel. The prophets received their wisdom directly from Heaven, just as he did—many to one, and Jehovah is the same forever. I have to trust the prophets.—Bring me the Torah, Esther.”
He proceeded without waiting for her.
He continued without waiting for her.
“May the testimony of a whole people be slighted, my master? Though you travel from Tyre, which is by the sea in the north, to the capital of Edom, which is in the desert south, you will not find a lisper of the Shema, an alms-giver in the Temple, or any one who has ever eaten of the lamb of the Passover, to tell you the kingdom the King is coming to build for us, the children of the covenant, is other than of this world, like our father David’s. Now where got they the faith, ask you! We will see presently.”
“Can you really disregard the testimony of an entire people, my lord? Even if you travel from Tyre, which is by the sea in the north, to the capital of Edom, which is in the southern desert, you won't find anyone who recites the Shema, gives to the Temple, or has ever eaten the Passover lamb, telling you that the kingdom the King is coming to establish for us, the children of the covenant, is anything other than this world, just like our father David’s. Now you might wonder where they found their faith! We’ll find out soon enough.”
Esther here returned, bringing a number of rolls carefully enveloped in dark-brown linen lettered quaintly in gold.
Esther returned, carrying several rolls carefully wrapped in dark-brown linen with quirky gold lettering.
“Keep them, daughter, to give to me as I call for them,” the father said, in the tender voice he always used in speaking to her, and continued his argument:
“Keep them, daughter, for me to have when I ask for them,” the father said, in the gentle voice he always used with her, and continued his argument:
“It were long, good my master—too long, indeed—for me to repeat to you the names of the holy men who, in the providence of God, succeeded the prophets, only a little less favored than they—the seers who have written and the preachers who have taught since the Captivity; the very wise who borrowed their lights from the lamp of Malachi, the last of his line, and whose great names Hillel and Shammai never tired of repeating in the colleges. Will you ask them of the kingdom? Thus, the Lord of the sheep in the Book of Enoch—who is he? Who but the King of whom we are speaking? A throne is set up for him; he smites the earth, and the other kings are shaken from their thrones, and the scourges of Israel flung into a cavern of fire flaming with pillars of fire. So also the singer of the Psalms of Solomon—‘Behold, O Lord, and raise up to Israel their king, the son of David, at the time thou knowest, O God, to rule Israel, thy children.... And he will bring the peoples of the heathen under his yoke to serve him.... And he shall be a righteous king taught of God, ... for he shall rule all the earth by the word of his mouth forever.’ And last, though not least, hear Ezra, the second Moses, in his visions of the night, and ask him who is the lion with human voice that says to the eagle—which is Rome—‘Thou hast loved liars, and overthrown the cities of the industrious, and razed their walls, though they did thee no harm. Therefore, begone, that the earth may be refreshed, and recover itself, and hope in the justice and piety of him who made her.’ Whereat the eagle was seen no more. Surely, O my master, the testimony of these should be enough! But the way to the fountain’s head is open. Let us go up to it at once.—Some wine, Esther, and then the Torah.”
“It’s been a long time, my master—too long, really—for me to list the names of the holy men who, in God’s grace, succeeded the prophets, only slightly less favored than they—the seers who have written and the preachers who have taught since the Captivity; the very wise who got their insights from the light of Malachi, the last of his line, and whose great names Hillel and Shammai were often repeated in the schools. Will you ask about them in the kingdom? Thus, the Lord of the sheep in the Book of Enoch—who is he? Who but the King we’re discussing? A throne is set for him; he strikes the earth, and the other kings are shaken from their thrones, and the scourges of Israel are thrown into a pit of fire blazing with flames. Also, the singer of the Psalms of Solomon—‘Behold, O Lord, and raise up to Israel their king, the son of David, at the time you know, O God, to rule Israel, your children.... And he will bring the nations of the heathen under his control to serve him.... And he shall be a righteous king taught by God,... for he shall rule all the earth by the word of his mouth forever.’ And lastly, yet importantly, listen to Ezra, the second Moses, in his visions of the night, and ask him who is the lion with a human voice saying to the eagle—which is Rome—‘You have loved liars, and overthrown the cities of the industrious, and torn down their walls, though they did you no harm. Therefore, be gone, so the earth may be refreshed, and recover itself, and hope in the justice and piety of him who made her.’ After which the eagle was seen no more. Surely, O my master, the testimony of these should be enough! But the way to the fountain’s source is open. Let’s go to it right away.—Some wine, Esther, and then the Torah.”
“Dost thou believe the prophets, master?” he asked, after drinking. “I know thou dost, for of such was the faith of all thy kindred.—Give me, Esther, the book which hath in it the visions of Isaiah.”
“Do you believe the prophets, master?” he asked after drinking. “I know you do, because that was the faith of all your family.—Give me, Esther, the book that contains the visions of Isaiah.”
He took one of the rolls which she had unwrapped for him, and read, “‘The people that walked in darkness have seen a great light: they that dwell in the land of the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined.... For unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder.... Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even forever.’—Believest thou the prophets, O my master?—Now, Esther, the word of the Lord that came to Micah.”
He picked up one of the rolls she had unwrapped for him and read, “‘The people who walked in darkness have seen a great light: those living in the land of deep shadows, a light has shone on them.... For to us, a child is born, to us, a son is given: and the government will rest on his shoulders.... His government and peace will have no end, establishing it on the throne of David and his kingdom, to order it and strengthen it with judgment and justice from now on and forever.’—Do you believe the prophets, O my master?—Now, Esther, the word of the Lord that came to Micah.”
She gave him the roll he asked.
She handed him the roll he asked for.
“‘But thou,’” he began reading—“‘but thou, Bethlehem Ephrath, though thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of thee shall he come forth unto me that is to be ruler in Israel.’—This was he, the very child Balthasar saw and worshipped in the cave. Believest thou the prophets, O my master?—Give me, Esther, the words of Jeremiah.”
“‘But you,’” he began reading—“‘but you, Bethlehem Ephrath, even though you are small among the thousands of Judah, yet out of you shall come forth for me the one who will be ruler in Israel.’—This was the very child Balthasar saw and worshipped in the cave. Do you believe the prophets, O my master?—Give me, Esther, the words of Jeremiah.”
Receiving that roll, he read as before, “‘Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a righteous branch, and a king shall reign and prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth. In his days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely.’ As a king he shall reign—as a king, O my master! Believest thou the prophets?—Now, daughter, the roll of the sayings of that son of Judah in whom there was no blemish.”
Receiving that scroll, he read as before, “‘Look, the days are coming, says the Lord, when I will raise up a righteous descendant of David, and a king will reign and succeed, and will uphold justice and righteousness on the earth. In his days, Judah will be saved, and Israel will live in safety.’ As a king, he will reign—as a king, my master! Do you believe the prophets?—Now, daughter, the scroll of the words of that son of Judah in whom there was no flaw.”
She gave him the Book of Daniel.
She handed him the Book of Daniel.
“Hear, my master,” he said: “‘I saw in the night visions, and behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven.... And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages should serve him; his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.’—Believest thou the prophets, O my master?”
“Hear, my master,” he said: “‘I had a vision at night, and I saw someone like the Son of Man coming with the clouds of heaven.... And he was given authority, glory, and a kingdom, so that all people, nations, and languages would serve him; his authority is everlasting and will not fade away, and his kingdom will never be destroyed.’—Do you believe the prophets, my master?”
“It is enough. I believe,” cried Ben-Hur.
“It’s enough. I believe,” shouted Ben-Hur.
“What then?” asked Simonides. “If the King come poor, will not my master, of his abundance, give him help?”
"What then?" asked Simonides. "If the King comes with nothing, won't my master generously offer him help?"
“Help him? To the last shekel and the last breath. But why speak of his coming poor?”
“Help him? To the last penny and the last breath. But why talk about him coming in poor?”
“Give me, Esther, the word of the Lord as it came to Zechariah,” said Simonides.
“Give me, Esther, the word of the Lord as it came to Zechariah,” said Simonides.
She gave him one of the rolls.
She handed him one of the rolls.
“Hear how the King will enter Jerusalem.” Then he read, “‘Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion.... Behold, thy King cometh unto thee with justice and salvation; lowly, and riding upon an ass, and upon a colt, the foal of an ass.’”
“Hear how the King will enter Jerusalem.” Then he read, “‘Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion.... Look, your King is coming to you with justice and salvation; humble and riding on a donkey, on a colt, the foal of a donkey.’”
Ben-Hur looked away.
Ben-Hur turned away.
“What see you, O my master?”
“What do you see, my master?”
“Rome!” he answered, gloomily—“Rome, and her legions. I have dwelt with them in their camps. I know them.”
"Rome!" he replied, gloomily—"Rome, and her legions. I've stayed with them in their camps. I know them."
“Ah!” said Simonides. “Thou shalt be a master of legions for the King, with millions to choose from.”
“Ah!” said Simonides. “You will be a commander of legions for the King, with millions to choose from.”
“Millions!” cried Ben-Hur.
“Millions!” shouted Ben-Hur.
Simonides sat a moment thinking.
Simonides paused for a moment, thinking.
“The question of power should not trouble you,” he next said.
“The issue of power shouldn’t worry you,” he said next.
Ben-Hur looked at him inquiringly.
Ben-Hur looked at him curiously.
“You were seeing the lowly King in the act of coming to his own,” Simonides answered—“seeing him on the right hand, as it were, and on the left the brassy legions of Cæsar, and you were asking, What can he do?”
“You were witnessing the humble King arriving at his own,” Simonides replied—“seeing him on one side, as it were, and on the other, the bronze legions of Caesar, and you were wondering, What can he do?”
“It was my very thought.”
“It was my exact thought.”
“O my master!” Simonides continued. “You do not know how strong our Israel is. You think of him as a sorrowful old man weeping by the rivers of Babylon. But go up to Jerusalem next Passover, and stand on the Xystus or in the Street of Barter, and see him as he is. The promise of the Lord to father Jacob coming out of Padan-Aram was a law under which our people have not ceased multiplying—not even in captivity; they grew under foot of the Egyptian; the clench of the Roman has been but wholesome nurture to them; now they are indeed ‘a nation and a company of nations.’ Nor that only, my master; in fact, to measure the strength of Israel—which is, in fact, measuring what the King can do—you shall not bide solely by the rule of natural increase, but add thereto the other—I mean the spread of the faith, which will carry you to the far and near of the whole known earth. Further, the habit is, I know, to think and speak of Jerusalem as Israel, which may be likened to our finding an embroidered shred, and holding it up as a magisterial robe of Cæsar’s. Jerusalem is but a stone of the Temple, or the heart in the body. Turn from beholding the legions, strong though they be, and count the hosts of the faithful waiting the old alarm, ‘To your tents, O Israel!’—count the many in Persia, children of those who chose not to return with the returning; count the brethren who swarm the marts of Egypt and Farther Africa; count the Hebrew colonists eking profit in the West—in Lodinum and the trade-courts of Spain; count the pure of blood and the proselytes in Greece and in the isles of the sea, and over in Pontus, and here in Antioch, and, for that matter, those of that city lying accursed in the shadow of the unclean walls of Rome herself; count the worshippers of the Lord dwelling in tents along the deserts next us, as well as in the deserts beyond the Nile: and in the regions across the Caspian, and up in the old lands of Gog and Magog even, separate those who annually send gifts to the Holy Temple in acknowledgment of God—separate them, that they may be counted also. And when you have done counting, lo! my master, a census of the sword hands that await you; lo! a kingdom ready fashioned for him who is to do ‘judgment and justice in the whole earth’—in Rome not less than in Zion. Have then the answer, What Israel can do, that can the King.”
“O my master!” Simonides continued. “You don’t know how strong our Israel is. You see him as a sorrowful old man weeping by the rivers of Babylon. But go up to Jerusalem next Passover, and stand on the Xystus or in the Street of Barter, and see him as he truly is. The promise of the Lord to father Jacob, coming out of Padan-Aram, was a law under which our people have not stopped multiplying—not even in captivity; they thrived under the Egyptians; the grip of the Romans has been just a nurturing force for them; now they are indeed ‘a nation and a company of nations.’ And not only that, my master; to measure the strength of Israel—which is really about measuring what the King can do—you shouldn’t only rely on natural growth, but also consider the spread of the faith, which will reach every corner of the known world. Furthermore, it’s common to think and talk of Jerusalem as Israel, which is like finding an embroidered piece of fabric and holding it up as if it were a grand robe of Cæsar’s. Jerusalem is just a stone from the Temple, or the heart in the body. Look away from the legions, strong as they are, and count the faithful waiting for the old call, ‘To your tents, O Israel!’—count the many in Persia, the ones who chose not to return; count the brethren bustling in the markets of Egypt and farther Africa; count the Hebrew colonists making a living in the West—in Lodinum and the trade courts of Spain; count the pure of blood and the proselytes in Greece and the islands of the sea, and over in Pontus, and right here in Antioch, and, for that matter, those in that city cursed under the unclean walls of Rome itself; count the worshippers of the Lord living in tents in the deserts nearby, as well as in the deserts beyond the Nile: and in the areas across the Caspian, and even up in the ancient lands of Gog and Magog, separate those who send gifts to the Holy Temple each year in acknowledgment of God—separate them, so they can be counted too. And when you finish counting, behold, my master, a tally of the sword-bearing hands that await you; behold, a kingdom ready for the one who is to do ‘judgment and justice in the whole earth’—in Rome no less than in Zion. Thus, have your answer: What Israel can do, the King can also do.”
The picture was fervently given.
The picture was passionately shared.
Upon Ilderim it operated like the blowing of a trumpet. “Oh that I had back my youth!” he cried, starting to his feet.
Upon Ilderim, it hit like the sound of a trumpet. “Oh, if only I could have my youth back!” he exclaimed, jumping to his feet.
Ben-Hur sat still. The speech, he saw, was an invitation to devote his life and fortune to the mysterious Being who was palpably as much the centre of a great hope with Simonides as with the devout Egyptian. The idea, as we have seen, was not a new one, but had come to him repeatedly; once while listening to Malluch in the Grove of Daphne; afterwards more distinctly while Balthasar was giving his conception of what the kingdom was to be; still later, in the walk through the old Orchard, it had risen almost, if not quite, into a resolve. At such times it had come and gone only an idea, attended with feelings more or less acute. Not so now. A master had it in charge, a master was working it up; already he had exalted it into a cause brilliant with possibilities and infinitely holy. The effect was as if a door theretofore unseen had suddenly opened flooding Ben-Hur with light, and admitting him to a service which had been his one perfect dream—a service reaching far into the future, and rich with the rewards of duty done, and prizes to sweeten and soothe his ambition. One touch more was needed.
Ben-Hur sat quietly. The speech, he realized, was an invitation to dedicate his life and wealth to the mysterious Being who was clearly as much the center of great hope for Simonides as he was for the devoted Egyptian. The idea, as we've seen, wasn't new; it had come to him multiple times—once while listening to Malluch in the Grove of Daphne, then more clearly while Balthasar was sharing his vision of what the kingdom would be, and later, during a walk through the old Orchard, it had almost, if not entirely, turned into a resolution. At those times, it had merely been an idea accompanied by feelings that varied in intensity. But not now. A master had taken charge, a master was developing it; he had already elevated it into a cause filled with possibilities and immensely sacred. It felt like a door that had previously been hidden suddenly swung open, flooding Ben-Hur with light and allowing him to enter a service that had been his one true dream—a service extending far into the future, rich with the rewards of duty fulfilled, and prizes to gratify and ease his ambition. Just one more touch was needed.
“Let us concede all you say, O Simonides,” said Ben-Hur—“that the King will come, and his kingdom be as Solomon’s; say also I am ready to give myself and all I have to him and his cause; yet more, say that I should do as was God’s purpose in the ordering of my life and in your quick amassment of astonishing fortune; then what? Shall we proceed like blind men building? Shall we wait till the King comes? Or until he sends for me? You have age and experience on your side. Answer.”
“Let’s agree with everything you’ve said, Simonides,” Ben-Hur said. “That the King will come, and his kingdom will be like Solomon’s; that I’m ready to give myself and everything I have to him and his cause; and even more, that I should act according to God’s plan in my life and your sudden accumulation of incredible wealth. But what then? Should we continue like blind men constructing? Should we wait until the King arrives? Or until he sends for me? You have age and experience on your side. Please answer.”
Simonides answered at once.
Simonides replied immediately.
“We have no choice; none. This letter”—he produced Messala’s despatch as he spoke—“this letter is the signal for action. The alliance proposed between Messala and Gratus we are not strong enough to resist; we have not the influence at Rome nor the force here. They will kill you if we wait. How merciful they are, look at me and judge.”
“We have no choice; none at all. This letter”—he pulled out Messala’s dispatch as he spoke—“this letter is the signal for action. We can’t resist the alliance that Messala proposed with Gratus; we don’t have the influence in Rome or the strength here. They will kill you if we wait. See how merciful they are; look at me and judge.”
He shuddered at the terrible recollection.
He shivered at the awful memory.
“O good my master,” he continued, recovering himself; “how strong are you—in purpose, I mean?”
“O good my master,” he continued, regaining his composure; “how strong are you—in purpose, I mean?”
Ben-Hur did not understand him.
Ben-Hur didn’t get what he meant.
“I remember how pleasant the world was to me in my youth,” Simonides proceeded.
“I remember how nice the world was to me when I was young,” Simonides continued.
“Yet,” said Ben-Hur, “you were capable of a great sacrifice.”
"Yet," Ben-Hur said, "you were capable of making a great sacrifice."
“Yes; for love.”
"Yes, for love."
“Has not life other motives as strong?”
“Isn’t there more to life than other strong motivations?”
Simonides shook his head.
Simonides shook his head.
“There is ambition.”
"There's ambition."
“Ambition is forbidden a son of Israel.”
“Ambition is not allowed for a son of Israel.”
“What, then, of revenge?”
"What about revenge, then?"
The spark dropped upon the inflammable passion; the man’s eyes gleamed; his hands shook; he answered, quickly, “Revenge is a Jew’s of right; it is the law.”
The spark ignited the burning passion; the man's eyes shone; his hands trembled; he replied quickly, "Revenge is a Jew's right; it's the law."
“A camel, even a dog, will remember a wrong,” cried Ilderim.
“A camel, even a dog, will remember a wrong,” shouted Ilderim.
Directly Simonides picked up the broken thread of his thought.
Directly, Simonides picked up the broken thread of his thoughts.
“There is a work, a work for the King, which should be done in advance of his coming. We may not doubt that Israel is to be his right hand; but, alas! it is a hand of peace, without cunning in war. Of the millions, there is not one trained band, not a captain. The mercenaries of the Herods I do not count, for they are kept to crush us. The condition is as the Roman would have it; his policy has fruited well for his tyranny; but the time of change is at hand, when the shepherd shall put on armor, and take to spear and sword, and the feeding flocks be turned to fighting lions. Some one, my son, must have place next the King at his right hand. Who shall it be if not he who does this work well?”
“There’s a task, a task for the King, that needs to be completed before his arrival. We can’t underestimate that Israel is meant to be his right hand; but, unfortunately, it’s a hand of peace, lacking skill in battle. Out of millions, there isn’t a single trained group, not one captain. I don’t count the Herod's mercenaries, as they are only there to oppress us. The situation is just how the Romans want it; his strategy has worked well for his oppression; but the time for change is coming, when the shepherd will wear armor, taking up spear and sword, and the grazing flocks will become fighting lions. Someone, my son, must sit next to the King at his right hand. Who else could it be if not the one who excels in this task?”
Ben-Hur’s face flushed at the prospect, though he said, “I see; but speak plainly. A deed to be done is one thing; how to do it is another.”
Ben-Hur’s face flushed at the thought, but he said, “I understand; but be straightforward. Doing the task is one thing; figuring out how to do it is another.”
Simonides sipped the wine Esther brought him, and replied,
Simonides took a sip of the wine Esther brought him and said,
“The sheik, and thou, my master, shall be principals, each with a part. I will remain here, carrying on as now, and watchful that the spring go not dry. Thou shalt betake thee to Jerusalem, and thence to the wilderness, and begin numbering the fighting-men of Israel, and telling them into tens and hundreds, and choosing captains and training them, and in secret places hoarding arms, for which I shall keep thee supplied. Commencing over in Perea, thou shalt go then to Galilee, whence it is but a step to Jerusalem. In Perea, the desert will be at thy back, and Ilderim in reach of thy hand. He will keep the roads, so that nothing shall pass without thy knowledge. He will help thee in many ways. Until the ripening time no one shall know what is here contracted. Mine is but a servant’s part. I have spoken to Ilderim. What sayest thou?”
“The sheik and you, my master, will be the main players, each with a role to fulfill. I will stay here, continuing my current duties, making sure the spring doesn’t run dry. You will head to Jerusalem, then to the wilderness, where you’ll start counting the fighting men of Israel, organizing them into groups of tens and hundreds, selecting captains, training them, and secretly stockpiling weapons, for which I will keep you supplied. Starting in Perea, you’ll then move to Galilee, which is just a short distance from Jerusalem. In Perea, the desert will be behind you, and Ilderim will be within your reach. He will monitor the roads, so nothing will pass by without your knowledge. He will assist you in many ways. Until the right time, no one will know about our agreement. I have a servant’s role in this. I’ve spoken to Ilderim. What do you think?”
Ben-Hur looked at the sheik.
Ben-Hur stared at the sheik.
“It is as he says, son of Hur,” the Arab responded. “I have given my word, and he is content with it; but thou shalt have my oath, binding me, and the ready hands of my tribe, and whatever serviceable thing I have.”
“It’s true what he says, son of Hur,” the Arab replied. “I’ve given my word, and he’s satisfied with it; but I will give you my oath, binding me, and the willing hands of my tribe, and anything useful I have.”
The three—Simonides, Ilderim, Esther—gazed at Ben-Hur fixedly.
The three—Simonides, Ilderim, Esther—stared at Ben-Hur intently.
“Every man,” he answered, at first sadly, “has a cup of pleasure poured for him, and soon or late it comes to his hand, and he tastes and drinks—every man but me. I see, Simonides, and thou, O generous sheik!—I see whither the proposal tends. If I accept, and enter upon the course, farewell peace, and the hopes which cluster around it. The doors I might enter and the gates of quiet life will shut behind me, never to open again, for Rome keeps them all; and her outlawry will follow me, and her hunters; and in the tombs near cities and the dismal caverns of remotest hills, I must eat my crust and take my rest.”
“Every man,” he replied, initially with sadness, “has a cup of pleasure meant for him, and sooner or later it reaches him, and he tastes and drinks it—every man except for me. I see, Simonides, and you too, O generous sheik!—I understand the direction of the proposal. If I agree and embark on this path, it’s goodbye to peace and the hopes that come with it. The doors I could enter and the gates of a tranquil life will close behind me, never to open again, for Rome controls them all; and her exile will follow me, along with her hunters; and in the tombs near cities and the gloomy caves of distant hills, I’ll have to eat my crust and find my rest.”
The speech was broken by a sob. All turned to Esther, who hid her face upon her father’s shoulder.
The speech was interrupted by a sob. Everyone turned to Esther, who buried her face in her father's shoulder.
“I did not think of you, Esther,” said Simonides, gently, for he was himself deeply moved.
“I didn’t think of you, Esther,” Simonides said softly, as he was genuinely touched himself.
“It is well enough, Simonides,” said Ben-Hur. “A man bears a hard doom better, knowing there is pity for him. Let me go on.”
“It’s okay, Simonides,” said Ben-Hur. “A man can handle a tough fate better when he knows that others feel for him. Let me continue.”
They gave him ear again.
They listened to him again.
“I was about to say,” he continued, “I have no choice, but take the part you assign me; and as remaining here is to meet an ignoble death, I will to the work at once.”
“I was just going to say,” he continued, “I have no choice but to take the role you give me; and since staying here means facing a disgraceful death, I’ll get to work right away.”
“Shall we have writings?” asked Simonides, moved by his habit of business.
“Should we write something down?” asked Simonides, reflecting his usual way of doing business.
“I rest upon your word,” said Ben-Hur.
“I trust your word,” said Ben-Hur.
“And I,” Ilderim answered.
“And I,” Ilderim replied.
Thus simply was effected the treaty which was to alter Ben-Hur’s life. And almost immediately the latter added,
Thus was the treaty made that would change Ben-Hur’s life. And almost right away, he added,
“It is done, then.”
"Done, then."
“May the God of Abraham help us!” Simonides exclaimed.
“May the God of Abraham help us!” Simonides shouted.
“One word now, my friends,” Ben-Hur said, more cheerfully. “By your leave, I will be my own until after the games. It is not probable Messala will set peril on foot for me until he has given the procurator time to answer him; and that cannot be in less than seven days from the despatch of his letter. The meeting him in the Circus is a pleasure I would buy at whatever risk.”
“One word now, my friends,” Ben-Hur said, sounding more cheerful. “With your permission, I'll be on my own until after the games. It’s unlikely that Messala will put me in danger until he gives the procurator time to respond, and that won’t be for at least seven days after he sends his letter. Meeting him in the Circus is a pleasure I would take any risk for.”
Ilderim, well pleased, assented readily, and Simonides, intent on business, added, “It is well; for look you, my master, the delay will give me time to do you a good part. I understood you to speak of an inheritance derived from Arrius. Is it in property?”
Ilderim, quite happy, agreed easily, and Simonides, focused on business, added, “That’s great; because, you see, my master, the delay will give me time to do a good job for you. I gathered you were talking about an inheritance from Arrius. Is it in real estate?”
“A villa near Misenum, and houses in Rome.”
“A villa near Misenum and houses in Rome.”
“I suggest, then, the sale of the property, and safe deposit of the proceeds. Give me an account of it, and I will have authorities drawn, and despatch an agent on the mission forthwith. We will forestall the imperial robbers at least this once.”
“I propose that we sell the property and securely deposit the proceeds. Let me know the details, and I will get the necessary paperwork ready and send an agent on the mission right away. At least this time, we’ll outsmart the imperial thieves.”
“You shall have the account to-morrow.”
“You will have the account tomorrow.”
“Then, if there be nothing more, the work of the night is done,” said Simonides.
“Then, if there's nothing else, the night's work is finished,” said Simonides.
Ilderim combed his beard complacently, saying, “And well done.”
Ilderim stroked his beard with satisfaction and said, “Well done.”
“The bread and wine again, Esther. Sheik Ilderim will make us happy by staying with us till to-morrow, or at his pleasure; and thou, my master—”
“The bread and wine again, Esther. Sheik Ilderim will make us happy by staying with us until tomorrow, or whenever he wants; and you, my master—”
“Let the horses be brought,” said Ben-Hur. “I will return to the Orchard. The enemy will not discover me if I go now, and”—he glanced at Ilderim—“the four will be glad to see me.”
“Bring the horses,” said Ben-Hur. “I’m heading back to the Orchard. The enemy won’t spot me if I leave now, and”—he looked at Ilderim—“the four will be happy to see me.”
As the day dawned, he and Malluch dismounted at the door of the tent.
As the day began, he and Malluch got off their horses at the entrance of the tent.
CHAPTER IX
Next night, about the fourth hour, Ben-Hur stood on the terrace of the great warehouse with Esther. Below them, on the landing, there was much running about, and shifting of packages and boxes, and shouting of men, whose figures, stooping, heaving, hauling, looked, in the light of the crackling torches kindled in their aid, like the laboring genii of the fantastic Eastern tales. A galley was being laden for instant departure. Simonides had not yet come from his office, in which, at the last moment, he would deliver to the captain of the vessel instructions to proceed without stop to Ostia, the seaport of Rome, and, after landing a passenger there, continue more leisurely to Valentia, on the coast of Spain.
The next night, around four in the morning, Ben-Hur stood on the terrace of the large warehouse with Esther. Below them, on the landing, there was a lot of running around, shifting of packages and boxes, and shouting from men whose figures, bent over, lifting, and hauling, looked like the hardworking genies from fantastical Eastern stories, illuminated by the flickering torches lit to help them. A ship was being loaded for immediate departure. Simonides had not yet come from his office, where, at the last moment, he would give the captain of the ship instructions to head straight to Ostia, the port of Rome, and after dropping off a passenger there, continue more leisurely to Valentia, on the coast of Spain.
The passenger is the agent going to dispose of the estate derived from Arrius the duumvir. When the lines of the vessel are cast off, and she is put about, and her voyage begun, Ben-Hur will be committed irrevocably to the work undertaken the night before. If he is disposed to repent the agreement with Ilderim, a little time is allowed him to give notice and break it off. He is master, and has only to say the word.
The passenger is the person responsible for handling the estate belonging to Arrius the duumvir. Once the ship's lines are untied, she sets sail, and the journey begins, Ben-Hur will be completely committed to the task he agreed to the night before. If he wants to back out of the deal with Ilderim, he has a short time to notify him and cancel it. He is in charge and just needs to say the word.
Such may have been the thought at the moment in his mind. He was standing with folded arms, looking upon the scene in the manner of a man debating with himself. Young, handsome, rich, but recently from the patrician circles of Roman society, it is easy to think of the world besetting him with appeals not to give more to onerous duty or ambition attended with outlawry and danger. We can even imagine the arguments with which he was pressed; the hopelessness of contention with Cæsar; the uncertainty veiling everything connected with the King and his coming; the ease, honors, state, purchasable like goods in market; and, strongest of all, the sense newly acquired of home, with friends to make it delightful. Only those who have been wanderers long desolate can know the power there was in the latter appeal.
That might have been what he was thinking at that moment. He stood with his arms crossed, gazing at the scene like a man lost in thought. Young, handsome, wealthy, and fresh from the elite circles of Roman society, it’s easy to imagine the world around him urging him not to burden himself with heavy responsibilities or ambitions filled with danger and risk. We can even picture the arguments he faced: the futility of challenging Cæsar; the uncertainty surrounding the King and his arrival; the ease and honors available, like goods on a shelf; and, most compelling of all, the newfound feeling of home, with friends to make it enjoyable. Only those who have spent long periods in loneliness can truly understand the strength of that last appeal.
Let us add now, the world—always cunning enough of itself; always whispering to the weak, Stay, take thine ease; always presenting the sunny side of life—the world was in this instance helped by Ben-Hur’s companion.
Let’s add that the world—always clever in its own way; always whispering to the weak, "Stay, relax"; always showing the bright side of life—was in this case aided by Ben-Hur’s friend.
“Were you ever at Rome?” he asked.
“Have you ever been to Rome?” he asked.
“No,” Esther replied.
“No,” Esther said.
“Would you like to go?”
"Do you want to go?"
“I think not.”
"Not a chance."
“Why?”
“Why?”
“I am afraid of Rome,” she answered, with a perceptible tremor of the voice.
“I’m afraid of Rome,” she replied, her voice shaking slightly.
He looked at her then—or rather down upon her, for at his side she appeared little more than a child. In the dim light he could not see her face distinctly; even the form was shadowy. But again he was reminded of Tirzah, and a sudden tenderness fell upon him—just so the lost sister stood with him on the house-top the calamitous morning of the accident to Gratus. Poor Tirzah! Where was she now? Esther had the benefit of the feeling evoked. If not his sister, he could never look upon her as his servant; and that she was his servant in fact would make him always the more considerate and gentle towards her.
He looked at her then—or rather down at her, because next to him she seemed barely more than a child. In the dim light, he couldn't make out her face clearly; even her form was just a shadow. But once again, he was reminded of Tirzah, and a wave of tenderness washed over him—just like the lost sister stood with him on the rooftop that disastrous morning after the accident with Gratus. Poor Tirzah! Where was she now? Esther benefited from the feeling this stirred in him. Even if she wasn't his sister, he could never see her as just his servant; the fact that she was his servant would always make him more considerate and gentle toward her.
“I cannot think of Rome,” she continued, recovering her voice, and speaking in her quiet womanly way—“I cannot think of Rome as a city of palaces and temples, and crowded with people; she is to me a monster which has possession of one of the beautiful lands, and lies there luring men to ruin and death—a monster which it is not possible to resist—a ravenous beast gorging with blood. Why—”
“I can’t think of Rome,” she continued, regaining her composure and speaking in her gentle, feminine manner—“I can’t see Rome as a city full of palaces and temples, bustling with people; to me, she is a monster that has taken over one of the beautiful lands, and lies there tempting men to their doom—a monster that you simply can’t resist—a greedy beast feasting on blood. Why—”
She faltered, looked down, stopped.
She hesitated, looked down, stopped.
“Go on,” said Ben-Hur, reassuringly.
“Go ahead,” said Ben-Hur, reassuringly.
She drew closer to him, looked up again, and said, “Why must you make her your enemy? Why not rather make peace with her, and be at rest? You have had many ills, and borne them; you have survived the snares laid for you by foes. Sorrow has consumed your youth; is it well to give it the remainder of your days?”
She moved closer to him, looked up again, and said, “Why do you have to make her your enemy? Why not make peace with her and find some calm? You’ve been through so much and endured it; you’ve survived the traps set by your enemies. Grief has taken your youth; is it wise to let it take the rest of your days?”
The girlish face under his eyes seemed to come nearer and get whiter as the pleading went on; he stooped towards it, and asked, softly, “What would you have me do, Esther?”
The girl’s face under his gaze appeared to get closer and paler as the pleading continued; he leaned down toward it and asked softly, “What do you want me to do, Esther?”
She hesitated a moment, then asked, in return, “Is the property near Rome a residence?”
She paused for a moment, then asked, “Is the property near Rome a home?”
“Yes.”
"Yep."
“And pretty?”
"And attractive?"
“It is beautiful—a palace in the midst of gardens and shell-strewn walks; fountains without and within; statuary in the shady nooks; hills around covered with vines, and so high that Neapolis and Vesuvius are in sight, and the sea an expanse of purpling blue dotted with restless sails. Cæsar has a country-seat near-by, but in Rome they say the old Arrian villa is the prettiest.”
“It’s beautiful—a palace surrounded by gardens and paths scattered with shells; fountains both inside and out; statues in the shady corners; hills all around covered with vines, so high that you can see Neapolis and Vesuvius, and the sea stretches out in a deep blue with restless sails dotted across it. Caesar has a country house nearby, but in Rome, they say the old Arrian villa is the prettiest.”
“And the life there, is it quiet?”
"And is life there chill?"
“There was never a summer day, never a moonlit night, more quiet, save when visitors come. Now that the old owner is gone, and I am here, there is nothing to break its silence—nothing, unless it be the whispering of servants, or the whistling of happy birds, or the noise of fountains at play; it is changeless, except as day by day old flowers fade and fall, and new ones bud and bloom, and the sunlight gives place to the shadow of a passing cloud. The life, Esther, was all too quiet for me. It made me restless by keeping always present a feeling that I, who have so much to do, was dropping into idle habits, and tying myself with silken chains, and after a while—and not a long while either—would end with nothing done.”
“There was never a summer day, never a moonlit night, more peaceful, except when visitors come. Now that the old owner is gone and I am here, there’s nothing to break the silence—nothing, unless it’s the whispers of staff, the cheerful songs of birds, or the splashing of fountains; it’s unchanging, except that day by day old flowers fade and fall while new ones sprout and bloom, and sunlight gives way to the shadow of a passing cloud. This life, Esther, was just too quiet for me. It made me restless by constantly reminding me that I, who have so much to do, was slipping into lazy habits, tying myself with soft chains, and before long—and not a long time either—would end up having accomplished nothing.”
She looked off over the river.
She gazed out at the river.
“Why did you ask?” he said.
“Why did you ask?” he replied.
“Good my master—”
"Good day, my master—"
“No, no, Esther—not that. Call me friend—brother, if you will; I am not your master, and will not be. Call me brother.”
“No, no, Esther—not that. Call me a friend—brother, if you’d like; I’m not your master, and I won’t be. Call me brother.”
He could not see the flush of pleasure which reddened her face, and the glow of the eyes that went out lost in the void above the river.
He couldn’t see the blush of pleasure that colored her face, or the brightness in her eyes that faded into the emptiness above the river.
“I cannot understand,” she said, “the nature which prefers the life you are going to—a life of—”
“I can't understand," she said, "the nature that prefers the life you're heading towards—a life of—”
“Of violence, and it may be of blood,” he said, completing the sentence.
“Of violence, and it could involve blood,” he said, finishing the sentence.
“Yes,” she added, “the nature which could prefer that life to such as might be in the beautiful villa.”
“Yes,” she added, “the kind of nature that would choose that life over what could be found in a beautiful villa.”
“Esther, you mistake. There is no preference. Alas! the Roman is not so kind. I am going of necessity. To stay here is to die; and if I go there, the end will be the same—a poisoned cup, a bravo’s blow, or a judge’s sentence obtained by perjury. Messala and the procurator Gratus are rich with plunder of my father’s estate, and it is more important to them to keep their gains now than was their getting in the first instance. A peaceable settlement is out of reach, because of the confession it would imply. And then—then— Ah, Esther, if I could buy them, I do not know that I would. I do not believe peace possible to me; no, not even in the sleepy shade and sweet air of the marble porches of the old villa—no matter who might be there to help me bear the burden of the days, nor by what patience of love she made the effort. Peace is not possible to me while my people are lost, for I must be watchful to find them. If I find them, and they have suffered wrong, shall not the guilty suffer for it? If they are dead by violence, shall the murderers escape? Oh, I could not sleep for dreams! Nor could the holiest love, by any stratagem, lull me to a rest which conscience would not strangle.”
“Esther, you’re mistaken. There’s no preference. Unfortunately, the Roman isn’t so kind. I have to leave. Staying here means death; and if I go there, the outcome will be the same—a poisoned cup, a brutal attack, or a judge’s sentence based on lies. Messala and the procurator Gratus have made themselves rich off my father’s estate, and it’s more important to them to hold onto their riches now than it was to acquire them in the first place. A peaceful resolution isn’t possible because of the confession it would require. And then—then—Ah, Esther, even if I could buy them off, I’m not sure I would. I don’t believe peace is possible for me; no, not even in the tranquil shade and sweet air of the marble porches of the old villa—no matter who might be there to help me bear the daily burdens, or how much love she might offer. Peace isn’t possible for me while my people are lost, because I have to stay alert to find them. If I do find them, and they’ve been wronged, shouldn’t the guilty pay for it? If they’re dead because of violence, will the murderers go unpunished? Oh, I couldn’t sleep for the nightmares! Nor could the purest love, through any trickery, grant me the rest that my conscience wouldn’t destroy.”
“Is it so bad then?” she asked, her voice tremulous with feeling. “Can nothing, nothing, be done?”
“Is it really that bad?” she asked, her voice shaking with emotion. “Is there nothing, absolutely nothing, that can be done?”
Ben-Hur took her hand.
Ben-Hur held her hand.
“Do you care so much for me?”
“Do you really care about me that much?”
“Yes,” she answered, simply.
"Yes," she replied, simply.
The hand was warm, and in the palm of his it was lost. He felt it tremble. Then the Egyptian came, so the opposite of this little one; so tall, so audacious, with a flattery so cunning, a wit so ready, a beauty so wonderful, a manner so bewitching. He carried the hand to his lips, and gave it back.
The hand was warm, and it felt small in his palm. He sensed it tremble. Then the Egyptian appeared, completely different from this little one; so tall, so bold, with a flattery that was so slick, a quick wit, a beauty that was stunning, a presence that was captivating. He brought the hand to his lips and returned it.
“You shall be another Tirzah to me, Esther.”
“You will be another Tirzah to me, Esther.”
“Who is Tirzah?”
“Who’s Tirzah?”
“The little sister the Roman stole from me, and whom I must find before I can rest or be happy.”
“The little sister that the Roman took from me, and whom I need to find before I can relax or be happy.”
Just then a gleam of light flashed athwart the terrace and fell upon the two; and, looking round, they saw a servant roll Simonides in his chair out of the door. They went to the merchant, and in the after-talk he was principal.
Just then, a flash of light crossed the terrace and illuminated the two; and, looking around, they saw a servant wheel Simonides in his chair out of the door. They approached the merchant, and in the conversation that followed, he took the lead.
Immediately the lines of the galley were cast off, and she swung round, and, midst the flashing of torches and the shouting of joyous sailors, hurried off to the sea—leaving Ben-Hur committed to the cause of the KING WHO WAS TO COME.
As soon as the ropes of the galley were untied, it turned around, and amidst the flickering of torches and the cheers of happy sailors, it rushed off to the sea—leaving Ben-Hur committed to the mission of the KING WHO WAS TO COME.
CHAPTER X
The day before the games, in the afternoon, all Ilderim’s racing property was taken to the city, and put in quarters adjoining the Circus. Along with it the good man carried a great deal of property not of that class; so with servants, retainers mounted and armed, horses in leading, cattle driven, camels laden with baggage, his outgoing from the Orchard was not unlike a tribal migration. The people along the road failed not to laugh at his motley procession; on the other side, it was observed that, with all his irascibility, he was not in the least offended by their rudeness. If he was under surveillance, as he had reason to believe, the informer would describe the semi-barbarous show with which he came up to the races. The Romans would laugh; the city would be amused; but what cared he? Next morning the pageant would be far on the road to the desert, and going with it would be every movable thing of value belonging to the Orchard—everything save such as were essential to the success of his four. He was, in fact, started home; his tents were all folded; the dowar was no more; in twelve hours all would be out of reach, pursue who might. A man is never safer than when he is under the laugh; and the shrewd old Arab knew it.
The day before the races, in the afternoon, all of Ilderim’s racing animals were taken to the city and settled in quarters next to the Circus. Along with them, the good man brought a lot of other belongings; so with armed servants and retainers on horseback, horses being led, cattle driven, and camels loaded with baggage, his departure from the Orchard looked a lot like a tribal migration. People along the road couldn't help but laugh at his mixed group; meanwhile, despite his short temper, he didn’t seem offended by their mockery at all. If he was being watched, as he suspected, the informant would describe the almost barbaric spectacle he brought to the races. The Romans would chuckle; the city would find it amusing; but he didn’t care at all. The next morning, the spectacle would be well on its way to the desert, taking with it everything of value from the Orchard—everything except what was necessary for his four. In reality, he was already heading home; his tents were all packed up; the dowar was gone; and in twelve hours, everything would be out of reach, no matter who tried to follow. A man is never safer than when he’s the subject of laughter, and the wise old Arab understood this.
Neither he nor Ben-Hur overestimated the influence of Messala; it was their opinion, however, that he would not begin active measures against them until after the meeting in the Circus; if defeated there, especially if defeated by Ben-Hur, they might instantly look for the worst he could do; he might not even wait for advices from Gratus. With this view, they shaped their course, and were prepared to betake themselves out of harm’s way. They rode together now in good spirits, calmly confident of success on the morrow.
Neither he nor Ben-Hur overestimated Messala's influence; however, they believed he wouldn't take any action against them until after the meeting in the Circus. If they lost there, especially if Ben-Hur was the one to defeat them, they could expect the worst from him; he might not even wait for advice from Gratus. With this in mind, they planned their next steps and were ready to escape any danger. They rode together now, feeling good and confidently anticipating success the next day.
On the way, they came upon Malluch in waiting for them. The faithful fellow gave no sign by which it was possible to infer any knowledge on his part of the relationship so recently admitted between Ben-Hur and Simonides, or of the treaty between them and Ilderim. He exchanged salutations as usual, and produced a paper, saying to the sheik, “I have here the notice of the editor of the games, just issued, in which you will find your horses published for the race. You will find in it also the order of exercises. Without waiting, good sheik, I congratulate you upon your victory.”
On the way, they ran into Malluch waiting for them. The loyal guy showed no signs that he knew about the recent relationship between Ben-Hur and Simonides, or the agreement they had with Ilderim. He greeted them as usual and brought out a paper, saying to the sheik, “I have the notice from the editor of the games, just released, which includes your horses listed for the race. It also contains the schedule of events. Without delay, good sheik, I congratulate you on your victory.”
He gave the paper over, and, leaving the worthy to master it, turned to Ben-Hur.
He handed over the paper, and, leaving the task to the worthy one, turned to Ben-Hur.
“To you also, son of Arrius, my congratulations. There is nothing now to prevent your meeting Messala. Every condition preliminary to the race is complied with. I have the assurance from the editor himself.”
“To you too, son of Arrius, congratulations. There’s nothing stopping you from meeting Messala now. All the requirements for the race are met. I have confirmation from the editor himself.”
“I thank you, Malluch,” said Ben-Hur.
“I thank you, Malluch,” said Ben-Hur.
Malluch proceeded:
Malluch continued:
“Your color is white, and Messala’s mixed scarlet and gold. The good effects of the choice are visible already. Boys are now hawking white ribbons along the streets; tomorrow every Arab and Jew in the city will wear them. In the Circus you will see the white fairly divide the galleries with the red.”
“Your color is white, and Messala’s is a mix of scarlet and gold. The benefits of this choice are already showing. Boys are now selling white ribbons in the streets; tomorrow every Arab and Jew in the city will wear them. In the Circus, you’ll see the white clearly dividing the galleries from the red.”
“The galleries—but not the tribunal over the Porta Pompae.”
“The galleries—but not the court over the Porta Pompae.”
“No; the scarlet and gold will rule there. But if we win”—Malluch chuckled with the pleasure of the thought—“if we win, how the dignitaries will tremble! They will bet, of course, according to their scorn of everything not Roman—two, three, five to one on Messala, because he is Roman.” Dropping his voice yet lower, he added, “It ill becomes a Jew of good standing in the Temple to put his money at such a hazard; yet, in confidence, I will have a friend next behind the consul’s seat to accept offers of three to one, or five, or ten—the madness may go to such height. I have put to his order six thousand shekels for the purpose.”
“No; the scarlet and gold will dominate there. But if we win”—Malluch chuckled with the thrill of the idea—“if we win, how the dignitaries will be shaken! They will bet, of course, showing their disdain for everything that's not Roman—two, three, or five to one on Messala, simply because he is Roman.” Lowering his voice even more, he added, “It doesn’t look good for a Jew of good standing in the Temple to risk his money like that; still, I will have a friend right behind the consul’s seat to take bets at three to one, or five, or ten—the madness might reach that level. I’ve set aside six thousand shekels for this purpose.”
“Nay, Malluch,” said Ben-Hur, “a Roman will wager only in his Roman coin. Suppose you find your friend to-night, and place to his order sestertii in such amount as you choose. And look you, Malluch—let him be instructed to seek wagers with Messala and his supporters; Ilderim’s four against Messala’s.”
“Nah, Malluch,” said Ben-Hur, “a Roman will only bet using Roman money. What if you find your friend tonight and put together some sestertii in whatever amount you want? And listen, Malluch—let him be told to place bets against Messala and his crew; Ilderim’s four against Messala’s.”
Malluch reflected a moment.
Malluch paused for a moment.
“The effect will be to centre interest upon your contest.”
“The result will be to focus attention on your competition.”
“The very thing I seek, Malluch.”
“The exact thing I’m looking for, Malluch.”
“I see, I see.”
"Got it, got it."
“Ay, Malluch; would you serve me perfectly, help me to fix the public eye upon our race—Messala’s and mine.”
“Ay, Malluch; would you serve me well, help me to draw public attention to our family—Messala’s and mine.”
Malluch spoke quickly—“It can be done.”
Malluch spoke quickly, “It can be done.”
“Then let it be done,” said Ben-Hur.
“Then let's do it,” said Ben-Hur.
“Enormous wagers offered will answer; if the offers are accepted, all the better.”
“Huge bets are on the table; if the offers are accepted, that’s even better.”
Malluch turned his eyes watchfully upon Ben-Hur.
Malluch kept a close eye on Ben-Hur.
“Shall I not have back the equivalent of his robbery?” said Ben-Hur, partly to himself. “Another opportunity may not come. And if I could break him in fortune as well as in pride! Our father Jacob could take no offence.”
“Shouldn't I get back what he stole from me?” Ben-Hur said, mostly to himself. “I might not get another chance. And if I could ruin him in wealth as well as in pride! Our father Jacob wouldn’t take offense.”
A look of determined will knit his handsome face, giving emphasis to his further speech.
A look of determination creased his handsome face, highlighting what he was about to say next.
“Yes, it shall be. Hark, Malluch! Stop not in thy offer of sestertii. Advance them to talents, if any there be who dare so high. Five, ten, twenty talents; ay, fifty, so the wager be with Messala himself.”
“Yes, it will be. Listen, Malluch! Don’t hold back on your offer of sestertii. Raise it to talents, if there are any who dare to go that high. Five, ten, twenty talents; yes, fifty, as long as the bet is with Messala himself.”
“It is a mighty sum,” said Malluch. “I must have security.”
“It’s a huge amount,” said Malluch. “I need to have some security.”
“So thou shalt. Go to Simonides, and tell him I wish the matter arranged. Tell him my heart is set on the ruin of my enemy, and that the opportunity hath such excellent promise that I choose such hazards. On our side be the God of our fathers. Go, good Malluch. Let this not slip.”
“Absolutely. Go to Simonides and tell him I want to get this sorted out. Let him know that I’m determined to take down my enemy, and that the chance is too good to pass up, even with the risks involved. May the God of our ancestors be on our side. Go, good Malluch. Don’t let this opportunity get away.”
And Malluch, greatly delighted, gave him parting salutation, and started to ride away, but returned presently.
And Malluch, very pleased, waved goodbye and started to ride away, but soon came back.
“Your pardon,” he said to Ben-Hur. “There was another matter. I could not get near Messala’s chariot myself, but I had another measure it; and, from his report, its hub stands quite a palm higher from the ground than yours.”
“Sorry,” he said to Ben-Hur. “There was something else. I couldn’t get close to Messala’s chariot myself, but I had someone else measure it; and according to his report, its hub is about a palm higher off the ground than yours.”
“A palm! So much?” cried Ben-Hur, joyfully.
“A palm! So much?” Ben-Hur exclaimed with joy.
Then he leaned over to Malluch.
Then he leaned over to Malluch.
“As thou art a son of Judah, Malluch, and faithful to thy kin, get thee a seat in the gallery over the Gate of Triumph, down close to the balcony in front of the pillars, and watch well when we make the turns there; watch well, for if I have favor at all, I will— Nay, Malluch, let it go unsaid! Only get thee there, and watch well.”
“As you are a son of Judah, Malluch, and loyal to your family, take a seat in the gallery over the Gate of Triumph, right by the balcony in front of the pillars, and pay close attention when we make the turns there; pay close attention, because if I have any luck at all, I will— No, Malluch, let’s not speak of it! Just get there and watch closely.”
At that moment a cry burst from Ilderim.
At that moment, a cry erupted from Ilderim.
“Ha! By the splendor of God! what is this?”
“Ha! By the glory of God! What is this?”
He drew near Ben-Hur with a finger pointing on the face of the notice.
He approached Ben-Hur, pointing at the notice with his finger.
“Read,” said Ben-Hur.
"Read," Ben-Hur said.
“No; better thou.”
"No; you're better."
Ben-Hur took the paper, which, signed by the prefect of the province as editor, performed the office of a modern programme, giving particularly the several divertisements provided for the occasion. It informed the public that there would be first a procession of extraordinary splendor; that the procession would be succeeded by the customary honors to the god Consus, whereupon the games would begin; running, leaping, wrestling, boxing, each in the order stated. The names of the competitors were given, with their several nationalities and schools of training, the trials in which they had been engaged, the prizes won, and the prizes now offered; under the latter head the sums of money were stated in illuminated letters, telling of the departure of the day when the simple chaplet of pine or laurel was fully enough for the victor, hungering for glory as something better than riches, and content with it.
Ben-Hur took the paper, which, signed by the governor of the province as editor, served as a modern program, highlighting the various events planned for the occasion. It informed the public that there would first be a highly impressive procession; after that, the usual honors would be paid to the god Consus, followed by the start of the games: running, jumping, wrestling, and boxing, in that order. The names of the competitors were listed, along with their nationalities and training backgrounds, the events they had participated in, the prizes they had won, and the prizes currently being offered; under the latter, the amounts of money were presented in bright letters, marking the end of the days when a simple crown of pine or laurel was enough for a victor, who yearned for glory as something more valuable than wealth and was satisfied with it.
Over these parts of the programme Ben-Hur sped with rapid eyes. At last he came to the announcement of the race. He read it slowly. Attending lovers of the heroic sports were assured they would certainly be gratified by an Orestean struggle unparalleled in Antioch. The city offered the spectacle in honor of the consul. One hundred thousand sestertii and a crown of laurel were the prizes. Then followed the particulars. The entries were six in all—fours only permitted; and, to further interest in the performance, the competitors would be turned into the course together. Each four then received description.
Over these parts of the program, Ben-Hur sped through with quick eyes. Finally, he reached the announcement of the race. He read it slowly. Attending fans of heroic sports were guaranteed they would be thrilled by an unmatched struggle in Antioch. The city was hosting the spectacle in honor of the consul. The prizes were one hundred thousand sestertii and a laurel crown. Then came the details. There were six entries in total—only fours allowed; and, to increase excitement for the event, the competitors would be released onto the course at the same time. Each four was then described.
“I. A four of Lysippus the Corinthian—two grays, a bay, and a black; entered at Alexandria last year, and again at Corinth, where they were winners. Lysippus, driver. Color, yellow.
“I. A team of four from Lysippus the Corinthian—two gray horses, a bay, and a black; entered at Alexandria last year and again at Corinth, where they won. Lysippus was the driver. Color, yellow.
“II. A four of Messala of Rome—two white, two black; victors of the Circensian as exhibited in the Circus Maximus last year. Messala, driver. Colors, scarlet and gold.
“II. A four-horse chariot from Messala of Rome—two white horses, two black; winners of the Circensian races showcased in the Circus Maximus last year. Messala is the driver. Colors are scarlet and gold.”
“III. A four of Cleanthes the Athenian—three gray, one bay; winners at the Isthmian last year. Cleanthes, driver. Color, green.
“III. A four of Cleanthes the Athenian—three gray, one bay; winners at the Isthmian last year. Cleanthes, driver. Color, green.
“IV. A four of Dicaeus the Byzantine—two black, one gray, one bay; winners this year at Byzantium. Dicaeus, driver. Color, black.
“IV. A four of Dicaeus the Byzantine—two black, one gray, one bay; winners this year at Byzantium. Dicaeus, driver. Color, black.
“V. A four of Admetus the Sidonian—all grays. Thrice entered at Cæsarea, and thrice victors. Admetus, driver. Color, blue.
“V. A group of four horses belonging to Admetus the Sidonian—all gray. They entered Cæsarea three times, and each time they were victorious. Admetus is the driver. Their color is blue.”
“VI. A four of Ilderim, sheik of the Desert. All bays; first race. Ben-Hur, a Jew, driver. Color, white.”
“VI. A four from Ilderim, sheik of the Desert. All bays; first race. Ben-Hur, a Jew, driver. Color, white.”
BEN-HUR, A JEW, DRIVER!
BEN-HUR, A JEW, CHARIOTEER!
Why that name instead of Arrius?
Why that name instead of Arrius?
Ben-Hur raised his eyes to Ilderim. He had found the cause of the Arab’s outcry. Both rushed to the same conclusion.
Ben-Hur looked up at Ilderim. He had figured out the reason for the Arab's shout. They both came to the same conclusion.
The hand was the hand of Messala!
That hand belonged to Messala!
CHAPTER XI
Evening was hardly come upon Antioch, when the Omphalus, nearly in the centre of the city, became a troubled fountain from which in every direction, but chiefly down to the Nymphaeum and east and west along the Colonnade of Herod, flowed currents of people, for the time given up to Bacchus and Apollo.
Evening had just arrived in Antioch when the Omphalus, almost in the center of the city, turned into a busy fountain from which streams of people flowed in every direction, mainly heading down to the Nymphaeum and east and west along the Colonnade of Herod, celebrating in honor of Bacchus and Apollo.
For such indulgence anything more fitting cannot be imagined than the great roofed streets, which were literally miles on miles of porticos wrought of marble, polished to the last degree of finish, and all gifts to the voluptuous city by princes careless of expenditure where, as in this instance, they thought they were eternizing themselves. Darkness was not permitted anywhere; and the singing, the laughter, the shouting, were incessant, and in compound like the roar of waters dashing through hollow grots, confused by a multitude of echoes.
For such indulgence, nothing could be more suitable than the grand covered streets, which stretched for miles with marble porticos, polished to perfection, all provided to the pleasure-seeking city by wealthy princes who spent lavishly, thinking they were creating a lasting legacy. There was no place for darkness; the music, laughter, and shouting never stopped, blending together like the sound of water crashing through empty caves, mixed with countless echoes.
The many nationalities represented, though they might have amazed a stranger, were not peculiar to Antioch. Of the various missions of the great empire, one seems to have been the fusion of men and the introduction of strangers to each other; accordingly, whole peoples rose up and went at pleasure, taking with them their costumes, customs, speech, and gods; and where they chose, they stopped, engaged in business, built houses, erected altars, and were what they had been at home.
The many nationalities present, though they might surprise an outsider, were not unique to Antioch. One of the goals of the vast empire was to mix people and introduce strangers to one another; as a result, entire groups of people moved freely, bringing their clothes, customs, languages, and deities with them. Wherever they chose to settle, they conducted business, built homes, set up altars, and lived as they did back in their homeland.
There was a peculiarity, however, which could not have failed the notice of a looker-on this night in Antioch. Nearly everybody wore the colors of one or other of the charioteers announced for the morrow’s race. Sometimes it was in form of a scarf, sometimes a badge; often a ribbon or a feather. Whatever the form, it signified merely the wearer’s partiality; thus, green published a friend of Cleanthes the Athenian, and black an adherent of the Byzantine. This was according to a custom, old probably as the day of the race of Orestes—a custom, by the way, worthy of study as a marvel of history, illustrative of the absurd yet appalling extremities to which men frequently suffer their follies to drag them.
There was one interesting thing that definitely caught the attention of anyone watching that night in Antioch. Almost everyone was wearing the colors of one of the charioteers set to race the next day. Sometimes it was in the form of a scarf, sometimes a badge; often a ribbon or a feather. No matter what it was, it simply showed the wearer's preference; for instance, green indicated a supporter of Cleanthes the Athenian, while black represented a fan of the Byzantine. This was part of a tradition that was probably as old as the day of the race of Orestes—a tradition, by the way, that deserves attention as an incredible example of history, showing the ridiculous yet extreme lengths to which people often let their foolishness lead them.
The observer abroad on this occasion, once attracted to the wearing of colors, would have very shortly decided that there were three in predominance—green, white, and the mixed scarlet and gold.
The observer is abroad this time.
But let us from the streets to the palace on the island.
But let’s go from the streets to the palace on the island.
The five great chandeliers in the saloon are freshly lighted. The assemblage is much the same as that already noticed in connection with the place. The divan has its corps of sleepers and burden of garments, and the tables yet resound with the rattle and clash of dice. Yet the greater part of the company are not doing anything. They walk about, or yawn tremendously, or pause as they pass each other to exchange idle nothings. Will the weather be fair to-morrow? Are the preparations for the games complete? Do the laws of the Circus in Antioch differ from the laws of the Circus in Rome? Truth is, the young fellows are suffering from ennui. Their heavy work is done; that is, we would find their tablets, could we look at them, covered with memoranda of wagers—wagers on every contest; on the running, the wrestling, the boxing; on everything but the chariot-race.
The five large chandeliers in the lounge are now brightly lit. The crowd looks pretty much the same as before. The sofa has its share of people dozing off and piles of clothes, and the tables are still ringing with the sound of dice rolling. Most of the group isn't really doing much. They wander around, yawn dramatically, or stop to chat about trivial things as they pass each other. Will the weather be nice tomorrow? Are the game preparations all set? Do the rules for the Circus in Antioch differ from those in Rome? The truth is, the young guys are bored. Their hard work is done; in fact, if we could see their notebooks, we'd find them filled with notes about bets—bets on every competition; on running, wrestling, boxing; on everything except the chariot race.
And why not on that?
And why not on that?
Good reader, they cannot find anybody who will hazard so much as a denarius with them against Messala.
Good reader, they can't find anyone willing to bet even a penny against Messala.
There are no colors in the saloon but his.
There are no colors in the bar except for his.
No one thinks of his defeat.
No one thinks about his defeat.
Why, they say, is he not perfect in his training? Did he not graduate from an imperial lanista? Were not his horses winners at the Circensian in the Circus Maximus? And then—ah, yes! he is a Roman!
Why, they ask, is he not fully trained? Didn’t he graduate from a prestigious school? Were his horses not champions at the games in the Circus Maximus? And then—oh, yes! he is a Roman!
In a corner, at ease on the divan, Messala himself may be seen. Around him, sitting or standing, are his courtierly admirers, plying him with questions. There is, of course, but one topic.
In a corner, relaxed on the couch, Messala himself can be seen. Around him, sitting or standing, are his courtly admirers, bombarding him with questions. There is, of course, only one topic.
Enter Drusus and Cecilius.
Enter Drusus and Cecilius.
“Ah!” cries the young prince, throwing himself on the divan at Messala’s feet, “Ah, by Bacchus, I am tired!”
“Ah!” exclaims the young prince, collapsing onto the couch at Messala’s feet, “Ah, by Bacchus, I’m so tired!”
“Whither away?” asks Messala.
"Where are you going?" asks Messala.
“Up the street; up to the Omphalus, and beyond—who shall say how far? Rivers of people; never so many in the city before. They say we will see the whole world at the Circus to-morrow.”
“Up the street; up to the Omphalus, and beyond—who can say how far? Streams of people; never so many in the city before. They say we’ll see the whole world at the Circus tomorrow.”
Messala laughed scornfully.
Messala laughed mockingly.
“The idiots! Perpol! They never beheld a Circensian with Cæsar for editor. But, my Drusus, what found you?”
“The idiots! Perpol! They’ve never seen a Circensian with Caesar as the editor. But, my Drusus, what did you find?”
“Nothing.”
"Nothing."
“O—ah! You forget,” said Cecilius.
“O—ah! You forgot,” said Cecilius.
“What?” asked Drusus.
“What?” Drusus asked.
“The procession of whites.”
"The parade of white people."
“Mirabile!” cried Drusus, half rising. “We met a faction of whites, and they had a banner. But—ha, ha, ha!”
“Wow!” cried Drusus, half getting up. “We encountered a group of white folks, and they had a banner. But—ha, ha, ha!”
He fell back indolently.
He sprawled back lazily.
“Cruel Drusus—not to go on,” said Messala.
“Cruel Drusus—not to continue,” said Messala.
“Scum of the desert were they, my Messala, and garbage-eaters from the Jacob’s Temple in Jerusalem. What had I to do with them!”
“They were the scum of the desert, my Messala, and scavengers from Jacob's Temple in Jerusalem. What was I supposed to do with them!”
“Nay,” said Cecilius, “Drusus is afraid of a laugh, but I am not, my Messala.”
“Nah,” said Cecilius, “Drusus is scared of laughter, but I’m not, my Messala.”
“Speak thou, then.”
"Speak now, then."
“Well, we stopped the faction, and—”
“Well, we stopped the faction, and—”
“Offered them a wager,” said Drusus, relenting, and taking the word from the shadow’s mouth. “And—ha, ha, ha!—one fellow with not enough skin on his face to make a worm for a carp stepped forth, and—ha, ha, ha!—said yes. I drew my tablets. ‘Who is your man?’ I asked. ‘Ben-Hur, the Jew,’ said he. Then I: ‘What shall it be? How much?’ He answered, ‘A—a—’ Excuse me, Messala. By Jove’s thunder, I cannot go on for laughter! Ha, ha, ha!”
“Offered them a bet,” said Drusus, giving in and taking the words from the shadow’s mouth. “And—ha, ha, ha!—one guy with barely enough skin on his face for a worm to fish with stepped up, and—ha, ha, ha!—said yes. I pulled out my tablets. ‘Who’s your guy?’ I asked. ‘Ben-Hur, the Jew,’ he said. Then I asked, ‘What’s the wager? How much?’ He answered, ‘A—a—’ Sorry, Messala. By Jove’s thunder, I can’t keep going for laughing! Ha, ha, ha!”
The listeners leaned forward.
The audience leaned in.
Messala looked to Cecilius.
Messala glanced at Cecilius.
“A shekel,” said the latter.
"A shekel," said the latter.
“A shekel! A shekel!”
"A shekel! A shekel!"
A burst of scornful laughter ran fast upon the repetition.
A quick burst of mocking laughter followed the repeat.
“And what did Drusus?” asked Messala.
“And what did Drusus do?” asked Messala.
An outcry over about the door just then occasioned a rush to that quarter; and, as the noise there continued, and grew louder, even Cecilius betook himself off, pausing only to say, “The noble Drusus, my Messala, put up his tablets and—lost the shekel.”
An uproar about the door suddenly caused a rush towards that area; and, as the noise continued and got louder, even Cecilius left, stopping just to say, “The noble Drusus, my Messala, put away his tablets and—lost the shekel.”
“A white! A white!”
“A white one! A white one!”
“Let him come!”
“Let him in!”
“This way, this way!”
“Over here, this way!”
These and like exclamations filled the saloon, to the stoppage of other speech. The dice-players quit their games; the sleepers awoke, rubbed their eyes, drew their tablets, and hurried to the common centre.
These and similar exclamations filled the bar, interrupting other conversations. The dice players stopped their games; the sleepers woke up, rubbed their eyes, grabbed their pads, and rushed to the common center.
“I offer you—”
"I propose to you—"
“And I—”
"And I—"
“I—”
"I—"
The person so warmly received was the respectable Jew, Ben-Hur’s fellow-voyager from Cyprus. He entered grave, quiet, observant. His robe was spotlessly white; so was the cloth of his turban. Bowing and smiling at the welcome, he moved slowly towards the central table. Arrived there, he drew his robe about him in a stately manner, took seat, and waved his hand. The gleam of a jewel on a finger helped him not a little to the silence which ensued.
The person who was welcomed so warmly was the respectable Jew, Ben-Hur’s travel companion from Cyprus. He entered with a serious, calm, and observant demeanor. His robe was perfectly white, as was the fabric of his turban. Bowing and smiling at the greeting, he made his way slowly to the central table. Once he arrived, he gracefully wrapped his robe around himself, took a seat, and waved his hand. The sparkle of a jewel on his finger significantly contributed to the silence that followed.
“Romans—most noble Romans—I salute you!” he said.
“Romans—most esteemed Romans—I greet you!” he said.
“Easy, by Jupiter! Who is he?” asked Drusus.
“Easy there, man! Who is he?” asked Drusus.
“A dog of Israel—Sanballat by name—purveyor for the army; residence, Rome; vastly rich; grown so as a contractor of furnishments which he never furnishes. He spins mischiefs, nevertheless, finer than spiders spin their webs. Come—by the girdle of Venus! let us catch him!”
“A dog of Israel—Sanballat, his name—supplier for the army; lives in Rome; incredibly wealthy; has become a contractor for supplies that he never delivers. He creates schemes, though, more intricate than spiders weaving their webs. Come—by the belt of Venus! let’s catch him!”
Messala arose as he spoke, and, with Drusus, joined the mass crowded about the purveyor.
Messala got up as he spoke and, along with Drusus, joined the crowd gathered around the vendor.
“It came to me on the street,” said that person, producing his tablets, and opening them on the table with an impressive air of business, “that there was great discomfort in the palace because offers on Messala were going without takers. The gods, you know, must have sacrifices; and here am I. You see my color; let us to the matter. Odds first, amounts next. What will you give me?”
“It hit me on the street,” said that person, pulling out his tablets and laying them on the table with a serious vibe, “that there was a lot of discomfort in the palace because offers on Messala were going unanswered. The gods, you know, need sacrifices; and here I am. You can see my condition; let’s get to the point. Odds first, amounts next. What will you give me?”
The audacity seemed to stun his hearers.
The boldness appeared to shock his listeners.
“Haste!” he said. “I have an engagement with the consul.”
“Fast!” he said. “I have an appointment with the consul.”
The spur was effective.
The spur worked well.
“Two to one,” cried half a dozen in a voice.
“Two to one,” shouted half a dozen voices.
“What!” exclaimed the purveyor, astonished. “Only two to one, and yours a Roman!”
“What!” shouted the dealer, surprised. “Only two to one, and yours is a Roman!”
“Take three, then.”
"Have three, then."
“Three say you—only three—and mine but a dog of a Jew! Give me four.”
“Three say you—only three—and mine is just a worthless Jew! Give me four.”
“Four it is,” said a boy, stung by the taunt.
"Four it is," a boy replied, hurt by the insult.
“Five—give me five,” cried the purveyor, instantly.
“Five—give me five,” shouted the seller, right away.
A profound stillness fell upon the assemblage.
A deep quiet settled over the crowd.
“The consul—your master and mine—is waiting for me.”
“The consul—your boss and mine—is waiting for me.”
The inaction became awkward to the many.
The inaction became uncomfortable for many.
“Give me five—for the honor of Rome, five.”
“Give me five—for the glory of Rome, five.”
“Five let it be,” said one in answer.
“Five, let it be,” said one in response.
There was a sharp cheer—a commotion—and Messala himself appeared.
There was a loud cheer—a stir—and Messala himself showed up.
“Five let it be,” he said.
"Let it be five," he said.
And Sanballat smiled, and made ready to write.
And Sanballat smiled and prepared to write.
“If Cæsar die to-morrow,” he said, “Rome will not be all bereft. There is at least one other with spirit to take his place. Give me six.”
“If Caesar dies tomorrow,” he said, “Rome won't be completely lost. There’s at least one other person with the spirit to step up. Give me six.”
“Six be it,” answered Messala.
"Six, got it," replied Messala.
There was another shout louder than the first.
There was another shout that was louder than the first one.
“Six be it,” repeated Messala. “Six to one—the difference between a Roman and a Jew. And, having found it, now, O redemptor of the flesh of swine, let us on. The amount—and quickly. The consul may send for thee, and I will then be bereft.”
“Six, then,” Messala repeated. “Six to one—the difference between a Roman and a Jew. Now that we've figured it out, O savior of the swine, let’s move on. The amount—and fast. The consul might call for you, and I would then be left empty-handed.”
Sanballat took the laugh against him coolly, and wrote, and offered the writing to Messala.
Sanballat took the joke lightly and wrote it down, then offered the message to Messala.
“Read, read!” everybody demanded.
“Read, read!” everyone demanded.
And Messala read:
And Messala read:
“Mem.—Chariot-race. Messala of Rome, in wager with Sanballat, also of Rome, says he will beat Ben-Hur, the Jew. Amount of wager, twenty talents. Odds to Sanballat, six to one.
“Mem.—Chariot race. Messala from Rome, in a bet with Sanballat, also from Rome, claims he will defeat Ben-Hur, the Jew. Amount of bet, twenty talents. Odds for Sanballat, six to one.
“Witnesses: SANBALLAT.”
"Witnesses: Sanballat."
There was no noise, no motion. Each person seemed held in the pose the reading found him. Messala stared at the memorandum, while the eyes which had him in view opened wide, and stared at him. He felt the gaze, and thought rapidly. So lately he stood in the same place, and in the same way hectored the countrymen around him. They would remember it. If he refused to sign, his hero-ship was lost. And sign he could not; he was not worth one hundred talents, nor the fifth part of the sum. Suddenly his mind became a blank; he stood speechless; the color fled his face. An idea at last came to his relief.
There was complete silence, no movement. Each person seemed frozen in the position they were in when the reading began. Messala stared at the document, while the eyes watching him widened in surprise. He could feel their gaze and started thinking quickly. Just recently, he had been in the same spot, commanding the local people around him. They would remember that. If he refused to sign, his reputation as a hero would be ruined. And he couldn't sign; he wasn't worth one hundred talents, not even a fifth of that amount. Suddenly, his mind went blank; he stood there speechless, his face drained of color. Then, finally, an idea came to his rescue.
“Thou Jew!” he said, “where hast thou twenty talents? Show me.”
“Hey, Jew!” he said, “where do you have twenty talents? Show me.”
Sanballat’s provoking smile deepened.
Sanballat's smug smile grew wider.
“There,” he replied, offering Messala a paper.
“There,” he said, handing Messala a piece of paper.
“Read, read!” arose all around.
“Read, read!” echoed everywhere.
Again Messala read:
Again Messala read:
“AT ANTIOCH, Tammuz 16th day.
"At Antioch, Tammuz 16."
“The bearer, Sanballat of Rome, hath now to his order with me fifty talents, coin of Cæsar.
“The bearer, Sanballat of Rome, now has fifty talents of Caesar's coin in his order with me.”
SIMONIDES.”
SIMONIDES.
“Fifty talents, fifty talents!” echoed the throng, in amazement.
“Fifty talents, fifty talents!” echoed the crowd, in amazement.
Then Drusus came to the rescue.
Then Drusus arrived to help.
“By Hercules!” he shouted, “the paper lies, and the Jew is a liar. Who but Cæsar hath fifty talents at order? Down with the insolent white!”
“By Hercules!” he shouted, “the paper is lying, and the Jew is a liar. Who besides Caesar has fifty talents ready? Down with the arrogant white!”
The cry was angry, and it was angrily repeated; yet Sanballat kept his seat, and his smile grew more exasperating the longer he waited. At length Messala spoke.
The shout was filled with anger, and it was shouted angrily again; yet Sanballat remained in his seat, and his smile became more irritating the longer he stayed there. Finally, Messala spoke.
“Hush! One to one, my countrymen—one to one, for love of our ancient Roman name.”
“Hush! One for all, my fellow countrymen—one for all, for the love of our ancient Roman name.”
The timely action recovered him his ascendancy.
His prompt action restored his power.
“O thou circumcised dog!” he continued, to Sanballat, “I gave thee six to one, did I not?”
“O you circumcised dog!” he continued, addressing Sanballat, “I gave you six to one, didn’t I?”
“Yes,” said the Jew, quietly.
“Yes,” the Jewish man said softly.
“Well, give me now the fixing of the amount.”
“Well, tell me the amount now.”
“With reserve, if the amount be trifling, have thy will,” answered Sanballat.
"Go ahead, if it's just a small amount," Sanballat replied.
“Write, then, five in place of twenty.”
"Write five, not twenty."
“Hast thou so much?”
"Do you have that much?"
“By the mother of the gods, I will show you receipts.”
“By the mother of the gods, I will show you proof.”
“Nay, the word of so brave a Roman must pass. Only make the sum even—six make it, and I will write.”
“Nah, the word of such a brave Roman must be accepted. Just make the total even—six will do, and I’ll write.”
“Write it so.”
“Make it happen.”
And forthwith they exchanged writings.
And immediately they exchanged messages.
Sanballat immediately arose and looked around him, a sneer in place of his smile. No man better than he knew those with whom he was dealing.
Sanballat quickly got up and scanned his surroundings, a sneer replacing his smile. No one understood those he was dealing with better than he did.
“Romans,” he said, “another wager, if you dare! Five talents against five talents that the white will win. I challenge you collectively.”
“Romans,” he said, “another bet, if you’re up for it! Five talents against five talents that the white will win. I challenge all of you.”
They were again surprised.
They were surprised again.
“What!” he cried, louder. “Shall it be said in the Circus to-morrow that a dog of Israel went into the saloon of the palace full of Roman nobles—among them the scion of a Cæsar—and laid five talents before them in challenge, and they had not the courage to take it up?”
“What!” he exclaimed, louder. “Will it be said in the Circus tomorrow that a dog of Israel walked into the palace saloon filled with Roman nobles—among them the descendant of a Cæsar—and laid five talents before them as a challenge, and they didn’t have the guts to accept it?”
The sting was unendurable.
The pain was unbearable.
“Have done, O insolent!” said Drusus, “write the challenge, and leave it on the table; and to-morrow, if we find thou hast indeed so much money to put at such hopeless hazard, I, Drusus, promise it shall be taken.”
“Enough, you arrogant one!” Drusus said. “Write the challenge and leave it on the table; and tomorrow, if we see you actually have that much money to risk on such a hopeless bet, I, Drusus, promise we’ll take it.”
Sanballat wrote again, and, rising, said, unmoved as ever, “See, Drusus, I leave the offer with you. When it is signed, send it to me any time before the race begins. I will be found with the consul in a seat over the Porta Pompae. Peace to you; peace to all.”
Sanballat wrote again and, standing up, said, as calm as ever, “Look, Drusus, I'm leaving the offer with you. Once it's signed, send it to me any time before the race starts. I’ll be with the consul in a seat over the Porta Pompae. Peace to you; peace to everyone.”
He bowed, and departed, careless of the shout of derision with which they pursued him out of the door.
He bowed and left, ignoring the jeers that followed him out the door.
In the night the story of the prodigious wager flew along the streets and over the city; and Ben-Hur, lying with his four, was told of it, and also that Messala’s whole fortune was on the hazard.
In the night, the tale of the incredible bet spread through the streets and across the city; Ben-Hur, lying with his four, heard about it, including that Messala had put his entire fortune at stake.
And he slept never so soundly.
And he slept more soundly than ever.
CHAPTER XII
The Circus at Antioch stood on the south bank of the river, nearly opposite the island, differing in no respect from the plan of such buildings in general.
The Circus at Antioch was located on the south bank of the river, almost directly across from the island, and it was just like other buildings of its kind.
In the purest sense, the games were a gift to the public; consequently, everybody was free to attend; and, vast as the holding capacity of the structure was, so fearful were the people, on this occasion, lest there should not be room for them, that, early the day before the opening of the exhibition, they took up all the vacant spaces in the vicinity, where their temporary shelter suggested an army in waiting.
In the purest sense, the games were a gift to the public; as a result, everyone was free to attend. Even though the venue could hold a large crowd, people were so worried that there wouldn’t be enough space for them that, early the day before the exhibition opened, they filled all the empty areas nearby, creating a scene that looked like an army preparing for battle.
At midnight the entrances were thrown wide, and the rabble, surging in, occupied the quarters assigned to them, from which nothing less than an earthquake or an army with spears could have dislodged them. They dozed the night away on the benches, and breakfasted there; and there the close of the exercises found them, patient and sight-hungry as in the beginning.
At midnight, the doors were thrown open, and the crowd flooded in, taking over the areas designated for them, which nothing less than an earthquake or an armed force could have moved them from. They slept through the night on the benches and had breakfast there; and that’s where they ended up at the conclusion of the activities, just as eager and restless as they had been at the start.
The better people, their seats secured, began moving towards the Circus about the first hour of the morning, the noble and very rich among them distinguished by litters and retinues of liveried servants.
The more affluent people, having secured their seats, started heading toward the Circus around the first hour of the morning, with the nobles and the very wealthy easily recognizable by their litters and entourages of well-dressed servants.
By the second hour, the efflux from the city was a stream unbroken and innumerable.
By the second hour, the flow out of the city was a nonstop stream with countless people.
Exactly as the gnomon of the official dial up in the citadel pointed the second hour half gone, the legion, in full panoply, and with all its standards on exhibit, descended from Mount Sulpius; and when the rear of the last cohort disappeared in the bridge, Antioch was literally abandoned—not that the Circus could hold the multitude, but that the multitude was gone out to it, nevertheless.
Exactly as the gnomon of the official dial up in the citadel pointed to the second hour half gone, the legion, in full armor and displaying all its standards, came down from Mount Sulpius; and when the last cohort's rear disappeared into the bridge, Antioch was literally deserted—not that the Circus could accommodate the crowd, but rather that the crowd had gone out to it, nonetheless.
A great concourse on the river shore witnessed the consul come over from the island in a barge of state. As the great man landed, and was received by the legion, the martial show for one brief moment transcended the attraction of the Circus.
A large crowd on the riverbank watched as the consul arrived from the island in a grand barge. As the prominent figure stepped ashore and was greeted by the legion, the impressive display for that brief moment surpassed the excitement of the Circus.
At the third hour, the audience, if such it may be termed, was assembled; at last, a flourish of trumpets called for silence, and instantly the gaze of over a hundred thousand persons was directed towards a pile forming the eastern section of the building.
At the third hour, the audience, if you can call it that, was gathered; finally, a fanfare of trumpets signaled for silence, and immediately the eyes of more than a hundred thousand people were focused on a structure in the eastern part of the building.
There was a basement first, broken in the middle by a broad arched passage, called the Porta Pompae, over which, on an elevated tribunal magnificently decorated with insignia and legionary standards, the consul sat in the place of honor. On both sides of the passage the basement was divided into stalls termed carceres, each protected in front by massive gates swung to statuesque pilasters. Over the stalls next was a cornice crowned by a low balustrade; back of which the seats arose in theatre arrangement, all occupied by a throng of dignitaries superbly attired. The pile extended the width of the Circus, and was flanked on both sides by towers which, besides helping the architects give grace to their work, served the velaria, or purple awnings, stretched between them so as to throw the whole quarter in a shade that became exceedingly grateful as the day advanced.
There was a basement first, split in the middle by a wide arched passage called the Porta Pompae, over which the consul sat in the honored seat on a raised platform beautifully decorated with emblems and legionary standards. On both sides of the passage, the basement was divided into stalls called carceres, each protected at the front by heavy gates that swung open to impressive pilasters. Above the stalls, there was a cornice topped with a low railing; behind it, the seats rose in a theater arrangement, all filled with a crowd of well-dressed dignitaries. The structure spanned the width of the Circus and was flanked on both sides by towers that not only added elegance to the design but also supported the velaria, or purple awnings, stretched between them, casting a welcome shade over the entire area as the day went on.
This structure, it is now thought, can be made useful in helping the reader to a sufficient understanding of the arrangement of the rest of the interior of the Circus. He has only to fancy himself seated on the tribunal with the consul, facing to the west, where everything is under his eye.
This structure is now believed to help the reader gain a good understanding of how the rest of the Circus is arranged. They just need to imagine themselves sitting on the platform with the consul, looking west, where everything is in their view.
On the right and left, if he will look, he will see the main entrances, very ample, and guarded by gates hinged to the towers.
On the right and left, if he looks, he'll see the main entrances, quite spacious, and secured by gates attached to the towers.
Directly below him is the arena—a level plane of considerable extent, covered with fine white sand. There all the trials will take place except the running.
Directly below him is the arena—a flat expanse of considerable size, covered with fine white sand. That's where all the events will happen except for the running.
Looking across this sanded arena westwardly still, there is a pedestal of marble supporting three low conical pillars of gray stone, much carven. Many an eye will hunt for those pillars before the day is done, for they are the first goal, and mark the beginning and end of the race-course. Behind the pedestal, leaving a passage-way and space for an altar, commences a wall ten or twelve feet in breadth and five or six in height, extending thence exactly two hundred yards, or one Olympic stadium. At the farther, or westward, extremity of the wall there is another pedestal, surmounted with pillars which mark the second goal.
Looking across this sandy arena to the west, there’s a marble pedestal that holds up three low conical pillars made of gray stone, intricately carved. Many people will search for those pillars before the day ends, as they represent the first goal and mark the start and finish of the racecourse. Behind the pedestal, leaving space for an altar, starts a wall that’s about ten or twelve feet wide and five or six feet high, stretching exactly two hundred yards, or one Olympic stadium, from there. At the far west end of the wall, there’s another pedestal topped with pillars that mark the second goal.
The racers will enter the course on the right of the first goal, and keep the wall all the time to their left. The beginning and ending points of the contest lie, consequently, directly in front of the consul across the arena; and for that reason his seat was admittedly the most desirable in the Circus.
The racers will start the course to the right of the first goal and will always keep the wall on their left. Therefore, the starting and finishing points of the race are directly in front of the consul across the arena, making his seat the most desirable one in the Circus.
Now if the reader, who is still supposed to be seated on the consular tribunal over the Porta Pompae, will look up from the ground arrangement of the interior, the first point to attract his notice will be the marking of the outer boundary-line of the course—that is, a plain-faced, solid wall, fifteen or twenty feet in height, with a balustrade on its cope, like that over the carceres, or stalls, in the east. This balcony, if followed round the course, will be found broken in three places to allow passages of exit and entrance, two in the north and one in the west; the latter very ornate, and called the Gate of Triumph, because, when all is over, the victors will pass out that way, crowned, and with triumphal escort and ceremonies.
Now, if the reader, who is still supposed to be seated on the consular tribunal over the Porta Pompae, looks up from the ground layout of the interior, the first thing to catch their eye will be the marking of the outer boundary of the course—that is, a plain, solid wall, fifteen to twenty feet high, with a railing on top, similar to the one over the carceres, or stalls, in the east. If you follow this balcony around the course, you'll notice it has three breaks to provide entry and exit points—two in the north and one in the west; the latter is very decorative and known as the Gate of Triumph, because when everything is over, the winners will exit that way, crowned and celebrated with a triumphal escort and ceremonies.
At the west end the balcony encloses the course in the form of a half circle, and is made to uphold two great galleries.
At the west end, the balcony shapes the space into a half circle and is designed to support two large galleries.
Directly behind the balustrade on the coping of the balcony is the first seat, from which ascend the succeeding benches, each higher than the one in front of it; giving to view a spectacle of surpassing interest—the spectacle of a vast space ruddy and glistening with human faces, and rich with varicolored costumes.
Right behind the railing on the edge of the balcony is the first seat, from which the next rows of benches rise higher than the one in front; this creates a remarkably interesting view—the sight of a large area glowing and shimmering with human faces, adorned in a variety of colorful outfits.
The commonalty occupy quarters over in the west, beginning at the point of termination of an awning, stretched, it would seem, for the accommodation of the better classes exclusively.
The common people live in the area to the west, starting at the end of an awning that seems to have been put up only for the comfort of the upper classes.
Having thus the whole interior of the Circus under view at the moment of the sounding of the trumpets, let the reader next imagine the multitude seated and sunk to sudden silence, and motionless in its intensity of interest.
Having the whole interior of the Circus in view at the sound of the trumpets, the reader should next picture the crowd seated, suddenly silent, and motionless in their intense focus.
Out of the Porta Pompae over in the east rises a sound mixed of voices and instruments harmonized. Presently, forth issues the chorus of the procession with which the celebration begins; the editor and civic authorities of the city, givers of the games, follow in robes and garlands; then the gods, some on platforms borne by men, others in great four-wheel carriages gorgeously decorated; next them, again, the contestants of the day, each in costume exactly as he will run, wrestle, leap, box, or drive.
From the Porta Pompae in the east comes a blended sound of voices and instruments harmonizing. Soon, the chorus of the procession emerges, marking the start of the celebration; the editor and civic leaders of the city, who are hosting the games, follow in robes and garlands; then come the gods, some on platforms carried by men, others in beautifully decorated four-wheel carriages; after them are the competitors of the day, each dressed in the exact outfits they will wear to run, wrestle, leap, box, or drive.
Slowly crossing the arena, the procession proceeds to make circuit of the course. The display is beautiful and imposing. Approval runs before it in a shout, as the water rises and swells in front of a boat in motion. If the dumb, figured gods make no sign of appreciation of the welcome, the editor and his associates are not so backward.
Slowly making their way across the arena, the procession moves around the course. The spectacle is stunning and grand. Cheers go up ahead of it, like water rising and rolling in front of a moving boat. While the silent, carved gods show no sign of appreciating the welcome, the editor and his team are not shy about it.
The reception of the athletes is even more demonstrative, for there is not a man in the assemblage who has not something in wager upon them, though but a mite or farthing. And it is noticeable, as the classes move by, that the favorites among them are speedily singled out: either their names are loudest in the uproar, or they are more profusely showered with wreaths and garlands tossed to them from the balcony.
The reception of the athletes is even more evident because there's not a single person in the crowd who doesn't have some sort of bet on them, even if it's just a small amount. It's noticeable as the groups pass by that the favorites are quickly identified: either their names are shouted the loudest or they’re receiving more wreaths and garlands thrown to them from the balcony.
If there is a question as to the popularity with the public of the several games, it is now put to rest. To the splendor of the chariots and the superexcellent beauty of the horses, the charioteers add the personality necessary to perfect the charm of their display. Their tunics, short, sleeveless, and of the finest woollen texture, are of the assigned colors. A horseman accompanies each one of them except Ben-Hur, who, for some reason—possibly distrust—has chosen to go alone; so, too, they are all helmeted but him. As they approach, the spectators stand upon the benches, and there is a sensible deepening of the clamor, in which a sharp listener may detect the shrill piping of women and children; at the same time, the things roseate flying from the balcony thicken into a storm, and, striking the men, drop into the chariot-beds, which are threatened with filling to the tops. Even the horses have a share in the ovation; nor may it be said they are less conscious than their masters of the honors they receive.
If there’s any doubt about the public’s interest in the various games, it's settled now. Along with the stunning chariots and the incredible beauty of the horses, the charioteers bring the personality needed to enhance their display. Their tunics are short, sleeveless, and made from the finest wool, all in the designated colors. Each of them has a horseman with them except for Ben-Hur, who, for some reason—maybe distrust—has decided to go solo; he’s also the only one without a helmet. As they come closer, the spectators rise on their benches, and the noise noticeably intensifies; a keen ear can catch the high-pitched cheers of women and children. At the same time, the pink streamers flying from the balcony turn into a whirlwind, hitting the men and threatening to fill the chariot beds to the brim. Even the horses partake in the celebration; they are just as aware of the cheers as their masters.
Very soon, as with the other contestants, it is made apparent that some of the drivers are more in favor than others; and then the discovery follows that nearly every individual on the benches, women and children as well as men, wears a color, most frequently a ribbon upon the breast or in the hair: now it is green, now yellow, now blue; but, searching the great body carefully, it is manifest that there is a preponderance of white, and scarlet and gold.
Very soon, like the other contestants, it becomes clear that some of the drivers have more support than others; and then it’s revealed that almost everyone in the stands, including women and children as well as men, is wearing a color—most often a ribbon on their chest or in their hair: sometimes it’s green, sometimes yellow, sometimes blue; however, upon closely looking at the large crowd, it’s obvious that there’s a strong preference for white, scarlet, and gold.
In a modern assemblage called together as this one is, particularly where there are sums at hazard upon the race, a preference would be decided by the qualities or performance of the horses; here, however, nationality was the rule. If the Byzantine and Sidonian found small support, it was because their cities were scarcely represented on the benches. On their side, the Greeks, though very numerous, were divided between the Corinthian and the Athenian, leaving but a scant showing of green and yellow. Messala’s scarlet and gold would have been but little better had not the citizens of Antioch, proverbially a race of courtiers, joined the Romans by adopting the color of their favorite. There were left then the country people, or Syrians, the Jews, and the Arabs; and they, from faith in the blood of the sheik’s four, blent largely with hate of the Romans, whom they desired, above all things, to see beaten and humbled, mounted the white, making the most noisy, and probably the most numerous, faction of all.
In a modern gathering like this one, especially where there’s money at stake in the race, preferences would usually be based on the abilities or performance of the horses. However, in this case, nationality was the deciding factor. The Byzantine and Sidonian horses received little support because their cities were hardly represented in the stands. On the other hand, the Greeks were numerous but split between the Corinthian and Athenian factions, leaving only a small number of green and yellow supporters. Messala’s scarlet and gold would have seen even less backing if it weren't for the citizens of Antioch, known for being sycophants, who showed allegiance to the Romans by adopting their favorite colors. This left the rural folk, the Syrians, the Jews, and the Arabs, who, driven by their loyalty to the sheik’s four, mixed their support with a strong animosity towards the Romans, whom they wanted to see defeated and humiliated, rallying under the white color, making them the loudest and likely the largest group in attendance.
As the charioteers move on in the circuit, the excitement increases; at the second goal, where, especially in the galleries, the white is the ruling color, the people exhaust their flowers and rive the air with screams.
As the charioteers continue around the track, the excitement builds; at the second turn, where, especially in the stands, white is the dominant color, the crowd throws their flowers and fills the air with screams.
“Messala! Messala!”
"Messala! Messala!"
“Ben-Hur! Ben-Hur!”
“Ben-Hur! Ben-Hur!”
Such are the cries.
Such are the screams.
Upon the passage of the procession, the factionists take their seats and resume conversation.
As the procession moves on, the faction members sit down and continue their conversation.
“Ah, by Bacchus! was he not handsome?” exclaims a woman, whose Romanism is betrayed by the colors flying in her hair.
“Ah, by Bacchus! Wasn’t he handsome?” exclaims a woman, whose Roman heritage is revealed by the colors in her hair.
“And how splendid his chariot!” replies a neighbor, of the same proclivities. “It is all ivory and gold. Jupiter grant he wins!”
“And how amazing his chariot!” replies a neighbor, who shares the same interests. “It’s all made of ivory and gold. I hope he wins!”
The notes on the bench behind them were entirely different.
The notes on the bench behind them were totally different.
“A hundred shekels on the Jew!”
“A hundred shekels on the Jew!”
The voice is high and shrill.
The voice is sharp and piercing.
“Nay, be thou not rash,” whispers a moderating friend to the speaker. “The children of Jacob are not much given to Gentile sports, which are too often accursed in the sight of the Lord.”
“Don’t be hasty,” whispers a calming friend to the speaker. “The children of Jacob aren’t really into Gentile games, which are often frowned upon by the Lord.”
“True, but saw you ever one more cool and assured? And what an arm he has!”
“True, but have you ever seen anyone cooler and more confident? And what an amazing arm he has!”
“And what horses!” says a third.
“And what amazing horses!” says a third.
“And for that,” a fourth one adds, “they say he has all the tricks of the Romans.”
“And for that,” a fourth one adds, “they say he knows all the tricks of the Romans.”
A woman completes the eulogium:
A woman delivers the eulogy:
“Yes, and he is even handsomer than the Roman.”
“Yes, and he is even more handsome than the Roman.”
Thus encouraged, the enthusiast shrieks again, “A hundred shekels on the Jew!”
Thus encouraged, the excited person shouts again, “A hundred shekels on the Jew!”
“Thou fool!” answers an Antiochian, from a bench well forward on the balcony. “Knowest thou not there are fifty talents laid against him, six to one, on Messala? Put up thy shekels, lest Abraham rise and smite thee.”
“You fool!” replies an Antiochian from a bench near the front of the balcony. “Don’t you know there are fifty talents riding against him, six to one, on Messala? Put up your money, or Abraham will come and strike you.”
“Ha, ha! thou ass of Antioch! Cease thy bray. Knowest thou not it was Messala betting on himself?”
“Ha, ha! you fool of Antioch! Stop your loud noise. Don't you know it was Messala betting on himself?”
Such the reply.
Such a response.
And so ran the controversy, not always good-natured.
And that's how the debate went, not always in a friendly way.
When at length the march was ended and the Porta Pompae received back the procession, Ben-Hur knew he had his prayer.
When the march finally ended and the Porta Pompae welcomed back the procession, Ben-Hur realized he had received his answer to prayer.
The eyes of the East were upon his contest with Messala.
The eyes of the East were on his competition with Messala.
CHAPTER XIII
About three o’clock, speaking in modern style, the program was concluded except the chariot-race. The editor, wisely considerate of the comfort of the people, chose that time for a recess. At once the vomitoria were thrown open, and all who could hastened to the portico outside where the restaurateurs had their quarters. Those who remained yawned, talked, gossiped, consulted their tablets, and, all distinctions else forgotten, merged into but two classes—the winners, who were happy, and the losers, who were grum and captious.
Around three o’clock, in contemporary terms, the program wrapped up except for the chariot race. The editor, thoughtfully aware of the audience's comfort, decided to take a break at that time. Immediately, the exits were opened, and everyone who could rushed to the outdoor portico where the food vendors were set up. Those who stayed behind yawned, chatted, gossiped, checked their tablets, and, with all other distinctions forgotten, divided into just two groups—the winners, who were happy, and the losers, who were grumpy and irritable.
Now, however, a third class of spectators, composed of citizens who desired only to witness the chariot-race, availed themselves of the recess to come in and take their reserved seats; by so doing they thought to attract the least attention and give the least offence. Among these were Simonides and his party, whose places were in the vicinity of the main entrance on the north side, opposite the consul.
Now, though, a third group of spectators, made up of citizens who just wanted to see the chariot race, took advantage of the break to come in and take their reserved seats. They believed this would draw the least attention and cause the least offense. Among them were Simonides and his group, who had seats near the main entrance on the north side, across from the consul.
As the four stout servants carried the merchant in his chair up the aisle, curiosity was much excited. Presently some one called his name. Those about caught it and passed it on along the benches to the west; and there was hurried climbing on seats to get sight of the man about whom common report had coined and put in circulation a romance so mixed of good fortune and bad that the like had never been known or heard of before.
As the four strong servants carried the merchant in his chair up the aisle, everyone was filled with curiosity. Soon, someone shouted his name. Those nearby heard it and passed it along the benches to the west, leading to people quickly climbing onto their seats to catch a glimpse of the man whose story had become a mix of luck and misfortune unlike anything anyone had ever known or heard before.
Ilderim was also recognized and warmly greeted; but nobody knew Balthasar or the two women who followed him closely veiled.
Ilderim was also recognized and warmly welcomed; but nobody knew Balthasar or the two women who followed him, closely veiled.
The people made way for the party respectfully, and the ushers seated them in easy speaking distance of each other down by the balustrade overlooking the arena. In providence of comfort, they sat upon cushions and had stools for footrests.
The crowd respectfully cleared a path for the group, and the ushers seated them close enough to talk easily with each other by the railing overlooking the arena. To ensure their comfort, they sat on cushions and had stools to rest their feet on.
The women were Iras and Esther.
The women were Iras and Esther.
Upon being seated, the latter cast a frightened look over the Circus, and drew the veil closer about her face; while the Egyptian, letting her veil fall upon her shoulders, gave herself to view, and gazed at the scene with the seeming unconsciousness of being stared at, which, in a woman, is usually the result of long social habitude.
Upon sitting down, she cast a scared glance around the Circus and pulled her veil tighter around her face; while the Egyptian, letting her veil fall onto her shoulders, exposed herself to view and looked at the scene with an apparent lack of awareness that she was being stared at, which, in a woman, usually comes from a long history of social experience.
The new-comers generally were yet making their first examination of the great spectacle, beginning with the consul and his attendants, when some workmen ran in and commenced to stretch a chalked rope across the arena from balcony to balcony in front of the pillars of the first goal.
The newcomers were still taking their first look at the grand spectacle, starting with the consul and his attendants, when some workers came in and started to stretch a chalked rope across the arena from balcony to balcony in front of the pillars of the first goal.
About the same time, also, six men came in through the Porta Pompae and took post, one in front of each occupied stall; whereat there was a prolonged hum of voices in every quarter.
Around the same time, six men entered through the Porta Pompae and positioned themselves, one in front of each occupied stall; as a result, there was a continuous buzz of voices in every direction.
“See, see! The green goes to number four on the right; the Athenian is there.”
“Look, look! The green moves to number four on the right; the Athenian is there.”
“And Messala—yes, he is in number two.”
“And Messala—yeah, he’s in number two.”
“The Corinthian—”
“The Corinthian—”
“Watch the white! See, he crosses over, he stops; number one it is—number one on the left.”
“Look at the white one! See, he crosses over and stops; it’s number one—number one on the left.”
“No, the black stops there, and the white at number two.”
“No, the black stops there, and the white at number two.”
“So it is.”
"That's how it is."
These gate-keepers, it should be understood, were dressed in tunics colored like those of the competing charioteers; so, when they took their stations, everybody knew the particular stall in which his favorite was that moment waiting.
These gatekeepers, it should be understood, were dressed in tunics the same color as those of the racing charioteers; so, when they took their places, everyone knew which stall their favorite was currently waiting in.
“Did you ever see Messala?” the Egyptian asked Esther.
“Have you ever seen Messala?” the Egyptian asked Esther.
The Jewess shuddered as she answered no. If not her father’s enemy, the Roman was Ben-Hur’s.
The Jewish woman shuddered as she replied no. If he wasn't her father's enemy, the Roman was Ben-Hur's.
“He is beautiful as Apollo.”
"He's as beautiful as Apollo."
As Iras spoke, her large eyes brightened and she shook her jeweled fan. Esther looked at her with the thought, “Is he, then, so much handsomer than Ben-Hur?” Next moment she heard Ilderim say to her father, “Yes, his stall is number two on the left of the Porta Pompae;” and, thinking it was of Ben-Hur he spoke, her eyes turned that way. Taking but the briefest glance at the wattled face of the gate, she drew the veil close and muttered a little prayer.
As Iras spoke, her big eyes sparkled, and she waved her jeweled fan. Esther regarded her and thought, “Is he really that much better looking than Ben-Hur?” In the next moment, she heard Ilderim say to her father, “Yes, his stall is number two on the left of the Porta Pompae;” and, assuming he was talking about Ben-Hur, her eyes shifted in that direction. After a quick glance at the gate's twisted face, she pulled her veil close and whispered a small prayer.
Presently Sanballat came to the party.
Presently, Sanballat arrived at the gathering.
“I am just from the stalls, O sheik,” he said, bowing gravely to Ilderim, who began combing his beard, while his eyes glittered with eager inquiry. “The horses are in perfect condition.”
“I just came back from the stables, O sheik,” he said, bowing respectfully to Ilderim, who started grooming his beard while his eyes sparkled with eager curiosity. “The horses are in great shape.”
Ilderim replied simply, “If they are beaten, I pray it be by some other than Messala.”
Ilderim responded plainly, “If they lose, I hope it's to someone other than Messala.”
Turning then to Simonides, Sanballat drew out a tablet, saying, “I bring you also something of interest. I reported, you will remember, the wager concluded with Messala last night, and stated that I left another which, if taken, was to be delivered to me in writing to-day before the race began. Here it is.”
Turning to Simonides, Sanballat pulled out a tablet and said, “I bring you something interesting. You’ll remember that I told you about the bet I made with Messala last night, and I mentioned that I left another one, which, if accepted, was supposed to be given to me in writing today before the race started. Here it is.”
Simonides took the tablet and read the memorandum carefully.
Simonides picked up the tablet and read the note carefully.
“Yes,” he said, “their emissary came to ask me if you had so much money with me. Keep the tablet close. If you lose, you know where to come; if you win”—his face knit hard—“if you win—ah, friend, see to it! See the signers escape not; hold them to the last shekel. That is what they would with us.”
“Yeah,” he said, “their messenger came to ask me if you had that much money with me. Keep the tablet close. If you lose, you know where to come; if you win”—his expression turned serious—“if you win—ah, my friend, make sure! Don’t let the signers slip away; hold them until the last shekel. That’s what they would do to us.”
“Trust me,” replied the purveyor.
“Trust me,” said the vendor.
“Will you not sit with us?” asked Simonides.
“Will you not sit with us?” Simonides asked.
“You are very good,” the other returned; “but if I leave the consul, young Rome yonder will boil over. Peace to you; peace to all.”
“You’re really great,” the other replied; “but if I leave the consul, that young crowd in Rome will go wild. Peace to you; peace to everyone.”
At length the recess came to an end.
At last, the break came to an end.
The trumpeters blew a call at which the absentees rushed back to their places. At the same time, some attendants appeared in the arena, and, climbing upon the division wall, went to an entablature near the second goal at the west end, and placed upon it seven wooden balls; then returning to the first goal, upon an entablature there they set up seven other pieces of wood hewn to represent dolphins.
The trumpeters sounded a call that brought the absent people rushing back to their spots. At the same time, some attendants entered the arena, climbed up onto the division wall, and moved to a platform near the second goal at the west end, where they placed seven wooden balls. Then, returning to the first goal, they set up seven other wooden pieces carved to look like dolphins on a platform there.
“What shall they do with the balls and fishes, O sheik?” asked Balthasar.
“What are they going to do with the balls and fish, O sheik?” asked Balthasar.
“Hast thou never attended a race?”
"Have you never been to a race?"
“Never before; and hardly know I why I am here.”
“Never before; and I barely know why I’m here.”
“Well, they are to keep the count. At the end of each round run thou shalt see one ball and one fish taken down.”
“Well, they are to keep track. At the end of each round, you will see one ball and one fish marked down.”
The preparations were now complete, and presently a trumpeter in gaudy uniform arose by the editor, ready to blow the signal of commencement promptly at his order. Straightway the stir of the people and the hum of their conversation died away. Every face near-by, and every face in the lessening perspective, turned to the east, as all eyes settled upon the gates of the six stalls which shut in the competitors.
The preparations were now complete, and soon a trumpeter in bright uniform stood by the editor, ready to sound the signal to start at his command. Immediately, the buzz of the crowd and the murmur of their conversations quieted down. Every nearby face, along with those in the fading background, turned to the east as all eyes focused on the gates of the six stalls that enclosed the competitors.
The unusual flush upon his face gave proof that even Simonides had caught the universal excitement. Ilderim pulled his beard fast and furious.
The unusual flush on his face showed that even Simonides had caught the universal excitement. Ilderim tugged at his beard intensely.
“Look now for the Roman,” said the fair Egyptian to Esther, who did not hear her, for, with close-drawn veil and beating heart, she sat watching for Ben-Hur.
“Look now for the Roman,” said the beautiful Egyptian to Esther, who didn't hear her, because, with her veil pulled tight and her heart racing, she sat waiting for Ben-Hur.
The structure containing the stalls, it should be observed, was in form of the segment of a circle, retired on the right so that its central point was projected forward, and midway the course, on the starting side of the first goal. Every stall, consequently, was equally distant from the starting-line or chalked rope above mentioned.
The structure with the stalls was shaped like a segment of a circle, pushed back on the right so that its center jutted out, positioned halfway along the course, on the starting side of the first goal. As a result, each stall was equally distant from the starting line or the chalked rope mentioned earlier.
The trumpet sounded short and sharp; whereupon the starters, one for each chariot, leaped down from behind the pillars of the goal, ready to give assistance if any of the fours proved unmanageable.
The trumpet blared short and loud; then the starters, one for each chariot, jumped down from behind the goalposts, ready to help if any of the horses got out of control.
Again the trumpet blew, and simultaneously the gate-keepers threw the stalls open.
Again the trumpet sounded, and at the same time, the gatekeepers opened the stalls.
First appeared the mounted attendants of the charioteers, five in all, Ben-Hur having rejected the service. The chalked line was lowered to let them pass, then raised again. They were beautifully mounted, yet scarcely observed as they rode forward; for all the time the trampling of eager horses, and the voices of drivers scarcely less eager, were heard behind in the stalls, so that one might not look away an instant from the gaping doors.
First came the riders accompanying the charioteers, five in total, with Ben-Hur having declined to participate. The chalked line was lowered to let them through, then raised again. They were well-mounted, but hardly noticed as they moved ahead; the sound of eager horses pounding the ground and the voices of equally eager drivers echoed from the stalls behind, making it impossible to look away from the wide-open doors.
The chalked line up again, the gate-keepers called their men; instantly the ushers on the balcony waved their hands, and shouted with all their strength, “Down! down!”
The marked line was up again, the gatekeepers called for their men; right away the ushers on the balcony waved their hands and yelled at the top of their lungs, “Down! down!”
As well have whistled to stay a storm.
As well have whistled to calm a storm.
Forth from each stall, like missiles in a volley from so many great guns, rushed the six fours; and up the vast assemblage arose, electrified and irrepressible, and, leaping upon the benches, filled the Circus and the air above it with yells and screams. This was the time for which they had so patiently waited!—this the moment of supreme interest treasured up in talk and dreams since the proclamation of the games!
Out of each stall, like missiles fired from powerful cannons, charged the six fours; and the massive crowd surged up, electrified and uncontrollable, jumping onto the benches, filling the Circus and the air above with shouts and screams. This was the moment they had been waiting for!—this the peak of excitement that had been talked about and dreamed of since the announcement of the games!
“He is come—there—look!” cried Iras, pointing to Messala.
“He's here—look!” Iras exclaimed, pointing to Messala.
“I see him,” answered Esther, looking at Ben-Hur.
“I see him,” Esther replied, looking at Ben-Hur.
The veil was withdrawn. For an instant the little Jewess was brave. An idea of the joy there is in doing an heroic deed under the eyes of a multitude came to her, and she understood ever after how, at such times, the souls of men, in the frenzy of performance, laugh at death or forget it utterly.
The veil was pulled back. For a moment, the little Jewish girl felt courageous. She realized the thrill that comes from performing a heroic act in front of a crowd, and she forever understood how, in those moments, people's spirits, caught up in the excitement, can laugh at death or completely forget about it.
The competitors were now under view from nearly every part of the Circus, yet the race was not begun; they had first to make the chalked line successfully.
The competitors were now in sight from almost every part of the Circus, but the race hadn’t started yet; they first had to cross the chalked line successfully.
The line was stretched for the purpose of equalizing the start. If it were dashed upon, discomfiture of man and horses might be apprehended; on the other hand, to approach it timidly was to incur the hazard of being thrown behind in the beginning of the race; and that was certain forfeit of the great advantage always striven for—the position next the division wall on the inner line of the course.
The line was drawn to ensure a fair start. If it was crossed carelessly, both the riders and their horses might get thrown off balance; however, being too cautious meant risking getting left behind at the start of the race. That would definitely mean losing the crucial advantage everyone aimed for—the spot right next to the dividing wall on the inner edge of the track.
This trial, its perils and consequences, the spectators knew thoroughly; and if the opinion of old Nestor, uttered that time he handed the reins to his son, were true—
This trial, its dangers and outcomes, the spectators knew very well; and if the opinion of old Nestor, expressed when he handed the reins to his son, were true—
“It is not strength, but art, obtained the prize,
And to be swift is less than to be wise”—
“It’s not strength, but skill that wins the prize,
And being quick is less important than being smart”—
all on the benches might well look for warning of the winner to be now given, justifying the interest with which they breathlessly watched for the result.
Everyone on the benches might be waiting for a signal about who the winner will be, confirming the excitement with which they eagerly anticipated the outcome.
The arena swam in a dazzle of light; yet each driver looked first thing for the rope, then for the coveted inner line. So, all six aiming at the same point and speeding furiously, a collision seemed inevitable; nor that merely. What if the editor, at the last moment, dissatisfied with the start, should withhold the signal to drop the rope? Or if he should not give it in time?
The arena was filled with bright lights; yet each driver immediately searched for the rope, then for the prized inner line. With all six heading toward the same spot and racing at full speed, a collision seemed unavoidable; and that wasn't all. What if the editor, at the last moment, unhappy with the start, decided to hold back the signal to drop the rope? Or what if he didn’t give it in time?
The crossing was about two hundred and fifty feet in width. Quick the eye, steady the hand, unerring the judgment required. If now one look away! or his mind wander! or a rein slip! And what attraction in the ensemble of the thousands over the spreading balcony! Calculating upon the natural impulse to give one glance—just one—in sooth of curiosity or vanity, malice might be there with an artifice; while friendship and love, did they serve the same result, might be as deadly as malice.
The crossing was about two hundred and fifty feet wide. It required a quick eye, steady hand, and precise judgment. If someone glanced away, let their mind drift, or lost their grip on the reins for even a moment! And what a pull there was in the crowd of thousands on the expansive balcony! One might be tempted by a natural curiosity or vanity to take a look—just one glance—but beneath that could lie malice disguised as friendliness or love, which could be just as dangerous as any malice.
The divine last touch in perfecting the beautiful is animation. Can we accept the saying, then these latter days, so tame in pastime and dull in sports, have scarcely anything to compare to the spectacle offered by the six contestants. Let the reader try to fancy it; let him first look down upon the arena, and see it glistening in its frame of dull-gray granite walls; let him then, in this perfect field, see the chariots, light of wheel, very graceful, and ornate as paint and burnishing can make them—Messala’s rich with ivory and gold; let him see the drivers, erect and statuesque, undisturbed by the motion of the cars, their limbs naked, and fresh and ruddy with the healthful polish of the baths—in their right hands goads, suggestive of torture dreadful to the thought—in their left hands, held in careful separation, and high, that they may not interfere with view of the steeds, the reins passing taut from the fore ends of the carriage-poles; let him see the fours, chosen for beauty as well as speed; let him see them in magnificent action, their masters not more conscious of the situation and all that is asked and hoped from them—their heads tossing, nostrils in play, now distent, now contracted—limbs too dainty for the sand which they touch but to spurn—limbs slender, yet with impact crushing as hammers—every muscle of the rounded bodies instinct with glorious life, swelling, diminishing, justifying the world in taking from them its ultimate measure of force; finally, along with chariots, drivers, horses, let the reader see the accompanying shadows fly; and, with such distinctness as the picture comes, he may share the satisfaction and deeper pleasure of those to whom it was a thrilling fact, not a feeble fancy. Every age has its plenty of sorrows; Heaven help where there are no pleasures!
The final touch that makes beauty perfect is movement. Can we agree that these modern times, so dull in leisure and uninspired in entertainment, have almost nothing that compares to the spectacle presented by the six competitors? Imagine, for a moment; first, picture the arena, gleaming in its frame of dull-gray granite walls. Then, in this perfect setting, imagine the chariots, light of wheel, elegant and decorated as much as paint and polish allow—Messala’s adorned with ivory and gold. Picture the drivers, standing tall and statuesque, unaffected by the motion of the chariots, their limbs exposed, fresh and glowing from the revitalizing baths—with goads in their right hands, evoking ideas of fearsome torture—and in their left hands, held high and carefully apart to avoid blocking the view of the horses, the reins stretched tight from the front ends of the carriage-poles. Picture the horses, selected for both beauty and speed; see them in stunning action, their owners fully aware of the stakes and expectations—they toss their heads, their nostrils flaring, now expanding, now narrowing—limbs too delicate to even touch the sand without kicking it aside—slender limbs with a strength like hammers—every muscle of their rounded bodies alive with vitality, swelling, contracting, proving the world right in measuring its greatest power by them; finally, alongside the chariots, drivers, and horses, imagine the shifting shadows flying by; and with the clarity of this imagery, one might feel the same excitement and deeper joy as those who witnessed it, experiencing a thrilling reality rather than a feeble illusion. Every era has its share of hardships; may Heaven help those with no joys!
The competitors having started each on the shortest line for the position next the wall, yielding would be like giving up the race; and who dared yield? It is not in common nature to change a purpose in mid-career; and the cries of encouragement from the balcony were indistinguishable and indescribable: a roar which had the same effect upon all the drivers.
The competitors started from the shortest line next to the wall; backing down would feel like quitting the race, and who would dare do that? It's not in human nature to change course once you've set your mind to something. The cheers from the balcony were a jumbled and overwhelming noise, creating a wave of energy that affected all the drivers the same way.
The fours neared the rope together. Then the trumpeter by the editor’s side blew a signal vigorously. Twenty feet away it was not heard. Seeing the action, however, the judges dropped the rope, and not an instant too soon, for the hoof of one of Messala’s horses struck it as it fell. Nothing daunted, the Roman shook out his long lash, loosed the reins, leaned forward, and, with a triumphant shout, took the wall.
The four came close to the rope together. Then the trumpeter next to the editor blew a loud signal. It couldn't be heard from twenty feet away. However, seeing the action, the judges dropped the rope just in time, as one of Messala’s horses almost kicked it as it fell. Unfazed, the Roman whipped out his long lash, loosened the reins, leaned forward, and, with a triumphant shout, took the lead.
“Jove with us! Jove with us!” yelled all the Roman faction, in a frenzy of delight.
“Jupiter with us! Jupiter with us!” shouted the Roman supporters, in a frenzy of excitement.
As Messala turned in, the bronze lion’s head at the end of his axle caught the fore-leg of the Athenian’s right-hand trace-mate, flinging the brute over against its yoke-fellow. Both staggered, struggled, and lost their headway. The ushers had their will at least in part. The thousands held their breath with horror; only up where the consul sat was there shouting.
As Messala turned in, the bronze lion's head at the end of his axle snagged the fore-leg of the Athenian's right-hand trace-mate, throwing the animal against its partner. Both stumbled, fought for balance, and lost their momentum. The ushers had their way at least somewhat. The thousands held their breath in fear; only where the consul sat was there shouting.
“Jove with us!” screamed Drusus, frantically.
“Jove, be with us!” screamed Drusus, frantically.
“He wins! Jove with us!” answered his associates, seeing Messala speed on.
“He wins! Jupiter is with us!” replied his friends, watching Messala race ahead.
Tablet in hand, Sanballat turned to them; a crash from the course below stopped his speech, and he could not but look that way.
Tablet in hand, Sanballat turned to them; a crash from the course below interrupted his speech, and he couldn't help but glance in that direction.
Messala having passed, the Corinthian was the only contestant on the Athenian’s right, and to that side the latter tried to turn his broken four; and then; as ill-fortune would have it, the wheel of the Byzantine, who was next on the left, struck the tail-piece of his chariot, knocking his feet from under him. There was a crash, a scream of rage and fear, and the unfortunate Cleanthes fell under the hoofs of his own steeds: a terrible sight, against which Esther covered her eyes.
Messala had gone by, and the Corinthian was the only contestant on the Athenian’s right, so he tried to turn his broken four to that side. Then, as bad luck would have it, the wheel of the Byzantine, who was next on the left, hit the back piece of his chariot, knocking him off balance. There was a crash, a scream of anger and fear, and the unfortunate Cleanthes fell under the hooves of his own horses: a horrifying sight that made Esther cover her eyes.
On swept the Corinthian, on the Byzantine, on the Sidonian.
On came the Corinthian, the Byzantine, and the Sidonian.
Sanballat looked for Ben-Hur, and turned again to Drusus and his coterie.
Sanballat searched for Ben-Hur and then turned back to Drusus and his group.
“A hundred sestertii on the Jew!” he cried.
“A hundred sestertii on the Jew!” he shouted.
“Taken!” answered Drusus.
“Got it!” answered Drusus.
“Another hundred on the Jew!” shouted Sanballat.
“Another hundred on the Jew!” shouted Sanballat.
Nobody appeared to hear him. He called again; the situation below was too absorbing, and they were too busy shouting, “Messala! Messala! Jove with us!”
Nobody seemed to hear him. He called out again; the scene below was too captivating, and they were too busy yelling, “Messala! Messala! Jove with us!”
When the Jewess ventured to look again, a party of workmen were removing the horses and broken car; another party were taking off the man himself; and every bench upon which there was a Greek was vocal with execrations and prayers for vengeance. Suddenly she dropped her hands; Ben-Hur, unhurt, was to the front, coursing freely forward along with the Roman! Behind them, in a group, followed the Sidonian, the Corinthian, and the Byzantine.
When the Jewish woman dared to look again, a group of workers was removing the horses and the shattered carriage; another group was taking away the man himself; and every bench with a Greek on it was filled with curses and prayers for revenge. Suddenly, she let her hands drop; Ben-Hur, unharmed, was at the front, racing ahead alongside the Roman! Behind them, in a cluster, followed the Sidonian, the Corinthian, and the Byzantine.
The race was on; the souls of the racers were in it; over them bent the myriads.
The race had begun; the racers were fully committed; countless spectators loomed over them.
CHAPTER XIV
When the dash for position began, Ben-Hur, as we have seen, was on the extreme left of the six. For a moment, like the others, he was half blinded by the light in the arena; yet he managed to catch sight of his antagonists and divine their purpose. At Messala, who was more than an antagonist to him, he gave one searching look. The air of passionless hauteur characteristic of the fine patrician face was there as of old, and so was the Italian beauty, which the helmet rather increased; but more—it may have been a jealous fancy, or the effect of the brassy shadow in which the features were at the moment cast, still the Israelite thought he saw the soul of the man as through a glass, darkly: cruel, cunning, desperate; not so excited as determined—a soul in a tension of watchfulness and fierce resolve.
When the race for position started, Ben-Hur, as we've seen, was on the far left of the six. For a moment, like the others, he was half blinded by the bright light in the arena; yet he managed to spot his opponents and figure out their intentions. He shot Messala, who was more than just an opponent to him, a piercing glance. The calm, proud demeanor characteristic of his refined patrician face was still there, as was the Italian beauty, which the helmet seemed to enhance; but even more—it might have been a jealous thought, or the effect of the harsh shadow in which his features were currently cast, yet the Israelite believed he saw the man's soul as if through a dark glass: cruel, crafty, desperate; not so much excited as determined—a soul in a state of watchfulness and fierce resolve.
In a time not longer than was required to turn to his four again, Ben-Hur felt his own resolution harden to a like temper. At whatever cost, at all hazards, he would humble this enemy! Prize, friends, wagers, honor—everything that can be thought of as a possible interest in the race was lost in the one deliberate purpose. Regard for life even should not hold him back. Yet there was no passion, on his part; no blinding rush of heated blood from heart to brain, and back again; no impulse to fling himself upon Fortune: he did not believe in Fortune; far otherwise. He had his plan, and, confiding in himself, he settled to the task never more observant, never more capable. The air about him seemed aglow with a renewed and perfect transparency.
In the brief time it took to turn to his four again, Ben-Hur felt his resolve become just as strong. No matter the cost or the risks, he was determined to bring this enemy down! Everything he cared about—friends, bets, honor—faded in comparison to his clear goal. Even the fear of losing his life wouldn’t hold him back. Yet, he was not driven by passion; there was no wild rush of adrenaline from his heart to his brain and back; no urge to leave things up to chance: he didn’t believe in luck; quite the opposite. He had his plan, and, trusting himself, he focused on the task with more awareness and capability than ever. The air around him felt alive with a renewed clarity.
When not half-way across the arena, he saw that Messala’s rush would, if there was no collision, and the rope fell, give him the wall; that the rope would fall, he ceased as soon to doubt; and, further, it came to him, a sudden flash-like insight, that Messala knew it was to be let drop at the last moment (prearrangement with the editor could safely reach that point in the contest); and it suggested, what more Roman-like than for the official to lend himself to a countryman who, besides being so popular, had also so much at stake? There could be no other accounting for the confidence with which Messala pushed his four forward the instant his competitors were prudentially checking their fours in front of the obstruction—no other except madness.
When he was halfway across the arena, he realized that if there was no crash and the rope dropped, he would have the wall. He quickly stopped doubting that the rope would fall; then, in a sudden flash of insight, he understood that Messala knew it would be dropped at the last moment (an arrangement with the official could easily get them to that point in the race). It occurred to him that what could be more Roman than for the official to help out a fellow countryman who was not only very popular but also had a lot at stake? There was no other explanation for the confidence with which Messala pushed his team forward the moment his rivals were cautiously holding back in front of the obstacle—none except madness.
It is one thing to see a necessity and another to act upon it. Ben-Hur yielded the wall for the time.
It’s one thing to recognize a need and another to take action on it. Ben-Hur backed away from the wall for now.
The rope fell, and all the fours but his sprang into the course under urgency of voice and lash. He drew head to the right, and, with all the speed of his Arabs, darted across the trails of his opponents, the angle of movement being such as to lose the least time and gain the greatest possible advance. So, while the spectators were shivering at the Athenian’s mishap, and the Sidonian, Byzantine, and Corinthian were striving, with such skill as they possessed, to avoid involvement in the ruin, Ben-Hur swept around and took the course neck and neck with Messala, though on the outside. The marvellous skill shown in making the change thus from the extreme left across to the right without appreciable loss did not fail the sharp eyes upon the benches; the Circus seemed to rock and rock again with prolonged applause. Then Esther clasped her hands in glad surprise; then Sanballat, smiling, offered his hundred sestertii a second time without a taker; and then the Romans began to doubt, thinking Messala might have found an equal, if not a master, and that in an Israelite!
The rope dropped, and all the competitors except for him rushed onto the track at the shout of the announcer and the crack of the whip. He swerved to the right and, with all the speed of his horses, dashed across the paths of his rivals, moving at an angle that minimized time lost and maximized his lead. So, while the crowd gasped at the Athenian's misfortune, and the Sidonian, Byzantine, and Corinthian did their best to steer clear of the chaos, Ben-Hur maneuvered around and matched pace with Messala, even though he was on the outside. The incredible skill he displayed in making that sharp move from the far left to the right without losing much speed didn’t go unnoticed by the keen observers in the stands; the Circus erupted in thunderous applause. Then Esther clasped her hands in joyful surprise; Sanballat, smiling, offered his hundred sestertii again, but no one accepted; and the Romans started to have doubts, wondering if Messala had finally met his match, and that match was an Israelite!
And now, racing together side by side, a narrow interval between them, the two neared the second goal.
And now, racing side by side with only a small gap between them, the two approached the second goal.
The pedestal of the three pillars there, viewed from the west, was a stone wall in the form of a half-circle, around which the course and opposite balcony were bent in exact parallelism. Making this turn was considered in all respects the most telling test of a charioteer; it was, in fact, the very feat in which Oraetes failed. As an involuntary admission of interest on the part of the spectators, a hush fell over all the Circus, so that for the first time in the race the rattle and clang of the cars plunging after the tugging steeds were distinctly heard. Then, it would seem, Messala observed Ben-Hur, and recognized him; and at once the audacity of the man flamed out in an astonishing manner.
The base of the three pillars there, seen from the west, was a stone wall shaped like a half-circle, around which the track and opposite balcony were perfectly parallel. Making this turn was considered the ultimate test for a charioteer; in fact, it was the exact challenge where Oraetes failed. A hush fell over the whole Circus, as if the spectators couldn’t help but show their interest, allowing the rattle and clang of the cars chasing the pulling horses to be clearly heard for the first time in the race. Then, it seemed, Messala noticed Ben-Hur and recognized him, and immediately the man’s boldness showed in a surprising way.
“Down Eros, up Mars!” he shouted, whirling his lash with practised hand—“Down Eros, up Mars!” he repeated, and caught the well-doing Arabs of Ben-Hur a cut the like of which they had never known.
“Down Eros, up Mars!” he yelled, swinging his whip with skill—“Down Eros, up Mars!” he shouted again, delivering the hardworking Arabs of Ben-Hur a blow like nothing they had ever experienced.
The blow was seen in every quarter, and the amazement was universal. The silence deepened; up on the benches behind the consul the boldest held his breath, waiting for the outcome. Only a moment thus: then, involuntarily, down from the balcony, as thunder falls, burst the indignant cry of the people.
The impact was felt everywhere, and everyone was shocked. The silence grew thicker; up on the benches behind the consul, the bravest held their breath, waiting to see what would happen. Just for a moment: then, without thinking, a passionate shout from the crowd erupted from the balcony, like thunder.
The four sprang forward affrighted. No hand had ever been laid upon them except in love; they had been nurtured ever so tenderly; and as they grew, their confidence in man became a lesson to men beautiful to see. What should such dainty natures do under such indignity but leap as from death?
The four jumped back in fear. No hand had ever touched them except in love; they had been raised so gently; and as they grew, their trust in humans became something beautiful for people to witness. What could such delicate beings do in response to such disrespect except leap back as if from death?
Forward they sprang as with one impulse, and forward leaped the car. Past question, every experience is serviceable to us. Where got Ben-Hur the large hand and mighty grip which helped him now so well? Where but from the oar with which so long he fought the sea? And what was this spring of the floor under his feet to the dizzy eccentric lurch with which in the old time the trembling ship yielded to the beat of staggering billows, drunk with their power? So he kept his place, and gave the four free rein, and called to them in soothing voice, trying merely to guide them round the dangerous turn; and before the fever of the people began to abate, he had back the mastery. Nor that only: on approaching the first goal, he was again side by side with Messala, bearing with him the sympathy and admiration of every one not a Roman. So clearly was the feeling shown, so vigorous its manifestation, that Messala, with all his boldness, felt it unsafe to trifle further.
Forward they sprang together, and the car leaped ahead. Without a doubt, every experience is useful to us. Where did Ben-Hur get the strong hand and powerful grip that helped him so much now? Where else but from the oar he used to battle the sea for so long? And what was this spring of the floor beneath him compared to the wild, unsteady lurch of the trembling ship yielding to the force of the crashing waves? So he held his ground, gave the four horses their freedom, and called to them in a calming voice, merely trying to steer them around the dangerous turn; and before the crowd's excitement began to lessen, he regained control. Not only that: as he approached the first finish line, he found himself once again beside Messala, carrying with him the support and admiration of everyone who wasn't Roman. The sentiment was so evident, so strongly expressed, that even Messala, with all his bravado, felt it was unwise to provoke further.
As the cars whirled round the goal, Esther caught sight of Ben-Hur’s face—a little pale, a little higher raised, otherwise calm, even placid.
As the cars zoomed around the finish line, Esther noticed Ben-Hur’s face—it was slightly pale, a bit elevated, but otherwise calm and even serene.
Immediately a man climbed on the entablature at the west end of the division wall, and took down one of the conical wooden balls. A dolphin on the east entablature was taken down at the same time.
Immediately, a man climbed onto the ledge at the west end of the dividing wall and removed one of the conical wooden balls. A dolphin on the east ledge was taken down at the same time.
In like manner, the second ball and second dolphin disappeared.
In the same way, the second ball and second dolphin vanished.
And then the third ball and third dolphin.
And then the third ball and third dolphin.
Three rounds concluded: still Messala held the inside position; still Ben-Hur moved with him side by side; still the other competitors followed as before. The contest began to have the appearance of one of the double races which became so popular in Rome during the later Cæsarean period—Messala and Ben-Hur in the first, the Corinthian, Sidonian, and Byzantine in the second. Meantime the ushers succeeded in returning the multitude to their seats, though the clamor continued to run the rounds, keeping, as it were, even pace with the rivals in the course below.
Three rounds had passed: Messala still held the inside position; Ben-Hur continued to race alongside him; and the other competitors trailed as before. The contest started to resemble one of the double races that became so popular in Rome during the later Cæsarean period—Messala and Ben-Hur in the first, with the Corinthian, Sidonian, and Byzantine in the second. Meanwhile, the ushers managed to get the crowd back to their seats, though the noise persisted, matching the pace of the rivals on the track below.
In the fifth round the Sidonian succeeded in getting a place outside Ben-Hur, but lost it directly.
In the fifth round, the Sidonian managed to get a spot outside Ben-Hur, but lost it right away.
The sixth round was entered upon without change of relative position.
The sixth round began without any change in relative positions.
Gradually the speed had been quickened—gradually the blood of the competitors warmed with the work. Men and beasts seemed to know alike that the final crisis was near, bringing the time for the winner to assert himself.
Gradually, the pace had picked up—gradually, the competitors' blood warmed with the effort. Both men and animals seemed to sense that the final showdown was approaching, signaling the moment for the winner to make his mark.
The interest which from the beginning had centred chiefly in the struggle between the Roman and the Jew, with an intense and general sympathy for the latter, was fast changing to anxiety on his account. On all the benches the spectators bent forward motionless, except as their faces turned following the contestants. Ilderim quitted combing his beard, and Esther forgot her fears.
The attention that had initially focused mainly on the conflict between the Romans and the Jews, with widespread sympathy for the latter, was quickly shifting to concern for their wellbeing. The audience leaned forward in their seats, motionless except for their faces turning to follow the fighters. Ilderim stopped grooming his beard, and Esther set aside her worries.
“A hundred sestertii on the Jew!” cried Sanballat to the Romans under the consul’s awning.
“A hundred sestertii on the Jew!” shouted Sanballat to the Romans under the consul’s awning.
There was no reply.
No response received.
“A talent—or five talents, or ten; choose ye!”
“A talent—or five talents, or ten; your choice!”
He shook his tablets at them defiantly.
He shook his tablets at them boldly.
“I will take thy sestertii,” answered a Roman youth, preparing to write.
“I'll take your sestertii,” replied a Roman youth, getting ready to write.
“Do not so,” interposed a friend.
"Don't do that," interrupted a friend.
“Why?”
“Why?”
“Messala hath reached his utmost speed. See him lean over his chariot rim, the reins loose as flying ribbons. Look then at the Jew.”
“Messala has reached his maximum speed. Look at him leaning over the edge of his chariot, the reins loose like flying ribbons. Now look at the Jew.”
The first one looked.
The first one checked it out.
“By Hercules!” he replied, his countenance falling. “The dog throws all his weight on the bits. I see, I see! If the gods help not our friend, he will be run away with by the Israelite. No, not yet. Look! Jove with us, Jove with us!”
“By Hercules!” he replied, his expression shifting. “The dog is putting all his weight on the bit. I get it, I get it! If the gods don’t help our friend, he’ll be taken off by the Israelite. Not yet, though. Look! Jove is with us, Jove is with us!”
The cry, swelled by every Latin tongue, shook the velaria over the consul’s head.
The shout, amplified by every Latin voice, shook the awning above the consul’s head.
If it were true that Messala had attained his utmost speed, the effort was with effect; slowly but certainly he was beginning to forge ahead. His horses were running with their heads low down; from the balcony their bodies appeared actually to skim the earth; their nostrils showed blood red in expansion; their eyes seemed straining in their sockets. Certainly the good steeds were doing their best! How long could they keep the pace? It was but the commencement of the sixth round. On they dashed. As they neared the second goal, Ben-Hur turned in behind the Roman’s car.
If it were true that Messala had reached his top speed, it was definitely working; slowly but surely, he was starting to pull ahead. His horses were running with their heads low; from the balcony, their bodies looked like they were actually skimming the ground; their nostrils flared a deep red; their eyes seemed to be straining in their sockets. For sure, the good horses were giving it their all! How long could they keep up this pace? It was only the beginning of the sixth lap. They charged on. As they approached the second goal, Ben-Hur pulled in behind the Roman’s chariot.
The joy of the Messala faction reached its bound: they screamed and howled, and tossed their colors; and Sanballat filled his tablets with wagers of their tendering.
The joy of the Messala group knew no limits: they shouted and yelled, and waved their flags; and Sanballat filled his notebooks with bets on what they offered.
Malluch, in the lower gallery over the Gate of Triumph, found it hard to keep his cheer. He had cherished the vague hint dropped to him by Ben-Hur of something to happen in the turning of the western pillars. It was the fifth round, yet the something had not come; and he had said to himself, the sixth will bring it; but, lo! Ben-Hur was hardly holding a place at the tail of his enemy’s car.
Malluch, in the lower gallery above the Gate of Triumph, struggled to stay cheerful. He had held onto the vague suggestion from Ben-Hur about something happening with the western pillars. It was the fifth round, and yet that something hadn't happened; he told himself the sixth round would bring it, but here he was—Ben-Hur could barely keep up at the back of his enemy's car.
Over in the east end, Simonides’ party held their peace. The merchant’s head was bent low. Ilderim tugged at his beard, and dropped his brows till there was nothing of his eyes but an occasional sparkle of light. Esther scarcely breathed. Iras alone appeared glad.
In the east end, Simonides’ group was quiet. The merchant looked down. Ilderim pulled at his beard and lowered his brows until his eyes were mostly hidden, showing only an occasional glint of light. Esther barely breathed. Iras was the only one who seemed happy.
Along the home-stretch—sixth round—Messala leading, next him Ben-Hur, and so close it was the old story:
Along the home stretch—sixth round—Messala was in the lead, with Ben-Hur right next to him, and it was so close it felt like déjà vu:
“First flew Eumelus on Pheretian steeds;
With those of Tros bold Diomed succeeds;
Close on Eumelus’ back they puff the wind,
And seem just mounting on his car behind;
Full on his neck he feels the sultry breeze,
And, hovering o’er, their stretching shadow sees.”
“First, Eumelus soared on Pheretian horses;
Then bold Diomedes took over with Tros’ steeds;
They are right behind Eumelus, puffing in the wind,
And look like they’re about to jump onto his chariot;
He can feel the hot breeze blowing on his neck,
And sees their long shadows hovering above.”
Thus to the first goal, and round it. Messala, fearful of losing his place, hugged the stony wall with perilous clasp; a foot to the left, and he had been dashed to pieces; yet, when the turn was finished, no man, looking at the wheel-tracks of the two cars, could have said, here went Messala, there the Jew. They left but one trace behind them.
Thus to the first goal, and around it. Messala, afraid of losing his position, clung to the rocky wall with a dangerous grip; a foot to the left, and he would have been smashed to bits; yet, when the turn was completed, no one, looking at the wheel tracks of the two cars, could have said, here went Messala, there the Jew. They left only one trace behind them.
As they whirled by, Esther saw Ben-Hur’s face again, and it was whiter than before.
As they spun around, Esther saw Ben-Hur’s face again, and it was even paler than before.
Simonides, shrewder than Esther, said to Ilderim, the moment the rivals turned into the course, “I am no judge, good sheik, if Ben-Hur be not about to execute some design. His face hath that look.”
Simonides, sharper than Esther, said to Ilderim as soon as the rivals entered the track, “I can’t say for sure, good sheik, but it seems like Ben-Hur is planning something. His face has that expression.”
To which Ilderim answered, “Saw you how clean they were and fresh? By the splendor of God, friend, they have not been running! But now watch!”
To which Ilderim responded, “Did you see how clean and fresh they were? By the glory of God, my friend, they haven’t been running! But now, watch!”
One ball and one dolphin remained on the entablatures; and all the people drew a long breath, for the beginning of the end was at hand.
One ball and one dolphin stayed on the ledges; and everyone took a deep breath, for the end was near.
First, the Sidonian gave the scourge to his four, and, smarting with fear and pain, they dashed desperately forward, promising for a brief time to go to the front. The effort ended in promise. Next, the Byzantine and the Corinthian each made the trial with like result, after which they were practically out of the race. Thereupon, with a readiness perfectly explicable, all the factions except the Romans joined hope in Ben-Hur, and openly indulged their feeling.
First, the Sidonian handed the whip to his four, and, stinging with fear and pain, they rushed forward in desperation, briefly promising to lead the way. That effort ended in mere promise. Next, the Byzantine and the Corinthian each tried their luck with the same result, after which they were pretty much out of the race. Then, with a completely understandable eagerness, all the teams except the Romans rallied their hopes in Ben-Hur and openly expressed their feelings.
“Ben-Hur! Ben-Hur!” they shouted, and the blent voices of the many rolled overwhelmingly against the consular stand.
“Ben-Hur! Ben-Hur!” they shouted, and the mixed voices of the crowd surged powerfully against the consular stand.
From the benches above him as he passed, the favor descended in fierce injunctions.
From the benches above him as he walked by, the orders came down forcefully.
“Speed thee, Jew!”
"Hurry up, Jew!"
“Take the wall now!”
"Claim the wall now!"
“On! loose the Arabs! Give them rein and scourge!”
“Go! Release the Arabs! Give them freedom and whip them!”
“Let him not have the turn on thee again. Now or never!”
“Don’t let him get the upper hand on you again. It’s now or never!”
Over the balustrade they stooped low, stretching their hands imploringly to him.
They leaned over the railing, reaching out their hands to him in desperation.
Either he did not hear, or could not do better, for halfway round the course and he was still following; at the second goal even still no change!
Either he didn't hear, or couldn't do any better, because halfway around the course he was still following; even at the second goal, there was still no change!
And now, to make the turn, Messala began to draw in his left-hand steeds, an act which necessarily slackened their speed. His spirit was high; more than one altar was richer of his vows; the Roman genius was still president. On the three pillars only six hundred feet away were fame, increase of fortune, promotions, and a triumph ineffably sweetened by hate, all in store for him! That moment Malluch, in the gallery, saw Ben-Hur lean forward over his Arabs, and give them the reins. Out flew the many-folded lash in his hand; over the backs of the startled steeds it writhed and hissed, and hissed and writhed again and again; and though it fell not, there were both sting and menace in its quick report; and as the man passed thus from quiet to resistless action, his face suffused, his eyes gleaming, along the reins he seemed to flash his will; and instantly not one, but the four as one, answered with a leap that landed them alongside the Roman’s car. Messala, on the perilous edge of the goal, heard, but dared not look to see what the awakening portended. From the people he received no sign. Above the noises of the race there was but one voice, and that was Ben-Hur’s. In the old Aramaic, as the sheik himself, he called to the Arabs,
And now, to make the turn, Messala started to pull in his left-hand horses, which naturally slowed them down. He was feeling pumped; he had made more than one vow at the altars, and the Roman spirit was still on his side. Just six hundred feet away, on the three pillars, were fame, fortune, promotions, and a triumph sweetened by hate, all waiting for him! At that moment, Malluch, up in the gallery, saw Ben-Hur lean forward over his Arabs and give them the reins. The whip flew out from his hand; it lashed over the backs of the startled horses, writhing and hissing, again and again; and though it didn’t actually hit, there was both sting and threat in its sharp crack. As he shifted from calm to unstoppable action, his face flushed, his eyes shining, he seemed to shoot his will along the reins, and immediately all four horses leaped forward as one, landing them right next to the Roman’s chariot. Messala, at the dangerous edge of the finish line, heard but didn’t dare look to see what the sudden movement meant. The crowd gave no sign. Above the sounds of the race, there was only one voice, and that was Ben-Hur’s. In the old Aramaic, just like the sheik himself, he called to the Arabs,
“On, Atair! On, Rigel! What, Antares! dost thou linger now? Good horse—oho, Aldebaran! I hear them singing in the tents. I hear the children singing and the women—singing of the stars, of Atair, Antares, Rigel, Aldebaran, victory!—and the song will never end. Well done! Home to-morrow, under the black tent—home! On, Antares! The tribe is waiting for us, and the master is waiting! ’Tis done! ’tis done! Ha, ha! We have overthrown the proud. The hand that smote us is in the dust. Ours the glory! Ha, ha!—steady! The work is done—soho! Rest!”
“On, Atair! On, Rigel! What, Antares! are you hanging back now? Good horse—oh, Aldebaran! I can hear them singing in the tents. I hear the children singing and the women—singing about the stars, about Atair, Antares, Rigel, Aldebaran, victory!—and the song will never end. Well done! Home tomorrow, under the black tent—home! On, Antares! The tribe is waiting for us, and the master is waiting! It’s done! It’s done! Ha, ha! We have defeated the proud. The hand that struck us is in the dust. The glory is ours! Ha, ha!—steady! The work is done—soho! Rest!”
There had never been anything of the kind more simple; seldom anything so instantaneous.
There had never been anything so simple; rarely anything so instantaneous.
At the moment chosen for the dash, Messala was moving in a circle round the goal. To pass him, Ben-Hur had to cross the track, and good strategy required the movement to be in a forward direction; that is, on a like circle limited to the least possible increase. The thousands on the benches understood it all: they saw the signal given—the magnificent response; the four close outside Messala’s outer wheel; Ben-Hur’s inner wheel behind the other’s car—all this they saw. Then they heard a crash loud enough to send a thrill through the Circus, and, quicker than thought, out over the course a spray of shining white and yellow flinders flew. Down on its right side toppled the bed of the Roman’s chariot. There was a rebound as of the axle hitting the hard earth; another and another; then the car went to pieces; and Messala, entangled in the reins, pitched forward headlong.
At the moment Ben-Hur decided to dash, Messala was circling around the goal. To get past him, Ben-Hur needed to cross the track, and the smart move was to head straight ahead; that is, on a similar circle with minimal expansion. The thousands in the stands understood everything: they saw the signal given—the stunning response; the four horses close outside Messala’s outer wheel; Ben-Hur’s inner wheel trailing behind the other’s chariot—all of this was clear to them. Then they heard a crash loud enough to send a thrill through the Circus, and, faster than thought, a spray of shiny white and yellow debris scattered across the track. The bed of the Roman’s chariot toppled onto its right side. There was a rebound as the axle struck the hard ground; one, then another; and soon the chariot broke apart; Messala, caught in the reins, pitched forward headfirst.
To increase the horror of the sight by making death certain, the Sidonian, who had the wall next behind, could not stop or turn out. Into the wreck full speed he drove; then over the Roman, and into the latter’s four, all mad with fear. Presently, out of the turmoil, the fighting of horses, the resound of blows, the murky cloud of dust and sand, he crawled, in time to see the Corinthian and Byzantine go on down the course after Ben-Hur, who had not been an instant delayed.
To heighten the horror of the scene by ensuring death was inevitable, the Sidonian, who was directly behind the wall, couldn't stop or veer off. He drove into the wreck at full speed; then over the Roman, and into his four, all frantic with fear. Soon, out of the chaos, the fighting horses, the sound of blows, and the thick cloud of dust and sand, he emerged just in time to see the Corinthian and Byzantine pursue Ben-Hur, who hadn’t been delayed for a second.
The people arose, and leaped upon the benches, and shouted and screamed. Those who looked that way caught glimpses of Messala, now under the trampling of the fours, now under the abandoned cars. He was still; they thought him dead; but far the greater number followed Ben-Hur in his career. They had not seen the cunning touch of the reins by which, turning a little to the left, he caught Messala’s wheel with the iron-shod point of his axle, and crushed it; but they had seen the transformation of the man, and themselves felt the heat and glow of his spirit, the heroic resolution, the maddening energy of action with which, by look, word, and gesture, he so suddenly inspired his Arabs. And such running! It was rather the long leaping of lions in harness; but for the lumbering chariot, it seemed the four were flying. When the Byzantine and Corinthian were halfway down the course, Ben-Hur turned the first goal.
The crowd got up, jumped on the benches, and shouted and screamed. Those who looked over caught sight of Messala, first under the thundering hooves of the horses and then beneath the wrecked chariots. He lay still; they thought he was dead; but the majority followed Ben-Hur in his race. They hadn’t noticed the skillful way he guided the reins, turning slightly to the left to catch Messala’s wheel with the iron tip of his axle and crush it; but they had seen the change in the man and felt the heat and passion of his spirit, the heroic determination, and the wild energy that he suddenly inspired in his team of Arabs through his look, words, and gestures. And what a race it was! It was more like the long leaps of lions in harness; if not for the heavy chariot, it seemed like the four horses were flying. When the Byzantine and Corinthian chariots were halfway down the track, Ben-Hur rounded the first turn.
AND THE RACE WAS WON!
AND THE RACE IS WON!
The consul arose; the people shouted themselves hoarse; the editor came down from his seat, and crowned the victors.
The consul stood up; the crowd cheered until they were hoarse; the editor got down from his seat and crowned the winners.
The fortunate man among the boxers was a low-browed, yellow-haired Saxon, of such brutalized face as to attract a second look from Ben-Hur, who recognized a teacher with whom he himself had been a favorite at Rome. From him the young Jew looked up and beheld Simonides and his party on the balcony. They waved their hands to him. Esther kept her seat; but Iras arose, and gave him a smile and a wave of her fan—favors not the less intoxicating to him because we know, O reader, they would have fallen to Messala had he been the victor.
The lucky guy among the boxers was a rough-looking, blonde Saxon, with such a brutish face that it caught Ben-Hur's attention, who recognized him as a teacher he had liked back in Rome. From him, the young Jew looked up and saw Simonides and his group on the balcony. They waved at him. Esther stayed seated, but Iras stood up and smiled at him while waving her fan—these gestures were no less thrilling to him, even though we know, dear reader, that they would have been directed at Messala if he had won.
The procession was then formed, and, midst the shouting of the multitude which had had its will, passed out of the Gate of Triumph.
The procession was formed and, amidst the cheers of the crowd that got what it wanted, moved out of the Gate of Triumph.
And the day was over.
And the day is done.
CHAPTER XV
Ben-Hur tarried across the river with Ilderim; for at midnight, as previously determined, they would take the road which the caravan, then thirty hours out, had pursued.
Ben-Hur stayed by the river with Ilderim; for at midnight, as they had planned, they would take the route that the caravan, now thirty hours ahead, had followed.
The sheik was happy; his offers of gifts had been royal; but Ben-Hur had refused everything, insisting that he was satisfied with the humiliation of his enemy. The generous dispute was long continued.
The sheik was happy; his gift offers were lavish; but Ben-Hur had rejected everything, insisting that he was content with the humiliation of his enemy. The generous argument went on for a long time.
“Think,” the sheik would say, “what thou hast done for me. In every black tent down to the Akaba and to the ocean, and across to the Euphrates, and beyond to the sea of the Scythians, the renown of my Mira and her children will go; and they who sing of them will magnify me, and forget that I am in the wane of life; and all the spears now masterless will come to me, and my sword-hands multiply past counting. Thou dost not know what it is to have sway of the desert such as will now be mine. I tell thee it will bring tribute incalculable from commerce, and immunity from kings. Ay, by the sword of Solomon! doth my messenger seek favor for me of Cæsar, that will he get. Yet nothing—nothing?”
"Think," the sheik would say, "about what you’ve done for me. In every black tent from Akaba to the ocean, and across to the Euphrates, and beyond to the Sea of the Scythians, the fame of my Mira and her children will spread; those who sing about them will praise me and forget that I am in the twilight of my life; and all the currently leaderless spears will come to me, and my warriors will multiply beyond count. You don’t understand what it means to have control over the desert as I will now. I’m telling you, it will bring an immeasurable tribute from trade and protection from kings. Yes, by the sword of Solomon! If my messenger seeks favor from Caesar, he will receive it. Yet nothing—nothing?"
And Ben-Hur would answer,
And Ben-Hur would reply,
“Nay, sheik, have I not thy hand and heart? Let thy increase of power and influence inure to the King who comes. Who shall say it was not allowed thee for him? In the work I am going to, I may have great need. Saying no now will leave me to ask of thee with better grace hereafter.”
“Nay, sheik, don’t I have your hand and heart? Let your growing power and influence benefit the king who comes. Who can say it wasn’t meant for him? In the task I’m about to embark on, I might really need it. Refusing me now will make it easier for me to ask you later.”
In the midst of a controversy of the kind, two messengers arrived—Malluch and one unknown. The former was admitted first.
In the middle of a controversy like this, two messengers showed up—Malluch and one unknown. The former was let in first.
The good fellow did not attempt to hide his joy over the event of the day.
The nice guy didn't try to hide his happiness about what happened that day.
“But, coming to that with which I am charged,” he said, “the master Simonides sends me to say that, upon the adjournment of the games, some of the Roman faction made haste to protest against payment of the money prize.”
“But, addressing the matter at hand,” he said, “Master Simonides sent me to inform you that, after the games were over, some members of the Roman faction quickly moved to object to the payment of the cash prize.”
Ilderim started up, crying, in his shrillest tones,
Ilderim jumped up, shouting in his loudest voice,
“By the splendor of God! the East shall decide whether the race was fairly won.”
“By the glory of God! the East will determine if the race was won fairly.”
“Nay, good sheik,” said Malluch, “the editor has paid the money.”
“Nah, good sheik,” said Malluch, “the editor has already paid the money.”
“’Tis well.”
"That's good."
“When they said Ben-Hur struck Messala’s wheel, the editor laughed, and reminded them of the blow the Arabs had at the turn of the goal.”
“When they said Ben-Hur hit Messala’s wheel, the editor laughed and reminded them of the blow the Arabs had at the turn of the goal.”
“And what of the Athenian?”
“And what about the Athenian?”
“He is dead.”
“He's dead.”
“Dead!” cried Ben-Hur.
"Dead!" shouted Ben-Hur.
“Dead!” echoed Ilderim. “What fortune these Roman monsters have! Messala escaped?”
“Dead!” echoed Ilderim. “What luck these Roman monsters have! Messala got away?”
“Escaped—yes, O sheik, with life; but it shall be a burden to him. The physicians say he will live, but never walk again.”
“Escaped—yes, oh sheik, with his life; but it will be a burden for him. The doctors say he will survive, but he will never walk again.”
Ben-Hur looked silently up to heaven. He had a vision of Messala, chairbound like Simonides, and, like him, going abroad on the shoulders of servants. The good man had abode well; but what would this one with his pride and ambition?
Ben-Hur looked quietly up to the sky. He imagined Messala, in a chair like Simonides, and, like him, being carried around by servants. The good man had done well; but what about this one with his pride and ambition?
“Simonides bade me say, further,” Malluch continued, “Sanballat is having trouble. Drusus, and those who signed with him, referred the question of paying the five talents they lost to the Consul Maxentius, and he has referred it to Cæsar. Messala also refused his losses, and Sanballat, in imitation of Drusus, went to the consul, where the matter is still in advisement. The better Romans say the protestants shall not be excused; and all the adverse factions join with them. The city rings with the scandal.”
“Simonides asked me to add,” Malluch continued, “Sanballat is in hot water. Drusus and those who supported him brought the issue of paying back the five talents they lost to Consul Maxentius, and he has passed it on to Caesar. Messala also rejected his losses, and Sanballat, trying to follow Drusus's lead, went to the consul, where the matter is still being considered. The more respected Romans say that the protesters won’t get off the hook; and all the opposing factions are siding with them. The city is buzzing with the scandal.”
“What says Simonides?” asked Ben-Hur.
"What does Simonides say?" asked Ben-Hur.
“The master laughs, and is well pleased. If the Roman pays, he is ruined; if he refuses to pay, he is dishonored. The imperial policy will decide the matter. To offend the East would be a bad beginning with the Parthians; to offend Sheik Ilderim would be to antagonize the Desert, over which lie all Maxentius’s lines of operation. Wherefore Simonides bade me tell you to have no disquiet; Messala will pay.”
“The master laughs and is very pleased. If the Roman pays, he’s ruined; if he refuses to pay, he’s dishonored. The imperial policy will settle this. Offending the East would be a bad start with the Parthians; offending Sheik Ilderim would mean antagonizing the Desert, which is crucial for all of Maxentius’s operations. So Simonides instructed me to tell you not to worry; Messala will pay.”
Ilderim was at once restored to his good-humor.
Ilderim immediately regained his cheerful mood.
“Let us be off now,” he said, rubbing his hands. “The business will do well with Simonides. The glory is ours. I will order the horses.”
“Let’s get going now,” he said, rubbing his hands together. “The deal will work out well with Simonides. The honor is ours. I’ll arrange for the horses.”
“Stay,” said Malluch. “I left a messenger outside. Will you see him?”
“Wait,” said Malluch. “I sent a messenger outside. Will you see him?”
“By the splendor of God! I forgot him.”
“By God’s glory! I forgot him.”
Malluch retired, and was succeeded by a lad of gentle manners and delicate appearance, who knelt upon one knee, and said, winningly, “Iras, the daughter of Balthasar, well known to good Sheik Ilderim, hath intrusted me with a message to the sheik, who, she saith, will do her great favor so he receive her congratulations on account of the victory of his four.”
Malluch retired and was replaced by a young man of soft demeanor and delicate looks, who knelt on one knee and said charmingly, “Iras, the daughter of Balthasar, who is well-known to the good Sheik Ilderim, has asked me to deliver a message to the sheik. She says he will do her a great favor if he accepts her congratulations on the victory of his four.”
“The daughter of my friend is kind,” said Ilderim, with sparkling eyes. “Do thou give her this jewel, in sign of the pleasure I have from her message.”
“The daughter of my friend is kind,” said Ilderim, with sparkling eyes. “Please give her this jewel as a sign of how much I appreciate her message.”
He took a ring from his finger as he spoke.
He took a ring off his finger as he spoke.
“I will as thou sayest, O sheik,” the lad replied, and continued, “The daughter of the Egyptian charged me further. She prays the good Sheik Ilderim to send word to the youth Ben-Hur that her father hath taken residence for a time in the palace of Idernee, where she will receive the youth after the fourth hour to-morrow. And if, with her congratulations, Sheik Ilderim will accept her gratitude for this other favor done, she will be ever so pleased.”
“I will do as you say, O sheik,” the young man replied, and continued, “The daughter of the Egyptian asked me to tell you. She requests that the good Sheik Ilderim send word to the young man Ben-Hur that her father is staying for a while in the palace of Idernee, where she will see him after four o'clock tomorrow. And if, along with her congratulations, Sheik Ilderim could accept her gratitude for this other favor, she would be very pleased.”
The sheik looked at Ben-Hur, whose face was suffused with pleasure.
The sheik looked at Ben-Hur, whose face was filled with happiness.
“What will you?” he asked.
"What will you do?" he asked.
“By your leave, O sheik, I will see the fair Egyptian.”
“Excuse me, Sheikh, but I would like to see the beautiful Egyptian.”
Ilderim laughed, and said, “Shall not a man enjoy his youth?”
Ilderim laughed and said, "Shouldn't a man enjoy his youth?"
Then Ben-Hur answered the messenger.
Then Ben-Hur replied to the messenger.
“Say to her who sent you that I, Ben-Hur, will see her at the palace of Idernee, wherever that may be, to-morrow at noon.”
“Tell the person who sent you that I, Ben-Hur, will meet her at the palace of Idernee, wherever that is, tomorrow at noon.”
The lad arose, and, with silent salute, departed.
The young man got up and, with a silent nod, left.
At midnight Ilderim took the road, having arranged to leave a horse and a guide for Ben-Hur, who was to follow him.
At midnight, Ilderim hit the road, having set up a horse and a guide for Ben-Hur, who was supposed to follow him.
CHAPTER XVI
Going next day to fill his appointment with Iras, Ben-Hur turned from the Omphalus, which was in the heart of the city, into the Colonnade of Herod, and came shortly to the palace of Idernee.
Going the next day to keep his appointment with Iras, Ben-Hur turned from the Omphalus, located in the center of the city, into the Colonnade of Herod, and soon reached the palace of Idernee.
From the street he passed first into a vestibule, on the sides of which were stairways under cover, leading up to a portico. Winged lions sat by the stairs; in the middle there was a gigantic ibis spouting water over the floor; the lions, ibis, walls, and floor were reminders of the Egyptians: everything, even the balustrading of the stairs, was of massive gray stone.
From the street, he first entered a small entryway, with covered stairways on the sides leading up to a porch. Winged lions guarded the stairs; in the center, there was a huge ibis spraying water across the floor; the lions, ibis, walls, and floor all reflected Egyptian design: everything, even the railing of the stairs, was made of solid gray stone.
Above the vestibule, and covering the landing of the steps, arose the portico, a pillared grace, so light, so exquisitely proportioned, it was at that period hardly possible of conception except by a Greek. Of marble snowy white, its effect was that of a lily dropped carelessly upon a great bare rock.
Above the entrance hall, covering the top of the stairs, stood the portico, a graceful structure with pillars, so light and perfectly balanced that it was almost unimaginable to anyone except a Greek at that time. Made of snowy white marble, it looked like a lily casually placed on a large, bare rock.
Ben-Hur paused in the shade of the portico to admire its tracery and finish, and the purity of its marble; then he passed on into the palace. Ample folding-doors stood open to receive him. The passage into which he first entered was high, but somewhat narrow; red tiling formed the floor, and the walls were tinted to correspond. Yet this plainness was a warning of something beautiful to come.
Ben-Hur stopped in the shade of the portico to admire the intricate design and smooth finish, and the beauty of the marble; then he moved on into the palace. Wide folding doors stood open to welcome him. The hallway he first entered was tall but a bit narrow; the floor was covered in red tiles, and the walls were painted to match. Yet this simplicity hinted at something beautiful ahead.
He moved on slowly, all his faculties in repose. Presently he would be in the presence of Iras; she was waiting for him; waiting with song and story and badinage, sparkling, fanciful, capricious—with smiles which glorified her glance, and glances which lent voluptuous suggestion to her whisper. She had sent for him the evening of the boat-ride on the lake in the Orchard of Palms; she had sent for him now; and he was going to her in the beautiful palace of Idernee. He was happy and dreamful rather than thoughtless.
He walked slowly, all his senses at ease. Soon, he would be with Iras; she was waiting for him, ready with song and stories and playful banter, vibrant, imaginative, and unpredictable—with smiles that lit up her face and looks that gave sensual hints to her whispers. She had called for him the night of the boat ride on the lake in the Orchard of Palms; she was calling for him again now, and he was heading to her in the beautiful palace of Idernee. He felt more happy and dreamy than careless.
The passage brought him to a closed door, in front of which he paused; and, as he did so, the broad leaves began to open of themselves, without creak or sound of lock or latch, or touch of foot or finger. The singularity was lost in the view that broke upon him.
The passage led him to a closed door, where he stopped; and as he did, the wide leaves started to open on their own, without any creaking or noise from locks or latches, or any touch from a foot or finger. The strangeness faded away in the sight that unfolded before him.
Standing in the shade of the dull passage, and looking through the doorway, he beheld the atrium of a Roman house, roomy and rich to a fabulous degree of magnificence.
Standing in the shade of the drab hallway, and looking through the doorway, he saw the atrium of a Roman house, spacious and incredibly lavish.
How large the chamber was cannot be stated, because of the deceit there is in exact proportions; its depth was vista-like, something never to be said of an equal interior. When he stopped to make survey, and looked down upon the floor, he was standing upon the breast of a Leda, represented as caressing a swan; and, looking farther, he saw the whole floor was similarly laid in mosaic pictures of mythological subjects. And there were stools and chairs, each a separate design, and a work of art exquisitely composed, and tables much carven, and here and there couches which were invitations of themselves. The articles of furniture, which stood out from the walls, were duplicated on the floor distinctly as if they floated unrippled water; even the panelling of the walls, the figures upon them in painting and bas-relief, and the fresco of the ceiling were reflected on the floor. The ceiling curved up towards the centre, where there was an opening through which the sunlight poured without hindrance, and the sky, ever so blue, seemed in hand-reach; the impluvium under the opening was guarded by bronzed rails; the gilded pillars supporting the roof at the edges of the opening shone like flame where the sun struck them, and their reflections beneath seemed to stretch to infinite depth. And there were candelabra quaint and curious, and statuary and vases; the whole making an interior that would have befitted well the house on the Palatine Hill which Cicero bought of Crassus, or that other, yet more famous for extravagance, the Tusculan villa of Scaurus.
How big the room was can’t be accurately described because there’s always a trick to exact measurements; its depth was expansive, something you wouldn’t say about an equal interior. When he paused to take a look around and glanced down at the floor, he was standing on the image of Leda, shown gently holding a swan; and looking further, he noticed the whole floor was covered in mosaic scenes of mythological tales. There were stools and chairs, each uniquely designed and a piece of art, and beautifully carved tables, along with couches that seemed to invite you to sit. The furniture, which stood out from the walls, was mirrored on the floor as if it floated on still water; even the wall paneling, the figures painted and in relief, and the fresco on the ceiling were reflected on the floor. The ceiling arched up towards the center, where there was an opening that let the sunlight pour in freely, and the sky, a brilliant blue, seemed within reach; the pool beneath the opening was enclosed by bronze rails; the gilded pillars supporting the roof at the edges of the opening shone like fire where the sun hit them, and their reflections below seemed to stretch to infinite depth. There were also quaint and curious candelabra, statues, and vases; the entire space would have suited the house on Palatine Hill that Cicero bought from Crassus, or that other one, even more famous for its extravagance, the Tusculan villa of Scaurus.
Still in his dreamful mood, Ben-Hur sauntered about, charmed by all he beheld, and waiting. He did not mind a little delay; when Iras was ready, she would come or send a servant. In every well-regulated Roman house the atrium was the reception chamber for visitors.
Still in his dreamy mood, Ben-Hur strolled around, enchanted by everything he saw and waiting. He didn’t mind a brief wait; when Iras was ready, she would come or send a servant. In every organized Roman home, the atrium served as the reception area for guests.
Twice, thrice, he made the round. As often he stood under the opening in the roof, and pondered the sky and its azure depth; then, leaning against a pillar, he studied the distribution of light and shade, and its effects; here a veil diminishing objects, there a brilliance exaggerating others; yet nobody came. Time, or rather the passage of time, began at length to impress itself upon him, and he wondered why Iras stayed so long. Again he traced out the figures upon the floor, but not with the satisfaction the first inspection gave him. He paused often to listen: directly impatience blew a little fevered breath upon his spirit; next time it blew stronger and hotter; and at last he woke to a consciousness of the silence which held the house in thrall, and the thought of it made him uneasy and distrustful. Still he put the feeling off with a smile and a promise. “Oh, she is giving the last touch to her eyelids, or she is arranging a chaplet for me; she will come presently, more beautiful of the delay!” He sat down then to admire a candelabrum—a bronze plinth on rollers, filigree on the sides and edges; the post at one end, and on the end opposite it an altar and a female celebrant; the lamp-rests swinging by delicate chains from the extremities of drooping palm-branches; altogether a wonder in its way. But the silence would obtrude itself: he listened even as he looked at the pretty object—he listened, but there was not a sound; the palace was still as a tomb.
He walked around twice, then three times. He often stood under the opening in the roof, gazing at the sky and its deep blue color; then, leaning against a pillar, he examined how the light and shadows played out, seeing here a haze that softened objects, and there a brightness that intensified others; yet no one arrived. Eventually, the passage of time began to weigh on him, and he wondered why Iras was taking so long. He traced the designs on the floor again, but not with the same satisfaction as before. He paused frequently to listen: impatience hinted at a burning annoyance inside him; the next time it flared up stronger and hotter; and finally, he became aware of the silence that held the house captive, which made him feel uneasy and suspicious. Still, he brushed off the feeling with a smile and a reassurance. “Oh, she’s just putting the final touches on her makeup, or maybe she’s making a garland for me; she’ll be here soon, even more beautiful for the wait!” He then sat down to admire a candelabrum—a bronze base on wheels, with ornate designs on the sides and edges; a post at one end, and at the opposite end an altar with a female figure; the candleholders hung gently from delicate chains attached to drooping palm branches; altogether a marvel in its own right. But the silence intruded: he listened even as he admired the lovely object—he listened, but there wasn’t a sound; the palace was as quiet as a tomb.
There might be a mistake. No, the messenger had come from the Egyptian, and this was the palace of Idernee. Then he remembered how mysteriously the door had opened so soundlessly, so of itself. He would see!
There might be a mistake. No, the messenger had come from the Egyptian, and this was the palace of Idernee. Then he remembered how mysteriously the door had opened so soundlessly, almost by itself. He would see!
He went to the same door. Though he walked ever so lightly the sound of his stepping was loud and harsh, and he shrank from it. He was getting nervous. The cumbrous Roman lock resisted his first effort to raise it; and the second—the blood chilled in his cheeks—he wrenched with all his might: in vain—the door was not even shaken. A sense of danger seized him, and for a moment he stood irresolute.
He went to the same door. Even though he walked softly, the sound of his footsteps was loud and jarring, making him flinch. He was starting to feel anxious. The heavy Roman lock resisted his first attempt to lift it; and with his second—his blood ran cold—he pulled with all his strength: it was no use—the door didn't even budge. A feeling of danger overwhelmed him, and for a moment he stood uncertain.
Who in Antioch had the motive to do him harm?
Who in Antioch would want to hurt him?
Messala!
Messala!
And this palace of Idernee? He had seen Egypt in the vestibule, Athens in the snowy portico; but here, in the atrium, was Rome; everything about him betrayed Roman ownership. True, the site was on the great thoroughfare of the city, a very public place in which to do him violence; but for that reason it was more accordant with the audacious genius of his enemy. The atrium underwent a change; with all its elegance and beauty, it was no more than a trap. Apprehension always paints in black.
And this palace of Idernee? He had seen Egypt in the entrance, Athens in the snowy porch; but here, in the main room, was Rome; everything around him showed Roman power. True, the location was on the city’s main road, a very public place to be attacked; but because of that, it matched the daring nature of his enemy even more. The atrium transformed; with all its elegance and beauty, it was nothing more than a trap. Worry always paints everything in dark colors.
The idea irritated Ben-Hur.
The idea annoyed Ben-Hur.
There were many doors on the right and left of the atrium, leading, doubtless, to sleeping-chambers; he tried them, but they were all firmly fastened. Knocking might bring response. Ashamed to make outcry, he betook himself to a couch, and, lying down, tried to reflect.
There were many doors on both the right and left sides of the atrium, probably leading to bedrooms; he tried to open them, but they were all securely locked. Knocking might get him a response. Feeling embarrassed to make noise, he went over to a couch and, lying down, attempted to think.
All too plainly he was a prisoner; but for what purpose? and by whom?
He was clearly a prisoner; but for what reason? And by whom?
If the work were Messala’s! He sat up, looked about, and smiled defiantly. There were weapons in every table. But birds had been starved in golden cages; not so would he—the couches would serve him as battering-rams; and he was strong, and there was such increase of might in rage and despair!
If the work were Messala’s! He sat up, looked around, and smiled defiantly. There were weapons on every table. But birds had been starved in golden cages; he wouldn’t be like that—he would use the couches as battering rams; he was strong, and there was so much power in his rage and despair!
Messala himself could not come. He would never walk again; he was a cripple like Simonides; still he could move others. And where were there not others to be moved by him? Ben-Hur arose, and tried the doors again. Once he called out; the room echoed so that he was startled. With such calmness as he could assume, he made up his mind to wait a time before attempting to break a way out.
Messala himself couldn't come. He would never walk again; he was disabled like Simonides; yet he could still influence others. And where were there not others to be influenced by him? Ben-Hur got up and tried the doors again. He called out once; the room echoed so loudly that it startled him. With as much calmness as he could manage, he decided to wait awhile before trying to find a way out.
In such a situation the mind has its ebb and flow of disquiet, with intervals of peace between. At length—how long, though, he could not have said—he came to the conclusion that the affair was an accident or mistake. The palace certainly belonged to somebody; it must have care and keeping: and the keeper would come; the evening or the night would bring him. Patience!
In such a situation, the mind experiences stress that comes and goes, with moments of calm in between. Eventually—he couldn't say how long it took—he concluded that the whole thing was just an accident or a mistake. The palace definitely belonged to someone; it required maintenance and attention: and the caretaker would arrive; either in the evening or at night. Just be patient!
So concluding, he waited.
In conclusion, he waited.
Half an hour passed—a much longer period to Ben-Hur—when the door which had admitted him opened and closed noiselessly as before, and without attracting his attention.
Half an hour passed—a much longer time for Ben-Hur—when the door that had let him in opened and closed silently as before, without grabbing his attention.
The moment of the occurrence he was sitting at the farther end of the room. A footstep startled him.
The moment it happened, he was sitting at the far end of the room. A footstep startled him.
“At last she has come!” he thought, with a throb of relief and pleasure, and arose.
“At last she’s here!” he thought, feeling a rush of relief and happiness, and he got up.
The step was heavy, and accompanied with the gride and clang of coarse sandals. The gilded pillars were between him and the door; he advanced quietly, and leaned against one of them. Presently he heard voices—the voices of men—one of them rough and guttural. What was said he could not understand, as the language was not of the East or South of Europe.
The step was heavy, accompanied by the grinding and clanging of rough sandals. The gilded pillars stood between him and the door; he moved quietly and leaned against one of them. Soon, he heard voices—men's voices—one of them rough and guttural. He couldn’t understand what was being said, as the language wasn’t from Eastern or Southern Europe.
After a general survey of the room, the strangers crossed to their left, and were brought into Ben-Hur’s view—two men, one very stout, both tall, and both in short tunics. They had not the air of masters of the house or domestics. Everything they saw appeared wonderful to them; everything they stopped to examine they touched. They were vulgarians. The atrium seemed profaned by their presence. At the same time, their leisurely manner and the assurance with which they proceeded pointed to some right or business; if business, with whom?
After looking around the room, the strangers moved to their left and came into Ben-Hur’s sight—two men, one very heavyset, both tall, and both wearing short tunics. They didn’t have the demeanor of either the homeowners or the servants. Everything they saw seemed amazing to them; anything they paused to look at, they touched. They were unsophisticated. The atrium felt tainted by their presence. At the same time, their casual attitude and the confidence with which they moved suggested they had some sort of right or purpose; if it was a purpose, with whom?
With much jargon they sauntered this way and that, all the time gradually approaching the pillar by which Ben-Hur was standing. Off a little way, where a slanted gleam of the sun fell with a glare upon the mosaic of the floor, there was a statue which attracted their notice. In examining it, they stopped in the light.
With a lot of technical talk, they strolled back and forth, slowly getting closer to the pillar where Ben-Hur was standing. A short distance away, where a slant of sunlight shone brightly on the mosaic floor, there was a statue that caught their attention. They paused in the light to examine it.
The mystery surrounding his own presence in the palace tended, as we have seen, to make Ben-Hur nervous; so now, when in the tall stout stranger he recognized the Northman whom he had known in Rome, and seen crowned only the day before in the Circus as the winning pugilist; when he saw the man’s face, scarred with the wounds of many battles, and imbruted by ferocious passions; when he surveyed the fellow’s naked limbs, very marvels of exercise and training, and his shoulders of Herculean breadth, a thought of personal danger started a chill along every vein. A sure instinct warned him that the opportunity for murder was too perfect to have come by chance; and here now were the myrmidons, and their business was with him. He turned an anxious eye upon the Northman’s comrade—young, black-eyed, black-haired, and altogether Jewish in appearance; he observed, also, that both the men were in costume exactly such as professionals of their class were in the habit of wearing in the arena. Putting the several circumstances together, Ben-Hur could not be longer in doubt: he had been lured into the palace with design. Out of reach of aid, in this splendid privacy, he was to die!
The mystery around his presence in the palace, as we've already seen, made Ben-Hur anxious. So now, when he recognized the tall, stout stranger as the Northman he had met in Rome and seen crowned just the day before in the Circus as the winning fighter; when he looked at the man's face, marked by the scars of many battles and twisted by wild passions; when he took in the man's strong, muscular limbs and his Herculean shoulders, a thought of personal danger sent a chill through him. A gut feeling told him that the chance for murder was too perfect to be just a coincidence; and now the henchmen were here, and their business was with him. He nervously glanced at the Northman's companion—young, with dark eyes and hair, looking very Jewish; he also noticed that both men were dressed in the exact costumes that professionals of their kind typically wore in the arena. Putting all the pieces together, Ben-Hur realized he had been lured into the palace with an intention. Out of reach of help, in this opulent seclusion, he was meant to die!
At a loss what to do, he gazed from man to man, while there was enacted within him that miracle of mind by which life is passed before us in awful detail, to be looked at by ourselves as if it were another’s; and from the evolvement, from a hidden depth, cast up, as it were, by a hidden hand, he was given to see that he had entered upon a new life, different from the old one in this: whereas, in that, he had been the victim of violences done to him, henceforth he was to be the aggressor. Only yesterday he had found his first victim! To the purely Christian nature the presentation would have brought the weakness of remorse. Not so with Ben-Hur; his spirit had its emotions from the teachings of the first lawgiver, not the last and greatest one. He had dealt punishment, not wrong, to Messala. By permission of the Lord, he had triumphed; and he derived faith from the circumstance—faith the source of all rational strength, especially strength in peril.
Confused about what to do, he looked from one person to another, while a profound realization unfolded within him, revealing his life in vivid detail, as if he were watching someone else's story. From a deep place inside him, brought to light by an unseen force, he understood that he had embarked on a new life, one that was different from the past: in his old life, he had been a victim of violence, but now he would be the one taking action. Just yesterday, he had found his first target! To someone with a purely Christian perspective, this moment would have stirred feelings of remorse. Not so for Ben-Hur; his spirit drew its emotions from the teachings of the early lawgiver, not the final and greatest one. He had delivered punishment, not injustice, to Messala. By the Lord's permission, he had succeeded; and he found strength in that circumstance—faith, the foundation of all logical strength, especially in times of danger.
Nor did the influence stop there. The new life was made appear to him a mission just begun, and holy as the King to come was holy, and certain as the coming of the King was certain—a mission in which force was lawful if only because it was unavoidable. Should he, on the very threshold of such an errand, be afraid?
Nor did the influence stop there. The new life seemed to him like a mission just beginning, as sacred as the coming King, and as sure as the arrival of the King was certain—a mission where using force was acceptable simply because it was inevitable. Should he, on the brink of such a task, be afraid?
He undid the sash around his waist, and, baring his head and casting off his white Jewish gown, stood forth in an undertunic not unlike those of the enemy, and was ready, body and mind. Folding his arms, he placed his back against the pillar, and calmly waited.
He loosened the sash around his waist, removed his white Jewish gown, and stood in an undertunic that looked similar to those of the enemy, ready in both body and mind. With his arms crossed, he leaned against the pillar and waited calmly.
The examination of the statue was brief. Directly the Northman turned, and said something in the unknown tongue; then both looked at Ben-Hur. A few more words, and they advanced towards him.
The inspection of the statue was quick. As soon as the Northman turned, he said something in a language they didn't understand; then both glanced at Ben-Hur. After exchanging a few more words, they moved closer to him.
“Who are you?” he asked, in Latin.
"Who are you?" he asked, in Latin.
The Northman fetched a smile which did not relieve his face of its brutalism, and answered,
The Northman managed a smile that didn't soften his harsh demeanor and replied,
“Barbarians.”
"Barbarians."
“This is the palace of Idernee. Whom seek you? Stand and answer.”
“This is the palace of Idernee. Who are you looking for? Stop and reply.”
The words were spoken with earnestness. The strangers stopped; and in his turn the Northman asked, “Who are you?”
The words were said with sincerity. The strangers paused, and then the Northman asked, “Who are you?”
“A Roman.”
“A Roman.”
The giant laid his head back upon his shoulders.
The giant rested his head back on his shoulders.
“Ha, ha, ha! I have heard how a god once came from a cow licking a salted stone; but not even a god can make a Roman of a Jew.”
“Ha, ha, ha! I've heard how a god once came from a cow licking a salted stone; but not even a god can turn a Jew into a Roman.”
The laugh over, he spoke to his companion again, and they moved nearer.
The laughter faded, and he spoke to his friend again, and they moved closer.
“Hold!” said Ben-Hur, quitting the pillar. “One word.”
“Stop!” Ben-Hur said, stepping away from the pillar. “One thing.”
They stopped again.
They paused again.
“A word!” replied the Saxon, folding his immense arms across his breast, and relaxing the menace beginning to blacken his face. “A word! Speak.”
“A word!” replied the Saxon, crossing his massive arms over his chest and easing the threat that was starting to darken his expression. “A word! Speak.”
“You are Thord the Northman.”
"You are Thord the Viking."
The giant opened his blue eyes.
The giant opened his blue eyes.
“You were lanista in Rome.”
“You were a lanista in Rome.”
Thord nodded.
Thord agreed.
“I was your scholar.”
"I was your student."
“No,” said Thord, shaking his head. “By the beard of Irmin, I had never a Jew to make a fighting-man of.”
“No,” said Thord, shaking his head. “By the beard of Irmin, I’ve never had a Jew to turn into a fighter.”
“But I will prove my saying.”
“But I will prove what I'm saying.”
“How?”
"How?"
“You came here to kill me.”
“You came here to kill me.”
“That is true.”
"That's true."
“Then let this man fight me singly, and I will make the proof on his body.”
“Then let this guy fight me one-on-one, and I'll show my proof on his body.”
A gleam of humor shone in the Northman’s face. He spoke to his companion, who made answer; then he replied with the naivete of a diverted child,
A glimmer of humor lit up the Northman's face. He talked to his friend, who responded; then he replied with the innocence of a amused child,
“Wait till I say begin.”
“Wait for me to say go.”
By repeated touches of his foot, he pushed a couch out on the floor, and proceeded leisurely to stretch his burly form upon it; when perfectly at ease, he said, simply, “Now begin.”
By nudging it with his foot, he pushed a couch out onto the floor and then casually stretched his hefty body out on it. Once he was completely comfortable, he said simply, “Now start.”
Without ado, Ben-Hur walked to his antagonist.
Without wasting any time, Ben-Hur walked up to his opponent.
“Defend thyself,” he said.
"Defend yourself," he said.
The man, nothing loath, put up his hands.
The man, willing enough, raised his hands.
As the two thus confronted each other in approved position, there was no discernible inequality between them; on the contrary, they were as like as brothers. To the stranger’s confident smile, Ben-Hur opposed an earnestness which, had his skill been known, would have been accepted fair warning of danger. Both knew the combat was to be mortal.
As the two faced each other in a recognized stance, there was no noticeable difference between them; in fact, they were as similar as brothers. To the stranger’s confident smile, Ben-Hur responded with a seriousness that, if his abilities were known, would have been seen as a clear warning of danger. Both understood that the fight would be deadly.
Ben-Hur feinted with his right hand. The stranger warded, slightly advancing his left arm. Ere he could return to guard, Ben-Hur caught him by the wrist in a grip which years at the oar had made terrible as a vise. The surprise was complete, and no time given. To throw himself forward; to push the arm across the man’s throat and over his right shoulder, and turn him left side front; to strike surely with the ready left hand; to strike the bare neck under the ear—were but petty divisions of the same act. No need of a second blow. The myrmidon fell heavily, and without a cry, and lay still.
Ben-Hur feinted with his right hand. The stranger defended himself, slightly raising his left arm. Before he could get back into position, Ben-Hur grabbed his wrist with a grip hardened by years of rowing, strong as a vice. The surprise was total, and there was no time to react. He lunged forward, pushing the stranger's arm across his throat and over his right shoulder, turning him to face left. He struck decisively with his left hand, hitting the bare neck under the ear—these were just small parts of the same action. There was no need for a second hit. The henchman fell heavily, without a sound, and lay still.
Ben-Hur turned to Thord.
Ben-Hur faced Thord.
“Ha! What! By the beard of Irmin!” the latter cried, in astonishment, rising to a sitting posture. Then he laughed.
“Ha! What! By the beard of Irmin!” the latter exclaimed, in surprise, sitting up. Then he laughed.
“Ha, ha, ha! I could not have done it better myself.”
“Ha, ha, ha! I couldn't have done it better myself.”
He viewed Ben-Hur coolly from head to foot, and, rising, faced him with undisguised admiration.
He looked at Ben-Hur calmly from head to toe and, standing up, faced him with open admiration.
“It was my trick—the trick I have practised for ten years in the schools of Rome. You are not a Jew. Who are you?”
“It was my trick—the trick I’ve practiced for ten years in the schools of Rome. You’re not a Jew. Who are you?”
“You knew Arrius the duumvir.”
“You knew Arrius the co-leader.”
“Quintus Arrius? Yes, he was my patron.”
“Quintus Arrius? Yeah, he was my supporter.”
“He had a son.”
“He had a son.”
“Yes,” said Thord, his battered features lighting dully, “I knew the boy; he would have made a king gladiator. Cæsar offered him his patronage. I taught him the very trick you played on this one here—a trick impossible except to a hand and arm like mine. It has won me many a crown.”
“Yes,” said Thord, his weathered face showing a faint glimmer, “I knew the boy; he would have made an amazing gladiator. Cæsar offered him his support. I taught him the exact move you used on this one here—a move that's only possible with a hand and arm like mine. It has earned me many crowns.”
“I am that son of Arrius.”
“I am the son of Arrius.”
Thord drew nearer, and viewed him carefully; then his eyes brightened with genuine pleasure, and, laughing, he held out his hand.
Thord stepped closer and looked at him closely; then his eyes lit up with real joy, and, laughing, he reached out his hand.
“Ha, ha, ha! He told me I would find a Jew here—a Jew—a dog of a Jew—killing whom was serving the gods.”
“Ha, ha, ha! He told me I would find a Jewish person here—a Jew—a worthless Jew—killing them was honoring the gods.”
“Who told you so?” asked Ben-Hur, taking the hand.
“Who told you that?” asked Ben-Hur, taking the hand.
“He—Messala—ha, ha, ha!”
“Ha, ha, ha! He—Messala!”
“When, Thord?”
"When, Thord?"
“Last night.”
“Last night.”
“I thought he was hurt.”
“I thought he was injured.”
“He will never walk again. On his bed he told me between groans.”
“He will never walk again,” he said between groans from his bed.
A very vivid portrayal of hate in a few words; and Ben-Hur saw that the Roman, if he lived, would still be capable and dangerous, and follow him unrelentingly. Revenge remained to sweeten the ruined life; therefore the clinging to fortune lost in the wager with Sanballat. Ben-Hur ran the ground over, with a distinct foresight of the many ways in which it would be possible for his enemy to interfere with him in the work he had undertaken for the King who was coming. Why not he resort to the Roman’s methods? The man hired to kill him could be hired to strike back. It was in his power to offer higher wages. The temptation was strong; and, half yielding, he chanced to look down at his late antagonist lying still, with white upturned face, so like himself. A light came to him, and he asked, “Thord, what was Messala to give you for killing me?”
A very clear picture of hate in just a few words; Ben-Hur realized that the Roman, if he survived, would still be powerful and dangerous, and would relentlessly pursue him. Revenge lingered to sweeten his ruined life; thus the attachment to the fortune lost in the bet with Sanballat. Ben-Hur surveyed the area, fully aware of the many ways his enemy could interfere with his mission for the King who was coming. Why not use the Roman's tactics? The man hired to kill him could also be hired to strike back. He could offer a higher price. The temptation was strong; and, half-giving in, he glanced down at his recent foe lying still, with a pale, upward face, so similar to his own. A realization struck him, and he asked, “Thord, what was Messala going to pay you for killing me?”
“A thousand sestertii.”
“A thousand sesterces.”
“You shall have them yet; and so you do now what I tell you, I will add three thousand more to the sum.”
"You will have them eventually; and if you do what I tell you now, I will add three thousand more to the total."
The giant reflected aloud,
The giant spoke aloud,
“I won five thousand yesterday; from the Roman one—six. Give me four, good Arrius—four more—and I will stand firm for you, though old Thor, my namesake, strike me with his hammer. Make it four, and I will kill the lying patrician, if you say so. I have only to cover his mouth with my hand—thus.”
“I won five thousand yesterday; from the Roman one—six. Give me four, good Arrius—four more—and I will stand firm for you, though old Thor, my namesake, strike me with his hammer. Make it four, and I will kill the lying patrician, if you say so. I just have to cover his mouth with my hand—like this.”
He illustrated the process by clapping his hand over his own mouth.
He showed how it works by covering his own mouth with his hand.
“I see,” said Ben-Hur; “ten thousand sestertii is a fortune. It will enable you to return to Rome, and open a wine-shop near the Great Circus, and live as becomes the first of the lanistae.”
“I see,” said Ben-Hur; “ten thousand sestertii is a fortune. It will let you go back to Rome, open a wine shop near the Great Circus, and live like the best of the lanistae.”
The very scars on the giant’s face glowed afresh with the pleasure the picture gave him.
The scars on the giant’s face shone again with the joy the picture brought him.
“I will make it four thousand,” Ben-Hur continued; “and in what you shall do for the money there will be no blood on your hands, Thord. Hear me now. Did not your friend here look like me?”
“I'll make it four thousand,” Ben-Hur said; “and in what you do for the money, there won’t be any blood on your hands, Thord. Listen to me now. Didn’t your friend here look like me?”
“I would have said he was an apple from the same tree.”
“I would have said he was an apple from the same tree.”
“Well, if I put on his tunic, and dress him in these clothes of mine, and you and I go away together, leaving him here, can you not get your sestertii from Messala all the same? You have only to make him believe it me that is dead.”
“Well, if I wear his tunic and dress him in my clothes, and you and I leave together, leaving him here, can't you still get your sestertii from Messala? You just have to make him believe that I’m the one who is dead.”
Thord laughed till the tears ran into his mouth.
Thord laughed until tears streamed into his mouth.
“Ha, ha, ha! Ten thousand sestertii were never won so easily. And a wine-shop by the Great Circus!—all for a lie without blood in it! Ha, ha, ha! Give me thy hand, O son of Arrius. Get on now, and—ha, ha, ha!—if ever you come to Rome, fail not to ask for the wine-shop of Thord the Northman. By the beard of Irmin, I will give you the best, though I borrow it from Cæsar!”
“Ha, ha, ha! Ten thousand sestertii were never won so easily. And a wine shop by the Great Circus!—all for a lie with no consequences! Ha, ha, ha! Give me your hand, O son of Arrius. Go on now, and—ha, ha, ha!—if you ever visit Rome, make sure to ask for the wine shop of Thord the Northman. By the beard of Irmin, I’ll give you the best, even if I have to borrow it from Caesar!”
They shook hands again; after which the exchange of clothes was effected. It was arranged then that a messenger should go at night to Thord’s lodging-place with the four thousand sestertii. When they were done, the giant knocked at the front door; it opened to him; and, passing out of the atrium, he led Ben-Hur into a room adjoining, where the latter completed his attire from the coarse garments of the dead pugilist. They separated directly in the Omphalus.
They shook hands again, after which they swapped clothes. It was decided that a messenger would go at night to Thord’s place with the four thousand sestertii. Once they were finished, the giant knocked on the front door; it opened for him, and as they left the atrium, he led Ben-Hur into a nearby room, where Ben-Hur finished dressing in the rough clothing of the dead fighter. They parted ways immediately in the Omphalus.
“Fail not, O son of Arrius, fail not the wine-shop near the Great Circus! Ha, ha, ha! By the beard of Irmin, there was never fortune gained so cheap. The gods keep you!”
“Don’t miss it, oh son of Arrius, don’t miss the wine shop near the Great Circus! Ha, ha, ha! By the beard of Irmin, you’ve never gotten such good luck so easily. May the gods protect you!”
Upon leaving the atrium, Ben-Hur gave a last look at the myrmidon as he lay in the Jewish vestments, and was satisfied. The likeness was striking. If Thord kept faith, the cheat was a secret to endure forever.
Upon leaving the atrium, Ben-Hur took one last look at the myrmidon in the Jewish vestments and felt satisfied. The resemblance was remarkable. If Thord stayed true, the deception would remain a secret forever.
At night, in the house of Simonides, Ben-Hur told the good man all that had taken place in the palace of Idernee; and it was agreed that, after a few days, public inquiry should be set afloat for the discovery of the whereabouts of the son of Arrius. Eventually the matter was to be carried boldly to Maxentius; then, if the mystery came not out, it was concluded that Messala and Gratus would be at rest and happy, and Ben-Hur free to betake himself to Jerusalem, to make search for his lost people.
At night, at Simonides' house, Ben-Hur shared everything that had happened in Idernee's palace. They agreed that after a few days, a public inquiry would be launched to find out where Arrius' son was. Ultimately, the issue would be taken directly to Maxentius; if the truth didn't come out, Messala and Gratus would be satisfied and Ben-Hur would be free to head to Jerusalem to look for his lost family.
At the leave-taking, Simonides sat in his chair out on the terrace overlooking the river, and gave his farewell and the peace of the Lord with the impressment of a father. Esther went with the young man to the head of the steps.
At the farewell, Simonides sat in his chair on the terrace overlooking the river and shared his goodbye and the peace of the Lord with the warmth of a father. Esther accompanied the young man to the top of the steps.
“If I find my mother, Esther, thou shalt go to her at Jerusalem, and be a sister to Tirzah.”
“If I find my mom, Esther, you will go to her in Jerusalem and be a sister to Tirzah.”
And with the words he kissed her.
And with those words, he kissed her.
Was it only a kiss of peace?
Was it just a peace kiss?
He crossed the river next to the late quarters of Ilderim, where he found the Arab who was to serve him as guide. The horses were brought out.
He crossed the river near Ilderim's old quarters, where he found the Arab who would be his guide. The horses were brought out.
“This one is thine,” said the Arab.
“This one is yours,” said the Arab.
Ben-Hur looked, and, lo! it was Aldebaran, the swiftest and brightest of the sons of Mira, and, next to Sirius, the beloved of the sheik; and he knew the old man’s heart came to him along with the gift.
Ben-Hur looked, and, wow! it was Aldebaran, the fastest and brightest of the sons of Mira, and, next to Sirius, the favorite of the sheik; and he knew the old man's feelings reached him along with the gift.
The corpse in the atrium was taken up and buried by night; and, as part of Messala’s plan, a courier was sent off to Gratus to make him at rest by the announcement of Ben-Hur’s death—this time past question.
The body in the atrium was moved and buried at night; and, as part of Messala’s plan, a messenger was sent to Gratus to inform him of Ben-Hur’s death—this time without a doubt.
Ere long a wine-shop was opened near the Circus Maximus, with inscription over the door:
Eagerly, a wine shop opened near the Circus Maximus, with a sign above the door:
THORD THE NORTHMAN.
BOOK SIXTH
“Is that a Death? and are there two?
Is Death that woman’s mate?
Her skin was as white as leprosy,
The Nightmare Life-in-Death was she,
Who thicks man’s blood with cold.”
COLERIDGE.
“Is that Death? And are there two?
Is Death that woman’s partner?
Her skin was as pale as leprosy,
She was the Nightmare Life-in-Death,
Who chills a man's blood to the core.”
COLERIDGE.
CHAPTER I
Our story moves forward now thirty days from the night Ben-Hur left Antioch to go out with Sheik Ilderim into the desert.
Our story now picks up thirty days after Ben-Hur left Antioch to venture into the desert with Sheik Ilderim.
A great change has befallen—great at least as respects the fortunes of our hero. Valerius Gratus has been succeeded by Pontius Pilate!
A huge change has occurred—huge at least in terms of our hero's fortunes. Valerius Gratus has been replaced by Pontius Pilate!
The removal, it may be remarked, cost Simonides exactly five talents Roman money in hand paid to Sejanus, who was then in height of power as imperial favorite; the object being to help Ben-Hur, by lessening his exposure while in and about Jerusalem attempting discovery of his people. To such pious use the faithful servant put the winnings from Drusus and his associates; all of whom, having paid their wagers, became at once and naturally the enemies of Messala, whose repudiation was yet an unsettled question in Rome.
The removal, it should be noted, cost Simonides exactly five talents in Roman currency, which he paid directly to Sejanus, who was then at the peak of his influence as the emperor's favorite. The aim was to assist Ben-Hur by reducing his exposure while he was in and around Jerusalem trying to find his people. The loyal servant dedicated the winnings from Drusus and his associates to this noble purpose; all of whom, having settled their bets, instantly became, and understandably so, the enemies of Messala, whose rejection was still an unresolved issue in Rome.
Brief as the time was, already the Jews knew the change of rulers was not for the better.
Brief as the time was, the Jews already realized that the change of rulers was not for the better.
The cohorts sent to relieve the garrison of Antonia made their entry into the city by night; next morning the first sight that greeted the people resident in the neighborhood was the walls of the old Tower decorated with military ensigns, which unfortunately consisted of busts of the emperor mixed with eagles and globes. A multitude, in passion, marched to Cæsarea, where Pilate was lingering, and implored him to remove the detested images. Five days and nights they beset his palace gates; at last he appointed a meeting with them in the Circus. When they were assembled, he encircled them with soldiers; instead of resisting, they offered him their lives, and conquered. He recalled the images and ensigns to Cæsarea, where Gratus, with more consideration, had kept such abominations housed during the eleven years of his reign.
The groups sent to relieve the garrison of Antonia entered the city at night; the next morning, the first thing the locals saw was the walls of the old Tower adorned with military banners, which unfortunately featured busts of the emperor along with eagles and globes. A passionate crowd marched to Cæsarea, where Pilate was staying, demanding that he remove the hated images. They surrounded his palace gates for five days and nights; finally, he agreed to meet with them in the Circus. When they gathered, he surrounded them with soldiers; instead of fighting back, they offered him their lives and won. He sent the images and banners back to Cæsarea, where Gratus, with more thoughtfulness, had kept such offensive items stored away during his eleven-year reign.
The worst of men do once in a while vary their wickednesses by good acts; so with Pilate. He ordered an inspection of all the prisons in Judea, and a return of the names of the persons in custody, with a statement of the crimes for which they had been committed. Doubtless, the motive was the one so common with officials just installed—dread of entailed responsibility; the people, however, in thought of the good which might come of the measure, gave him credit, and, for a period, were comforted. The revelations were astonishing. Hundreds of persons were released against whom there were no accusations; many others came to light who had long been accounted dead; yet more amazing, there was opening of dungeons not merely unknown at the time by the people, but actually forgotten by the prison authorities. With one instance of the latter kind we have now to deal; and, strange to say, it occurred in Jerusalem.
The worst people occasionally offset their wrongdoings with good deeds; Pilate was no exception. He ordered a review of all the prisons in Judea and required a list of the individuals held there, along with the crimes they were charged with. It’s likely that his motive was the typical fear of potential consequences that comes with being new in office; however, the public, hoping for some positive outcomes, gave him credit for the effort and felt reassured for a time. The discoveries were shocking. Hundreds of people were freed who had no charges against them; many others, previously thought to be dead, were found alive; even more astonishing, dungeons were opened that not only the public had no idea about but that the prison staff had actually forgotten. We now have to discuss one such case, which, interestingly enough, happened in Jerusalem.
The Tower of Antonia, which will be remembered as occupying two thirds of the sacred area on Mount Moriah, was originally a castle built by the Macedonians. Afterwards, John Hyrcanus erected the castle into a fortress for the defence of the Temple, and in his day it was considered impregnable to assault; but when Herod came with his bolder genius, he strengthened its walls and extended them, leaving a vast pile which included every appurtenance necessary for the stronghold he intended it to be forever; such as offices, barracks, armories, magazines, cisterns, and last, though not least, prisons of all grades. He levelled the solid rock, and tapped it with deep excavations, and built over them; connecting the whole great mass with the Temple by a beautiful colonnade, from the roof of which one could look down over the courts of the sacred structure. In such condition the Tower fell at last out of his hands into those of the Romans, who were quick to see its strength and advantages, and convert it to uses becoming such masters. All through the administration of Gratus it had been a garrisoned citadel and underground prison terrible to revolutionists. Woe when the cohorts poured from its gates to suppress disorder! Woe not less when a Jew passed the same gates going in under arrest!
The Tower of Antonia, which is remembered for taking up two-thirds of the sacred area on Mount Moriah, was originally a castle built by the Macedonians. Later, John Hyrcanus transformed the castle into a fortress to defend the Temple, and during his time, it was considered unbeatable. However, when Herod arrived with his ambitious vision, he reinforced and expanded its walls, creating a massive structure that included everything necessary for the stronghold he envisioned for eternity, such as offices, barracks, armories, storage areas, cisterns, and importantly, prisons of various types. He leveled the solid rock, dug deep into it, and built over these foundations; connecting the entire complex to the Temple with a beautiful colonnade, from which one could gaze down at the courts of the sacred site. Eventually, the Tower fell into the hands of the Romans, who quickly recognized its strength and benefits, adapting it for their needs. Throughout Gratus's administration, it served as a garrisoned citadel and a fearsome underground prison for rebels. Woe to the people when the soldiers stormed out to crush any unrest! Woe, too, when a Jew passed through those same gates under arrest!
With this explanation, we hasten to our story.
With that explanation, let's get back to our story.
The order of the new procurator requiring a report of the persons in custody was received at the Tower of Antonia, and promptly executed; and two days have gone since the last unfortunate was brought up for examination. The tabulated statement, ready for forwarding, lies on the table of the tribune in command; in five minutes more it will be on the way to Pilate, sojourning in the palace up on Mount Zion.
The new order from the procurator asking for a report on the people in custody arrived at the Tower of Antonia and was quickly acted upon. It's been two days since the last unfortunate person was brought up for questioning. The prepared statement, ready to be sent, is sitting on the tribune's table; in five more minutes, it will be on its way to Pilate, who is staying at the palace on Mount Zion.
The tribune’s office is spacious and cool, and furnished in a style suitable to the dignity of the commandant of a post in every respect so important. Looking in upon him about the seventh hour of the day, the officer appears weary and impatient; when the report is despatched, he will to the roof of the colonnade for air and exercise, and the amusement to be had watching the Jews over in the courts of the Temple. His subordinates and clerks share his impatience.
The tribune’s office is large and cool, furnished in a way that matches the importance of the commandant of such a crucial post. When you look in on him around the seventh hour of the day, the officer seems tired and restless; once the report is sent out, he plans to head up to the roof of the colonnade for some fresh air and a bit of exercise, enjoying the view of the Jews in the courts of the Temple. His subordinates and clerks feel the same impatience.
In the spell of waiting a man appeared in a doorway leading to an adjoining apartment. He rattled a bunch of keys, each heavy as a hammer, and at once attracted the chief’s attention.
In the midst of waiting, a man showed up in a doorway that led to the next apartment. He shook a bunch of keys, each one heavy as a hammer, and immediately caught the chief’s attention.
“Ah, Gesius! come in,” the tribune said.
“Hey, Gesius! Come in,” the tribune said.
As the new-comer approached the table behind which the chief sat in an easy-chair, everybody present looked at him, and, observing a certain expression of alarm and mortification on his face, became silent that they might hear what he had to say.
As the newcomer walked up to the table where the chief was sitting in a comfortable chair, everyone there turned their attention to him. Noticing a look of worry and embarrassment on his face, they fell silent to hear what he had to say.
“O tribune!” he began, bending low, “I fear to tell what now I bring you.”
“O tribune!” he began, bending down, “I’m afraid to say what I have for you now.”
“Another mistake—ha, Gesius?”
“Another mistake—right, Gesius?”
“If I could persuade myself it is but a mistake, I would not be afraid.”
“If I could convince myself it’s just a mistake, I wouldn’t be scared.”
“A crime then—or, worse, a breach of duty. Thou mayst laugh at Cæsar, or curse the gods, and live; but if the offence be to the eagles—ah, thou knowest, Gesius—go on!”
“A crime then—or, worse, a breach of duty. You might laugh at Caesar or curse the gods and live; but if the offense is against the eagles—ah, you know, Gesius—go on!”
“It is now about eight years since Valerius Gratus selected me to be keeper of prisoners here in the Tower,” said the man, deliberately. “I remember the morning I entered upon the duties of my office. There had been a riot the day before, and fighting in the streets. We slew many Jews, and suffered on our side. The affair came, it was said, of an attempt to assassinate Gratus, who had been knocked from his horse by a tile thrown from a roof. I found him sitting where you now sit, O tribune, his head swathed in bandages. He told me of my selection, and gave me these keys, numbered to correspond with the numbers of the cells; they were the badges of my office, he said, and not to be parted with. There was a roll of parchment on the table. Calling me to him, he opened the roll. ‘Here are maps of the cells,’ said he. There were three of them. ‘This one,’ he went on, ‘shows the arrangement of the upper floor; this second one gives you the second floor; and this last is of the lower floor. I give them to you in trust.’ I took them from his hand, and he said, further, ‘Now you have the keys and the maps; go immediately, and acquaint yourself with the whole arrangement; visit each cell, and see to its condition. When anything is needed for the security of a prisoner, order it according to your judgment, for you are the master under me, and no other.’
“It’s been about eight years since Valerius Gratus appointed me as the keeper of prisoners here in the Tower,” the man said intentionally. “I remember the morning I started my duties. There had been a riot the day before, and there was fighting in the streets. We killed many Jews and took losses ourselves. The incident was reportedly sparked by an attempt to assassinate Gratus, who had been thrown off his horse by a tile tossed from a rooftop. I found him sitting where you are now, O tribune, his head wrapped in bandages. He told me about my appointment and handed me these keys, numbered to match the cell numbers; he said they were the symbols of my position and not to be given away. There was a roll of parchment on the table. He called me over and opened the roll. ‘Here are maps of the cells,’ he said. There were three of them. ‘This one,’ he continued, ‘shows the layout of the upper floor; this second one details the second floor; and this last one is of the lower floor. I’m giving them to you in trust.’ I took them from his hand, and he added, ‘Now you have the keys and the maps; go right away and familiarize yourself with the entire layout; visit each cell and check its condition. When anything is needed for a prisoner’s security, arrange it as you see fit, for you are the one in charge under me, and no one else.’”
“I saluted him, and turned to go away; he called me back. ‘Ah, I forgot,’ he said. ‘Give me the map of the third floor.’ I gave it to him, and he spread it upon the table. ‘Here, Gesius,’ he said, ‘see this cell.’ He laid his finger on the one numbered V. ‘There are three men confined in that cell, desperate characters, who by some means got hold of a state secret, and suffer for their curiosity, which’—he looked at me severely—‘in such matters is worse than a crime. Accordingly, they are blind and tongueless, and are placed there for life. They shall have nothing but food and drink, to be given them through a hole, which you will find in the wall covered by a slide. Do you hear, Gesius?’ I made him answer. ‘It is well,’ he continued. ‘One thing more which you shall not forget, or’—he looked at me threateningly—‘The door of their cell—cell number V. on the same floor—this one, Gesius’—he put his finger on the particular cell to impress my memory—‘shall never be opened for any purpose, neither to let one in nor out, not even yourself.’ ‘But if they die?’ I asked. ‘If they die,’ he said, ‘the cell shall be their tomb. They were put there to die, and be lost. The cell is leprous. Do you understand?’ With that he let me go.”
“I waved to him and started to walk away, but he called me back. ‘Oh, I almost forgot,’ he said. ‘Give me the map of the third floor.’ I handed it to him, and he spread it out on the table. ‘Look at this cell, Gesius,’ he said, pointing to the one marked V. ‘There are three men locked up in that cell, dangerous individuals who somehow discovered a state secret, and now they’re paying for their curiosity, which’—he fixed me with a serious look—‘in these matters is worse than a crime. As a result, they're blind and mute, sentenced to spend their lives there. They’ll only receive food and drink through a slot in the wall that has a cover. Do you hear me, Gesius?’ I acknowledged him. ‘Good,’ he continued. ‘One more thing you must remember, or’—he glared at me—‘The door to their cell—cell number V on the same floor—this one, Gesius,’—he pointed firmly at the specific cell to ensure I wouldn’t forget—‘must never be opened for any reason, not to let anyone in or out, not even yourself.’ ‘But what if they die?’ I asked. ‘If they die,’ he replied, ‘the cell will become their tomb. They were put there to die and be forgotten. The cell is cursed. Do you understand?’ With that, he released me.”
Gesius stopped, and from the breast of his tunic drew three parchments, all much yellowed by time and use; selecting one of them, he spread it upon the table before the tribune, saying, simply, “This is the lower floor.”
Gesius stopped and pulled three parchments from the front of his tunic, all yellowed from age and wear. Choosing one, he laid it on the table in front of the tribune and said, simply, “This is the lower floor.”
The whole company looked at
Everyone in the company stared at
THE MAP
THE MAP
![[map]](images/img01.jpg)
“This is exactly, O tribune, as I had it from Gratus. See, there is cell number V.,” said Gesius.
“This is exactly, O tribune, as I heard it from Gratus. Look, there is cell number V,” said Gesius.
“I see,” the tribune replied. “Go on now. The cell was leprous, he said.”
“I see,” the tribune said. “Go ahead. He said the cell was infected.”
“I would like to ask you a question,” remarked the keeper, modestly.
“I’d like to ask you a question,” the keeper said, modestly.
The tribune assented.
The tribune agreed.
“Had I not a right, under the circumstances, to believe the map a true one?”
“Didn’t I have a right, given the situation, to think the map was accurate?”
“What else couldst thou?”
“What else could you?”
“Well, it is not a true one.”
“Well, it’s not a real one.”
The chief looked up surprised.
The chief looked up, surprised.
“It is not a true one,” the keeper repeated. “It shows but five cells upon that floor, while there are six.”
“It’s not a real one,” the keeper repeated. “It only shows five cells on that floor, but there are six.”
“Six, sayest thou?”
"Six, do you say?"
“I will show you the floor as it is—or as I believe it to be.”
“I will show you the floor as it is—or as I think it is.”
Upon a page of his tablets, Gesius drew the following diagram, and gave it to the tribune:
Upon a page of his tablets, Gesius created the following diagram and handed it to the tribune:
![[map]](images/img02.jpg)
“Thou hast done well,” said the tribune, examining the drawing, and thinking the narrative at an end. “I will have the map corrected, or, better, I will have a new one made, and given thee. Come for it in the morning.”
"You've done well," said the tribune, looking over the drawing, thinking the story was finished. "I'll have the map fixed, or better yet, I'll have a new one made and give it to you. Come pick it up in the morning."
So saying, he arose.
So saying, he got up.
“But hear me further, O tribune.”
"But listen to me more, O tribune."
“To-morrow, Gesius, to-morrow.”
"Tomorrow, Gesius, tomorrow."
“That which I have yet to tell will not wait.”
“That which I still need to share won't wait.”
The tribune good-naturedly resumed his chair.
The tribune cheerfully sat back down in his chair.
“I will hurry,” said the keeper, humbly, “only let me ask another question. Had I not a right to believe Gratus in what he further told me as to the prisoners in cell number V.?”
“I'll hurry,” said the keeper, humbly, “but can I ask one more question? Did I not have a right to trust what Gratus told me about the prisoners in cell number V.?”
“Yes, it was thy duty to believe there were three prisoners in the cell—prisoners of state—blind and without tongues.”
“Yes, it was your duty to believe there were three prisoners in the cell—political prisoners—blind and mute.”
“Well,” said the keeper, “that was not true either.”
“Well,” the keeper said, “that wasn’t true either.”
“No!” said the tribune, with returning interest.
“No!” said the tribune, now more engaged.
“Hear, and judge for yourself, O tribune. As required, I visited all the cells, beginning with those on the first floor, and ending with those on the lower. The order that the door of number V. should not be opened had been respected; through all the eight years food and drink for three men had been passed through a hole in the wall. I went to the door yesterday, curious to see the wretches who, against all expectation, had lived so long. The locks refused the key. We pulled a little, and the door fell down, rusted from its hinges. Going in, I found but one man, old, blind, tongueless, and naked. His hair dropped in stiffened mats below his waist. His skin was like the parchment there. He held his hands out, and the finger-nails curled and twisted like the claws of a bird. I asked him where his companions were. He shook his head in denial. Thinking to find the others, we searched the cell. The floor was dry; so were the walls. If three men had been shut in there, and two of them had died, at least their bones would have endured.”
“Hear me and decide for yourself, O tribune. As required, I checked all the cells, starting with those on the first floor and ending with those below. The order that the door of number V should remain closed had been followed; for all eight years, food and drink for three men had been passed through a hole in the wall. I approached the door yesterday, curious to see the unfortunate souls who, against all odds, had survived for so long. The locks wouldn’t turn with the key. We pulled a bit, and the door fell down, rusted off its hinges. Once inside, I found only one man—old, blind, tongue-tied, and naked. His hair hung in stiff mats down to his waist. His skin looked like the parchment over there. He stretched out his hands, and his fingernails curled and twisted like a bird's claws. I asked him where his companions were. He shook his head in denial. Hoping to find the others, we searched the cell. The floor was dry; so were the walls. If three men had been locked in there and two of them had died, at least their bones would have remained.”
“Wherefore thou thinkest—”
"Why do you think—"
“I think, O tribune, there has been but one prisoner there in the eight years.”
“I believe, O tribune, there has been only one prisoner there in the eight years.”
The chief regarded the keeper sharply, and said, “Have a care; thou art more than saying Valerius lied.”
The chief looked at the keeper sharply and said, “Be careful; you’re implying that Valerius lied.”
Gesius bowed, but said, “He might have been mistaken.”
Gesius bowed but replied, “He could have been wrong.”
“No, he was right,” said the tribune, warmly. “By thine own statement he was right. Didst thou not say but now that for eight years food and drink had been furnished three men?”
“No, he was right,” the tribune said warmly. “You confirmed he was right by your own statement. Didn’t you just say that for eight years, food and drink had been provided for three men?”
The bystanders approved the shrewdness of their chief; yet Gesius did not seem discomfited.
The onlookers admired their leader's cleverness; however, Gesius didn't appear troubled.
“You have but half the story, O tribune. When you have it all, you will agree with me. You know what I did with the man: that I sent him to the bath, and had him shorn and clothed, and then took him to the gate of the Tower, and bade him go free. I washed my hands of him. To-day he came back, and was brought to me. By signs and tears he at last made me understand he wished to return to his cell, and I so ordered. As they were leading him off, he broke away and kissed my feet, and, by piteous dumb imploration, insisted I should go with him; and I went. The mystery of the three men stayed in my mind. I was not satisfied about it. Now I am glad I yielded to his entreaty.”
“You only know part of the story, Tribune. Once you have the whole picture, you’ll agree with me. You know what I did with the man: I sent him to the bath, had him shaved and dressed, and then took him to the gate of the Tower and told him he was free. I washed my hands of him. Today he came back and was brought to me. Through gestures and tears, he finally made me understand that he wanted to return to his cell, and I arranged for that. As they were taking him away, he broke free, kissed my feet, and, in a desperate silent plea, insisted that I go with him; so I did. The mystery of the three men lingered in my mind. I was still curious about it. Now I’m glad I gave in to his plea.”
The whole company at this point became very still.
The entire group went silent at that moment.
“When we were in the cell again, and the prisoner knew it, he caught my hand eagerly, and led me to a hole like that through which we were accustomed to pass him his food. Though large enough to push your helmet through, it escaped me yesterday. Still holding my hand, he put his face to the hole and gave a beast-like cry. A sound came faintly back. I was astonished, and drew him away, and called out, ‘Ho, here!’ At first there was no answer. I called again, and received back these words, ‘Be thou praised, O Lord!’ Yet more astonishing, O tribune, the voice was a woman’s. And I asked, ‘Who are you?’ and had reply, ‘A woman of Israel, entombed here with her daughter. Help us quickly, or we die.’ I told them to be of cheer, and hurried here to know your will.”
“When we were back in the cell, and the prisoner realized it, he eagerly grabbed my hand and led me to a hole like the one we used to pass him his food. Although it was big enough to fit a helmet through, I had missed it yesterday. Still holding my hand, he put his face to the hole and let out a growl. A faint sound came back. I was shocked, pulled him away, and shouted, ‘Hey, over here!’ At first, there was no response. I called again and heard, ‘Be thou praised, O Lord!’ Even more surprising, O tribune, the voice was a woman’s. I asked, ‘Who are you?’ and got the reply, ‘A woman of Israel, trapped here with her daughter. Help us quickly, or we die.’ I told them to stay hopeful and rushed here to know your will.”
The tribune arose hastily.
The tribune got up quickly.
“Thou wert right, Gesius,” he said, “and I see now. The map was a lie, and so was the tale of the three men. There have been better Romans than Valerius Gratus.”
"You were right, Gesius," he said, "and I realize that now. The map was a lie, and so was the story of the three men. There have been better Romans than Valerius Gratus."
“Yes,” said the keeper. “I gleaned from the prisoner that he had regularly given the women of the food and drink he had received.”
“Yes,” said the keeper. “I learned from the prisoner that he had consistently shared the food and drink he received with the women.”
“It is accounted for,” replied the tribune, and observing the countenances of his friends, and reflecting how well it would be to have witnesses, he added, “Let us rescue the women. Come all.”
“It’s taken care of,” replied the tribune, and noticing the expressions of his friends, and considering how useful it would be to have witnesses, he added, “Let’s save the women. Everyone come.”
Gesuis was pleased.
Jesus was pleased.
“We will have to pierce the wall,” he said. “I found where a door had been, but it was filled solidly with stones and mortar.”
“We’ll need to break through the wall,” he said. “I found where a door used to be, but it’s completely filled with stones and mortar.”
The tribune stayed to say to a clerk, “Send workmen after me with tools. Make haste; but hold the report, for I see it will have to be corrected.”
The tribune told a clerk, “Send workers after me with tools. Hurry up; but keep the report on hold, because I can tell it needs to be fixed.”
In a short time they were gone.
In no time, they were gone.
CHAPTER II
“A woman of Israel, entombed here with her daughter. Help us quickly, or we die.”
“A woman of Israel is buried here with her daughter. Please help us quickly, or we will die.”
Such was the reply Gesius, the keeper, had from the cell which appears on his amended map as VI. The reader, when he observed the answer, knew who the unfortunates were, and, doubtless, said to himself, “At last the mother of Ben-Hur, and Tirzah, his sister!”
Such was the reply Gesius, the keeper, got from the cell that shows up on his updated map as VI. When the reader saw the answer, he knew who the unfortunate ones were and probably thought to himself, “Finally, the mother of Ben-Hur and Tirzah, his sister!”
And so it was.
And that's how it happened.
The morning of their seizure, eight years before, they had been carried to the Tower, where Gratus proposed to put them out of the way. He had chosen the Tower for the purpose as more immediately in his own keeping, and cell VI. because, first, it could be better lost than any other; and, secondly, it was infected with leprosy; for these prisoners were not merely to be put in a safe place, but in a place to die. They were, accordingly, taken down by slaves in the night-time, when there were no witnesses of the deed; then, in completion of the savage task, the same slaves walled up the door, after which they were themselves separated, and sent away never to be heard of more. To save accusation, and, in the event of discovery, to leave himself such justification as might be allowed in a distinction between the infliction of a punishment and the commission of a double murder, Gratus preferred sinking his victims where natural death was certain, though slow. That they might linger along, he selected a convict who had been made blind and tongueless, and sank him in the only connecting cell, there to serve them with food and drink. Under no circumstances could the poor wretch tell the tale or identify either the prisoners or their doomsman. So, with a cunning partly due to Messala, the Roman, under color of punishing a brood of assassins, smoothed a path to confiscation of the estate of the Hurs, of which no portion ever reached the imperial coffers.
The morning of their capture, eight years earlier, they were taken to the Tower, where Gratus planned to eliminate them. He chose the Tower because it was easier to control, and cell VI because it could be hidden better than any other; plus, it was tainted with leprosy. These prisoners weren’t just being kept safe; they were meant to die there. They were carried down by slaves at night, with no witnesses around. After completing the brutal job, the same slaves sealed the door and were then separated, never to be seen again. To avoid blame, and in case of discovery, Gratus wanted to avoid being seen as a murderer and instead framed it as punishment; he preferred to let his victims die a slow, natural death. To ensure they would suffer, he chose a convict who was blind and mute to take care of their food and drink. Under no circumstances could the poor man reveal what happened or identify either the prisoners or their executioner. So, with a strategy partly aided by Messala the Roman, Gratus, under the guise of punishing a group of assassins, cleared the way to seize the estate of the Hurs, which never made it to the imperial treasury.
As the last step in the scheme, Gratus summarily removed the old keeper of the prisons; not because he knew what had been done—for he did not—but because, knowing the underground floors as he did, it would be next to impossible to keep the transaction from him. Then, with masterly ingenuity, the procurator had new maps drawn for delivery to a new keeper, with the omission, as we have seen, of cell VI. The instructions given the latter, taken with the omission on the map, accomplished the design—the cell and its unhappy tenants were all alike lost.
As the final move in the plan, Gratus quickly dismissed the old prison warden; not because he was aware of what had happened—since he wasn't—but because, given his familiarity with the underground levels, it would be nearly impossible to keep the situation hidden from him. Then, with impressive skill, the procurator had new maps created to give to a new warden, deliberately leaving out cell VI. The instructions provided to the new warden, along with the missing information on the map, achieved the goal—the cell and its unfortunate occupants were effectively erased from existence.
What may be thought of the life of the mother and daughter during the eight years must have relation to their culture and previous habits. Conditions are pleasant or grievous to us according to our sensibilities. It is not extreme to say, if there was a sudden exit of all men from the world, heaven, as prefigured in the Christian idea, would not be a heaven to the majority; on the other hand, neither would all suffer equally in the so-called Tophet. Cultivation has its balances. As the mind is made intelligent, the capacity of the soul for pure enjoyment is proportionally increased. Well, therefore, if it be saved! If lost, however, alas that it ever had cultivation! its capacity for enjoyment in the one case is the measure of its capacity to suffer in the other. Wherefore repentance must be something more than mere remorse for sins; it comprehends a change of nature befitting heaven.
What can be said about the life of the mother and daughter during those eight years must relate to their culture and previous habits. Our experiences feel pleasant or painful based on our sensitivities. It’s not an exaggeration to say that if all men suddenly vanished from the world, the heaven imagined in Christian belief wouldn’t feel like heaven to most people; conversely, not everyone would suffer equally in the so-called hell. Growth brings balance. As the mind becomes more knowledgeable, the soul's ability to experience pure joy increases proportionally. So, it’s great if it is preserved! But if it’s lost, then how unfortunate it is that it ever had growth! The ability to enjoy in one case directly reflects the ability to suffer in the other. Therefore, true repentance must be more than just feeling guilty about sins; it requires a transformation of nature suitable for heaven.
We repeat, to form an adequate idea of the suffering endured by the mother of Ben-Hur, the reader must think of her spirit and its sensibilities as much as, if not more than, of the conditions of the immurement; the question being, not what the conditions were, but how she was affected by them. And now we may be permitted to say it was in anticipation of this thought that the scene in the summer-house on the roof of the family palace was given so fully in the beginning of the Second Book of our story. So, too, to be helpful when the inquiry should come up, we ventured the elaborate description of the palace of the Hurs.
We want to emphasize that to truly understand the suffering experienced by Ben-Hur's mother, the reader must consider her mindset and feelings as much, if not more than, the conditions of her confinement. The key question isn't what those conditions were, but rather how they impacted her. Now, we can mention that it was to prepare for this understanding that the scene in the summer-house on the roof of the family palace was described in detail at the beginning of the Second Book of our story. Additionally, we included a thorough description of the Hurs' palace to assist when this topic arises.
In other words, let the serene, happy, luxurious life in the princely house be recalled and contrasted with this existence in the lower dungeon of the Tower of Antonia; then if the reader, in his effort to realize the misery of the woman, persists in mere reference to conditions physical, he cannot go amiss; as he is a lover of his kind, tender of heart, he will be melted with much sympathy. But will he go further; will he more than sympathize with her; will he share her agony of mind and spirit; will he at least try to measure it—let him recall her as she discoursed to her son of God and nations and heroes; one moment a philosopher, the next a teacher, and all the time a mother.
In other words, let’s remember and contrast the peaceful, happy, and luxurious life in the royal house with this life in the dark dungeon of the Tower of Antonia. If the reader, in trying to understand the woman’s suffering, focuses only on her physical conditions, he won’t be mistaken; as a compassionate person, he will feel deep sympathy for her. But will he go beyond just sympathizing with her? Will he share her mental and spiritual anguish? Will he at least attempt to understand it? He should think of her as she spoke to her son about God, nations, and heroes; one moment she’s a philosopher, the next a teacher, and all the while she’s a mother.
Would you hurt a man keenest, strike at his self-love; would you hurt a woman worst, aim at her affections.
Would you hurt a man the most, attack his pride; would you hurt a woman the hardest, target her feelings.
With quickened remembrance of these unfortunates—remembrance of them as they were—let us go down and see them as they are.
With a faster recollection of these unfortunate souls—remembering them as they were—let's go down and see them as they are now.
The cell VI. was in form as Gesius drew it on his map. Of its dimensions but little idea can be had; enough that it was a roomy, roughened interior, with ledged and broken walls and floor.
The cell VI. was shaped as Gesius depicted it on his map. Its dimensions are hard to grasp; just know that it was a spacious, uneven interior, with ledged and damaged walls and floor.
In the beginning, the site of the Macedonian Castle was separated from the site of the Temple by a narrow but deep cliff somewhat in shape of a wedge. The workmen, wishing to hew out a series of chambers, made their entry in the north face of the cleft, and worked in, leaving a ceiling of the natural stone; delving farther, they executed the cells V., IV., III., II., I., with no connection with number VI. except through number V. In like manner, they constructed the passage and stairs to the floor above. The process of the work was precisely that resorted to in carving out the Tombs of the Kings, yet to be seen a short distance north of Jerusalem; only when the cutting was done, cell VI. was enclosed on its outer side by a wall of prodigious stones, in which, for ventilation, narrow apertures were left bevelled like modern port-holes. Herod, when he took hold of the Temple and Tower, put a facing yet more massive upon this outer wall, and shut up all the apertures but one, which yet admitted a little vitalizing air, and a ray of light not nearly strong enough to redeem the room from darkness.
In the beginning, the site of the Macedonian Castle was separated from the Temple by a narrow but deep cliff shaped somewhat like a wedge. The workers, wanting to carve out a series of rooms, entered through the north face of the cleft and worked inward, leaving a ceiling of natural stone. As they dug deeper, they created rooms V, IV, III, II, and I, with no connection to room VI except through room V. Similarly, they built the passage and stairs to the floor above. The method they used was exactly the same as that used to carve out the Tombs of the Kings, which can still be seen a short distance north of Jerusalem; however, once the cutting was finished, room VI was enclosed on its outer side by a wall of enormous stones, with narrow openings left for ventilation, shaped like modern portholes. When Herod took control of the Temple and Tower, he added an even more massive facing to this outer wall and closed off all but one of the openings, which still allowed a little fresh air and a ray of light that was not nearly strong enough to brighten the room.
Such was cell VI.
Such was cell 6.
Startle not now!
Don't startle me now!
The description of the blind and tongueless wretch just liberated from cell V. may be accepted to break the horror of what is coming.
The description of the blind and tongueless wretch just freed from cell V may be seen as a way to ease the dread of what’s about to happen.
The two women are grouped close by the aperture; one is seated, the other is half reclining against her; there is nothing between them and the bare rock. The light, slanting upwards, strikes them with ghastly effect, and we cannot avoid seeing they are without vesture or covering. At the same time we are helped to the knowledge that love is there yet, for the two are in each other’s arms. Riches take wings, comforts vanish, hope withers away, but love stays with us. Love is God.
The two women are huddled close to the opening; one is sitting, while the other is half leaning against her. There’s nothing between them and the bare rock. The light, angled upward, hits them in a chilling way, making it impossible not to notice that they’re completely naked. Yet we also realize that love is still present, as the two hold each other tightly. Wealth disappears, comforts fade, hope diminishes, but love remains. Love is God.
Where the two are thus grouped the stony floor is polished shining smooth. Who shall say how much of the eight years they have spent in that space there in front of the aperture, nursing their hope of rescue by that timid yet friendly ray of light? When the brightness came creeping in, they knew it was dawn; when it began to fade, they knew the world was hushing for the night, which could not be anywhere so long and utterly dark as with them. The world! Through that crevice, as if it were broad and high as a king’s gate, they went to the world in thought, and passed the weary time going up and down as spirits go, looking and asking, the one for her son, the other for her brother. On the seas they sought him, and on the islands of the seas; to-day he was in this city, to-morrow in that other; and everywhere, and at all times, he was a flitting sojourner; for, as they lived waiting for him, he lived looking for them. How often their thoughts passed each other in the endless search, his coming, theirs going! It was such sweet flattery for them to say to each other, “While he lives, we shall not be forgotten; as long as he remembers us, there is hope!” The strength one can eke from little, who knows till he has been subjected to the trial?
Where the two are grouped together, the stony floor is polished and smooth. Who can say how much of the eight years they have spent in that space in front of the opening, holding onto their hope for rescue from that timid yet friendly ray of light? When the brightness started to creep in, they knew it was dawn; when it began to fade, they knew the world was settling down for the night, which couldn't be as long and completely dark as it was for them. The world! Through that crevice, as if it were as wide and tall as a king’s gate, they ventured into the world in their thoughts, passing the weary time as spirits do, searching and asking, one for her son, the other for her brother. They looked for him on the seas and on the islands of the seas; today he was in this city, tomorrow in another; and everywhere and at all times, he was a fleeting traveler; for as they lived waiting for him, he lived searching for them. How often their thoughts crossed paths in the endless search, his arrival and theirs departing! It was such sweet flattery for them to say to each other, “As long as he is alive, we won’t be forgotten; as long as he remembers us, there is hope!” Who knows how much strength one can draw from little, until they have been put to the test?
Our recollections of them in former days enjoin us to be respectful; their sorrows clothe them with sanctity. Without going too near, across the dungeon, we see they have undergone a change of appearance not to be accounted for by time or long confinement. The mother was beautiful as a woman, the daughter beautiful as a child; not even love could say so much now. Their hair is long, unkempt, and strangely white; they make us shrink and shudder with an indefinable repulsion, though the effect may be from an illusory glozing of the light glimmering dismally through the unhealthy murk; or they may be enduring the tortures of hunger and thirst, not having had to eat or drink since their servant, the convict, was taken away—that is, since yesterday.
Our memories of them from the past remind us to be respectful; their pain gives them a certain dignity. From a distance, across the dungeon, we can see they’ve changed in ways that can’t be explained just by time or long imprisonment. The mother was stunning as a woman, and the daughter was lovely as a child; now, even love can’t say that much. Their hair is long, unkempt, and oddly white; they make us feel uneasy and shudder with a vague sense of disgust, though it might be due to the misleading light dimly shining through the unhealthy gloom; or they could be suffering from hunger and thirst, having not eaten or drunk since their servant, the convict, was taken away—that is, since yesterday.
Tirzah, reclining against her mother in half embrace, moans piteously.
Tirzah, leaning against her mother in a half-embrace, moans sadly.
“Be quiet, Tirzah. They will come. God is good. We have been mindful of him, and forgotten not to pray at every sounding of the trumpets over in the Temple. The light, you see, is still bright; the sun is standing in the south sky yet, and it is hardly more than the seventh hour. Somebody will come to us. Let us have faith. God is good.”
“Be quiet, Tirzah. They will come. God is good. We have remembered Him and haven’t forgotten to pray every time the trumpets blow over in the Temple. The light, you see, is still bright; the sun is still in the southern sky, and it’s barely past seven o'clock. Someone will come to us. Let’s have faith. God is good.”
Thus the mother. The words were simple and effective, although, eight years being now to be added to the thirteen she had attained when last we saw her, Tirzah was no longer a child.
Thus the mother. The words were straightforward and impactful, although, with eight more years added to the thirteen she had when we last saw her, Tirzah was no longer a child.
“I will try and be strong, mother,” she said. “Your suffering must be as great as mine; and I do so want to live for you and my brother! But my tongue burns, my lips scorch. I wonder where he is, and if he will ever, ever find us!”
“I’ll try to be strong, Mom,” she said. “Your suffering must be as bad as mine, and I really want to live for you and my brother! But my tongue is on fire, my lips are burning. I wonder where he is, and if he’ll ever, ever find us!”
There is something in the voices that strikes us singularly—an unexpected tone, sharp, dry, metallic, unnatural.
There’s something about the voices that catches our attention—they have an unexpected tone, sharp, dry, metallic, and unnatural.
The mother draws the daughter closer to her breast, and says, “I dreamed about him last night, and saw him as plainly, Tirzah, as I see you. We must believe in dreams, you know, because our fathers did. The Lord spoke to them so often in that way. I thought we were in the Women’s Court just before the Gate Beautiful; there were many women with us; and he came and stood in the shade of the Gate, and looked here and there, at this one and that. My heart beat strong. I knew he was looking for us, and stretched my arms to him, and ran, calling him. He heard me and saw me, but he did not know me. In a moment he was gone.”
The mother pulls her daughter closer to her chest and says, “I dreamed about him last night, and I saw him as clearly, Tirzah, as I see you. We have to believe in dreams, you know, because our fathers did. The Lord spoke to them that way so often. I thought we were in the Women’s Court right before the Gate Beautiful; there were a lot of women with us, and he came and stood in the shade of the Gate, looking around at everyone. My heart raced. I knew he was looking for us, so I stretched out my arms to him and ran, calling his name. He heard me and saw me, but he didn't recognize me. In a moment, he was gone.”
“Would it not be so, mother, if we were to meet him in fact? We are so changed.”
“Wouldn’t it be so, Mom, if we actually met him? We’ve changed so much.”
“It might be so; but—” The mother’s head droops, and her face knits as with a wrench of pain; recovering, however, she goes on—“but we could make ourselves known to him.”
“It might be true; but—” The mother’s head drops, and her face tightens in a pained expression; however, after a moment, she continues—“but we could introduce ourselves to him.”
Tirzah tossed her arms, and moaned again.
Tirzah threw her arms up and groaned again.
“Water, mother, water, though but a drop.”
“Water, mom, water, even if it’s just a drop.”
The mother stares around in blank helplessness. She has named God so often, and so often promised in his name, the repetition is beginning to have a mocking effect upon herself. A shadow passes before her dimming the dim light, and she is brought down to think of death as very near, waiting to come in as her faith goes out. Hardly knowing what she does, speaking aimlessly, because speak she must, she says again,
The mother looks around in blank helplessness. She has called on God so many times and has made promises in His name so often that the repetition is starting to feel mocking to her. A shadow passes by, dimming the already faint light, and she is forced to confront the idea that death is very close, ready to enter as her faith fades. Almost unaware of her actions, talking aimlessly because she feels the need to speak, she says again,
“Patience, Tirzah; they are coming—they are almost here.”
“Hang on, Tirzah; they’re on their way—they’ll be here soon.”
She thought she heard a sound over by the little trap in the partition-wall through which they held all their actual communication with the world. And she was not mistaken. A moment, and the cry of the convict rang through the cell. Tirzah heard it also; and they both arose, still keeping hold of each other.
She thought she heard a sound coming from the small opening in the partition wall where they communicated with the outside world. And she was right. In a moment, the convict's cry echoed through the cell. Tirzah heard it too, and they both got up, still holding onto each other.
“Praised be the Lord forever!” exclaimed the mother, with the fervor of restored faith and hope.
“Praise the Lord forever!” exclaimed the mother, with the excitement of renewed faith and hope.
“Ho, there!” they heard next; and then, “Who are you?”
“Hey, you there!” they heard next; and then, “Who are you?”
The voice was strange. What matter? Except from Tirzah, they were the first and only words the mother had heard in eight years. The revulsion was mighty—from death to life—and so instantly!
The voice was unusual. What does it matter? Aside from Tirzah, these were the first and only words the mother had heard in eight years. The repulsion was overwhelming—from death to life—and it happened so quickly!
“A woman of Israel, entombed here with her daughter. Help us quickly, or we die.”
“A woman from Israel, buried here with her daughter. Please help us quickly, or we will die.”
“Be of cheer. I will return.”
"Stay positive. I will be back."
The women sobbed aloud. They were found; help was coming. From wish to wish hope flew as the twittering swallows fly. They were found; they would be released. And restoration would follow—restoration to all they had lost—home, society, property, son and brother! The scanty light glozed them with the glory of day, and, forgetful of pain and thirst and hunger, and of the menace of death, they sank upon the floor and cried, keeping fast hold of each other the while.
The women cried out loud. They had been found; help was on the way. From wish to wish, hope soared like swallows in flight. They had been found; they would be set free. And restoration would follow—restoration to everything they had lost—home, community, belongings, son, and brother! The little light bathed them in the brightness of day, and, forgetting their pain, thirst, hunger, and the threat of death, they sank to the floor and wept, holding onto each other tightly the whole time.
And this time they had not long to wait. Gesius, the keeper, told his tale methodically, but finished it at last. The tribune was prompt.
And this time they didn’t have to wait long. Gesius, the keeper, told his story in a systematic way, but he eventually wrapped it up. The tribune was quick to respond.
“Within there!” he shouted through the trap.
“Over there!” he shouted through the opening.
“Here!” said the mother, rising.
“Here!” said the mom, rising.
Directly she heard another sound in another place, as of blows on the wall—blows quick, ringing, and delivered with iron tools. She did not speak, nor did Tirzah, but they listened, well knowing the meaning of it all—that a way to liberty was being made for them. So men a long time buried in deep mines hear the coming of rescuers, heralded by thrust of bar and beat of pick, and answer gratefully with heart-throbs, their eyes fixed upon the spot whence the sounds proceed; and they cannot look away, lest the work should cease, and they be returned to despair.
As soon as she heard another sound from elsewhere, like blows on the wall—quick, ringing, and made with metal tools. Neither she nor Tirzah spoke, but they listened, fully understanding what it meant—that a path to freedom was being forged for them. Just like men who have been trapped deep in mines for a long time hear the approaching rescuers, signaled by the clanging of bars and the beating of picks, and respond with grateful heartbeats, their gaze fixed on the source of the sounds; they can't look away, fearing that if they do, the work will stop and they'll be plunged back into despair.
The arms outside were strong, the hands skillful, the will good. Each instant the blows sounded more plainly; now and then a piece fell with a crash; and liberty came nearer and nearer. Presently the workmen could be heard speaking. Then—O happiness!—through a crevice flashed a red ray of torches. Into the darkness it cut incisive as diamond brilliance, beautiful as if from a spear of the morning.
The arms outside were strong, the hands skilled, and the determination was positive. With each moment, the blows resonated louder; occasionally, something would fall with a loud crash; and freedom drew closer and closer. Soon, the workers could be heard talking. Then—oh joy!—a red beam from torches shone through a crack. It pierced the darkness with the sharpness of a diamond's brilliance, beautiful as if from a morning's spear.
“It is he, mother, it is he! He has found us at last!” cried Tirzah, with the quickened fancy of youth.
“It’s him, Mom, it’s him! He’s finally found us!” cried Tirzah, with the lively imagination of youth.
But the mother answered meekly, “God is good!”
But the mother replied softly, “God is good!”
A block fell inside, and another—then a great mass, and the door was open. A man grimed with mortar and stone-dust stepped in, and stopped, holding a torch over his head. Two or three others followed with torches, and stood aside for the tribune to enter.
A block fell inside, and then another—followed by a huge heap, and the door swung open. A man covered in mortar and stone dust stepped in, paused, and held a torch above his head. Two or three others came in behind him with torches and stepped aside for the tribune to enter.
Respect for women is not all a conventionality, for it is the best proof of their proper nature. The tribune stopped, because they fled from him—not with fear, be it said, but shame; nor yet, O reader, from shame alone! From the obscurity of their partial hiding he heard these words, the saddest, most dreadful, most utterly despairing of the human tongue:
Respect for women isn't just a social norm; it's the clearest evidence of their true nature. The speaker paused because they turned away from him—not out of fear, mind you, but out of shame; and not just from shame alone! From the shadows of their partial hiding, he heard these words, the saddest, most dreadful, and utterly despairing expressions of the human language:
“Come not near us—unclean, unclean!”
“Stay away from us—unclean, unclean!”
The men flared their torches while they stared at each other.
The men waved their torches as they looked at each other.
“Unclean, unclean!” came from the corner again, a slow tremulous wail exceedingly sorrowful. With such a cry we can imagine a spirit vanishing from the gates of Paradise, looking back the while.
“Unclean, unclean!” came from the corner again, a slow trembling wail that was incredibly sorrowful. With such a cry, we can imagine a spirit disappearing from the gates of Paradise, looking back the whole time.
So the widow and mother performed her duty, and in the moment realized that the freedom she had prayed for and dreamed of, fruit of scarlet and gold seen afar, was but an apple of Sodom in the hand.
So the widow and mother did what she had to do, and in that moment, she realized that the freedom she had longed for and dreamed about, the beautiful thing she had seen from afar, was just a worthless illusion in her grasp.
SHE AND TIRZAH WERE—LEPERS!
SHE AND TIRZAH WERE—OUTCASTS!
Possibly the reader does not know all the word means. Let him be told it with reference to the Law of that time, only a little modified in this.
Possibly the reader doesn't know what all the words mean. Let them be informed about it in relation to the Law of that time, with just a few updates.
“These four are accounted as dead—the blind, the leper, the poor, and the childless.” Thus the Talmud.
“These four are considered dead—the blind, the leper, the poor, and the childless.” Thus the Talmud.
That is, to be a leper was to be treated as dead—to be excluded from the city as a corpse; to be spoken to by the best beloved and most loving only at a distance; to dwell with none but lepers; to be utterly unprivileged; to be denied the rites of the Temple and the synagogue; to go about in rent garments and with covered mouth, except when crying, “Unclean, unclean!” to find home in the wilderness or in abandoned tombs; to become a materialized specter of Hinnom and Gehenna; to be at all times less a living offence to others than a breathing torment to self; afraid to die, yet without hope except in death.
To be a leper meant being treated as if you were dead—excluded from the city like a corpse; spoken to only from a distance by those most loved; living only among other lepers; having no privileges at all; being denied the rites of the Temple and the synagogue; walking around in torn clothes with a covered mouth, except when shouting, “Unclean, unclean!”; finding a home in the wilderness or in abandoned tombs; becoming a haunting figure of Hinnom and Gehenna; being more of a living burden to others than a living person to yourself; afraid to die but having no hope except in death.
Once—she might not tell the day or the year, for down in the haunted hell even time was lost—once the mother felt a dry scurf in the palm of her right hand, a trifle which she tried to wash away. It clung to the member pertinaciously; yet she thought but little of the sign till Tirzah complained that she, too, was attacked in the same way. The supply of water was scant, and they denied themselves drink that they might use it as a curative. At length the whole hand was attacked; the skin cracked open, the fingernails loosened from the flesh. There was not much pain withal, chiefly a steadily increasing discomfort. Later their lips began to parch and seam. One day the mother, who was cleanly to godliness, and struggled against the impurities of the dungeon with all ingenuity, thinking the enemy was taking hold on Tirzah’s face, led her to the light, and, looking with the inspiration of a terrible dread, lo! the young girl’s eyebrows were white as snow.
Once—she couldn’t remember the day or the year because even time felt lost in that haunted hell—once the mother felt a dry scab in the palm of her right hand, a little spot she tried to wash away. It clung to her hand stubbornly; she didn’t think much of it until Tirzah complained that she, too, was affected in the same way. They had very little water and decided to limit their drinking so they could use it to heal. Eventually, the whole hand was affected; the skin cracked open, and the fingernails loosened from the flesh. There wasn’t much pain, mostly just a steadily growing discomfort. Soon, their lips started to get dry and crack. One day, the mother, who believed in cleanliness and fought against the dirt of the dungeon with all her creativity, thinking that the enemy was taking over Tirzah’s face, brought her into the light. And in a moment of terrible fear, she saw that the young girl’s eyebrows were as white as snow.
Oh, the anguish of that assurance!
Oh, the pain of that certainty!
The mother sat awhile speechless, motionless, paralyzed of soul, and capable of but one thought—leprosy, leprosy!
The mother sat for a while, speechless and motionless, frozen with fear, and consumed by just one thought—leprosy, leprosy!
When she began to think, mother-like, it was not of herself, but her child, and, mother-like, her natural tenderness turned to courage, and she made ready for the last sacrifice of perfect heroism. She buried her knowledge in her heart; hopeless herself, she redoubled her devotion to Tirzah, and with wonderful ingenuity—wonderful chiefly in its very inexhaustibility—continued to keep the daughter ignorant of what they were beset with, and even hopeful that it was nothing. She repeated her little games, and retold her stories, and invented new ones, and listened with ever so much pleasure to the songs she would have from Tirzah, while on her own wasting lips the psalms of the singing king and their race served to bring soothing of forgetfulness, and keep alive in them both the recollection of the God who would seem to have abandoned them—the world not more lightly or utterly.
When she started to think like a mother, it wasn't about herself but her child. And, in a motherly way, her natural tenderness turned into courage, and she prepared for the ultimate sacrifice of true heroism. She hid her knowledge deep in her heart; feeling hopeless herself, she increased her devotion to Tirzah and, with incredible creativity—especially notable for its endlessness—managed to keep her daughter unaware of their struggles, even nurturing a hope that it was nothing at all. She carried on with their little games, retold her favorite stories, created new ones, and listened with great joy to the songs Tirzah sang for her. Meanwhile, the psalms of the singing king and their heritage provided her some comfort and a way to forget, keeping alive in both of them the memory of the God who seemed to have left them—the world not any less heavy or completely absent.
Slowly, steadily, with horrible certainty, the disease spread, after a while bleaching their heads white, eating holes in their lips and eyelids, and covering their bodies with scales; then it fell to their throats shrilling their voices, and to their joints, hardening the tissues and cartilages—slowly, and, as the mother well knew, past remedy, it was affecting their lungs and arteries and bones, at each advance making the sufferers more and more loathsome; and so it would continue till death, which might be years before them.
Slowly and steadily, with terrible certainty, the disease spread, eventually turning their hair white, eating away at their lips and eyelids, and covering their bodies with scales. Then it struck their throats, making their voices shrill, and affected their joints, hardening the tissues and cartilage. Slowly, and as the mother knew all too well, it was beyond help; it was attacking their lungs, arteries, and bones, each progression making the sufferers more and more horrifying to see. And so it would continue until death, which could still be years away.
Another day of dread at length came—the day the mother, under impulsion of duty, at last told Tirzah the name of their ailment; and the two, in agony of despair, prayed that the end might come quickly.
Another day of fear finally arrived—the day the mother, out of a sense of duty, finally revealed to Tirzah the name of their illness; and the two, in deep despair, prayed for the end to come soon.
Still, as is the force of habit, these so afflicted grew in time not merely to speak composedly of their disease; they beheld the hideous transformation of their persons as of course, and in despite clung to existence. One tie to earth remained to them; unmindful of their own loneliness, they kept up a certain spirit by talking and dreaming of Ben-Hur. The mother promised reunion with him to the sister, and she to the mother, not doubting, either of them, that he was equally faithful to them, and would be equally happy of the meeting. And with the spinning and respinning of this slender thread they found pleasure, and excused their not dying. In such manner as we have seen, they were solacing themselves the moment Gesius called them, at the end of twelve hours’ fasting and thirst.
Still, as is the nature of habit, those affected eventually learned not only to discuss their condition calmly; they accepted the ugly changes to their bodies as normal and, despite everything, clung to life. One connection to the world remained for them; unaware of their own isolation, they kept their spirits up by talking and dreaming about Ben-Hur. The mother assured the sister they would be reunited with him, and she promised the same to the mother, both convinced that he was equally loyal to them and would be just as excited for the reunion. By weaving and reweaving this delicate thread, they found joy and justified their refusal to die. In this way, as we have seen, they were comforting themselves at the moment Gesius called them, after twelve hours of fasting and thirst.
The torches flashed redly through the dungeon, and liberty was come. “God is good,” the widow cried—not for what had been, O reader, but for what was. In thankfulness for present mercy, nothing so becomes us as losing sight of past ills.
The torches flickered red in the dungeon, and freedom had arrived. “God is good,” the widow exclaimed—not for what had happened, dear reader, but for what was happening now. In gratitude for current blessings, nothing suits us better than forgetting past troubles.
The tribune came directly; then in the corner to which she had fled, suddenly a sense of duty smote the elder of the women, and straightway the awful warning—
The tribune arrived right away; then in the corner where she had taken refuge, a sudden sense of duty hit the older woman, and immediately the terrible warning—
“Unclean, unclean!”
“Unclean, unclean!”
Ah, the pang the effort to acquit herself of that duty cost the mother! Not all the selfishness of joy over the prospect could keep her blind to the consequences of release, now that it was at hand. The old happy life could never be again. If she went near the house called home, it would be to stop at the gate and cry, “Unclean, unclean!” She must go about with the yearnings of love alive in her breast strong as ever, and more sensitive even, because return in kind could not be. The boy of whom she had so constantly thought, and with all sweet promises such as mothers find their purest delight in, must, at meeting her, stand afar off. If he held out his hands to her, and called “Mother, mother,” for very love of him she must answer, “Unclean, unclean!” And this other child, before whom, in want of other covering, she was spreading her long tangled locks, bleached unnaturally white—ah! that she was she must continue, sole partner of her blasted remainder of life. Yet, O reader, the brave woman accepted the lot, and took up the cry which had been its sign immemorially, and which thenceforward was to be her salutation without change—“Unclean, unclean!”
Ah, the pain that the effort to free herself from that duty cost the mother! Not all the selfish joy she felt over the prospect could keep her from seeing the consequences of release, now that it was so close. The happy life she once knew could never return. If she approached the house she called home, it would be to stop at the gate and cry, “Unclean, unclean!” She had to walk around with the deep love she felt in her heart, as strong as ever, and even more sensitive, knowing that she couldn’t have a reciprocated relationship. The boy she had thought of constantly, with all the sweet promises that mothers cherish most, would have to stand far away from her when they met. If he reached out his hands to her and called, “Mother, mother,” for the sake of her love for him, she would have to respond, “Unclean, unclean!” And this other child, before whom she was spreading her long tangled hair, bleached unnaturally white due to her circumstances—ah! she must endure, remaining the sole partner to the ruined remainder of her life. Yet, oh reader, the brave woman accepted her fate and took up the cry that had been its longstanding symbol, which would henceforth be her unchanged greeting—“Unclean, unclean!”
The tribune heard it with a tremor, but kept his place.
The tribune listened with a shake, but stayed in his position.
“Who are you?” he asked.
“Who are you?” he asked.
“Two women dying of hunger and thirst. Yet”—the mother did not falter—“come not near us, nor touch the floor or the wall. Unclean, unclean!”
“Two women dying of hunger and thirst. Yet”—the mother didn’t hesitate—“don’t come near us, nor touch the floor or the wall. Unclean, unclean!”
“Give me thy story, woman—thy name, and when thou wert put here, and by whom, and for what.”
“Tell me your story, woman—your name, when you were brought here, by whom, and for what reason.”
“There was once in this city of Jerusalem a Prince Ben-Hur, the friend of all generous Romans, and who had Cæsar for his friend. I am his widow, and this one with me is his child. How may I tell you for what we were sunk here, when I do not know, unless it was because we were rich? Valerius Gratus can tell you who our enemy was, and when our imprisonment began. I cannot. See to what we have been reduced—oh, see, and have pity!”
“There was once a Prince Ben-Hur in this city of Jerusalem, who was friends with all the generous Romans, and even had Cæsar as a friend. I am his widow, and this here with me is his child. How can I explain why we ended up here when I don’t know, unless it was because we were wealthy? Valerius Gratus can tell you who our enemy was and when our imprisonment started. I can’t. Look at what we’ve been reduced to—oh, look, and have compassion!”
The air was heavy with the pest and the smoke of the torches, yet the Roman called one of the torch-bearers to his side, and wrote the answer nearly word for word. It was terse, and comprehensive, containing at once a history, an accusation, and a prayer. No common person could have made it, and he could not but pity and believe.
The air was thick with disease and the smoke from the torches, yet the Roman called one of the torch-bearers over and wrote the answer almost exactly. It was brief and clear, containing a history, an accusation, and a plea all at once. No ordinary person could have crafted it, and he couldn’t help but feel pity and belief.
“Thou shalt have relief, woman,” he said, closing the tablets. “I will send thee food and drink.”
“You will have relief, woman,” he said, closing the tablets. “I will send you food and drink.”
“And raiment, and purifying water, we pray you, O generous Roman!”
“And clothing, and clean water, we ask you, O generous Roman!”
“As thou wilt,” he replied.
"As you wish," he replied.
“God is good,” said the widow, sobbing. “May his peace abide with you!”
“God is good,” said the widow, crying. “May his peace be with you!”
“And, further,” he added, “I cannot see thee again. Make preparation, and to-night I will have thee taken to the gate of the Tower, and set free. Thou knowest the law. Farewell.”
“And, also,” he added, “I can't see you again. Get ready, and tonight I’ll have you taken to the gate of the Tower and set free. You know the law. Goodbye.”
He spoke to the men, and went out the door.
He talked to the guys and went out the door.
Very shortly some slaves came to the cell with a large gurglet of water, a basin and napkins, a platter with bread and meat, and some garments of women’s wear; and, setting them down within reach of the prisoners, they ran away.
Very soon, some slaves arrived at the cell with a large jug of water, a basin and towels, a plate of bread and meat, and some women's clothing. They placed these items within reach of the prisoners and then quickly left.
About the middle of the first watch, the two were conducted to the gate, and turned into the street. So the Roman quit himself of them, and in the city of their fathers they were once more free.
About the middle of the first watch, the two were led to the gate and stepped out into the street. The Roman then parted ways with them, and in the city of their ancestors, they were once again free.
Up to the stars, twinkling merrily as of old, they looked; then they asked themselves,
Up to the stars, twinkling happily as they always had, they looked; then they asked themselves,
“What next? and where to?”
"What's next? And where to?"
CHAPTER III
About the hour Gesius, the keeper, made his appearance before the tribune in the Tower of Antonia, a footman was climbing the eastern face of Mount Olivet. The road was rough and dusty, and vegetation on that side burned brown, for it was the dry season in Judea. Well for the traveller that he had youth and strength, not to speak of the cool, flowing garments with which he was clothed.
About the hour Gesius, the keeper, appeared before the tribune in the Tower of Antonia, a footman was climbing the eastern side of Mount Olivet. The road was rough and dusty, and the vegetation on that side was burned brown, as it was the dry season in Judea. It was fortunate for the traveler that he had youth and strength, not to mention the cool, flowing clothes he was wearing.
He proceeded slowly, looking often to his right and left; not with the vexed, anxious expression which marks a man going forward uncertain of the way, but rather the air with which one approaches as old acquaintance after a long separation—half of pleasure, half of inquiry; as if he were saying, “I am glad to be with you again; let me see in what you are changed.”
He moved slowly, frequently glancing to his right and left; not with the frustrated, anxious look of someone unsure of the path ahead, but with the demeanor one has when reconnecting with an old friend after a long time apart—part excitement, part curiosity; as if he were saying, “I’m happy to be with you again; let’s see how you’ve changed.”
As he arose higher, he sometimes paused to look behind him over the gradually widening view terminating in the mountains of Moab; but when at length he drew near the summit, he quickened his step, unmindful of fatigue, and hurried on without pause or turning of the face. On the summit—to reach which he bent his steps somewhat right of the beaten path—he came to a dead stop, arrested as if by a strong hand. Then one might have seen his eyes dilate, his cheeks flush, his breath quicken, effects all of one bright sweeping glance at what lay before him.
As he climbed higher, he occasionally stopped to look back at the view that was gradually opening up, leading to the Moab mountains. But when he finally got close to the top, he quickened his pace, ignoring his fatigue, and pushed forward without stopping or glancing back. At the summit—where he had veered a bit off the main path—he suddenly halted, as if someone had grabbed him. In that moment, you could see his eyes widen, his cheeks flush, and his breath quicken, all from taking in the breathtaking sight before him.
The traveller, good reader, was no other than Ben-Hur; the spectacle, Jerusalem.
The traveler, dear reader, was none other than Ben-Hur; the scene, Jerusalem.
Not the Holy City of to-day, but the Holy City as left by Herod—the Holy City of the Christ. Beautiful yet, as seen from old Olivet, what must it have been then?
Not the Holy City of today, but the Holy City left by Herod—the Holy City of Christ. Beautiful still, as seen from the ancient Olivet, what must it have been like back then?
Ben-Hur betook him to a stone and sat down, and, stripping his head of the close white handkerchief which served it for covering, made the survey at leisure.
Ben-Hur walked over to a stone and sat down. He removed the tight white handkerchief that covered his head and took his time surveying the surroundings.
The same has been done often since by a great variety of persons, under circumstances surpassingly singular—by the son of Vespasian, by the Islamite, by the Crusader, conquerors all of them; by many a pilgrim from the great New World, which waited discovery nearly fifteen hundred years after the time of our story; but of the multitude probably not one has taken that view with sensations more keenly poignant, more sadly sweet, more proudly bitter, than Ben-Hur. He was stirred by recollections of his countrymen, their triumphs and vicissitudes, their history the history of God. The city was of their building, at once a lasting testimony of their crimes and devotion, their weakness and genius, their religion and their irreligion. Though he had seen Rome to familiarity, he was gratified. The sight filled a measure of pride which would have made him drunk with vainglory but for the thought, princely as the property was, it did not any longer belong to his countrymen; the worship in the Temple was by permission of strangers; the hill where David dwelt was a marbled cheat—an office in which the chosen of the Lord were wrung and wrung for taxes, and scourged for very deathlessness of faith. These, however, were pleasures and griefs of patriotism common to every Jew of the period; in addition, Ben-Hur brought with him a personal history which would not out of mind for other consideration whatever, which the spectacle served only to freshen and vivify.
The same has often happened since then with a wide range of people, in incredibly unique situations—by the son of Vespasian, by Muslims, by Crusaders, all conquerors; by many pilgrims from the great New World, which remained undiscovered for nearly fifteen hundred years after the time of our story. But among that crowd, probably not one has experienced those feelings with more intense pain, bittersweetness, and proud bitterness than Ben-Hur. He was moved by memories of his fellow countrymen, their victories and hardships, their history—the history of God. The city was built by them, a lasting reminder of their crimes and dedication, their weaknesses and brilliance, their faith and their lack of it. Although he was familiar with Rome, he felt a sense of pride. The sight filled him with a pride that could have intoxicated him with arrogance, if not for the fact that, as grand as the property was, it no longer belonged to his people; the worship in the Temple was only permitted by outsiders; the hill where David lived was a marble deception—a place where the chosen of the Lord were squeezed for taxes and punished for their unwavering faith. These were, however, common joys and sorrows of patriotism that every Jew of the time felt; in addition, Ben-Hur carried a personal history that could not be ignored for any other reason, and the spectacle only served to refresh and bring it to life.
A country of hills changes but little; where the hills are of rock, it changes not at all. The scene Ben-Hur beheld is the same now, except as respects the city. The failure is in the handiwork of man alone.
A country of hills changes very little; where the hills are made of rock, it doesn't change at all. The scene Ben-Hur saw is the same now, except for the city. The only changes are due to human effort.
The sun dealt more kindly by the west side of Olivet than by the east, and men were certainly more loving towards it. The vines with which it was partially clad, and the sprinkling of trees, chiefly figs and old wild olives, were comparatively green. Down to the dry bed of the Cedron the verdure extended, a refreshment to the vision; there Olivet ceased and Moriah began—a wall of bluff boldness, white as snow, founded by Solomon, completed by Herod. Up, up the wall the eye climbed course by course of the ponderous rocks composing it—up to Solomon’s Porch, which was as the pedestal of the monument, the hill being the plinth. Lingering there a moment, the eye resumed its climbing, going next to the Gentiles’ Court, then to the Israelites’ Court, then to the Women’s Court, then to the Court of the Priests, each a pillared tier of white marble, one above the other in terraced retrocession; over them all a crown of crowns infinitely sacred, infinitely beautiful, majestic in proportions, effulgent with beaten gold—lo! the Tent, the Tabernacle, the Holy of Holies. The Ark was not there, but Jehovah was—in the faith of every child of Israel he was there a personal Presence. As a temple, as a monument, there was nowhere anything of man’s building to approach that superlative apparition. Now, not a stone of it remains above another. Who shall rebuild that building? When shall the rebuilding be begun? So asks every pilgrim who has stood where Ben-Hur was—he asks, knowing the answer is in the bosom of God, whose secrets are not least marvellous in their well-keeping. And then the third question, What of him who foretold the ruin which has so certainly befallen? God? Or man of God? Or—enough that the question is for us to answer.
The sun treated the west side of Olivet better than the east, and people certainly showed more affection for it. The vines that partially covered it and the scattering of trees, mainly figs and old wild olives, were relatively green. The greenery reached down to the dry bed of the Cedron, refreshing to the eyes; here Olivet ended and Moriah began—a bold wall, white as snow, built by Solomon and completed by Herod. Up, up the wall the eye climbed, course by course of the heavy rocks that made it—up to Solomon’s Porch, which served as the base of the monument, with the hill as its foundation. Pausing there for a moment, the eye kept climbing, next to the Gentiles’ Court, then to the Israelites’ Court, then to the Women’s Court, followed by the Court of the Priests, each a tier of white marble columns, one above the other in a stepped arrangement; over them all was a crown of crowns, infinitely sacred, infinitely beautiful, majestic in size, shining with beaten gold—behold! the Tent, the Tabernacle, the Holy of Holies. The Ark wasn’t there, but Jehovah was—present in the faith of every child of Israel. As a temple, as a monument, there was nothing man-made that could compare to that extraordinary sight. Now, not a single stone remains stacked on another. Who will rebuild that structure? When will the rebuilding begin? So asks every pilgrim who has stood where Ben-Hur stood—he asks, knowing the answer lies in the heart of God, whose secrets are remarkably well-kept. And then the third question: What about the one who predicted the destruction that has undoubtedly occurred? God? Or a man of God? Or—enough that the question is for us to answer.
And still Ben-Hur’s eyes climbed on and up—up over the roof of the Temple, to the hill Zion, consecrated to sacred memories, inseparable from the anointed kings. He knew the Cheesemonger’s Valley dipped deep down between Moriah and Zion; that it was spanned by the Xystus; that there were gardens and palaces in its depths; but over them all his thoughts soared with his vision to the great grouping on the royal hill—the house of Caiaphas, the Central Synagogue, the Roman Praetorium, Hippicus the eternal, and the sad but mighty cenotaphs Phasaelus and Mariamne—all relieved against Gareb, purpling in the distance. And when midst them he singled out the palace of Herod, what could he but think of the King Who Was Coming, to whom he was himself devoted, whose path he had undertaken to smooth, whose empty hands he dreamed of filling? And forward ran his fancy to the day the new King should come to claim his own and take possession of it—of Moriah and its Temple; of Zion and its towers and palaces; of Antonia, frowning darkly there just to the right of the Temple; of the new unwalled city of Bezetha; of the millions of Israel to assemble with palm-branches and banners, to sing rejoicing because the Lord had conquered and given them the world.
And still Ben-Hur's gaze climbed higher and higher—up over the Temple roof, to Zion Hill, sacred to cherished memories, linked to the anointed kings. He knew the Cheesemonger's Valley dipped low between Moriah and Zion; that it was crossed by the Xystus; that there were gardens and palaces down there; but above all of them, his thoughts soared with his vision to the grand collection on the royal hill—the house of Caiaphas, the Central Synagogue, the Roman Praetorium, Hippicus the eternal, and the sad but powerful cenotaphs Phasaelus and Mariamne—all standing out against Gareb, dimming in the distance. And when he singled out Herod's palace among them, how could he think of anything but the King Who Was Coming, to whom he was devoted, whose path he had vowed to prepare, whose empty hands he dreamed of filling? And his imagination raced to the day the new King would arrive to claim his own and take control of it—all of Moriah and its Temple; of Zion and its towers and palaces; of Antonia, darkly looming just to the right of the Temple; of the new unwalled city of Bezetha; of the millions of Israel who would gather with palm branches and banners, singing joyfully because the Lord had triumphed and given them the world.
Men speak of dreaming as if it were a phenomenon of night and sleep. They should know better. All results achieved by us are self-promised, and all self-promises are made in dreams awake. Dreaming is the relief of labor, the wine that sustains us in act. We learn to love labor, not for itself, but for the opportunity it furnishes for dreaming, which is the great under-monotone of real life, unheard, unnoticed, because of its constancy. Living is dreaming. Only in the grave are there no dreams. Let no one smile at Ben-Hur for doing that which he himself would have done at that time and place under the same circumstances.
Men talk about dreaming as if it only happens at night while we sleep. They should understand more. Everything we accomplish is a promise we make to ourselves, and all those promises happen in our waking dreams. Dreaming is a break from hard work, the energy that keeps us going in action. We come to appreciate work, not for its own sake, but for the chance it gives us to dream, which is the underlying melody of real life, unheard and unnoticed because it’s always there. To live is to dream. Only in the grave do we stop dreaming. Let no one mock Ben-Hur for doing what he himself would have done in that time and place under the same conditions.
The sun stooped low in its course. Awhile the flaring disk seemed to perch itself on the far summit of the mountains in the west, brazening all the sky above the city, and rimming the walls and towers with the brightness of gold. Then it disappeared as with a plunge. The quiet turned Ben-Hur’s thought homeward. There was a point in the sky a little north of the peerless front of the Holy of Holies upon which he fixed his gaze: under it, straight as a leadline would have dropped, lay his father’s house, if yet the house endured.
The sun hung low in the sky. For a moment, the bright disk seemed to rest on the highest peak of the mountains in the west, lighting up the sky above the city and outlining the walls and towers with a golden glow. Then it vanished suddenly. The silence made Ben-Hur think of home. He focused his gaze on a spot in the sky just north of the magnificent entrance of the Holy of Holies; beneath it, straight down like a plumb line, was his father’s house, if it still existed.
The mellowing influences of the evening mellowed his feelings, and, putting his ambitions aside, he thought of the duty that was bringing him to Jerusalem.
The calming effects of the evening eased his emotions, and, setting aside his ambitions, he focused on the obligation that was taking him to Jerusalem.
Out in the desert while with Ilderim, looking for strong places and acquainting himself with it generally, as a soldier studies a country in which he has projected a campaign, a messenger came one evening with the news that Gratus was removed, and Pontius Pilate sent to take his place.
Out in the desert with Ilderim, exploring strongholds and getting to know the area overall, like a soldier studying a territory for a planned campaign, a messenger arrived one evening with the news that Gratus was replaced, and Pontius Pilate was sent to take his position.
Messala was disabled and believed him dead; Gratus was powerless and gone; why should Ben-Hur longer defer the search for his mother and sister? There was nothing to fear now. If he could not himself see into the prisons of Judea, he could examine them with the eyes of others. If the lost were found, Pilate could have no motive in holding them in custody—none, at least, which could not be overcome by purchase. If found, he would carry them to a place of safety, and then, in calmer mind, his conscience at rest, this one first duty done, he could give himself more entirely to the King Who Was Coming. He resolved at once. That night he counselled with Ilderim, and obtained his assent. Three Arabs came with him to Jericho, where he left them and the horses, and proceeded alone and on foot. Malluch was to meet him in Jerusalem.
Messala was disabled and thought he was dead; Gratus was powerless and gone; why should Ben-Hur wait any longer to search for his mother and sister? There was nothing to fear now. If he couldn't see into the prisons of Judea himself, he could look into them through others. If the lost were found, Pilate would have no reason to keep them locked up—nothing that couldn't be resolved with money. If he found them, he would take them to a safe place, and then, with a clearer mind and a settled conscience, after completing this one crucial task, he could fully devote himself to the King Who Was Coming. He made his decision right away. That night, he consulted with Ilderim and got his agreement. Three Arabs accompanied him to Jericho, where he left them and the horses, and then proceeded alone on foot. Malluch was set to meet him in Jerusalem.
Ben-Hur’s scheme, be it observed, was as yet a generality.
Ben-Hur’s plan, it should be noted, was still a broad idea.
In view of the future, it was advisable to keep himself in hiding from the authorities, particularly the Romans. Malluch was shrewd and trusty; the very man to charge with the conduct of the investigation.
Considering what was to come, it was wise for him to stay hidden from the authorities, especially the Romans. Malluch was clever and reliable; he was the perfect person to lead the investigation.
Where to begin was the first point. He had no clear idea about it. His wish was to commence with the Tower of Antonia. Tradition not of long standing planted the gloomy pile over a labyrinth of prison-cells, which, more even than the strong garrison, kept it a terror to the Jewish fancy. A burial, such as his people had been subjected to, might be possible there. Besides, in such a strait, the natural inclination is to start search at the place where the loss occurred, and he could not forget that his last sight of the loved ones was as the guard pushed them along the street in the direction to the Tower. If they were not there now, but had been, some record of the fact must remain, a clew which had only to be followed faithfully to the end.
Where to start was the first question. He had no clear idea about it. He wanted to begin with the Tower of Antonia. A long-standing tradition placed the gloomy structure over a maze of prison cells, which, even more than the strong garrison, made it a source of fear for the Jewish imagination. A burial, like the one his people had endured, might be possible there. Besides, in such a situation, the natural instinct is to start the search where the loss happened, and he couldn’t forget that the last time he saw his loved ones was when the guard pushed them down the street toward the Tower. If they weren’t there now, but had been, some record of that must remain, a clue that just needed to be followed diligently to the end.
Under this inclination, moreover, there was a hope which he could not forego. From Simonides he knew Amrah, the Egyptian nurse, was living. It will be remembered, doubtless, that the faithful creature, the morning the calamity overtook the Hurs, broke from the guard and ran back into the palace, where, along with other chattels, she had been sealed up. During the years following, Simonides kept her supplied; so she was there now, sole occupant of the great house, which, with all his offers, Gratus had not been able to sell. The story of its rightful owners sufficed to secure the property from strangers, whether purchasers or mere occupants. People going to and fro passed it with whispers. Its reputation was that of a haunted house; derived probably from the infrequent glimpses of poor old Amrah, sometimes on the roof, sometimes in a latticed window. Certainly no more constant spirit ever abided than she; nor was there ever a tenement so shunned and fitted for ghostly habitation. Now, if he could get to her, Ben-Hur fancied she could help him to knowledge which, though faint, might yet be serviceable. Anyhow, sight of her in that place, so endeared by recollection, would be to him a pleasure next to finding the objects of his solicitude.
Given this feeling, there was also a hope he couldn’t let go of. From Simonides, he learned that Amrah, the Egyptian nurse, was still alive. It’s worth remembering that the loyal woman, on the morning the disaster struck the Hurs, broke free from the guards and rushed back into the palace, where she had been confined along with other possessions. Over the following years, Simonides made sure she had everything she needed; so she remained the only resident of the grand house, which Gratus had been unable to sell despite all his offers. The story of its rightful owners was enough to protect the property from strangers, whether buyers or mere inhabitants. People passing by talked in whispers about it. Its reputation was that of a haunted house, likely due to the rare sightings of poor old Amrah, sometimes on the roof, sometimes in a window with latticework. Certainly, no spirit was more constant than hers; nor was there a place more avoided and suited for a ghostly presence. Now, if he could reach her, Ben-Hur believed she could provide him with information that, while vague, might still be helpful. In any case, just seeing her in that place, which held so many cherished memories for him, would be almost as joyful as finding the things he was looking for.
So, first of all things, he would go to the old house, and look for Amrah.
So, first of all, he would go to the old house and look for Amrah.
Thus resolved, he arose shortly after the going-down of the sun, and began descent of the Mount by the road which, from the summit, bends a little north of east. Down nearly at the foot, close by the bed of the Cedron, he came to the intersection with the road leading south to the village of Siloam and the pool of that name. There he fell in with a herdsman driving some sheep to market. He spoke to the man, and joined him, and in his company passed by Gethsemane on into the city through the Fish Gate.
Resolved, he got up shortly after sunset and started his descent of the mountain via the path that curves slightly northeast from the top. Near the base, close to the Cedron River, he reached the junction with the road that leads south to the village of Siloam and its pool. There, he encountered a herdsman driving some sheep to market. He chatted with the man, joined him, and together they passed by Gethsemane and entered the city through the Fish Gate.
CHAPTER IV
It was dark when, parting with the drover inside the gate, Ben-Hur turned into a narrow lane leading to the south. A few of the people whom he met saluted him. The bouldering of the pavement was rough. The houses on both sides were low, dark, and cheerless; the doors all closed: from the roofs, occasionally, he heard women crooning to children. The loneliness of his situation, the night, the uncertainty cloaking the object of his coming, all affected him cheerlessly. With feelings sinking lower and lower, he came directly to the deep reservoir now known as the Pool of Bethesda, in which the water reflected the over-pending sky. Looking up, he beheld the northern wall of the Tower of Antonia, a black frowning heap reared into the dim steel-gray sky. He halted as if challenged by a threatening sentinel.
It was dark when, saying goodbye to the drover inside the gate, Ben-Hur turned down a narrow lane heading south. A few people he passed greeted him. The pavement was uneven and rough. The houses on both sides were low, dark, and lifeless; all the doors were shut. Occasionally, he heard women singing softly to their children from the rooftops. The isolation he felt, combined with the night and the uncertainty of why he was there, left him feeling down. With his mood getting worse, he made his way directly to the deep reservoir now known as the Pool of Bethesda, where the water mirrored the sky above. Looking up, he saw the northern wall of the Tower of Antonia, a dark, looming mass against the dim steel-gray sky. He stopped as if confronted by a menacing guard.
The Tower stood up so high, and seemed so vast, resting apparently upon foundations so sure, that he was constrained to acknowledge its strength. If his mother were there in living burial, what could he do for her? By the strong hand, nothing. An army might beat the stony face with ballista and ram, and be laughed at. Against him alone, the gigantic southeast turret looked down in the self-containment of a hill. And he thought, cunning is so easily baffled; and God, always the last resort of the helpless—God is sometimes so slow to act!
The Tower loomed high above, looking incredibly vast, seemingly resting on foundations so solid that he couldn't deny its strength. If his mother were trapped there in living death, what could he do for her? Nothing, by brute force. An army could bombard the stone surface with catapults and battering rams and still be mocked. Against him alone, the massive southeast turret seemed to stare down like a mountain. He thought, cleverness can be so easily thwarted; and God, always the final hope of the powerless—God can be so slow to respond!
In doubt and misgiving, he turned into the street in front of the Tower, and followed it slowly on to the west.
In uncertainty and unease, he entered the street in front of the Tower and walked slowly toward the west.
Over in Bezetha he knew there was a khan, where it was his intention to seek lodging while in the city; but just now he could not resist the impulse to go home. His heart drew him that way.
Over in Bezetha, he knew there was a khan where he planned to stay while in the city, but at that moment, he couldn't resist the urge to go home. His heart was pulling him in that direction.
The old formal salutation which he received from the few people who passed him had never sounded so pleasantly. Presently, all the eastern sky began to silver and shine, and objects before invisible in the west—chiefly the tall towers on Mount Zion—emerged as from a shadowy depth, and put on spectral distinctness, floating, as it were, above the yawning blackness of the valley below, very castles in the air.
The old formal greetings he got from the few people who walked by him had never sounded so nice. Soon, the entire eastern sky started to glitter and glow, and things that were previously hidden in the west—especially the tall towers on Mount Zion—came into view as if emerging from a dark background, taking on a ghostly clarity, floating above the deep darkness of the valley below, like castles in the air.
He came, at length, to his father’s house.
He finally arrived at his father's house.
Of those who read this page, some there will be to divine his feelings without prompting. They are such as had happy homes in their youth, no matter how far that may have been back in time—homes which are now the starting-points of all recollection; paradises from which they went forth in tears, and which they would now return to, if they could, as little children; places of laughter and singing, and associations dearer than any or all the triumphs of after-life.
Of those who read this page, some will be able to understand his feelings without any hints. They are the ones who had happy homes in their childhood, no matter how long ago that was—homes that are now the starting points of all their memories; paradise from which they left in tears and would return to as little children if they could; places filled with laughter and singing, and memories that mean more than any of the successes they’ve had later in life.
At the gate on the north side of the old house Ben-Hur stopped. In the corners the wax used in the sealing-up was still plainly seen, and across the valves was the board with the inscription—
At the gate on the north side of the old house, Ben-Hur paused. In the corners, the wax used to seal it was still clearly visible, and across the doors was the board with the inscription—
“THIS IS THE PROPERTY OF
THE EMPEROR.”
Nobody had gone in or out the gate since the dreadful day of the separation. Should he knock as of old? It was useless, he knew; yet he could not resist the temptation. Amrah might hear, and look out of one of the windows on that side. Taking a stone, he mounted the broad stone step, and tapped three times. A dull echo replied. He tried again, louder than before; and again, pausing each time to listen. The silence was mocking. Retiring into the street, he watched the windows; but they, too, were lifeless. The parapet on the roof was defined sharply against the brightening sky; nothing could have stirred upon it unseen by him, and nothing did stir.
Nobody had gone in or out of the gate since the terrible day of the separation. Should he knock like before? It felt pointless, he knew; yet he couldn't help but feel tempted. Amrah might hear and look out of one of the windows on that side. Picking up a stone, he climbed the wide stone step and tapped three times. A dull echo replied. He tried again, louder this time, pausing each time to listen. The silence was taunting. Stepping back into the street, he watched the windows, but they were just as lifeless. The parapet on the roof stood out sharply against the brightening sky; nothing could have moved there without him noticing, and nothing did move.
From the north side he passed to the west, where there were four windows which he watched long and anxiously, but with as little effect. At times his heart swelled with impotent wishes; at others, he trembled at the deceptions of his own fancy. Amrah made no sign—not even a ghost stirred.
From the north side, he moved to the west, where he anxiously stared at four windows for a long time, but it didn’t change anything. Sometimes his heart filled with helpless hopes; at other times, he felt anxious about the tricks his own imagination was playing on him. Amrah showed no signs—not even a shadow stirred.
Silently, then, he stole round to the south. There, too, the gate was sealed and inscribed. The mellow splendor of the August moon, pouring over the crest of Olivet, since termed the Mount of Offence, brought the lettering boldly out; and he read, and was filled with rage. All he could do was to wrench the board from its nailing, and hurl it into the ditch. Then he sat upon the step, and prayed for the New King, and that his coming might be hastened. As his blood cooled, insensibly he yielded to the fatigue of long travel in the summer heat, and sank down lower, and, at last, slept.
Silently, he made his way around to the south. There, too, the gate was locked and marked. The warm glow of the August moon, shining over Olivet, now known as the Mount of Offence, highlighted the lettering clearly; he read it and felt a surge of anger. All he could do was rip the board from its nails and throw it into the ditch. Then he sat on the step and prayed for the New King, hoping for his swift arrival. As his anger subsided, he gradually succumbed to the exhaustion from his long journey in the summer heat, eventually lowering himself down and falling asleep.
About that time two women came down the street from the direction of the Tower of Antonia, approaching the palace of the Hurs. They advanced stealthily, with timid steps, pausing often to listen. At the corner of the rugged pile, one said to the other, in a low voice,
About that time, two women walked down the street from the direction of the Tower of Antonia, heading toward the palace of the Hurs. They moved quietly, taking careful steps and stopping frequently to listen. At the corner of the rough structure, one said to the other in a hushed voice,
“This is it, Tirzah!”
“This is it, Tirzah!”
And Tirzah, after a look, caught her mother’s hand, and leaned upon her heavily, sobbing, but silent.
And Tirzah, after a glance, grabbed her mom's hand and leaned on her heavily, sobbing quietly.
“Let us go on, my child, because”—the mother hesitated and trembled; then, with an effort to be calm, continued—“because when morning comes they will put us out of the gate of the city to—return no more.”
“Let’s keep going, my child, because”—the mother hesitated and trembled; then, trying to stay calm, continued—“because when morning comes, they will expel us from the city gate to—never come back.”
Tirzah sank almost to the stones.
Tirzah almost fell to the ground.
“Ah, yes!” she said, between sobs; “I forgot. I had the feeling of going home. But we are lepers, and have no homes; we belong to the dead!”
“Ah, yes!” she said, through her tears; “I forgot. I felt like I was going home. But we are outcasts, and have no homes; we belong to the dead!”
The mother stooped and raised her tenderly, saying, “We have nothing to fear. Let us go on.”
The mother bent down and lifted her gently, saying, “We have nothing to worry about. Let’s keep moving.”
Indeed, lifting their empty hands, they could have run upon a legion and put it to flight.
Indeed, raising their empty hands, they could have rushed at a legion and sent it running.
And, creeping in close to the rough wall, they glided on, like two ghosts, till they came to the gate, before which they also paused. Seeing the board, they stepped upon the stone in the scarce cold tracks of Ben-Hur, and read the inscription—“This is the Property of the Emperor.”
And, moving quietly up to the rough wall, they glided on, like two ghosts, until they reached the gate, where they also stopped. Seeing the board, they stepped onto the stone in the faint cold tracks of Ben-Hur and read the inscription—“This is the Property of the Emperor.”
Then the mother clasped her hands, and, with upraised eyes, moaned in unutterable anguish.
Then the mother clasped her hands and, with her eyes lifted, groaned in profound distress.
“What now, mother? You scare me!”
“What’s going on, mom? You’re scaring me!”
And the answer was, presently, “Oh, Tirzah, the poor are dead! He is dead!”
And the answer came soon after, “Oh, Tirzah, the poor are gone! He is gone!”
“Who, mother?”
“Who, Mom?”
“Your brother! They took everything from him—everything—even this house!”
“Your brother! They took everything from him—everything—even this house!”
“Poor!” said Tirzah, vacantly.
“Poor!” Tirzah said blankly.
“He will never be able to help us.”
“He'll never be able to help us.”
“And then, mother?”
"And then, Mom?"
“To-morrow—to-morrow, my child, we must find a seat by the wayside, and beg alms as the lepers do; beg, or—”
“Tomorrow—tomorrow, my child, we need to find a spot by the road and ask for donations like the lepers do; beg, or—”
Tirzah leaned upon her again, and said, whispering, “Let us—let us die!”
Tirzah leaned against her again and said, whispering, “Let’s—let’s die!”
“No!” the mother said, firmly. “The Lord has appointed our times, and we are believers in the Lord. We will wait on him even in this. Come away!”
“No!” the mother said firmly. “The Lord has set our times, and we believe in the Lord. We will wait on Him even in this. Come away!”
She caught Tirzah’s hand as she spoke, and hastened to the west corner of the house, keeping close to the wall. No one being in sight there, they kept on to the next corner, and shrank from the moonlight, which lay exceedingly bright over the whole south front, and along a part of the street. The mother’s will was strong. Casting one look back and up to the windows on the west side, she stepped out into the light, drawing Tirzah after her; and the extent of their affliction was then to be seen—on their lips and cheeks, in their bleared eyes, in their cracked hands; especially in the long, snaky locks, stiff with loathsome ichor, and, like their eyebrows, ghastly white. Nor was it possible to have told which was mother, which daughter; both alike seemed witch-like old.
She grabbed Tirzah's hand as she spoke and rushed to the west corner of the house, staying close to the wall. With no one in sight, they moved to the next corner and flinched away from the bright moonlight that covered the entire south side and part of the street. The mother's determination was strong. Glancing back up at the windows on the west side, she stepped into the light, pulling Tirzah along with her; and the extent of their suffering was now visible—on their lips and cheeks, in their bloodshot eyes, in their cracked hands; especially in the long, snake-like hair, stiff with disgusting filth, and, like their eyebrows, eerily white. It was impossible to tell which was the mother and which was the daughter; both appeared equally witch-like and old.
“Hist!” said the mother. “There is some one lying upon the step—a man. Let us go round him.”
“Shh!” said the mother. “There’s someone lying on the step—a man. Let’s go around him.”
They crossed to the opposite side of the street quickly, and, in the shade there, moved on till before the gate, where they stopped.
They quickly crossed to the other side of the street and, in the shade there, continued until they reached the gate, where they stopped.
“He is asleep, Tirzah!”
"He's asleep, Tirzah!"
The man was very still.
The man was very quiet.
“Stay here, and I will try the gate.”
“Stay here, and I’ll check the gate.”
So saying, the mother stole noiselessly across, and ventured to touch the wicket; she never knew if it yielded, for that moment the man sighed, and, turning restlessly, shifted the handkerchief on his head in such manner that the face was left upturned and fair in the broad moonlight. She looked down at it and started; then looked again, stooping a little, and arose and clasped her hands and raised her eyes to heaven in mute appeal. An instant so, and she ran back to Tirzah.
So saying, the mother quietly crossed over and dared to touch the gate; she never found out if it opened, because at that moment the man sighed and, turning restlessly, adjusted the handkerchief on his head in a way that left his face exposed and illuminated in the bright moonlight. She glanced down at it and gasped; then she looked again, bending down slightly, and stood up, clasping her hands and looking up to heaven in silent supplication. Just for a moment, and then she ran back to Tirzah.
“As the Lord liveth, the man is my son—thy brother!” she said, in an awe-inspiring whisper.
“As God is my witness, the man is my son—your brother!” she said, in an awe-inspiring whisper.
“My brother?—Judah?”
“My brother?—Judah?”
The mother caught her hand eagerly.
The mother grabbed her hand eagerly.
“Come!” she said, in the same enforced whisper, “let us look at him together—once more—only once—then help thou thy servants, Lord!”
“Come!” she said in the same strained whisper, “let’s take one more look at him together—just once—then help us, Lord!”
They crossed the street hand in hand ghostly-quick, ghostly-still. When their shadows fell upon him, they stopped. One of his hands was lying out upon the step palm up. Tirzah fell upon her knees, and would have kissed it; but the mother drew her back.
They crossed the street, hand in hand, moving quickly and quietly. When their shadows passed over him, they paused. One of his hands rested on the step, palm up. Tirzah knelt down and would have kissed it, but their mother pulled her back.
“Not for thy life; not for thy life! Unclean, unclean!” she whispered.
“Not for your life; not for your life! Unclean, unclean!” she whispered.
Tirzah shrank from him, as if he were the leprous one.
Tirzah recoiled from him, as if he were the one with leprosy.
Ben-Hur was handsome as the manly are. His cheeks and forehead were swarthy from exposure to the desert sun and air; yet under the light mustache the lips were red, and the teeth shone white, and the soft beard did not hide the full roundness of chin and throat. How beautiful he appeared to the mother’s eyes! How mightily she yearned to put her arms about him, and take his head upon her bosom and kiss him, as had been her wont in his happy childhood! Where got she the strength to resist the impulse? From her love, O, reader!—her mother-love, which, if thou wilt observe well, hath this unlikeness to any other love: tender to the object, it can be infinitely tyrannical to itself, and thence all its power of self-sacrifice. Not for restoration to health and fortune, not for any blessing of life, not for life itself, would she have left her leprous kiss upon his cheek! Yet touch him she must; in that instant of finding him she must renounce him forever! How bitter, bitter hard it was, let some other mother say! She knelt down, and, crawling to his feet, touched the sole of one of his sandals with her lips, yellow though it was with the dust of the street—and touched it again and again; and her very soul was in the kisses.
Ben-Hur was as handsome as a man can be. His cheeks and forehead were tanned from the harsh desert sun and air; yet beneath his light mustache, his lips were red, his teeth shone white, and his soft beard didn’t hide the full roundness of his chin and throat. How beautiful he looked in his mother’s eyes! How deeply she ached to wrap her arms around him, to rest his head on her chest and kiss him, just like she used to in his happy childhood! Where did she find the strength to resist that urge? From her love, dear reader!—her motherly love, which, if you pay close attention, has this uniqueness compared to any other type of love: it's tender to its object but can be infinitely demanding on itself, and that’s where its power of self-sacrifice comes from. Not for the sake of his health and fortune, not for any blessing in life, not even for life itself would she have left her leprous kiss on his cheek! Yet she had to touch him; in that moment of finding him, she had to let him go forever! How bitterly hard that was, let another mother say! She knelt down and crawled to his feet, kissing the sole of one of his sandals, yellowed with street dust—and kissed it again and again; her very soul was in those kisses.
He stirred, and tossed his hand. They moved back, but heard him mutter in his dream,
He stirred and waved his hand. They stepped back but heard him mumble in his sleep,
“Mother! Amrah! Where is—”
“Mom! Amrah! Where is—”
He fell off into the deep sleep.
He drifted off into a deep sleep.
Tirzah stared wistfully. The mother put her face in the dust, struggling to suppress a sob so deep and strong it seemed her heart was bursting. Almost she wished he might waken.
Tirzah stared longingly. The mother buried her face in the dirt, trying to hold back a sob so deep and powerful that it felt like her heart was going to break. She almost wished he would wake up.
He had asked for her; she was not forgotten; in his sleep he was thinking of her. Was it not enough?
He had asked for her; she was not forgotten; in his sleep he was thinking of her. Was it not enough?
Presently mother beckoned to Tirzah, and they arose, and taking one more look, as if to print his image past fading, hand in hand they recrossed the street. Back in the shade of the wall there, they retired and knelt, looking at him, waiting for him to wake—waiting some revelation, they knew not what. Nobody has yet given us a measure for the patience of a love like theirs.
Currently, Mother signaled to Tirzah, and they got up, taking one last look, as if to hold onto his image before it faded away. Hand in hand, they crossed the street again. Back in the shade of the wall, they stepped away and knelt, gazing at him, waiting for him to wake up—waiting for some revelation, though they didn't know what. No one has ever measured the patience of love like theirs.
By-and-by, the sleep being yet upon him, another woman appeared at the corner of the palace. The two in the shade saw her plainly in the light; a small figure, much bent, dark-skinned, gray-haired, dressed neatly in servant’s garb, and carrying a basket full of vegetables.
By and by, still feeling sleepy, another woman showed up at the corner of the palace. The two in the shade clearly saw her in the light; she was a small, hunched figure, dark-skinned, gray-haired, dressed neatly in a servant's uniform, and carrying a basket full of vegetables.
At sight of the man upon the step the new-comer stopped; then, as if decided, she walked on—very lightly as she drew near the sleeper. Passing round him, she went to the gate, slid the wicket latch easily to one side, and put her hand in the opening. One of the broad boards in the left valve swung ajar without noise. She put the basket through, and was about to follow, when, yielding to curiosity, she lingered to have one look at the stranger whose face was below her in open view.
At the sight of the man on the step, the newcomer stopped; then, as if she made up her mind, she walked on—very lightly as she got closer to the sleeper. Passing around him, she went to the gate, easily slid the wicket latch to the side, and put her hand through the opening. One of the wide boards in the left valve opened quietly. She put the basket through and was about to follow when, out of curiosity, she paused to take one last look at the stranger whose face was visible below her.
The spectators across the street heard a low exclamation, and saw the woman rub her eyes as if to renew their power, bend closer down, clasp her hands, gaze wildly around, look at the sleeper, stoop and raise the outlying hand, and kiss it fondly—that which they wished so mightily to do, but dared not.
The people across the street heard a quiet gasp and saw the woman rubbing her eyes as if trying to regain her sight, leaning in closer, clasping her hands, looking around wildly, staring at the person asleep, bending down to lift the hand that was outstretched, and kissing it affectionately—that which they so desperately wanted to do, but were too afraid.
Awakened by the action, Ben-Hur instinctively withdrew the hand; as he did so, his eyes met the woman’s.
Awakened by the movement, Ben-Hur instinctively pulled back his hand; as he did, his eyes met the woman’s.
“Amrah! O Amrah, is it thou?” he said.
“Amrah! Oh Amrah, is that you?” he said.
The good heart made no answer in words, but fell upon his neck, crying for joy.
The good heart didn't respond with words but hugged him tightly, crying tears of joy.
Gently he put her arms away, and lifting the dark face wet with tears, kissed it, his joy only a little less than hers. Then those across the way heard him say,
Gently, he moved her arms aside and, lifting her tear-streaked dark face, kissed it, his joy only slightly less than hers. Then those nearby heard him say,
“Mother—Tirzah—O Amrah, tell me of them! Speak, speak, I pray thee!”
“Mom—Tirzah—Oh Amrah, tell me about them! Talk, talk, I ask you!”
Amrah only cried afresh.
Amrah just cried again.
“Thou has seen them, Amrah. Thou knowest where they are; tell me they are at home.”
"Have you seen them, Amrah? You know where they are; tell me they’re at home."
Tirzah moved, but her mother, divining her purpose, caught her and whispered, “Do not go—not for life. Unclean, unclean!”
Tirzah moved, but her mother, sensing her intention, grabbed her and whispered, “Don’t go—not for anything. Unclean, unclean!”
Her love was in tyrannical mood. Though both their hearts broke, he should not become what they were; and she conquered.
Her love was in a controlling mood. Even though both their hearts were shattered, he shouldn’t turn into what they had been; and she won.
Meantime, Amrah, so entreated, only wept the more.
Meantime, Amrah, feeling so pressured, just cried even more.
“Wert thou going in?” he asked, presently, seeing the board swung back. “Come, then. I will go with thee.” He arose as he spoke. “The Romans—be the curse of the Lord upon them!—the Romans lied. The house is mine. Rise, Amrah, and let us go in.” A moment and they were gone, leaving the two in the shade to behold the gate staring blankly at them—the gate which they might not ever enter more. They nestled together in the dust.
“Were you going in?” he asked after a moment, noticing the door had swung back. “Come on then. I’ll go with you.” He stood up as he spoke. “The Romans—may the Lord curse them!—the Romans lied. The house is mine. Get up, Amrah, and let’s go in.” In a moment, they were gone, leaving the two in the shade to see the gate staring blankly at them—the gate that they might never enter again. They huddled together in the dust.
They had done their duty.
They fulfilled their duty.
Their love was proven.
Their love was undeniable.
Next morning they were found, and driven out the city with stones.
The next morning, they were discovered and chased out of the city with stones.
“Begone! Ye are of the dead; go to the dead!”
“Go away! You belong to the dead; go to the dead!”
With the doom ringing in their ears, they went forth.
With the ominous sound echoing in their ears, they moved forward.
CHAPTER V
Nowadays travellers in the Holy Land looking for the famous place with the beautiful name, the King’s Garden, descend the bed of the Cedron or the curve of Gihon and Hinnom as far as the old well En-rogel, take a drink of the sweet living water, and stop, having reached the limit of the interesting in that direction. They look at the great stones with which the well is curbed, ask its depth, smile at the primitive mode of drawing the purling treasure, and waste some pity on the ragged wretch who presides over it; then, facing about, they are enraptured with the mounts Moriah and Zion, both of which slope towards them from the north, one terminating in Ophel, the other in what used to be the site of the city of David. In the background, up far in the sky, the garniture of the sacred places is visible: here the Haram, with its graceful dome; yonder the stalward remains of Hippicus, defiant even in ruins. When that view has been enjoyed, and is sufficiently impressed upon the memory, the travellers glance at the Mount of Offence standing in rugged stateliness at their right hand, and then at the Hill of Evil Counsel over on the left, in which, if they be well up in Scriptural history and in the traditions rabbinical and monkish, they will find a certain interest not to be overcome by superstitious horror.
Today, travelers in the Holy Land searching for the famous spot with the lovely name, the King’s Garden, make their way down the bed of the Cedron or the curves of Gihon and Hinnom until they reach the old well En-rogel. They take a sip of the sweet, fresh water and stop, having reached the limit of their interest in that direction. They admire the large stones that line the well, inquire about its depth, smile at the old method of drawing the bubbling water, and feel a bit of compassion for the ragged figure who tends to it. Then, turning around, they marvel at the hills of Moriah and Zion, both of which slope down toward them from the north, with one ending in Ophel and the other at the former site of the city of David. In the distance, high in the sky, the outlines of holy places can be seen: here is the Haram, with its elegant dome; over there are the sturdy remains of Hippicus, standing strong even in ruins. After taking in that view and embedding it in their memory, the travelers look at the Mount of Offence, which rises ruggedly to their right, and then at the Hill of Evil Counsel on their left. If they're familiar with Scriptural history and the rabbinical and monastic traditions, they'll find a certain intrigue in it that isn't overshadowed by superstitious fear.
It were long to tell all the points of interest grouped around that hill; for the present purpose, enough that its feet are planted in the veritable orthodox Hell of the moderns—the Hell of brimstone and fire—in the old nomenclature Gehenna; and that now, as in the days of Christ, its bluff face opposite the city on the south and southeast is seamed and pitted with tombs which have been immemorially the dwelling-places of lepers, not singly, but collectively. There they set up their government and established their society; there they founded a city and dwelt by themselves, avoided as the accursed of God.
It's a long story to cover all the points of interest around that hill; for now, it’s enough to say that its base is firmly planted in what modern people truly consider Hell—the Hell of brimstone and fire—historically known as Gehenna. And just like in the days of Christ, its steep face facing the city to the south and southeast is marked with tombs, which have long been the homes of lepers, not alone, but in groups. There, they formed their own government and created their own society; there, they built a city and lived apart, shunned as the cursed of God.
The second morning after the incidents of the preceding chapter, Amrah drew near the well En-rogel, and seated herself upon a stone. One familiar with Jerusalem, looking at her, would have said she was the favorite servant of some well-to-do family. She brought with her a water-jar and a basket, the contents of the latter covered with a snow-white napkin. Placing them on the ground at her side, she loosened the shawl which fell from her head, knit her fingers together in her lap, and gazed demurely up to where the hill drops steeply down into Aceldama and the Potter’s Field.
The second morning after the events of the previous chapter, Amrah approached the well En-rogel and sat on a stone. Anyone familiar with Jerusalem would’ve thought she was the favored servant of a wealthy family. She carried a water jug and a basket, the contents of which were covered with a pristine white cloth. After setting them down beside her, she loosened the shawl from her head, intertwined her fingers in her lap, and looked modestly up at the steep drop to Aceldama and the Potter’s Field.
It was very early, and she was the first to arrive at the well. Soon, however, a man came bringing a rope and a leathern bucket. Saluting the little dark-faced woman, he undid the rope, fixed it to the bucket, and waited customers. Others who chose to do so might draw water for themselves, he was a professional in the business, and would fill the largest jar the stoutest woman could carry for a gerah.
It was really early, and she was the first one to get to the well. Soon, though, a man showed up with a rope and a leather bucket. After greeting the petite dark-faced woman, he untied the rope, attached it to the bucket, and waited for customers. Others who wanted to could draw water for themselves, but he was a professional in the business and would fill the biggest jar that the strongest woman could carry for a gerah.
Amrah sat still, and had nothing to say. Seeing the jar, the man asked after a while if she wished it filled; she answered him civilly, “Not now;” whereupon he gave her no more attention. When the dawn was fairly defined over Olivet, his patrons began to arrive, and he had all he could do to attend to them. All the time she kept her seat, looking intently up at the hill.
Amrah sat quietly, with nothing to say. After a while, the man noticed the jar and asked if she wanted it filled; she politely replied, “Not now,” and he lost interest in her. As the dawn broke over Olivet, his customers started to arrive, and he had his hands full taking care of them. Throughout it all, she remained seated, gazing intently at the hill.
The sun made its appearance, yet she sat watching and waiting; and while she thus waits, let us see what her purpose is.
The sun came up, but she sat there watching and waiting; and while she waits, let's find out what her purpose is.
Her custom had been to go to market after nightfall. Stealing out unobserved, she would seek the shops in the Tyropoeon, or those over by the Fish Gate in the east, make her purchases of meat and vegetables, and return and shut herself up again.
Her routine was to go to the market after dark. Sneaking out without being noticed, she would visit the shops in the Tyropoeon or those near the Fish Gate in the east, buy her meat and vegetables, and then go back and lock herself up again.
The pleasure she derived from the presence of Ben-Hur in the old house once more may be imagined. She had nothing to tell him of her mistress or Tirzah—nothing. He would have had her move to a place not so lonesome; she refused. She would have had him take his own room again, which was just as he had left it; but the danger of discovery was too great, and he wished above all things to avoid inquiry. He would come and see her often as possible. Coming in the night, he would also go away in the night. She was compelled to be satisfied, and at once occupied herself contriving ways to make him happy. That he was a man now did not occur to her; nor did it enter her mind that he might have put by or lost his boyish tastes; to please him, she thought to go on her old round of services. He used to be fond of confections; she remembered the things in that line which delighted him most, and resolved to make them, and have a supply always ready when he came. Could anything be happier? So next night, earlier than usual, she stole out with her basket, and went over to the Fish Gate Market. Wandering about, seeking the best honey, she chanced to hear a man telling a story.
The joy she felt from having Ben-Hur back in the old house was immense. She had no updates to share about her mistress or Tirzah—none at all. He wanted her to move to a less lonely place, but she wouldn’t agree. He suggested she take her own room again, just as he had left it, but the risk of being discovered was too high, and he wanted to avoid any questions at all. He planned to visit her as often as he could. Arriving at night, he would also leave under the cover of darkness. She had to be content with that and quickly started thinking of ways to make him happy. The fact that he was a man now didn’t cross her mind, nor did she think that he might have outgrown his childhood interests; to please him, she decided to continue her usual routines of service. He used to love sweets, and she recalled the treats he enjoyed the most, so she made a plan to prepare those and always have them ready for his visits. Could anything be better? So, the next night, earlier than usual, she slipped out with her basket and headed to the Fish Gate Market. While browsing for the best honey, she happened to hear a man telling a story.
What the story was the reader can arrive at with sufficient certainty when told that the narrator was one of the men who had held torches for the commandant of the Tower of Antonia when, down in cell VI., the Hurs were found. The particulars of the finding were all told, and she heard them, with the names of the prisoners, and the widow’s account of herself.
What the story was, the reader can figure out with enough certainty when they learn that the narrator was one of the men who held torches for the commandant of the Tower of Antonia when the Hurs were found down in cell VI. All the details of the discovery were shared, and she listened to them, including the names of the prisoners and the widow's account of her situation.
The feelings with which Amrah listened to the recital were such as became the devoted creature she was. She made her purchases, and returned home in a dream. What a happiness she had in store for her boy! She had found his mother!
The emotions Amrah felt while listening to the recital were exactly what would suit her devoted nature. She made her purchases and went home in a daze. What happiness she had in store for her son! She had found his mother!
She put the basket away, now laughing, now crying. Suddenly she stopped and thought. It would kill him to be told that his mother and Tirzah were lepers. He would go through the awful city over on the Hill of Evil Counsel—into each infected tomb he would go without rest, asking for them, and the disease would catch him, and their fate would be his. She wrung her hands. What should she do?
She put the basket away, laughing one moment and crying the next. Suddenly, she stopped and thought. It would devastate him to learn that his mother and Tirzah were lepers. He would venture through the terrible city up on the Hill of Evil Counsel—he would enter each infected tomb without stopping, searching for them, and he would catch the disease, sharing their fate. She wrung her hands. What should she do?
Like many a one before her, and many a one since, she derived inspiration, if not wisdom, from her affection, and came to a singular conclusion.
Like many before her and many since, she found inspiration, if not wisdom, in her love and arrived at a unique conclusion.
The lepers, she knew, were accustomed of mornings to come down from their sepulchral abodes in the hill, and take a supply of water for the day from the well En-rogel. Bringing their jars, they would set them on the ground and wait, standing afar until they were filled. To that the mistress and Tirzah must come; for the law was inexorable, and admitted no distinction. A rich leper was no better than a poor one.
The lepers, she knew, were used to coming down from their tomb-like homes in the hills every morning to get water for the day from the well En-rogel. Carrying their jars, they would place them on the ground and wait, standing back until they were filled. The mistress and Tirzah had to join them; the law was strict and made no exceptions. A wealthy leper was no better off than a poor one.
So Amrah decided not to speak to Ben-Hur of the story she had heard, but go alone to the well and wait. Hunger and thirst would drive the unfortunates thither, and she believed she could recognize them at sight; if not, they might recognize her.
So Amrah decided not to tell Ben-Hur about the story she had heard, but to go alone to the well and wait. Hunger and thirst would lead the unfortunate ones there, and she believed she could identify them at a glance; if not, they might recognize her.
Meantime Ben-Hur came, and they talked much. To-morrow Malluch would arrive; then the search should be immediately begun. He was impatient to be about it. To amuse himself he would visit the sacred places in the vicinity. The secret, we may be sure, weighed heavily on the woman, but she held her peace.
Meantime, Ben-Hur arrived, and they talked for a long time. Tomorrow, Malluch would come; then the search would begin right away. He was eager to get started. To keep himself occupied, he decided to visit the nearby sacred sites. The secret, we can be certain, was a heavy burden for the woman, but she remained silent.
When he was gone she busied herself in the preparation of things good to eat, applying her utmost skill to the work. At the approach of day, as signalled by the stars, she filled the basket, selected a jar, and took the road to En-rogel, going out by the Fish Gate which was earliest open, and arriving as we have seen.
When he left, she occupied herself with preparing delicious food, putting all her skills to work. As dawn approached, marked by the stars, she filled the basket, picked a jar, and headed to En-rogel, taking the Fish Gate, which opened earliest, and arrived as we have seen.
Shortly after sunrise, when business at the well was most pressing, and the drawer of water most hurried; when, in fact, half a dozen buckets were in use at the same time, everybody making haste to get away before the cool of the morning melted into the heat of the day, the tenantry of the hill began to appear and move about the doors of their tombs. Somewhat later they were discernible in groups, of which not a few were children so young that they suggested the holiest relation. Numbers came momentarily around the turn of the bluff—women with jars upon their shoulders, old and very feeble men hobbling along on staffs and crutches. Some leaned upon the shoulders of others; a few—the utterly helpless—lay, like heaps of rags, upon litters. Even that community of superlative sorrow had its love-light to make life endurable and attractive. Distance softened without entirely veiling the misery of the outcasts.
Shortly after sunrise, when business at the well was busiest and everyone was rushing to draw water; when, in fact, half a dozen buckets were in use at once, with everyone eager to get away before the cool morning turned into the heat of the day, the residents of the hill began to appear and move around the entrances to their tombs. A little later, they could be seen in groups, quite a few of which were children so young that they hinted at the most innocent bonds. Many came around the curve of the bluff—women balancing jars on their shoulders, old and frail men shuffling along with canes and crutches. Some leaned on each other for support; a few—the completely helpless—lay like bundles of rags on makeshift stretchers. Even that community of deep sorrow had its moments of love that made life bearable and appealing. From a distance, the harshness of the outcasts' situation was softened, but not completely hidden.
From her seat by the well Amrah kept watch upon the spectral groups. She scarcely moved. More than once she imagined she saw those she sought. That they were there upon the hill she had no doubt; that they must come down and near she knew; when the people at the well were all served they would come.
From her spot by the well, Amrah kept an eye on the ghostly figures. She hardly stirred. More than once, she thought she saw the ones she was looking for. She had no doubt they were up on the hill; she knew they would come down and be close when everyone at the well had been served.
Now, quite at the base of the bluff there was a tomb which had more than once attracted Amrah by its wide gaping. A stone of large dimensions stood near its mouth. The sun looked into it through the hottest hours of the day, and altogether it seemed uninhabitable by anything living, unless, perchance, by some wild dogs returning from scavenger duty down in Gehenna. Thence, however, and greatly to her surprise, the patient Egyptian beheld two women come, one half supporting, half leading, the other. They were both white-haired; both looked old; but their garments were not rent, and they gazed about them as if the locality were new. The witness below thought she even saw them shrink terrified at the spectacle offered by the hideous assemblage of which they found themselves part. Slight reasons, certainly, to make her heart beat faster, and draw her attention to them exclusively; but so they did.
Now, right at the base of the bluff, there was a tomb that had caught Amrah's attention more than once with its wide opening. A large stone stood near its entrance. The sun shone into it during the hottest hours of the day, and overall, it seemed unwelcoming to any living creature, except possibly for some wild dogs returning from scavenging in Gehenna. However, to her surprise, the patient Egyptian saw two women approach, one helping and partially guiding the other. They both had white hair and looked old, but their clothes were intact, and they scanned the area as if it were unfamiliar. The onlooker thought she even saw them flinch in fear at the sight of the horrifying gathering they had become a part of. These were certainly small reasons to make her heart race and focus her attention on them alone, yet that’s exactly what happened.
The two remained by the stone awhile; then they moved slowly, painfully, and with much fear towards the well, whereat several voices were raised to stop them; yet they kept on. The drawer of water picked up some pebbles, and made ready to drive them back. The company cursed them. The greater company on the hill shouted shrilly, “Unclean, unclean!”
The two stayed by the stone for a while; then they moved slowly, painfully, and with a lot of fear toward the well, where several voices were raised to stop them; yet they continued. The water drawer picked up some pebbles and got ready to drive them back. The group cursed them. The larger group on the hill shouted loudly, “Unclean, unclean!”
“Surely,” thought Amrah of the two, as they kept coming—“surely, they are strangers to the usage of lepers.”
“Surely,” thought Amrah of the two, as they kept coming—“surely, they are strangers to the ways of lepers.”
She arose, and went to meet them, taking the basket and jar. The alarm at the well immediately subsided.
She got up and went to meet them, grabbing the basket and jar. The commotion at the well quickly settled down.
“What a fool,” said one, laughing, “what a fool to give good bread to the dead in that way!”
"What a fool," said one, laughing, "what a fool to give good bread to the dead like that!"
“And to think of her coming so far!” said another. “I would at least make them meet me at the gate.”
“And to think she's come all this way!” said another. “I would at least have them meet me at the gate.”
Amrah, with better impulse, proceeded. If she should be mistaken! Her heart arose into her throat. And the farther she went the more doubtful and confused she became. Four or five yards from where they stood waiting for her she stopped.
Amrah, feeling more confident, moved forward. What if she was wrong? Her heart raced. The further she went, the more uncertain and disoriented she felt. She stopped about four or five yards from where they were waiting for her.
That the mistress she loved! whose hand she had so often kissed in gratitude! whose image of matronly loveliness she had treasured in memory so faithfully! And that the Tirzah she had nursed through babyhood! whose pains she had soothed, whose sports she had shared! that the smiling, sweet-faced, songful Tirzah, the light of the great house, the promised blessing of her old age! Her mistress, her darling—they? The soul of the woman sickened at the sight.
That the mistress she loved! Whose hand she had kissed so many times in gratitude! Whose image of motherly beauty she had kept in her memory so faithfully! And that the Tirzah she had cared for since she was a baby! Whose pains she had eased and whose playtime she had joined! That the smiling, sweet-faced, joyful Tirzah, the light of the big house, the promised blessing of her old age! Her mistress, her darling—they? The soul of the woman sickened at the sight.
“These are old women,” she said to herself. “I never saw them before. I will go back.”
“These are old women,” she thought to herself. “I’ve never seen them before. I’ll go back.”
She turned away.
She looked away.
“Amrah,” said one of the lepers.
“Amrah,” said one of the lepers.
The Egyptian dropped the jar, and looked back, trembling.
The Egyptian dropped the jar and turned back, shaking.
“Who called me?” she asked.
“Who called me?” she asked.
“Amrah.”
“Amrah.”
The servant’s wondering eyes settled upon the speaker’s face.
The servant's curious eyes focused on the speaker's face.
“Who are you?” she cried.
"Who are you?" she yelled.
“We are they you are seeking.”
“We are the ones you are looking for.”
Amrah fell upon her knees.
Amrah fell to her knees.
“O my mistress, my mistress! As I have made your God my God, be he praised that he has led me to you!”
“O my mistress, my mistress! Since I’ve made your God my God, praise Him for bringing me to you!”
And upon her knees the poor overwhelmed creature began moving forward.
And on her knees, the poor overwhelmed person started to move forward.
“Stay, Amrah! Come not nearer. Unclean, unclean!”
“Stay back, Amrah! Don’t come any closer. Filthy, filthy!”
The words sufficed. Amrah fell upon her face, sobbing so loud the people at the well heard her. Suddenly she arose upon her knees again.
The words were enough. Amrah dropped to her face, crying so loudly that the people at the well heard her. Suddenly, she got back on her knees again.
“O my mistress, where is Tirzah?”
“O my mistress, where is Tirzah?”
“Here I am, Amrah, here! Will you not bring me a little water?”
“Here I am, Amrah, right here! Will you bring me some water?”
The habit of the servant renewed itself. Putting back the coarse hair fallen over her face, Amrah arose and went to the basket and uncovered it.
The servant's habit continued. Brushing aside the coarse hair that fell over her face, Amrah stood up, went to the basket, and uncovered it.
“See,” she said, “here are bread and meat.”
“Look,” she said, “here’s bread and meat.”
She would have spread the napkin upon the ground, but the mistress spoke again,
She would have laid the napkin on the ground, but the lady spoke again,
“Do not so, Amrah. Those yonder may stone you, and refuse us drink. Leave the basket with me. Take up the jar and fill it, and bring it here. We will carry them to the tomb with us. For this day you will then have rendered all the service that is lawful. Haste, Amrah.”
“Don’t do that, Amrah. Those people over there might throw stones at you and deny us water. Leave the basket with me. Take the jar, fill it up, and bring it back here. We’ll take them to the tomb with us. That way, you will have done everything that’s right for today. Hurry, Amrah.”
The people under whose eyes all this had passed made way for the servant, and even helped her fill the jar, so piteous was the grief her countenance showed.
The people who had witnessed everything cleared a path for the servant and even assisted her in filling the jar, so heartbreaking was the sorrow visible on her face.
“Who are they?” a woman asked.
“Who are they?” a woman asked.
Amrah meekly answered, “They used to be good to me.”
Amrah quietly replied, “They used to treat me well.”
Raising the jar upon her shoulder, she hurried back. In forgetfulness, she would have gone to them, but the cry “Unclean, unclean! Beware!” arrested her. Placing the water by the basket, she stepped back, and stood off a little way.
Raising the jar onto her shoulder, she rushed back. Almost forgetting herself, she would have approached them, but the shout “Unclean, unclean! Stay away!” stopped her. Setting the water down next to the basket, she stepped back and stood a bit away.
“Thank you, Amrah,” said the mistress, taking the articles into possession. “This is very good of you.”
“Thanks, Amrah,” said the mistress, taking the items. “That’s really kind of you.”
“Is there nothing more I can do?” asked Amrah.
“Is there nothing else I can do?” asked Amrah.
The mother’s hand was upon the jar, and she was fevered with thirst; yet she paused, and rising, said firmly, “Yes, I know that Judah has come home. I saw him at the gate night before last asleep on the step. I saw you wake him.”
The mother’s hand was on the jar, and she was desperate with thirst; still, she paused, stood up, and said firmly, “Yes, I know Judah is back home. I saw him at the gate the night before last, asleep on the step. I saw you wake him.”
Amrah clasped her hands.
Amrah folded her hands.
“O my mistress! You saw it, and did not come!”
“O my love! You saw it and didn’t come!”
“That would have been to kill him. I can never take him in my arms again. I can never kiss him more. O Amrah, Amrah, you love him, I know!”
“That would have meant killing him. I can never hold him in my arms again. I can never kiss him again. O Amrah, Amrah, you love him, I know!”
“Yes,” said the true heart, bursting into tears again, and kneeling. “I would die for him.”
“Yes,” said the true heart, breaking down in tears again and kneeling. “I would die for him.”
“Prove to me what you say, Amrah.”
“Show me what you mean, Amrah.”
“I am ready.”
"I'm ready."
“Then you shall not tell him where we are or that you have seen us—only that, Amrah.”
“Then you shouldn’t tell him where we are or that you’ve seen us—just say that, Amrah.”
“But he is looking for you. He has come from afar to find you.”
“But he’s looking for you. He traveled a long way to find you.”
“He must not find us. He shall not become what we are. Hear, Amrah. You shall serve us as you have this day. You shall bring us the little we need—not long now—not long. You shall come every morning and evening thus, and—and”—the voice trembled, the strong will almost broke down—“and you shall tell us of him, Amrah; but to him you shall say nothing of us. Hear you?”
“He must not find us. He can’t become like us. Listen, Amrah. You will serve us as you have today. You will bring us the little we need—not much longer—not much longer. You will come every morning and evening like this, and—and”—the voice shook, the strong will nearly faltering—“and you will tell us about him, Amrah; but to him, you must say nothing about us. Do you understand?”
“Oh, it will be so hard to hear him speak of you, and see him going about looking for you—to see all his love, and not tell him so much as that you are alive!”
“Oh, it will be so difficult to hear him talk about you and watch him searching for you—to see all his love, and not even tell him that you’re alive!”
“Can you tell him we are well, Amrah?”
“Can you let him know we’re doing well, Amrah?”
The servant bowed her head in her arms.
The servant rested her head on her arms.
“No,” the mistress continued; “wherefore to be silent altogether. Go now, and come this evening. We will look for you. Till then, farewell.”
“No,” the woman replied; “so it's better to stay completely quiet. Now go, and come back this evening. We’ll be expecting you. Until then, goodbye.”
“The burden will be heavy, O my mistress, and hard to bear,” said Amrah, falling upon her face.
“The burden will be heavy, oh my mistress, and hard to bear,” said Amrah, collapsing onto her face.
“How much harder would it be to see him as we are,” the mother answered as she gave the basket to Tirzah. “Come again this evening,” she repeated, taking up the water, and starting for the tomb.
“How much harder would it be to see him as we are?” the mother replied as she handed the basket to Tirzah. “Come back this evening,” she added, picking up the water and heading for the tomb.
Amrah waited kneeling until they had disappeared; then she took the road sorrowfully home.
Amrah knelt and waited until they were gone; then she sadly made her way home.
In the evening she returned; and thereafter it became her custom to serve them in the morning and evening, so that they wanted for nothing needful. The tomb, though ever so stony and desolate, was less cheerless than the cell in the Tower had been. Daylight gilded its door, and it was in the beautiful world. Then, one can wait death with so much more faith out under the open sky.
In the evening, she came back; and from then on, it became her routine to take care of them in the morning and evening, ensuring they had everything they needed. The tomb, despite being so cold and lonely, felt less gloomy than the cell in the Tower had been. Daylight bathed its entrance, and it was part of the beautiful world. It’s easier to face death out in the open sky.
CHAPTER VI
The morning of the first day of the seventh month—Tishri in the Hebrew, October in English—Ben-Hur arose from his couch in the khan ill satisfied with the whole world.
The morning of the first day of the seventh month—Tishri in Hebrew, October in English—Ben-Hur got up from his bed at the inn feeling dissatisfied with everything around him.
Little time had been lost in consultation upon the arrival of Malluch. The latter began the search at the Tower of Antonia, and began it boldly, by a direct inquiry of the tribune commanding. He gave the officer a history of the Hurs, and all the particulars of the accident to Gratus, describing the affair as wholly without criminality. The object of the quest now, he said, was if any of the unhappy family were discovered alive to carry a petition to the feet of Cæsar, praying restitution of the estate and return to their civil rights. Such a petition, he had no doubt, would result in an investigation by the imperial order, a proceeding of which the friends of the family had no fear.
Little time was wasted in consulting upon Malluch's arrival. He started the search at the Tower of Antonia, approaching it firmly by directly questioning the commanding tribune. He provided the officer with the background of the Hurs and all the details of Gratus's accident, explaining that the incident was entirely without wrongdoing. Now, he stated, the goal was to find out if any members of the unfortunate family were discovered alive so they could bring a petition to Cæsar, asking for the restoration of their estate and the return of their civil rights. He was confident that such a petition would lead to an inquiry by imperial order, a process that the family's friends had no reason to fear.
In reply the tribune stated circumstantially the discovery of the women in the Tower, and permitted a reading of the memorandum he had taken of their account of themselves; when leave to copy it was prayed, he even permitted that.
In response, the tribune detailed the discovery of the women in the Tower and allowed for a reading of the notes he had taken about their story; when someone asked to copy it, he even agreed to that.
Malluch thereupon hurried to Ben-Hur.
Malluch then rushed to Ben-Hur.
It were useless to attempt description of the effect the terrible story had upon the young man. The pain was not relieved by tears or passionate outcries; it was too deep for any expression. He sat still a long time, with pallid face and laboring heart. Now and then, as if to show the thoughts which were most poignant, he muttered,
It was pointless to try to describe the impact the terrible story had on the young man. His pain wasn't eased by tears or emotional outbursts; it was too profound to express. He sat quietly for a long time, with a pale face and a heavy heart. Every now and then, as if to reveal his most intense thoughts, he muttered,
“Lepers, lepers! They—my mother and Tirzah—they lepers! How long, how long, O Lord!”
“Lepers, lepers! They—my mom and Tirzah—they're lepers! How long, how long, O Lord!”
One moment he was torn by a virtuous rage of sorrow, next by a longing for vengeance which, it must be admitted, was scarcely less virtuous.
One moment he was consumed by a righteous anger of grief, and the next by a desire for revenge that, it must be acknowledged, was hardly any less righteous.
At length he arose.
Finally, he got up.
“I must look for them. They may be dying.”
“I have to find them. They might be dying.”
“Where will you look?” asked Malluch.
“Where are you going to look?” asked Malluch.
“There is but one place for them to go.”
“There’s only one place for them to go.”
Malluch interposed, and finally prevailed so far as to have the management of the further attempt intrusted to him. Together they went to the gate over on the side opposite the Hill of Evil Counsel, immemorially the lepers’ begging-ground. There they stayed all day, giving alms, asking for the two women, and offering rich rewards for their discovery. So they did in repetition day after day through the remainder of the fifth month, and all the sixth. There was diligent scouring of the dread city on the hill by lepers to whom the rewards offered were mighty incentives, for they were only dead in law. Over and over again the gaping tomb down by the well was invaded, and its tenants subjected to inquiry; but they kept their secret fast. The result was failure. And now, the morning of the first day of the seventh month, the extent of the additional information gained was that not long before two leprous women had been stoned from the Fish Gate by the authorities. A little pressing of the clew, together with some shrewd comparison of dates, led to the sad assurance that the sufferers were the Hurs, and left the old questions darker than ever. Where were they? And what had become of them?
Malluch stepped in and eventually succeeded in getting the responsibility for the next attempt handed over to him. They went together to the gate on the side opposite the Hill of Evil Counsel, which had long been the lepers’ area for begging. They stayed there all day, giving charity, asking about the two women, and offering substantial rewards for any information. They repeated this day after day throughout the rest of the fifth month and into all of the sixth. The lepers diligently searched the dreaded city on the hill, seeing the offered rewards as huge motivations, since they were technically dead in the eyes of the law. Time and again, they entered the open tomb near the well and questioned its occupants, but the secrets remained locked tight. In the end, it was a failure. Now, on the morning of the first day of the seventh month, the only new information acquired was that not long ago, the authorities had stoned two leprous women at the Fish Gate. A bit of digging into this lead, along with some clever date comparisons, led to the grim realization that the women were the Hurs, leaving the old questions more unclear than ever. Where were they? And what had happened to them?
“It was not enough that my people should be made lepers,” said the son, over and over again, with what intensity of bitterness the reader may imagine; “that was not enough. Oh no! They must be stoned from their native city! My mother is dead! she has wandered to the wilderness! she is dead! Tirzah is dead! I alone am left. And for what? How long, O God, thou Lord God of my fathers, how long shall this Rome endure?”
“It’s not enough that my people have been made outcasts,” said the son repeatedly, filled with bitterness that the reader can only imagine; “that’s not enough. Oh no! They must be driven out of their hometown! My mother is gone! She has wandered into the wilderness! She is dead! Tirzah is dead! I’m the only one left. And for what? How long, O God, Lord God of my ancestors, how long will this Rome last?”
Angry, hopeless, vengeful, he entered the court of the khan, and found it crowded with people come in during the night. While he ate his breakfast, he listened to some of them. To one party he was specially attracted. They were mostly young, stout, active, hardy men, in manner and speech provincial. In their look, the certain indefinable air, the pose of the head, glance of the eye, there was a spirit which did not, as a rule, belong to the outward seeming of the lower orders of Jerusalem; the spirit thought by some to be a peculiarity of life in mountainous districts, but which may be more surely traced to a life of healthful freedom. In a short time he ascertained they were Galileans, in the city for various purposes, but chiefly to take part in the Feast of Trumpets, set for that day. They became to him at once objects of interest, as hailing from the region in which he hoped to find readiest support in the work he was shortly to set about.
Angry, hopeless, and vengeful, he walked into the khan's court and found it packed with people who had come in overnight. While having his breakfast, he listened to some of them. One group caught his attention the most. They were mostly young, strong, active men with a provincial demeanor and speech. Their appearance—something elusive in their posture, the look in their eyes—showed a spirit that typically didn't belong to the lower classes of Jerusalem; it was thought by some to be a trait of life in mountainous regions, but it could more accurately be linked to a life of healthy freedom. Soon enough, he learned they were Galileans in the city for various reasons, but mainly to participate in the Feast of Trumpets scheduled for that day. They instantly became objects of interest to him, as they were from the area where he hoped to find the most support for the work he was about to start.
While observing them, his mind running ahead in thought of achievements possible to a legion of such spirits disciplined after the severe Roman style, a man came into the court, his face much flushed, his eyes bright with excitement.
While watching them, his mind racing with thoughts of the achievements possible for a group of disciplined spirits in the strict Roman style, a man entered the court, his face flushed and his eyes shining with excitement.
“Why are you here?” he said to the Galileans. “The rabbis and elders are going from the Temple to see Pilate. Come, make haste, and let us go with them.”
“Why are you here?” he asked the Galileans. “The rabbis and elders are heading from the Temple to see Pilate. Come on, let’s hurry and go with them.”
They surrounded him in a moment.
They quickly encircled him.
“To see Pilate! For what?”
"To see Pilate! For what?"
“They have discovered a conspiracy. Pilate’s new aqueduct is to be paid for with money of the Temple.”
“They've uncovered a conspiracy. Pilate's new aqueduct is going to be funded with money from the Temple.”
“What, with the sacred treasure?”
"What about the sacred treasure?"
They repeated the question to each other with flashing eyes.
They exchanged the question to each other with sparkling eyes.
“It is Corban—money of God. Let him touch a shekel of it if he dare!”
“It’s Corban—money dedicated to God. Let him touch a shekel of it if he dares!”
“Come,” cried the messenger. “The procession is by this time across the bridge. The whole city is pouring after. We may be needed. Make haste!”
“Come,” shouted the messenger. “The procession has crossed the bridge by now. The whole city is following after. We might be needed. Hurry up!”
As if the thought and the act were one, there was quick putting away of useless garments, and the party stood forth bareheaded, and in the short sleeveless under-tunics they were used to wearing as reapers in the field and boatmen on the lake—the garb in which they climbed the hills following the herds, and plucked the ripened vintage, careless of the sun. Lingering only to tighten their girdles, they said, “We are ready.”
As if thinking and doing were the same, they quickly put away their useless clothes and stood there bareheaded, wearing the short sleeveless tunics they were used to as harvesters in the fields and boaters on the lake—the outfits they wore while climbing hills with their herds and picking the ripe grapes, indifferent to the sun. They took a moment to tighten their belts and said, “We’re ready.”
Then Ben-Hur spoke to them.
Then Ben-Hur talked to them.
“Men of Galilee,” he said, “I am a son of Judah. Will you take me in your company?”
“Men of Galilee,” he said, “I’m a son of Judah. Will you let me join your group?”
“We may have to fight,” they replied.
“We might have to fight,” they replied.
“Oh, then, I will not be first to run away!”
“Oh, then, I won’t be the first to run away!”
They took the retort in good humor, and the messenger said, “You seem stout enough. Come along.”
They took the comment in good spirits, and the messenger said, “You look strong enough. Let’s go.”
Ben-Hur put off his outer garments.
Ben-Hur took off his outer clothes.
“You think there may be fighting?” he asked, quietly, as he tightened his girdle.
“You think there might be a fight?” he asked quietly as he tightened his belt.
“Yes.”
“Yes.”
“With whom?”
“Who with?”
“The guard.”
“The security guard.”
“Legionaries?”
"Legionnaires?"
“Whom else can a Roman trust?”
“Who else can a Roman trust?”
“What have you to fight with?”
“What do you have to fight with?”
They looked at him silently.
They stared at him silently.
“Well,” he continued, “we will have to do the best we can; but had we not better choose a leader? The legionaries always have one, and so are able to act with one mind.”
“Well,” he continued, “we'll have to do our best; but wouldn’t it be better to choose a leader? The legionaries always have one, which allows them to act with one mind.”
The Galileans stared more curiously, as if the idea were new to them.
The Galileans looked on with more curiosity, as if the idea was new to them.
“Let us at least agree to stay together,” he said. “Now I am ready, if you are.”
“Let’s at least agree to stick together,” he said. “I’m ready, if you are.”
“Yes, let us go.”
“Yeah, let's go.”
The khan, it should not be forgotten, was in Bezetha, the new town; and to get to the Praetorium, as the Romans resonantly styled the palace of Herod on Mount Zion, the party had to cross the lowlands north and west of the Temple. By streets—if they may be so called—trending north and south, with intersections hardly up to the dignity of alleys, they passed rapidly round the Akra district to the Tower of Mariamne, from which the way was short to the grand gate of the walled heights. In going, they overtook, or were overtaken by, people like themselves stirred to wrath by news of the proposed desecration. When, at length, they reached the gate of the Praetorium, the procession of elders and rabbis had passed in with a great following, leaving a greater crowd clamoring outside.
The khan, don't forget, was in Bezetha, the new town; and to get to the Praetorium, as the Romans grandly called Herod's palace on Mount Zion, the group had to cross the lowlands to the north and west of the Temple. By streets—if you can call them that—running north and south, with intersections that barely qualified as alleys, they quickly made their way around the Akra district to the Tower of Mariamne, from where it was just a short distance to the grand gate of the walled heights. On the way, they passed by or were passed by people like them, stirred to anger by news of the proposed desecration. When they finally reached the Praetorium gate, the procession of elders and rabbis had already gone in with a large following, leaving an even bigger crowd shouting outside.
A centurion kept the entrance with a guard drawn up full armed under the beautiful marble battlements. The sun struck the soldiers fervidly on helm and shield; but they kept their ranks indifferent alike to its dazzle and to the mouthings of the rabble. Through the open bronze gates a current of citizens poured in, while a much lesser one poured out.
A centurion stood at the entrance with a fully armed guard under the beautiful marble battlements. The sun beat down on the soldiers' helmets and shields, but they held their positions, unfazed by the glare or the shouts of the crowd. Through the open bronze gates, a stream of citizens flowed in, while a much smaller one flowed out.
“What is going on?” one of the Galileans asked an outcomer.
“What’s happening?” one of the Galileans asked a newcomer.
“Nothing,” was the reply. “The rabbis are before the door of the palace asking to see Pilate. He has refused to come out. They have sent one to tell him they will not go away till he has heard them. They are waiting.”
“Nothing,” was the reply. “The rabbis are at the door of the palace asking to see Pilate. He has refused to come out. They sent someone to tell him they won’t leave until he hears them. They’re waiting.”
“Let us go in,” said Ben-Hur, in his quiet way, seeing what his companions probably did not, that there was not only a disagreement between the suitors and the governor, but an issue joined, and a serious question as to who should have his will.
“Let’s go inside,” said Ben-Hur, calmly noticing something his friends probably missed: there was not only a disagreement between the suitors and the governor, but a standoff, and a serious question about who would get their way.
Inside the gate there was a row of trees in leaf, with seats under them. The people, whether going or coming, carefully avoided the shade cast gratefully upon the white, clean-swept pavement; for, strange as it may seem, a rabbinical ordinance, alleged to have been derived from the law, permitted no green thing to be grown within the walls of Jerusalem. Even the wise king, it was said, wanting a garden for his Egyptian bride, was constrained to found it down in the meeting-place of the valleys above En-rogel.
Inside the gate, there was a line of leafy trees with benches underneath them. People, whether arriving or leaving, carefully steered clear of the shade cast gratefully onto the white, clean pavement; for, oddly enough, a rabbinical rule, said to be based on the law, forbade any greenery from being planted within the walls of Jerusalem. Even the wise king, it was said, desiring a garden for his Egyptian bride, was forced to create it down in the valley meeting place above En-rogel.
Through the tree-tops shone the outer fronts of the palace. Turning to the right, the party proceeded a short distance to a spacious square, on the west side of which stood the residence of the governor. An excited multitude filled the square. Every face was directed towards a portico built over a broad doorway which was closed. Under the portico there was another array of legionaries.
Through the treetops, the outer fronts of the palace gleamed. Turning right, the group moved a short distance to a large square, on the west side of which was the governor's residence. An excited crowd filled the square. Every face was turned toward a portico built over a wide doorway that was closed. Beneath the portico stood another line of soldiers.
The throng was so close the friends could not well have advanced if such had been their desire; they remained therefore in the rear, observers of what was going on. About the portico they could see the high turbans of the rabbis, whose impatience communicated at times to the mass behind them; a cry was frequent to the effect “Pilate, if thou be a governor, come forth, come forth!”
The crowd was so packed that the friends couldn’t have moved forward even if they wanted to; so they stayed back, watching what was happening. Near the entrance, they could see the tall turbans of the rabbis, whose impatience sometimes spread to the people behind them; it was common to hear cries like, “Pilate, if you’re a governor, come out, come out!”
Once a man coming out pushed through the crowd, his face red with anger.
Once a man pushed through the crowd, his face flushed with anger.
“Israel is of no account here,” he said, in a loud voice. “On this holy ground we are no better than dogs of Rome.”
“Israel doesn’t matter here,” he said loudly. “On this holy ground, we are no better than the dogs of Rome.”
“Will he not come out, think you?”
"Do you think he won't come out?"
“Come? Has he not thrice refused?”
“Come? Has he not refused three times?”
“What will the rabbis do?”
“What will the rabbis say?”
“As at Cæsarea—camp here till he gives them ear.”
“As at Caesarea—let's stay here until he listens to them.”
“He will not dare touch the treasure, will he?” asked one of the Galileans.
“He won't dare touch the treasure, will he?” asked one of the Galileans.
“Who can say? Did not a Roman profane the Holy of Holies? Is there anything sacred from Romans?”
“Who knows? Didn’t a Roman desecrate the Holy of Holies? Is there anything sacred to Romans?”
An hour passed, and though Pilate deigned them no answer, the rabbis and crowd remained. Noon came, bringing a shower from the west, but no change in the situation, except that the multitude was larger and much noisier, and the feeling more decidedly angry. The shouting was almost continuous, Come forth, come forth! The cry was sometimes with disrespectful variations. Meanwhile Ben-Hur held his Galilean friends together. He judged the pride of the Roman would eventually get the better of his discretion, and that the end could not be far off. Pilate was but waiting for the people to furnish him an excuse for resort to violence.
An hour went by, and even though Pilate didn’t respond to them, the rabbis and the crowd stayed put. Noon arrived, bringing a rain shower from the west, but there was no change in the situation, except that the crowd grew larger and much louder, and their anger became more obvious. The shouting was nearly nonstop, “Come out, come out!” The cry sometimes had disrespectful twists. Meanwhile, Ben-Hur kept his Galilean friends close. He figured the pride of the Roman would eventually outweigh his caution, and that the end wouldn’t be far off. Pilate was just waiting for the crowd to give him an excuse to resort to violence.
And at last the end came. In the midst of the assemblage there was heard the sound of blows, succeeded instantly by yells of pain and rage, and a most furious commotion. The venerable men in front of the portico faced about aghast. The common people in the rear at first pushed forward; in the centre, the effort was to get out; and for a short time the pressure of opposing forces was terrible. A thousand voices made inquiry, raised all at once; as no one had time to answer, the surprise speedily became a panic.
And finally, the end arrived. Amid the crowd, there was the sound of strikes, quickly followed by cries of pain and anger, creating a chaotic scene. The elderly men in front of the porch turned around in shock. The common people in the back initially pushed forward; in the center, everyone was trying to escape; and for a brief moment, the force of opposing movements was overwhelming. A thousand voices shouted questions all at once; with no time for answers, the surprise quickly turned into a panic.
Ben-Hur kept his senses.
Ben-Hur stayed alert.
“You cannot see?” he said to one of the Galileans.
“You can't see?” he said to one of the Galileans.
“No.”
“No.”
“I will raise you up.”
"I'll lift you up."
He caught the man about the middle, and lifted him bodily.
He caught the man in the middle and lifted him up completely.
“What is it?”
“What's that?”
“I see now,” said the man. “There are some armed with clubs, and they are beating the people. They are dressed like Jews.”
“I see now,” said the man. “Some of them have clubs, and they’re attacking the people. They’re dressed like Jews.”
“Who are they?”
"Who are they?"
“Romans, as the Lord liveth! Romans in disguise. Their clubs fly like flails! There, I saw a rabbi struck down—an old man! They spare nobody!”
“Romans, I swear! Romans in disguise. Their clubs swing like whips! I saw an old rabbi get knocked down! They don’t spare anyone!”
Ben-Hur let the man down.
Ben-Hur let the guy down.
“Men of Galilee,” he said, “it is a trick of Pilate’s. Now, will you do what I say, we will get even with the club-men.”
“Men of Galilee,” he said, “it’s one of Pilate’s tricks. Now, if you do what I say, we’ll get back at the club-men.”
The Galilean spirit arose.
The Galilean spirit emerged.
“Yes, yes!” they answered.
"Yeah, yeah!" they replied.
“Let us go back to the trees by the gate, and we may find the planting of Herod, though unlawful, has some good in it after all. Come!”
“Let’s go back to the trees by the gate, and we might discover that Herod’s planting, although illegal, has some good in it after all. Come on!”
They ran back all of them fast as they could; and, by throwing their united weight upon the limbs, tore them from the trunks. In a brief time they, too, were armed. Returning, at the corner of the square they met the crowd rushing madly for the gate. Behind, the clamor continued—a medley of shrieks, groans, and execrations.
They all ran back as fast as they could and, by putting all their strength together, pulled the limbs off the trunks. Soon, they were armed as well. When they returned, they encountered a crowd frantically rushing toward the gate at the corner of the square. Behind them, the chaos continued—a mix of screams, groans, and curses.
“To the wall!” Ben-Hur shouted. “To the wall!—and let the herd go by!”
“To the wall!” Ben-Hur yelled. “To the wall!—and let the crowd pass by!”
So, clinging to the masonry at their right hand, they escaped the might of the rush, and little by little made headway until, at last, the square was reached.
So, holding onto the stone wall on their right, they escaped the force of the current and slowly made progress until they finally reached the square.
“Keep together now, and follow me!”
“Stay close and follow me!”
By this time Ben-Hur’s leadership was perfect; and as he pushed into the seething mob his party closed after him in a body. And when the Romans, clubbing the people and making merry as they struck them down, came hand to hand with the Galileans, lithe of limb, eager for the fray, and equally armed, they were in turn surprised. Then the shouting was close and fierce; the crash of sticks rapid and deadly; the advance furious as hate could make it. No one performed his part as well as Ben-Hur, whose training served him admirably; for, not merely he knew to strike and guard; his long arm, perfect action, and incomparable strength helped him, also, to success in every encounter. He was at the same time fighting-man and leader. The club he wielded was of goodly length and weighty, so he had need to strike a man but once. He seemed, moreover, to have eyes for each combat of his friends, and the faculty of being at the right moment exactly where he was most needed. In his fighting cry there were inspiration for his party and alarm for his enemies. Thus surprised and equally matched, the Romans at first retired, but finally turned their backs and fled to the portico. The impetuous Galileans would have pursued them to the steps, but Ben-Hur wisely restrained them.
By this time, Ben-Hur’s leadership was on point; and as he pushed into the chaotic crowd, his group followed closely behind him. When the Romans, swinging their clubs and enjoying themselves as they struck people down, came face to face with the agile Galileans, eager for a fight and equally armed, they were caught off guard. The shouting was intense and fierce; the sounds of clubs hitting rapidly and deadly; the advance was as furious as pure hatred could make it. No one executed their role better than Ben-Hur, whose training served him exceptionally well; he not only knew how to strike and defend, but his long reach, flawless moves, and incredible strength also contributed to his success in every battle. He was both a fighter and a leader. The club he wielded was long and heavy, so he only needed to hit a man once. Moreover, he seemed to have an eye on all his friends’ fights and knew exactly when to be where he was needed most. His battle cry inspired his teammates and struck fear into his enemies. Caught off guard and evenly matched, the Romans initially retreated, but eventually turned and fled to the portico. The eager Galileans wanted to chase them to the steps, but Ben-Hur wisely held them back.
“Stay, my men!” he said. “The centurion yonder is coming with the guard. They have swords and shields; we cannot fight them. We have done well; let us get back and out of the gate while we may.”
“Wait, my men!” he said. “The centurion over there is coming with the guards. They have swords and shields; we can't fight them. We’ve done well; let’s get back and out of the gate while we still can.”
They obeyed him, though slowly; for they had frequently to step over their countrymen lying where they had been felled; some writhing and groaning, some praying help, others mute as the dead. But the fallen were not all Jews. In that there was consolation.
They followed him, but slowly; because they often had to step over their fellow countrymen lying where they had fallen; some writhing and groaning, some crying out for help, others silent like the dead. But not all the fallen were Jews. In that, there was some comfort.
The centurion shouted to them as they went off; Ben-Hur laughed at him, and replied in his own tongue, “If we are dogs of Israel, you are jackals of Rome. Remain here, and we will come again.”
The centurion yelled at them as they walked away; Ben-Hur laughed at him and responded in his own language, “If we are dogs of Israel, you are jackals of Rome. Stay here, and we will return.”
The Galileans cheered, and laughing went on.
The Galileans cheered and continued to laugh.
Outside the gate there was a multitude the like of which Ben-Hur had never seen, not even in the circus at Antioch. The house-tops, the streets, the slope of the hill, appeared densely covered with people wailing and praying. The air was filled with their cries and imprecations.
Outside the gate, there was a crowd like Ben-Hur had never seen before, not even at the circus in Antioch. The rooftops, streets, and hillside were packed with people crying and praying. The air was filled with their voices and curses.
The party were permitted to pass without challenge by the outer guard. But hardly were they out before the centurion in charge at the portico appeared, and in the gateway called to Ben-Hur,
The group was allowed to go through without being stopped by the outer guard. But as soon as they got outside, the centurion in charge at the entrance showed up and called out to Ben-Hur at the gateway,
“Ho, insolent! Art thou a Roman or a Jew?”
“Hey, you arrogant person! Are you a Roman or a Jew?”
Ben-Hur answered, “I am a son of Judah, born here. What wouldst thou with me?”
Ben-Hur answered, “I am a son of Judah, born here. What do you want with me?”
“Stay and fight.”
“Stay and battle.”
“Singly?”
"Individually?"
“As thou wilt!”
"As you wish!"
Ben-Hur laughed derisively.
Ben-Hur laughed mockingly.
“O brave Roman! Worthy son of the bastard Roman Jove! I have no arms.”
“O brave Roman! Worthy son of the illegitimate Roman Jove! I have no weapons.”
“Thou shalt have mine,” the centurion answered. “I will borrow of the guard here.”
“Sure, I'll take what you've got,” the centurion replied. “I'll borrow from the guard here.”
The people in hearing of the colloquy became silent; and from them the hush spread afar. But lately Ben-Hur had beaten a Roman under the eyes of Antioch and the Farther East; now, could he beat another one under the eyes of Jerusalem, the honor might be vastly profitable to the cause of the New King. He did not hesitate. Going frankly to the centurion, he said, “I am willing. Lend me thy sword and shield.”
The people who heard the conversation fell silent, and that silence spread far and wide. Just recently, Ben-Hur had defeated a Roman in front of Antioch and the Eastern lands; now, if he could defeat another one in front of Jerusalem, it could greatly benefit the cause of the New King. He didn’t hesitate. Approaching the centurion, he said, “I’m willing. Give me your sword and shield.”
“And the helm and breastplate?” asked the Roman.
“And what about the helmet and breastplate?” asked the Roman.
“Keep them. They might not fit me.”
“Hold on to them. They might not suit me.”
The arms were as frankly delivered, and directly the centurion was ready. All this time the soldiers in rank close by the gate never moved; they simply listened. As to the multitude, only when the combatants advanced to begin the fight the question sped from mouth to mouth, “Who is he?” And no one knew.
The weapons were handed over openly, and the centurion was prepared. Throughout this time, the soldiers lined up near the gate remained still; they just listened. As for the crowd, it was only when the fighters stepped forward to start the battle that the question flew from person to person, “Who is he?” And no one had an answer.
Now the Roman supremacy in arms lay in three things—submission to discipline, the legionary formation of battle, and a peculiar use of the short sword. In combat, they never struck or cut; from first to last they thrust—they advanced thrusting, they retired thrusting; and generally their aim was at the foeman’s face. All this was well known to Ben-Hur. As they were about to engage he said,
Now the Roman dominance in warfare relied on three things—obedience to discipline, the formation of legions in battle, and a unique way of using the short sword. In combat, they never swung or slashed; from start to finish, they thrust—they moved forward thrusting, they fell back thrusting; and typically, their target was the enemy’s face. Ben-Hur was well aware of all this. As they were about to engage, he said,
“I told thee I was a son of Judah; but I did not tell that I am lanista-taught. Defend thyself!”
“I told you I was a son of Judah; but I didn't mention that I'm trained as a lanista. Defend yourself!”
At the last word Ben-Hur closed with his antagonist. A moment, standing foot to foot, they glared at each other over the rims of their embossed shields; then the Roman pushed forward and feinted an under-thrust. The Jew laughed at him. A thrust at the face followed. The Jew stepped lightly to the left; quick as the thrust was, the step was quicker. Under the lifted arm of the foe he slid his shield, advancing it until the sword and sword-arm were both caught on its upper surface; another step, this time forward and left, and the man’s whole right side was offered to the point. The centurion fell heavily on his breast, clanging the pavement, and Ben-Hur had won. With his foot upon his enemy’s back, he raised his shield overhead after a gladiatorial custom, and saluted the imperturbable soldiers by the gate.
At the final moment, Ben-Hur faced off against his opponent. They stood toe to toe, glaring at each other over the edges of their decorated shields. Then the Roman lunged forward and pretended to stab from below. The Jew laughed at him. Next came a jab aimed at his face. The Jew swiftly moved to the left; despite the quickness of the jab, his step was even quicker. He slid his shield under the opponent's raised arm, pushing it forward until both the sword and the arm were pinned against its upper surface. With another step, this time moving forward and to the left, he exposed the entire right side of the man to his blade. The centurion collapsed heavily onto his chest, hitting the pavement hard, and Ben-Hur had emerged victorious. With his foot on his enemy’s back, he raised his shield above his head in the style of a gladiator and saluted the unflappable soldiers by the gate.
When the people realized the victory they behaved like mad. On the houses far as the Xystus, fast as the word could fly, they waved their shawls and handkerchiefs and shouted; and if he had consented, the Galileans would have carried Ben-Hur off upon their shoulders.
When the people realized they had won, they went wild. From the houses along the Xystus, as fast as the news spread, they waved their shawls and handkerchiefs and cheered; and if he had agreed, the Galileans would have lifted Ben-Hur onto their shoulders.
To a petty officer who then advanced from the gate he said, “Thy comrade died like a soldier. I leave him undespoiled. Only his sword and shield are mine.”
To a petty officer who then came from the gate, he said, “Your comrade died like a soldier. I leave him untouched. Only his sword and shield are mine.”
With that, he walked away. Off a little he spoke to the Galileans.
With that, he walked away. A bit further off, he spoke to the Galileans.
“Brethren, you have behaved well. Let us now separate, lest we be pursued. Meet me to-night at the khan in Bethany. I have something to propose to you of great interest to Israel.”
“Brothers, you’ve acted appropriately. Let’s part ways now, or we might be chased. Meet me tonight at the inn in Bethany. I have something important to discuss with you regarding Israel.”
“Who are you?” they asked him.
“Who are you?” they asked him.
“A son of Judah,” he answered, simply.
“A son of Judah,” he replied, simply.
A throng eager to see him surged around the party.
A crowd eager to see him surged around the party.
“Will you come to Bethany?” he asked.
“Will you come to Bethany?” he asked.
“Yes, we will come.”
"Yes, we'll come."
“Then bring with you this sword and shield that I may know you.”
“Then bring this sword and shield with you so I can recognize you.”
Pushing brusquely through the increasing crowd, he speedily disappeared.
Pushing roughly through the growing crowd, he quickly vanished.
At the instance of Pilate, the people went up from the city, and carried off their dead and wounded, and there was much mourning for them; but the grief was greatly lightened by the victory of the unknown champion, who was everywhere sought, and by every one extolled. The fainting spirit of the nation was revived by the brave deed; insomuch that in the streets and up in the Temple even, amidst the solemnities of the feast, old tales of the Maccabees were told again, and thousands shook their heads whispering wisely,
At Pilate's request, the people left the city to collect their dead and wounded, and there was a lot of mourning for them; however, the sadness was greatly eased by the victory of the unknown hero, who was sought after everywhere and praised by everyone. The nation's faint spirit was lifted by this brave act; so much so that in the streets and even in the Temple, during the solemn feast, old stories of the Maccabees were told again, and thousands shook their heads, whispering knowingly.
“A little longer, only a little longer, brethren, and Israel will come to her own. Let there be faith in the Lord, and patience.”
“Just a bit longer, only a bit longer, everyone, and Israel will have its time. Let’s have faith in the Lord and be patient.”
In such manner Ben-Hur obtained hold on Galilee, and paved the way to greater services in the cause of the King Who Was Coming.
In this way, Ben-Hur gained control of Galilee and set the stage for greater contributions to the cause of the King Who Was Coming.
And with what result we shall see.
And we'll see what unfolds.
BOOK SEVENTH
“And, waking, I beheld her there
Sea-dreaming in the moted air,
A siren lithe and debonair,
With wristlets woven of scarlet weeds,
And oblong lucent amber beads
Of sea-kelp shining in her hair.”
THOMAS BAILEY ALDRICH.
"And when I woke, I saw her there
Lost in thought with the shimmering air,
A graceful siren, so charming and fair,
With wristlets made of red seaweeds,
And shining amber beads, shaped like seeds,
Of sea kelp glistening in her hair."
THOMAS BAILEY ALDRICH.
CHAPTER I
The meeting took place in the khan of Bethany as appointed. Thence Ben-Hur went with the Galileans into their country, where his exploits up in the old Market-place gave him fame and influence. Before the winter was gone he raised three legions, and organized them after the Roman pattern. He could have had as many more, for the martial spirit of that gallant people never slept. The proceeding, however, required careful guarding as against both Rome and Herod Antipas. Contenting himself for the present with the three, he strove to train and educate them for systematic action. For that purpose he carried the officers over into the lava-beds of Trachonitis, and taught them the use of arms, particularly the javelin and sword, and the manoeuvering peculiar to the legionary formation; after which he sent them home as teachers. And soon the training became a pastime of the people.
The meeting took place at the inn in Bethany as planned. From there, Ben-Hur went with the Galileans into their region, where his achievements in the old marketplace earned him fame and influence. Before winter ended, he raised three legions and organized them in the Roman style. He could have raised even more since the fighting spirit of that brave people never faded. However, managing this required careful consideration regarding both Rome and Herod Antipas. For now, he was content with three legions and worked to train and prepare them for coordinated action. To do this, he took the officers to the lava fields of Trachonitis and taught them how to use weapons, especially the javelin and sword, along with the tactics specific to legionary formations; afterward, he sent them back home as instructors. Soon, the training became a favorite activity among the people.
As may be thought, the task called for patience, skill, zeal, faith, and devotion on his part—qualities into which the power of inspiring others in matters of difficulty is always resolvable; and never man possessed them in greater degree or used them to better effect. How he labored! And with utter denial of self! Yet withal he would have failed but for the support he had from Simonides, who furnished him arms and money, and from Ilderim, who kept watch and brought him supplies. And still he would have failed but for the genius of the Galileans.
As you might expect, the task required patience, skill, enthusiasm, belief, and dedication from him—qualities that always boil down to the ability to inspire others in tough situations; and no one possessed them more or used them more effectively. He worked hard! And completely selflessly! Yet even so, he would have failed without the support he got from Simonides, who provided him with weapons and funds, and from Ilderim, who kept watch and brought him supplies. And still, he would have failed without the brilliance of the Galileans.
Under that name were comprehended the four tribes—Asher, Zebulon, Issachar, and Naphthali—and the districts originally set apart to them. The Jew born in sight of the Temple despised these brethren of the north; but the Talmud itself has said, “The Galilean loves honor, and the Jew money.”
Under that name were understood the four tribes—Asher, Zebulon, Issachar, and Naphthali—and the regions originally designated for them. The Jew born near the Temple looked down on these northern brethren; however, the Talmud itself states, “The Galilean loves honor, and the Jew money.”
Hating Rome fervidly as they loved their own country, in every revolt they were first in the field and last to leave it. One hundred and fifty thousand Galilean youths perished in the final war with Rome. For the great festal days, they went up to Jerusalem marching and camping like armies; yet they were liberal in sentiment, and even tolerant to heathenism. In Herod’s beautiful cities, which were Roman in all things, in Sepphoris and Tiberias especially, they took pride, and in the building them gave loyal support. They had for fellow-citizens men from the outside world everywhere, and lived in peace with them. To the glory of the Hebrew name they contributed poets like the singer of the Song of Songs and prophets like Hosea.
Hating Rome as passionately as they loved their own country, they were always the first to fight and the last to withdraw in every uprising. One hundred and fifty thousand young men from Galilee died in the final war against Rome. During major festivals, they traveled to Jerusalem, marching and camping like soldiers; yet they were generous in their beliefs and even accepting of paganism. In Herod's beautiful cities, which were completely Roman, especially in Sepphoris and Tiberias, they took pride in them and supported their construction. They had fellow citizens from all over the world and lived peacefully with them. They contributed to the glory of the Hebrew name by giving us poets like the author of the Song of Songs and prophets like Hosea.
Upon such a people, so quick, so proud, so brave, so devoted, so imaginative, a tale like that of the coming of the King was all-powerful. That he was coming to put Rome down would have been sufficient to enlist them in the scheme proposed by Ben-Hur; but when, besides, they were assured he was to rule the world, more mighty than Cæsar, more magnificent than Solomon, and that the rule was to last forever, the appeal was irresistible, and they vowed themselves to the cause body and soul. They asked Ben-Hur his authority for the sayings, and he quoted the prophets, and told them of Balthasar in waiting over in Antioch; and they were satisfied, for it was the old much-loved legend of the Messiah, familiar to them almost as the name of the Lord; the long-cherished dream with a time fixed for its realization. The King was not merely coming now; he was at hand.
For a people so quick, proud, brave, devoted, and imaginative, a story like the arrival of the King was incredibly powerful. The fact that he was coming to take down Rome would have been enough to get them on board with Ben-Hur's plan; but when they learned that he would rule the world, stronger than Caesar and more magnificent than Solomon, and that his reign would last forever, they were all in, committing themselves wholeheartedly to the cause. They asked Ben-Hur where he got this information, and he cited the prophets, telling them about Balthasar waiting in Antioch. They were convinced, as it was the beloved old legend of the Messiah, familiar to them almost as well as the name of the Lord; a long-held dream with a specific time for fulfillment. The King wasn't just coming now; he was nearly here.
So with Ben-Hur the winter months rolled by, and spring came, with gladdening showers blown over from the summering sea in the west; and by that time so earnestly and successfully had he toiled that he could say to himself and his followers, “Let the good King come. He has only to tell us where he will have his throne set up. We have the sword-hands to keep it for him.”
So, with Ben-Hur, the winter months passed, and spring arrived, bringing joyful showers blown in from the warming sea to the west; by that time, he had worked so hard and effectively that he could confidently tell himself and his followers, “Let the good King come. He just needs to tell us where he wants his throne set up. We have the strength to defend it for him.”
And in all his dealings with the many men they knew him only as a son of Judah, and by that name.
And in all his interactions with the various people, they only knew him as a son of Judah, and by that name.
One evening, over in Trachonitis, Ben-Hur was sitting with some of his Galileans at the mouth of the cave in which he quartered, when an Arab courier rode to him, and delivered a letter. Breaking the package, he read,
One evening, out in Trachonitis, Ben-Hur was sitting with some of his Galileans at the entrance of the cave where he stayed when an Arab courier rode up to him and handed him a letter. After opening the package, he read,
“Jerusalem, Nisan IV.
"Jerusalem, April 4."
“A prophet has appeared who men say is Elias. He has been in the wilderness for years, and to our eyes he is a prophet; and such also is his speech, the burden of which is of one much greater than himself, who, he says, is to come presently, and for whom he is now waiting on the eastern shore of the River Jordan. I have been to see and hear him, and the one he is waiting for is certainly the King you are awaiting. Come and judge for yourself.
“A prophet has emerged whom people are calling Elias. He’s been in the wilderness for years, and to us, he seems like a prophet; his words are focused on someone far greater than himself, who, he says, is coming soon and for whom he is currently waiting on the eastern shore of the River Jordan. I've been to see and hear him, and the one he's waiting for is definitely the King you’re expecting. Come and see for yourself."
“All Jerusalem is going out to the prophet, and with many people else the shore on which he abides is like Mount Olivet in the last days of the Passover.
“All of Jerusalem is going to see the prophet, and with many others, the shore where he stays looks like Mount Olivet during the final days of Passover.”
“MALLUCH.”
“MALLUCH.”
Ben-Hur’s face flushed with joy.
Ben-Hur's face lit up with joy.
“By this word, O my friends,” he said—“by this word, our waiting is at end. The herald of the King has appeared and announced him.”
“By this word, my friends,” he said—“by this word, our waiting is over. The King’s messenger has come and announced him.”
Upon hearing the letter read, they also rejoiced at the promise it held out.
Upon hearing the letter read, they celebrated the promise it contained.
“Get ready now,” he added, “and in the morning set your faces homeward; when arrived there, send word to those under you, and bid them be ready to assemble as I may direct. For myself and you, I will go see if the King be indeed at hand, and send you report. Let us, in the meantime, live in the pleasure of the promise.”
“Get ready now,” he said, “and in the morning, head back home; once you arrive, let those in your charge know and tell them to be ready to gather as I instruct. As for me, I will check if the King is actually coming and send you an update. In the meantime, let’s enjoy the excitement of the promise.”
Going into the cave, he addressed a letter to Ilderim, and another to Simonides, giving notice of the news received, and of his purpose to go up immediately to Jerusalem. The letters he despatched by swift messengers. When night fell, and the stars of direction came out, he mounted, and with an Arab guide set out for the Jordan, intending to strike the track of the caravans between Rabbath-Ammon and Damascus.
Going into the cave, he wrote a letter to Ilderim and another to Simonides, informing them of the news he had received and his plan to head to Jerusalem right away. He sent the letters with fast messengers. When night came and the guiding stars appeared, he got on his horse and, with an Arab guide, set out for the Jordan, planning to follow the caravan route between Rabbath-Ammon and Damascus.
The guide was sure, and Aldebaran swift; so by midnight the two were out of the lava fastness speeding southward.
The guide was confident, and Aldebaran was quick; by midnight, the two were out of the lava cave and heading south fast.
CHAPTER II
It was Ben-Hur’s purpose to turn aside at the break of day, and find a safe place in which to rest; but the dawn overtook him while out in the Desert, and he kept on, the guide promising to bring him afterwhile to a vale shut in by great rocks, where there were a spring, some mulberry-trees, and herbage in plenty for the horses.
It was Ben-Hur's intention to set out at dawn and find a secure spot to rest, but the morning caught up with him while he was still in the Desert. He continued on, with the guide assuring him that he would eventually lead him to a valley surrounded by tall rocks, where there was a spring, some mulberry trees, and plenty of grass for the horses.
As he rode thinking of the wondrous events so soon to happen, and of the changes they were to bring about in the affairs of men and nations, the guide, ever on the alert, called attention to an appearance of strangers behind them. Everywhere around the Desert stretched away in waves of sand, slowly yellowing in the growing light, and without any green thing visible. Over on the left, but still far off, a range of low mountains extended, apparently interminable. In the vacancy of such a waste an object in motion could not long continue a mystery.
As he rode, contemplating the amazing events that were about to unfold and the changes they would bring to people and nations, the guide, always vigilant, pointed out the sight of strangers following them. All around, the Desert rolled in waves of sand, slowly turning yellow in the increasing light, with no greenery in sight. To the left, yet still far away, a stretch of low mountains seemed endless. In such an empty expanse, anything moving couldn’t remain a mystery for long.
“It is a camel with riders,” the guide said, directly.
“It’s a camel with riders,” the guide said straightforwardly.
“Are there others behind?” said Ben-Hur.
“Are there others behind us?” Ben-Hur asked.
“It is alone. No, there is a man on horseback—the driver, probably.”
“It’s alone. No, there’s a man on horseback—the driver, probably.”
A little later Ben-Hur himself could see the camel was white and unusually large, reminding him of the wonderful animal he had seen bring Balthasar and Iras to the fountain in the Grove of Daphne. There could be no other like it. Thinking then of the fair Egyptian, insensibly his gait became slower, and at length fell into the merest loiter, until finally he could discern a curtained houdah, and two persons seated within it. If they were Balthasar and Iras! Should he make himself known to them? But it could not be: this was the Desert—and they were alone. But while he debated the question the long swinging stride of the camel brought its riders up to him. He heard the ringing of the tiny bells, and beheld the rich housings which had been so attractive to the crowd at the Castalian fount. He beheld also the Ethiopian, always attendant upon the Egyptians. The tall brute stopped close by his horse, and Ben-Hur, looking up, lo! Iras herself under the raised curtain looking down at him, her great swimming eyes bright with astonishment and inquiry!
A little later, Ben-Hur could see that the camel was white and unusually large, reminding him of the amazing animal that had brought Balthasar and Iras to the fountain in the Grove of Daphne. There could be no other like it. As he thought of the beautiful Egyptian, he unconsciously slowed his pace and eventually started to linger, until he could finally make out a curtained houdah with two people seated inside. Could it be Balthasar and Iras? Should he reveal himself to them? But it couldn’t be; this was the Desert—and they were alone. While he debated this, the long, swinging stride of the camel brought its riders closer to him. He heard the ringing of tiny bells and saw the rich decorations that had been so captivating to the crowd at the Castalian fountain. He also noticed the Ethiopian, who was always with the Egyptians. The tall creature stopped right next to his horse, and when Ben-Hur looked up, there was Iras herself under the raised curtain, looking down at him, her large, expressive eyes shining with surprise and curiosity!
“The blessing of the true God upon you!” said Balthasar, in his tremulous voice.
“The blessing of the true God on you!” said Balthasar, in his shaky voice.
“And to thee and thine be the peace of the Lord,” Ben-Hur replied.
“And may the peace of the Lord be with you and yours,” Ben-Hur replied.
“My eyes are weak with years,” said Balthasar; “but they approve you that son of Hur whom lately I knew an honored guest in the tent of Ilderim the Generous.”
“My eyes are weak with age,” said Balthasar; “but they recognize you, son of Hur, whom I recently saw as an honored guest in the tent of Ilderim the Generous.”
“And thou art that Balthasar, the wise Egyptian, whose speech concerning certain holy things in expectation is having so much to do with the finding me in this waste place. What dost thou here?”
“And you are that Balthasar, the wise Egyptian, whose words about certain sacred matters in anticipation are so relevant to my being found in this desolate place. What are you doing here?”
“He is never alone who is where God is—and God is everywhere,” Balthasar answered, gravely; “but in the sense of your asking, there is a caravan short way behind us going to Alexandria; and as it is to pass through Jerusalem, I thought best to avail myself of its company as far as the Holy City, whither I am journeying. This morning, however, in discontent with its slow movement—slower because of a Roman cohort in attendance upon it—we rose early, and ventured thus far in advance. As to robbers along the way, we are not afraid, for I have here a signet of Sheik Ilderim; against beasts of prey, God is our sufficient trust.”
“He is never alone who is where God is—and God is everywhere,” Balthasar replied earnestly; “but in terms of your question, there’s a caravan just behind us heading to Alexandria; and since it will pass through Jerusalem, I thought it best to join its company as far as the Holy City, which is where I’m headed. This morning, however, unhappy with its slow pace—slower due to a Roman group escorting it—we left early and pushed on ahead. As for bandits along the way, we’re not worried, because I have a signet from Sheik Ilderim; and against wild beasts, God is our strong protection.”
Ben-Hur bowed and said, “The good sheik’s signet is a safeguard wherever the wilderness extends, and the lion shall be swift that overtakes this king of his kind.”
Ben-Hur bowed and said, “The good sheik’s signet is a protection wherever the wilderness stretches, and the lion will be quick to catch this king among his kind.”
He patted the neck of the camel as he spoke.
He patted the camel's neck as he spoke.
“Yet,” said Iras, with a smile which was not lost upon the youth, whose eyes, it must be admitted, had several times turned to her during the interchange of speeches with the elder—“Yet even he would be better if his fast were broken. Kings have hunger and headaches. If you be, indeed, the Ben-Hur of whom my father has spoken, and whom it was my pleasure to have known as well, you will be happy, I am sure, to show us some near path to living water, that with its sparkle we may grace a morning’s meal in the Desert.”
“Yet,” said Iras, smiling in a way that didn't go unnoticed by the young man, who had, it's true, looked at her several times during the conversation with the elder—“Yet even he would be better off if he broke his fast. Kings get hungry and get headaches. If you are indeed the Ben-Hur my father has mentioned and whom I was glad to have known as well, I’m sure you’d be happy to lead us to some nearby source of fresh water so we can enjoy a nice breakfast in the Desert.”
Ben-Hur, nothing loath, hastened to answer.
Ben-Hur, eager to respond, quickly replied.
“Fair Egyptian, I give you sympathy. Can you bear suffering a little longer, we will find the spring you ask for, and I promise that its draught shall be as sweet and cooling as that of the more famous Castalia. With leave, we will make haste.”
"Beautiful Egyptian, I feel for you. Can you endure just a little longer? We will find the spring you’re searching for, and I promise that its water will be as sweet and refreshing as that of the more famous Castalia. If you allow us, we’ll hurry along."
“I give you the blessing of the thirsty,” she replied; “and offer you in return a bit of bread from the city ovens, dipped in fresh butter from the dewy meadows of Damascus.”
“I give you the blessing of the thirsty,” she replied; “and offer you in return a piece of bread from the city ovens, dipped in fresh butter from the dewy meadows of Damascus.”
“A most rare favor! Let us go on.”
“A really rare favor! Let's keep going.”
So saying, Ben-Hur rode forward with the guide, one of the inconveniences of travelling with camels being that it is necessarily an interdiction of polite conversation.
So saying, Ben-Hur rode forward with the guide, one of the drawbacks of traveling with camels being that it pretty much stops any chance of polite conversation.
Afterwhile the party came to a shallow wady, down which, turning to the right hand, the guide led them. The bed of the cut was somewhat soft from recent rains, and quite bold in its descent. Momentarily, however, it widened; and erelong the sides became bluffs ribbed with rocks much scarred by floods rushing to lower depths ahead. Finally, from a narrow passage, the travellers entered a spreading vale which was very delightful; but come upon suddenly from the yellow, unrelieved, verdureless plain, it had the effect of a freshly discovered Paradise. The water-channels winding here and there, definable by crisp white shingling, appeared like threads tangled among islands green with grasses and fringed with reeds. Up from the final depths of the valley of the Jordan some venturous oleanders had crept, and with their large bloom now starred the sunken place. One palm-tree arose in royal assertion. The bases of the boundary-walls were cloaked with clambering vines, and under a leaning cliff over on the left the mulberry grove had planted itself, proclaiming the spring which the party were seeking. And thither the guide conducted them, careless of whistling partridges and lesser birds of brighter hues roused whirring from the reedy coverts.
After a while, the party came to a shallow valley, where the guide led them to the right. The ground was a bit soft from recent rains and dropped steeply. However, it soon widened, and the sides became steep cliffs ribbed with rocks seriously worn by rushing floods heading to lower depths. Eventually, from a narrow passage, the travelers entered a wide, beautiful valley; coming upon it suddenly from the dry, dull, lifeless plain felt like stumbling into a newly discovered paradise. The winding water channels, marked by crisp white stones, looked like threads tangled among islands lush with grass and surrounded by reeds. Some daring oleanders had crept up from the depths of the Jordan valley, their large blossoms now dotted across the sunken area. One palm tree stood proudly. The bases of the surrounding walls were covered in climbing vines, and under a slanting cliff on the left, a mulberry grove announced the spring the group was searching for. The guide led them there, unconcerned by the whistling partridges and brightly colored smaller birds that fluttered up from the reeds.
The water started from a crack in the cliff which some loving hand had enlarged into an arched cavity. Graven over it in bold Hebraic letters was the word GOD. The graver had no doubt drunk there, and tarried many days, and given thanks in that durable form. From the arch the stream ran merrily over a flag spotted with bright moss, and leaped into a pool glassy clear; thence it stole away between grassy banks, nursing the trees before it vanished in the thirsty sand. A few narrow paths were noticeable about the margin of the pool; otherwise the space around was untrodden turf, at sight of which the guide was assured of rest free from intrusion by men. The horses were presently turned loose, and from the kneeling camel the Ethiopian assisted Balthasar and Iras; whereupon the old man, turning his face to the east, crossed his hands reverently upon his breast and prayed.
The water came from a crack in the cliff that someone loving had widened into an arched cavity. Carved over it in bold Hebrew letters was the word GOD. The person who carved it had likely drunk from the spring, stayed for days, and given thanks in that enduring form. From the arch, the stream flowed happily over a stone covered in bright moss and jumped into a crystal-clear pool; from there, it gently flowed away between grassy banks, nurturing the trees before disappearing into the thirsty sand. A few narrow paths were visible around the edge of the pool; otherwise, the area around was untouched grass, which assured the guide of peace free from human intrusion. The horses were soon set loose, and from the kneeling camel, the Ethiopian helped Balthasar and Iras; then the old man, facing east, crossed his hands reverently over his chest and prayed.
“Bring me a cup,” Iras said, with some impatience.
“Bring me a cup,” Iras said, a bit impatiently.
From the houdah the slave brought her a crystal goblet; then she said to Ben-Hur,
From the houdah, the slave brought her a crystal goblet; then she said to Ben-Hur,
“I will be your servant at the fountain.”
"I'll be your assistant at the fountain."
They walked to the pool together. He would have dipped the water for her, but she refused his offer, and kneeling, held the cup to be filled by the stream itself; nor yet content, when it was cooled and overrunning, she tendered him the first draught.
They walked to the pool together. He would have tested the water for her, but she declined his offer and, kneeling down, held the cup to be filled by the stream itself; still not satisfied, when it was cooled and overflowing, she offered him the first sip.
“No,” he said, putting the graceful hand aside, and seeing only the large eyes half hidden beneath the arches of the upraised brows, “be the service mine, I pray.”
“No,” he said, moving the delicate hand aside and noticing only the large eyes partially obscured by the raised brows, “let me take care of this, please.”
She persisted in having her way.
She kept insisting on having her way.
“In my country, O son of Hur, we have a saying, ‘Better a cupbearer to the fortunate than minister to a king.’”
“In my country, O son of Hur, we have a saying, ‘It’s better to be a cupbearer to the lucky than a minister to a king.’”
“Fortunate!” he said.
"Awesome!" he said.
There were both surprise and inquiry in the tone of his voice and in his look, and she said quickly,
There was both surprise and curiosity in his voice and in his expression, and she replied quickly,
“The gods give us success as a sign by which we may know them on our side. Were you not winner in the Circus?”
“The gods grant us success as a sign that they're on our side. Weren't you the winner at the Circus?”
His cheeks began to flush.
His cheeks started to flush.
“That was one sign. There is another. In a combat with swords you slew a Roman.”
“That was one sign. There’s another. In a sword fight, you killed a Roman.”
The flush deepened—not so much for the triumphs themselves as the flattery there was in the thought that she had followed his career with interest. A moment, and the pleasure was succeeded by a reflection. The combat, he knew, was matter of report throughout the East; but the name of the victor had been committed to a very few—Malluch, Ilderim, and Simonides. Could they have made a confidante of the woman? So with wonder and gratification he was confused; and seeing it, she arose and said, holding the cup over the pool,
The flush deepened—not just because of the victories themselves but because of the flattering idea that she had followed his career with interest. After a moment, the pleasure was replaced by a thought. He realized that the battle was being reported all over the East; however, only a few people knew the victor's name—Malluch, Ilderim, and Simonides. Could they have shared it with her? With a mix of wonder and satisfaction, he felt conflicted; noticing this, she stood up and said, holding the cup over the pool,
“O gods of Egypt! I give thanks for a hero discovered—thanks that the victim in the Palace of Idernee was not my king of men. And so, O holy gods, I pour and drink.”
“O gods of Egypt! I thank you for a hero found—thank you that the victim in the Palace of Idernee was not my king of men. And so, O holy gods, I pour and drink.”
Part of the contents of the cup she returned to the stream, the rest she drank. When she took the crystal from her lips, she laughed at him.
Part of the liquid in the cup she poured back into the stream, and the rest she drank. When she took the crystal from her lips, she laughed at him.
“O son of Hur, is it a fashion of the very brave to be so easily overcome by a woman? Take the cup now, and see if you cannot find a happy word in it for me.”
“O son of Hur, is it a trait of the truly brave to be so easily defeated by a woman? Take the cup now, and see if you can find a kind word in it for me.”
He took the cup, and stooped to refill it.
He took the cup and bent down to refill it.
“A son of Israel has no gods whom he can libate,” he said, playing with the water to hide his amazement, now greater than before. What more did the Egyptian know about him? Had she been told of his relations with Simonides? And there was the treaty with Ilderim—had she knowledge of that also? He was struck with mistrust. Somebody had betrayed his secrets, and they were serious. And, besides, he was going to Jerusalem, just then of all the world the place where such intelligence possessed by an enemy might be most dangerous to him, his associates, and the cause. But was she an enemy? It is well for us that, while writing is slow, thought is instantaneous. When the cup was fairly cooled, he filled it and arose, saying, with indifference well affected,
“A son of Israel doesn’t have any gods to make offerings to,” he said, playing with the water to cover his surprise, which was now even greater than before. What else did the Egyptian know about him? Had she been told about his connections with Simonides? And what about the treaty with Ilderim—was she aware of that too? He was filled with suspicion. Someone had leaked his secrets, and they were serious. Plus, he was on his way to Jerusalem, which was definitely the most dangerous place in the world for such information to be known by an enemy, potentially putting him, his friends, and their cause at risk. But was she really an enemy? It's fortunate that while writing takes time, thoughts happen in an instant. When the cup had cooled down, he filled it and stood up, saying, with an affected indifference,
“Most fair, were I an Egyptian or a Greek or a Roman, I would say”—he raised the goblet overhead as he spoke—“O ye better gods! I give thanks that there are yet left to the world, despite its wrongs and sufferings, the charm of beauty and the solace of love, and I drink to her who best represents them—to Iras, loveliest of the daughters of the Nile!”
“Most fair, if I were an Egyptian or a Greek or a Roman, I would say”—he raised the goblet overhead as he spoke—“O you better gods! I give thanks that there are still beautiful things and the comfort of love in the world, despite its troubles and pain, and I drink to her who best embodies them—to Iras, the loveliest of the daughters of the Nile!”
She laid her hand softly upon his shoulder.
She gently placed her hand on his shoulder.
“You have offended against the law. The gods you have drunk to are false gods. Why shall I not tell the rabbis on you?”
“You have broken the law. The gods you have honored are fake gods. Why shouldn’t I report you to the rabbis?”
“Oh!” he replied, laughing, “that is very little to tell for one who knows so much else that is really important.”
“Oh!” he said, laughing, “that’s hardly anything to share for someone who knows so much else that actually matters.”
“I will go further—I will go to the little Jewess who makes the roses grow and the shadows flame in the house of the great merchant over in Antioch. To the rabbis I will accuse you of impenitence; to her—”
“I'll take it a step further—I’ll go to the little Jewish woman who makes the roses bloom and the shadows dance in the house of the wealthy merchant over in Antioch. To the rabbis, I will charge you with unrepentance; to her—”
“Well, to her?”
"Well, to her?"
“I will repeat what you have said to me under the lifted cup, with the gods for witnesses.”
“I will say again what you told me under the raised cup, with the gods as witnesses.”
He was still a moment, as if waiting for the Egyptian to go on. With quickened fancy he saw Esther at her father’s side listening to the despatches he had forwarded—sometimes reading them. In her presence he had told Simonides the story of the affair in the Palace of Idernee. She and Iras were acquainted; this one was shrewd and worldly; the other was simple and affectionate, and therefore easily won. Simonides could not have broken faith—nor Ilderim—for if not held by honor, there was no one, unless it might be himself, to whom the consequences of exposure were more serious and certain. Could Esther have been the Egyptian’s informant? He did not accuse her; yet a suspicion was sown with the thought, and suspicions, as we all know, are weeds of the mind which grow of themselves, and most rapidly when least wanted. Before he could answer the allusion to the little Jewess, Balthasar came to the pool.
He paused for a moment, as if waiting for the Egyptian to continue. With a burst of imagination, he envisioned Esther by her father’s side, listening to the messages he had sent—sometimes reading them. In her presence, he had shared the story of the incident in the Palace of Idernee with Simonides. She and Iras knew each other; one was sharp and savvy, while the other was straightforward and caring, making her easily won over. Simonides couldn’t have betrayed him—nor could Ilderim—because if not bound by honor, there was no one, except maybe himself, for whom the consequences of exposure would be more serious and certain. Could Esther have been the Egyptian’s source? He wasn’t accusing her, but the thought planted a seed of doubt, and doubts, as we all know, are like weeds in the mind that grow on their own and most quickly when we least want them to. Before he could respond to the mention of the little Jewess, Balthasar arrived at the pool.
“We are greatly indebted to you, son of Hur,” he said, in his grave manner. “This vale is very beautiful; the grass, the trees, the shade, invite us to stay and rest, and the spring here has the sparkle of diamonds in motion, and sings to me of a loving God. It is not enough to thank you for the enjoyment we find; come sit with us, and taste our bread.”
“We are really grateful to you, son of Hur,” he said in his serious tone. “This valley is so beautiful; the grass, the trees, and the shade invite us to stay and relax, and the spring here sparkles like moving diamonds, singing to me of a loving God. It’s not enough to just thank you for the joy we find; come sit with us and have some of our bread.”
“Suffer me first to serve you.”
“Let me help you first.”
With that Ben-Hur filled the goblet, and gave it to Balthasar, who lifted his eyes in thanksgiving.
With that, Ben-Hur filled the cup and handed it to Balthasar, who lifted his eyes in gratitude.
Immediately the slave brought napkins; and after laving their hands and drying them, the three seated themselves in Eastern style under the tent which years before had served the Wise Men at the meeting in the Desert. And they ate heartily of the good things taken from the camel’s pack.
Immediately, the servant brought napkins; and after washing their hands and drying them, the three sat down in Eastern style under the tent that had served the Wise Men at their meeting in the Desert
CHAPTER III
The tent was cosily pitched beneath a tree where the gurgle of the stream was constantly in ear. Overhead the broad leaves hung motionless on their stems; the delicate reed-stalks off in the pearly haze stood up arrowy-straight; occasionally a home-returning bee shot humming athwart the shade, and a partridge creeping from the sedge drank, whistled to his mate, and ran away. The restfulness of the vale, the freshness of the air, the garden beauty, the Sabbath stillness, seemed to have affected the spirits of the elder Egyptian; his voice, gestures, and whole manner were unusually gentle; and often as he bent his eyes upon Ben-Hur conversing with Iras, they softened with pity.
The tent was comfortably set up under a tree where the sound of the stream was always present. Above, the large leaves hung still on their stems; the delicate reeds in the soft haze stood tall and straight; now and then, a bee returning home buzzed through the shade, and a partridge, sneaking out from the reeds, drank, whistled to its mate, and quickly hurried away. The peace of the valley, the fresh air, the beauty of the garden, and the Sunday quiet seemed to have lifted the spirits of the older Egyptian; his voice, gestures, and overall demeanor were unusually gentle; and as he watched Ben-Hur talking with Iras, his eyes often softened with compassion.
“When we overtook you, son of Hur,” he said, at the conclusion of the repast, “it seemed your face was also turned towards Jerusalem. May I ask, without offence, if you are going so far?”
“When we passed you, son of Hur,” he said, at the end of the meal, “it looked like your gaze was also directed towards Jerusalem. Can I ask, without being rude, if you’re traveling that far?”
“I am going to the Holy City.”
“I’m heading to the Holy City.”
“For the great need I have to spare myself prolonged toil, I will further ask you, Is there a shorter road than that by Rabbath-Ammon?”
“For the great need I have to avoid extended work, I will ask you, Is there a shorter route than the one through Rabbath-Ammon?”
“A rougher route, but shorter, lies by Gerasa and Rabbath-Gilead. It is the one I design taking.”
“A tougher path, but quicker, goes through Gerasa and Rabbath-Gilead. That’s the one I plan to take.”
“I am impatient,” said Balthasar. “Latterly my sleep has been visited by dreams—or rather by the same dream in repetition. A voice—it is nothing more—comes and tells me, ‘Haste—arise! He whom thou hast so long awaited is at hand.’”
“I’m feeling restless,” Balthasar said. “Recently, my sleep has been disturbed by dreams—or rather, by the same dream over and over. A voice—nothing more—comes and tells me, ‘Hurry up—get up! The one you’ve been waiting for is near.’”
“You mean he that is to be King of the Jews?” Ben-Hur asked, gazing at the Egyptian in wonder.
"You mean the one who's going to be King of the Jews?" Ben-Hur asked, looking at the Egyptian in amazement.
“Even so.”
"Still."
“Then you have heard nothing of him?”
“Then you haven't heard anything from him?”
“Nothing, except the words of the voice in the dream.”
“Nothing, except the voice's words in the dream.”
“Here, then, are tidings to make you glad as they made me.”
"Here are some news that will make you happy, just as they made me."
From his gown Ben-Hur drew the letter received from Malluch. The hand the Egyptian held out trembled violently. He read aloud, and as he read his feelings increased; the limp veins in his neck swelled and throbbed. At the conclusion he raised his suffused eyes in thanksgiving and prayer. He asked no questions, yet had no doubts.
From his robe, Ben-Hur pulled out the letter he got from Malluch. The hand the Egyptian extended shook uncontrollably. He read it aloud, and as he read, his emotions grew stronger; the weak veins in his neck swelled and pulsed. When he finished, he lifted his tear-filled eyes in gratitude and prayer. He didn’t ask any questions, yet he had no doubts.
“Thou hast been very good to me, O God,” he said. “Give me, I pray thee, to see the Saviour again, and worship him, and thy servant will be ready to go in peace.”
“You have been very good to me, O God,” he said. “Please let me see the Savior again, and worship him, and I will be ready to go in peace.”
The words, the manner, the singular personality of the simple prayer, touched Ben-Hur with a sensation new and abiding. God never seemed so actual and so near by; it was as if he were there bending over them or sitting at their side—a Friend whose favors were to be had by the most unceremonious asking—a Father to whom all his children were alike in love—Father, not more of the Jew than of the Gentile—the Universal Father, who needed no intermediates, no rabbis, no priests, no teachers. The idea that such a God might send mankind a Saviour instead of a king appeared to Ben-Hur in a light not merely new, but so plain that he could almost discern both the greater want of such a gift and its greater consistency with the nature of such a Deity. So he could not resist asking,
The words, the way they were delivered, and the unique personality of the simple prayer deeply moved Ben-Hur in a way he had never experienced before. God felt more real and present than ever; it was as if He were right there, leaning over them or sitting beside them—a Friend whose kindness could be requested easily—a Father who loved all His children equally—Father, not just of the Jew but also of the Gentile—the Universal Father, who didn't need intermediaries, rabbis, priests, or teachers. The thought that such a God would send humanity a Savior instead of a king struck Ben-Hur not just as new, but so clear that he could almost see both the pressing need for such a gift and how consistent it was with the nature of such a Deity. So, he couldn’t help but ask,
“Now that he has come, O Balthasar, you still think he is to be a Saviour, and not a king?”
“Now that he’s here, O Balthasar, do you still believe he’s meant to be a Savior, and not a king?”
Balthasar gave him a look thoughtful as it was tender.
Balthasar gave him a look that was both thoughtful and caring.
“How shall I understand you?” he asked, in return. “The Spirit, which was the Star that was my guide of old, has not appeared to me since I met you in the tent of the good sheik; that is to say, I have not seen or heard it as formerly. I believe the voice that spoke to me in my dreams was it; but other than that I have no revelation.”
“How am I supposed to understand you?” he replied. “The Spirit, which used to be the guiding Star for me, hasn’t shown up since I met you in the good sheik’s tent; in other words, I haven’t seen or heard it like before. I think the voice that spoke to me in my dreams was it; but besides that, I have no other insight.”
“I will recall the difference between us,” said Ben-Hur, with deference. “You were of opinion that he would be a king, but not as Cæsar is; you thought his sovereignty would be spiritual, not of the world.”
“I'll remember the difference between us,” said Ben-Hur, with respect. “You believed he would be a king, but not like Cæsar; you thought his rule would be spiritual, not worldly.”
“Oh yes,” the Egyptian answered; “and I am of the same opinion now. I see the divergence in our faith. You are going to meet a king of men, I a Saviour of souls.”
“Oh yes,” the Egyptian replied; “and I feel the same way now. I see the differences in our beliefs. You are going to meet a king of men, while I am going to meet a Savior of souls.”
He paused with the look often seen when people are struggling, with introverted effort, to disentangle a thought which is either too high for quick discernment or too subtle for simple expression.
He paused with the expression often seen when people are trying hard to untangle a thought that is either too complex for quick understanding or too delicate for straightforward expression.
“Let me try, O son of Hur,” he said, directly, “and help you to a clear understanding of my belief; then it may be, seeing how the spiritual kingdom I expect him to set up can be more excellent in every sense than anything of mere Cæsarean splendor, you will better understand the reason of the interest I take in the mysterious person we are going to welcome.
“Let me try, my son,” he said plainly, “and help you understand my beliefs; then hopefully, seeing how the spiritual kingdom I expect him to establish is far superior in every way to anything related to mere imperial grandeur, you will grasp why I am so interested in the mysterious figure we are about to welcome.
“I cannot tell you when the idea of a Soul in every man had its origin. Most likely the first parents brought it with them out of the garden in which they had their first dwelling. We all do know, however, that it has never perished entirely out of mind. By some peoples it was lost, but not by all; in some ages it dulled and faded, in others it was overwhelmed with doubts; but, in great goodness, God kept sending us at intervals mighty intellects to argue it back to faith and hope.
“I can’t tell you when the idea of a Soul in every person first started. Most likely, the first parents brought it with them from the garden where they lived at first. However, we all know that it has never completely disappeared from our minds. Some cultures lost it, but not all; in some times it became dull and faded, while in others it was flooded with doubts; but, out of great goodness, God kept sending us powerful thinkers at various times to bring us back to faith and hope.”
“Why should there be a Soul in every man? Look, O son of Hur—for one moment look at the necessity of such a device. To lie down and die, and be no more—no more forever—time never was when man wished for such an end; nor has the man ever been who did not in his heart promise himself something better. The monuments of the nations are all protests against nothingness after death; so are statues and inscriptions; so is history. The greatest of our Egyptian kings had his effigy cut-out of a hill of solid rock. Day after day he went with a host in chariots to see the work; at last it was finished, never effigy so grand, so enduring: it looked like him—the features were his, faithful even in expression. Now may we not think of him saying in that moment of pride, ‘Let Death come; there is an after-life for me!’ He had his wish. The statue is there yet.
“Why should every person have a Soul? Look, O son of Hur—just for a moment, consider the need for such a thing. To lie down and die, and be no more—no more forever—there's never been a time when a person wished for such an end; nor has there ever been a person who didn’t, deep down, promise themselves something better. The monuments of nations are all protests against the idea of nothingness after death; so are statues and inscriptions; so is history. The greatest of our Egyptian kings had his likeness carved out of a solid rock hill. Day after day, he rode in chariots with a crowd to see the progress; finally, it was finished, with no statue so grand or so enduring: it looked just like him—the features were his, even down to the expression. Now can we not imagine him saying in that moment of pride, 'Let Death come; there is an after-life for me!' He got his wish. The statue is still there.”
“But what is the after-life he thus secured? Only a recollection by men—a glory unsubstantial as moonshine on the brow of the great bust; a story in stone—nothing more. Meantime what has become of the king? There is an embalmed body up in the royal tombs which once was his—an effigy not so fair to look at as the other out in the Desert. But where, O son of Hur, where is the king himself? Is he fallen into nothingness? Two thousand years have gone since he was a man alive as you and I are. Was his last breath the end of him?
“But what kind of afterlife did he really secure? Just a memory in the minds of people—a glory as insubstantial as moonlight on the great statue’s face; a story carved in stone—nothing more. Meanwhile, what happened to the king? There’s an embalmed body in the royal tombs that used to be his—an image not as pleasing to look at as the one out in the Desert. But where, oh son of Hur, where is the king himself? Has he faded into nothingness? Two thousand years have passed since he was a living man like you and me. Was his last breath the end of him?
“To say yes would be to accuse God; let us rather accept his better plan of attaining life after death for us—actual life, I mean—the something more than a place in mortal memory; life with going and coming, with sensation, with knowledge, with power and all appreciation; life eternal in term though it may be with changes of condition.
“To say yes would be to blame God; let's instead embrace His superior plan for us to achieve life after death—real life, I mean—the kind of existence that goes beyond just being remembered; life with movement, with feeling, with understanding, with strength, and with all the joy; eternal life even if it involves changes in circumstances.”
“Ask you what God’s plan is? The gift of a Soul to each of us at birth, with this simple law—there shall be no immortality except through the Soul. In that law see the necessity of which I spoke.
“Ask what God’s plan is? The gift of a Soul to each of us at birth, with this simple rule—there will be no immortality except through the Soul. In that rule, see the necessity I mentioned.”
“Let us turn from the necessity now. A word as to the pleasure there is in the thought of a Soul in each of us. In the first place, it robs death of its terrors by making dying a change for the better, and burial but the planting of a seed from which there will spring a new life. In the next place, behold me as I am—weak, weary, old, shrunken in body, and graceless; look at my wrinkled face, think of my failing senses, listen to my shrilled voice. Ah! what happiness to me in the promise that when the tomb opens, as soon it will, to receive the worn-out husk I call myself, the now viewless doors of the universe, which is but the palace of God, will swing wide ajar to receive me, a liberated immortal Soul!
“Let’s move on from the need for that now. I want to mention the joy in the idea that each of us has a Soul. First of all, it takes away the fear of death by making dying a transition to something better, and burial is just the planting of a seed from which new life will grow. Next, look at me as I am—weak, tired, old, frail, and lacking grace; notice my wrinkled face, think about my fading senses, listen to my high-pitched voice. Ah! How happy it makes me to think that when the grave opens, as it soon will, to receive this worn-out shell I call myself, the currently hidden doors of the universe, which is just God’s palace, will swing wide open to welcome me, a freed immortal Soul!
“I would I could tell the ecstasy there must be in that life to come! Do not say I know nothing about it. This much I know, and it is enough for me—the being a Soul implies conditions of divine superiority. In such a being there is no dust, nor any gross thing; it must be finer than air, more impalpable than light, purer than essence—it is life in absolute purity.
“I wish I could describe the ecstasy that must exist in the life to come! Don’t say I know nothing about it. This much I know, and it's enough for me—the existence of a Soul suggests a state of divine superiority. In such a being, there is no dirt or any base thing; it must be finer than air, more intangible than light, purer than essence—it's life in absolute purity.
“What now, O son of Hur? Knowing so much, shall I dispute with myself or you about the unnecessaries—about the form of my soul? Or where it is to abide? Or whether it eats and drinks? Or is winged, or wears this or that? No. It is more becoming to trust in God. The beautiful in this world is all from his hand declaring the perfection of taste; he is the author of all form; he clothes the lily, he colors the rose, he distils the dew-drop, he makes the music of nature; in a word, he organized us for this life, and imposed its conditions; and they are such guaranty to me that, trustful as a little child, I leave to him the organization of my Soul, and every arrangement for the life after death. I know he loves me.”
“What now, O son of Hur? Knowing so much, should I argue with myself or you about the unnecessary things—about the nature of my soul? Or where it should reside? Or whether it eats and drinks? Or if it has wings, or wears this or that? No. It's better to have faith in God. The beauty in this world comes from His hand, showcasing the perfection of taste; He is the creator of all form; He dresses the lily, colors the rose, distills the dewdrop, and creates the music of nature; in short, He made us for this life and set its conditions; and those are such assurance to me that, trusting like a little child, I leave the organization of my soul and every arrangement for life after death in His hands. I know He loves me.”
The good man stopped and drank, and the hand carrying the cup to his lips trembled; and both Iras and Ben-Hur shared his emotion and remained silent. Upon the latter a light was breaking. He was beginning to see, as never before, that there might be a spiritual kingdom of more import to men than any earthly empire; and that after all a Saviour would indeed be a more godly gift than the greatest king.
The good man paused to take a drink, and his hand shook as he brought the cup to his lips; both Iras and Ben-Hur felt his emotion and stayed quiet. A realization was dawning on Ben-Hur. He was starting to understand, more than ever, that there might be a spiritual kingdom that mattered more to people than any earthly empire; and that ultimately, a Savior would be a more divine gift than even the greatest king.
“I might ask you now,” said Balthasar, continuing, “whether this human life, so troubled and brief, is preferable to the perfect and everlasting life designed for the Soul? But take the question, and think of it for yourself, formulating thus: Supposing both to be equally happy, is one hour more desirable than one year? From that then advance to the final inquiry, what are threescore and ten years on earth to all eternity with God? By-and-by, son of Hur, thinking in such manner, you will be filled with the meaning of the fact I present you next, to me the most amazing of all events, and in its effects the most sorrowful; it is that the very idea of life as a Soul is a light almost gone out in the world. Here and there, to be sure, a philosopher may be found who will talk to you of a Soul, likening it to a principle; but because philosophers take nothing upon faith, they will not go the length of admitting a Soul to be a being, and on that account its purpose is compressed darkness to them.
“I might ask you now,” said Balthasar, continuing, “whether this human life, so troubled and brief, is better than the perfect and everlasting life meant for the Soul? But take the question and think about it for yourself, framing it like this: If both are equally happy, is one hour more valuable than one year? From that, consider the final question: what are seventy years on earth compared to all eternity with God? Eventually, son of Hur, as you think this way, you will grasp the significance of what I’m about to present, which I find to be the most astonishing of all events, and in its consequences, the most sorrowful; it is that the very notion of life as a Soul is a light almost extinguished in the world. Here and there, sure, you might find a philosopher who will discuss the Soul, comparing it to a principle; but since philosophers don’t base anything on faith, they won’t go as far as to recognize a Soul as a being, and because of that, its purpose is lost in darkness for them.”
“Everything animate has a mind measurable by its wants. Is there to you no meaning in the singularity that power in full degree to speculate upon the future was given to man alone? By the sign as I see it, God meant to make us know ourselves created for another and a better life, such being in fact the greatest need of our nature. But, alas! into what a habit the nations have fallen! They live for the day, as if the present were the all in all, and go about saying, ‘There is no to-morrow after death; or if there be, since we know nothing about it, be it a care unto itself.’ So when Death calls them, ‘Come,’ they may not enter into enjoyment of the glorious after-life because of their unfitness. That is to say, the ultimate happiness of man was everlasting life in the society of God. Alas, O son of Hur, that I should say it! but as well yon sleeping camel constant in such society as the holiest priests this day serving the highest altars in the most renowned temples. So much are men given to this lower earthly life! So nearly have they forgotten that other which is to come!
“Everything alive has a mind shaped by its desires. Don't you see the significance in the fact that only humans were given the power to think about the future? From my perspective, God wanted us to understand that we were created for something greater—a better life, which is truly our greatest need. But, sadly, look at how the nations have fallen into this habit! They live only for today, as if the present is everything, and go around saying, ‘There’s no tomorrow after death; or if there is, since we know nothing about it, let it take care of itself.’ So when Death calls them, ‘Come,’ they may not be able to enjoy the glorious afterlife because they aren’t prepared for it. In other words, the ultimate happiness for humanity is eternal life in the presence of God. Alas, O son of Hur, that I should say this! But just like that sleeping camel, constant in its place, so too are the holiest priests today serving at the highest altars in the most famous temples. People are so focused on this earthly life! They have nearly forgotten about the life that is to come!”
“See now, I pray you, that which is to be saved to us.
“Look now, I ask you, at what is to be saved for us.
“For my part, speaking with the holiness of truth, I would not give one hour of life as a Soul for a thousand years of life as a man.”
“For me, speaking with the purity of truth, I wouldn’t trade one hour of life as a soul for a thousand years of life as a human.”
Here the Egyptian seemed to become unconscious of companionship and fall away into abstraction.
Here, the Egyptian appeared to lose awareness of those around him and drift into deep thought.
“This life has its problems,” he said, “and there are men who spend their days trying to solve them; but what are they to the problems of the hereafter? What is there like knowing God? Not a scroll of the mysteries, but the mysteries themselves would for that hour at least lie before me revealed; even the innermost and most awful—the power which now we shrink from thought of—which rimmed the void with shores, and lighted the darkness, and out of nothing appointed the universe. All places would be opened. I would be filled with divine knowledge; I would see all glories, taste all delights; I would revel in being. And if, at the end of the hour, it should please God to tell me, ‘I take thee into my service forever,’ the furthest limit of desire would be passed; after which the attainable ambitions of life, and its joys of whatever kind, would not be so much as the tinkling of little bells.”
“This life has its problems,” he said, “and there are people who spend their days trying to solve them; but what are they compared to the problems of the afterlife? What compares to knowing God? Not just a scroll with secrets, but the secrets themselves would be laid out before me, revealed for that hour; even the deepest and most terrifying—the power that we now shrink from thinking about—which set the void with boundaries, and illuminated the darkness, and out of nothing created the universe. All places would be opened. I would be filled with divine knowledge; I would see all glories, taste all delights; I would revel in existence. And if, at the end of the hour, it pleased God to say to me, ‘I take you into my service forever,’ the farthest limit of desire would be crossed; after which the achievable ambitions of life, and its joys of any kind, would be nothing more than the sound of tiny bells.”
Balthasar paused as if to recover from very ecstasy of feeling; and to Ben-Hur it seemed the speech had been the delivery of a Soul speaking for itself.
Balthasar paused, as if to recover from an overwhelming rush of emotion; to Ben-Hur, it felt like the words had come from a Soul expressing itself.
“I pray pardon, son of Hur,” the good man continued, with a bow the gravity of which was relieved by the tender look that followed it, “I meant to leave the life of a Soul, its conditions, pleasures, superiority, to your own reflection and finding out. The joy of the thought has betrayed me into much speech. I set out to show, though ever so faintly, the reason of my faith. It grieves me that words are so weak. But help yourself to truth. Consider first the excellence of the existence which was reserved for us after death, and give heed to the feelings and impulses the thought is sure to awaken in you—heed them, I say, because they are your own Soul astir, doing what it can to urge you in the right way. Consider next that the afterlife has become so obscured as to justify calling it a lost light. If you find it, rejoice, O son of Hur—rejoice as I do, though in beggary of words. For then, besides the great gift which is to be saved to us, you will have found the need of a Saviour so infinitely greater than the need of a king; and he we are going to meet will not longer hold place in your hope a warrior with a sword or a monarch with a crown.
“I apologize, son of Hur,” the good man continued, bowing slightly, his serious demeanor softened by a warm look, “I intended for you to discover the life of a Soul, along with its conditions, joys, and superiority, on your own. The excitement of the thought has led me to speak more than I planned. I aimed to explain, even if just a little, the reason behind my faith. It pains me that words fall short. But seek your own truth. First, consider the greatness of the existence that awaits us after death, and pay attention to the feelings and impulses that thought is bound to stir in you—listen to them, I say, because they are your Soul stirring, trying to guide you in the right direction. Next, reflect on how obscured the afterlife has become, to the point where it’s justifiable to call it a lost light. If you discover it, rejoice, O son of Hur—rejoice as I do, even if my words feel inadequate. For then, in addition to the tremendous gift of salvation that awaits us, you will recognize the need for a Savior that is infinitely greater than the need for a king; and the one we are about to meet will no longer be a warrior with a sword or a ruler with a crown in your hope.
“A practical question presents itself—How shall we know him at sight? If you continue in your belief as to his character—that he is to be a king as Herod was—of course you will keep on until you meet a man clothed in purple and with a sceptre. On the other hand, he I look for will be one poor, humble, undistinguished—a man in appearance as other men; and the sign by which I will know him will be never so simple. He will offer to show me and all mankind the way to the eternal life; the beautiful pure Life of the Soul.”
A practical question comes to mind—How will we recognize him at first glance? If you stick to your belief about his character—that he’s going to be a king like Herod—you’ll keep waiting for a man dressed in purple and holding a scepter. On the other hand, the one I’m looking for will be poor, humble, and unremarkable—just an ordinary-looking man; and the sign that will help me recognize him will be very simple. He will offer to show me and all of humanity the path to eternal life; the beautiful, pure life of the soul.
The company sat a moment in silence which was broken by Balthasar.
The company sat in silence for a moment until Balthasar spoke up.
“Let us arise now,” he said—“let us arise and set forward again. What I have said has caused a return of impatience to see him who is ever in my thought; and if I seem to hurry you, O son of Hur—and you, my daughter—be that my excuse.”
“Let’s get up now,” he said—“let’s get up and move forward again. What I’ve said has made me anxious to see the one who is always on my mind; and if I seem to rush you, O son of Hur—and you, my daughter—let that be my excuse.”
At his signal the slave brought them wine in a skin bottle; and they poured and drank, and shaking the lap-cloths out arose.
At his signal, the servant brought them wine in a skin bottle; they poured it out, drank, and after shaking out their lap-cloths, stood up.
While the slave restored the tent and wares to the box under the houdah, and the Arab brought up the horses, the three principals laved themselves in the pool.
While the servant packed up the tent and goods into the box under the houdah, and the Arab brought up the horses, the three main people washed themselves in the pool.
In a little while they were retracing their steps back through the wady, intending to overtake the caravan if it had passed them by.
In a little while, they were walking back through the valley, planning to catch up with the caravan if it had gone ahead of them.
CHAPTER IV
The caravan, stretched out upon the Desert, was very picturesque; in motion, however, it was like a lazy serpent. By-and-by its stubborn dragging became intolerably irksome to Balthasar, patient as he was; so, at his suggestion, the party determined to go on by themselves.
The caravan, spread out across the desert, looked really beautiful; but when it moved, it was like a sluggish snake. Eventually, the slow pace became incredibly annoying for Balthasar, no matter how patient he was; so, at his suggestion, the group decided to continue on their own.
If the reader be young, or if he has yet a sympathetic recollection of the romanticisms of his youth, he will relish the pleasure with which Ben-Hur, riding near the camel of the Egyptians, gave a last look at the head of the straggling column almost out of sight on the shimmering plain.
If the reader is young, or if he still has a fond memory of the romantic adventures of his youth, he will enjoy the joy with which Ben-Hur, riding close to the camel of the Egyptians, took one last look at the head of the winding column that was almost out of sight on the shimmering plain.
To be definite as may be, and perfectly confidential, Ben-Hur found a certain charm in Iras’s presence. If she looked down upon him from her high place, he made haste to get near her; if she spoke to him, his heart beat out of its usual time. The desire to be agreeable to her was a constant impulse. Objects on the way, though ever so common, became interesting the moment she called attention to them; a black swallow in the air pursued by her pointing finger went off in a halo; if a bit of quartz or a flake of mica was seen to sparkle in the drab sand under kissing of the sun, at a word he turned aside and brought it to her; and if she threw it away in disappointment, far from thinking of the trouble he had been put to, he was sorry it proved so worthless, and kept a lookout for something better—a ruby, perchance a diamond. So the purple of the far mountains became intensely deep and rich if she distinguished it with an exclamation of praise; and when, now and then, the curtain of the houdah fell down, it seemed a sudden dulness had dropped from the sky bedraggling all the landscape. Thus disposed, yielding to the sweet influence, what shall save him from the dangers there are in days of the close companionship with the fair Egyptian incident to the solitary journey they were entered upon?
To be as clear as possible and completely private, Ben-Hur found a certain charm in Iras's presence. If she looked down on him from her elevated position, he quickly moved closer; if she spoke to him, his heart raced out of sync. The desire to please her was a constant urge. Everyday things became fascinating the moment she pointed them out; a black swallow in the air, chased by her finger, took on a special glow; if he spotted a piece of quartz or a flake of mica sparkling in the dull sand under the sun's kiss, he would turn aside and bring it to her. If she tossed it away in disappointment, instead of focusing on the effort he had put in, he felt sorry that it was worthless and kept an eye out for something better—a ruby, maybe a diamond. The purple hue of the distant mountains became incredibly deep and vibrant if she praised it. And when, now and then, the curtain of the houdah fell, it felt as if a sudden dullness had descended from the sky, dimming the entire landscape. With this disposition, surrendering to her sweet influence, what could protect him from the dangers of spending close time with the beautiful Egyptian on their solitary journey?
For that there is no logic in love, nor the least mathematical element, it is simply natural that she shall fashion the result who has the wielding of the influence.
For there is no logic in love, nor any mathematical component; it’s only natural that the one who holds the power will shape the outcome.
To quicken the conclusion, there were signs, too, that she well knew the influence she was exercising over him. From some place under hand she had since morning drawn a caul of golden coins, and adjusted it so the gleaming strings fell over her forehead and upon her cheeks, blending lustrously with the flowing of her blue-black hair. From the same safe deposit she had also produced articles of jewelry—rings for finger and ear, bracelets, a necklace of pearls—also, a shawl embroidered with threads of fine gold—the effect of all which she softened with a scarf of Indian lace skillfully folded about her throat and shoulders. And so arrayed, she plied Ben-Hur with countless coquetries of speech and manner; showering him with smiles; laughing in flute-like tremolo—and all the while following him with glances, now melting-tender, now sparkling-bright. By such play Antony was weaned from his glory; yet she who wrought his ruin was really not half so beautiful as this her countrywoman.
To speed things up, it was clear that she was aware of the power she had over him. Since morning, she had drawn out a cascade of golden coins and arranged them so that the shining strands fell over her forehead and cheeks, blending beautifully with her flowing blue-black hair. From the same stash, she also produced jewelry—rings for her fingers and ears, bracelets, a pearl necklace—and a shawl embroidered with fine gold threads. She softened the overall look with a scarf of delicate Indian lace elegantly wrapped around her neck and shoulders. Dressed like this, she captivated Ben-Hur with countless flirtations in her speech and manner, showering him with smiles, laughing in a melodious tone, all while watching him with glances that were at times tender and at other times sparkling. Through this charm, Antony was distracted from his glory; yet the woman who led him to his downfall was not nearly as beautiful as this woman from her homeland.
And so to them the nooning came, and the evening.
And so the afternoon came for them, followed by the evening.
The sun at its going down behind a spur of the old Bashan, left the party halted by a pool of clear water of the rains out in the Abilene Desert. There the tent was pitched, the supper eaten, and preparations made for the night.
The sun was setting behind a ridge of the old Bashan, leaving the group paused by a clear pool of rainwater in the Abilene Desert. There, the tent was set up, dinner was finished, and plans were made for the night.
The second watch was Ben-Hur’s; and he was standing, spear in hand, within arm-reach of the dozing camel, looking awhile at the stars, then over the veiled land. The stillness was intense; only after long spells a warm breath of wind would sough past, but without disturbing him, for yet in thought he entertained the Egyptian, recounting her charms, and sometimes debating how she came by his secrets, the uses she might make of them, and the course he should pursue with her. And through all the debate Love stood off but a little way—a strong temptation, the stronger of a gleam of policy behind. At the very moment he was most inclined to yield to the allurement, a hand very fair even in the moonless gloaming was laid softly upon his shoulder. The touch thrilled him; he started, turned—and she was there.
The second shift was Ben-Hur’s; he was standing, spear in hand, just within reach of the sleeping camel, staring at the stars for a while and then looking over the covered ground. The silence was deep; only after long moments would a warm breeze whisper by, but it didn’t bother him, as he was lost in thoughts about the Egyptian woman, recalling her beauty and sometimes wondering how she learned his secrets, what she might do with them, and how he should approach her. And throughout all his thoughts, Love was just a little way off—a strong temptation, made even stronger by a hint of strategy behind it. Just when he felt most tempted to give in to the allure, a very lovely hand, even in the dark, was gently placed on his shoulder. The touch sent a thrill through him; he jumped, turned—and there she was.
“I thought you asleep,” he said, presently.
"I thought you were asleep," he said after a moment.
“Sleep is for old people and little children, and I came out to look at my friends, the stars in the south—those now holding the curtains of midnight over the Nile. But confess yourself surprised!”
“Sleeping is for old folks and little kids, and I came out to check on my friends, the stars in the south—those currently draping the midnight sky over the Nile. But admit it, you’re surprised!”
He took the hand which had fallen from his shoulder, and said, “Well, was it by an enemy?”
He took the hand that had dropped from his shoulder and said, “So, was it an enemy?”
“Oh no! To be an enemy is to hate, and hating is a sickness which Isis will not suffer to come near me. She kissed me, you should know, on the heart when I was a child.”
“Oh no! To be an enemy is to hate, and hate is a sickness that Isis will not allow to come near me. She kissed me, just so you know, on the heart when I was a child.”
“Your speech does not sound in the least like your father’s. Are you not of his faith?”
“Your way of speaking is nothing like your father's. Aren't you part of his faith?”
“I might have been”—and she laughed low—“I might have been had I seen what he has. I may be when I get old like him. There should be no religion for youth, only poetry and philosophy; and no poetry except such as is the inspiration of wine and mirth and love, and no philosophy that does not nod excuse for follies which cannot outlive a season. My father’s God is too awful for me. I failed to find him in the Grove of Daphne. He was never heard of as present in the atria of Rome. But, son of Hur, I have a wish.”
“I might have been,” she laughed softly, “I might have been if I had seen what he has. I might be when I get old like him. There shouldn’t be any religion for young people, only poetry and philosophy; and no poetry except what is inspired by wine, joy, and love, and no philosophy that doesn’t excuse the silly things that can’t last more than a season. My father’s God is too terrifying for me. I couldn’t find him in the Grove of Daphne. He was never mentioned as being present in the atriums of Rome. But, son of Hur, I have a wish.”
“A wish! Where is he who could say it no?”
“A wish! Where is the person who could deny it?”
“I will try you.”
"I'll give you a shot."
“Tell it then.”
"Go ahead and say it."
“It is very simple. I wish to help you.”
“It’s really simple. I want to help you.”
She drew closer as she spoke.
She moved closer as she talked.
He laughed, and replied, lightly, “O Egypt!—I came near saying dear Egypt!—does not the sphinx abide in your country?”
He laughed and replied casually, “Oh Egypt!—I almost said dear Egypt!—doesn’t the sphinx stay in your country?”
“Well?”
"What's up?"
“You are one of its riddles. Be merciful, and give me a little clew to help me understand you. In what do I need help? And how can you help me?”
“You're one of its mysteries. Please, be kind and give me a little hint to help me understand you. What do I need help with? And how can you assist me?”
She took her hand from him, and, turning to the camel, spoke to it endearingly, and patted its monstrous head as it were a thing of beauty.
She removed her hand from his and, turning to the camel, spoke to it affectionately, patting its huge head as if it were something beautiful.
“O thou last and swiftest and stateliest of the herds of Job! Sometimes thou, too, goest stumbling, because the way is rough and stony and the burden grievous. How is it thou knowest the kind intent by a word; and always makest answer gratefully, though the help offered is from a woman? I will kiss thee, thou royal brute!”—she stooped and touched its broad forehead with her lips, saying immediately, “because in thy intelligence there is no suspicion!”
“O you latest, fastest, and grandest of Job’s herds! Sometimes you stumble too, because the path is rough and rocky, and the burden is heavy. How is it that you understand kind intentions from just a word; and always respond gratefully, even when the help comes from a woman? I will kiss you, you noble beast!”—she bent down and touched its broad forehead with her lips, saying right after, “because in your intelligence there is no suspicion!”
And Ben-Hur, restraining himself, said calmly, “The reproach has not failed its mark, O Egypt! I seem to say thee no; may it not be because I am under seal of honor, and by my silence cover the lives and fortunes of others?”
And Ben-Hur, holding himself back, said calmly, “That criticism hit its target, O Egypt! I seem to say no; could it be because I’m bound by honor, and by my silence, I'm protecting the lives and fortunes of others?”
“May be!” she said, quickly. “It is so.”
“Maybe!” she said, quickly. “It is.”
He shrank a step, and asked, his voice sharp with amazement, “What all knowest thou?”
He took a step back and asked, his voice filled with surprise, “What do you know?”
She answered, after a laugh,
She replied, laughing,
“Why do men deny that the senses of women are sharper than theirs? Your face has been under my eyes all day. I had but to look at it to see you bore some weight in mind; and to find the weight, what had I to do more than recall your debates with my father? Son of Hur!”—she lowered her voice with singular dexterity, and, going nearer, spoke so her breath was warm upon his cheek—“son of Hur! he thou art going to find is to be King of the Jews, is he not?”
“Why do guys reject the idea that women's senses are sharper than theirs? I've been looking at your face all day. Just by watching it, I could tell you were thinking about something heavy; all I had to do to figure it out was remember your discussions with my dad. Son of Hur!”—she lowered her voice skillfully, moving closer so her breath was warm against his cheek—“son of Hur! The one you're about to find is going to be King of the Jews, right?”
His heart beat fast and hard.
His heart was pounding.
“A King of the Jews like Herod, only greater,” she continued.
“A King of the Jews like Herod, but even greater,” she continued.
He looked away—into the night, up to the stars; then his eyes met hers, and lingered there; and her breath was on his lips, so near was she.
He looked away—into the night, up at the stars; then his eyes found hers and stayed there; her breath was on his lips, she was so close.
“Since morning,” she said, further, “we have been having visions. Now if I tell you mine, will you serve me as well? What! silent still?”
“Since this morning,” she said, “we’ve been having visions. Now if I share mine, will you help me too? What! Still silent?”
She pushed his hand away, and turned as if to go; but he caught her, and said, eagerly, “Stay—stay and speak!”
She pushed his hand away and turned as if to leave, but he grabbed her and said eagerly, “Stay—stay and talk!”
She went back, and with her hand upon his shoulder, leaned against him; and he put his arm around her, and drew her close, very close; and in the caress was the promise she asked.
She went back, put her hand on his shoulder, and leaned against him; he wrapped his arm around her and pulled her in, really close; and in that embrace was the promise she wanted.
“Speak, and tell me thy visions, O Egypt, dear Egypt! A prophet—nay, not the Tishbite, not even the Lawgiver—could have refused an asking of thine. I am at thy will. Be merciful—merciful, I pray.”
“Speak, and share your visions with me, O Egypt, beloved Egypt! A prophet—no, not the Tishbite, not even the Lawgiver—could have turned down a request from you. I am at your service. Please be merciful—merciful, I ask.”
The entreaty passed apparently unheard, for looking up and nestling in his embrace, she said, slowly, “The vision which followed me was of magnificent war—war on land and sea—with clashing of arms and rush of armies, as if Cæsar and Pompey were come again, and Octavius and Antony. A cloud of dust and ashes arose and covered the world, and Rome was not any more; all dominion returned to the East; out of the cloud issued another race of heroes; and there were vaster satrapies and brighter crowns for giving away than were ever known. And, son of Hur, while the vision was passing, and after it was gone, I kept asking myself, ‘What shall he not have who served the King earliest and best?’”
The plea seemed to go unheard, because looking up and snuggling into his arms, she said slowly, “The vision that came to me was of a grand war—war on land and sea—with the clash of weapons and the charge of armies, as if Caesar and Pompey had returned, along with Octavius and Antony. A cloud of dust and ashes rose up and covered the world, and Rome was no more; all power returned to the East; from the cloud emerged a new race of heroes; and there were larger territories and brighter crowns available than had ever been seen. And, son of Hur, while the vision unfolded, and even after it vanished, I kept wondering, 'What will he not have who served the King first and best?'”
Again Ben-Hur recoiled. The question was the very question which had been with him all day. Presently he fancied he had the clew he wanted.
Again, Ben-Hur pulled back. The question was the same one that had been on his mind all day. Soon, he thought he had the clue he needed.
“So,” he said, “I have you now. The satrapies and crowns are the things to which you would help me. I see, I see! And there never was such queen as you would be, so shrewd, so beautiful, so royal—never! But, alas, dear Egypt! by the vision as you show it me the prizes are all of war, and you are but a woman, though Isis did kiss you on the heart. And crowns are starry gifts beyond your power of help, unless, indeed, you have a way to them more certain than that of the sword. If so, O Egypt, Egypt, show it me, and I will walk in it, if only for your sake.”
“So,” he said, “I’ve got you now. The territories and crowns are what you could assist me with. I get it, I get it! And there’s never been a queen like you—so clever, so gorgeous, so regal—never! But, sadly, dear Egypt! from the vision you’ve shown me, the rewards come only from war, and you’re just a woman, even if Isis did bless you. And crowns are far-off gifts beyond your ability to help, unless, of course, you have a more certain way to get them than through battle. If that’s the case, oh Egypt, Egypt, reveal it to me, and I’ll follow it, if only for your sake.”
She removed his arm, and said, “Spread your cloak upon the sand—here, so I can rest against the camel. I will sit, and tell you a story which came down the Nile to Alexandria, where I had it.”
She took his arm away and said, “Spread your cloak on the sand—right here, so I can rest against the camel. I’ll sit and tell you a story that traveled down the Nile to Alexandria, where I got it.”
He did as she said, first planting the spear in the ground near by.
He did what she told him, first sticking the spear in the ground nearby.
“And what shall I do?” he said, ruefully, when she was seated. “In Alexandria is it customary for the listeners to sit or stand?”
“And what am I supposed to do?” he said, sadly, once she was seated. “In Alexandria, do people usually sit or stand while listening?”
From the comfortable place against the old domestic she answered, laughing, “The audiences of story-tellers are wilful, and sometimes they do as they please.”
From her cozy spot on the old couch, she replied with a laugh, "Storyteller audiences can be unpredictable; sometimes they do whatever they want."
Without more ado he stretched himself upon the sand, and put her arm about his neck.
Without further delay, he lay back on the sand and wrapped her arm around his neck.
“I am ready,” he said.
“I’m ready,” he said.
And directly she began:
And she started right away:
HOW THE BEAUTIFUL CAME TO THE EARTH.
HOW THE BEAUTIFUL CAME TO THE EARTH.
“You must know, in the first place, that Isis was—and, for that matter, she may yet be—the most beautiful of deities; and Osiris, her husband, though wise and powerful, was sometimes stung with jealousy of her, for only in their loves are the gods like mortals.
“You should know, first of all, that Isis was—and she might still be—the most beautiful of all the gods; and Osiris, her husband, even though he was wise and powerful, sometimes felt jealous of her, because only in their love are the gods similar to mortals.”
“The palace of the Divine Wife was of silver, crowning the tallest mountain in the moon, and thence she passed often to the sun, in the heart of which, a source of eternal light, Osiris kept his palace of gold too shining for men to look at.
The palace of the Divine Wife was made of silver, sitting on top of the highest mountain on the moon. From there, she frequently traveled to the sun, where Osiris had his palace of gold at its center, so bright that it was blinding for people to gaze upon.
“One time—there are no days with the gods—while she was full pleasantly with him on the roof of the golden palace, she chanced to look, and afar, just on the line of the universe, saw Indra passing with an army of simians, all borne upon the backs of flying eagles. He, the Friend of Living Things—so with much love is Indra called—was returning from his final war with the hideous Rakshakas—returning victorious; and in his suite were Rama, the hero, and Sita, his bride, who, next to Isis herself, was the very most beautiful. And Isis arose, and took off her girdle of stars, and waved it to Sita—to Sita, mind you—waved it in glad salute. And instantly, between the marching host and the two on the golden roof, a something as of night fell, and shut out the view; but it was not night—only the frown of Osiris.
“One time—there are no days with the gods—while she was enjoying time with him on the roof of the golden palace, she happened to look out and saw Indra in the distance, just at the edge of the universe, passing by with an army of monkeys, all carried on the backs of flying eagles. He, the Friend of Living Things—this is how Indra is affectionately called—was returning from his final battle with the terrifying Rakshasas—coming back victorious; and among his company were Rama, the hero, and Sita, his bride, who, next to Isis herself, was the most beautiful of all. And Isis rose, took off her starry girdle, and waved it to Sita—to Sita, mind you—waving it in joyful greeting. Instantly, though, between the marching army and the two on the golden roof, something like night fell, blocking their view; but it was not night—only the scowl of Osiris.”
“It happened the subject of his speech that moment was such as none else than they could think of; and he arose, and said, majestically, ‘Get thee home. I will do the work myself. To make a perfectly happy being I do not need thy help. Get thee gone.’
“It happened that the topic of his speech at that moment was unlike anything else they could imagine; and he stood up and said, majestically, ‘Go home. I will handle the work myself. I don’t need your help to create a truly happy being. Leave.’”
“Now Isis had eyes large as those of the white cow which in the temple eats sweet grasses from the hands of the faithful even while they say their prayers; and her eyes were the color of the cows, and quite as tender. And she too arose and said, smiling as she spoke, so her look was little more than the glow of the moon in the hazy harvest-month, ‘Farewell, good my lord. You will call me presently, I know; for without me you cannot make the perfectly happy creature of which you were thinking, any more’—and she stopped to laugh, knowing well the truth of the saying—‘any more, my lord, than you yourself can be perfectly happy without me.’
“Now Isis had eyes as large as those of the white cow that eats sweet grasses from the hands of the faithful in the temple while they say their prayers; and her eyes were the same color as the cows, and just as gentle. She also stood up and said, smiling as she spoke, so her gaze was like the soft glow of the moon during the hazy harvest month, ‘Farewell, my good lord. You will call for me soon, I know; because without me, you can’t create the perfectly happy being you were thinking of, any more’—and she paused to laugh, fully aware of the truth in her words—‘any more, my lord, than you can be perfectly happy without me.’”
“‘We will see,’ he said.
"We'll see," he said.
“And she went her way, and took her needles and her chair, and on the roof of the silver palace sat watching and knitting.
“And she went on her way, taking her needles and her chair, and sat on the roof of the silver palace, watching and knitting.”
“And the will of Osiris, at labor in his mighty breast, was as the sound of the mills of all the other gods grinding at once, so loud that the near stars rattled like seeds in a parched pod; and some dropped out and were lost. And while the sound kept on she waited and knit; nor lost she ever a stitch the while.
“And the will of Osiris, working powerfully in his heart, was like the noise of all the other gods grinding grain together, so loud that the nearby stars rattled like seeds in a dry pod; and some fell out and were lost. And while the noise continued, she waited and knitted; she never dropped a single stitch the whole time.”
“Soon a spot appeared in the space over towards the sun; and it grew until it was great as the moon, and then she knew a world was intended; but when, growing and growing, at last it cast her planet in the shade, all save the little point lighted by her presence, she knew how very angry he was; yet she knit away, assured that the end would be as she had said.
“Soon, a spot showed up in the sky near the sun; and it grew until it was as big as the moon, and then she realized a world was being created; but when it kept growing and finally overshadowed her planet, leaving only the small point illuminated by her presence, she understood how extremely angry he was; yet she kept knitting, confident that the outcome would be just as she had predicted.”
“And so came the earth, at first but a cold gray mass hanging listless in the hollow void. Later she saw it separate into divisions; here a plain, there a mountain, yonder a sea, all as yet without a sparkle. And then, by a river-bank, something moved; and she stopped her knitting for wonder. The something arose, and lifted its hands to the sun in sign of knowledge whence it had its being. And this First Man was beautiful to see. And about him were the creations we call nature—the grass, the trees, birds, beasts, even the insects and reptiles.
“And so the earth came to be, first just a cold gray mass hanging aimlessly in the empty void. Later, she saw it break into different parts; here a plain, there a mountain, over there a sea, all still dull and without sparkle. Then, by a riverbank, something moved, and she paused her knitting in wonder. The thing rose up and lifted its hands to the sun as a sign of awareness of its origins. This First Man was a sight to behold. Surrounding him were the creations we call nature—the grass, the trees, the birds, the animals, even the insects and reptiles.”
“And for a time the man went about happy in his life: it was easy to see how happy he was. And in the lull of the sound of the laboring will Isis heard a scornful laugh, and presently the words, blown across from the sun,
“And for a while, the man went about happily in his life: it was easy to see how happy he was. And in the quiet of the sound of the working will, Isis heard a mocking laugh, and soon after, the words, carried over from the sun,
“‘Thy help, indeed! Behold a creature perfectly happy!’
“‘Your help, for sure! Look at this creature, completely happy!’”
“And Isis fell to knitting again, for she was patient as Osiris was strong; and if he could work, she could wait; and wait she did, knowing that mere life is not enough to keep anything content.
“And Isis started knitting again, because she was as patient as Osiris was strong; and if he could work, she could wait; and wait she did, knowing that just being alive isn't enough to keep anything satisfied.
“And sure enough. Not long until the Divine Wife could see a change in the man. He grew listless, and kept to one place prone by the river, and looked up but seldom, and then always with a moody face. Interest was dying in him. And when she made sure of it, even while she was saying to herself, ‘The creature is sick of his being,’ there was a roar of the creative will at work again, and in a twinkling the earth, theretofore all a thing of coldest gray, flamed with colors; the mountains swam in purple, the plains bearing grass and trees turned green, the sea blue, and the clouds varied infinitely.”
“And sure enough. It wasn't long before the Divine Wife noticed a change in the man. He became detached, staying in one spot by the river, looking up infrequently, and when he did, it was always with a gloomy expression. His interest was fading. And as she confirmed this, while thinking to herself, ‘This being is tired of existing,’ there was an eruption of creative energy once more, and in an instant, the previously dull gray earth burst into vibrant colors; the mountains shimmered in purple, the grass and trees of the plains turned green, the sea appeared blue, and the clouds varied endlessly.”
And the man sprang up and clapped his hands, for he was cured and happy again.
And the man jumped up and clapped his hands because he was healed and happy again.
“And Isis smiled, and knit away, saying to herself, ‘It was well thought, and will do a little while; but mere beauty in a world is not enough for such a being. My lord must try again.’
“And Isis smiled and kept knitting, saying to herself, ‘That was a good idea, and it will work for a bit; but just beauty in the world isn’t enough for someone like this. My lord has to try again.’”
“With the last word, the thunder of the will at work shook the moon, and, looking, Isis dropped her knitting and clapped her hands; for theretofore everything on the earth but the man had been fixed to a given place; now all living, and much that was not living, received the gift of Motion. The birds took to wing joyously; beasts great and small went about, each in its way; the trees shook their verdurous branches, nodding to the enamoured winds; the rivers ran to the seas, and the seas tossed in their beds and rolled in crested waves, and with surging and ebbing painted the shores with glistening foam; and over all the clouds floated like sailed ships unanchored.
“With the final word, the force of will shook the moon, and, upon seeing this, Isis stopped her knitting and clapped her hands; because until then, everything on Earth except for the man had been stuck in one place; now all living things, and much that was non-living, were granted the gift of Motion. The birds joyfully spread their wings; both large and small animals moved about, each in their own way; the trees shook their green branches, swaying to the affectionate winds; the rivers flowed toward the seas, and the seas churned in their beds, rolling in crested waves, and with rising and falling painted the shores with sparkling foam; above all, the clouds floated like unanchored ships.”
“And the man rose up happy as a child; whereat Osiris was pleased, so that he shouted, ‘Ha, ha! See how well I am doing without thee!’
“And the man stood up as happy as a child; this made Osiris pleased, and he shouted, ‘Ha, ha! Look how well I'm doing without you!’”
“The good wife took up her work, and answered ever so quietly, ‘It was well thought, my lord—ever so well thought—and will serve awhile.’
“The good wife picked up her work and replied softly, ‘It was a great idea, my lord—very well thought out—and will be useful for a while.’”
“And as before, so again. The sight of things in motion became to the man as of course. The birds in flight, the rivers running, the seas in tumult of action, ceased to amuse him, and he pined again even worse.
“And as before, so again. The sight of things moving became normal for the man. The birds flying, the rivers flowing, the seas in turmoil, no longer entertained him, and he yearned again, even more intensely.”
“And Isis waited, saying to herself, ‘Poor creature! He is more wretched than ever.’
“And Isis waited, thinking to herself, ‘Poor thing! He is more miserable than ever.’”
“And, as if he heard the thought, Osiris stirred, and the noise of his will shook the universe; the sun in its central seat alone stood firm. And Isis looked, but saw no change; then while she was smiling, assured that her lord’s last invention was sped, suddenly the creature arose, and seemed to listen; and his face brightened, and he clapped his hands for joy, for Sounds were heard the first time on earth—sounds dissonant, sounds harmonious. The winds murmured in the trees; the birds sang, each kind a song of its own, or chattered in speech; the rivulets running to the rivers became so many harpers with harps of silver strings all tinkling together; and the rivers running to the seas surged on in solemn accord, while the seas beat the land to a tune of thunder. There was music, music everywhere, and all the time; so the man could not but be happy.
“And just as if he sensed her thoughts, Osiris stirred, and his will resonated throughout the universe; the sun in its central position remained steady. Isis looked on, but noticed no change; then while she smiled, confident that her lord’s last creation was complete, suddenly the creature rose, seeming to listen; his face lit up, and he clapped his hands in joy, for sounds were heard for the first time on earth—dissonant sounds, harmonious sounds. The winds whispered through the trees; the birds sang, each species with its own song, or chattered with one another; the streams flowing into the rivers became countless harpers with silver strings all tinkling in harmony; and the rivers flowing into the seas surged along in solemn unity, while the seas crashed against the land in a rhythm of thunder. There was music, music everywhere, all the time; so the man could not help but feel happy.
“Then Isis mused, thinking how well, how wondrous well, her lord was doing; but presently she shook her head: Color, Motion, Sound—and she repeated them slowly—there was no element else of beauty except Form and Light, and to them the earth had been born. Now, indeed, Osiris was done; and if the creature should again fall off into wretchedness, her help must be asked; and her fingers flew—two, three, five, even ten stitches she took at once.
“Then Isis pondered, realizing how well, how wonderfully well, her lord was doing; but soon she shook her head: Color, Motion, Sound—and she repeated them slowly—there was no other element of beauty except Form and Light, and to them the earth had been created. Now, indeed, Osiris was finished; and if the creature were to fall back into misery, her help would need to be sought; and her fingers moved quickly—two, three, five, even ten stitches at once.
“And the man was happy a long time—longer than ever before; it seemed, indeed, he would never tire again. But Isis knew better; and she waited and waited, nor minded the many laughs flung at her from the sun; she waited and waited, and at last saw signs of the end. Sounds became familiar to him, and in their range, from the chirruping of the cricket under the roses to the roar of the seas and the bellow of the clouds in storm, there was not anything unusual. And he pined and sickened, and sought his place of moping by the river, and at last fell down motionless.
“And the man was happy for a long time—longer than ever before; it seemed like he would never get tired again. But Isis knew better; she waited and waited, not caring about the many laughs thrown at her by the sun; she waited and waited, and finally saw signs of the end. Sounds became familiar to him, and within that range, from the chirping of the cricket under the roses to the roar of the seas and the bellow of the clouds in a storm, there was nothing unusual. He became melancholic and sickened, and sought his place of brooding by the river, and eventually fell down motionless.
“Then Isis in pity spoke.
“Then Isis spoke in pity.”
“‘My lord,’ she said, ‘the creature is dying.’
“‘My lord,’ she said, ‘the creature is dying.’
“But Osiris, though seeing it all, held his peace; he could do no more.
“But Osiris, even though he saw everything, stayed quiet; he could do nothing more.”
“‘Shall I help him?’ she asked.
“‘Should I help him?’ she asked."
“Osiris was too proud to speak.
“Osiris was too proud to speak.
“Then Isis took the last stitch in her knitting, and gathering her work in a roll of brilliance flung it off—flung it so it fell close to the man. And he, hearing the sound of the fall so near by, looked up, and lo! a Woman—the First Woman—was stooping to help him! She reached a hand to him; he caught it and arose; and nevermore was miserable, but evermore happy.”
“Then Isis finished the last stitch in her knitting, gathered her work into a brilliant roll, and tossed it—tossed it so it fell right next to the man. Hearing it land so close, he looked up and saw a Woman—the First Woman—bending down to help him! She reached out her hand to him; he took it and stood up; and from that moment on, he was never miserable again, but always happy.”
“Such, O son of Hur! is the genesis of the beautiful, as they tell it on the Nile.”
“That's how, O son of Hur! the beautiful comes to be, as they say along the Nile.”
She paused.
She stopped.
“A pretty invention, and cunning,” he said, directly; “but it is imperfect. What did Osiris afterwards?”
“A clever invention, and quite smart,” he said plainly; “but it’s not perfect. What did Osiris do next?”
“Oh yes,” she replied. “He called the Divine Wife back to the sun, and they went on all pleasantly together, each helping the other.”
“Oh yes,” she replied. “He brought the Divine Wife back to the sun, and they moved on together happily, each supporting the other.”
“And shall I not do as the first man?”
“And shouldn’t I do like the first guy?”
He carried the hand resting upon his neck to his lips. “In love—in love!” he said.
He brought the hand resting on his neck to his lips. "In love—in love!" he said.
His head dropped softly into her lap.
His head gently rested in her lap.
“You will find the King,” she said, placing her other hand caressingly upon his head. “You will go on and find the King and serve him. With your sword you will earn his richest gifts; and his best soldier will be my hero.”
“You will find the King,” she said, gently placing her other hand on his head. “You will go on and find the King and serve him. With your sword, you will earn his greatest rewards; and his best soldier will be my hero.”
He turned his face, and saw hers close above. In all the sky there was that moment nothing so bright to him as her eyes, enshadowed though they were. Presently he sat up, and put his arms about her, and kissed her passionately, saying, “O Egypt, Egypt! If the King has crowns in gift, one shall be mine; and I will bring it and put it here over the place my lips have marked. You shall be a queen—my queen—no one more beautiful! And we will be ever, ever so happy!”
He turned his face and saw hers close above. In that moment, nothing in the sky looked as bright to him as her eyes, even though they were partly in shadow. After a moment, he sat up, wrapped his arms around her, and kissed her passionately, saying, “Oh Egypt, Egypt! If the King has crowns to give, one will be mine; and I’ll bring it and place it right here where my lips have marked. You'll be a queen—my queen—no one more beautiful! And we’ll be forever, ever so happy!”
“And you will tell me everything, and let me help you in all?” she said, kissing him in return.
“And you'll tell me everything and let me help you with everything?” she said, kissing him back.
The question chilled his fervor.
The question cooled his enthusiasm.
“Is it not enough that I love you?” he asked.
“Isn’t it enough that I love you?” he asked.
“Perfect love means perfect faith,” she replied. “But never mind—you will know me better.”
“Perfect love means perfect faith,” she said. “But don’t worry—you’ll get to know me better.”
She took her hand from him and arose.
She pulled her hand away from him and got up.
“You are cruel,” he said.
"You're cruel," he said.
Moving away, she stopped by the camel, and touched its front face with her lips.
Moving away, she paused by the camel and gently kissed its muzzle.
“O thou noblest of thy kind!—that, because there is no suspicion in thy love.”
"O you noblest of your kind!—that, because there is no doubt in your love."
An instant, and she was gone.
An instant later, and she was gone.
CHAPTER V
The third day of the journey the party nooned by the river Jabbok, where there were a hundred or more men, mostly of Peraea, resting themselves and their beasts. Hardly had they dismounted, before a man came to them with a pitcher of water and a bowl, and offered them drink; as they received the attention with much courtesy, he said, looking at the camel, “I am returning from the Jordan, where just now there are many people from distant parts, travelling as you are, illustrious friend; but they had none of them the equal of your servant here. A very noble animal. May I ask of what breed he is sprung?”
On the third day of their journey, the group stopped for lunch by the river Jabbok, where there were over a hundred men, mostly from Peraea, resting with their animals. As soon as they got off their mounts, a man approached them with a pitcher of water and a bowl, offering them a drink. As they accepted his kindness graciously, he glanced at the camel and said, “I just came back from the Jordan, where many people from far-off places are traveling like you, my esteemed friend; but none of them have a servant as impressive as yours. What a noble animal! May I ask what breed he is?”
Balthasar answered, and sought his rest; but Ben-Hur, more curious, took up the remark.
Balthasar replied and tried to relax, but Ben-Hur, feeling more curious, picked up on the comment.
“At what place on the river are the people?” he asked.
“At what spot on the river are the people?” he asked.
“At Bethabara.”
"At Bethabara."
“It used to be a lonesome ford,” said Ben-Hur. “I cannot understand how it can have become of such interest.”
“It used to be a lonely crossing,” said Ben-Hur. “I can’t understand how it has become so interesting.”
“I see,” the stranger replied; “you, too, are from abroad, and have not heard the good tidings.”
“I get it,” the stranger replied; “you’re also from overseas and haven’t heard the good news.”
“What tidings?”
"What news?"
“Well, a man has appeared out of the wilderness—a very holy man—with his mouth full of strange words, which take hold of all who hear them. He calls himself John the Nazarite, son of Zacharias, and says he is the messenger sent before the Messiah.”
“Well, a man has emerged from the wilderness—a very holy man—with a mouth full of strange words that captivate everyone who hears them. He calls himself John the Nazarite, son of Zacharias, and claims he is the messenger sent before the Messiah.”
Even Iras listened closely while the man continued:
Even Iras listened closely as the man went on:
“They say of this John that he has spent his life from childhood in a cave down by En-Gedi, praying and living more strictly than the Essenes. Crowds go to hear him preach. I went to hear him with the rest.”
“They say about this John that he has spent his life since childhood in a cave near En-Gedi, praying and living more strictly than the Essenes. Crowds gather to hear him preach. I went to hear him like everyone else.”
“Have all these, your friends, been there?”
“Have all of your friends been there?”
“Most of them are going; a few are coming away.”
“Most of them are leaving; a few are coming back.”
“What does he preach?”
“What does he teach?”
“A new doctrine—one never before taught in Israel, as all say. He calls it repentance and baptism. The rabbis do not know what to make of him; nor do we. Some have asked him if he is the Christ, others if he is Elias; but to them all he has the answer, ‘I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Make straight the way of the Lord!’”
“A new teaching—one that’s never been shared in Israel, as everyone says. He calls it repentance and baptism. The rabbis are confused by him; so are we. Some have asked him if he’s the Messiah, others if he’s Elijah; but to all of them, he answers, ‘I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Make straight the way of the Lord!’”
At this point the man was called away by his friends; as he was going, Balthasar spoke.
At that moment, the man was called away by his friends; just before he left, Balthasar spoke.
“Good stranger!” he said, tremulously, “tell us if we shall find the preacher at the place you left him.”
“Good stranger!” he said, nervously, “please tell us if we will find the preacher where you last saw him.”
“Yes, at Bethabara.”
"Yeah, at Bethabara."
“Who should this Nazarite be?” said Ben-Hur to Iras, “if not the herald of our King?”
“Who should this Nazarite be?” Ben-Hur asked Iras. “If not the messenger of our King?”
In so short a time he had come to regard the daughter as more interested in the mysterious personage he was looking for than the aged father! Nevertheless, the latter with a positive glow in his sunken eyes half arose, and said,
In such a short time, he had come to see the daughter as more interested in the mysterious person he was searching for than her elderly father! However, the latter, with a definite spark in his sunken eyes, half rose and said,
“Let us make haste. I am not tired.”
“Let’s hurry up. I’m not tired.”
They turned away to help the slave.
They turned away to help the servant.
There was little conversation between the three at the stopping-place for the night west of Ramoth-Gilead.
There was hardly any conversation among the three at the stop for the night west of Ramoth-Gilead.
“Let us arise early, son of Hur,” said the old man. “The Saviour may come, and we not there.”
“Let’s get up early, son of Hur,” said the old man. “The Savior might arrive, and we won’t be there.”
“The King cannot be far behind his herald,” Iras whispered, as she prepared to take her place on the camel.
“The King can't be far behind his messenger,” Iras whispered, as she got ready to take her spot on the camel.
“To-morrow we will see!” Ben-Hur replied, kissing her hand.
“Tomorrow we will see!” Ben-Hur replied, kissing her hand.
Next day about the third hour, out of the pass through which, skirting the base of Mount Gilead, they had journeyed since leaving Ramoth, the party came upon the barren steppe east of the sacred river. Opposite them they saw the upper limit of the old palm lands of Jericho, stretching off to the hill-country of Judea. Ben-Hur’s blood ran quickly, for he knew the ford was close at hand.
Next day around the third hour, as they passed through the area skirting the base of Mount Gilead, the group came upon the barren wasteland east of the sacred river. In front of them, they saw the edge of the old palm groves of Jericho, stretching out toward the hills of Judea. Ben-Hur's heart raced because he knew the crossing point was nearby.
“Content you, good Balthasar,” he said; “we are almost there.”
“Be happy, good Balthasar,” he said; “we’re almost there.”
The driver quickened the camel’s pace. Soon they caught sight of booths and tents and tethered animals; and then of the river, and a multitude collected down close by the bank, and yet another multitude on the western shore. Knowing that the preacher was preaching, they made greater haste; yet, as they were drawing near, suddenly there was a commotion in the mass, and it began to break up and disperse.
The driver sped up the camel. Before long, they saw booths, tents, and tied-up animals; then they spotted the river and a crowd gathered right by the bank, plus another crowd on the western shore. Realizing the preacher was speaking, they hurried even more. However, as they got closer, there was an unexpected stir in the crowd, and it started to break up and scatter.
They were too late!
They arrived too late!
“Let us stay here,” said Ben-Hur to Balthasar, who was wringing his hands. “The Nazarite may come this way.”
“Let’s stay here,” Ben-Hur said to Balthasar, who was wringing his hands. “The Nazarene might come this way.”
The people were too intent upon what they had heard, and too busy in discussion, to notice the new-comers. When some hundreds were gone by, and it seemed the opportunity to so much as see the Nazarite was lost to the latter, up the river not far away they beheld a person coming towards them of such singular appearance they forgot all else.
The crowd was so focused on what they had just heard and so caught up in their discussions that they didn’t notice the newcomers. When several hundred people had passed by and it seemed like they would miss the chance to even catch a glimpse of the Nazarite, they spotted someone approaching them from up the river. This person had such a unique appearance that they completely forgot everything else.
Outwardly the man was rude and uncouth, even savage. Over a thin, gaunt visage of the hue of brown parchment, over his shoulders and down his back below the middle, in witch-like locks, fell a covering of sun-scorched hair. His eyes were burning-bright. All his right side was naked, and of the color of his face, and quite as meagre; a shirt of the coarsest camel’s-hair—coarse as Bedouin tent-cloth—clothed the rest of his person to the knees, being gathered at the waist by a broad girdle of untanned leather. His feet were bare. A scrip, also of untanned leather, was fastened to the girdle. He used a knotted staff to help him forward. His movement was quick, decided, and strangely watchful. Every little while he tossed the unruly hair from his eyes, and peered round as if searching for somebody.
The man appeared rude and unsophisticated, almost wild. His thin, gaunt face looked like brown parchment, and sun-damaged hair hung in long, unruly locks over his shoulders and down his back. His eyes burned brightly. The entire right side of his body was exposed, matching the color of his face and equally as thin; he wore a shirt made of coarse camel hair—just as rough as a Bedouin tent—reaching down to his knees, cinched at the waist with a broad, untreated leather belt. His feet were bare. A pouch, also made of raw leather, was attached to the belt. He used a knotted staff to help him walk. His movements were quick, confident, and oddly alert. Every so often, he would toss the wild hair out of his eyes and look around as if he were searching for someone.
The fair Egyptian surveyed the son of the Desert with surprise, not to say disgust. Presently, raising the curtain of the houdah, she spoke to Ben-Hur, who sat his horse near by.
The beautiful Egyptian looked at the son of the Desert with surprise, if not disgust. After a moment, she lifted the curtain of the houdah and spoke to Ben-Hur, who was sitting on his horse nearby.
“Is that the herald of thy King?”
“Is that the messenger of your King?”
“It is the Nazarite,” he replied, without looking up.
“It’s the Nazarite,” he said, not looking up.
In truth, he was himself more than disappointed. Despite his familiarity with the ascetic colonists in En-Gedi—their dress, their indifference to all worldly opinion, their constancy to vows which gave them over to every imaginable suffering of body, and separated them from others of their kind as absolutely as if they had not been born like them—and notwithstanding he had been notified on the way to look for a Nazarite whose simple description of himself was a Voice from the Wilderness—still Ben-Hur’s dream of the King who was to be so great and do so much had colored all his thought of him, so that he never doubted to find in the forerunner some sign or token of the goodliness and royalty he was announcing. Gazing at the savage figure before him, the long trains of courtiers whom he had been used to see in the thermae and imperial corridors at Rome arose before him, forcing a comparison. Shocked, shamed, bewildered, he could only answer,
In reality, he was more than disappointed. Even though he was familiar with the ascetic colonists in En-Gedi—their clothing, their indifference to worldly opinions, their unwavering commitment to vows that led them to endure every imaginable physical suffering, completely isolating them from others like themselves as if they hadn’t been born among them—and despite being warned along the way to look for a Nazarite whose simple self-description was “a Voice from the Wilderness”—Ben-Hur’s vision of the King who was meant to be so extraordinary and do so much had colored all his thoughts about him, leading him to expect some sign or indication of the goodness and nobility he was proclaiming in the forerunner. As he looked at the wild figure before him, memories of the long lines of courtiers he was used to seeing in the baths and imperial corridors in Rome flooded his mind, creating an unavoidable comparison. Shocked, ashamed, and confused, he could only respond,
“It is the Nazarite.”
“It's the Nazarite.”
With Balthasar it was very different. The ways of God, he knew, were not as men would have them. He had seen the Saviour a child in a manger, and was prepared by his faith for the rude and simple in connection with the Divine reappearance. So he kept his seat, his hands crossed upon his breast, his lips moving in prayer. He was not expecting a king.
With Balthasar, it was very different. He understood that God's ways weren't what people expected. He had seen the Savior as a child in a manger and, because of his faith, was ready for the rough and simple aspects of the Divine return. So he stayed seated, with his hands crossed over his chest, his lips moving in prayer. He wasn't expecting a king.
In this time of such interest to the new-comers, and in which they were so differently moved, another man had been sitting by himself on a stone at the edge of the river, thinking yet, probably, of the sermon he had been hearing. Now, however, he arose, and walked slowly up from the shore, in a course to take him across the line the Nazarite was pursuing and bring him near the camel.
In this time of great interest to the newcomers, who were all reacting in their own unique ways, another man had been sitting alone on a stone by the river, likely still thinking about the sermon he had just heard. Now, though, he stood up and walked slowly away from the shore, heading toward the path the Nazarite was taking to get closer to the camel.
And the two—the preacher and the stranger—kept on until they came, the former within twenty yards of the animal, the latter within ten feet. Then the preacher stopped, and flung the hair from his eyes, looked at the stranger, threw his hands up as a signal to all the people in sight; and they also stopped, each in the pose of a listener; and when the hush was perfect, slowly the staff in the Nazarite’s right hand came down and pointed to the stranger.
And the two— the preacher and the stranger— continued until they were close, the preacher about twenty yards from the animal and the stranger within ten feet. Then the preacher stopped, brushed his hair out of his eyes, looked at the stranger, raised his hands as a signal to everyone nearby; and they also paused, each one in a listening stance. Once the silence was complete, the staff in the Nazarite’s right hand slowly came down and pointed at the stranger.
All those who before were but listeners became watchers also.
All those who were just listeners before became watchers too.
At the same instant, under the same impulse, Balthasar and Ben-Hur fixed their gaze upon the man pointed out, and both took the same impression, only in different degree. He was moving slowly towards them in a clear space a little to their front, a form slightly above the average in stature, and slender, even delicate. His action was calm and deliberate, like that habitual to men much given to serious thought upon grave subjects; and it well became his costume, which was an undergarment full-sleeved and reaching to the ankles, and an outer robe called the talith; on his left arm he carried the usual handkerchief for the head, the red fillet swinging loose down his side. Except the fillet and a narrow border of blue at the lower edge of the talith, his attire was of linen yellowed with dust and road stains. Possibly the exception should be extended to the tassels, which were blue and white, as prescribed by law for rabbis. His sandals were of the simplest kind. He was without scrip or girdle or staff.
At the same moment, driven by the same impulse, Balthasar and Ben-Hur fixed their gaze on the man they were shown, both forming the same impression, just to different extents. He was walking slowly towards them in an open area slightly ahead, a figure a bit taller than average and slender, even delicate. His movements were calm and deliberate, like those of men who often reflect seriously on heavy matters; this demeanor suited his clothing, which consisted of a full-sleeved undergarment that reached his ankles and an outer robe called the talith. On his left arm, he carried the usual handkerchief for his head, with a red fillet hanging loosely down his side. Other than the fillet and a narrow blue trim at the bottom of the talith, his outfit was made of linen that was yellowed with dust and stains from the road. The only exception could be made for the tassels, which were blue and white, as required by law for rabbis. His sandals were very simple. He had no pouch, belt, or staff.
These points of appearance, however, the three beholders observed briefly, and rather as accessories to the head and face of the man, which—especially the latter—were the real sources of the spell they caught in common with all who stood looking at him.
These features, however, were only briefly noted by the three spectators, primarily as additions to the man's head and face, which—especially the latter—were the true sources of the captivating effect felt by everyone who stood watching him.
The head was open to the cloudless light, except as it was draped with hair long and slightly waved, and parted in the middle, and auburn in tint, with a tendency to reddish golden where most strongly touched by the sun. Under a broad, low forehead, under black well arched brows, beamed eyes dark-blue and large, and softened to exceeding tenderness by lashes of the great length sometimes seen on children, but seldom, if ever, on men. As to the other features, it would have been difficult to decide whether they were Greek or Jewish. The delicacy of the nostrils and mouth was unusual to the latter type; and when it was taken into account with the gentleness of the eyes, the pallor of the complexion, the fine texture of the hair, and the softness of the beard, which fell in waves over his throat to his breast, never a soldier but would have laughed at him in encounter, never a woman who would not have confided in him at sight, never a child that would not, with quick instinct, have given him its hand and whole artless trust; nor might any one have said he was not beautiful.
The head was exposed to the clear light, except for the long, slightly wavy hair that was parted in the middle and had an auburn color, with hints of reddish-gold where it caught the sun. Under a broad, low forehead and well-arched black brows, large dark-blue eyes shone brightly, softened to a remarkable tenderness by long lashes typically seen on children, but rarely on men. As for his other features, it was hard to determine if they were Greek or Jewish. The delicate shape of his nostrils and mouth was uncommon for the latter; when considering the gentleness of his eyes, the paleness of his complexion, the fine texture of his hair, and the softness of his beard that flowed in waves over his throat to his chest, every soldier would have laughed at first sight, every woman would have trusted him immediately, and every child would have instinctively reached out their hand in complete trust. No one could say he wasn’t beautiful.
The features, it should be further said, were ruled by a certain expression which, as the viewer chose, might with equal correctness have been called the effect of intelligence, love, pity, or sorrow; though, in better speech, it was a blending of them all—a look easy to fancy as the mark of a sinless soul doomed to the sight and understanding of the utter sinfulness of those among whom it was passing; yet withal no one could have observed the face with a thought of weakness in the man; so, at least, would not they who know that the qualities mentioned—love, sorrow, pity—are the results of a consciousness of strength to bear suffering oftener than strength to do; such has been the might of martyrs and devotees and the myriads written down in saintly calendars. And such, indeed, was the air of this one.
The features, it should be noted, were influenced by a certain expression that, depending on the viewer's perspective, could just as accurately be called a sign of intelligence, love, pity, or sorrow. But more accurately, it was a mix of all these feelings—a look that could easily be imagined as belonging to a pure soul condemned to witness and understand the complete sinfulness of those around him. Yet, anyone observing his face would not have perceived any weakness in him; at least, not those who understand that qualities like love, sorrow, and pity often arise from a deep awareness of the strength to endure suffering more than the strength to act. This has always been the power of martyrs, devotees, and the countless souls recorded in holy texts. And indeed, this is the essence of this individual.
Slowly he drew near—nearer the three.
Slowly, he approached—closer to the three.
Now Ben-Hur, mounted and spear in hand, was an object to claim the glance of a king; yet the eyes of the man approaching were all the time raised above him—and not to Iras, whose loveliness has been so often remarked, but to Balthasar, the old and unserviceable.
Now Ben-Hur, on horseback and holding a spear, was someone a king would notice; yet the eyes of the man approaching were always looking above him—not at Iras, whose beauty had been admired many times, but at Balthasar, the old and useless one.
The hush was profound.
The silence was deep.
Presently the Nazarite, still pointing with his staff, cried, in a loud voice,
Presently, the Nazarite, still pointing with his staff, shouted in a loud voice,
“Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world!”
“Look, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”
The many standing still, arrested by the action of the speaker, and listening for what might follow, were struck with awe by words so strange and past their understanding; upon Balthasar they were overpowering. He was there to see once more the Redeemer of men. The faith which had brought him the singular privileges of the time long gone abode yet in his heart; and if now it gave him a power of vision above that of his fellows—a power to see and know him for whom he was looking—better than calling the power a miracle, let it be thought of as the faculty of a soul not yet entirely released from the divine relations to which it had been formerly admitted, or as the fitting reward of a life in that age so without examples of holiness—a life itself a miracle. The ideal of his faith was before him, perfect in face, form, dress, action, age; and he was in its view, and the view was recognition. Ah, now if something should happen to identify the stranger beyond all doubt!
The crowd stood still, captivated by the speaker's words and eager to hear what would come next. They were filled with awe by his strange and incomprehensible words; for Balthasar, they were overwhelming. He was there to see the Redeemer of humanity once again. The faith that had brought him the unique blessings of a long-lost time still lived in his heart; and if it now gave him a vision beyond that of others—a vision to truly see and know the one he was seeking—rather than calling it a miracle, let it be seen as the ability of a soul not yet fully released from the divine connections it once had, or as the deserved reward of a life lived in an age so devoid of examples of holiness—a life that itself was miraculous. The ideal of his faith stood before him, perfect in appearance, demeanor, clothing, actions, and age; he was within its sight, and this sight was recognition. Ah, if only something would happen to confirm the identity of the stranger without a doubt!
And that was what did happen.
And that’s exactly what went down.
Exactly at the fitting moment, as if to assure the trembling Egyptian, the Nazarite repeated the outcry,
Exactly at the right moment, as if to reassure the trembling Egyptian, the Nazarite repeated the cry,
“Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world!”
“Look, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world!”
Balthasar fell upon his knees. For him there was no need of explanation; and as if the Nazarite knew it, he turned to those more immediately about him staring in wonder, and continued:
Balthasar dropped to his knees. He didn’t need any explanation; and as if the Nazarite understood this, he turned to those around him who were staring in amazement, and continued:
“This is he of whom I said, After me cometh a man which is preferred before me, for he was before me. And I knew him not: but that he should be manifest to Israel, therefore am I come baptizing with water. I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove, and it abode upon him. And I knew him not: but he that sent me to baptize with water, the same said unto me, Upon whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending and remaining on him, the same is he which baptizeth with the Holy Ghost. And I saw and bare record, that this”—he paused, his staff still pointing at the stranger in the white garments, as if to give a more absolute certainty to both his words and the conclusions intended—“I bare record, THAT THIS IS THE SON OF GOD!”
“This is the one I mentioned, saying that after me comes a man who ranks ahead of me, for he was before me. I didn't recognize him, but I came baptizing with water so he could be revealed to Israel. I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove, and it remained on him. I still didn’t recognize him, but the one who sent me to baptize with water told me, 'The one on whom you see the Spirit descending and remaining is the one who baptizes with the Holy Spirit.' And I have seen and testified that this”—he paused, his staff still pointing at the stranger in the white clothes, adding emphasis to both his words and intended conclusions—“I testify, THIS IS THE SON OF GOD!”
“It is he, it is he!” Balthasar cried, with upraised tearful eyes. Next moment he sank down insensible.
“It’s him, it’s him!” Balthasar shouted, with tear-filled eyes raised upwards. The next moment, he collapsed, unconscious.
In this time, it should be remembered, Ben-Hur was studying the face of the stranger, though with an interest entirely different. He was not insensible to its purity of feature, and its thoughtfulness, tenderness, humility, and holiness; but just then there was room in his mind for but one thought—Who is this man? And what? Messiah or king? Never was apparition more unroyal. Nay, looking at that calm, benignant countenance, the very idea of war and conquest, and lust of dominion, smote him like a profanation. He said, as if speaking to his own heart, Balthasar must be right and Simonides wrong. This man has not come to rebuild the throne of Solomon; he has neither the nature nor the genius of Herod; king he may be, but not of another and greater than Rome.
At that moment, it should be noted, Ben-Hur was studying the face of the stranger, but his interest was completely different. He couldn’t ignore the purity of the stranger’s features and the thoughtfulness, tenderness, humility, and holiness they conveyed; however, all that occupied his mind was one question—Who is this man? And what is he? Messiah or king? Never had someone seemed less royal. In fact, looking at that calm, kind face, the very idea of war, conquest, and desire for power struck him like a sacrilege. He said, almost as if he were speaking to his own heart, Balthasar must be right and Simonides wrong. This man hasn’t come to restore the throne of Solomon; he doesn’t have the nature or the brilliance of Herod; he may be a king, but not of anyone or anything greater than Rome.
It should be understood now that this was not a conclusion with Ben-Hur, but an impression merely; and while it was forming, while yet he gazed at the wonderful countenance, his memory began to throe and struggle. “Surely,” he said to himself, “I have seen the man; but where and when?” That the look, so calm, so pitiful, so loving, had somewhere in a past time beamed upon him as that moment it was beaming upon Balthasar became an assurance. Faintly at first, at last a clear light, a burst of sunshine, the scene by the well at Nazareth what time the Roman guard was dragging him to the galleys returned, and all his being thrilled. Those hands had helped him when he was perishing. The face was one of the pictures he had carried in mind ever since. In the effusion of feeling excited, the explanation of the preacher was lost by him, all but the last words—words so marvellous that the world yet rings with them:
It should be clear now that this wasn’t a conclusion for Ben-Hur; it was just an impression. While this thought was forming and he continued to gaze at the remarkable face, memories began to stir within him. “Surely,” he thought, “I’ve seen this man before; but where and when?” The calm, compassionate, and loving expression that was now directed at Balthasar had, at some point in his past, shone down on him. This realization grew stronger, first faintly and then with clarity, like a burst of sunlight, bringing back the scene by the well in Nazareth when the Roman guard was leading him away to the galleys. In that moment, he felt a thrill throughout his entire being. Those hands had saved him when he was on the brink of death. The face was one of the images he had held in his mind ever since. Overwhelmed with emotion, Ben-Hur lost track of the preacher's explanation, except for the final words—words so extraordinary that the world still echoes with them:
“—this is the SON OF GOD!”
“—this is the SON OF GOD!”
Ben-Hur leaped from his horse to render homage to his benefactor; but Iras cried to him, “Help, son of Hur, help, or my father will die!”
Ben-Hur jumped off his horse to show respect to his benefactor; but Iras shouted to him, “Help, son of Hur, help, or my father will die!”
He stopped, looked back, then hurried to her assistance. She gave him a cup; and leaving the slave to bring the camel to its knees, he ran to the river for water. The stranger was gone when he came back.
He stopped, looked back, then quickly went to help her. She handed him a cup; and while leaving the slave to kneel the camel, he rushed to the river for water. The stranger was gone when he returned.
At last Balthasar was restored to consciousness. Stretching forth his hands, he asked, feebly, “Where is he?”
At last, Balthasar regained consciousness. Reaching out his hands, he weakly asked, “Where is he?”
“Who?” asked Iras.
"Who?" Iras asked.
An intense instant interest shone upon the good man’s face, as if a last wish had been gratified, and he answered,
An intense look of interest lit up the good man’s face, as if a final wish had been fulfilled, and he replied,
“He—the Redeemer—the Son of God, whom I have seen again.”
“He—the Savior—the Son of God, whom I have seen again.”
“Believest thou so?” Iras asked in a low voice of Ben-Hur.
“Do you really think so?” Iras asked quietly to Ben-Hur.
“The time is full of wonders; let us wait,” was all he said.
“The time is full of wonders; let’s wait,” was all he said.
And next day while the three were listening to him, the Nazarite broke off in mid-speech, saying reverently, “Behold the Lamb of God!”
And the next day, while the three were listening to him, the Nazarite paused mid-sentence and said reverently, “Look, the Lamb of God!”
Looking to where he pointed, they beheld the stranger again. As Ben-Hur surveyed the slender figure, and holy beautiful countenance compassionate to sadness, a new idea broke upon him.
Looking to where he pointed, they saw the stranger again. As Ben-Hur took in the slender figure and the holy, beautiful face filled with compassion for sadness, a new idea struck him.
“Balthasar is right—so is Simonides. May not the Redeemer be a king also?”
“Balthasar is right—so is Simonides. Can’t the Redeemer also be a king?”
And he asked one at his side, “Who is the man walking yonder?”
And he asked the person next to him, “Who is that guy walking over there?”
The other laughed mockingly, and replied,
The other laughed derisively and said,
“He is the son of a carpenter over in Nazareth.”
“He is the son of a carpenter from Nazareth.”
BOOK EIGHTH
“Who could resist? Who in this universe?
She did so breathe ambrosia, so immerse
My fine existence in a golden clime.
She took me like a child of suckling-time,
And cradled me in roses. Thus condemn’d,
The current of my former life was stemm’d,
And to this arbitrary queen of sense
I bow’d a tranced vassal.”—KEATS, Endymion.
“I am the resurrection and the life.”
“Who could resist? Who in this universe?
She breathed sweetness, completely immersing
My good life in a golden place.
She held me like a baby,
And cradled me in roses. So, I was trapped,
The flow of my earlier life was stopped,
And to this random queen of feeling
I became a mesmerized servant.” —KEATS, Endymion.
“I am the resurrection and the life.”
CHAPTER I
“Esther—Esther! Speak to the servant below that he may bring me a cup of water.”
“Esther—Esther! Tell the servant downstairs to bring me a cup of water.”
“Would you not rather have wine, father?”
“Wouldn't you prefer some wine, dad?”
“Let him bring both.”
“Have him bring both.”
This was in the summer-house upon the roof of the old palace of the Hurs in Jerusalem. From the parapet overlooking the court-yard Esther called to a man in waiting there; at the same moment another man-servant came up the steps and saluted respectfully.
This was in the summer house on the roof of the old palace of the Hurs in Jerusalem. From the parapet overlooking the courtyard, Esther called to a servant waiting there; at the same time, another male servant came up the steps and greeted her respectfully.
“A package for the master,” he said, giving her a letter enclosed in linen cloth, tied and sealed.
“A package for the master,” he said, handing her a letter wrapped in linen cloth, tied, and sealed.
For the satisfaction of the reader, we stop to say that it is the twenty-first day of March, nearly three years after the annunciation of the Christ at Bethabara.
For the reader's satisfaction, we should mention that it is the twenty-first day of March, almost three years after the announcement of Christ at Bethabara.
In the meanwhile, Malluch, acting for Ben-Hur, who could not longer endure the emptiness and decay of his father’s house, had bought it from Pontius Pilate; and, in process of repair, gates, courts, lewens, stairways, terraces, rooms, and roof had been cleansed and thoroughly restored; not only was there no reminder left of the tragic circumstances so ruinous to the family, but the refurnishment was in a style richer than before. At every point, indeed, a visitor was met by evidences of the higher tastes acquired by the young proprietor during his years of residence in the villa by Misenum and in the Roman capital.
In the meantime, Malluch, representing Ben-Hur, who could no longer stand the emptiness and decay of his father's house, had purchased it from Pontius Pilate. During the repairs, the gates, courtyards, gardens, stairways, terraces, rooms, and roof were all cleaned and completely restored. There were no reminders left of the tragic events that had brought the family so low, and the renovations were done in a style even more luxurious than before. At every turn, visitors were greeted by signs of the refined tastes the young owner had developed during his time living in the villa by Misenum and in the city of Rome.
Now it should not be inferred from this explanation that Ben-Hur had publicly assumed ownership of the property. In his opinion, the hour for that was not yet come. Neither had he yet taken his proper name. Passing the time in the labors of preparation in Galilee, he waited patiently the action of the Nazarene, who became daily more and more a mystery to him, and by prodigies done, often before his eyes, kept him in a state of anxious doubt both as to his character and mission. Occasionally he came up to the Holy City, stopping at the paternal house; always, however, as a stranger and a guest.
Now, this explanation shouldn't be taken to mean that Ben-Hur had publicly claimed ownership of the property. He believed the time for that hadn't arrived yet. He also hadn't taken his true name. Spending his time preparing in Galilee, he patiently waited for the actions of the Nazarene, who increasingly became a mystery to him. The miracles he performed, often right in front of Ben-Hur, left him in a state of anxious doubt about his character and mission. Occasionally, he visited the Holy City, staying at his family's house, but always as a stranger and a guest.
These visits of Ben-Hur, it should also be observed, were for more than mere rest from labor. Balthasar and Iras made their home in the palace; and the charm of the daughter was still upon him with all its original freshness, while the father, though feebler in body, held him an unflagging listener to speeches of astonishing power, urging the divinity of the wandering miracle-worker of whom they were all so expectant.
These visits from Ben-Hur were for more than just taking a break from work. Balthasar and Iras lived in the palace; the charm of their daughter was still captivating him with all its original allure, while the father, although weaker physically, kept him engaged as he spoke with incredible passion about the divine nature of the wandering miracle-worker everyone was looking forward to.
As to Simonides and Esther, they had arrived from Antioch only a few days before this their reappearance—a wearisome journey to the merchant, borne, as he had been, in a palanquin swung between two camels, which, in their careening, did not always keep the same step. But now that he was come, the good man, it seemed, could not see enough of his native land. He delighted in the perch upon the roof, and spent most of his day hours there seated in an arm-chair, the duplicate of that one kept for him in the cabinet over the store-house by the Orontes. In the shade of the summer-house he could drink fully of the inspiring air lying lightly upon the familiar hills; he could better watch the sun rise, run its course, and set as it used to in the far-gone, not a habit lost; and with Esther by him it was so much easier up there close to the sky, to bring back the other Esther, his love in youth, his wife, dearer growing with the passage of years. And yet he was not unmindful of business. Every day a messenger brought him a despatch from Sanballat, in charge of the big commerce behind; and every day a despatch left him for Sanballat with directions of such minuteness of detail as to exclude all judgment save his own, and all chances except those the Almighty has refused to submit to the most mindful of men.
As for Simonides and Esther, they had just returned from Antioch a few days before their reappearance—a tiresome journey for the merchant, who had been carried in a palanquin swaying between two camels, which didn’t always move in sync. But now that he was back, the good man seemed to be soaking up every moment of his homeland. He loved sitting on the roof, spending most of his days in an armchair exactly like the one kept for him in the office above the storehouse by the Orontes. In the shade of the summer house, he could breathe in the refreshing air that lingered over the familiar hills; he could better enjoy the sunrise, watch the sun move across the sky, and see it set as it used to in the past, a routine not forgotten; and with Esther beside him, it felt so much easier up there, close to the sky, to remember the other Esther, his youthful love, his wife, who grew dearer with time. Yet, he was still aware of his business. Every day, a messenger brought him a dispatch from Sanballat, who managed the major trade, and each day he sent a dispatch back to Sanballat with instructions so detailed that only his judgment could apply, leaving no room for anything except what the Almighty has chosen not to reveal to even the most cautious of men.
As Esther started in return to the summer-house, the sunlight fell softly upon the dustless roof, showing her a woman now—small, graceful in form, of regular features, rosy with youth and health, bright with intelligence, beautiful with the outshining of a devoted nature—a woman to be loved because loving was a habit of life irrepressible with her.
As Esther headed back to the summer house, the sunlight gently lit up the clean roof, revealing a woman now—petite, elegant in shape, with regular features, glowing with youth and health, shining with intelligence, and radiant from her caring nature—a woman to be loved because love was an undeniable part of who she was.
She looked at the package as she turned, paused, looked at it a second time more closely than at first; and the blood rose reddening her cheeks—the seal was Ben-Hur’s. With quickened steps she hastened on.
She glanced at the package as she turned, paused, and then looked at it again, examining it more closely than before; her cheeks flushed with color—the seal was Ben-Hur’s. With hurried steps, she moved on.
Simonides held the package a moment while he also inspected the seal. Breaking it open, he gave her the roll it contained.
Simonides held the package for a moment while also checking the seal. After breaking it open, he handed her the roll it contained.
“Read,” he said.
"Read," he said.
His eyes were upon her as he spoke, and instantly a troubled expression fell upon his own face.
His eyes were on her as he spoke, and right away a worried look crossed his face.
“You know who it is from, I see, Esther.”
"You know who it's from, I can see, Esther."
“Yes—from—our master.”
"Yes, from our boss."
Though the manner was halting, she met his gaze with modest sincerity. Slowly his chin sank into the roll of flesh puffed out under it like a cushion.
Though her manner was hesitant, she looked him in the eye with genuine modesty. Gradually, his chin dropped into the soft roll of flesh beneath it, resembling a cushion.
“You love him, Esther,” he said, quietly.
“You love him, Esther,” he said softly.
“Yes,” she answered.
“Yep,” she replied.
“Have you thought well of what you do?”
“Have you considered what you're doing?”
“I have tried not to think of him, father, except as the master to whom I am dutifully bound. The effort has not helped me to strength.”
“I’ve tried not to think of him, Dad, except as the master I’m supposed to serve. That hasn't made me any stronger.”
“A good girl, a good girl, even as thy mother was,” he said, dropping into reverie, from which she roused him by unrolling the paper.
“A good girl, a good girl, just like your mother was,” he said, drifting off into daydreams, from which she brought him back by unrolling the paper.
“The Lord forgive me, but—but thy love might not have been vainly given had I kept fast hold of all I had, as I might have done—such power is there in money!”
“The Lord forgive me, but your love might not have been given in vain if I had held onto everything I had, as I could have—there's such power in money!”
“It would have been worse for me had you done so, father; for then I had been unworthy a look from him, and without pride in you. Shall I not read now?”
“It would have been worse for me if you had done that, dad; because then I wouldn’t have deserved a look from him, and I wouldn't have felt proud of you. Should I read now?”
“In a moment,” he said. “Let me, for your sake, my child, show you the worst. Seeing it with me may make it less terrible to you. His love, Esther, is all bestowed.”
“In a moment,” he said. “Let me show you the worst for your sake, my child. Seeing it with me might make it less awful for you. His love, Esther, is completely given.”
“I know it,” she said, calmly.
“I know it,” she said, calmly.
“The Egyptian has him in her net,” he continued. “She has the cunning of her race, with beauty to help her—much beauty, great cunning; but, like her race again, no heart. The daughter who despises her father will bring her husband to grief.”
“The Egyptian has him trapped,” he continued. “She has the slyness of her people, with beauty to back her up—lots of beauty, a lot of cunning; but, like her people again, no heart. The daughter who disrespects her father will bring her husband down.”
“Does she that?”
“Does she do that?”
Simonides went on:
Simonides continued:
“Balthasar is a wise man who has been wonderfully favored for a Gentile, and his faith becomes him; yet she makes a jest of it. I heard her say, speaking of him yesterday, ‘The follies of youth are excusable; nothing is admirable in the aged except wisdom, and when that goes from them, they should die.’ A cruel speech, fit for a Roman. I applied it to myself, knowing a feebleness like her father’s will come to me also—nay, it is not far off. But you, Esther, will never say of me—no, never—‘It were better he were dead.’ No, your mother was a daughter of Judah.”
“Balthasar is a wise man who has been incredibly fortunate for a Gentile, and his faith suits him well; yet she makes fun of it. I heard her say, talking about him yesterday, ‘The mistakes of youth are understandable; nothing is admirable in old age except wisdom, and when that leaves them, they should die.’ That’s a cruel comment, fitting for a Roman. I thought about it for myself, knowing that a weakness like her father’s will come to me too—actually, it’s not far off. But you, Esther, will never say of me—no, never—‘It would be better if he were dead.’ No, your mother was a daughter of Judah.”
With half-formed tears, she kissed him, and said, “I am my mother’s child.”
With tears welling up in her eyes, she kissed him and said, "I am my mother’s child."
“Yes, and my daughter—my daughter, who is to me all the Temple was to Solomon.”
“Yes, and my daughter—my daughter, who means to me everything that the Temple meant to Solomon.”
After a silence, he laid his hand upon her shoulder, and resumed: “When he has taken the Egyptian to wife, Esther, he will think of you with repentance and much calling of the spirit; for at last he will awake to find himself but the minister of her bad ambition. Rome is the centre of all her dreams. To her he is the son of Arrius the duumvir, not the son of Hur, Prince of Jerusalem.”
After a moment of silence, he placed his hand on her shoulder and continued, “When he marries the Egyptian, Esther, he will feel regret and experience a lot of soul searching; eventually, he’ll realize that he’s just serving her negative ambitions. Rome is the heart of all her aspirations. To her, he’s the son of Arrius the duumvir, not the son of Hur, Prince of Jerusalem.”
Esther made no attempt to conceal the effect of these words.
Esther didn't try to hide how these words affected her.
“Save him, father! It is not too late!” she said, entreatingly.
“Save him, Dad! It’s not too late!” she said, pleading.
He answered, with a dubious smile, “A man drowning may be saved; not so a man in love.”
He replied with a skeptical smile, “A man who's drowning can be saved; not so with a man in love.”
“But you have influence with him. He is alone in the world. Show him his danger. Tell him what a woman she is.”
“But you have sway over him. He’s all alone in the world. Point out his danger. Tell him what kind of woman she is.”
“That might save him from her. Would it give him to you, Esther? No,” and his brows fell darkly over his eyes. “I am a servant, as my fathers were for generations; yet I could not say to him, ‘Lo, master, my daughter! She is fairer than the Egyptian, and loves thee better!’ I have caught too much from years of liberty and direction. The words would blister my tongue. The stones upon the old hills yonder would turn in their beds for shame when I go out to them. No, by the patriarchs, Esther, I would rather lay us both with your mother to sleep as she sleeps!”
"That might keep him away from her. Would it bring him to you, Esther? No," he said, his eyebrows lowering over his eyes. "I am a servant, like my ancestors have been for generations; yet I couldn’t tell him, ‘Look, master, my daughter! She’s more beautiful than the Egyptian, and loves you more!’ I’ve taken in too much from years of freedom and guidance. Those words would burn my tongue. The stones on the old hills over there would turn in their places out of shame when I go to them. No, by the patriarchs, Esther, I would rather let us both rest with your mother as she sleeps!”
A blush burned Esther’s whole face.
A blush covered Esther’s entire face.
“I did not mean you to tell him so, father. I was concerned for him alone—for his happiness, not mine. Because I have dared love him, I shall keep myself worthy his respect; so only can I excuse my folly. Let me read his letter now.”
“I didn't mean for you to tell him that, Dad. I was only worried about him—about his happiness, not mine. Because I dared to love him, I need to keep myself deserving of his respect; that's the only way I can justify my mistake. Let me read his letter now.”
“Yes, read it.”
"Yeah, read it."
She began at once, in haste to conclude the distasteful subject.
She immediately started, eager to finish the unpleasant topic.
“Nisan, 8th day.
"Nisan, 8th day."
“On the road from Galilee to Jerusalem.
“On the road from Galilee to Jerusalem.”
“The Nazarene is on the way also. With him, though without his knowledge, I am bringing a full legion of mine. A second legion follows. The Passover will excuse the multitude. He said upon setting out, ‘We will go up to Jerusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning me shall be accomplished.’
“The Nazarene is on the way too. With him, but without him knowing, I'm bringing a whole legion of my own. A second legion is following. The Passover will justify the crowd. He said as he set out, ‘We will go up to Jerusalem, and everything that is written by the prophets about me will be fulfilled.’”
“Our waiting draws to an end.
"Our wait is almost over."
“In haste.
"In a hurry."
“Peace to thee, Simonides.
"Peace to you, Simonides."
“BEN-HUR.”
"Ben-Hur."
Esther returned the letter to her father, while a choking sensation gathered in her throat. There was not a word in the missive for her—not even in the salutation had she a share—and it would have been so easy to have written “and to thine, peace.” For the first time in her life she felt the smart of a jealous sting.
Esther handed the letter back to her father, feeling a tightness in her throat. There wasn't a single word in the letter for her—not even in the greeting—and it would have been so simple to add “and to yours, peace.” For the first time in her life, she felt the sharpness of jealousy.
“The eighth day,” said Simonides, “the eighth day; and this, Esther, this is the—”
“The eighth day,” said Simonides, “the eighth day; and this, Esther, this is the—”
“The ninth,” she replied.
“Ninth,” she replied.
“Ah, then, they may be in Bethany now.”
“Ah, then, they might be in Bethany right now.”
“And possibly we may see him to-night,” she added, pleased into momentary forgetfulness.
“And maybe we’ll see him tonight,” she added, happy for a moment of forgetfulness.
“It may be, it may be! To-morrow is the Feast of Unleavened Bread, and he may wish to celebrate it; so may the Nazarene; and we may see him—we may see both of them, Esther.”
“It might be, it might be! Tomorrow is the Feast of Unleavened Bread, and he might want to celebrate it; so could the Nazarene; and we might see him—we might see both of them, Esther.”
At this point the servant appeared with the wine and water. Esther helped her father, and in the midst of the service Iras came upon the roof.
At this point, the servant showed up with the wine and water. Esther assisted her father, and in the middle of the service, Iras came up to the roof.
To the Jewess the Egyptian never appeared so very, very beautiful as at that moment. Her gauzy garments fluttered about her like a little cloud of mist; her forehead, neck, and arms glittered with the massive jewelry so affected by her people. Her countenance was suffused with pleasure. She moved with buoyant steps, and self-conscious, though without affectation. Esther at the sight shrank within herself, and nestled closer to her father.
To the Jewish woman, the Egyptian looked incredibly beautiful at that moment. Her sheer clothes floated around her like a little cloud of mist; her forehead, neck, and arms sparkled with the elaborate jewelry favored by her people. Her face was full of joy. She walked with light steps, aware of herself but without being showy. Esther, seeing this, pulled into herself and moved closer to her father.
“Peace to you, Simonides, and to the pretty Esther peace,” said Iras, inclining her head to the latter. “You remind me, good master—if I may say it without offence-you remind me of the priests in Persia who climb their temples at the decline of day to send prayers after the departing sun. Is there anything in the worship you do not know, let me call my father. He is Magian-bred.”
“Peace to you, Simonides, and peace to the lovely Esther,” Iras said, nodding her head toward the latter. “You remind me, good master—if I can say this without causing offense—you remind me of the priests in Persia who climb their temples at sunset to send prayers after the setting sun. If there's anything in the worship you don’t understand, let me call my father. He was born into the Magian tradition.”
“Fair Egyptian,” the merchant replied, nodding with grave politeness, “your father is a good man who would not be offended if he knew I told you his Persian lore is the least part of his wisdom.”
“Fair Egyptian,” the merchant replied, nodding with respectful politeness, “your father is a good man who wouldn’t be upset if he knew I told you his Persian knowledge is just a small part of his wisdom.”
Iras’s lip curled slightly.
Iras's lip curled a bit.
“To speak like a philosopher, as you invite me,” she said, “the least part always implies a greater. Let me ask what you esteem the greater part of the rare quality you are pleased to attribute to him.”
“To talk like a philosopher, as you’re asking me to,” she said, “the smallest part always suggests a bigger one. Let me ask what you consider to be the bigger part of the unusual trait you’re happy to assign to him.”
Simonides turned upon her somewhat sternly.
Simonides looked at her somewhat sternly.
“Pure wisdom always directs itself towards God; the purest wisdom is knowledge of God; and no man of my acquaintance has it in higher degree, or makes it more manifest in speech and act, than the good Balthasar.”
“True wisdom always focuses on God; the highest form of wisdom is knowing God; and no one I know has it to a greater extent or expresses it more clearly through words and actions than the good Balthasar.”
To end the parley, he raised the cup and drank.
To conclude the discussion, he lifted the cup and drank.
The Egyptian turned to Esther a little testily.
The Egyptian turned to Esther a bit annoyed.
“A man who has millions in store, and fleets of ships at sea, cannot discern in what simple women like us find amusement. Let us leave him. By the wall yonder we can talk.”
“A man who has millions saved up and fleets of ships at sea can’t understand what simple women like us find entertaining. Let’s leave him. We can talk over by the wall there.”
They went to the parapet then, stopping at the place where, years before, Ben-Hur loosed the broken tile upon the head of Gratus.
They went to the parapet, stopping at the spot where, years earlier, Ben-Hur had let the broken tile fall on Gratus's head.
“You have not been to Rome?” Iras began, toying the while with one of her unclasped bracelets.
“You haven’t been to Rome?” Iras started, playing with one of her unclasped bracelets.
“No,” said Esther, demurely.
“No,” Esther said, coyly.
“Have you not wished to go?”
"Don't you want to go?"
“No.”
“Nope.”
“Ah, how little there has been of your life!”
“Ah, how little there has been of your life!”
The sigh that succeeded the exclamation could not have been more piteously expressive had the loss been the Egyptian’s own. Next moment her laugh might have been heard in the street below; and she said “Oh, oh, my pretty simpleton! The half-fledged birds nested in the ear of the great bust out on the Memphian sands know nearly as much as you.”
The sigh that followed the exclamation couldn’t have been more sadly expressive if the loss had been the Egyptian’s own. In the next moment, her laughter could be heard in the street below, and she said, “Oh, oh, my sweet simpleton! The half-grown birds nesting in the ear of the great bust out on the Memphian sands know almost as much as you.”
Then, seeing Esther’s confusion, she changed her manner, and said in a confiding tone, “You must not take offence. Oh no! I was playing. Let me kiss the hurt, and tell you what I would not to any other—not if Simbel himself asked it of me, offering a lotus-cup of the spray of the Nile!”
Then, noticing Esther’s confusion, she softened her tone and said in a reassuring way, “You shouldn’t take it the wrong way. Oh no! I was just joking. Let me kiss the hurt, and share something with you that I wouldn't tell anyone else—not even if Simbel himself asked, offering a lotus cup filled with the water from the Nile!”
Another laugh, masking excellently the look she turned sharply upon the Jewess, and she said, “The King is coming.”
Another laugh, perfectly hiding the glare she shot at the Jewess, and she said, “The King is coming.”
Esther gazed at her in innocent surprise.
Esther looked at her with genuine surprise.
“The Nazarene,” Iras continued—“he whom our fathers have been talking about so much, whom Ben-Hur has been serving and toiling for so long”—her voice dropped several tones lower—“the Nazarene will be here to-morrow, and Ben-Hur to-night.”
“The Nazarene,” Iras continued—“the one our fathers have talked about so much, the one Ben-Hur has been serving and working hard for so long”—her voice dropped several tones lower—“the Nazarene will be here tomorrow, and Ben-Hur tonight.”
Esther struggled to maintain her composure, but failed: her eyes fell, the tell-tale blood surged to her cheek and forehead, and she was saved sight of the triumphant smile that passed, like a gleam, over the face of the Egyptian.
Esther tried to keep her cool, but she couldn't: her gaze dropped, the tell-tale blush rushed to her cheeks and forehead, and she missed the triumphant smirk that flickered across the Egyptian's face.
“See, here is his promise.”
“Look, here is his promise.”
And from her girdle she took a roll.
And from her belt, she took out a scroll.
“Rejoice with me, O my friend! He will be here tonight! On the Tiber there is a house, a royal property, which he has pledged to me; and to be its mistress is to be—”
“Rejoice with me, my friend! He will be here tonight! On the Tiber, there’s a house, a royal property, that he has promised to me; and to be its mistress is to be—”
A sound of some one walking swiftly along the street below interrupted the speech, and she leaned over the parapet to see. Then she drew back, and cried, with hands clasped above her head, “Now blessed be Isis! ’Tis he—Ben-Hur himself! That he should appear while I had such thought of him! There are no gods if it be not a good omen. Put your arms about me, Esther—and a kiss!”
A noise of someone walking quickly down the street below interrupted the conversation, and she leaned over the railing to look. Then she pulled back and exclaimed, with her hands clasped above her head, “Thank goodness for Isis! It’s him—Ben-Hur himself! That he should show up just as I was thinking about him! There are no gods if this isn’t a good sign. Wrap your arms around me, Esther—and give me a kiss!”
The Jewess looked up. Upon each cheek there was a glow; her eyes sparkled with a light more nearly of anger than ever her nature emitted before. Her gentleness had been too roughly overridden. It was not enough for her to be forbidden more than fugitive dreams of the man she loved; a boastful rival must tell her in confidence of her better success, and of the brilliant promises which were its rewards. Of her, the servant of a servant, there had been no hint of remembrance; this other could show his letter, leaving her to imagine all it breathed. So she said,
The Jewish woman looked up. There was a flush on each cheek, and her eyes sparkled with a fire that was closer to anger than anything she had shown before. Her kindness had been too harshly disregarded. It wasn’t enough for her to be denied even the fleeting dreams of the man she loved; a boastful rival had to smugly tell her about his greater success and the fantastic rewards it promised. There was no sign of acknowledgement for her, the servant of a servant; this other man could show his letter, leaving her to guess at everything it implied. So she said,
“Dost thou love him so much, then, or Rome so much better?”
“Do you love him that much, or do you love Rome that much more?”
The Egyptian drew back a step; then she bent her haughty head quite near her questioner.
The Egyptian stepped back a bit; then she lowered her proud head close to her questioner.
“What is he to thee, daughter of Simonides?”
“What does he mean to you, daughter of Simonides?”
Esther, all thrilling, began, “He is my—”
Esther, all excited, started, “He is my—”
A thought blasting as lightning stayed the words: she paled, trembled, recovered, and answered,
A thought flashed like lightning, stopping her words: she turned pale, trembled, collected herself, and replied,
“He is my father’s friend.”
“He’s my dad’s friend.”
Her tongue had refused to admit her servile condition.
Her tongue wouldn't acknowledge her submissive state.
Iras laughed more lightly than before.
Iras laughed more softly than before.
“Not more than that?” she said. “Ah, by the lover-gods of Egypt, thou mayst keep thy kisses—keep them. Thou hast taught me but now that there are others vastly more estimable waiting me here in Judea; and”—she turned away, looking back over her shoulder—“I will go get them. Peace to thee.”
“Is that all?” she said. “Ah, by the lover-gods of Egypt, you can keep your kisses—keep them. You've just shown me that there are others who are far more worthy waiting for me here in Judea; and”—she turned away, glancing back over her shoulder—“I’m going to find them. Goodbye to you.”
Esther saw her disappear down the steps, when, putting her hands over her face, she burst into tears so they ran scalding through her fingers—tears of shame and choking passion. And, to deepen the paroxysm to her even temper so strange, up with a new meaning of withering force rose her father’s words—“Thy love might not have been vainly given had I kept fast hold of all I had, as I might have done.”
Esther watched her walk down the steps, and then, covering her face with her hands, she broke down in tears that flowed hot through her fingers—tears of shame and overwhelming emotion. To intensify the turmoil in her usually calm demeanor, her father's words suddenly took on a new, piercing significance: “Your love might not have been wasted if I had held on tightly to everything I had, as I could have.”
And all the stars were out, burning low above the city and the dark wall of mountains about it, before she recovered enough to go back to the summer-house, and in silence take her accustomed place at her father’s side, humbly waiting his pleasure. To such duty it seemed her youth, if not her life, must be given. And, let the truth be said, now that the pang was spent, she went not unwillingly back to the duty.
And all the stars were shining brightly above the city and the dark mountains surrounding it, before she felt ready to return to the summer house and quietly take her usual spot next to her father, patiently waiting for his approval. It felt like her youth, if not her whole life, had to be devoted to this responsibility. Honestly, now that the hurt had faded, she returned to her duty without any reluctance.
CHAPTER II
An hour or thereabouts after the scene upon the roof, Balthasar and Simonides, the latter attended by Esther, met in the great chamber of the palace; and while they were talking, Ben-Hur and Iras came in together.
About an hour later, after the incident on the roof, Balthasar and Simonides, with Esther accompanying Simonides, gathered in the palace's great chamber; while they were speaking, Ben-Hur and Iras entered together.
The young Jew, advancing in front of his companion, walked first to Balthasar, and saluted him, and received his reply; then he turned to Simonides, but paused at sight of Esther.
The young Jew, walking ahead of his companion, approached Balthasar first and greeted him, receiving a response in return. Then he turned to Simonides but stopped when he saw Esther.
It is not often we have hearts roomy enough for more than one of the absorbing passions at the same time; in its blaze the others may continue to live, but only as lesser lights. So with Ben-Hur, much study of possibilities, indulgence of hopes and dreams, influences born of the condition of his country, influences more direct—that of Iras, for example—had made him in the broadest worldly sense ambitious; and as he had given the passion place, allowing it to become a rule, and finally an imperious governor, the resolves and impulses of former days faded imperceptibly out of being, and at last almost out of recollection. It is at best so easy to forget our youth; in his case it was but natural that his own sufferings and the mystery darkening the fate of his family should move him less and less as, in hope at least, he approached nearer and nearer the goals which occupied all his visions. Only let us not judge him too harshly.
It's not often that we have hearts big enough for more than one intense passion at the same time; in its fire, the others may still exist, but only as faint stars. This was true for Ben-Hur; a lot of thinking about possibilities, dreaming, and the influences from his country's situation, along with more personal influences—like Iras, for example—had made him ambitious in the broadest sense. As he let that ambition take hold, allowing it to rule him and eventually control him completely, the decisions and feelings of his past gradually faded away, almost completely out of memory. It's all too easy to forget our youth; for him, it was only natural that his own pain and the mystery surrounding his family's fate would weigh on him less and less as he got closer to the goals that filled his dreams. Let's not judge him too harshly.
He paused in surprise at seeing Esther a woman now, and so beautiful; and as he stood looking at her a still voice reminded him of broken vows and duties undone: almost his old self returned.
He stopped in surprise to see Esther as a woman now, and so beautiful; and as he stood there looking at her, a quiet voice reminded him of broken promises and unfinished responsibilities: almost his old self came back.
For an instant he was startled; but recovering, he went to Esther, and said, “Peace to thee, sweet Esther—peace; and thou, Simonides”—he looked to the merchant as he spoke—“the blessing of the Lord be thine, if only because thou hast been a good father to the fatherless.”
For a moment he was surprised; but then he pulled himself together, went to Esther, and said, “Peace to you, sweet Esther—peace; and you, Simonides”—he glanced at the merchant as he spoke—“may the Lord's blessing be upon you, if only because you have been a good father to the fatherless.”
Esther heard him with downcast face; Simonides answered,
Esther listened to him with a sad expression; Simonides replied,
“I repeat the welcome of the good Balthasar, son of Hur—welcome to thy father’s house; and sit, and tell us of thy travels, and of thy work, and of the wonderful Nazarene—who he is, and what. If thou art not at ease here, who shall be? Sit, I pray—there, between us, that we may all hear.”
“I repeat the welcome of the good Balthasar, son of Hur—welcome to your father’s house; please sit and share your travels, your work, and the amazing Nazarene—who he is and what he does. If you’re not comfortable here, who will be? Sit, I ask—there, between us, so we can all hear.”
Esther stepped out quickly and brought a covered stool, and set it for him.
Esther hurried out and brought a covered stool, then set it up for him.
“Thanks,” he said to her, gratefully.
“Thanks,” he said to her, feeling grateful.
When seated, after some other conversation, he addressed himself to the men.
When he was seated, after chatting with others, he turned to the men.
“I have come to tell you of the Nazarene.”
“I’m here to tell you about the Nazarene.”
The two became instantly attentive.
The two became instantly alert.
“For many days now I have followed him with such watchfulness as one may give another upon whom he is waiting so anxiously. I have seen him under all circumstances said to be trials and tests of men; and while I am certain he is a man as I am, not less certain am I that he is something more.”
“For many days now, I have watched him closely, like someone eagerly waiting for another person. I have seen him in all kinds of situations that are called trials and tests of character; and while I am sure he is a man just like me, I am equally sure that he is something more.”
“What more?” asked Simonides.
“What else?” asked Simonides.
“I will tell you—”
“I'll tell you—”
Some one coming into the room interrupted him; he turned, and arose with extended hands.
Someone entering the room interrupted him; he turned and stood up with his hands outstretched.
“Amrah! Dear old Amrah!” he cried.
“Amrah! My dear old Amrah!” he shouted.
She came forward; and they, seeing the joy in her face, thought not once how wrinkled and tawny it was. She knelt at his feet, clasped his knees, and kissed his hands over and over; and when he could he put the lank gray hair from her cheeks, and kissed them, saying, “Good Amrah, have you nothing, nothing of them—not a word—not one little sign?”
She stepped forward; and they, noticing the joy on her face, didn’t think at all about how wrinkled and weathered it looked. She knelt at his feet, held his knees, and kissed his hands repeatedly; and when he could, he pushed the thin gray hair away from her cheeks and kissed them, saying, “Good Amrah, do you have nothing, nothing at all about them—not a word—not even a tiny sign?”
Then she broke into sobbing which made him answer plainer even than the spoken word.
Then she started crying, which made him respond more clearly than words ever could.
“God’s will has been done,” he next said, solemnly, in a tone to make each listener know he had no hope more of finding his people. In his eyes there were tears which he would not have them see, because he was a man.
“God's will has been done,” he said next, solemnly, in a tone that made it clear to each listener that he had no hope left of finding his people. In his eyes were tears that he didn't want them to see, because he was a man.
When he could again, he took seat, and said, “Come, sit by me, Amrah—here. No? then at my feet; for I have much to say to these good friends of a wonderful man come into the world.”
When he could again, he took a seat and said, “Come, sit by me, Amrah—here. No? Then at my feet; because I have a lot to share with these good friends about a remarkable man who has come into the world.”
But she went off, and stooping with her back to the wall, joined her hands before her knees, content, they all thought, with seeing him. Then Ben-Hur, bowing to the old men, began again:
But she walked away, and leaning against the wall with her back to it, clasped her hands in front of her knees, satisfied, or so they all believed, just to see him. Then Ben-Hur, nodding to the old men, started again:
“I fear to answer the question asked me about the Nazarene without first telling you some of the things I have seen him do; and to that I am the more inclined, my friends, because to-morrow he will come to the city, and go up into the Temple, which he calls his father’s house, where, it is further said, he will proclaim himself. So, whether you are right, O Balthasar, or you, Simonides, we and Israel shall know to-morrow.”
“I’m hesitant to answer the question about the Nazarene without first sharing some of the things I’ve seen him do. I feel more compelled to do this, my friends, because tomorrow he will come to the city and go up to the Temple, which he refers to as his father’s house, where, it’s also said, he will declare himself. So, whether you’re right, Balthasar, or you, Simonides, we and Israel will find out tomorrow.”
Balthasar rubbed his hands tremulously together, and asked, “Where shall I go to see him?”
Balthasar rubbed his hands together nervously and asked, “Where can I go to see him?”
“The pressure of the crowd will be very great. Better, I think, that you all go upon the roof above the cloisters—say upon the Porch of Solomon.”
"The pressure from the crowd will be intense. I think it's better if you all go up to the roof above the cloisters—let's say on the Porch of Solomon."
“Can you be with us?”
“Can you join us?”
“No,” said Ben-Hur, “my friends will require me, perhaps, in the procession.”
“No,” said Ben-Hur, “my friends might need me in the procession.”
“Procession!” exclaimed Simonides. “Does he travel in state?”
“Procession!” exclaimed Simonides. “Is he traveling in style?”
Ben-Hur saw the argument in mind.
Ben-Hur visualized the argument in his mind.
“He brings twelve men with him, fishermen, tillers of the soil, one a publican, all of the humbler class; and he and they make their journeys on foot, careless of wind, cold, rain, or sun. Seeing them stop by the wayside at nightfall to break bread or lie down to sleep, I have been reminded of a party of shepherds going back to their flocks from market, not of nobles and kings. Only when he lifts the corners of his handkerchief to look at some one or shake the dust from his head, I am made known he is their teacher as well as their companion—their superior not less than their friend.
“He brings twelve men with him, fishermen, farmers, one a tax collector, all from the working class; and he and they travel on foot, unfazed by wind, cold, rain, or sun. When I see them stop by the side of the road at night to share a meal or rest, I’m reminded of a group of shepherds returning to their flocks from the market, not nobles or kings. It’s only when he lifts the corners of his handkerchief to look at someone or shake the dust from his head that I realize he is their teacher as well as their companion—both their superior and their friend.”
“You are shrewd men,” Ben-Hur resumed, after a pause. “You know what creatures of certain master motives we are, and that it has become little less than a law of our nature to spend life in eager pursuit of certain objects; now, appealing to that law as something by which we may know ourselves, what would you say of a man who could be rich by making gold of the stones under his feet, yet is poor of choice?”
“You're clever guys,” Ben-Hur continued after a moment. “You understand how driven we are by certain deep motives, and it's almost a law of our nature to spend our lives eagerly chasing specific goals. Now, considering this as a way to understand ourselves, what would you say about a man who could become rich by turning the stones beneath his feet into gold, yet chooses to remain poor?”
“The Greeks would call him a philosopher,” said Iras.
“The Greeks would call him a philosopher,” Iras said.
“Nay, daughter,” said Balthasar, “the philosophers had never the power to do such thing.”
“Nah, daughter,” Balthasar said, “the philosophers never had the ability to do such a thing.”
“How know you this man has?”
“How do you know this man has?”
Ben-Hur answered quickly, “I saw him turn water into wine.”
Ben-Hur replied quickly, “I saw him turn water into wine.”
“Very strange, very strange,” said Simonides; “but it is not so strange to me as that he should prefer to live poor when he could be so rich. Is he so poor?”
“Very strange, very strange,” said Simonides; “but it’s not as surprising to me as the fact that he would choose to live in poverty when he could be wealthy. Is he really that poor?”
“He owns nothing, and envies nobody his owning. He pities the rich. But passing that, what would you say to see a man multiply seven loaves and two fishes, all his store, into enough to feed five thousand people, and have full baskets over? That I saw the Nazarene do.”
“He owns nothing and doesn't envy anyone for what they have. He feels sorry for the rich. But beyond that, what would you think if you saw a man turn seven loaves and two fish, all he had, into enough to feed five thousand people and still have baskets left over? That’s what I saw the Nazarene do.”
“You saw it?” exclaimed Simonides.
"You saw that?" exclaimed Simonides.
“Ay, and ate of the bread and fish.”
“Aye, and ate the bread and fish.”
“More marvellous still,” Ben-Hur continued, “what would you say of a man in whom there is such healing virtue that the sick have but to touch the hem of his garment to be cured, or cry to him afar? That, too, I witnessed, not once, but many times. As we came out of Jericho two blind men by the wayside called to the Nazarene, and he touched their eyes, and they saw. So they brought a palsied man to him, and he said merely, ‘Go unto thy house,’ and the man went away well. What say you to these things?”
“Even more amazing,” Ben-Hur continued, “what would you think of a man who has such healing power that the sick just need to touch the edge of his clothing to be healed, or call out to him from a distance? I saw that happen, not just once, but many times. As we were leaving Jericho, two blind men by the roadside shouted to the Nazarene, and he touched their eyes, and they could see. Then they brought a paralyzed man to him, and he simply said, ‘Go home,’ and the man left healed. What do you think of these things?”
The merchant had no answer.
The merchant had no response.
“Think you now, as I have heard others argue, that what I have told you are tricks of jugglery? Let me answer by recalling greater things which I have seen him do. Look first to that curse of God—comfortless, as you all know, except by death—leprosy.”
“Do you really think, like some others have argued, that what I’ve told you are just tricks? Let me respond by reminding you of the bigger things I’ve seen him do. First, let’s consider that curse from God—completely hopeless, as you all know, except through death—leprosy.”
At these words Amrah dropped her hands to the floor, and in her eagerness to hear him half arose.
At these words, Amrah dropped her hands to the floor and, eager to hear him, half rose up.
“What would you say,” said Ben-Hur, with increased earnestness—“what would you say to have seen that I now tell you? A leper came to the Nazarene while I was with him down in Galilee, and said, ‘Lord, if thou wilt, thou canst make me clean.’ He heard the cry, and touched the outcast with his hand, saying, ‘Be thou clean;’ and forthwith the man was himself again, healthful as any of us who beheld the cure, and we were a multitude.”
“What would you say,” Ben-Hur said with more seriousness, “what would you say to having seen what I’m about to tell you? A leper approached the Nazarene while I was with him in Galilee and said, ‘Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean.’ He heard the plea and touched the outcast with his hand, saying, ‘Be clean;’ and immediately the man was restored, healthy like any of us who witnessed the miracle, and there were many of us.”
Here Amrah arose, and with her gaunt fingers held the wiry locks from her eyes. The brain of the poor creature had long since gone to heart, and she was troubled to follow the speech.
Here Amrah got up, and with her thin fingers pushed the wiry hair out of her eyes. The poor girl's mind had long been affected, and she struggled to keep up with the conversation.
“Then, again,” said Ben-Hur, without stop, “ten lepers came to him one day in a body, and falling at his feet, called out—I saw and heard it all—called out, ‘Master, Master, have mercy upon us!’ He told them, ‘Go, show yourselves to the priest, as the law requires; and before you are come there ye shall be healed.’”
“Then again,” said Ben-Hur without pausing, “ten lepers came to him one day all together, and falling at his feet, shouted—I saw and heard it all—shouted, ‘Master, Master, have mercy on us!’ He told them, ‘Go, show yourselves to the priest, as the law requires; and before you get there, you will be healed.’”
“And were they?”
"Did they?"
“Yes. On the road going their infirmity left them, so that there was nothing to remind us of it except their polluted clothes.”
“Yes. On the road, their weakness disappeared, leaving nothing to remind us of it except their dirty clothes.”
“Such thing was never heard before—never in all Israel!” said Simonides, in undertone.
“Nothing like this has ever been heard before—never in all of Israel!” said Simonides, quietly.
And then, while he was speaking, Amrah turned away, and walked noiselessly to the door, and went out; and none of the company saw her go.
And then, while he was talking, Amrah turned away and quietly walked to the door and left; and none of the group noticed her departure.
“The thoughts stirred by such things done under my eyes I leave you to imagine,” said Ben-Hur, continuing; “but my doubts, my misgivings, my amazement, were not yet at the full. The people of Galilee are, as you know, impetuous and rash; after years of waiting their swords burned their hands; nothing would do them but action. ‘He is slow to declare himself; let us force him,’ they cried to me. And I too became impatient. If he is to be king, why not now? The legions are ready. So as he was once teaching by the seaside we would have crowned him whether or not; but he disappeared, and was next seen on a ship departing from the shore. Good Simonides, the desires that make other men mad—riches, power, even kingships offered out of great love by a great people—move this one not at all. What say you?”
"The thoughts stirred by what I witnessed, I’ll let you imagine," said Ben-Hur, continuing; "but my doubts, my fears, my astonishment, were not yet fully formed. The people of Galilee, as you know, are impulsive and reckless; after years of waiting, their swords felt too heavy in their hands; they demanded action. 'He's slow to reveal himself; let’s make him,' they urged me. And I too grew restless. If he’s meant to be king, why not now? The legions are ready. So, just as he was teaching by the seaside, we would have crowned him no matter what; but he vanished and was next seen on a ship leaving the shore. Good Simonides, the desires that drive other men mad—wealth, power, even the kingships offered out of great love by a great people—don’t move this one at all. What do you think?"
The merchant’s chin was low upon his breast; raising his head, he replied, resolutely, “The Lord liveth, and so do the words of the prophets. Time is in the green yet; let to-morrow answer.”
The merchant's chin was low on his chest; lifting his head, he replied firmly, “As the Lord lives, so do the words of the prophets. The time is still ripe; let tomorrow decide.”
“Be it so,” said Balthasar, smiling.
“Okay,” said Balthasar, smiling.
And Ben-Hur said, “Be it so.” Then he went on: “But I have not yet done. From these things, not too great to be above suspicion by such as did not see them in performance as I did, let me carry you now to others infinitely greater, acknowledged since the world began to be past the power of man. Tell me, has any one to your knowledge ever reached out and taken from Death what Death has made his own? Who ever gave again the breath of a life lost? Who but—”
And Ben-Hur said, “Alright.” Then he continued, “But I’m not finished yet. Regarding these things, which may not seem suspicious to those who didn’t witness them like I did, let me take you now to ones that are far greater, recognized since the beginning of time as beyond human ability. Tell me, has anyone you know ever reached out and taken back what Death has claimed? Who has ever restored the breath of a life that was lost? Who but—”
“God!” said Balthasar, reverently.
“Wow!” said Balthasar, reverently.
Ben-Hur bowed.
Ben-Hur bowed.
“O wise Egyptian! I may not refuse the name you lend me. What would you—or you, Simonides—what would you either or both have said had you seen as I did, a man, with few words and no ceremony, without effort more than a mother’s when she speaks to wake her child asleep, undo the work of Death? It was down at Nain. We were about going into the gate, when a company came out bearing a dead man. The Nazarene stopped to let the train pass. There was a woman among them crying. I saw his face soften with pity. He spoke to her, then went and touched the bier, and said to him who lay upon it dressed for burial, ‘Young man, I say unto thee, Arise!’ And instantly the dead sat up and talked.”
“O wise Egyptian! I can’t refuse the name you gave me. What would you— or you, Simonides—what would either of you have said if you had seen what I did? A man, with just a few words and no fuss, no more effort than a mother waking her sleeping child, undo the work of Death? It was down at Nain. We were just about to go into the gate when a group came out carrying a dead man. The Nazarene stopped to let them pass. There was a woman among them crying. I saw his face soften with compassion. He spoke to her, then went over and touched the bier, and said to the one lying on it, dressed for burial, ‘Young man, I say to you, Arise!’ And instantly the dead man sat up and talked.”
“God only is so great,” said Balthasar to Simonides.
“Only God is that great,” Balthasar said to Simonides.
“Mark you,” Ben-Hur proceeded, “I do but tell you things of which I was a witness, together with a cloud of other men. On the way hither I saw another act still more mighty. In Bethany there was a man named Lazarus, who died and was buried; and after he had lain four days in a tomb, shut in by a great stone, the Nazarene was shown to the place. Upon rolling the stone away, we beheld the man lying inside bound and rotting. There were many people standing by, and we all heard what the Nazarene said, for he spoke in a loud voice: ‘Lazarus, come forth!’ I cannot tell you my feelings when in answer, as it were, the man arose and came out to us with all his cerements about him. ‘Loose him,’ said the Nazarene next, ‘loose him, and let him go.’ And when the napkin was taken from the face of the resurrected, lo, my friends! the blood ran anew through the wasted body, and he was exactly as he had been in life before the sickness that took him off. He lives yet, and is hourly seen and spoken to. You may go see him to-morrow. And now, as nothing more is needed for the purpose, I ask you that which I came to ask, it being but a repetition of what you asked me, O Simonides, What more than a man is this Nazarene?”
"Listen," Ben-Hur continued, "I'm just sharing what I witnessed, along with many others. On my way here, I saw something even more incredible. In Bethany, there was a man named Lazarus who died and was buried. After he had been in a tomb for four days, sealed by a large stone, the Nazarene was brought to the site. When the stone was rolled away, we saw the man inside, wrapped up and decaying. There were many people gathered, and we all heard the Nazarene speak in a loud voice: ‘Lazarus, come out!’ I can’t express my emotions when, as if in response, the man stood up and came out to us still wrapped in his burial clothes. ‘Unwrap him,’ the Nazarene said next, ‘unwrap him and let him go.’ And when the cloth was removed from the face of the resurrected man, look, my friends! Blood flowed back into his wasted body, and he was exactly as he had been before the illness that took him. He is still alive and can be seen and spoken to daily. You can visit him tomorrow. And now, since nothing more is needed for my purpose, I ask you what I came to ask, which is just a repeat of what you asked me, O Simonides: What more than a man is this Nazarene?”
The question was put solemnly, and long after midnight the company sat and debated it; Simonides being yet unwilling to give up his understanding of the sayings of the prophets, and Ben-Hur contending that the elder disputants were both right—that the Nazarene was the Redeemer, as claimed by Balthasar, and also the destined king the merchant would have.
The question was raised seriously, and long after midnight, the group sat and discussed it; Simonides was still reluctant to change his views on the prophets' words, while Ben-Hur argued that the older speakers were actually both correct—that the Nazarene was the Redeemer, as Balthasar claimed, and also the future king that the merchant desired.
“To-morrow we will see. Peace to you all.”
"Tomorrow we will see. Peace to you all."
So saying, Ben-Hur took his leave, intending to return to Bethany.
So saying, Ben-Hur took his leave, planning to head back to Bethany.
CHAPTER III
The first person to go out of the city upon the opening of the Sheep’s Gate next morning was Amrah, basket on arm. No questions were asked her by the keepers, since the morning itself had not been more regular in coming than she; they knew her somebody’s faithful servant, and that was enough for them.
The first person to leave the city when the Sheep's Gate opened the next morning was Amrah, with a basket on her arm. The guards didn’t ask her any questions, since her arrival was just as routine as the morning itself; they recognized her as a loyal servant, and that was good enough for them.
Down the eastern valley she took her way. The side of Olivet, darkly green, was spotted with white tents recently put up by people attending the feasts; the hour, however, was too early for the strangers to be abroad; still, had it not been so, no one would have troubled her. Past Gethsemane; past the tombs at the meeting of the Bethany roads; past the sepulchral village of Siloam she went. Occasionally the decrepit little body staggered; once she sat down to get her breath; rising shortly, she struggled on with renewed haste. The great rocks on either hand, if they had had ears, might have heard her mutter to herself; could they have seen, it would have been to observe how frequently she looked up over the Mount, reproving the dawn for its promptness; if it had been possible for them to gossip, not improbably they would have said to each other, “Our friend is in a hurry this morning; the mouths she goes to feed must be very hungry.”
She made her way down the eastern valley. The side of Olivet, a deep green, was dotted with white tents recently set up by people attending the feasts; however, it was still too early for the visitors to be out and about. Even if it weren't, no one would have bothered her. She passed Gethsemane, the tombs at the intersection of the Bethany roads, and the graveyard village of Siloam. Occasionally, her frail little body stumbled; once, she sat down to catch her breath, but soon got back up and hurried on with more urgency. The massive rocks on either side, if they could hear, would have heard her mumbling to herself; if they could see, they would have noticed how often she looked up over the Mount, scolding the dawn for being so early. If it had been possible for them to gossip, they might have said to each other, “Our friend is in a hurry this morning; the mouths she goes to feed must be very hungry.”
When at last she reached the King’s Garden she slackened her gait; for then the grim city of the lepers was in view, extending far round the pitted south hill of Hinnom.
When she finally arrived at the King’s Garden, she slowed down; because then the bleak city of the lepers came into view, stretching far around the scarred south hill of Hinnom.
As the reader must by this time have surmised, she was going to her mistress, whose tomb, it will be remembered, overlooked the well En-Rogel.
As the reader must have figured out by now, she was heading to her mistress, whose tomb, as you may recall, was overlooking the well En-Rogel.
Early as it was, the unhappy woman was up and sitting outside, leaving Tirzah asleep within. The course of the malady had been terribly swift in the three years. Conscious of her appearance, with the refined instincts of her nature, she kept her whole person habitually covered. Seldom as possible she permitted even Tirzah to see her.
Even though it was early, the sad woman was up and sitting outside while Tirzah slept inside. The progress of the illness had been alarmingly quick over the past three years. Aware of how she looked, and with her natural refined instincts, she always kept herself fully covered. She rarely allowed even Tirzah to see her.
This morning she was taking the air with bared head, knowing there was no one to be shocked by the exposure. The light was not full, but enough to show the ravages to which she had been subject. Her hair was snow-white and unmanageably coarse, falling over her back and shoulders like so much silver wire. The eyelids, the lips, the nostrils, the flesh of the cheeks, were either gone or reduced to fetid rawness. The neck was a mass of ash-colored scales. One hand lay outside the folds of her habit rigid as that of a skeleton; the nails had been eaten away; the joints of the fingers, if not bare to the bone, were swollen knots crusted with red secretion. Head, face, neck, and hand indicated all too plainly the condition of the whole body. Seeing her thus, it was easy to understand how the once fair widow of the princely Hur had been able to maintain her incognito so well through such a period of years.
This morning she was outside with her head uncovered, knowing there was no one around to be shocked by it. The light wasn’t strong, but it was enough to reveal the damage she had endured. Her hair was snow-white and unmanageable, falling over her back and shoulders like silver wire. Her eyelids, lips, nostrils, and the flesh of her cheeks were either missing or reduced to disgusting raw skin. Her neck was covered in ash-colored scales. One hand lay outside the folds of her garment, stiff like a skeleton's; the nails had been worn away, and the joints of her fingers, if not bare to the bone, were swollen knots crusted with red discharge. Her head, face, neck, and hand clearly indicated the state of her entire body. Seeing her like this, it was easy to understand how the once beautiful widow of the noble Hur had managed to keep her identity hidden for so many years.
When the sun would gild the crest of Olivet and the Mount of Offence with light sharper and more brilliant in that old land than in the West, she knew Amrah would come, first to the well, then to a stone midway the well and the foot of the hill on which she had her abode, and that the good servant would there deposit the food she carried in the basket, and fill the water-jar afresh for the day. Of her former plentitude of happiness, that brief visit was all that remained to the unfortunate. She could then ask about her son, and be told of his welfare, with such bits of news concerning him as the messenger could glean. Usually the information was meagre enough, yet comforting; at times she heard he was at home; then she would issue from her dreary cell at break of day, and sit till noon, and from noon to set of sun, a motionless figure draped in white, looking, statue-like, invariably to one point—over the Temple to the spot under the rounded sky where the old house stood, dear in memory, and dearer because he was there. Nothing else was left her. Tirzah she counted of the dead; and as for herself, she simply waited the end, knowing every hour of life was an hour of dying—happily, of painless dying.
When the sun lit up the top of Olivet and the Mount of Offence with a brightness sharper and more vivid than in the West, she knew Amrah would come, first to the well, then to a stone halfway between the well and the bottom of the hill where she lived, and that the good servant would place the food she brought in the basket there, and refill the water-jar for the day. Of her once great happiness, that short visit was all that remained to the unfortunate woman. She could then ask about her son and hear about his well-being, along with whatever bits of news the messenger could gather. Usually, the information was pretty scarce, but it provided some comfort; at times, she would hear he was at home; then she would leave her gloomy cell at dawn, sitting until noon, and from noon until sunset, a still figure dressed in white, gazing, like a statue, consistently toward one point—over the Temple to the place under the curved sky where the old house stood, precious in memory, and even more cherished because he was there. Nothing else was left for her. She considered Tirzah dead; as for herself, she simply awaited the end, knowing every hour of life was an hour of dying—happily, a painless dying.
The things of nature about the hill to keep her sensitive to the world’s attractions were wretchedly scant; beasts and birds avoided the place as if they knew its history and present use; every green thing perished in its first season; the winds warred upon the shrubs and venturous grasses, leaving to drought such as they could not uproot. Look where she would, the view was made depressingly suggestive by tombs—tombs above her, tombs below, tombs opposite her own tomb—all now freshly whitened in warning to visiting pilgrims. In the sky—clear, fair, inviting—one would think she might have found some relief to her ache of mind; but, alas! in making the beautiful elsewhere the sun served her never so unfriendly—it did but disclose her growing hideousness. But for the sun she would not have been the horror she was to herself, nor been waked so cruelly from dreams of Tirzah as she used to be. The gift of seeing can be sometimes a dreadful curse.
The things in nature around the hill that kept her attuned to the world's wonders were terribly few; animals and birds stayed away from the place as if they knew its past and current use; every plant withered in its first season; the winds battered the bushes and daring grasses, leaving those they couldn’t uproot to suffer from drought. No matter where she looked, the view was grimly filled with tombs—tombs above her, tombs below, tombs across from her own tomb—all now freshly whitened as a warning to visiting pilgrims. In the sky—clear, beautiful, inviting—you would think she might find some comfort for her troubled mind; but, sadly, the sun, while brilliant elsewhere, was unfriendly to her—it only revealed her growing ugliness. If it weren’t for the sun, she wouldn’t have seen herself as the horror she felt she had become, nor would she have been so cruelly jolted from dreams of Tirzah as she used to be. The ability to see can sometimes be a terrible curse.
Does one ask why she did not make an end to her sufferings?
Does anyone wonder why she didn't put an end to her suffering?
THE LAW FORBADE HER!
THE LAW PROHIBITED HER!
A Gentile may smile at the answer; but so will not a son of Israel.
A non-Jew might find the answer amusing; however, a son of Israel will not.
While she sat there peopling the dusky solitude with thoughts even more cheerless, suddenly a woman came up the hill staggering and spent with exertion.
While she sat there filling the dark solitude with even more gloomy thoughts, suddenly a woman came up the hill, staggering and exhausted from her efforts.
The widow arose hastily, and covering her head, cried, in a voice unnaturally harsh, “Unclean, unclean!”
The widow got up quickly, covered her head, and shouted, in an unusually rough voice, “Unclean, unclean!”
In a moment, heedless of the notice, Amrah was at her feet. All the long-pent love of the simple creature burst forth: with tears and passionate exclamations she kissed her mistress’s garments, and for a while the latter strove to escape from her; then, seeing she could not, she waited till the violence of the paroxysm was over.
In a moment, ignoring the warning, Amrah was at her feet. All the bottled-up love of the simple girl poured out: with tears and fervent cries, she kissed her mistress's clothes, and for a while, her mistress tried to get away from her; then, realizing she couldn't, she waited until the intensity of the outburst passed.
“What have you done, Amrah?” she said. “Is it by such disobedience you prove your love for us? Wicked woman! You are lost; and he—your master—you can never, never go back to him.”
“What have you done, Amrah?” she said. “Is this how you show your love for us? You wicked woman! You’re ruined; and him—your master—you can never, ever return to him.”
Amrah grovelled sobbing in the dust.
Amrah was sobbing and pleading in the dirt.
“The ban of the Law is upon you, too; you cannot return to Jerusalem. What will become of us? Who will bring us bread? O wicked, wicked Amrah! We are all, all undone alike!”
“The law forbids you too; you can’t go back to Jerusalem. What will happen to us? Who will feed us? Oh, wicked, wicked Amrah! We are all, completely undone!”
“Mercy, mercy!” Amrah answered from the ground.
“Please, no!” Amrah replied from the ground.
“You should have been merciful to yourself, and by so doing been most merciful to us. Now where can we fly? There is no one to help us. O false servant! The wrath of the Lord was already too heavy upon us.”
“You should have been kinder to yourself, and in doing so, you would have been kinder to us. Now where can we go? There’s no one to help us. O deceitful servant! The anger of the Lord was already too much for us.”
Here Tirzah, awakened by the noise, appeared at the door of the tomb. The pen shrinks from the picture she presented. In the half-clad apparition, patched with scales, lividly seamed, nearly blind, its limbs and extremities swollen to grotesque largeness, familiar eyes however sharpened by love could not have recognized the creature of childish grace and purity we first beheld her.
Here Tirzah, woken by the noise, stood at the door of the tomb. Words fail to capture what she looked like. In her barely clothed state, covered in patches and scales, with pale seams, nearly blind, her limbs and extremities swollen to an unsettling size, even though familiar eyes, sharpened by love, could not have recognized the once innocent and graceful girl we first saw her as.
“Is it Amrah, mother?”
“Is it Amrah, mom?”
The servant tried to crawl to her also.
The servant tried to crawl to her too.
“Stay, Amrah!” the widow cried, imperiously. “I forbid you touching her. Rise, and get you gone before any at the well see you here. Nay, I forgot—it is too late! You must remain now and share our doom. Rise, I say!”
“Stay, Amrah!” the widow shouted, commanding. “I forbid you to touch her. Get up and leave before anyone at the well sees you here. Wait, I forgot—it’s too late! You have to stay now and share our fate. Get up, I said!”
Amrah rose to her knees, and said, brokenly and with clasped hands, “O good mistress! I am not false—I am not wicked. I bring you good tidings.”
Amrah got down on her knees and said, tearfully and with her hands clasped, “Oh, kind mistress! I'm not lying—I’m not evil. I come bearing good news.”
“Of Judah?” and as she spoke, the widow half withdrew the cloth from her head.
“Of Judah?” she said, partially pulling the cloth off her head as she spoke.
“There is a wonderful man,” Amrah continued, “who has power to cure you. He speaks a word, and the sick are made well, and even the dead come to life. I have come to take you to him.”
“There’s an amazing man,” Amrah continued, “who has the ability to heal you. He speaks a word, and the sick become healthy, and even the dead come back to life. I’ve come to take you to him.”
“Poor Amrah!” said Tirzah, compassionately.
"Poor Amrah!" Tirzah said, sympathetically.
“No,” cried Amrah, detecting the doubt underlying the expression—“no, as the Lord lives, even the Lord of Israel, my God as well as yours, I speak the truth. Go with me, I pray, and lose no time. This morning he will pass by on his way to the city. See! the day is at hand. Take the food here—eat, and let us go.”
“No,” Amrah exclaimed, sensing the doubt in the expression—“no, as surely as the Lord lives, even the Lord of Israel, my God as well as yours, I'm speaking the truth. Please come with me, and don’t waste any time. This morning he will be passing by on his way to the city. Look! The day is upon us. Take the food here—eat, and let’s go.”
The mother listened eagerly. Not unlikely she had heard of the wonderful man, for by this time his fame had penetrated every nook in the land.
The mother listened with excitement. It’s likely she had heard about the amazing man, as by now his fame had spread to every corner of the country.
“Who is he?” she asked.
“Who’s he?” she asked.
“A Nazarene.”
“A person from Nazareth.”
“Who told you about him?”
“Who told you about him?”
“Judah.”
"Judah."
“Judah told you? Is he at home?”
“Did Judah tell you? Is he home?”
“He came last night.”
"He showed up last night."
The widow, trying to still the beating of her heart, was silent awhile.
The widow, attempting to calm her racing heart, was quiet for a moment.
“Did Judah send you to tell us this?” she next asked.
“Did Judah send you to tell us this?” she then asked.
“No. He believes you dead.”
“No. He thinks you’re dead.”
“There was a prophet once who cured a leper,” the mother said thoughtfully to Tirzah; “but he had his power from God.” Then addressing Amrah, she asked, “How does my son know this man so possessed?”
“There was a prophet who cured a leper,” the mother said thoughtfully to Tirzah; “but he got his power from God.” Then, turning to Amrah, she asked, “How does my son know this man who is so gifted?”
“He was travelling with him, and heard the lepers call, and saw them go away well. First there was one man; then there were ten; and they were all made whole.”
“He was traveling with him, and heard the lepers call out, and saw them leave healed. First, there was one man; then there were ten; and they were all made whole.”
The elder listener was silent again. The skeleton hand shook. We may believe she was struggling to give the story the sanction of faith, which is always an absolutist in demand, and that it was with her as with the men of the day, eye-witnesses of what was done by the Christ, as well as the myriads who have succeeded them. She did not question the performance, for her own son was the witness testifying through the servant; but she strove to comprehend the power by which work so astonishing could be done by a man. Well enough to make inquiry as to the fact; to comprehend the power, on the other hand, it is first necessary to comprehend God; and he who waits for that will die waiting. With her, however, the hesitation was brief. To Tirzah she said,
The older listener fell silent again. The skeletal hand trembled. We might think she was trying to give the story the credibility it needed, which is always a demanding requirement, and that she was experiencing the same struggle as those men of her time, eyewitnesses of what Christ did, as well as the countless others who came after them. She didn’t doubt the event, since her own son was the one testifying through the servant; but she was trying to grasp the power that enabled such incredible things to be accomplished by a man. It’s one thing to question the fact; to understand the power, on the other hand, one must first understand God; and anyone who waits for that will end up waiting forever. With her, though, the hesitation was short. To Tirzah, she said,
“This must be the Messiah!”
"This has to be the Messiah!"
She spoke not coldly, like one reasoning a doubt away, but as a woman of Israel familiar with the promises of God to her race—a woman of understanding, ready to be glad over the least sign of the realization of the promises.
She didn't speak coldly, like someone trying to logic their way through a doubt, but as a woman of Israel who was familiar with God's promises to her people—a woman of insight, eager to rejoice at even the smallest sign of those promises coming true.
“There was a time when Jerusalem and all Judea were filled with a story that he was born. I remember it. By this time he should be a man. It must be—it is he. Yes,” she said to Amrah, “we will go with you. Bring the water which you will find in the tomb in a jar, and set the food for us. We will eat and be gone.”
“There was a time when Jerusalem and all of Judea were buzzing with the news that he was born. I remember it. By now, he should be a man. It must be—it is him. Yes,” she said to Amrah, “we will go with you. Bring the water that you’ll find in the tomb in a jar, and prepare the food for us. We will eat and be on our way.”
The breakfast, partaken under excitement, was soon despatched, and the three women set out on their extraordinary journey. As Tirzah had caught the confident spirit of the others, there was but one fear that troubled the party. Bethany, Amrah said, was the town the man was coming from; now from that to Jerusalem there were three roads, or rather paths—one over the first summit of Olivet, a second at its base, a third between the second summit and the Mount of Offence. The three were not far apart; far enough, however, to make it possible for the unfortunates to miss the Nazarene if they failed the one he chose to come by.
The breakfast, eaten with excitement, was quickly finished, and the three women set off on their incredible journey. Since Tirzah had picked up the confident vibe from the others, there was only one concern that troubled the group. Amrah mentioned that Bethany was the town the man was coming from; there were three routes from there to Jerusalem—one over the first peak of Olivet, another at its base, and the third between the second peak and the Mount of Offence. The three paths were not far from each other; but they were far enough apart that the unfortunate ones could miss the Nazarene if they didn't take the route he chose.
A little questioning satisfied the mother that Amrah knew nothing of the country beyond the Cedron, and even less of the intentions of the man they were going to see, if they could. She discerned, also, that both Amrah and Tirzah—the one from confirmed habits of servitude, the other from natural dependency—looked to her for guidance; and she accepted the charge.
A brief conversation reassured the mother that Amrah didn’t know anything about the land beyond the Cedron, and even less about the motives of the man they were about to meet, if they could. She also realized that both Amrah and Tirzah—one due to ingrained habits of servitude, the other from a natural dependency—were looking to her for direction; and she embraced the responsibility.
“We will go first to Bethphage,” she said to them. “There, if the Lord favor us, we may learn what else to do.”
“We’ll head to Bethphage first,” she told them. “There, if the Lord is with us, we might find out what else to do.”
They descended the hill to Tophet and the King’s Garden, and paused in the deep trail furrowed through them by centuries of wayfaring.
They walked down the hill to Tophet and the King’s Garden, stopping in the deep path worn into them by centuries of travelers.
“I am afraid of the road,” the matron said. “Better that we keep to the country among the rocks and trees. This is feast-day, and on the hill-sides yonder I see signs of a great multitude in attendance. By going across the Mount of Offence here we may avoid them.”
“I’m scared of the road,” the matron said. “It’s better if we stick to the countryside with the rocks and trees. It’s feast day, and over there on the hills, I see signs of a huge crowd gathering. If we go across the Mount of Offence here, we can steer clear of them.”
Tirzah had been walking with great difficulty; upon hearing this her heart began to fail her.
Tirzah had been struggling to walk; upon hearing this, her heart started to sink.
“The mount is steep, mother; I cannot climb it.”
“The hill is steep, Mom; I can’t climb it.”
“Remember, we are going to find health and life. See, my child, how the day brightens around us! And yonder are women coming this way to the well. They will stone us if we stay here. Come, be strong this once.”
“Remember, we’re going to find health and life. Look, my child, how the day is brightening around us! And over there are women coming to the well. They will throw stones at us if we stay here. Come on, let’s be strong this one time.”
Thus the mother, not less tortured herself, sought to inspire the daughter; and Amrah came to her aid. To this time the latter had not touched the persons of the afflicted, nor they her; now, in disregard of consequences as well as of command, the faithful creature went to Tirzah, and put her arm over her shoulder, and whispered, “Lean on me. I am strong, though I am old; and it is but a little way off. There—now we can go.”
Thus the mother, equally tormented, tried to uplift her daughter; and Amrah stepped in to help. Until now, Amrah had not come into contact with the afflicted, nor they with her; but now, ignoring the risks and the orders given, the loyal woman approached Tirzah, put her arm around her shoulder, and whispered, “Lean on me. I’m strong, even though I’m old; it’s just a short distance away. There—now we can go.”
The face of the hill they essayed to cross was somewhat broken with pits, and ruins of old structures; but when at last they stood upon the top to rest, and looked at the spectacle presented them over in the northwest—at the Temple and its courtly terraces, at Zion, at the enduring towers white beetling into the sky beyond—the mother was strengthened with a love of life for life’s sake.
The side of the hill they tried to cross was uneven, with holes and the remains of old buildings; but when they finally reached the top to take a break and looked out at the view to the northwest—at the Temple and its elegant terraces, at Zion, at the tall towers standing out against the sky beyond—the mother felt a renewed love for life just for the sake of living.
“Look, Tirzah,” she said—“look at the plates of gold on the Gate Beautiful. How they give back the flames of the sun, brightness for brightness! Do you remember we used to go up there? Will it not be pleasant to do so again? And think—home is but a little way off. I can almost see it over the roof of the Holy of Holies; and Judah will be there to receive us!”
“Look, Tirzah,” she said, “look at the gold plates on the Beautiful Gate. They reflect the sunlight, shining back just as bright! Do you remember when we used to go up there? Won’t it be nice to do that again? And think—home is just a short distance away. I can almost see it over the roof of the Holy of Holies, and Judah will be there to welcome us!”
From the side of the middle summit garnished green with myrtle and olive trees, they saw, upon looking that way next, thin columns of smoke rising lightly and straight up into the pulseless morning, each a warning of restless pilgrims astir, and of the flight of the pitiless hours, and the need of haste.
From the side of the middle peak covered in green myrtle and olive trees, they saw, when they looked that way next, thin columns of smoke rising lightly and straight up into the still morning, each one a sign of restless travelers getting ready, the relentless passage of time, and the urgency to hurry.
Though the good servant toiled faithfully to lighten the labor in descending the hill-side, not sparing herself in the least, the girl moaned at every step; sometimes in extremity of anguish she cried out. Upon reaching the road—that is, the road between the Mount of Offence and the middle or second summit of Olivet—she fell down exhausted.
Though the devoted servant worked hard to make the climb down the hill easier, not holding back at all, the girl groaned with each step; sometimes, in extreme pain, she cried out. When they reached the road—that is, the road between the Mount of Offense and the middle or second peak of Olivet—she collapsed, completely exhausted.
“Go on with Amrah, mother, and leave me here,” she said, faintly.
“Go on with Amrah, Mom, and leave me here,” she said softly.
“No, no, Tirzah. What would the gain be to me if I were healed and you not? When Judah asks for you, as he will, what would I have to say to him were I to leave you?”
“No, no, Tirzah. What would I gain if I were healed and you weren’t? When Judah asks for you, as he will, what would I say to him if I left you?”
“Tell him I loved him.”
"Tell him I loved him."
The elder leper arose from bending over the fainting sufferer, and gazed about her with that sensation of hope perishing which is more nearly like annihilation of the soul than anything else. The supremest joy of the thought of cure was inseparable from Tirzah, who was not too old to forget, in the happiness of healthful life to come, the years of misery by which she had been so reduced in body and broken in spirit. Even as the brave woman was about leaving the venture they were engaged in to the determination of God, she saw a man on foot coming rapidly up the road from the east.
The older leper straightened up from her position over the fainting person and looked around with a feeling of hopelessness that felt almost like the soul itself was fading away. The greatest joy of the possibility of being cured was tied to Tirzah, who was still young enough to forget, in the excitement of a healthy future, the years of suffering that had left her physically weak and emotionally shattered. Just as the courageous woman was about to leave their endeavor in God's hands, she noticed a man walking quickly up the road from the east.
“Courage, Tirzah! Be of cheer,” she said. “Yonder I know is one to tell us of the Nazarene.”
“Stay strong, Tirzah! Cheer up,” she said. “I know there’s someone over there who can tell us about the Nazarene.”
Amrah helped the girl to a sitting posture, and supported her while the man advanced.
Amrah helped the girl sit up and supported her as the man approached.
“In your goodness, mother, you forget what we are. The stranger will go around us; his best gift to us will be a curse, if not a stone.”
“In your kindness, mom, you forget who we really are. The outsider will pass us by; his greatest gift to us will be a curse, if not a stone.”
“We will see.”
"We'll see."
There was no other answer to be given, since the mother was too well and sadly acquainted with the treatment outcasts of the class to which she belonged were accustomed to at the hands of her countrymen.
There was no other answer to give, since the mother was all too familiar with the way outcasts from her class were treated by her countrymen.
As has been said, the road at the edge of which the group was posted was little more than a worn path or trail, winding crookedly through tumuli of limestone. If the stranger kept it, he must meet them face to face; and he did so, until near enough to hear the cry she was bound to give. Then, uncovering her head, a further demand of the law, she shouted shrilly,
As mentioned before, the road where the group was stationed was just a worn path, winding awkwardly through mounds of limestone. If the stranger followed it, he would have to confront them directly; and he did, getting close enough to hear the scream she was supposed to let out. Then, revealing her head, as the law required, she shouted loudly,
“Unclean, unclean!”
“Dirty, dirty!”
To her surprise, the man came steadily on.
To her surprise, the man kept coming closer.
“What would you have?” he asked, stopping opposite them not four yards off.
“What do you want?” he asked, stopping in front of them just a few yards away.
“Thou seest us. Have a care,” the mother said, with dignity.
"You see us. Be careful," the mother said, with dignity.
“Woman, I am the courier of him who speaketh but once to such as thou and they are healed. I am not afraid.”
“Woman, I am the messenger of the one who speaks only once to people like you, and they are healed. I am not afraid.”
“The Nazarene?”
“The Nazarene?”
“The Messiah,” he said.
"The Messiah," he stated.
“Is it true that he cometh to the city to-day?”
“Is it true that he's coming to the city today?”
“He is now at Bethphage.”
“He's now at Bethphage.”
“On what road, master?”
"What road, master?"
“This one.”
“This one.”
She clasped her hands, and looked up thankfully.
She clasped her hands and looked up with gratitude.
“For whom takest thou him?” the man asked, with pity.
“For whom do you take him?” the man asked, with pity.
“The Son of God,” she replied.
“The Son of God,” she said.
“Stay thou here then; or, as there is a multitude with him, take thy stand by the rock yonder, the white one under the tree; and as he goeth by fail not to call to him; call, and fear not. If thy faith but equal thy knowledge, he will hear thee though all the heavens thunder. I go to tell Israel, assembled in and about the city, that he is at hand, and to make ready to receive him. Peace to thee and thine, woman.”
“Stay here then; or, since there are many people with him, stand by that rock over there, the white one under the tree; and as he passes by, don’t forget to call out to him; call out and don’t be afraid. If your faith matches your knowledge, he will hear you even if the heavens are thundering. I’m going to tell Israel, gathered in and around the city, that he is coming and to get ready to welcome him. Peace to you and yours, woman.”
The stranger moved on.
The stranger walked away.
“Did you hear, Tirzah? Did you hear? The Nazarene is on the road, on this one, and he will hear us. Once more, my child—oh, only once! and let us to the rock. It is but a step.”
“Did you hear, Tirzah? Did you hear? The Nazarene is on the road, and he will hear us. Just one more time, my child—oh, just once! and let’s go to the rock. It’s only a step.”
Thus encouraged Tirzah took Amrah’s hand and arose; but as they were going, Amrah said, “Stay; the man is returning.” And they waited for him.
Thus encouraged, Tirzah took Amrah’s hand and got up; but as they were going, Amrah said, “Wait; the man is coming back.” And they waited for him.
“I pray your grace, woman,” he said, upon overtaking them. “Remembering that the sun will be hot before the Nazarene arrives, and that the city is near by to give me refreshment should I need it, I thought this water would do thee better than it will me. Take it and be of good cheer. Call to him as he passes.”
“I beg you, lady,” he said as he caught up to them. “Since the sun will be hot before the Nazarene gets here, and the city is close enough for me to get some refreshment if I need it, I figured this water would be more beneficial for you than for me. Take it and stay cheerful. Call out to him as he goes by.”
He followed the words by offering her a gourd full of water, such as foot-travellers sometimes carried with them in their journeys across the hills; and instead of placing the gift on the ground for her to take up when he was at a safe distance, he gave it into her hand.
He followed up his words by offering her a gourd filled with water, like the ones travelers sometimes took with them on their journeys across the hills; and instead of putting the gift on the ground for her to pick up when he was far away, he handed it to her directly.
“Art thou a Jew?” she asked, surprised.
“Are you a Jew?” she asked, surprised.
“I am that, and better; I am a disciple of the Christ who teacheth daily by word and example this thing which I have done unto you. The world hath long known the word charity without understanding it. Again I say peace and good cheer to thee and thine.”
“I am that, and more; I am a follower of Christ who teaches every day through words and actions what I have done for you. The world has long known the word charity without truly understanding it. Again, I wish you and yours peace and good cheer.”
He went on, and they went slowly to the rock he had pointed out to them, high as their heads, and scarcely thirty yards from the road on the right. Standing in front of it, the mother satisfied herself they could be seen and heard plainly by passers-by whose notice they desired to attract. There they cast themselves under the tree in its shade, and drank of the gourd, and rested refreshed. Ere long Tirzah slept, and fearing to disturb her, the others held their peace.
He continued on, and they walked slowly to the rock he had indicated, which was as tall as their heads and barely thirty yards from the road on the right. Standing in front of it, the mother made sure they could be seen and heard clearly by passers-by, whom they wanted to attract. There, they settled under the tree in its shade, drank from the gourd, and rested, feeling refreshed. Before long, Tirzah fell asleep, and not wanting to wake her, the others stayed quiet.
CHAPTER IV
During the third hour the road in front of the resting-place of the lepers became gradually more and more frequented by people going in the direction of Bethphage and Bethany; now, however, about the commencement of the fourth hour, a great crowd appeared over the crest of Olivet, and as it defiled down the road thousands in number, the two watchers noticed with wonder that every one in it carried a palm-branch freshly cut. As they sat absorbed by the novelty, the noise of another multitude approaching from the east drew their eyes that way. Then the mother awoke Tirzah.
During the third hour, the road in front of the lepers' resting place became increasingly busy with people heading toward Bethphage and Bethany. However, around the start of the fourth hour, a large crowd appeared over the rise of Olivet, and as it came down the road in the thousands, the two watchers were amazed to see that everyone in the crowd was carrying a freshly cut palm branch. While they were captivated by this sight, the sound of another crowd approaching from the east caught their attention. Then the mother woke Tirzah.
“What is the meaning of it all?” the latter asked.
“What does it all mean?” the latter asked.
“He is coming,” answered the mother. “These we see are from the city going to meet him; those we hear in the east are his friends bearing him company; and it will not be strange if the processions meet here before us.
“He’s coming,” the mother replied. “These people we see are from the city going to meet him; those voices we hear in the east are his friends coming along with him; and it wouldn’t be surprising if the processions meet here in front of us.”
“I fear, if they do, we cannot be heard.”
“I’m worried that if they do, we won’t be heard.”
The same thought was in the elder’s mind.
The elder was thinking the same thing.
“Amrah,” she asked, “when Judah spoke of the healing of the ten, in what words did he say they called to the Nazarene?”
“Amrah,” she asked, “when Judah talked about the healing of the ten, what words did he say they used to call to the Nazarene?”
“Either they said, ‘Lord, have mercy upon us,’ or ‘Master, have mercy.’”
“Either they said, ‘Lord, have mercy on us,’ or ‘Master, have mercy.’”
“Only that?”
"Is that all?"
“No more that I heard.”
“Not that I heard.”
“Yet it was enough,” the mother added, to herself.
“Yet it was enough,” the mother added, to herself.
“Yes,” said Amrah, “Judah said he saw them go away well.”
“Yes,” Amrah said, “Judah said he saw them leave in good spirits.”
Meantime the people in the east came up slowly. When at length the foremost of them were in sight, the gaze of the lepers fixed upon a man riding in the midst of what seemed a chosen company which sang and danced about him in extravagance of joy. The rider was bareheaded and clad all in white. When he was in distance to be more clearly observed, these, looking anxiously, saw an olive-hued face shaded by long chestnut hair slightly sunburned and parted in the middle. He looked neither to the right nor left. In the noisy abandon of his followers he appeared to have no part; nor did their favor disturb him in the least, or raise him out of the profound melancholy into which, as his countenance showed, he was plunged. The sun beat upon the back of his head, and lighting up the floating hair gave it a delicate likeness to a golden nimbus. Behind him the irregular procession, pouring forward with continuous singing and shouting, extended out of view. There was no need of any one to tell the lepers that this was he—the wonderful Nazarene!
Meanwhile, the people from the east approached slowly. When the first of them finally came into sight, the lepers fixed their gaze on a man riding in the middle of what looked like a chosen group that sang and danced around him in pure joy. The rider was bareheaded and dressed all in white. As he got closer, they saw an olive-toned face framed by long, slightly sunburned chestnut hair that was parted down the middle. He didn’t look to the right or left. In the wild enthusiasm of his followers, he seemed completely detached; their admiration didn’t seem to affect him at all or lift him from the deep sadness that was evident on his face. The sun shone on the back of his head, and the light made his flowing hair resemble a delicate golden halo. Behind him, the irregular procession flowed forward, filled with continuous singing and shouting, stretching out of sight. There was no need for anyone to tell the lepers that this was him—the extraordinary Nazarene!
“He is here, Tirzah,” the mother said; “he is here. Come, my child.”
“He’s here, Tirzah,” the mother said; “he’s here. Come, sweetie.”
As she spoke she glided in front of the white rock and fell upon her knees.
As she spoke, she glided in front of the white rock and dropped to her knees.
Directly the daughter and servant were by her side. Then at sight of the procession in the west, the thousands from the city halted, and began to wave their green branches, shouting, or rather chanting (for it was all in one voice),
Directly the daughter and servant were by her side. Then at the sight of the procession in the west, the thousands from the city stopped and started waving their green branches, shouting, or rather chanting (since it was all in unison),
“Blessed is the King of Israel that cometh in the name of the Lord!”
“Blessed is the King of Israel who comes in the name of the Lord!”
And all the thousands who were of the rider’s company, both those near and those afar, replied so the air shook with the sound, which was as a great wind threshing the side of the hill. Amidst the din, the cries of the poor lepers were not more than the twittering of dazed sparrows.
And all the thousands in the rider’s group, both those close by and those far away, responded with a roar that shook the air, sounding like a strong wind battering the hillside. Amidst the noise, the cries of the poor lepers were barely more than the soft chirping of confused sparrows.
The moment of the meeting of the hosts was come, and with it the opportunity the sufferers were seeking; if not taken, it would be lost forever, and they would be lost as well.
The time for the hosts to meet had arrived, bringing with it the chance the suffering ones had been searching for; if it wasn't seized, it would be gone forever, and they would be lost too.
“Nearer, my child—let us get nearer. He cannot hear us,” said the mother.
“Come closer, my child—let's get closer. He can't hear us,” said the mother.
She arose, and staggered forward. Her ghastly hands were up, and she screamed with horrible shrillness. The people saw her—saw her hideous face, and stopped awe-struck—an effect for which extreme human misery, visible as in this instance, is as potent as majesty in purple and gold. Tirzah, behind her a little way, fell down too faint and frightened to follow farther.
She got up and stumbled forward. Her pale hands were raised, and she screamed with a terrifying shrillness. The people saw her—saw her gruesome face—and stopped in shock—an impact that extreme human suffering, visible as it was in this case, is just as powerful as majesty in royal colors. Tirzah, a little behind her, collapsed, too faint and scared to go any further.
“The lepers! the lepers!”
“The lepers! The lepers!”
“Stone them!”
"Throw stones at them!"
“The accursed of God! Kill them!”
“The cursed of God! Kill them!”
These, with other yells of like import, broke in upon the hosannas of the part of the multitude too far removed to see and understand the cause of the interruption. Some there were, however, near by familiar with the nature of the man to whom the unfortunates were appealing—some who, by long intercourse with him, had caught somewhat of his divine compassion: they gazed at him, and were silent while, in fair view, he rode up and stopped in front of the woman. She also beheld his face—calm, pitiful, and of exceeding beauty, the large eyes tender with benignant purpose.
These, along with other similar cries, interrupted the praises of the crowd that was too far away to see and understand what was happening. However, there were some nearby who knew the nature of the man to whom the unfortunate ones were calling out—those who, through long association with him, had absorbed some of his divine compassion. They watched him in silence as he rode up and stopped right in front of the woman. She looked at his face—calm, compassionate, and incredibly beautiful, with large eyes full of kind intent.
And this was the colloquy that ensued:
And this was the conversation that followed:
“O Master, Master! Thou seest our need; thou canst make us clean. Have mercy upon us—mercy!”
“O Master, Master! You see our need; you can make us clean. Have mercy on us—mercy!”
“Believest thou I am able to do this?” he asked.
“Do you believe that I can do this?” he asked.
“Thou art he of whom the prophets spake—thou art the Messiah!” she replied.
"You are the one the prophets spoke about—you are the Messiah!" she replied.
His eyes grew radiant, his manner confident.
His eyes lit up, and he seemed more self-assured.
“Woman,” he said, “great is thy faith; be it unto thee even as thou wilt.”
“Woman,” he said, “your faith is incredible; let it be done for you as you wish.”
He lingered an instant after, apparently unconscious of the presence of the throng—an instant—then he rode away.
He stayed for a moment afterward, seemingly unaware of the crowd around him—just a moment—then he rode off.
To the heart divinely original, yet so human in all the better elements of humanity, going with sure prevision to a death of all the inventions of men the foulest and most cruel, breathing even then in the forecast shadow of the awful event, and still as hungry and thirsty for love and faith as in the beginning, how precious and ineffably soothing the farewell exclamation of the grateful woman:
To the heart that is truly original yet so human in all the best aspects of humanity, moving inevitably toward a death caused by the worst and most brutal inventions of mankind, sensing even then the looming shadow of the terrible event, and still as eager for love and faith as in the beginning, how precious and deeply comforting the farewell words of the grateful woman:
“To God in the highest, glory! Blessed, thrice blessed, the Son whom he hath given us!”
“Glory to God in the highest! Blessed, three times blessed, is the Son He has given us!”
Immediately both the hosts, that from the city and that from Bethphage, closed around him with their joyous demonstrations, with hosannas and waving of palms, and so he passed from the lepers forever. Covering her head, the elder hastened to Tirzah, and folded her in her arms, crying, “Daughter, look up! I have his promise; he is indeed the Messiah. We are saved—saved!” And the two remained kneeling while the procession, slowly going, disappeared over the mount. When the noise of its singing afar was a sound scarcely heard the miracle began.
Immediately, both the hosts from the city and those from Bethphage surrounded him with their joyful celebrations, shouting "hosanna" and waving palm branches, and so he left the lepers behind forever. Covering her head, the elder rushed to Tirzah and embraced her, crying, “Daughter, look up! I have his promise; he is truly the Messiah. We are saved—saved!” And the two stayed kneeling while the slow-moving procession faded over the mountain. When the sound of their singing was barely audible, the miracle began.
There was first in the hearts of the lepers a freshening of the blood; then it flowed faster and stronger, thrilling their wasted bodies with an infinitely sweet sense of painless healing. Each felt the scourge going from her; their strength revived; they were returning to be themselves. Directly, as if to make the purification complete, from body to spirit the quickening ran, exalting them to a very fervor of ecstasy. The power possessing them to this good end was most nearly that of a draught of swift and happy effect; yet it was unlike and superior in that its healing and cleansing were absolute, and not merely a delicious consciousness while in progress, but the planting, growing, and maturing all at once of a recollection so singular and so holy that the simple thought of it should be of itself ever after a formless yet perfect thanksgiving.
At first, the lepers felt a rush of life in their veins; then it flowed faster and stronger, filling their weakened bodies with an indescribably sweet sense of painless healing. Each person felt the affliction fade away; their strength returned; they were becoming themselves again. To complete this transformation, a surge of revitalization spread from their bodies to their spirits, lifting them into a state of intense ecstasy. The power that brought this about was similar to a quick and joyful drink; yet it was different and better because its healing and cleansing effects were total, not just a temporary feeling of pleasure, but a deep, lasting recollection so unique and holy that even just thinking about it would always evoke a profound, silent gratitude.
To this transformation—for such it may be called quite as properly as a cure—there was a witness other than Amrah. The reader will remember the constancy with which Ben-Hur had followed the Nazarene throughout his wanderings; and now, recalling the conversation of the night before, there will be little surprise at learning that the young Jew was present when the leprous woman appeared in the path of the pilgrims. He heard her prayer, and saw her disfigured face; he heard the answer also, and was not so accustomed to incidents of the kind, frequent as they had been, as to have lost interest in them. Had such thing been possible with him, still the bitter disputation always excited by the simplest display of the Master’s curative gift would have sufficed to keep his curiosity alive. Besides that, if not above it as an incentive, his hope to satisfy himself upon the vexed question of the mission of the mysterious man was still upon him strong as in the beginning; we might indeed say even stronger, because of a belief that now quickly, before the sun went down, the man himself would make all known by public proclamation. At the close of the scene, consequently, Ben-Hur had withdrawn from the procession, and seated himself upon a stone to wait its passage.
To this transformation—if it can be called that just as much as a cure—there was another witness besides Amrah. The reader will remember how consistently Ben-Hur had followed the Nazarene in his travels; and now, recalling the conversation from the night before, it won’t be surprising to learn that the young Jew was there when the leprous woman came into the path of the pilgrims. He heard her prayer and saw her disfigured face; he also heard the response, and he was not so used to occurrences like this, no matter how frequent, that he had lost interest in them. Even if he could have become indifferent, the heated debates sparked by even the simplest display of the Master’s healing power would have kept his curiosity alive. Furthermore, if it wasn’t his primary motivation, his hope to finally understand the troubled question of the mysterious man's purpose was still as strong as it had been at the start; we might even say it was stronger, because he believed that soon, before the sun set, the man himself would make everything clear through a public announcement. As the scene concluded, Ben-Hur stepped away from the procession and sat on a stone to wait for it to pass.
From his place he nodded recognition to many of the people—Galileans in his league, carrying short swords under their long abbas. After a little a swarthy Arab came up leading two horses; at a sign from Ben-Hur he also drew out.
From his spot, he nodded to acknowledge many of the people—Galileans in his group, carrying short swords under their long cloaks. After a while, a dark-skinned Arab approached, leading two horses; at a gesture from Ben-Hur, he also took them out.
“Stay here,” the young master said, when all were gone by, even the laggards. “I wish to be at the city early, and Aldebaran must do me service.”
“Stay here,” the young master said, when everyone had left, even the stragglers. “I want to get to the city early, and Aldebaran needs to help me.”
He stroked the broad forehead of the horse, now in his prime of strength and beauty, then crossed the road towards the two women.
He gently patted the horse's wide forehead, which was now in its prime of strength and beauty, before crossing the road toward the two women.
They were to him, it should be borne in mind, strangers in whom he felt interest only as they were subjects of a superhuman experiment, the result of which might possibly help him to solution of the mystery that had so long engaged him. As he proceeded, he glanced casually at the figure of the little woman over by the white rock, standing there, her face hidden in her hands.
They were, to him, just strangers he found interesting only because they were part of a superhuman experiment that might help him solve the mystery that had occupied him for so long. As he moved on, he casually glanced at the little woman by the white rock, standing there with her face hidden in her hands.
“As the Lord liveth, it is Amrah!” he said to himself.
“As long as the Lord is alive, it’s Amrah!” he said to himself.
He hurried on, and passing by the mother and daughter, still without recognizing them, he stopped before the servant.
He rushed past the mother and daughter, still not recognizing them, and stopped in front of the servant.
“Amrah,” he said to her, “Amrah, what do you here?”
“Amrah,” he said to her, “Amrah, what are you doing here?”
She rushed forward, and fell upon her knees before him, blinded by her tears, nigh speechless with contending joy and fear.
She rushed forward and fell to her knees in front of him, her tears blinding her, almost speechless with a mix of joy and fear.
“O master, master! Thy God and mine, how good he is!”
“O master, master! Your God and mine, how good He is!”
The knowledge we gain from much sympathy with others passing through trials is but vaguely understood; strangely enough, it enables us, among other things, to merge our identity into theirs often so completely that their sorrows and their delights become our own. So poor Amrah, aloof and hiding her face, knew the transformation the lepers were undergoing without a word spoken to her—knew it, and shared all their feeling to the full. Her countenance, her words, her whole manner, betrayed her condition; and with swift presentiment he connected it with the women he had just passed: he felt her presence there at that time was in some way associated with them, and turned hastily as they arose to their feet. His heart stood still, he became rooted in his tracks—dumb past outcry—awe-struck.
The understanding we gain from having a lot of empathy for others going through tough times is not always clear; oddly enough, it allows us, among other things, to blend our identity with theirs so completely that their pain and joy become ours. So poor Amrah, keeping to herself and hiding her face, knew about the transformation the lepers were experiencing without anyone saying a word to her—she knew it and felt all their emotions deeply. Her expression, her words, her entire demeanor revealed what she was going through; and with a sudden realization, he connected it with the women he had just seen: he sensed her presence there at that moment was somehow linked to them and quickly turned as they stood up. His heart stopped, and he felt frozen in place—unable to speak—overwhelmed.
The woman he had seen before the Nazarene was standing with her hands clasped and eyes streaming, looking towards heaven. The mere transformation would have been a sufficient surprise; but it was the least of the causes of his emotion. Could he be mistaken? Never was there in life a stranger so like his mother; and like her as she was the day the Roman snatched her from him. There was but one difference to mar the identity—the hair of this person was a little streaked with gray; yet that was not impossible of reconcilement, since the intelligence which had directed the miracle might have taken into consideration the natural effects of the passage of years. And who was it by her side, if not Tirzah?—fair, beautiful, perfect, more mature, but in all other respects exactly the same in appearance as when she looked with him over the parapet the morning of the accident to Gratus. He had given them over as dead, and time had accustomed him to the bereavement; he had not ceased mourning for them, yet, as something distinguishable, they had simply dropped out of his plans and dreams. Scarcely believing his senses, he laid his hand upon the servant’s head, and asked, tremulously,
The woman he had seen before the Nazarene was standing with her hands clasped and tears streaming down her face, looking up toward heaven. Just the change alone would have been shocking, but it was the least of what stirred his emotions. Could he be wrong? Never had he encountered anyone so similar to his mother; and exactly like her on the day the Roman took her away from him. There was only one difference that prevented him from fully believing it—the hair of this woman had a hint of gray; yet that could easily be explained, since the power that created the miracle might have considered the natural effects of aging. And who was standing beside her, if not Tirzah?—lovely, beautiful, perfect, more mature, but otherwise looking just the same as when she had gazed with him over the parapet the morning of Gratus’s accident. He had given them up for dead, and time had made him accustomed to the loss; he had continued to mourn for them, yet, in a way that made them distinguishable, they had simply disappeared from his plans and dreams. Almost unable to believe his own eyes, he placed his hand on the servant’s head and asked, trembling,
“Amrah, Amrah—my mother! Tirzah! tell me if I see aright.”
“Amrah, Amrah—my mom! Tirzah! Tell me if I’m seeing this right.”
“Speak to them, O master, speak to them!” she said.
“Talk to them, oh master, talk to them!” she said.
He waited no longer, but ran, with outstretched arms, crying, “Mother! mother! Tirzah! Here I am!”
He didn't wait any longer, but ran with his arms stretched out, shouting, “Mom! Mom! Tirzah! I’m here!”
They heard his call, and with a cry as loving started to meet him. Suddenly the mother stopped, drew back, and uttered the old alarm,
They heard his call, and with a loving shout began to approach him. Suddenly, the mother stopped, pulled back, and shouted the familiar warning,
“Stay, Judah, my son; come not nearer. Unclean, unclean!”
“Stay back, Judah, my son; don’t come any closer. I’m unclean, unclean!”
The utterance was not from habit, grown since the dread disease struck her, as much as fear; and the fear was but another form of the ever-thoughtful maternal love. Though they were healed in person, the taint of the scourge might be in their garments ready for communication. He had no such thought. They were before him; he had called them, they had answered. Who or what should keep them from him now? Next moment the three, so long separated, were mingling their tears in each other’s arms.
The words didn’t come from habit, which had developed since the terrible disease struck her, but from fear; and that fear was just another expression of the ever-caring love of a mother. Even though they were physically healed, the lingering effects of the sickness could still cling to their clothes, ready to spread. He didn’t think about that at all. They were right in front of him; he had called them, and they had come. What could possibly keep them apart now? In the next moment, the three of them, long separated, were sharing tears in each other’s arms.
The first ecstasy over, the mother said, “In this happiness, O my children, let us not be ungrateful. Let us begin life anew by acknowledgment of him to whom we are all so indebted.”
The initial excitement faded, and the mother said, “In this happiness, my children, let’s not be ungrateful. Let’s start fresh by recognizing the one to whom we all owe so much.”
They fell upon their knees, Amrah with the rest; and the prayer of the elder outspoken was as a psalm.
They dropped to their knees, Amrah with everyone else; and the elder's prayer was like a psalm.
Tirzah repeated it word for word; so did Ben-Hur, but not with the same clear mind and questionless faith; for when they were risen, he asked,
Tirzah repeated it exactly; so did Ben-Hur, but not with the same clear understanding and unquestioning faith; because when they stood up, he asked,
“In Nazareth, where the man was born, mother, they call him the son of a carpenter. What is he?”
“In Nazareth, where the man was born, Mom, they call him the son of a carpenter. What is he?”
Her eyes rested upon him with all their old tenderness, and she answered as she had answered the Nazarene himself—
Her eyes fell on him with all their familiar warmth, and she replied just as she had when speaking to the Nazarene himself—
“He is the Messiah.”
“He is the Savior.”
“And whence has he his power?”
“And where does he get his power?”
“We may know by the use he makes of it. Can you tell me any ill he has done?”
“We can tell by how he uses it. Can you let me know if he has done anything wrong?”
“No.”
“No.”
“By that sign then I answer, He has his power from God.”
"By that sign, I respond, He gets his power from God."
It is not an easy thing to shake off in a moment the expectations nurtured through years until they have become essentially a part of us; and though Ben-Hur asked himself what the vanities of the world were to such a one, his ambition was obdurate and would not down. He persisted as men do yet every day in measuring the Christ by himself. How much better if we measured ourselves by the Christ!
It's not easy to instantly let go of expectations that we've held for years until they've become a core part of who we are; and even though Ben-Hur wondered what the shallow things in life meant to someone like him, his ambition was stubborn and wouldn't fade away. He continued, like many do every day, to measure Christ against himself. How much better would it be if we measured ourselves by Christ instead!
Naturally, the mother was the first to think of the cares of life.
Naturally, the mother was the first to consider the responsibilities of life.
“What shall we do now, my son? Where shall we go?”
“What should we do now, my son? Where should we go?”
Then Ben-Hur, recalled to duty, observed how completely every trace of the scourge had disappeared from his restored people; that each had back her perfection of person; that, as with Naaman when he came up out of the water, their flesh had come again like unto the flesh of a little child; and he took off his cloak, and threw it over Tirzah.
Then Ben-Hur, called back to duty, noticed how completely every trace of the plague had vanished from his healed people; that each had regained her perfect form; that, like Naaman when he emerged from the water, their skin had become as smooth as that of a little child; and he removed his cloak and draped it over Tirzah.
“Take it,” he said, smiling; “the eye of the stranger would have shunned you before, now it shall not offend you.”
“Take it,” he said, smiling; “the gaze of the stranger would have avoided you before, now it won’t bother you.”
The act exposed a sword belted to his side.
The move revealed a sword strapped to his side.
“Is it a time of war?” asked the mother, anxiously.
“Is it war time?” the mother asked, anxiously.
“No.”
“Nope.”
“Why, then, are you armed?”
"Why are you armed, then?"
“It may be necessary to defend the Nazarene.”
“It might be necessary to defend the Nazarene.”
Thus Ben-Hur evaded the whole truth.
Thus Ben-Hur avoided the whole truth.
“Has he enemies? Who are they?”
“Does he have enemies? Who are they?”
“Alas, mother, they are not all Romans!”
“Sadly, mom, they aren’t all Romans!”
“Is he not of Israel, and a man of peace?”
“Isn’t he from Israel and a man of peace?”
“There was never one more so; but in the opinion of the rabbis and teachers he is guilty of a great crime.”
“There was never anyone quite like him; however, in the eyes of the rabbis and teachers, he is guilty of a serious offense.”
“What crime?”
"What crime is that?"
“In his eyes the uncircumcised Gentile is as worthy favor as a Jew of the strictest habit. He preaches a new dispensation.”
“In his eyes, an uncircumcised Gentile is just as deserving of favor as a Jew who follows the strictest customs. He promotes a new way of thinking.”
The mother was silent, and they moved to the shade of the tree by the rock. Calming his impatience to have them home again and hear their story, he showed them the necessity of obedience to the law governing in cases like theirs, and in conclusion called the Arab, bidding him take the horses to the gate by Bethesda and await him there; whereupon they set out by the way of the Mount of Offence. The return was very different from the coming; they walked rapidly and with ease, and in good time reached a tomb newly made near that of Absalom, overlooking the depths of Cedron. Finding it unoccupied, the women took possession, while he went on hastily to make the preparations required for their new condition.
The mother was quiet, and they moved to the shade of the tree by the rock. Trying to calm his impatience to have them home again and hear their story, he explained the importance of following the law in cases like theirs, and then he called the Arab, telling him to take the horses to the gate by Bethesda and wait for him there. They set out along the path by the Mount of Offence. The return trip was very different from the way there; they walked quickly and easily, and soon reached a newly made tomb near Absalom's, looking over the depths of Cedron. Finding it empty, the women settled in while he hurried on to prepare for their new situation.
CHAPTER V
Ben-Hur pitched two tents out on the Upper Cedron east a short space of the Tombs of the Kings, and furnished them with every comfort at his command; and thither, without loss of time, he conducted his mother and sister, to remain until the examining priest could certify their perfect cleansing.
Ben-Hur set up two tents just east of the Tombs of the Kings on the Upper Cedron and equipped them with every comfort he could manage. He quickly brought his mother and sister there to stay until the examining priest could confirm their full cleansing.
In course of the duty, the young man had subjected himself to such serious defilement as to debar him from participation in the ceremonies of the great feast, then near at hand. He could not enter the least sacred of the courts of the Temple. Of necessity, not less than choice, therefore, he stayed at the tents with his beloved people. There was a great deal to hear from them, and a great deal to tell them of himself.
In the course of his duty, the young man had put himself in such a serious situation that he was banned from taking part in the upcoming ceremonies of the great feast. He couldn’t even enter the least sacred part of the Temple. So, by necessity rather than choice, he stayed with his loved ones at the tents. There was a lot to hear from them, and a lot to share about himself.
Stories such as theirs—sad experiences extending through a lapse of years, sufferings of body, acuter sufferings of mind—are usually long in the telling, the incidents seldom following each other in threaded connection. He listened to the narrative and all they told him, with outward patience masking inward feeling. In fact, his hatred of Rome and Romans reached a higher mark than ever; his desire for vengeance became a thirst which attempts at reflection only intensified. In the almost savage bitterness of his humor many mad impulses took hold of him. The opportunities of the highways presented themselves with singular force of temptation; he thought seriously of insurrection in Galilee; even the sea, ordinarily a retrospective horror to him, stretched itself map-like before his fancy, laced and interlaced with lines of passage crowded with imperial plunder and imperial travellers; but the better judgment matured in calmer hours was happily too firmly fixed to be supplanted by present passion however strong. Each mental venture in reach of new expedients brought him back to the old conclusion—that there could be no sound success except in a war involving all Israel in solid union; and all musing upon the subject, all inquiry, all hope, ended where they began—in the Nazarene and his purposes.
Stories like theirs—sad experiences lasting many years, physical sufferings, and even deeper mental anguish—are usually lengthy and don’t follow a neat sequence. He listened to their story and everything they shared, keeping a calm exterior that concealed his true feelings. In fact, his hatred for Rome and the Romans reached new heights; his thirst for revenge grew stronger, and his attempts to reflect only fueled it. In the bitterness of his mindset, he felt many impulsive urges. The temptation of the highways was particularly strong; he seriously considered rising up in Galilee. Even the sea, which normally filled him with dread, seemed to open up before him like a map, filled with routes crowded with imperial loot and travelers. Fortunately, the clearer judgment he had formed during calmer times was too firmly established to be swayed by the intensity of his current emotions. Each thought about new options brought him back to the same conclusion—that true success could only come from a war that united all of Israel. After all the pondering, questioning, and hoping, everything ultimately circled back to the Nazarene and his intentions.
At odd moments the excited schemer found a pleasure in fashioning a speech for that person:
At random moments, the eager planner took pleasure in creating a speech for that person:
“Hear, O Israel! I am he, the promised of God, born King of the Jews—come to you with the dominion spoken of by the prophets. Rise now, and lay hold on the world!”
“Hear, O Israel! I am he, the promised of God, born King of the Jews—come to you with the power spoken of by the prophets. Rise now, and take hold of the world!”
Would the Nazarene but speak these few words, what a tumult would follow! How many mouths performing the office of trumpets would take them up and blow them abroad for the massing of armies!
Would the Nazarene just say these few words, what a uproar would follow! How many voices acting like trumpets would spread them far and wide to gather the armies!
Would he speak them?
Would he say them?
And eager to begin the work, and answering in the worldly way, Ben-Hur lost sight of the double nature of the man, and of the other possibility, that the divine in him might transcend the human. In the miracle of which Tirzah and his mother were the witnesses even more nearly than himself, he saw and set apart and dwelt upon a power ample enough to raise and support a Jewish crown over the wrecks of the Italian, and more than ample to remodel society, and convert mankind into one purified happy family; and when that work was done, could any one say the peace which might then be ordered without hindrance was not a mission worthy a son of God? Could any one then deny the Redeemership of the Christ? And discarding all consideration of political consequences, what unspeakable personal glory there would then be to him as a man? It was not in the nature of any mere mortal to refuse such a career.
And eager to get started, and responding in a worldly way, Ben-Hur overlooked the dual nature of the man, and the possibility that the divine within him could surpass the human. In the miracle that Tirzah and his mother witnessed even more closely than he did, he recognized a power strong enough to establish and uphold a Jewish crown over the ruins of the Italian, and even more than enough to reshape society and unite humanity into one purified, happy family; and once that work was completed, could anyone claim that the peace that could then be achieved without interference was not a mission worthy of a son of God? Could anyone deny Christ's role as Redeemer? And putting aside any political implications, what unimaginable personal glory would then be his as a man? It wasn’t in the nature of any mere mortal to reject such a path.
Meantime down the Cedron, and in towards Bezetha, especially on the roadsides quite up to the Damascus Gate, the country filled rapidly with all kinds of temporary shelters for pilgrims to the Passover. Ben-Hur visited the strangers, and talked with them; and returning to his tents, he was each time more and more astonished at the vastness of their numbers. And when he further discovered that every part of the world was represented among them—cities upon both shores of the Mediterranean far off as the Pillars of the West, river-towns in distant India, provinces in northernmost Europe; and that, though they frequently saluted him with tongues unacquainted with a syllable of the old Hebrew of the fathers, these representatives had all the same object—celebration of the notable feast—an idea tinged mistily with superstitious fancy forced itself upon him. Might he not after all have misunderstood the Nazarene? Might not that person by patient waiting be covering silent preparation, and proving his fitness for the glorious task before him? How much better this time for the movement than that other when, by Gennesaret, the Galileans would have forced assumption of the crown? Then the support would have been limited to a few thousands; now his proclamation would be responded to by millions—who could say how many? Pursuing this theory to its conclusions, Ben-Hur moved amidst brilliant promises, and glowed with the thought that the melancholy man, under gentle seeming and wondrous self-denial, was in fact carrying in disguise the subtlety of a politician and the genius of a soldier.
Meanwhile, down by the Cedron and towards Bezetha, especially along the roads up to the Damascus Gate, the area quickly filled with all kinds of temporary shelters for pilgrims coming for Passover. Ben-Hur visited the newcomers and chatted with them; each time he returned to his tents, he was increasingly amazed by their sheer numbers. He further realized that people from every corner of the world were among them—cities from both sides of the Mediterranean as far as the Pillars of the West, river towns in far-off India, provinces in the northernmost parts of Europe; and even though they often greeted him in languages that had no trace of the old Hebrew of their ancestors, they all shared the same purpose—celebrating the great feast. An idea, tinged with a hint of superstition, began to take shape in his mind. Could he have misunderstood the Nazarene after all? Perhaps that person was quietly and patiently preparing for the important task ahead. How much better this approach was for the movement than the time by Gennesaret when the Galileans wanted to forcefully crown him? Back then, support would have been limited to a few thousand; now, his announcement could reach millions—who could say how many? Following this line of thought, Ben-Hur was filled with hopeful possibilities, convinced that the seemingly melancholic man, under his calm demeanor and extraordinary self-discipline, was actually disguising a clever politician's mind and a soldier's brilliance.
Several times also, in the meanwhile, low-set, brawny men, bareheaded and black-bearded, came and asked for Ben-Hur at the tent; his interviews with them were always apart; and to his mother’s question who they were he answered,
Several times in the meantime, low-built, muscular men, bareheaded and black-bearded, came and asked for Ben-Hur at the tent; his meetings with them were always separate; and when his mother asked who they were, he replied,
“Some good friends of mine from Galilee.”
“Some good friends of mine from Galilee.”
Through them he kept informed of the movements of the Nazarene, and of the schemes of the Nazarene’s enemies, Rabbinical and Roman. That the good man’s life was in danger, he knew; but that there were any bold enough to attempt to take it at that time, he could not believe. It seemed too securely intrenched in a great fame and an assured popularity. The very vastness of the attendance in and about the city brought with it a seeming guaranty of safety. And yet, to say truth, Ben-Hur’s confidence rested most certainly upon the miraculous power of the Christ. Pondering the subject in the purely human view, that the master of such authority over life and death, used so frequently for the good of others, would not exert it in care of himself was simply as much past belief as it was past understanding.
Through them, he stayed updated on the movements of the Nazarene and the plans of the Nazarene’s enemies, both Rabbinical and Roman. He knew that the good man’s life was in danger, but he couldn’t believe that anyone would be bold enough to try to take it at that moment. It seemed too securely protected by great fame and guaranteed popularity. The sheer number of people present in and around the city seemed to offer a guarantee of safety. And yet, to be honest, Ben-Hur’s confidence mostly depended on the miraculous power of Christ. From a purely human perspective, the idea that someone with such authority over life and death—who so often used it for the benefit of others—would not use it to care for himself was as unbelievable as it was incomprehensible.
Nor should it be forgotten that all these were incidents of occurrence between the twenty-first day of March—counting by the modern calendar—and the twenty-fifth. The evening of the latter day Ben-Hur yielded to his impatience, and rode to the city, leaving behind him a promise to return in the night.
Nor should we forget that all these events took place between March 21st—according to the modern calendar—and March 25th. On the evening of the latter day, Ben-Hur gave in to his impatience and rode to the city, leaving a promise to return later that night.
The horse was fresh, and choosing his own gait, sped swiftly. The eyes of the clambering vines winked at the rider from the garden fences on the way; there was nothing else to see him, nor child nor woman nor man. Through the rocky float in the hollows of the road the agate hoofs drummed, ringing like cups of steel; but without notice from any stranger. In the houses passed there were no tenants; the fires by the tent-doors were out; the road was deserted; for this was the first Passover eve, and the hour “between the evenings” when the visiting millions crowded the city, and the slaughter of lambs in offering reeked the fore-courts of the Temple, and the priests in ordered lines caught the flowing blood and carried it swiftly to the dripping altars—when all was haste and hurry, racing with the stars fast coming with the signal after which the roasting and the eating and the singing might go on, but not the preparation more.
The horse was lively and picked its own pace, speeding along. The eyes of the climbing vines peeked at the rider from the garden fences as he passed; there was no one else around—no child, woman, or man. The sound of its hooves echoed off the rocky patches in the road, ringing like metal cups, but went unnoticed by anyone. The houses along the way were empty; the fires outside the tents were out; the road was deserted; for it was the first Passover eve, during the time "between the evenings" when the thousands visiting the city crowded in, the smell of lambs being sacrificed filling the Temple forecourts, and the priests in organized lines caught the flowing blood and quickly took it to the dripping altars—when everything was in a rush, racing with the approaching stars, signaling that soon the roasting, eating, and singing would begin, but no more preparations could be made.
Through the great northern gate the rider rode, and lo! Jerusalem before the fall, in ripeness of glory, illuminated for the Lord.
Through the great northern gate, the rider rode, and behold! Jerusalem before the fall, in all its glory, shining for the Lord.
CHAPTER VI
Ben-Hur alighted at the gate of the khan from which the three Wise Men more than thirty years before departed, going down to Bethlehem. There, in keeping of his Arab followers, he left the horse, and shortly after was at the wicket of his father’s house, and in a yet briefer space in the great chamber. He called for Malluch first; that worthy being out, he sent a salutation to his friends the merchant and the Egyptian. They were being carried abroad to see the celebration. The latter, he was informed, was very feeble, and in a state of deep dejection.
Ben-Hur got off at the gate of the khan where the three Wise Men had left over thirty years ago to go to Bethlehem. There, he left his horse with his Arab followers, and shortly after, he arrived at the entrance of his father’s house, then quickly made his way into the great chamber. He first called for Malluch; since he wasn’t there, he sent greetings to his friends, the merchant and the Egyptian. They were out enjoying the celebration. He was told that the Egyptian was quite weak and in a state of deep sadness.
Young people of that time who were supposed hardly to know their own hearts indulged the habit of politic indirection quite as much as young people in the same condition indulge it in this time; so when Ben-Hur inquired for the good Balthasar, and with grave courtesy desired to know if he would be pleased to see him, he really addressed the daughter a notice of his arrival. While the servant was answering for the elder, the curtain of the doorway was drawn aside, and the younger Egyptian came in, and walked—or floated, upborne in a white cloud of the gauzy raiment she so loved and lived in—to the centre of the chamber, where the light cast by lamps from the seven-armed brazen stick planted upon the floor was the strongest. With her there was no fear of light.
Young people back then, who were thought to barely understand their own feelings, practiced the same kind of indirect communication as young people do today. So when Ben-Hur asked about the good Balthasar and politely inquired if he would like to see him, he was actually notifying the daughter of his arrival. While the servant replied for the elder, the younger Egyptian entered, gracefully floating in a white cloud of the delicate clothing she cherished. She made her way to the center of the room, where the light from the seven-branched bronze lamp on the floor was brightest. She had no fear of the light.
The servant left the two alone.
The servant left the two of them alone.
In the excitement occasioned by the events of the few days past Ben-Hur had scarcely given a thought to the fair Egyptian. If she came to his mind at all, it was merely as a briefest pleasure, a suggestion of a delight which could wait for him, and was waiting.
In the excitement caused by the events of the past few days, Ben-Hur had hardly thought about the beautiful Egyptian. If she crossed his mind at all, it was just a fleeting pleasure, a hint of a joy that could wait for him and was indeed waiting.
But now the influence of the woman revived with all its force the instant Ben-Hur beheld her. He advanced to her eagerly, but stopped and gazed. Such a change he had never seen!
But now the woman's influence came back to him with full force the moment Ben-Hur saw her. He moved towards her eagerly, but then stopped and stared. He had never seen such a change!
Theretofore she had been a lover studious to win him—in manner all warmth, each glance an admission, each action an avowal. She had showered him with incense of flattery. While he was present, she had impressed him with her admiration; going away, he carried the impression with him to remain a delicious expectancy hastening his return. It was for him the painted eyelids drooped lowest over the lustrous almond eyes; for him the love-stories caught from the professionals abounding in the streets of Alexandria were repeated with emphasis and lavishment of poetry; for him endless exclamations of sympathy, and smiles, and little privileges with hand and hair and cheek and lips, and songs of the Nile, and displays of jewelry, and subtleties of lace in veils and scarfs, and other subtleties not less exquisite in flosses of Indian silk. The idea, old as the oldest of peoples, that beauty is the reward of the hero had never such realism as she contrived for his pleasure; insomuch that he could not doubt he was her hero; she avouched it in a thousand artful ways as natural with her as her beauty—winsome ways reserved, it would seem, by the passionate genius of old Egypt for its daughters.
Until then, she had been a devoted lover trying to win him over—full of warmth, every glance a confession, every action a declaration. She had overwhelmed him with compliments. When he was around, she captivated him with her admiration; when he left, he took with him the exciting anticipation of returning. For him, her painted eyelids drooped low over her shimmering almond eyes; for him, the love stories she picked up from the street performers in Alexandria were told with passion and poetic flair; for him, there were endless exclamations of sympathy, smiles, and little gestures with her hands, hair, cheeks, and lips, and songs of the Nile, along with displays of jewelry and intricate lace in veils and scarves, and other equally delicate fabrics of Indian silk. The idea, as ancient as humanity itself, that beauty rewards the hero had never felt as real as what she created for his enjoyment; so much so that he couldn’t doubt he was her hero; she confirmed it in a thousand clever ways that came as naturally to her as her beauty—charming methods that seemed reserved by the passionate spirit of ancient Egypt for its daughters.
Such the Egyptian had been to Ben-Hur from the night of the boat-ride on the lake in the Orchard of Palms. But now!
Such the Egyptian had been to Ben-Hur from the night of the boat ride on the lake in the Orchard of Palms. But now!
Elsewhere in this volume the reader may have observed a term of somewhat indefinite meaning used reverently in a sacred connection; we repeat it now with a general application. There are few persons who have not a double nature, the real and the acquired; the latter a kind of addendum resulting from education, which in time often perfects it into a part of the being as unquestionable as the first. Leaving the thought to the thoughtful, we proceed to say that now the real nature of the Egyptian made itself manifest.
Elsewhere in this volume, the reader may have noticed a term with a somewhat vague meaning used respectfully in a sacred context; we mention it again now with a broader application. Most people have a dual nature: the genuine self and the learned self; the latter often becomes an addition from education that, over time, solidifies into an inseparable part of one's identity. Leaving that thought for those who ponder, we move on to say that the true nature of the Egyptian has now revealed itself.
It was not possible for her to have received a stranger with repulsion more incisive; yet she was apparently as passionless as a statue, only the small head was a little tilted, the nostrils a little drawn, and the sensuous lower lip pushed the upper the least bit out of its natural curvature.
It was impossible for her to have received a stranger with more intense repulsion; yet she seemed as emotionless as a statue, only her small head was slightly tilted, her nostrils a bit flared, and her full lower lip pushed out the slightest bit from its usual shape.
She was the first to speak.
She was the first to talk.
“Your coming is timely, O son of Hur,” she said, in a voice sharply distinct. “I wish to thank you for hospitality; after to-morrow I may not have the opportunity to do so.”
“Your arrival is just in time, O son of Hur,” she said, her voice clear and sharp. “I want to thank you for your hospitality; after tomorrow, I might not have the chance to do so.”
Ben-Hur bowed slightly without taking his eyes from her.
Ben-Hur tilted his head slightly without looking away from her.
“I have heard of a custom which the dice-players observe with good result among themselves,” she continued. “When the game is over, they refer to their tablets and cast up their accounts; then they libate the gods and put a crown upon the happy winner. We have had a game—it has lasted through many days and nights. Why, now that it is at an end, shall not we see to which the chaplet belongs?”
“I’ve heard of a tradition that the dice players follow with great success among themselves,” she continued. “When the game ends, they check their scores and tally up their results; then they offer a drink to the gods and place a crown on the fortunate winner. We’ve had a game that has gone on for many days and nights. Now that it’s over, shouldn’t we find out who gets the crown?”
Yet very watchful, Ben-Hur answered, lightly, “A man may not balk a woman bent on having her way.”
Yet very watchful, Ben-Hur replied casually, “A man can't stop a woman who's determined to get her way.”
“Tell me,” she continued, inclining her head, and permitting the sneer to become positive—“tell me, O prince of Jerusalem, where is he, that son of the carpenter of Nazareth, and son not less of God, from whom so lately such mighty things were expected?”
“Tell me,” she went on, tilting her head and allowing the sneer to become more pronounced—“tell me, O prince of Jerusalem, where is he, that son of the carpenter from Nazareth and also the son of God, from whom such great things were expected not long ago?”
He waved his hand impatiently, and replied, “I am not his keeper.”
He waved his hand impatiently and said, “I’m not his keeper.”
The beautiful head sank forward yet lower.
The beautiful head leaned forward even lower.
“Has he broken Rome to pieces?”
“Has he destroyed Rome?”
Again, but with anger, Ben-Hur raised his hand in deprecation.
Again, this time filled with anger, Ben-Hur raised his hand in objection.
“Where has he seated his capital?” she proceeded. “Cannot I go see his throne and its lions of bronze? And his palace—he raised the dead; and to such a one, what is it to raise a golden house? He has but to stamp his foot and say the word, and the house is, pillared like Karnak, and wanting nothing.”
“Where has he set up his capital?” she continued. “Can't I go see his throne and its bronze lions? And his palace—he brought the dead back to life; so for someone like him, what does it take to create a golden house? He only has to stamp his foot and say the word, and the house exists, supported like Karnak, and lacking nothing.”
There was by this time slight ground left to believe her playing; the questions were offensive, and her manner pointed with unfriendliness; seeing which, he on his side became more wary, and said, with good humor, “O Egypt, let us wait another day, even another week, for him, the lions, and the palace.”
There was now little reason to trust her playing; the questions were rude, and her attitude was hostile. Noticing this, he became more cautious and said, with a lighthearted tone, “Oh Egypt, let's wait another day, maybe even another week, for him, the lions, and the palace.”
She went on without noticing the suggestion.
She continued on without realizing the suggestion.
“And how is it I see you in that garb? Such is not the habit of governors in India or vice-kings elsewhere. I saw the satrap of Teheran once, and he wore a turban of silk and a cloak of cloth of gold, and the hilt and scabbard of his sword made me dizzy with their splendor of precious stones. I thought Osiris had lent him a glory from the sun. I fear you have not entered upon your kingdom—the kingdom I was to share with you.”
“And how come I see you dressed like that? That’s not how governors in India or vice-kings anywhere else usually dress. I once saw the ruler of Teheran, and he wore a silk turban and a cloak made of gold fabric, and the hilt and scabbard of his sword were so dazzling with precious stones that they made me dizzy. I thought Osiris had given him a glow from the sun. I’m afraid you haven’t taken your place in your kingdom—the kingdom I was supposed to share with you.”
“The daughter of my wise guest is kinder than she imagines herself; she is teaching me that Isis may kiss a heart without making it better.”
“The daughter of my wise guest is kinder than she thinks she is; she is showing me that Isis can touch a heart without healing it.”
Ben-Hur spoke with cold courtesy, and Iras, after playing with the pendent solitaire of her necklace of coins, rejoined, “For a Jew, the son of Hur is clever. I saw your dreaming Cæsar make his entry into Jerusalem. You told us he would that day proclaim himself King of the Jews from the steps of the Temple. I beheld the procession descend the mountain bringing him. I heard their singing. They were beautiful with palms in motion. I looked everywhere among them for a figure with a promise of royalty—a horseman in purple, a chariot with a driver in shining brass, a stately warrior behind an orbed shield, rivalling his spear in stature. I looked for his guard. It would have been pleasant to have seen a prince of Jerusalem and a cohort of the legions of Galilee.”
Ben-Hur spoke with a cold politeness, and Iras, after idly playing with the dangling coin on her necklace, replied, “For a Jew, the son of Hur is quite clever. I saw your dreaming Caesar enter Jerusalem. You told us he would that day declare himself King of the Jews from the steps of the Temple. I watched the procession come down the mountain bringing him. I heard their singing. They looked beautiful waving palm branches. I searched among them for a figure that hinted at royalty—a horseman in purple, a chariot with a driver in shining brass, a dignified warrior behind a rounded shield, matching his spear in height. I looked for his guard. It would have been nice to see a prince of Jerusalem and a squad of the legions of Galilee.”
She flung her listener a glance of provoking disdain, then laughed heartily, as if the ludicrousness of the picture in her mind were too strong for contempt.
She shot her listener a look of mocking disdain, then laughed loudly, as if the ridiculous image in her mind was too much to take seriously.
“Instead of a Sesostris returning in triumph or a Cæsar helmed and sworded—ha, ha, ha!—I saw a man with a woman’s face and hair, riding an ass’s colt, and in tears. The King! the Son of God! the Redeemer of the world! Ha, ha, ha!”
“Instead of a victorious Sesostris or a helmeted, sword-wielding Cæsar—haha!—I saw a man with a woman’s face and hair, riding a donkey’s colt, and crying. The King! the Son of God! the Redeemer of the world! Haha!”
In spite of himself, Ben-Hur winced.
In spite of himself, Ben-Hur flinched.
“I did not quit my place, O prince of Jerusalem,” she said, before he could recover. “I did not laugh. I said to myself, ‘Wait. In the Temple he will glorify himself as becomes a hero about to take possession of the world.’ I saw him enter the Gate of Shushan and the Court of the Women. I saw him stop and stand before the Gate Beautiful. There were people with me on the porch and in the courts, and on the cloisters and on the steps of the three sides of the Temple there were other people—I will say a million of people, all waiting breathlessly to hear his proclamation. The pillars were not more still than we. Ha, ha, ha! I fancied I heard the axles of the mighty Roman machine begin to crack. Ha, ha, ha! O prince, by the soul of Solomon, your King of the World drew his gown about him and walked away, and out by the farthest gate, nor opened his mouth to say a word; and—the Roman machine is running yet!”
“I didn't leave my spot, O prince of Jerusalem,” she said, before he could respond. “I didn't laugh. I thought to myself, ‘Wait. In the Temple, he'll show off like a hero about to take over the world.’ I saw him enter the Gate of Shushan and the Court of the Women. I saw him stop and stand in front of the Gate Beautiful. There were people with me on the porch and in the courts, and in the colonnades and on the steps of the three sides of the Temple there were others—I would say a million people, all waiting eagerly to hear his announcement. The pillars were no more still than we were. Ha, ha, ha! I imagined I heard the axles of the mighty Roman machine beginning to crack. Ha, ha, ha! O prince, by the soul of Solomon, your King of the World pulled his gown around him and walked away, out through the farthest gate, and didn’t say a word; and—the Roman machine keeps running!”
In simple homage to a hope that instant lost—a hope which, as it began to fall and while it was falling, he unconsciously followed with a parting look down to its disappearance—Ben-Hur lowered his eyes.
In tribute to a hope that had just vanished—a hope that, as it began to fade and while it was fading, he unknowingly tracked with one last glance until it was gone—Ben-Hur lowered his gaze.
At no previous time, whether when Balthasar was plying him with arguments, or when miracles were being done before his face, had the disputed nature of the Nazarene been so plainly set before him. The best way, after all, to reach an understanding of the divine is by study of the human. In the things superior to men we may always look to find God. So with the picture given by the Egyptian of the scene when the Nazarene turned from the Gate Beautiful; its central theme was an act utterly beyond performance by a man under control of merely human inspirations. A parable to a parable-loving people, it taught what the Christ had so often asserted—that his mission was not political. There was not much more time for thought of all this than that allowed for a common respiration; yet the idea took fast hold of Ben-Hur, and in the same instant he followed his hope of vengeance out of sight, and the man with the woman’s face and hair, and in tears, came near to him—near enough to leave something of his spirit behind.
At no previous point, whether when Balthasar was bombarding him with arguments, or when miracles were happening right in front of him, had the debated nature of the Nazarene been so clearly presented to him. Ultimately, the best way to understand the divine is by studying the human. In things greater than us, we can always expect to find God. So, with the depiction provided by the Egyptian of the moment when the Nazarene turned from the Gate Beautiful; its main theme was an act completely beyond what a person controlled by purely human motivations could achieve. A parable for a people who loved parables, it illustrated what Christ had repeatedly asserted—that his mission was not political. There was hardly any time to ponder all of this, barely enough for a normal breath; yet the idea took strong hold of Ben-Hur, and in that same instant, he set aside his desire for revenge as he was drawn to the man with the woman’s face and hair, who was in tears, coming close enough to leave a part of his spirit behind.
“Daughter of Balthasar,” he said, with dignity, “if this be the game of which you spoke to me, take the chaplet—I accord it yours. Only let us make an end of words. That you have a purpose I am sure. To it, I pray, and I will answer you; then let us go our several ways, and forget we ever met. Say on; I will listen, but not to more of that which you have given me.”
“Daughter of Balthasar,” he said, with dignity, “if this is the game you mentioned, take the chaplet—I give it to you. But let’s end the talking here. I know you have a purpose. Focus on that, and I’ll respond; then let’s go our separate ways and forget we ever met. Go ahead; I’ll listen, but no more of what you’ve already told me.”
She regarded him intently a moment, as if determining what to do—possibly she might have been measuring his will—then she said, coldly, “You have my leave—go.”
She looked at him closely for a moment, as if figuring out what to do—maybe she was sizing up his resolve—then she said,冷淡地, “You have my permission—go.”
“Peace to you,” he responded, and walked away.
“Peace to you,” he replied, and walked away.
As he was about passing out of the door, she called to him.
As he was about to step out the door, she called out to him.
“A word.”
"One word."
He stopped where he was, and looked back.
He stopped where he was and looked back.
“Consider all I know about you.”
“Think about everything I know about you.”
“O most fair Egyptian,” he said, returning, “what all do you know about me?”
“O most beautiful Egyptian,” he said, coming back, “what do you know about me?”
She looked at him absently.
She glanced at him absentmindedly.
“You are more of a Roman, son of Hur, then any of your Hebrew brethren.”
“You're more of a Roman, son of Hur, than any of your Hebrew brothers.”
“Am I so unlike my countrymen?” he asked, indifferently.
“Am I really that different from my fellow countrymen?” he asked, unimpressed.
“The demi-gods are all Roman now,” she rejoined.
"The demi-gods are all Roman now," she replied.
“And therefore you will tell me what more you know about me?”
“And so, are you going to tell me what else you know about me?”
“The likeness is not lost upon me. It might induce me to save you.”
"The resemblance isn’t lost on me. It might make me save you."
“Save me!”
"Help me!"
The pink-stained fingers toyed daintily with the lustrous pendant at the throat, and her voice was exceeding low and soft; only a tapping on the floor with her silken sandal admonished him to have a care.
The pink-stained fingers gently played with the shiny pendant at her throat, and her voice was very quiet and soft; only a tapping sound on the floor from her silk sandal reminded him to be careful.
“There was a Jew, an escaped galley-slave, who killed a man in the Palace of Idernee,” she began, slowly.
“There was a Jewish man, an escaped galley slave, who killed a man in the Palace of Idernee,” she started, taking her time.
Ben-Hur was startled.
Ben-Hur was shocked.
“The same Jew slew a Roman soldier before the Market-place here in Jerusalem; the same Jew has three trained legions from Galilee to seize the Roman governor to-night; the same Jew has alliances perfected for war upon Rome, and Ilderim the Sheik is one of his partners.”
“The same Jew killed a Roman soldier right here in the marketplace in Jerusalem; that same Jew has three trained legions from Galilee ready to capture the Roman governor tonight; that same Jew has secured alliances to wage war on Rome, and Ilderim the Sheik is one of his partners.”
Drawing nearer him, she almost whispered,
Drawing closer to him, she nearly whispered,
“You have lived in Rome. Suppose these things repeated in ears we know of. Ah! you change color.”
“You’ve lived in Rome. Imagine if these things were repeated in ears we recognize. Ah! You’re turning pale.”
He drew back from her with somewhat of the look which may be imagined upon the face of a man who, thinking to play with a kitten, has run upon a tiger; and she proceeded:
He pulled away from her with a look similar to what you might see on a man's face when he thinks he's going to play with a kitten but instead finds himself facing a tiger; and she continued:
“You are acquainted in the antechamber, and know the Lord Sejanus. Suppose it were told him with the proofs in hand—or without the proofs—that the same Jew is the richest man in the East—nay, in all the empire. The fishes of the Tiber would have fattening other than that they dig out of its ooze, would they not? And while they were feeding—ha! son of Hur!—what splendor there would be on exhibition in the Circus! Amusing the Roman people is a fine art; getting the money to keep them amused is another art even finer; and was there ever an artist the equal of the Lord Sejanus?”
“You’re familiar with the waiting room and know Lord Sejanus. Imagine if it were revealed to him, with evidence or not, that the same Jew is the richest man in the East—actually, in the entire empire. The fish in the Tiber would be eating something other than what they sift from the mud, right? And while they’re being fed—ha! son of Hur!—just think of the spectacle that would be on display in the Circus! Entertaining the Roman people is a skilled craft; securing the funds to keep them entertained is an even more refined skill; and has there ever been an entertainer to match Lord Sejanus?”
Ben-Hur was not too much stirred by the evident baseness of the woman for recollection. Not unfrequently when all the other faculties are numb and failing memory does its offices with the greatest fidelity. The scene at the spring on the way to the Jordan reproduced itself; and he remembered thinking then that Esther had betrayed him, and thinking so now, he said calmly as he could,
Ben-Hur wasn’t too affected by the obvious dishonesty of the woman for remembrance. Often, when all other senses are dulled and failing, memory can still do its job with remarkable accuracy. The scene at the spring on the way to the Jordan replayed in his mind; and he remembered thinking at that moment that Esther had betrayed him, and thinking it now, he said as calmly as he could,
“To give you pleasure, daughter of Egypt, I acknowledge your cunning, and that I am at your mercy. It may also please you to hear me acknowledge I have no hope of your favor. I could kill you, but you are a woman. The Desert is open to receive me; and though Rome is a good hunter of men, there she would follow long and far before she caught me, for in its heart there are wildernesses of spears as well as wildernesses of sand, and it is not unlovely to the unconquered Parthian. In the toils as I am—dupe that I have been—yet there is one thing my due: who told you all you know about me? In flight or captivity, dying even, there will be consolation in leaving the traitor the curse of a man who has lived knowing nothing but wretchedness. Who told you all you know about me?”
“To give you pleasure, daughter of Egypt, I recognize your cleverness, and that I am at your mercy. You might also enjoy hearing me admit that I have no hope of gaining your favor. I could kill you, but you’re a woman. The Desert is ready to take me; and while Rome is a good hunter of men, it would take her a long time and a lot of effort to catch me there, since its heart holds both dangers of spears and expanses of sand, and it’s not unattractive to the unconquered Parthian. Even though I’m trapped—what a fool I’ve been—there is one thing I deserve: who told you everything you know about me? In flight or captivity, even while dying, there will be some comfort in leaving the traitor with the curse of a man who has lived knowing nothing but misery. Who told you all you know about me?”
It might have been a touch of art, or might have been sincere—that as it may—the expression of the Egyptian’s face became sympathetic.
It could have been a bit of artistry, or perhaps it was genuine—whatever the case, the expression on the Egyptian's face turned sympathetic.
“There are in my country, O son of Hur,” she said, presently, “workmen who make pictures by gathering vari-colored shells here and there on the sea-shore after storms, and cutting them up, and patching the pieces as inlaying on marble slabs. Can you not see the hint there is in the practice to such as go searching for secrets? Enough that from this person I gathered a handful of little circumstances, and from that other yet another handful, and that afterwhile I put them together, and was happy as a woman can be who has at disposal the fortune and life of a man whom”—she stopped, and beat the floor with her foot, and looked away as if to hide a sudden emotion from him; with an air of even painful resolution she presently finished the sentence—“whom she is at loss what to do with.”
“There are in my country, O son of Hur,” she said after a moment, “workers who create pictures by collecting colorful shells here and there on the beach after storms, cutting them up, and piecing them together like inlays on marble slabs. Can’t you see the hint this practice offers to those who seek secrets? Enough that from one person I gathered a handful of little details, and from another yet another handful, and then eventually I put them all together, feeling as happy as a woman can be who holds the fate and life of a man whom”—she paused, stomped her foot on the floor, and looked away as if trying to hide a sudden emotion; with a pained but determined air, she finally completed the sentence—“whom she doesn't know what to do with.”
“No, it is not enough,” Ben-Hur said, unmoved by the play—“it is not enough. To-morrow you will determine what to do with me. I may die.”
“No, it isn’t enough,” Ben-Hur said, unaffected by the play—“it’s not enough. Tomorrow you will decide what to do with me. I might die.”
“True,” she rejoined quickly and with emphasis, “I had something from Sheik Ilderim as he lay with my father in a grove out in the Desert. The night was still, very still, and the walls of the tent, sooth to say, were poor ward against ears outside listening to—birds and beetles flying through the air.”
“True,” she replied quickly and emphatically, “I received something from Sheik Ilderim while he was resting with my father in a grove out in the desert. The night was calm, really calm, and the tent walls, to be honest, were hardly a barrier against outside ears listening to—birds and beetles buzzing around.”
She smiled at the conceit, but proceeded:
She smiled at the arrogance, but continued:
“Some other things—bits of shell for the picture—I had from—”
“Some other things—pieces of shell for the picture—I got from—”
“Whom?”
“Who?”
“The son of Hur himself.”
"Hur's own son."
“Was there no other who contributed?”
“Was there no one else who contributed?”
“No, not one.”
“No, not a single one.”
Hur drew a breath of relief, and said, lightly, “Thanks. It were not well to keep the Lord Sejanus waiting for you. The Desert is not so sensitive. Again, O Egypt, peace!”
Hur took a breath of relief and said casually, “Thanks. It wouldn’t be good to keep Lord Sejanus waiting for you. The Desert isn’t so sensitive. Again, O Egypt, peace!”
To this time he had been standing uncovered; now he took the handkerchief from his arm where it had been hanging, and adjusting it upon his head, turned to depart. But she arrested him; in her eagerness, she even reached a hand to him.
To this point, he had been standing bareheaded; now he took the handkerchief from his arm where it had been hanging, adjusted it on his head, and turned to leave. But she stopped him; in her eagerness, she even reached out a hand to him.
“Stay,” she said.
“Stay,” she said.
He looked back at her, but without taking the hand, though it was very noticeable for its sparkling of jewels; and he knew by her manner that the reserved point of the scene which was so surprising to him was now to come.
He looked back at her, but didn't take her hand, even though it was clearly noticeable with its sparkling jewels; and he could tell by her demeanor that the surprising moment he had been wondering about was about to happen.
“Stay, and do not distrust me, O son of Hur, if I declare I know why the noble Arrius took you for his heir. And, by Isis! by all the gods of Egypt! I swear I tremble to think of you, so brave and generous, under the hand of the remorseless minister. You have left a portion of your youth in the atria of the great capital; consider, as I do, what the Desert will be to you in contrast of life. Oh, I give you pity—pity! And if you but do what I say, I will save you. That, also, I swear, by our holy Isis!”
“Wait, and please don’t doubt me, son of Hur, when I say I know why the noble Arrius chose you as his heir. And, by Isis! by all the gods of Egypt! I can’t help but tremble at the thought of you, so brave and generous, being controlled by the heartless minister. You’ve left part of your youth in the grand capital; think, as I do, about how different the Desert will be for you compared to life here. Oh, I feel pity for you—pity! And if you just follow my advice, I will save you. I swear that, too, by our sacred Isis!”
Words of entreaty and prayer these, poured forth volubly and with earnestness and the mighty sanction of beauty.
Words of appeal and prayer, spoken freely and passionately, filled with the powerful endorsement of beauty.
“Almost—almost I believe you,” Ben-Hur said, yet hesitatingly, and in a voice low and indistinct; for a doubt remained with him grumbling against the yielding tendency of the man—a good sturdy doubt, such a one as has saved many a life and fortune.
“Almost—I almost believe you,” Ben-Hur said, still hesitating, and with a voice that was low and unclear; because a doubt lingered with him, grumbling against the man's willingness—a solid doubt, the kind that has saved many lives and fortunes.
“The perfect life for a woman is to live in love; the greatest happiness for a man is the conquest of himself; and that, O prince, is what I have to ask of you.”
“The ideal life for a woman is to live in love; the greatest fulfillment for a man is to conquer himself; and that, oh prince, is what I want to ask of you.”
She spoke rapidly, and with animation; indeed, she had never appeared to him so fascinating.
She spoke quickly and passionately; in fact, she had never seemed so captivating to him.
“You had once a friend,” she continued. “It was in your boyhood. There was a quarrel, and you and he became enemies. He did you wrong. After many years you met him again in the Circus at Antioch.”
“You used to have a friend,” she went on. “It was when you were a kid. You had a falling out, and you both became enemies. He mistreated you. After many years, you ran into him again at the Circus in Antioch.”
“Messala!”
"Messala!"
“Yes, Messala. You are his creditor. Forgive the past; admit him to friendship again; restore the fortune he lost in the great wager; rescue him. The six talents are as nothing to you; not so much as a bud lost upon a tree already in full leaf; but to him— Ah, he must go about with a broken body; wherever you meet him he must look up to you from the ground. O Ben-Hur, noble prince! to a Roman descended as he is beggary is the other most odious name for death. Save him from beggary!”
“Yes, Messala. You are the one he owes money to. Let go of the past; accept him back into your friendship; help him regain the fortune he lost in that big bet; save him. The six talents mean nothing to you; they’re like a flower petal lost on a tree that's already full of leaves; but to him— Ah, he has to walk around in a broken state; every time you see him, he has to look up at you from the ground. O Ben-Hur, noble prince! To a Roman like him, being poor is just another way of saying death. Save him from poverty!”
If the rapidity with which she spoke was a cunning invention to keep him from thinking, either she never knew or else had forgotten that there are convictions which derive nothing from thought, but drop into place without leave or notice. It seemed to him, when at last she paused to have his answer, that he could see Messala himself peering at him over her shoulder; and in its expression the countenance of the Roman was not that of a mendicant or a friend; the sneer was as patrician as ever, and the fine edge of the hauteur as flawless and irritating.
If the speed at which she spoke was a clever trick to prevent him from thinking, she either didn’t realize it or had forgotten that some beliefs don’t come from thought but just settle in without warning. When she finally paused to wait for his response, it seemed to him that he could see Messala looking at him over her shoulder; and in that look, the expression on the Roman’s face was neither that of a beggar nor a friend; the sneer was as aristocratic as ever, and the sharpness of the arrogance was just as perfect and annoying.
“The appeal has been decided then, and for once a Messala takes nothing. I must go and write it in my book of great occurrences—a judgment by a Roman against a Roman! But did he—did Messala send you to me with this request, O Egypt?”
“The appeal has been decided then, and for once Messala gets nothing. I need to write this in my book of significant events—a judgment by a Roman against a Roman! But did he—did Messala send you to me with this request, O Egypt?”
“He has a noble nature, and judged you by it.”
“He has a noble character and judged you based on that.”
Ben-Hur took the hand upon arm.
Ben-Hur took the hand on his arm.
“As you know him in such friendly way, fair Egyptian, tell me, would he do for me, there being a reversal of the conditions, that he asks of me? Answer, by Isis! Answer, for the truth’s sake!”
“As you know him so well, kind Egyptian, tell me, would he do for me what he’s asking of me if the situation were reversed? Answer, by Isis! Answer, for the sake of truth!”
There was insistence in the touch of his hand, and in his look also.
There was a strong sense in the way he touched her hand and in his gaze as well.
“Oh!” she began, “he is—”
“Oh!” she started, “he’s—”
“A Roman, you were about to say; meaning that I, a Jew, must not determine dues from me to him by any measure of dues from him to me; being a Jew, I must forgive him my winnings because he is a Roman. If you have more to tell me, daughter of Balthasar, speak quickly, quickly; for by the Lord God of Israel, when this heat of blood, hotter waxing, attains its highest, I may not be able longer to see that you are a woman, and beautiful! I may see but the spy of a master the more hateful because the master is a Roman. Say on, and quickly.”
"A Roman, you were about to say; meaning that I, a Jew, shouldn’t judge what I owe him based on what he owes me; as a Jew, I have to overlook my winnings because he is a Roman. If you have more to tell me, daughter of Balthasar, speak quickly, quickly; for by the Lord God of Israel, when this heated blood rises to its peak, I might not be able to see you as a woman and beautiful anymore! I might only see the spy of a master, even more hateful because that master is a Roman. Go on, and quickly."
She threw his hand off and stepped back into the full light, with all the evil of her nature collected in her eyes and voice.
She pushed his hand away and stepped back into the bright light, with all the darkness of her nature evident in her eyes and voice.
“Thou drinker of lees, feeder upon husks! To think I could love thee, having seen Messala! Such as thou were born to serve him. He would have been satisfied with release of the six talents; but I say to the six thou shalt add twenty—twenty, dost thou hear? The kissings of my little finger which thou hast taken from him, though with my consent, shall be paid for; and that I have followed thee with affection of sympathy, and endured thee so long, enter into the account not less because I was serving him. The merchant here is thy keeper of moneys. If by to-morrow at noon he has not thy order acted upon in favor of my Messala for six-and-twenty talents—mark the sum!—thou shalt settle with the Lord Sejanus. Be wise and—farewell.”
"You worthless drinker, living off scraps! To think I could ever love you after seeing Messala! People like you were meant to serve him. He would have been happy with just six talents, but I’m telling you, you’d better add twenty—twenty, do you get that? The kisses of my little finger that you took from him, even with my permission, will have to be paid for; and the fact that I’ve cared for you and put up with you for this long counts for something, even if I was serving him. The merchant here is in charge of your money. If by tomorrow at noon he doesn’t have your order processed in favor of my Messala for twenty-six talents—remember the amount!—you’ll have to deal with Lord Sejanus. Be smart and—goodbye."
As she was going to the door, he put himself in her way.
As she was heading to the door, he stepped in her path.
“The old Egypt lives in you,” he said. “Whether you see Messala to-morrow or the next day, here or in Rome, give him this message. Tell him I have back the money, even the six talents, he robbed me of by robbing my father’s estate; tell him I survived the galleys to which he had me sent, and in my strength rejoice in his beggary and dishonor; tell him I think the affliction of body which he has from my hand is the curse of our Lord God of Israel upon him more fit than death for his crimes against the helpless; tell him my mother and sister whom he had sent to a cell in Antonia that they might die of leprosy, are alive and well, thanks to the power of the Nazarene whom you so despise; tell him that, to fill my measure of happiness, they are restored to me, and that I will go hence to their love, and find in it more than compensation for the impure passions which you leave me to take to him; tell him—this for your comfort, O cunning incarnate, as much as his—tell him that when the Lord Sejanus comes to despoil me he will find nothing; for the inheritance I had from the duumvir, including the villa by Misenum, has been sold, and the money from the sale is out of reach, afloat in the marts of the world as bills of exchange; and that this house and the goods and merchandise and the ships and caravans with which Simonides plies his commerce with such princely profits are covered by imperial safeguards—a wise head having found the price of the favor, and the Lord Sejanus preferring a reasonable gain in the way of gift to much gain fished from pools of blood and wrong; tell him if all this were not so, if the money and property were all mine, yet should he not have the least part of it, for when he finds our Jewish bills, and forces them to give up their values, there is yet another resort left me—a deed of gift to Cæsar—so much, O Egypt, I found out in the atria of the great capital; tell him that along with my defiance I do not send him a curse in words, but, as a better expression of my undying hate, I send him one who will prove to him the sum of all curses; and when he looks at you repeating this my message, daughter of Balthasar, his Roman shrewdness will tell him all I mean. Go now—and I will go.”
“The old Egypt lives in you,” he said. “Whether you see Messala tomorrow or the next day, here or in Rome, give him this message. Tell him I have retrieved the money, even the six talents he took from me by stealing my father’s estate; tell him I survived the galleys he sent me to, and I take joy in his poverty and disgrace; tell him I believe the physical suffering he endures because of me is the curse of our Lord God of Israel upon him, more fitting than death for his crimes against the defenseless; tell him my mother and sister, whom he sent to a cell in Antonia to die of leprosy, are alive and well, thanks to the power of the Nazarene whom you so despise; tell him that, to complete my happiness, they are restored to me, and that I will go to their love, finding in it more than compensation for the impure desires you leave me to fulfill with him; tell him—this for your comfort, O cunning incarnate, as much as his—tell him that when Lord Sejanus comes to rob me, he will find nothing; for the inheritance I had from the duumvir, including the villa by Misenum, has been sold, and the money from the sale is out of reach, floating in the markets of the world as bills of exchange; and that this house, along with the goods, merchandise, and the ships and caravans with which Simonides does his business with such princely profits, are protected by imperial safeguards—a wise head having figured out the cost of that favor, and Lord Sejanus preferring a reasonable gain in the form of gifts to much wealth gained from blood and injustice; tell him if all this were not so, if the money and property were all mine, he still wouldn't get a piece of it. For when he finds our Jewish bills and forces them to give up their values, I have another option— a deed of gift to Caesar—so much, O Egypt, I discovered in the atrium of the great capital; tell him that along with my defiance, I do not send him a curse in words, but instead, as a more fitting expression of my undying hatred, I send him someone who will show him the sum of all curses; and when he looks at you repeating this message, daughter of Balthasar, his Roman cunning will reveal everything I mean. Go now—and I will go.”
He conducted her to the door, and, with ceremonious politeness, held back the curtain while she passed out.
He led her to the door and, with great politeness, held back the curtain as she walked out.
“Peace to you,” he said, as she disappeared.
“Peace to you,” he said, as she vanished.
CHAPTER VII
When Ben-Hur left the guest-chamber, there was not nearly so much life in his action as when he entered it; his steps were slower, and he went along with his head quite upon his breast. Having made discovery that a man with a broken back may yet have a sound brain, he was reflecting upon the discovery.
When Ben-Hur left the guest chamber, he moved with much less energy than when he entered; his steps were slower, and his head hung low. Having realized that a man with a broken back can still have a sharp mind, he was deep in thought about this revelation.
Forasmuch as it is easy after a calamity has befallen to look back and see the proofs of its coming strewn along the way, the thought that he had not even suspected the Egyptian as in Messala’s interest, but had gone blindly on through whole years putting himself and his friends more and more at her mercy, was a sore wound to the young man’s vanity. “I remember,” he said to himself, “she had no word of indignation for the perfidious Roman at the Fountain of Castalia! I remember she extolled him at the boat-ride on the lake in the Orchard of Palms! And, ah!”—he stopped, and beat his left hand violently with his right—“ah! that mystery about the appointment she made with me at the Palace of Idernee is no mystery now!”
Since it's easy to look back after a disaster has struck and see signs of its approach along the way, the fact that he had not even suspected the Egyptian as being connected to Messala’s interests, but had blindly spent years putting himself and his friends more and more at her mercy, was a painful blow to the young man’s pride. “I remember,” he told himself, “she didn’t say a word of anger about the treacherous Roman at the Fountain of Castalia! I remember how she praised him during the boat ride on the lake in the Orchard of Palms! And, oh!”—he stopped and hit his left hand hard with his right—“oh! the mystery about the appointment she made with me at the Palace of Idernee is no mystery anymore!”
The wound, it should be observed, was to his vanity; and fortunately it is not often that people die of such hurts, or even continue a long time sick. In Ben-Hur’s case, moreover, there was a compensation; for presently he exclaimed aloud, “Praised be the Lord God that the woman took not a more lasting hold on me! I see I did not love her.”
The wound, it should be noted, was to his pride; and luckily, it's rare for people to die from such injuries, or even stay sick for long. In Ben-Hur’s situation, there was also a silver lining; for soon he exclaimed, “Thank God that the woman didn’t have a stronger grip on me! I realize I didn’t truly love her.”
Then, as if he had already parted with not a little of the weight on his mind, he stepped forward more lightly; and, coming to the place on the terrace where one stairway led down to the court-yard below, and another ascended to the roof, he took the latter and began to climb. As he made the last step in the flight he stopped again.
Then, as if he had already let go of some of the burden on his mind, he stepped forward more lightly. Arriving at the spot on the terrace where one staircase led down to the courtyard below and another went up to the roof, he chose the latter and started to climb. When he reached the last step of the flight, he paused again.
“Can Balthasar have been her partner in the long mask she has been playing? No, no. Hypocrisy seldom goes with wrinkled age like that. Balthasar is a good man.”
“Could Balthasar really have been her partner in the long charade she’s been playing? No, no. Hypocrisy rarely aligns with someone as aged as he is. Balthasar is a good man.”
With this decided opinion he stepped upon the roof. There was a full moon overhead, yet the vault of the sky at the moment was lurid with light cast up from the fires burning in the streets and open places of the city, and the chanting and chorusing of the old psalmody of Israel filled it with plaintive harmonies to which he could not but listen. The countless voices bearing the burden seemed to say, “Thus, O son of Judah, we prove our worshipfulness of the Lord God, and our loyalty to the land he gave us. Let a Gideon appear, or a David, or a Maccabaeus, and we are ready.”
With this firm belief, he stepped onto the roof. A full moon hung above, but the sky was glowing with light from the fires burning in the streets and open spaces of the city, while the chanting and singing of the old psalms of Israel filled the air with mournful melodies that he couldn't help but listen to. The countless voices carrying the message seemed to say, “Thus, O son of Judah, we express our devotion to the Lord God and our loyalty to the land he gave us. Let a Gideon appear, or a David, or a Maccabaeus, and we’re ready.”
That seemed an introduction; for next he saw the man of Nazareth.
That felt like an introduction; then he saw the man from Nazareth.
In certain moods the mind is disposed to mock itself with inapposite fancies.
In some moods, the mind tends to play tricks on itself with irrelevant thoughts.
The tearful woman-like face of the Christ stayed with him while he crossed the roof to the parapet above the street on the north side of the house, and there was in it no sign of war; but rather as the heavens of calm evenings look peace upon everything, so it looked, provoking the old question, What manner of man is he?
The tearful, woman-like face of Christ lingered in his mind as he walked across the roof to the parapet overlooking the street on the north side of the house. There was no sign of conflict in it; instead, it resembled the peaceful skies of calm evenings, casting a tranquil glow over everything, prompting the timeless question, What kind of man is he?
Ben-Hur permitted himself one glance over the parapet, then turned and walked mechanically towards the summer-house.
Ben-Hur allowed himself a quick look over the edge, then turned and walked stiffly toward the summer house.
“Let them do their worst,” he said, as he went slowly on. “I will not forgive the Roman. I will not divide my fortune with him, nor will I fly from this city of my fathers. I will call on Galilee first, and here make the fight. By brave deeds I will bring the tribes to our side. He who raised up Moses will find us a leader, if I fail. If not the Nazarene, then some other of the many ready to die for freedom.”
"Let them do their worst," he said as he moved forward slowly. "I won't forgive the Roman. I won't share my fortune with him, nor will I flee from this city of my ancestors. I'll go to Galilee first and stand my ground here. Through brave actions, I will rally the tribes to our cause. Whoever raised up Moses will provide us a leader if I don't succeed. If it's not the Nazarene, then it will be someone else among the many who are ready to die for freedom."
The interior of the summer-house, when Ben-Hur, slow sauntering, came to it, was murkily lighted. The faintest of shadows lay along the floor from the pillars on the north and west sides. Looking in, he saw the arm-chair usually occupied by Simonides drawn to a spot from which a view of the city over towards the Market-place could be best had.
The inside of the summer house, as Ben-Hur slowly walked in, was dimly lit. Very faint shadows stretched across the floor from the pillars on the north and west sides. When he looked in, he saw the armchair that Simonides usually sat in, moved to a spot where he could get the best view of the city near the Market-place.
“The good man is returned. I will speak with him, unless he be asleep.”
“The good man is back. I’ll talk to him, unless he’s asleep.”
He walked in, and with a quiet step approached the chair. Peering over the high back, he beheld Esther nestled in the seat asleep—a small figure snugged away under her father’s lap-robe. The hair dishevelled fell over her face. Her breathing was low and irregular. Once it was broken by a long sigh, ending in a sob. Something—it might have been the sigh or the loneliness in which he found her—imparted to him the idea that the sleep was a rest from sorrow rather than fatigue. Nature kindly sends such relief to children, and he was used to thinking Esther scarcely more than a child. He put his arms upon the back of the chair, and thought.
He walked in and quietly approached the chair. Peering over the high back, he saw Esther curled up asleep in the seat—a small figure tucked beneath her father’s lap blanket. Her messy hair fell across her face. Her breathing was soft and uneven. At one point, it was interrupted by a long sigh that ended in a sob. Something—it might have been the sigh or the solitude in which he found her—made him feel that her sleep was a pause from sadness rather than just tiredness. Nature kindly provides such relief to children, and he often thought of Esther as hardly more than a child. He rested his arms on the back of the chair and pondered.
“I will not wake her. I have nothing to tell her—nothing unless—unless it be my love.... She is a daughter of Judah, and beautiful, and so unlike the Egyptian; for there it is all vanity, here all truth; there ambition, here duty; there selfishness, here self-sacrifice.... Nay, the question is not do I love her, but does she love me? She was my friend from the beginning. The night on the terrace at Antioch, how child-like she begged me not to make Rome my enemy, and had me tell her of the villa by Misenum, and of the life there! That she should not see I saw her cunning drift I kissed her. Can she have forgotten the kiss! I have not. I love her.... They do not know in the city that I have back my people. I shrank from telling it to the Egyptian; but this little one will rejoice with me over their restoration, and welcome them with love and sweet services of hand and heart. She will be to my mother another daughter; in Tirzah she will find her other self. I would wake her and tell her these things, but—out on the sorceress of Egypt! Of that folly I could not command myself to speak. I will go away, and wait another and a better time. I will wait. Fair Esther, dutiful child, daughter of Judah!”
“I won’t wake her up. I have nothing to say to her—nothing except—except for my love.... She’s a daughter of Judah, beautiful, and so different from the Egyptians; there it’s all about vanity, here it’s all about truth; there it’s about ambition, here it’s about duty; there it’s selfishness, here it’s self-sacrifice.... No, the real question isn’t whether I love her, but whether she loves me? She was my friend from the start. That night on the terrace in Antioch, how child-like she begged me not to make Rome my enemy, and asked me about the villa by Misenum, and the life there! I kissed her because she didn’t realize I saw through her cleverness. Can she have forgotten the kiss? I haven’t. I love her.... They don’t know in the city that I have my people back. I hesitated to tell the Egyptian; but this little one will celebrate with me over their return, and welcome them with love and acts of kindness. She will be like another daughter to my mother; in Tirzah, she will find her other self. I would wake her and tell her all this, but—forget that sorceress of Egypt! I just can’t bring myself to talk about that foolishness. I’ll leave and wait for a better time. I’ll wait. Fair Esther, dutiful child, daughter of Judah!”
He retired silently as he came.
He left quietly just like he arrived.
CHAPTER VIII
The streets were full of people going and coming, or grouped about the fires roasting meat, and feasting and singing, and happy. The odor of scorching flesh mixed with the odor of cedar-wood aflame and smoking loaded the air; and as this was the occasion when every son of Israel was full brother to every other son of Israel, and hospitality was without bounds, Ben-Hur was saluted at every step, while the groups by the fires insisted, “Stay and partake with us. We are brethren in the love of the Lord.” But with thanks to them he hurried on, intending to take horse at the khan and return to the tents on the Cedron.
The streets were bustling with people coming and going, gathered around the fires roasting meat, feasting, singing, and celebrating. The smell of cooking meat mixed with the scent of burning cedar filled the air; and since this was the time when every son of Israel felt like a brother to every other son of Israel, and hospitality knew no limits, Ben-Hur was greeted at every turn, while the groups by the fires urged, “Stay and enjoy a meal with us. We are united in the love of the Lord.” But he thanked them and hurried on, planning to get a horse at the inn and return to the tents by the Cedron.
To make the place, it was necessary for him to cross the thoroughfare so soon to receive sorrowful Christian perpetuation. There also the pious celebration was at its height. Looking up the street, he noticed the flames of torches in motion streaming out like pennons; then he observed that the singing ceased where the torches came. His wonder rose to its highest, however, when he became certain that amidst the smoke and dancing sparks he saw the keener sparkling of burnished spear-tips, arguing the presence of Roman soldiers. What were they, the scoffing legionaries, doing in a Jewish religious procession? The circumstance was unheard of, and he stayed to see the meaning of it.
To reach the place, he had to cross the street quickly to witness the sorrowful Christian memorial. The religious celebration was also in full swing. Looking up the street, he noticed the flames of torches moving like flags; then he saw that the singing stopped where the torches were. His curiosity peaked when he realized that amidst the smoke and dancing sparks, he spotted the glint of polished spear tips, indicating the presence of Roman soldiers. What were those mocking soldiers doing in a Jewish religious procession? It was an unusual sight, and he lingered to figure out what it meant.
The moon was shining its best; yet, as if the moon and the torches, and the fires in the street, and the rays streaming from windows and open doors were not enough to make the way clear, some of the processionists carried lighted lanterns; and fancying he discovered a special purpose in the use of such equipments, Ben-Hur stepped into the street so close to the line of march as to bring every one of the company under view while passing. The torches and the lanterns were being borne by servants, each of whom was armed with a bludgeon or a sharpened stave. Their present duty seemed to be to pick out the smoothest paths among the rocks in the street for certain dignitaries among them—elders and priests; rabbis with long beards, heavy brows, and beaked noses; men of the class potential in the councils of Caiaphas and Hannas. Where could they be going? Not to the Temple, certainly, for the route to the sacred house from Zion, whence these appeared to be coming, was by the Xystus. And their business—if peaceful, why the soldiers?
The moon was shining brightly, but even with the moonlight, the torches, the fires in the street, and the rays coming from windows and open doors, it still wasn’t enough to light the way. Some people in the procession were carrying lit lanterns. Ben-Hur, thinking there was a specific reason for them using such lights, stepped into the street close to the line of march to get a clear view of everyone passing by. The torches and lanterns were held by servants, each one carrying a club or a sharpened stick. Their job seemed to be finding the smoothest paths among the rocks for important guests—elders, priests, rabbis with long beards, deep brows, and hooked noses; men who had influence in the councils of Caiaphas and Hannas. Where could they be headed? Not to the Temple, that was for sure, because the route from Zion, where they seemed to be coming from, led by the Xystus. And if their purpose was peaceful, then why were there soldiers?
As the procession began to go by Ben-Hur, his attention was particularly called to three persons walking together. They were well towards the front, and the servants who went before them with lanterns appeared unusually careful in the service. In the person moving on the left of this group he recognized a chief policeman of the Temple; the one on the right was a priest; the middle man was not at first so easily placed, as he walked leaning heavily upon the arms of the others, and carried his head so low upon his breast as to hide his face. His appearance was that of a prisoner not yet recovered from the fright of arrest, or being taken to something dreadful—to torture or death. The dignitaries helping him on the right and left, and the attention they gave him, made it clear that if he were not himself the object moving the party, he was at least in some way connected with the object—a witness or a guide, possibly an informer. So if it could be found who he was the business in hand might be shrewdly guessed. With great assurance, Ben-Hur fell in on the right of the priest, and walked along with him. Now if the man would lift his head! And presently he did so, letting the light of the lanterns strike full in his face, pale, dazed, pinched with dread; the beard roughed; the eyes filmy, sunken, and despairing. In much going about following the Nazarene, Ben-Hur had come to know his disciples as well as the Master; and now, at sight of the dismal countenance, he cried out,
As the procession passed by Ben-Hur, he noticed three people walking together. They were near the front, and the servants carrying lanterns seemed particularly attentive. The person on the left was a chief policeman of the Temple; the one on the right was a priest. The person in the middle was harder to identify as he leaned heavily on the others and kept his head bowed low, hiding his face. He looked like a prisoner who hadn’t yet recovered from the shock of being arrested, as if he were being taken to something terrifying—torture or death. The importance of the two dignitaries flanking him and the attention they paid made it clear that while he might not be the main focus of their group, he was at least involved in some way—perhaps a witness, a guide, or even an informer. If they could figure out who he was, they could likely guess the nature of their mission. With determination, Ben-Hur stepped up on the right side of the priest and walked alongside him. If only the man would lift his head! And soon he did, allowing the light from the lanterns to illuminate his face—pale, dazed, and marked by fear; his beard unkempt; his eyes cloudy, sunken, and filled with despair. In his time following the Nazarene, Ben-Hur had come to recognize his disciples just as well as the Master; and now, seeing the distressing face, he called out,
“The ’Scariot!”
"The ’Scariot!"
Slowly the head of the man turned until his eyes settled upon Ben-Hur, and his lips moved as if he were about to speak; but the priest interfered.
Slowly, the man's head turned until his eyes focused on Ben-Hur, and his lips moved as if he was about to say something; but the priest interrupted.
“Who art thou? Begone!” he said to Ben-Hur, pushing him away.
“Who are you? Get out of here!” he said to Ben-Hur, shoving him away.
The young man took the push good-naturedly, and, waiting an opportunity, fell into the procession again. Thus he was carried passively along down the street, through the crowded lowlands between the hill Bezetha and the Castle of Antonia, and on by the Bethesda reservoir to the Sheep Gate. There were people everywhere, and everywhere the people were engaged in sacred observances.
The young man took the shove in stride and, waiting for a chance, joined the procession again. He was carried along the street passively, through the crowded lowlands between the Bezetha hill and the Castle of Antonia, and then past the Bethesda reservoir to the Sheep Gate. There were people everywhere, all involved in sacred observances.
It being Passover night, the valves of the Gate stood open. The keepers were off somewhere feasting. In front of the procession as it passed out unchallenged was the deep gorge of the Cedron, with Olivet beyond, its dressing of cedar and olive trees darker of the moonlight silvering all the heavens. Two roads met and merged into the street at the gate—one from the northeast, the other from Bethany. Ere Ben-Hur could finish wondering whether he were to go farther, and if so, which road was to be taken, he was led off down into the gorge. And still no hint of the purpose of the midnight march.
It was Passover night, and the gates were wide open. The guards were off celebrating somewhere. In front of the procession as it moved out without opposition was the deep valley of the Cedron, with Olivet beyond, its cover of cedar and olive trees appearing darker against the moonlit sky. Two roads came together and merged into the street at the gate—one from the northeast and the other from Bethany. Before Ben-Hur could finish wondering whether he was meant to go further, and if so, which path to take, he was led down into the valley. Still, there was no clue about the purpose of the midnight march.
Down the gorge and over the bridge at the bottom of it. There was a great clatter on the floor as the crowd, now a straggling rabble, passed over beating and pounding with their clubs and staves. A little farther, and they turned off to the left in the direction of an olive orchard enclosed by a stone wall in view from the road. Ben-Hur knew there was nothing in the place but old gnarled trees, the grass, and a trough hewn out of a rock for the treading of oil after the fashion of the country. While, yet more wonder-struck, he was thinking what could bring such a company at such an hour to a quarter so lonesome, they were all brought to a standstill. Voices called out excitedly in front; a chill sensation ran from man to man; there was a rapid falling-back, and a blind stumbling over each other. The soldiers alone kept their order.
Down the gorge and across the bridge at the bottom. There was a loud noise on the ground as the crowd, now a disorganized mass, passed through, thumping and pounding with their clubs and staffs. A little further on, they turned to the left toward an olive grove surrounded by a stone wall visible from the road. Ben-Hur knew there was nothing there but old, twisted trees, grass, and a trough carved from a rock for pressing oil, as was customary in the area. While he was still trying to understand what could have brought such a large group to such a remote place at this hour, they were all suddenly halted. Voices shouted excitedly ahead; a chill ran among the crowd; people quickly fell back, bumping into each other. Only the soldiers maintained their formation.
It took Ben-Hur but a moment to disengage himself from the mob and run forward. There he found a gateway without a gate admitting to the orchard, and he halted to take in the scene.
It took Ben-Hur just a moment to break away from the crowd and run ahead. There, he found an opening leading into the orchard, and he paused to take in the view.
A man in white clothes, and bareheaded, was standing outside the entrance, his hands crossed before him—a slender, stooping figure, with long hair and thin face—in an attitude of resignation and waiting.
A man dressed in white and without a hat was standing at the entrance, his arms crossed in front of him—a slim, hunched figure with long hair and a thin face—looking resigned and patient.
It was the Nazarene!
It was the Nazarene!
Behind him, next the gateway, were the disciples in a group; they were excited, but no man was ever calmer than he. The torchlight beat redly upon him, giving his hair a tint ruddier than was natural to it; yet the expression of the countenance was as usual all gentleness and pity.
Behind him, next to the gate, were the disciples gathered in a group; they were excited, but no one was calmer than he was. The torchlight shone brightly on him, giving his hair a deeper red than usual; yet his expression was still one of gentleness and compassion.
Opposite this most unmartial figure stood the rabble, gaping, silent, awed, cowering—ready at a sign of anger from him to break and run. And from him to them—then at Judas, conspicuous in their midst—Ben-Hur looked—one quick glance, and the object of the visit lay open to his understanding. Here was the betrayer, there the betrayed; and these with clubs and staves, and the legionaries, were brought to take him.
Opposite this non-martial figure stood the crowd, staring, silent, in awe, scared—ready to scatter at the first sign of anger from him. And from him to them—then at Judas, standing out among them—Ben-Hur looked—one quick glance, and the purpose of the visit became clear to him. Here was the traitor, there the one betrayed; and those with clubs and staffs, along with the soldiers, were there to capture him.
A man may not always tell what he will do until the trial is upon him. This was the emergency for which Ben-Hur had been for years preparing. The man to whose security he had devoted himself, and upon whose life he had been building so largely, was in personal peril; yet he stood still. Such contradictions are there in human nature! To say truth, O reader, he was not entirely recovered from the picture of the Christ before the Gate Beautiful as it had been given by the Egyptian; and, besides that, the very calmness with which the mysterious person confronted the mob held him in restraint by suggesting the possession of a power in reserve more than sufficient for the peril. Peace and good-will, and love and non-resistance, had been the burden of the Nazarene’s teaching; would he put his preaching into practice? He was master of life; he could restore it when lost; he could take it at pleasure. What use would he make of the power now? Defend himself? And how? A word—a breath—a thought were sufficient. That there would be some signal exhibition of astonishing force beyond the natural Ben-Hur believed, and in that faith waited. And in all this he was still measuring the Nazarene by himself—by the human standard.
A man might not reveal what he will do until he's faced with a real challenge. This was the situation Ben-Hur had been preparing for over many years. The person whose safety he had committed to and whose life he had heavily relied on was in danger, yet he remained still. Such contradictions exist within human nature! To be honest, dear reader, he hadn't completely moved on from the image of Christ at the Gate Beautiful as described by the Egyptian; and on top of that, the calm way the mysterious figure faced the crowd suggested he had a hidden power that was more than enough to handle the threat. Peace, kindness, love, and non-resistance were the core teachings of the Nazarene; would he actually put those teachings into action? He had power over life; he could bring it back when lost; he could take it away at will. How would he use that power now? To defend himself? And how would he do that? A word, a breath, a thought could be enough. Ben-Hur believed there would be some kind of extraordinary display of strength beyond the ordinary, and with that belief, he waited. Yet through all this, he was still measuring the Nazarene by his own standards—by what it means to be human.
Presently the clear voice of the Christ arose.
Currently, the clear voice of Christ emerged.
“Whom seek ye?”
"Who are you looking for?"
“Jesus of Nazareth,” the priest replied.
“Jesus of Nazareth,” the priest responded.
“I am he.”
"I'm him."
At these simplest of words, spoken without passion or alarm, the assailants fell back several steps, the timid among them cowering to the ground; and they might have let him alone and gone away had not Judas walked over to him.
At these simplest of words, spoken without emotion or fear, the attackers took several steps back, the more fearful among them crouching to the ground; and they might have left him alone and walked away if Judas hadn’t approached him.
“Hail, master!”
"Hello, master!"
With this friendly speech, he kissed him.
With this friendly talk, he kissed him.
“Judas,” said the Nazarene, mildly, “betrayest thou the Son of man with a kiss? Wherefore art thou come?”
“Judas,” said the Nazarene, gently, “are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss? Why have you come?”
Receiving no reply, the Master spoke to the crowd again.
Receiving no reply, the Master addressed the crowd once more.
“Whom seek ye?”
"Who are you looking for?"
“Jesus of Nazareth.”
“Jesus from Nazareth.”
“I have told you that I am he. If, therefore, you seek me, let these go their way.”
“I've told you that I am the one. So, if you're looking for me, let these people go.”
At these words of entreaty the rabbis advanced upon him; and, seeing their intent, some of the disciples for whom he interceded drew nearer; one of them cut off a man’s ear, but without saving the Master from being taken. And yet Ben-Hur stood still! Nay, while the officers were making ready with their ropes the Nazarene was doing his greatest charity—not the greatest in deed, but the very greatest in illustration of his forbearance, so far surpassing that of men.
At these pleading words, the rabbis approached him; and, understanding their purpose, some of the disciples he was defending moved closer. One of them sliced off a man’s ear, but it didn't prevent the Master from being captured. Yet, Ben-Hur remained still! While the officers prepared their ropes, the Nazarene was performing his greatest act of kindness—not the greatest in action, but the ultimate example of his patience, far beyond that of any human.
“Suffer ye thus far,” he said to the wounded man, and healed him with a touch.
“Suffer this much,” he said to the wounded man, and healed him with a touch.
Both friends and enemies were confounded—one side that he could do such a thing, the other that he would do it under the circumstances.
Both friends and enemies were baffled—one group by the fact that he could do something like that, the other by the fact that he would do it in those circumstances.
“Surely he will not allow them to bind him!”
“Surely he won't let them tie him up!”
Thus thought Ben-Hur.
So thought Ben-Hur.
“Put up thy sword into the sheath; the cup which my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it?” From the offending follower, the Nazarene turned to his captors. “Are you come out as against a thief, with swords and staves to take me? I was daily with you in the Temple, and you took me not; but this is your hour, and the power of darkness.”
“Put your sword away; should I not drink the cup that my Father has given me?” The Nazarene turned from the offending follower to his captors. “Have you come out as if I were a thief, with swords and clubs to arrest me? I was with you every day in the Temple, and you didn’t seize me then; but this is your moment, and the power of darkness.”
The posse plucked up courage and closed about him; and when Ben-Hur looked for the faithful they were gone—not one of them remained.
The group gathered their courage and closed in around him; and when Ben-Hur looked for his loyal friends, they were gone—not a single one remained.
The crowd about the deserted man seemed very busy with tongue, hand, and foot. Over their heads, between the torch-sticks, through the smoke, sometimes in openings between the restless men, Ben-Hur caught momentary glimpses of the prisoner. Never had anything struck him as so piteous, so unfriended, so forsaken! Yet, he thought, the man could have defended himself—he could have slain his enemies with a breath, but he would not. What was the cup his father had given him to drink? And who was the father to be so obeyed? Mystery upon mystery—not one, but many.
The crowd around the abandoned man appeared to be very busy with their words, gestures, and movements. Above them, between the torches, through the smoke, and sometimes through gaps in the restless crowd, Ben-Hur caught brief glimpses of the prisoner. Never had anything seemed so pitiful, so alone, so abandoned! Yet, he thought, the man could have defended himself—he could have taken out his enemies with a single breath, but he chose not to. What was the cup his father had given him to drink? And who was this father that deserved such obedience? Mystery upon mystery—not just one, but many.
Directly the mob started in return to the city, the soldiers in the lead. Ben-Hur became anxious; he was not satisfied with himself. Where the torches were in the midst of the rabble he knew the Nazarene was to be found. Suddenly he resolved to see him again. He would ask him one question.
Directly as the crowd began to head back to the city, the soldiers led the way. Ben-Hur felt uneasy; he wasn't happy with himself. He knew the Nazarene would be among the torches in the middle of the chaos. Suddenly, he made up his mind to see him again. He would ask him one question.
Taking off his long outer garment and the handkerchief from his head, he threw them upon the orchard wall, and started after the posse, which he boldly joined. Through the stragglers he made way, and by littles at length reached the man who carried the ends of the rope with which the prisoner was bound.
He took off his long coat and the handkerchief from his head, tossed them onto the orchard wall, and went after the group, which he confidently joined. He pushed through the stragglers and slowly made his way to the man who held the ends of the rope that bound the prisoner.
The Nazarene was walking slowly, his head down, his hands bound behind him; the hair fell thickly over his face, and he stooped more than usual; apparently he was oblivious to all going on around him. In advance a few steps were priests and elders talking and occasionally looking back. When, at length, they were all near the bridge in the gorge, Ben-Hur took the rope from the servant who had it, and stepped past him.
The Nazarene was walking slowly, his head down and hands tied behind him; his hair fell heavily over his face, and he slouched more than usual, seemingly unaware of everything happening around him. A few steps ahead, priests and elders were talking and occasionally glancing back. When they finally reached the bridge in the gorge, Ben-Hur took the rope from the servant holding it and stepped past him.
“Master, master!” he said, hurriedly, speaking close to the Nazarene’s ear. “Dost thou hear, master? A word—one word. Tell me—”
“Master, master!” he said quickly, leaning in close to the Nazarene’s ear. “Do you hear me, master? I need to say something—just one word. Tell me—”
The fellow from whom he had taken the rope now claimed it.
The guy he had borrowed the rope from now wanted it back.
“Tell me,” Ben-Hur continued, “goest thou with these of thine own accord?”
“Tell me,” Ben-Hur continued, “are you going with them of your own free will?”
The people were come up now, and in his own ears asking angrily, “Who art thou, man?”
The people had gathered now, and in his own ears, he heard them angrily asking, “Who are you, man?”
“O master,” Ben-Hur made haste to say, his voice sharp with anxiety, “I am thy friend and lover. Tell me, I pray thee, if I bring rescue, wilt thou accept it?”
“O master,” Ben-Hur quickly said, his voice tense with worry, “I am your friend and lover. Please tell me, if I bring help, will you accept it?”
The Nazarene never so much as looked up or allowed the slightest sign of recognition; yet the something which when we are suffering is always telling it to such as look at us, though they be strangers, failed not now. “Let him alone,” it seemed to say; “he has been abandoned by his friends; the world has denied him; in bitterness of spirit, he has taken farewell of men; he is going he knows not where, and he cares not. Let him alone.”
The Nazarene didn’t even glance up or show the slightest hint of recognition; yet the feeling that often speaks to us when we’re hurting, even from strangers, was still present. “Leave him be,” it seemed to convey; “his friends have deserted him; the world has turned its back on him; in deep sorrow, he has said goodbye to people; he’s going somewhere unknown, and he doesn’t care. Just let him be.”
And to that Ben-Hur was now driven. A dozen hands were upon him, and from all sides there was shouting, “He is one of them. Bring him along; club him—kill him!”
And that's where Ben-Hur found himself now. A dozen hands grabbed him, and from all around, people shouted, “He’s one of them. Bring him here; beat him—kill him!”
With a gust of passion which gave him many times his ordinary force, Ben-Hur raised himself, turned once about with arms outstretched, shook the hands off, and rushed through the circle which was fast hemming him in. The hands snatching at him as he passed tore his garments from his back, so he ran off the road naked; and the gorge, in keeping of the friendly darkness, darker there than elsewhere, received him safe.
With a surge of passion that gave him much more strength than usual, Ben-Hur lifted himself up, spun around with his arms wide open, shook off the hands gripping him, and charged through the crowd that was closing in on him. As he ran past, the hands reaching for him ripped his clothes from his back, so he ran off the road naked; and the gorge, wrapped in the friendly darkness, which was darker there than anywhere else, welcomed him safely.
Reclaiming his handkerchief and outer garments from the orchard wall, he followed back to the city gate; thence he went to the khan, and on the good horse rode to the tents of his people out by the Tombs of the Kings.
Reclaiming his handkerchief and outer clothes from the orchard wall, he headed back to the city gate; from there, he went to the inn, and on his good horse, he rode to the tents of his people near the Tombs of the Kings.
As he rode, he promised himself to see the Nazarene on the morrow—promised it, not knowing that the unfriended man was taken straightway to the house of Hannas to be tried that night.
As he rode, he promised himself he would see the Nazarene the next day—he made that promise without knowing that the abandoned man was immediately taken to Hannas' house to be tried that night.
The heart the young man carried to his couch beat so heavily he could not sleep; for now clearly his renewed Judean kingdom resolved itself into what it was—only a dream. It is bad enough to see our castles overthrown one after another with an interval between in which to recover from the shock, or at least let the echoes of the fall die away; but when they go altogether—go as ships sink, as houses tumble in earthquakes—the spirits which endure it calmly are made of stuffs sterner than common, and Ben-Hur’s was not of them. Through vistas in the future, he began to catch glimpses of a life serenely beautiful, with a home instead of a palace of state, and Esther its mistress. Again and again through the leaden-footed hours of the night he saw the villa by Misenum, and with his little countrywoman strolled through the garden, and rested in the panelled atrium; overhead the Neapolitan sky, at their feet the sunniest of sun-lands and the bluest of bays.
The heart the young man carried to his bed was pounding so hard he couldn’t sleep; for now, it was clear that his revived Judean kingdom had turned into what it really was—just a dream. It’s tough enough to watch our castles fall one after another with a pause in between to recover from the shock or at least let the echoes of the collapse fade; but when they all disappear completely—like ships sinking or houses crashing during earthquakes—the people who endure that calmly are made of tougher stuff than most, and Ben-Hur wasn’t one of them. Through glimpses of the future, he started to see a life that was beautifully peaceful, with a home instead of a grand palace, and Esther as its mistress. Again and again, during the long, heavy hours of the night, he imagined the villa by Misenum, walking through the garden with his little countrywoman, and resting in the paneled atrium; above them was the Neapolitan sky, beneath their feet the sunniest of lands and the bluest of bays.
In plainest speech, he was entering upon a crisis with which to-morrow and the Nazarene will have everything to do.
In simple terms, he was entering a crisis that would involve tomorrow and the Nazarene.
CHAPTER IX
Next morning, about the second hour, two men rode full speed to the doors of Ben-Hur’s tents, and dismounting, asked to see him. He was not yet risen, but gave directions for their admission.
Next morning, around 8 AM, two men rode quickly to the entrance of Ben-Hur’s tents and, after getting off their horses, asked to see him. He hadn’t gotten up yet, but instructed for them to be let in.
“Peace to you, brethren,” he said, for they were of his Galileans, and trusted officers. “Will you be seated?”
“Peace to you, friends,” he said, since they were his fellow Galileans and trusted officers. “Please, have a seat.”
“Nay,” the senior replied, bluntly, “to sit and be at ease is to let the Nazarene die. Rise, son of Judah, and go with us. The judgment has been given. The tree of the cross is already at Golgotha.”
“Nah,” the elder responded, straightforwardly, “to sit back and relax is to let the Nazarene die. Get up, son of Judah, and come with us. The verdict has been made. The cross is already at Golgotha.”
Ben-Hur stared at them.
Ben-Hur looked at them.
“The cross!” was all he could for the moment say.
"The cross!" was all he could say at that moment.
“They took him last night, and tried him,” the man continued. “At dawn they led him before Pilate. Twice the Roman denied his guilt; twice he refused to give him over. At last he washed his hands, and said, ‘Be it upon you then;’ and they answered—”
“They took him last night and put him on trial,” the man continued. “At dawn, they brought him before Pilate. Twice the Roman declared he was innocent; twice he refused to turn him over. Finally, he washed his hands and said, ‘It's on you then;’ and they responded—”
“Who answered?”
“Who responded?”
“They—the priests and people—‘His blood be upon us and our children.’”
“They—the priests and the people—‘Let His blood be on us and our children.’”
“Holy father Abraham!” cried Ben-Hur; “a Roman kinder to an Israelite than his own kin! And if—ah, if he should indeed be the son of God, what shall ever wash his blood from their children? It must not be—’tis time to fight!”
“Holy father Abraham!” shouted Ben-Hur; “a Roman is kinder to an Israelite than his own family! And if—oh, if he really is the son of God, how will his blood ever be washed away from their children? It can’t be—it’s time to fight!”
His face brightened with resolution, and he clapped his hands.
His face lit up with determination, and he clapped his hands.
“The horses—and quickly!” he said to the Arab who answered the signal. “And bid Amrah send me fresh garments, and bring my sword! It is time to die for Israel, my friends. Tarry without till I come.”
“The horses—and fast!” he said to the Arab who responded to the signal. “And ask Amrah to send me fresh clothes, and bring my sword! It’s time to fight for Israel, my friends. Wait outside until I get back.”
He ate a crust, drank a cup of wine, and was soon upon the road.
He ate some bread, had a cup of wine, and was soon on his way.
“Whither would you go first?” asked the Galilean.
“Where would you like to go first?” asked the Galilean.
“To collect the legions.”
“Gather the legions.”
“Alas!” the man replied, throwing up his hands.
“Wow!” the man replied, raising his hands.
“Why alas?”
"Why, oh why?"
“Master”—the man spoke with shame—“master, I and my friend here are all that are faithful. The rest do follow the priests.”
“Master”—the man spoke with shame—“master, my friend and I are the only ones who are truly loyal. The others just follow the priests.”
“Seeking what?” and Ben-Hur drew rein.
“Searching for what?” and Ben-Hur stopped his horse.
“To kill him.”
"To take him out."
“Not the Nazarene?”
“Not the Nazarene?”
“You have said it.”
"You said it."
Ben-Hur looked slowly from one man to the other. He was hearing again the question of the night before: “The cup my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it?” In the ear of the Nazarene he was putting his own question, “If I bring thee rescue, wilt thou accept it?” He was saying to himself, “This death may not be averted. The man has been travelling towards it with full knowledge from the day he began his mission: it is imposed by a will higher than his; whose but the Lord’s! If he is consenting, if he goes to it voluntarily, what shall another do?” Nor less did Ben-Hur see the failure of the scheme he had built upon the fidelity of the Galileans; their desertion, in fact, left nothing more of it. But how singular it should happen that morning of all others! A dread seized him. It was possible his scheming, and labor, and expenditure of treasure might have been but blasphemous contention with God. When he picked up the reins and said, “Let us go, brethren,” all before him was uncertainty. The faculty of resolving quickly, without which one cannot be a hero in the midst of stirring scenes, was numb within him.
Ben-Hur slowly looked from one man to the other. He was recalling the question from the night before: “The cup my Father has given me, should I not drink it?” In the ear of the Nazarene, he was asking his own question, “If I bring you rescue, will you accept it?” He was telling himself, “This death might not be avoided. The man has been moving toward it with full awareness since the day he started his mission: it is imposed by a higher will; whose but the Lord’s! If he is agreeing to it, if he is going to it voluntarily, what can anyone else do?” Ben-Hur also recognized the failure of the plan he had relied on regarding the loyalty of the Galileans; their abandonment left nothing of it. But how strange that it had to happen that morning of all mornings! A feeling of dread overwhelmed him. It was possible that his plotting, hard work, and spending could have been nothing but a blasphemous challenge to God. When he picked up the reins and said, “Let’s go, brothers,” everything ahead was uncertain. The ability to make quick decisions, which is essential to being a hero in the heat of action, was numb within him.
“Let us go, brethren; let us to Golgotha.”
“Let’s go, guys; let’s head to Golgotha.”
They passed through excited crowds of people going south, like themselves. All the country north of the city seemed aroused and in motion.
They walked through lively crowds of people heading south, just like them. It felt like the entire area north of the city was energized and on the move.
Hearing that the procession with the condemned might be met with somewhere near the great white towers left by Herod, the three friends rode thither, passing round southeast of Akra. In the valley below the Pool of Hezekiah, passage-way against the multitude became impossible, and they were compelled to dismount, and take shelter behind the corner of a house and wait.
Hearing that the procession with the condemned might be met somewhere close to the great white towers left by Herod, the three friends rode there, going around southeast of Akra. In the valley below the Pool of Hezekiah, getting through the crowd became impossible, so they had to get off their horses, take shelter behind the corner of a house, and wait.
The waiting was as if they were on a river bank, watching a flood go by, for such the people seemed.
The wait felt like they were sitting by a riverbank, watching a flood rush past, because that’s how the people appeared.
There are certain chapters in the First Book of this story which were written to give the reader an idea of the composition of the Jewish nationality as it was in the time of Christ. They were also written in anticipation of this hour and scene; so that he who has read them with attention can now see all Ben-Hur saw of the going to the crucifixion—a rare and wonderful sight!
There are certain chapters in the First Book of this story that were written to give the reader an understanding of the Jewish people as they were during the time of Christ. They were also written with this moment and setting in mind, so that anyone who has read them carefully can now witness everything Ben-Hur experienced as he went to the crucifixion—a unique and amazing sight!
Half an hour—an hour—the flood surged by Ben-Hur and his companions, within arm’s reach, incessant, undiminished. At the end of that time he could have said, “I have seen all the castes of Jerusalem, all the sects of Judea, all the tribes of Israel, and all the nationalities of earth represented by them.” The Libyan Jew went by, and the Jew of Egypt, and the Jew from the Rhine; in short, Jews from all East countries and all West countries, and all islands within commercial connection; they went by on foot, on horseback, on camels, in litters and chariots, and with an infinite variety of costumes, yet with the same marvellous similitude of features which to-day particularizes the children of Israel, tried as they have been by climates and modes of life; they went by speaking all known tongues, for by that means only were they distinguishable group from group; they went by in haste—eager, anxious, crowding—all to behold one poor Nazarene die, a felon between felons.
Half an hour—an hour—the flood of people rushed by Ben-Hur and his companions, close enough to touch, non-stop, unbroken. By the end of that time, he could have said, “I’ve seen all the social classes of Jerusalem, all the sects of Judea, all the tribes of Israel, and all the nationalities of the world represented among them.” The Libyan Jew passed by, followed by the Jew from Egypt, and the Jew from the Rhine; in short, Jews from all the Eastern countries and all the Western countries, and all the islands connected by trade; they moved by on foot, on horseback, on camels, in litters and chariots, displaying an endless variety of costumes, yet sharing the same remarkable likeness of features that today still characterizes the children of Israel, despite all they’ve endured from different climates and lifestyles; they hurried by speaking every known language, as that was the only way to distinguish one group from another; they rushed by eager and anxious, all wanting to witness the execution of one poor Nazarene, a criminal among criminals.
These were the many, but they were not all.
These were many, but they weren't all.
Borne along with the stream were thousands not Jews—thousands hating and despising them—Greeks, Romans, Arabs, Syrians, Africans, Egyptians, Easterns. So that, studying the mass, it seemed the whole world was to be represented, and, in that sense, present at the crucifixion.
Carried along with the crowd were thousands who weren’t Jews—thousands who hated and despised them—Greeks, Romans, Arabs, Syrians, Africans, Egyptians, people from the East. So, looking at the masses, it felt like the whole world was represented and, in that way, present at the crucifixion.
The going was singularly quiet. A hoof-stroke upon a rock, the glide and rattle of revolving wheels, voices in conversation, and now and then a calling voice, were all the sounds heard above the rustle of the mighty movement. Yet was there upon every countenance the look with which men make haste to see some dreadful sight, some sudden wreck, or ruin, or calamity of war. And by such signs Ben-Hur judged that these were the strangers in the city come up to the Passover, who had had no part in the trial of the Nazarene, and might be his friends.
The atmosphere was incredibly quiet. You could hear the sound of a hoof striking a rock, the smooth roll and clatter of wheels, voices chatting, and occasionally a calling voice, all blending into the background noise of the bustling movement. Yet, on everyone's face was the look people have when they rush to witness something terrible, some sudden disaster, or the aftermath of war. From these signs, Ben-Hur figured that these were the visitors in the city for Passover, who hadn't been involved in the trial of the Nazarene and might be his allies.
At length, from the direction of the great towers, Ben-Hur heard, at first faint in the distance, a shouting of many men.
At last, from the direction of the tall towers, Ben-Hur heard, initially faint in the distance, the shouting of many men.
“Hark! they are coming now,” said one of his friends.
“Hey! They are coming now,” said one of his friends.
The people in the street halted to hear; but as the cry rang on over their heads, they looked at each other, and in shuddering silence moved along.
The people in the street stopped to listen; but as the cry echoed over them, they glanced at each other, and in fearful silence continued on their way.
The shouting drew nearer each moment; and the air was already full of it and trembling, when Ben-Hur saw the servants of Simonides coming with their master in his chair, and Esther walking by his side; a covered litter was next behind them.
The shouting got louder with each passing moment, and the air was already thick with it and buzzing when Ben-Hur saw Simonides' servants coming with him in his chair, and Esther walking beside him; a covered litter followed closely behind them.
“Peace to you, O Simonides—and to you, Esther,” said Ben-Hur, meeting them. “If you are for Golgotha, stay until the procession passes; I will then go with you. There is room to turn in by the house here.”
“Peace to you, Simonides—and to you, Esther,” said Ben-Hur, as he met them. “If you’re headed to Golgotha, wait until the procession goes by; I’ll go with you afterward. There’s space to turn in by the house here.”
The merchant’s large head rested heavily upon his breast; rousing himself, he answered, “Speak to Balthasar; his pleasure will be mine. He is in the litter.”
The merchant's large head hung heavily on his chest; bringing himself to attention, he replied, "Talk to Balthasar; whatever he wants is fine with me. He's in the litter."
Ben-Hur hastened to draw aside the curtain. The Egyptian was lying within, his wan face so pinched as to appear like a dead man’s. The proposal was submitted to him.
Ben-Hur quickly pulled back the curtain. The Egyptian was inside, his pale face so gaunt that he looked like a corpse. The suggestion was presented to him.
“Can we see him?” he inquired, faintly.
"Can we see him?" he asked quietly.
“The Nazarene? yes; he must pass within a few feet of us.”
“The Nazarene? Yeah, he has to walk by us in just a few feet.”
“Dear Lord!” the old man cried, fervently. “Once more, once more! Oh, it is a dreadful day for the world!”
“Dear Lord!” the old man exclaimed, passionately. “Once more, once more! Oh, it’s a terrible day for the world!”
Shortly the whole party were in waiting under shelter of the house. They said but little, afraid, probably, to trust their thoughts to each other; everything was uncertain, and nothing so much so as opinions. Balthasar drew himself feebly from the litter, and stood supported by a servant; Esther and Ben-Hur kept Simonides company.
Soon, the entire group was waiting under the cover of the house. They spoke little, likely hesitant to share their thoughts with one another; everything felt uncertain, and opinions were no exception. Balthasar weakly lifted himself from the makeshift bed and stood, supported by a servant. Esther and Ben-Hur kept Simonides company.
Meantime the flood poured along, if anything, more densely than before; and the shouting came nearer, shrill up in the air, hoarse along the earth, and cruel. At last the procession was up.
Meantime, the flood continued to surge, even more violently than before; and the shouts grew louder, piercing the sky and rough against the ground, and brutally. Finally, the procession was on its way.
“See!” said Ben-Hur, bitterly; “that which cometh now is Jerusalem.”
“Look!” said Ben-Hur, bitterly; “what's coming now is Jerusalem.”
The advance was in possession of an army of boys, hooting and screaming, “The King of the Jews! Room, room for the King of the Jews!”
The crowd was made up of a bunch of boys, shouting and yelling, “The King of the Jews! Make way, make way for the King of the Jews!”
Simonides watched them as they whirled and danced along, like a cloud of summer insects, and said, gravely, “When these come to their inheritance, son of Hur, alas for the city of Solomon!”
Simonides watched them as they whirled and danced around like a cloud of summer insects and said seriously, “When these come into their inheritance, son of Hur, woe to the city of Solomon!”
A band of legionaries fully armed followed next, marching in sturdy indifference, the glory of burnished brass about them the while.
A group of fully armed soldiers followed next, marching with strong indifference, the shine of polished brass surrounding them the whole time.
Then came the NAZARENE!
Then came the Nazarene!
He was nearly dead. Every few steps he staggered as if he would fall. A stained gown badly torn hung from his shoulders over a seamless undertunic. His bare feet left red splotches upon the stones. An inscription on a board was tied to his neck. A crown of thorns had been crushed hard down upon his head, making cruel wounds from which streams of blood, now dry and blackened, had run over his face and neck. The long hair, tangled in the thorns, was clotted thick. The skin, where it could be seen, was ghastly white. His hands were tied before him. Back somewhere in the city he had fallen exhausted under the transverse beam of his cross, which, as a condemned person, custom required him to bear to the place of execution; now a countryman carried the burden in his stead. Four soldiers went with him as a guard against the mob, who sometimes, nevertheless, broke through, and struck him with sticks, and spit upon him. Yet no sound escaped him, neither remonstrance nor groan; nor did he look up until he was nearly in front of the house sheltering Ben-Hur and his friends, all of whom were moved with quick compassion. Esther clung to her father; and he, strong of will as he was, trembled. Balthasar fell down speechless. Even Ben-Hur cried out, “O my God! my God!” Then, as if he divined their feelings or heard the exclamation, the Nazarene turned his wan face towards the party, and looked at them each one, so they carried the look in memory through life. They could see he was thinking of them, not himself, and the dying eyes gave them the blessing he was not permitted to speak.
He was barely alive. Every few steps, he stumbled as if he would collapse. A stained gown, badly torn, hung from his shoulders over a smooth undertunic. His bare feet left red marks on the stones. An inscription on a board was tied around his neck. A crown of thorns had been pushed hard onto his head, causing severe wounds from which streams of dried, blackened blood had run down his face and neck. His long hair, tangled in the thorns, was matted thick. The skin that was visible was pale and ghostly. His hands were tied in front of him. Back in the city, he had collapsed in exhaustion under the crossbeam he was required to carry to the execution site; now a countryman was shouldering the burden for him. Four soldiers followed as guards against the crowd, which occasionally broke through to hit him with sticks and spit on him. Yet he made no sound, neither protest nor groan; he didn’t look up until he was almost in front of the house where Ben-Hur and his friends were, all of whom were filled with quick compassion. Esther clung to her father, and despite his strong will, he trembled. Balthasar fell down, speechless. Even Ben-Hur cried out, “O my God! my God!” Then, as if he sensed their feelings or heard the cry, the Nazarene turned his pale face towards them and looked at each of them, a look they would carry in their memories for life. They could see he was thinking of them, not himself, and his dying eyes offered them the blessing he was not allowed to speak.
“Where are thy legions, son of Hur?” asked Simonides, aroused.
“Where are your legions, son of Hur?” asked Simonides, waking up.
“Hannas can tell thee better than I.”
"Hannas can tell you better than I can."
“What, faithless?”
"What, unfaithful?"
“All but these two.”
"All except these two."
“Then all is lost, and this good man must die!”
“Then everything is lost, and this good man has to die!”
The face of the merchant knit convulsively as he spoke, and his head sank upon his breast. He had borne his part in Ben-Hur’s labors well, and he had been inspired by the same hopes, now blown out never to be rekindled.
The merchant's face twitched as he spoke, and his head dropped down to his chest. He had played his role in Ben-Hur’s efforts well, and he had shared the same hopes, which were now extinguished and never to be reignited.
Two other men succeeded the Nazarene bearing cross-beams.
Two other men followed the Nazarene, carrying cross-beams.
“Who are these?” Ben-Hur asked of the Galileans.
“Who are these people?” Ben-Hur asked about the Galileans.
“Thieves appointed to die with the Nazarene,” they replied.
"Thieves chosen to die with the Nazarene,” they responded.
Next in the procession stalked a mitred figure clad all in the golden vestments of the high-priest. Policemen from the Temple curtained him round about; and after him, in order, strode the sanhedrim, and a long array of priests, the latter in their plain white garments, overwrapped by abnets of many folds and gorgeous colors.
Next in the procession walked a mitred figure dressed entirely in the golden robes of the high priest. Temple guards surrounded him, and following him, in order, marched the Sanhedrin along with a long line of priests, the latter in their simple white clothes, covered by sashes of many layers and vibrant colors.
“The son-in-law of Hannas,” said Ben-Hur, in a low voice.
“The son-in-law of Hannas,” Ben-Hur said quietly.
“Caiaphas! I have seen him,” Simonides replied, adding, after a pause during which he thoughtfully watched the haughty pontiff, “And now am I convinced. With such assurance as proceeds from clear enlightenment of the spirit—with absolute assurance—now know I that he who first goes yonder with the inscription about his neck is what the inscription proclaims him—KING OF THE JEWS. A common man, an impostor, a felon, was never thus waited upon. For look! Here are the nations—Jerusalem, Israel. Here is the ephod, here the blue robe with its fringe, and purple pomegranates, and golden bells, not seen in the street since the day Jaddua went out to meet the Macedonian—proofs all that this Nazarene is King. Would I could rise and go after him!”
“Caiaphas! I have seen him,” Simonides replied, adding, after a pause during which he thoughtfully observed the arrogant high priest, “And now I am convinced. With the kind of certainty that comes from a clear understanding of the spirit—with absolute confidence—I now know that the one who first walks over there with the inscription around his neck is exactly what the inscription says he is—KING OF THE JEWS. A common man, a fraud, a criminal, was never treated this way. Look! Here are the nations—Jerusalem, Israel. Here is the ephod, here is the blue robe with its fringe, and purple pomegranates, and golden bells, not seen in the streets since the day Jaddua went out to meet the Macedonian—evidence that this Nazarene is King. I wish I could stand up and go after him!”
Ben-Hur listened surprised; and directly, as if himself awakening to his unusual display of feeling, Simonides said, impatiently,
Ben-Hur listened in surprise; and right away, as if he were waking up to his unusual show of emotion, Simonides said, impatiently,
“Speak to Balthasar, I pray you, and let us begone. The vomit of Jerusalem is coming.”
“Talk to Balthasar, please, and let’s get out of here. The chaos from Jerusalem is coming.”
Then Esther spoke.
Then Esther said.
“I see some women there, and they are weeping. Who are they?”
“I see some women over there, and they’re crying. Who are they?”
Following the pointing of her hand, the party beheld four women in tears; one of them leaned upon the arm of a man of aspect not unlike the Nazarene’s. Presently Ben-Hur answered,
Following the direction of her hand, the group saw four women crying; one of them leaned on the arm of a man who looked somewhat like the Nazarene. Soon, Ben-Hur responded,
“The man is the disciple whom the Nazarene loves the best of all; she who leans upon his arm is Mary, the Master’s mother; the others are friendly women of Galilee.”
“The man is the disciple whom the Nazarene loves the most; the woman leaning on his arm is Mary, the Master’s mother; the others are supportive women from Galilee.”
Esther pursued the mourners with glistening eyes until the multitude received them out of sight.
Esther followed the mourners with teary eyes until the crowd took them out of view.
It may be the reader will fancy the foregoing snatches of conversation were had in quiet; but it was not so. The talking was, for the most part, like that indulged by people at the seaside under the sound of the surf; for to nothing else can the clamor of this division of the mob be so well likened.
It’s possible the reader might imagine the previous snippets of conversation took place in a calm setting, but that wasn’t the case. The chatter was mostly similar to what you’d hear from people at the beach, with the sound of the waves in the background; nothing else compares to the noisy chaos of this part of the crowd.
The demonstration was the forerunner of those in which, scarce thirty years later, under rule of the factions, the Holy City was torn to pieces; it was quite as great in numbers, as fanatical and bloodthirsty; boiled and raved, and had in it exactly the same elements—servants, camel-drivers, marketmen, gate-keepers, gardeners, dealers in fruits and wines, proselytes, and foreigners not proselytes, watchmen and menials from the Temple, thieves, robbers, and the myriad not assignable to any class, but who, on such occasions as this, appeared no one could say whence, hungry and smelling of caves and old tombs—bareheaded wretches with naked arms and legs, hair and beard in uncombed mats, and each with one garment the color of clay; beasts with abysmal mouths, in outcry effective as lions calling each other across desert spaces. Some of them had swords; a greater number flourished spears and javelins; though the weapons of the many were staves and knotted clubs, and slings, for which latter selected stones were stored in scrips, and sometimes in sacks improvised from the foreskirts of their dirty tunics. Among the mass here and there appeared persons of high degree—scribes, elders, rabbis, Pharisees with broad fringing, Sadducees in fine cloaks—serving for the time as prompters and directors. If a throat tired of one cry, they invented another for it; if brassy lungs showed signs of collapse, they set them going again; and yet the clamor, loud and continuous as it was, could have been reduced to a few syllables—King of the Jews! Room for the King of the Jews!—Defiler of the Temple!—Blasphemer of God!—Crucify him, crucify him! And of these cries the last one seemed in greatest favor, because, doubtless, it was more directly expressive of the wish of the mob, and helped to better articulate its hatred of the Nazarene.
The protest was the precursor to those that, less than thirty years later, would tear the Holy City apart under factional rule; it was just as large, just as fanatical and bloodthirsty; it boiled and raged, containing exactly the same types of people—servants, camel drivers, market vendors, gatekeepers, gardeners, sellers of fruits and wines, converts, and foreigners who weren’t converts, watchmen and laborers from the Temple, thieves, robbers, and countless others who didn’t fit into any category, emerging from who knows where, hungry and reeking of caves and ancient tombs—bareheaded wretches with bare arms and legs, hair and beards tangled, wearing a single garment the color of clay; creatures with gaping mouths, their cries as effective as lions calling to each other across vast deserts. Some of them had swords; many waved spears and javelins; while most wielded staves and heavy clubs, and slings that used carefully chosen stones stored in bags, sometimes made from the hems of their dirty tunics. Among the crowd, there were also some notable figures—scribes, elders, rabbis, Pharisees with broad fringes, Sadducees in fine cloaks—who acted as temporary leaders and instigators. If a voice grew hoarse from shouting one phrase, they came up with another; if their loud voices started to fade, they reignited them; and still, the noise, though loud and unending, could be summarized into a few phrases—King of the Jews! Make way for the King of the Jews!—Defiler of the Temple!—Blasphemer of God!—Crucify him, crucify him! Of these cries, the last seemed the most popular, likely because it more directly expressed the mob's desire and articulated their hatred for the Nazarene.
“Come,” said Simonides, when Balthasar was ready to proceed—“come, let us forward.”
“Come,” said Simonides, when Balthasar was ready to proceed—“let's go.”
Ben-Hur did not hear the call. The appearance of the part of the procession then passing, its brutality and hunger for life, were reminding him of the Nazarene—his gentleness, and the many charities he had seen him do for suffering men. Suggestions beget suggestions; so he remembered suddenly his own great indebtedness to the man; the time he himself was in the hands of a Roman guard going, as was supposed, to a death as certain and almost as terrible as this one of the cross; the cooling drink he had at the well by Nazareth, and the divine expression of the face of him who gave it; the later goodness, the miracle of Palm-Sunday; and with these recollections, the thought of his present powerlessness to give back help for help or make return in kind stung him keenly, and he accused himself. He had not done all he might; he could have watched with the Galileans, and kept them true and ready; and this—ah! this was the moment to strike! A blow well given now would not merely disperse the mob and set the Nazarene free; it would be a trumpet-call to Israel, and precipitate the long-dreamt-of war for freedom. The opportunity was going; the minutes were bearing it away; and if lost! God of Abraham! Was there nothing to be done—nothing?
Ben-Hur didn’t hear the call. The sight of part of the procession passing by, with its brutality and hunger for life, reminded him of the Nazarene—his kindness and the many acts of charity he’d witnessed him perform for those in suffering. One thought led to another, and suddenly he recalled his own deep gratitude toward the man; the time he was in the grasp of a Roman guard, heading toward a death that seemed just as certain and terrifying as this one on the cross; the refreshing drink he had at the well near Nazareth, and the divine look on the face of the one who offered it; the later kindness and the miracle of Palm Sunday. With these memories, the sting of his current inability to repay kindness with kindness hit him hard, and he began to feel guilty. He hadn’t done everything he could; he might have stood watch with the Galileans and kept them strong and ready; and this—oh! this was the moment to act! A well-timed strike now would not just scatter the crowd and set the Nazarene free; it would be a rallying cry for Israel and ignite the long-anticipated fight for freedom. The chance was slipping away; time was taking it from him; and if lost! God of Abraham! Was there nothing to be done—nothing?
That instant a party of Galileans caught his eye. He rushed through the press and overtook them.
That moment, a group of Galileans caught his attention. He quickly moved through the crowd and caught up with them.
“Follow me,” he said. “I would have speech with you.”
“Follow me,” he said. “I need to talk to you.”
The men obeyed him, and when they were under shelter of the house, he spoke again:
The men followed his lead, and once they were safely inside the house, he spoke again:
“You are of those who took my swords, and agreed with me to strike for freedom and the King who was coming. You have the swords now, and now is the time to strike with them. Go, look everywhere, and find our brethren, and tell them to meet me at the tree of the cross making ready for the Nazarene. Haste all of you! Nay, stand not so! The Nazarene is the King, and freedom dies with him.”
“You are among those who took my swords and joined me in fighting for freedom and the coming King. You have the swords now, and it’s time to use them. Go, search everywhere, and find our brothers, and tell them to meet me at the tree of the cross to prepare for the Nazarene. Hurry, everyone! No, don’t stand around! The Nazarene is the King, and freedom dies with him.”
They looked at him respectfully, but did not move.
They looked at him with respect, but didn’t move.
“Hear you?” he asked.
“Hear you?” he said.
Then one of them replied,
Then one of them responded,
“Son of Judah”—by that name they knew him—“son of Judah, it is you who are deceived, not we or our brethren who have your swords. The Nazarene is not the King; neither has he the spirit of a king. We were with him when he came into Jerusalem; we saw him in the Temple; he failed himself, and us, and Israel; at the Gate Beautiful he turned his back upon God and refused the throne of David. He is not King, and Galilee is not with him. He shall die the death. But hear you, son of Judah. We have your swords, and we are ready now to draw them and strike for freedom; and so is Galilee. Be it for freedom, O son of Judah, for freedom! and we will meet you at the tree of the cross.”
“Son of Judah”—that’s how they knew him—“son of Judah, you are the one who is deceived, not us or our brothers who have your swords. The Nazarene is not the King; he doesn't have the spirit of a king either. We were with him when he entered Jerusalem; we saw him in the Temple; he let himself down, and us, and Israel; at the Gate Beautiful he turned his back on God and rejected the throne of David. He is not King, and Galilee is not on his side. He shall face death. But listen, son of Judah. We have your swords, and we are ready to draw them and fight for freedom; and so is Galilee. It’s all for freedom, O son of Judah, for freedom! And we’ll meet you at the tree of the cross.”
The sovereign moment of his life was upon Ben-Hur. Could he have taken the offer and said the word, history might have been other than it is; but then it would have been history ordered by men, not God—something that never was, and never will be. A confusion fell upon him; he knew not how, though afterwards he attributed it to the Nazarene; for when the Nazarene was risen, he understood the death was necessary to faith in the resurrection, without which Christianity would be an empty husk. The confusion, as has been said, left him without the faculty of decision; he stood helpless—wordless even. Covering his face with his hand, he shook with the conflict between his wish, which was what he would have ordered, and the power that was upon him.
The defining moment of his life had arrived for Ben-Hur. If he had accepted the offer and spoken the words, history might have unfolded differently; but it would have been a history created by humans, not God—something that never was, and never will be. A wave of confusion washed over him; he didn't know why, though later he attributed it to the Nazarene; for when the Nazarene rose, he realized that the death was vital to faith in the resurrection, without which Christianity would be meaningless. The confusion, as mentioned, left him unable to make a decision; he felt powerless—speechless, even. Covering his face with his hand, he trembled from the struggle between his desire, which was what he would have chosen, and the force that was compelling him.
“Come; we are waiting for you,” said Simonides, the fourth time.
“Come on; we’re waiting for you,” said Simonides for the fourth time.
Thereupon he walked mechanically after the chair and the litter. Esther walked with him. Like Balthasar and his friends, the Wise Men, the day they went to the meeting in the desert, he was being led along the way.
Thereafter, he followed the chair and the litter without really thinking. Esther walked with him. Like Balthasar and his friends, the Wise Men, on the day they headed to the meeting in the desert, he was being guided along the path.
CHAPTER X
When the party—Balthasar, Simonides, Ben-Hur, Esther, and the two faithful Galileans—reached the place of crucifixion, Ben-Hur was in advance leading them. How they had been able to make way through the great press of excited people, he never knew; no more did he know the road by which they came or the time it took them to come. He had walked in total unconsciousness, neither hearing nor seeing anybody or anything, and without a thought of where he was going, or the ghostliest semblance of a purpose in his mind. In such condition a little child could have done as much as he to prevent the awful crime he was about to witness. The intentions of God are always strange to us; but not more so than the means by which they are wrought out, and at last made plain to our belief.
When the group—Balthasar, Simonides, Ben-Hur, Esther, and the two loyal Galileans—arrived at the crucifixion site, Ben-Hur was leading the way. He had no idea how they had managed to push through the massive crowd of excited people; he couldn't even remember the route they took or how long it took them to get there. He walked in a complete daze, not hearing or seeing anyone or anything, with no thought about where he was headed or any clear purpose in his mind. In that state, even a small child could have done just as much to stop the terrible thing he was about to see. God's plans are always puzzling to us, but no more so than the ways they unfold, eventually becoming clear to our understanding.
Ben-Hur came to a stop; those following him also stopped. As a curtain rises before an audience, the spell holding him in its sleep-awake rose, and he saw with a clear understanding.
Ben-Hur came to a stop; those following him also stopped. As a curtain rises before an audience, the spell holding him in its sleep-awake lifted, and he saw with a clear understanding.
There was a space upon the top of a low knoll rounded like a skull, and dry, dusty, and without vegetation, except some scrubby hyssop. The boundary of the space was a living wall of men, with men behind struggling, some to look over, others to look through it. An inner wall of Roman soldiery held the dense outer wall rigidly to its place. A centurion kept eye upon the soldiers. Up to the very line so vigilantly guarded Ben-Hur had been led; at the line he now stood, his face to the northwest. The knoll was the old Aramaic Golgotha—in Latin, Calvaria; anglicized, Calvary; translated, The Skull.
There was a spot on top of a low hill that was rounded like a skull, dry, dusty, and without any vegetation except for some scraggly hyssop. The edge of the space was surrounded by a living wall of people, with some behind them struggling to get a better view, while others tried to see through it. An inner wall of Roman soldiers kept the dense outer wall firmly in place. A centurion watched over the soldiers. Ben-Hur had been brought right up to the line that was being so carefully guarded; now he stood at the line, facing northwest. The hill was the old Aramaic Golgotha—in Latin, Calvaria; anglicized, Calvary; translated, The Skull.
On its slopes, in the low places, on the swells and higher hills, the earth sparkled with a strange enamelling. Look where he would outside the walled space, he saw no patch of brown soil, no rock, no green thing; he saw only thousands of eyes in ruddy faces; off a little way in the perspective only ruddy faces without eyes; off a little farther only a broad, broad circle, which the nearer view instructed him was also of faces. And this was the ensemble of three millions of people; under it three millions of hearts throbbing with passionate interest in what was taking place upon the knoll; indifferent as to the thieves, caring only for the Nazarene, and for him only as he was an object of hate or fear or curiosity—he who loved them all, and was about to die for them.
On its slopes, in the low spots, on the rises and higher hills, the ground shimmered with an unusual sheen. No matter where he looked outside the walled area, he saw nothing but thousands of eyes in flushed faces; just a bit further away, he could see flushed faces without eyes; and even farther out, there was just a wide, wide circle that the closer view revealed was also made up of faces. This was the crowd of three million people; beneath it were three million hearts beating with intense interest in what was happening on the knoll; indifferent to the thieves, caring only about the Nazarene, and only as he was an object of hate, fear, or curiosity—he who loved them all and was about to die for them.
In the spectacle of a great assemblage of people there are always the bewilderment and fascination one feels while looking over a stretch of sea in agitation, and never had this one been exceeded; yet Ben-Hur gave it but a passing glance, for that which was going on in the space described would permit no division of his interest.
In the midst of a huge crowd, there's always that mix of confusion and awe you experience when gazing at a restless sea, and this event was no exception; however, Ben-Hur barely noticed it, as what was happening in that space demanded all of his attention.
Up on the knoll so high as to be above the living wall, and visible over the heads of an attending company of notables, conspicuous because of his mitre and vestments and his haughty air, stood the high priest. Up the knoll still higher, up quite to the round summit, so as to be seen far and near, was the Nazarene, stooped and suffering, but silent. The wit among the guard had complemented the crown upon his head by putting a reed in his hand for a sceptre. Clamors blew upon him like blasts—laughter—execrations—sometimes both together indistinguishably. A man—ONLY a man, O reader, would have charged the blasts with the remainder of his love for the race, and let it go forever.
Up on the hill, high enough to look over the crowd of important people, stood the high priest, noticeable because of his mitre and ceremonial robes, along with his arrogant demeanor. Higher up on the hill, at the very top where he could be seen from far away, was the Nazarene, bent and in pain, but quiet. The guards had humorously topped off the crown on his head by giving him a reed to hold as if it were a scepter. Shouts surrounded him like blasts—laughter and insults—sometimes mixed together so you couldn’t tell them apart. A man—JUST a man, dear reader, would have faced those shouts with the rest of his love for humanity and let it fade away.
All the eyes then looking were fixed upon the Nazarene. It may have been pity with which he was moved; whatever the cause, Ben-Hur was conscious of a change in his feelings. A conception of something better than the best of this life—something so much better that it could serve a weak man with strength to endure agonies of spirit as well as of body; something to make death welcome—perhaps another life purer than this one—perhaps the spirit-life which Balthasar held to so fast, began to dawn upon his mind clearer and clearer, bringing to him a certain sense that, after all, the mission of the Nazarene was that of guide across the boundary for such as loved him; across the boundary to where his kingdom was set up and waiting for him. Then, as something borne through the air out of the almost forgotten, he heard again, or seemed to hear, the saying of the Nazarene,
All the eyes that were watching were fixed on the Nazarene. He may have been moved by pity; whatever the reason, Ben-Hur felt a shift in his emotions. He began to conceive of something better than the best this life has to offer—something so much greater that it could give a weak person the strength to endure both spiritual and physical agony; something that could make death feel welcoming—perhaps another life that's purer than this one—perhaps the spirit-life that Balthasar clung to so tightly, started to become clearer in his mind. It brought him a certain realization that, after all, the Nazarene's mission was to guide those who loved him across the boundary to where his kingdom was established and waiting for them. Then, like something carried through the air from the almost forgotten past, he heard again, or seemed to hear, the teaching of the Nazarene,
“I AM THE RESURRECTION AND THE LIFE.”
“I AM THE RESURRECTION AND THE LIFE.”
And the words repeated themselves over and over, and took form, and the dawn touched them with its light, and filled them with a new meaning. And as men repeat a question to grasp and fix the meaning, he asked, gazing at the figure on the hill fainting under its crown, Who the Resurrection? and who the Life?
And the words echoed repeatedly, taking shape, as the dawn illuminated them and gave them a fresh meaning. Just like people ask a question to understand and clarify its significance, he inquired, looking at the figure on the hill, barely holding on under its crown, "Who is the Resurrection? And who is the Life?"
“I AM,”
"I exist,"
the figure seemed to say—and say it for him; for instantly he was sensible of a peace such as he had never known—the peace which is the end of doubt and mystery, and the beginning of faith and love and clear understanding.
the figure seemed to say—and say it for him; for instantly he was aware of a peace like he had never experienced before—the peace that comes with the end of doubt and mystery, and the start of faith, love, and clear understanding.
From this dreamy state Ben-Hur was aroused by the sound of hammering. On the summit of the knoll he observed then what had escaped him before—some soldiers and workmen preparing the crosses. The holes for planting the trees were ready, and now the transverse beams were being fitted to their places.
From this dreamy state, Ben-Hur was awakened by the sound of hammering. At the top of the hill, he noticed something he hadn't seen before—some soldiers and workers getting the crosses ready. The holes for setting up the crosses were already dug, and now the horizontal beams were being put into position.
“Bid the men make haste,” said the high-priest to the centurion. “These”—and he pointed to the Nazarene—“must be dead by the going-down of the sun, and buried that the land may not be defiled. Such is the Law.”
“Tell the men to hurry,” said the high priest to the centurion. “These”—and he pointed to the Nazarene—“must be dead by sunset and buried so the land won’t be defiled. That’s the Law.”
With a better mind, a soldier went to the Nazarene and offered him something to drink, but he refused the cup. Then another went to him and took from his neck the board with the inscription upon it, which he nailed to the tree of the cross—and the preparation was complete.
With a clearer mind, a soldier approached the Nazarene and offered him a drink, but he declined the cup. Then another soldier came up to him and removed the board with the inscription from his neck, which he nailed to the tree of the cross—and everything was ready.
“The crosses are ready,” said the centurion to the pontiff, who received the report with a wave of the hand and the reply,
“The crosses are ready,” said the centurion to the pontiff, who acknowledged the report with a wave of his hand and replied,
“Let the blasphemer go first. The Son of God should be able to save himself. We will see.”
“Let the sinner go first. The Son of God should be able to save himself. We’ll see.”
The people to whom the preparation in its several stages was visible, and who to this time had assailed the hill with incessant cries of impatience, permitted a lull which directly became a universal hush. The part of the infliction most shocking, at least to the thought, was reached—the men were to be nailed to their crosses. When for that purpose the soldiers laid their hands upon the Nazarene first, a shudder passed through the great concourse; the most brutalized shrank with dread. Afterwards there were those who said the air suddenly chilled and made them shiver.
The people who had been eagerly watching the preparation unfold were finally quiet, creating a heavy silence. The most disturbing part of the event—the moment when the men would be nailed to their crosses—was about to begin. As the soldiers approached the Nazarene first, a wave of fear rippled through the crowd; even the most hardened among them recoiled in terror. Later, some claimed they felt a sudden chill in the air that made them shiver.
“How very still it is!” Esther said, as she put her arm about her father’s neck.
“How quiet it is!” Esther said, as she put her arm around her father's neck.
And remembering the torture he himself had suffered, he drew her face down upon his breast, and sat trembling.
And remembering the pain he had gone through, he pulled her face down onto his chest and sat there shaking.
“Avoid it, Esther, avoid it!” he said. “I know not but all who stand and see it—the innocent as well as the guilty—may be cursed from this hour.”
“Avoid it, Esther, avoid it!” he said. “I don’t know why, but everyone who witnesses it—the innocent as well as the guilty—might be cursed from this moment on.”
Balthasar sank upon his knees.
Balthasar dropped to his knees.
“Son of Hur,” said Simonides, with increasing excitement—“son of Hur, if Jehovah stretch not forth his hand, and quickly, Israel is lost—and we are lost.”
“Son of Hur,” Simonides said, with growing excitement—“son of Hur, if Jehovah doesn't extend His hand soon, Israel is lost—and we are lost.”
Ben-Hur answered, calmly, “I have been in a dream, Simonides, and heard in it why all this should be, and why it should go on. It is the will of the Nazarene—it is God’s will. Let us do as the Egyptian here—let us hold our peace and pray.”
Ben-Hur responded calmly, “I’ve been in a dream, Simonides, and I heard why all this is happening and why it must continue. It’s the will of the Nazarene—it's God’s will. Let’s do as the Egyptian here—let’s remain silent and pray.”
As he looked up on the knoll again, the words were wafted to him through the awful stillness—
As he looked up at the hill again, the words floated to him through the eerie stillness—
“I AM THE RESURRECTION AND THE LIFE.”
“I AM THE RESURRECTION AND THE LIFE.”
He bowed reverently as to a person speaking.
He bowed respectfully as if to someone talking.
Up on the summit meantime the work went on. The guard took the Nazarene’s clothes from him; so that he stood before the millions naked. The stripes of the scourging he had received in the early morning were still bloody upon his back; yet he was laid pitilessly down, and stretched upon the cross—first, the arms upon the transverse beam; the spikes were sharp—a few blows, and they were driven through the tender palms; next, they drew his knees up until the soles of the feet rested flat upon the tree; then they placed one foot upon the other, and one spike fixed both of them fast. The dulled sound of the hammering was heard outside the guarded space; and such as could not hear, yet saw the hammer as it fell, shivered with fear. And withal not a groan, or cry, or word of remonstrance from the sufferer: nothing at which an enemy could laugh; nothing a lover could regret.
Up on the summit, the work continued. The guard took the Nazarene’s clothes, leaving him standing naked in front of millions. The wounds from the scourging he had endured earlier that morning were still bloody on his back; yet they brutally laid him down and stretched him out on the cross—first, his arms on the horizontal beam; the spikes were sharp—a few blows drove them through his tender palms. Next, they bent his knees until the soles of his feet rested flat against the wood; then they placed one foot on top of the other and drove one spike through both, securing them. The dull sound of the hammering echoed outside the guarded area; those who couldn't hear it saw the hammer fall and shivered with fear. And still, there was not a groan, cry, or word of protest from the sufferer: nothing for an enemy to mock; nothing for a lover to mourn.
“Which way wilt thou have him faced?” asked a soldier, bluntly.
"Which way do you want him to face?" a soldier asked, straightforwardly.
“Towards the Temple,” the pontiff replied. “In dying I would have him see the holy house hath not suffered by him.”
“Towards the Temple,” the pope replied. “In dying, I want him to see that the holy house has not been harmed by him.”
The workmen put their hands to the cross, and carried it, burden and all, to the place of planting. At a word, they dropped the tree into the hole; and the body of the Nazarene also dropped heavily, and hung by the bleeding hands. Still no cry of pain—only the exclamation divinest of all recorded exclamations,
The workers took hold of the cross and carried it, weight and all, to the spot where it would be planted. With a command, they dropped the tree into the hole; and the body of the Nazarene fell heavily and hung by his bleeding hands. There was still no cry of pain—only the most divine of all recorded exclamations,
“Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do.”
“Father, forgive them, for they don’t know what they’re doing.”
The cross, reared now above all other objects, and standing singly out against the sky, was greeted with a burst of delight; and all who could see and read the writing upon the board over the Nazarene’s head made haste to decipher it. Soon as read, the legend was adopted by them and communicated, and presently the whole mighty concourse was ringing the salutation from side to side, and repeating it with laughter and groans,
The cross, now towering above everything else and standing alone against the sky, was met with a wave of joy; and everyone who could see and read the words on the sign above the Nazarene's head rushed to understand it. Once they read it, the message spread among them, and soon the entire large crowd was echoing the greeting back and forth, repeating it with laughter and groans.
“King of the Jews! Hail, King of the Jews!”
“King of the Jews! Hail, King of the Jews!”
The pontiff, with a clearer idea of the import of the inscription, protested against it, but in vain; so the titled King, looking from the knoll with dying eyes, must have had the city of his fathers at rest below him—she who had so ignominiously cast him out.
The pope, realizing the true meaning of the inscription, protested against it, but it was no use; so the titled king, gazing from the hill with fading eyes, must have seen the city of his ancestors lying peacefully below him—this city that had so shamefully banished him.
The sun was rising rapidly to noon; the hills bared their brown breasts lovingly to it; the more distant mountains rejoiced in the purple with which it so regally dressed them. In the city, the temples, palaces, towers, pinnacles, and all points of beauty and prominence seemed to lift themselves into the unrivalled brilliance, as if they knew the pride they were giving the many who from time to time turned to look at them. Suddenly a dimness began to fill the sky and cover the earth—at first no more than a scarce perceptible fading of the day; a twilight out of time; an evening gliding in upon the splendors of noon. But it deepened, and directly drew attention; whereat the noise of the shouting and laughter fell off, and men, doubting their senses, gazed at each other curiously: then they looked to the sun again; then at the mountains, getting farther away; at the sky and the near landscape, sinking in shadow; at the hill upon which the tragedy was enacting; and from all these they gazed at each other again, and turned pale, and held their peace.
The sun was quickly climbing toward noon; the hills proudly exposed their brown slopes to it; the distant mountains basked in the regal purple it adorned them with. In the city, the temples, palaces, towers, pinnacles, and all the beautiful and prominent spots seemed to rise into the unmatched brilliance, as if they were aware of the pride they inspired in those who occasionally turned to admire them. Suddenly, a dimness started to spread across the sky and cover the ground—at first, just a barely noticeable fading of the day; a timeless twilight; an evening creeping in on the splendors of noon. But it deepened and soon caught attention; the sounds of shouting and laughter faded, and people, questioning their senses, looked at each other with curiosity: then they turned back to the sun; then to the mountains, appearing more distant; to the sky and the nearby landscape, sinking into shadow; at the hill where the tragedy was unfolding; and from all these, they looked at each other again, turned pale, and fell silent.
“It is only a mist or passing cloud,” Simonides said soothingly to Esther, who was alarmed. “It will brighten presently.”
“It’s just a mist or a passing cloud,” Simonides said calmly to Esther, who was worried. “It will clear up soon.”
Ben-Hur did not think so.
Ben-Hur disagreed.
“It is not a mist or a cloud,” he said. “The spirits who live in the air—the prophets and saints—are at work in mercy to themselves and nature. I say to you, O Simonides, truly as God lives, he who hangs yonder is the Son of God.”
“It’s not a mist or a cloud,” he said. “The spirits who live in the air—the prophets and saints—are actively working in mercy for themselves and nature. I tell you, O Simonides, as God lives, the one hanging over there is the Son of God.”
And leaving Simonides lost in wonder at such a speech from him, he went where Balthasar was kneeling near by, and laid his hand upon the good man’s shoulder.
And leaving Simonides amazed by such a speech from him, he went over to where Balthasar was kneeling nearby and placed his hand on the good man’s shoulder.
“O wise Egyptian, hearken! Thou alone wert right—the Nazarene is indeed the Son of God.”
“O wise Egyptian, listen! You alone were right—the Nazarene is truly the Son of God.”
Balthasar drew him down to him, and replied, feebly, “I saw him a child in the manger where he was first laid; it is not strange that I knew him sooner than thou; but oh that I should live to see this day! Would I had died with my brethren! Happy Melchior! Happy, happy Gaspar!”
Balthasar pulled him close and replied weakly, “I saw him as a child in the manger where he was first placed; it’s not surprising that I recognized him before you did; but oh, to think I’m alive to witness this day! If only I had died with my brothers! Happy Melchior! Happy, happy Gaspar!”
“Comfort thee!” said Ben-Hur. “Doubtless they too are here.”
“Cheer up!” said Ben-Hur. “I'm sure they’re here too.”
The dimness went on deepening into obscurity, and that into positive darkness, but without deterring the bolder spirits upon the knoll. One after the other the thieves were raised on their crosses, and the crosses planted. The guard was then withdrawn, and the people set free closed in upon the height, and surged up it, like a converging wave. A man might take a look, when a new-comer would push him on, and take his place, to be in turn pushed on—and there were laughter and ribaldry and revilements, all for the Nazarene.
The darkness continued to deepen, turning into complete blackness, but that didn’t stop the braver souls on the hill. One by one, the thieves were lifted onto their crosses, and the crosses were planted in place. The guards then pulled back, and the freed people rushed up the hill, like a converging wave. A person could catch a glimpse before a newcomer shoved him aside to take his spot, only to be pushed along in turn—and there was laughter, crude jokes, and insults, all aimed at the Nazarene.
“Ha, ha! If thou be King of the Jews, save thyself,” a soldier shouted.
“Ha, ha! If you’re the King of the Jews, save yourself,” a soldier shouted.
“Ay,” said a priest, “if he will come down to us now, we will believe in him.”
“Ay,” said a priest, “if he comes down to us now, we will believe in him.”
Others wagged their heads wisely, saying, “He would destroy the Temple, and rebuild it in three days, but cannot save himself.”
Others shook their heads knowingly, saying, “He would tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days, but he can’t save himself.”
Others still: “He called himself the Son of God; let us see if God will have him.”
Others still said, “He called himself the Son of God; let’s see if God will save him.”
What all there is in prejudice no one has ever said. The Nazarene had never harmed the people; far the greater part of them had never seen him except in this his hour of calamity; yet—singular contrariety!—they loaded him with their curses, and gave their sympathy to the thieves.
What exactly is in prejudice is something no one has ever explained. The Nazarene had never harmed anyone; most of the people never even saw him except during this moment of crisis; yet—strange contradiction!—they cursed him and sympathized with the thieves.
The supernatural night, dropped thus from the heavens, affected Esther as it began to affect thousands of others braver and stronger.
The supernatural night, falling from the heavens, impacted Esther just as it started to affect thousands of others who were braver and stronger.
“Let us go home,” she prayed—twice, three times—saying, “It is the frown of God, father. What other dreadful things may happen, who can tell? I am afraid.”
“Let’s go home,” she prayed—twice, three times—saying, “It’s God’s disapproval, father. What other terrible things might happen, who knows? I’m scared.”
Simonides was obstinate. He said little, but was plainly under great excitement. Observing, about the end of the first hour, that the violence of the crowding up on the knoll was somewhat abated, at his suggestion the party advanced to take position nearer the crosses. Ben-Hur gave his arm to Balthasar; yet the Egyptian made the ascent with difficulty. From their new stand, the Nazarene was imperfectly visible, appearing to them not more than a dark suspended figure. They could hear him, however—hear his sighing, which showed an endurance or exhaustion greater than that of his fellow-sufferers; for they filled every lull in the noises with their groans and entreaties.
Simonides was stubborn. He didn’t say much, but it was clear he was really worked up. Noticing that the crowd on the knoll was starting to thin out towards the end of the first hour, he suggested that the group move closer to the crosses. Ben-Hur offered his arm to Balthasar, but the Egyptian struggled to climb. From their new spot, they could only see the Nazarene vaguely, as he looked like just a dark figure hanging there. They could hear him, though—his sighs indicating a level of endurance or exhaustion greater than that of the others who were suffering, as they filled every pause in the noise with their groans and pleas.
The second hour after the suspension passed like the first one. To the Nazarene they were hours of insult, provocation, and slow dying. He spoke but once in the time. Some women came and knelt at the foot of his cross. Among them he recognized his mother with the beloved disciple.
The second hour after the suspension went by like the first. For the Nazarene, they were hours filled with insult, provocation, and a slow demise. He spoke only once during that time. Several women came and knelt at the base of his cross. Among them, he recognized his mother along with the beloved disciple.
“Woman,” he said, raising his voice, “behold thy son!” And to the disciple, “Behold thy mother!”
“Woman,” he said, raising his voice, “look, here is your son!” And to the disciple, “Look, here is your mother!”
The third hour came, and still the people surged round the hill, held to it by some strange attraction, with which, in probability, the night in midday had much to do. They were quieter than in the preceding hour; yet at intervals they could be heard off in the darkness shouting to each other, multitude calling unto multitude. It was noticeable, also, that coming now to the Nazarene, they approached his cross in silence, took the look in silence, and so departed. This change extended even to the guard, who so shortly before had cast lots for the clothes of the crucified; they stood with their officers a little apart, more watchful of the one convict than of the throngs coming and going. If he but breathed heavily, or tossed his head in a paroxysm of pain, they were instantly on the alert. Most marvellous of all, however, was the altered behavior of the high-priest and his following, the wise men who had assisted him in the trial in the night, and, in the victim’s face, kept place by him with zealous approval. When the darkness began to fall, they began to lose their confidence. There were among them many learned in astronomy, and familiar with the apparitions so terrible in those days to the masses; much of the knowledge was descended to them from their fathers far back; some of it had been brought away at the end of the Captivity; and the necessities of the Temple service kept it all bright. These closed together when the sun commenced to fade before their eyes, and the mountains and hills to recede; they drew together in a group around their pontiff, and debated what they saw. “The moon is at its full,” they said, with truth, “and this cannot be an eclipse.” Then, as no one could answer the question common with them all—as no one could account for the darkness, or for its occurrence at that particular time, in their secret hearts they associated it with the Nazarene, and yielded to an alarm which the long continuance of the phenomenon steadily increased. In their place behind the soldiers, they noted every word and motion of the Nazarene, and hung with fear upon his sighs, and talked in whispers. The man might be the Messiah, and then— But they would wait and see!
The third hour arrived, and the crowd was still gathered around the hill, drawn in by some strange force, likely fueled by the night turning into day. They were quieter than in the previous hour; yet occasionally, you could hear them shouting to one another in the darkness, with multitudes calling out to each other. It was also noticeable that when they approached the Nazarene, they did so in silence, glanced at him quietly, and then left. This change even extended to the guards, who not long before had gambled for the clothes of the crucified. They stood a little apart with their officers, more focused on the one convict than on the crowds moving about. If he breathed heavily or moved his head in a fit of pain, they were immediately alert. Most remarkable of all was the changed behavior of the high priest and his followers, the wise men who had aided him during the night trial, standing by him with fervent approval. When darkness began to fall, their confidence started to wane. Many of them were educated in astronomy and knew well the terrifying omens that unsettled the masses at that time; much of this knowledge had been passed down through generations, some acquired after the Captivity, and the demands of the Temple service kept their understanding sharp. They huddled together as the sun began to fade from their view and the mountains and hills seemed to pull away. They gathered around their pontiff and debated what they were witnessing. “The moon is full,” they agreed, “and this cannot be an eclipse.” Yet, as no one could explain the common question among them—no one could account for the darkness or its timing—they secretly linked it to the Nazarene, feeling increasingly alarmed as the phenomenon persisted. From their position behind the soldiers, they noted every word and movement of the Nazarene, holding their breath at his sighs, whispering to one another. The man might be the Messiah, and then—But they would wait and see!
In the meantime Ben-Hur was not once visited by the old spirit. The perfect peace abode with him. He prayed simply that the end might be hastened. He knew the condition of Simonides’ mind—that he was hesitating on the verge of belief. He could see the massive face weighed down by solemn reflection. He noticed him casting inquiring glances at the sun, as seeking the cause of the darkness. Nor did he fail to notice the solicitude with which Esther clung to him, smothering her fears to accommodate his wishes.
In the meantime, Ben-Hur wasn't visited by the old spirit at all. A perfect peace was with him. He simply prayed that the end might come quickly. He understood Simonides’ state of mind—how he was wavering on the edge of belief. He could see the heavy expression on his face, weighed down by deep thought. He noticed Simonides casting curious looks at the sun, as if trying to find the reason for the darkness. He also saw the concern with which Esther held onto him, pushing aside her own fears to meet his wishes.
“Be not afraid,” he heard him say to her; “but stay and watch with me. Thou mayst live twice the span of my life, and see nothing of human interest equal to this; and there may be revelations more. Let us stay to the close.”
“Don’t be afraid,” he heard him say to her; “but stay and watch with me. You might live twice as long as I do and see nothing of human interest that compares to this; and there may be more revelations. Let’s stay until the end.”
When the third hour was about half gone, some men of the rudest class—wretches from the tombs about the city—came and stopped in front of the centre cross.
When it was about half past the third hour, some men from the lowest class—desperate individuals from the tombs around the city—came and stood in front of the central cross.
“This is he, the new King of the Jews,” said one of them.
“This is him, the new King of the Jews,” said one of them.
The others cried, with laughter, “Hail, all hail, King of the Jews!”
The others shouted with laughter, “Hail, all hail, King of the Jews!”
Receiving no reply, they went closer.
Receiving no response, they moved in closer.
“If thou be King of the Jews, or Son of God, come down,” they said, loudly.
“If you’re the King of the Jews or the Son of God, come down,” they said, loudly.
At this, one of the thieves quit groaning, and called to the Nazarene, “Yes, if thou be Christ, save thyself and us.”
At this, one of the thieves stopped groaning and shouted to the Nazarene, "Yes, if you are the Christ, save yourself and us."
The people laughed and applauded; then, while they were listening for a reply, the other felon was heard to say to the first one, “Dost thou not fear God? We receive the due rewards of our deeds; but this man hath done nothing amiss.”
The people laughed and applauded; then, while they were waiting for a response, the other criminal said to the first one, “Don’t you fear God? We are getting what we deserve for what we’ve done; but this man hasn’t done anything wrong.”
The bystanders were astonished; in the midst of the hush which ensued, the second felon spoke again, but this time to the Nazarene:
The onlookers were amazed; in the silence that followed, the second criminal spoke again, but this time to the Nazarene:
“Lord,” he said, “remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom.”
“Lord,” he said, “remember me when you come into your kingdom.”
Simonides gave a great start. “When thou comest into thy kingdom!” It was the very point of doubt in his mind; the point he had so often debated with Balthasar.
Simonides made a strong opening. “When you come into your kingdom!” It was the exact doubt he had in his mind; the issue he had debated so many times with Balthasar.
“Didst thou hear?” said Ben-Hur to him. “The kingdom cannot be of this world. Yon witness saith the King is but going to his kingdom; and, in effect, I heard the same in my dream.”
“Did you hear?” Ben-Hur asked him. “The kingdom can't be of this world. That witness says the King is just going to his kingdom; and, in fact, I heard the same in my dream.”
“Hush!” said Simonides, more imperiously than ever before in speech to Ben-Hur. “Hush, I pray thee! If the Nazarene should answer—”
“Hush!” said Simonides, more forcefully than he ever had before in speaking to Ben-Hur. “Hush, please! If the Nazarene should answer—”
And as he spoke the Nazarene did answer, in a clear voice, full of confidence:
And as he spoke, the Nazarene replied in a clear voice, full of confidence:
“Verily I say unto thee, To-day shalt thou be with me in Paradise!”
“Truly I tell you, today you will be with me in Paradise!”
Simonides waited to hear if that were all; then he folded his hands and said, “No more, no more, Lord! The darkness is gone; I see with other eyes—even as Balthasar, I see with eyes of perfect faith.”
Simonides waited to see if that was everything; then he folded his hands and said, “No more, no more, Lord! The darkness is gone; I see with new eyes—even like Balthasar, I see with eyes of perfect faith.”
The faithful servant had at last his fitting reward. His broken body might never be restored; nor was there riddance of the recollection of his sufferings, or recall of the years embittered by them; but suddenly a new life was shown him, with assurance that it was for him—a new life lying just beyond this one—and its name was Paradise. There he would find the Kingdom of which he had been dreaming, and the King. A perfect peace fell upon him.
The devoted servant finally received his well-deserved reward. His damaged body might never heal, and he could never escape the memories of his pain or the years filled with it; but suddenly, a new life was revealed to him, with the promise that it was meant for him—a new life waiting just beyond this one—and it was called Paradise. There, he would discover the Kingdom he had always dreamed of, along with the King. A deep sense of peace washed over him.
Over the way, in front of the cross, however, there were surprise and consternation. The cunning casuists there put the assumption underlying the question and the admission underlying the answer together. For saying through the land that he was the Messiah, they had brought the Nazarene to the cross; and, lo! on the cross, more confidently than ever, he had not only reasserted himself, but promised enjoyment of his Paradise to a malefactor. They trembled at what they were doing. The pontiff, with all his pride, was afraid. Where got the man his confidence except from Truth? And what should the Truth be but God? A very little now would put them all to flight.
Across the way, in front of the cross, there was shock and dismay. The clever thinkers there connected the assumption behind the question and the admission behind the answer. Because he claimed to be the Messiah, they had brought the Nazarene to the cross; and here he was, on the cross, more assured than ever, not only reaffirming himself but also promising eternal happiness in Paradise to a criminal. They were afraid of what they were doing. The pontiff, despite his arrogance, felt fear. Where did the man get his confidence if not from Truth? And what could that Truth be but God? Just a little more would send them all running.
The breathing of the Nazarene grew harder, his sighs became great gasps. Only three hours upon the cross, and he was dying!
The Nazarene's breathing became more labored, his sighs turning into deep gasps. After only three hours on the cross, he was dying!
The intelligence was carried from man to man, until every one knew it; and then everything hushed; the breeze faltered and died; a stifling vapor loaded the air; heat was superadded to darkness; nor might any one unknowing the fact have thought that off the hill, out under the overhanging pall, there were three millions of people waiting awe-struck what should happen next—they were so still!
The news spread from person to person until everyone knew it; then everything went quiet; the breeze stopped and disappeared; a thick fog filled the air; heat was added to the darkness; and anyone unaware of the situation wouldn’t have guessed that just outside the hill, beneath the heavy gloom, there were three million people waiting in awe for what would happen next—they were so silent!
Then there went out through the gloom, over the heads of such as were on the hill within hearing of the dying man, a cry of despair, if not reproach:
Then, a cry of despair, if not accusation, emerged through the darkness, reaching the ears of those on the hill who could hear the dying man.
“My God! my God! why hast thou forsaken me?”
"My God! My God! Why have you abandoned me?”
The voice startled all who heard it. One it touched uncontrollably.
The voice startled everyone who heard it. It affected one person deeply and uncontrollably.
The soldiers in coming had brought with them a vessel of wine and water, and set it down a little way from Ben-Hur. With a sponge dipped into the liquor, and put on the end of a stick, they could moisten the tongue of a sufferer at their pleasure. Ben-Hur thought of the draught he had had at the well near Nazareth; an impulse seized him; catching up the sponge, he dipped it into the vessel, and started for the cross.
The soldiers who arrived brought a container of wine and water and placed it a short distance from Ben-Hur. With a sponge soaked in the liquid and attached to a stick, they could wet the tongue of anyone suffering as they liked. Ben-Hur recalled the drink he had at the well near Nazareth; a surge of determination took hold of him; he grabbed the sponge, dipped it into the container, and headed toward the cross.
“Let him be!” the people in the way shouted, angrily. “Let him be!”
“Leave him alone!” the people in the way shouted, angrily. “Leave him alone!”
Without minding them, he ran on, and put the sponge to the Nazarene’s lips.
Without paying attention to them, he ran on and held the sponge to the Nazarene's lips.
Too late, too late!
Too late, too late!
The face then plainly seen by Ben-Hur, bruised and black with blood and dust as it was, lighted nevertheless with a sudden glow; the eyes opened wide, and fixed upon some one visible to them alone in the far heavens; and there were content and relief, even triumph, in the shout the victim gave.
The face that Ben-Hur saw clearly, battered and dirty with blood and dust, suddenly lit up with a bright glow; the eyes widened and were fixed on someone up in the distant heavens, visible only to them; and there was a sense of peace and relief, even triumph, in the shout that the victim gave.
“It is finished! It is finished!”
"It's finished! It's finished!"
So a hero, dying in the doing a great deed, celebrates his success with a last cheer.
So a hero, dying while doing a great deed, celebrates his success with one last cheer.
The light in the eyes went out; slowly the crowned head sank upon the laboring breast. Ben-Hur thought the struggle over; but the fainting soul recollected itself, so that he and those around him caught the other and last words, spoken in a low voice, as if to one listening close by:
The light in the eyes faded; slowly the crowned head rested on the heaving chest. Ben-Hur believed the struggle was over; but the weakening soul gathered itself, so that he and those around him heard the final words, spoken softly as if to someone nearby:
“Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit.”
“Father, I entrust my spirit into your hands.”
A tremor shook the tortured body; there was a scream of fiercest anguish, and the mission and the earthly life were over at once. The heart, with all its love, was broken; for of that, O reader, the man died!
A tremor shook the tormented body; there was a scream of intense pain, and the mission and earthly life ended in an instant. The heart, filled with all its love, was shattered; for that, dear reader, is how the man died!
Ben-Hur went back to his friends, saying, simply, “It is over; he is dead.”
Ben-Hur returned to his friends and said flatly, “It’s over; he’s dead.”
In a space incredibly short the multitude was informed of the circumstance. No one repeated it aloud; there was a murmur which spread from the knoll in every direction; a murmur that was little more than a whispering, “He is dead! he is dead!” and that was all. The people had their wish; the Nazarene was dead; yet they stared at each other aghast. His blood was upon them! And while they stood staring at each other, the ground commenced to shake; each man took hold of his neighbor to support himself; in a twinkling the darkness disappeared, and the sun came out; and everybody, as with the same glance, beheld the crosses upon the hill all reeling drunken-like in the earthquake. They beheld all three of them; but the one in the centre was arbitrary; it alone would be seen; and for that it seemed to extend itself upwards, and lift its burden, and swing it to and fro higher and higher in the blue of the sky. And every man among them who had jeered at the Nazarene; every one who had struck him; every one who had voted to crucify him; every one who had marched in the procession from the city; every one who had in his heart wished him dead, and they were as ten to one, felt that he was in some way individually singled out from the many, and that if he would live he must get away quickly as possible from that menace in the sky. They started to run; they ran with all their might; on horseback, and camels, and in chariots they ran, as well as on foot; but then as if it were mad at them for what they had done, and had taken up the cause of the unoffending and friendless dead, the earthquake pursued them, and tossed them about, and flung them down, and terrified them yet more by the horrible noise of great rocks grinding and rending beneath them. They beat their breasts and shrieked with fear. His blood was upon them! The home-bred and the foreign, priest and layman, beggar, Sadducee, Pharisee, were overtaken in the race, and tumbled about indiscriminately. If they called on the Lord, the outraged earth answered for him in fury, and dealt them all alike. It did not even know wherein the high-priest was better than his guilty brethren; overtaking him, it tripped him up also, and smirched the fringing of his robe, and filled the golden bells with sand, and his mouth with dust. He and his people were alike in the one thing at least—the blood of the Nazarene was upon them all!
In an incredibly small space, the crowd learned about what had happened. No one spoke it out loud; instead, a murmur spread from the hill in every direction, barely louder than a whispering, “He is dead! He is dead!” and that was it. The people got what they wanted; the Nazarene was dead; yet they stared at each other in shock. His blood was on their hands! While they were looking at each other, the ground began to shake; each person grabbed their neighbor for support; in an instant, the darkness faded away, and the sun shone brightly; and everyone, with the same glance, saw the crosses on the hill swaying like they were drunk in the earthquake. They saw all three of them; but the one in the center was overwhelming; it alone was visible; it seemed to stretch upwards, lifting its burden, and swinging it back and forth, higher and higher in the blue sky. Every man among them who had mocked the Nazarene; everyone who had struck him; everyone who had voted for his crucifixion; everyone who had marched in the procession from the city; everyone who had secretly wished him dead, and there were many, felt that he was somehow singled out from the crowd, and that if he wanted to survive, he had to get away as quickly as possible from that threat in the sky. They started to run; they ran with all their strength; on horseback, on camels, in chariots, and on foot; but then, as if it were angry with them for what they had done and had taken up the cause of the innocent and friendless dead, the earthquake chased them, throwing them around, knocking them down, and frightening them even more with the horrible noise of massive rocks grinding and tearing beneath them. They beat their chests and screamed in terror. His blood was on their hands! The locals and the foreigners, priests and regular people, beggars, Sadducees, Pharisees, were caught up in the chaos, tumbling about indiscriminately. If they called on the Lord, the furious earth answered in rage, dealing with them all the same. It didn’t even care whether the high priest was any better than his guilty brethren; it caught up to him, tripped him too, soiling the hem of his robe, filling the golden bells with sand, and his mouth with dust. He and his people shared at least one thing in common—the blood of the Nazarene was on all of them!
When the sunlight broke upon the crucifixion, the mother of the Nazarene, the disciple, and the faithful women of Galilee, the centurion and his soldiers, and Ben-Hur and his party, were all who remained upon the hill. These had not time to observe the flight of the multitude; they were too loudly called upon to take care of themselves.
When the sun rose on the crucifixion, the mother of the Nazarene, the disciple, and the devoted women from Galilee, along with the centurion and his soldiers, and Ben-Hur and his group, were all that was left on the hill. They didn’t have a chance to notice everyone leaving; they were too busy focusing on their own well-being.
“Seat thyself here,” said Ben-Hur to Esther, making a place for her at her father’s feet. “Now cover thine eyes and look not up; but put thy trust in God, and the spirit of yon just man so foully slain.”
“Sit here,” Ben-Hur said to Esther, making a spot for her at her father’s feet. “Now close your eyes and don’t look up; instead, trust in God and the spirit of that righteous man who was so cruelly killed.”
“Nay,” said Simonides, reverently, “let us henceforth speak of him as the Christ.”
“Nah,” said Simonides respectfully, “let’s from now on refer to him as the Christ.”
“Be it so,” said Ben-Hur.
"Let it be," said Ben-Hur.
Presently a wave of the earthquake struck the hill. The shrieks of the thieves upon the reeling crosses were terrible to hear. Though giddy with the movements of the ground, Ben-Hur had time to look at Balthasar, and beheld him prostrate and still. He ran to him and called—there was no reply. The good man was dead! Then Ben-Hur remembered to have heard a cry in answer, as it were, to the scream of the Nazarene in his last moment; but he had not looked to see from whom it had proceeded; and ever after he believed the spirit of the Egyptian accompanied that of his Master over the boundary into the kingdom of Paradise. The idea rested not only upon the cry heard, but upon the exceeding fitness of the distinction. If faith were worthy reward in the person of Gaspar, and love in that of Melchior, surely he should have some special meed who through a long life and so excellently illustrated the three virtues in combination—Faith, Love, and Good Works.
A wave from the earthquake hit the hill. The screams of the thieves on the swaying crosses were horrifying to hear. Although Ben-Hur was dizzy from the shaking ground, he had time to glance at Balthasar and saw him lying down, completely still. He rushed over and called out—there was no response. The good man was dead! Then Ben-Hur remembered hearing a cry that seemed to answer the Nazarene's scream in his last moments; but he hadn’t looked to see who it was from. From then on, he believed that the spirit of the Egyptian joined that of his Master as they crossed into Paradise. This belief was based not only on the cry he heard but also on the profound appropriateness of the distinction. If faith was a worthy reward for Gaspar, and love for Melchior, surely someone who demonstrated all three virtues in life—Faith, Love, and Good Works—should receive special recognition.
The servants of Balthasar had deserted their master; but when all was over, the two Galileans bore the old man in his litter back to the city.
The servants of Balthasar had abandoned their master; but when everything was done, the two Galileans carried the old man in his litter back to the city.
It was a sorrowful procession that entered the south gate of the palace of the Hurs about the set of sun that memorable day. About the same hour the body of the Christ was taken down from the cross.
It was a mournful procession that entered the south gate of the palace of the Hurs around sunset on that unforgettable day. Around the same time, the body of Christ was taken down from the cross.
The remains of Balthasar were carried to the guest-chamber. All the servants hastened weeping to see him; for he had the love of every living thing with which he had in anywise to do; but when they beheld his face, and the smile upon it, they dried their tears, saying, “It is well. He is happier this evening than when he went out in the morning.”
The remains of Balthasar were taken to the guest room. All the servants hurried, crying, to see him; for he had the affection of every living thing he interacted with. But when they saw his face and the smile on it, they wiped away their tears, saying, “It’s okay. He is happier this evening than when he left in the morning.”
Ben-Hur would not trust a servant to inform Iras what had befallen her father. He went himself to see her and bring her to the body. He imagined her grief; she would now be alone in the world; it was a time to forgive and pity her. He remembered he had not asked why she was not of the party in the morning, or where she was; he remembered he had not thought of her; and, from shame, he was ready to make any amends, the more so as he was about to plunge her into such acute grief.
Ben-Hur didn’t trust a servant to tell Iras what happened to her father. He went to see her himself and bring her to the body. He imagined how devastated she would be; she would be all alone in the world now; it was a moment to forgive and feel sorry for her. He remembered he hadn’t asked why she wasn’t with the group that morning or where she was; he realized he hadn’t thought about her at all; and out of shame, he was willing to make any amends, especially since he was about to put her through such intense sorrow.
He shook the curtains of her door; and though he heard the ringing of the little bells echoing within, he had no response; he called her name, and again he called—still no answer. He drew the curtain aside and went into the room; she was not there. He ascended hastily to the roof in search of her; nor was she there. He questioned the servants; none of them had seen her during the day. After a long quest everywhere through the house, Ben-Hur returned to the guest-chamber, and took the place by the dead which should have been hers; and he bethought him there how merciful the Christ had been to his aged servant. At the gate of the kingdom of Paradise happily the afflictions of this life, even its desertions, are left behind and forgotten by those who go in and rest.
He shook the curtains at her door; and even though he heard the little bells ringing inside, there was no response. He called her name, and called again—still no answer. He pulled the curtain aside and entered the room; she wasn't there. He quickly went up to the roof looking for her; she wasn't there either. He asked the servants; none of them had seen her that day. After searching all over the house, Ben-Hur returned to the guest room and took the place by the dead that should have been hers; and he thought about how merciful Christ had been to his elderly servant. At the gate of Paradise, all the sufferings of this life, even its abandonments, are left behind and forgotten by those who enter and rest.
When the gloom of the burial was nigh gone, on the ninth day after the healing, the law being fulfilled, Ben-Hur brought his mother and Tirzah home; and from that day, in that house the most sacred names possible of utterance by men were always coupled worshipfully together,
When the sadness of the burial had mostly passed, on the ninth day after the healing, with the law fulfilled, Ben-Hur brought his mother and Tirzah back home; and from that day on, in that house, the most sacred names that people could say were always spoken together with reverence,
GOD THE FATHER AND CHRIST THE SON.
GOD THE FATHER AND CHRIST THE SON.
————
Understood! Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.
About five years after the crucifixion, Esther, the wife of Ben-Hur, sat in her room in the beautiful villa by Misenum. It was noon, with a warm Italian sun making summer for the roses and vines outside. Everything in the apartment was Roman, except that Esther wore the garments of a Jewish matron. Tirzah and two children at play upon a lion skin on the floor were her companions; and one had only to observe how carefully she watched them to know that the little ones were hers.
About five years after the crucifixion, Esther, the wife of Ben-Hur, sat in her room in the lovely villa by Misenum. It was noon, and the warm Italian sun was making summer for the roses and vines outside. Everything in the apartment was Roman, except Esther was dressed in the clothes of a Jewish matron. Tirzah and two children were playing on a lion skin on the floor with her; and just by watching how carefully she looked after them, it was clear that the little ones were hers.
Time had treated her generously. She was more than ever beautiful, and in becoming mistress of the villa, she had realized one of her cherished dreams.
Time had treated her well. She was more beautiful than ever, and by becoming the owner of the villa, she had achieved one of her cherished dreams.
In the midst of this simple, home-like scene, a servant appeared in the doorway, and spoke to her.
In the midst of this cozy, home-like scene, a servant appeared in the doorway and spoke to her.
“A woman in the atrium to speak with the mistress.”
“A woman in the atrium wants to talk to the mistress.”
“Let her come. I will receive her here.”
“Let her come. I'll welcome her here.”
Presently the stranger entered. At sight of her the Jewess arose, and was about to speak; then she hesitated, changed color, and finally drew back, saying, “I have known you, good woman. You are—”
Presently, the stranger entered. Upon seeing her, the Jewess stood up and was about to speak; then she hesitated, changed color, and finally stepped back, saying, “I know you, good woman. You are—”
“I was Iras, the daughter of Balthasar.”
"I was Iras, Balthasar's daughter."
Esther conquered her surprise, and bade the servant bring the Egyptian a seat.
Esther got over her surprise and told the servant to bring the Egyptian a seat.
“No,” said Iras, coldly. “I will retire directly.”
“No,” Iras said coldly. “I’m going to leave now.”
The two gazed at each other. We know what Esther presented—a beautiful woman, a happy mother, a contented wife. On the other side, it was very plain that fortune had not dealt so gently with her former rival. The tall figure remained with some of its grace; but an evil life had tainted the whole person. The face was coarse; the large eyes were red and pursed beneath the lower lids; there was no color in her cheeks. The lips were cynical and hard, and general neglect was leading rapidly to premature old age. Her attire was ill chosen and draggled. The mud of the road clung to her sandals. Iras broke the painful silence.
The two looked at each other. We know what Esther showed—a stunning woman, a joyful mother, a satisfied wife. In contrast, it was clear that luck hadn't treated her former rival kindly. The tall figure still held some of its elegance, but a troubled life had left its mark. The face was rough; the large eyes were red and puffy beneath the lower lids; there was no color in her cheeks. The lips were cynical and tough, and overall neglect was quickly leading to premature aging. Her clothes were poorly chosen and tattered. The mud from the road clung to her sandals. Iras broke the heavy silence.
“These are thy children?”
"Are these your children?"
Esther looked at them, and smiled.
Esther looked at them and smiled.
“Yes. Will you not speak to them?”
“Yes. Won't you talk to them?”
“I would scare them,” Iras replied. Then she drew closer to Esther, and seeing her shrink, said, “Be not afraid. Give thy husband a message for me. Tell him his enemy is dead, and that for the much misery he brought me I slew him.”
“I would scare them,” Iras replied. Then she moved closer to Esther, and seeing her flinch, said, “Don’t be afraid. Give your husband a message for me. Tell him his enemy is dead, and that for all the pain he caused me, I killed him.”
“His enemy!”
"His foe!"
“The Messala. Further, tell thy husband that for the harm I sought to do him I have been punished until even he would pity me.”
“The Messala. Also, tell your husband that for the harm I tried to do to him, I have been punished so much that even he would feel sorry for me.”
Tears arose in Esther’s eyes, and she was about to speak.
Tears filled Esther’s eyes, and she was about to say something.
“Nay,” said Iras, “I do not want pity or tears. Tell him, finally, I have found that to be a Roman is to be a brute. Farewell.”
“Nah,” said Iras, “I don’t want pity or tears. Just tell him, in the end, I’ve realized that being a Roman means being a beast. Goodbye.”
She moved to go. Esther followed her.
She started to leave. Esther followed her.
“Stay, and see my husband. He has no feeling against you. He sought for you everywhere. He will be your friend. I will be your friend. We are Christians.”
“Stay and meet my husband. He has no hard feelings towards you. He looked for you everywhere. He will be your friend. I will be your friend. We are Christians.”
The other was firm.
The other was strong.
“No; I am what I am of choice. It will be over shortly.”
“No; I am who I choose to be. It will be over soon.”
“But”—Esther hesitated—“have we nothing you would wish; nothing to—to—”
“But”—Esther paused—“is there nothing you would like; nothing to—to—”
The countenance of the Egyptian softened; something like a smile played about her lips. She looked at the children upon the floor.
The Egyptian's expression softened; a slight smile flickered on her lips. She gazed at the children on the floor.
“There is something,” she said.
"There's something," she said.
Esther followed her eyes, and with quick perception answered, “It is yours.”
Esther looked where her eyes were directed and quickly responded, “It’s yours.”
Iras went to them, and knelt on the lion’s skin, and kissed them both. Rising slowly, she looked at them; then passed to the door and out of it without a parting word. She walked rapidly, and was gone before Esther could decide what to do.
Iras went to them, knelt on the lion’s skin, and kissed them both. Rising slowly, she looked at them; then she went to the door and left without saying a word. She walked quickly and was gone before Esther could figure out what to do.
Ben-Hur, when he was told of the visit, knew certainly what he had long surmised—that on the day of the crucifixion Iras had deserted her father for Messala. Nevertheless, he set out immediately and hunted for her vainly; they never saw her more, or heard of her. The blue bay, with all its laughing under the sun, has yet its dark secrets. Had it a tongue, it might tell us of the Egyptian.
Ben-Hur, upon hearing about the visit, understood what he had long suspected—that on the day of the crucifixion, Iras had left her father for Messala. Still, he immediately went out searching for her in vain; they never saw her again or heard from her. The blue bay, with all its cheerful atmosphere under the sun, still holds its dark secrets. If it could speak, it might tell us about the Egyptian.
Simonides lived to be a very old man. In the tenth year of Nero’s reign, he gave up the business so long centred in the warehouse at Antioch. To the last he kept a clear head and a good heart, and was successful.
Simonides lived to be quite old. In the tenth year of Nero’s reign, he stepped away from the business that had long been based in the warehouse at Antioch. Until the end, he maintained a clear mind and a good heart, and he was successful.
One evening, in the year named, he sat in his arm-chair on the terrace of the warehouse. Ben-Hur and Esther, and their three children, were with him. The last of the ships swung at mooring in the current of the river; all the rest had been sold. In the long interval between this and the day of the crucifixion but one sorrow had befallen them: that was when the mother of Ben-Hur died; and then and now their grief would have been greater but for their Christian faith.
One evening, in that year, he sat in his armchair on the terrace of the warehouse. Ben-Hur, Esther, and their three kids were with him. The last of the ships was anchored in the river's current; all the others had been sold. During the long time between this and the day of the crucifixion, they had only faced one sorrow: the death of Ben-Hur's mother. Their grief would have been deeper then and now, but their Christian faith helped them cope.
The ship spoken of had arrived only the day before, bringing intelligence of the persecution of Christians begun by Nero in Rome, and the party on the terrace were talking of the news when Malluch, who was still in their service, approached and delivered a package to Ben-Hur.
The ship mentioned had arrived just the day before, bringing news of the persecution of Christians that Nero had started in Rome, and the group on the terrace was discussing the updates when Malluch, who was still in their employ, came over and handed a package to Ben-Hur.
“Who brings this?” the latter asked, after reading.
“Who brought this?” the latter asked after reading.
“An Arab.”
“An Arab person.”
“Where is he?”
"Where's he?"
“He left immediately.”
"He left right away."
“Listen,” said Ben-Hur to Simonides.
“Listen,” Ben-Hur said to Simonides.
He read then the following letter:
He then read the following letter:
“I, Ilderim, the son of Ilderim the Generous, and sheik of the tribe of Ilderim, to Judah, son of Hur.
“I, Ilderim, son of Ilderim the Generous, and sheik of the tribe of Ilderim, to Judah, son of Hur.
“Know, O friend of my father’s, how my father loved you. Read what is herewith sent, and you will know. His will is my will; therefore what he gave is thine.
“Know, my father's friend, how much my father cared for you. Read what I've sent, and you'll understand. His wishes are my wishes; so what he gave is yours.”
“All the Parthians took from him in the great battle in which they slew him I have retaken—this writing, with other things, and vengeance, and all the brood of that Mira who in his time was mother of so many stars.
“All the Parthians took from him in the great battle where they killed him I have taken back—this writing, along with other things, and revenge, and all the descendants of that Mira who in his time was the mother of so many stars.”
“Peace be to you and all yours.
“Peace be with you and your family.”
“This voice out of the desert is the voice of
“This voice out of the desert is the voice of
“Ilderim, Shiek.”
“Ilderim, Sheikh.”
Ben-Hur next unrolled a scrap of papyrus yellow as a withered mulberry leaf. It required the daintiest handling. Proceeding, he read:
Ben-Hur then unrolled a piece of papyrus that was yellow like a dried mulberry leaf. It needed the gentlest handling. Continuing, he read:
“Ilderim, surnamed the Generous, sheik of the tribe of Ilderim, to the son who succeeds me.
“Ilderim, known as the Generous, sheik of the Ilderim tribe, to the son who follows me.
“All I have, O son, shall be thine in the day of thy succession, except that property by Antioch known as the Orchard of Palms; and it shall be to the son of Hur who brought us such glory in the Circus—to him and his forever.
“All I have, son, will be yours when you take over, except for the property in Antioch called the Orchard of Palms; that will belong to the son of Hur, who brought us so much glory in the Circus—to him and his descendants forever.”
“Dishonor not thy father. ILDERIM THE GENEROUS, Sheik.”
“Don't disrespect your father. ILDERIM THE GENEROUS, Sheik.”
“What say you?” asked Ben-Hur, of Simonides.
“What do you say?” Ben-Hur asked Simonides.
Esther took the papers pleased, and read them to herself. Simonides remained silent. His eyes were upon the ship; but he was thinking. At length he spoke.
Esther happily took the papers and read them to herself. Simonides stayed quiet. His eyes were on the ship, but he was deep in thought. Finally, he spoke.
“Son of Hur,” he said, gravely, “the Lord has been good to you in these later years. You have much to be thankful for. Is it not time to decide finally the meaning of the gift of the great fortune now all in your hand, and growing?”
“Son of Hur,” he said solemnly, “the Lord has been good to you in these recent years. You have a lot to be thankful for. Isn’t it time to finally determine the meaning of the great fortune that is now yours and continuously increasing?”
“I decided that long ago. The fortune was meant for the service of the Giver; not a part, Simonides, but all of it. The question with me has been, How can I make it most useful in his cause? And of that tell me, I pray you.”
“I decided that a long time ago. The fortune was meant to serve the Giver; not a part, Simonides, but all of it. The question for me has been, how can I make it most useful for his cause? And please, tell me about that.”
Simonides answered,
Simonides replied,
“The great sums you have given to the Church here in Antioch, I am witness to. Now, instantly almost with this gift of the generous sheik’s, comes the news of the persecution of the brethren in Rome. It is the opening of a new field. The light must not go out in the capital.”
“The large amounts you have donated to the Church here in Antioch, I have seen for myself. Now, almost right after this generous donation from the sheik, I hear news of the persecution of our brothers in Rome. This marks the beginning of a new mission. We cannot let the light dim in the capital.”
“Tell me how I can keep it alive.”
"Tell me how I can keep it going."
“I will tell you. The Romans, even this Nero, hold two things sacred—I know of no others they so hold—they are the ashes of the dead and all places of burial. If you cannot build temples for the worship of the Lord above ground, then build them below the ground; and to keep them from profanation, carry to them the bodies of all who die in the faith.”
“I will tell you. The Romans, even this Nero, regard two things as sacred—I know of no others they hold in such esteem—they are the ashes of the dead and all burial sites. If you can't build temples for the worship of the Lord above ground, then build them underground; and to protect them from desecration, bring the bodies of all who die in the faith to them.”
Ben-Hur arose excitedly.
Ben-Hur got up excitedly.
“It is a great idea,” he said. “I will not wait to begin it. Time forbids waiting. The ship that brought the news of the suffering of our brethren shall take me to Rome. I will sail to-morrow.”
“It’s a great idea,” he said. “I won’t wait to start it. Time doesn’t allow for waiting. The ship that brought the news of our brethren’s suffering will take me to Rome. I’ll sail tomorrow.”
He turned to Malluch.
He turned to Malluch.
“Get the ship ready, Malluch, and be thou ready to go with me.”
"Get the ship ready, Malluch, and be ready to go with me."
“It is well,” said Simonides.
“It's fine,” said Simonides.
“And thou, Esther, what sayest thou?” asked Ben-Hur.
“And you, Esther, what do you say?” asked Ben-Hur.
Esther came to his side, and put her hand on his arm, and answered,
Esther walked over to him, rested her hand on his arm, and replied,
“So wilt thou best serve the Christ. O my husband, let me not hinder, but go with thee and help.”
“So you will best serve Christ. Oh my husband, don’t let me hold you back, but let me go with you and help.”
If any of my readers, visiting Rome, will make the short journey to the Catacomb of San Calixto, which is more ancient than that of San Sebastiano, he will see what became of the fortune of Ben-Hur, and give him thanks. Out of that vast tomb Christianity issued to supersede the Cæsars.
If any of my readers visiting Rome take the short trip to the Catacomb of San Calixto, which is older than that of San Sebastiano, they will see what happened to Ben-Hur's fortune and thank him. From that vast tomb, Christianity emerged to replace the Caesars.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!